o4 U
U B L
T I O N
VOLUME 2 JANUARY, 1950 NUMBER 7
GENERAL
(COMBINED)
CATALOG
ISSUE
1949-1950
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
Board of Regents 2
General Administrative Board 2
Calendar 4
Administrative Officers 5
Committees, faculty 7
General Information 9
Agriculture, College of 49
Agricultural, Extension, Research and Regulatory Agencies 110
Agriculture Experiment Station 118
Markets, State Department of 122
Horticulture Department, State 125
Dairy Inspection Service 126
Drainage, State Department of 127
Seed Inspection Service 128
Livestock Sanitary Service 129
Arts and Sciences, College of 131
Business and Public Administration, College of 239
Education, College of 297
Engineering and Aeronautical Sciences, College of 355
Home Economics, College of 399
Military Science, Physical Education and Recreation, College of 429
Graduate School Announcements 455
Special and Continuation Studies, College of 545
Summer School Session 597
Dentistry School, College of 663
Law School, College of 691
Medicine, School of 708
Pharmacy, School of 793
Nursing, School of 821
Records and Statistics 837
Honors and Awards 852
Summary of Student Enrollment 860
General Index 862
Volume 2 JANUARY, 1950 Number 7
A UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND PUBLICATION
is published three times during April, twice during May, once in August, October, and
December, and three times in January, February and March.
Entered at the Post Office in College Park, Maryland, as second class mail matter
under the Act of Congress of August 24, 1912.
Edited by Harvey L. Miller, Director of Publications, University of Maryland.
T I O N
GENERAL
AND
COMBINED CATALOG
^
COLLEGE PARK and BALTIMORE
SCHOOLS
The provisions of this publication are not to be regarded as an irrevocable
contract between the student and the University. The University reserves
the right to change any provision or requirement at any time within the
student's term of residence. The University further reserves the right at
any time, to ask a student to withdraw when it considers such
action to be in the best interests of the University.
i
BOARD OF REGENTS
AND
MARYLAND STATE BOARD OF AGRICULTURE Term
Expires
William P. Cole, Jr., Chairman, 100 West University Parkway,
Baltimore 1949
Stanford Z. Rothschild, Secretary, 109 East Redwood Street,
Baltimore 1952
J. Milton Patterson, Treasurer, 120 West Redwood Street, Balti-
more 1953
E. Paul Knotts, Denton, Caroline County 1954
Peter W. Chichester, 103 West Second Street, Frederick, Md 1951
Harry H. Nuttle, Denton, Caroline County •. 1950
Philip C. Turner, 2 East North Avenue, Baltimore 1950
Mrs. John L. Whitehurst, 4-101 Greenway, Baltimore 1956
Charles P. McCormick, McCormick & Company, Baltimore 1948
Millard E. Tydincs, Senate Office Building, Washington, D. C 1951
Edward F. Holter, Middletown, Md 1952
Members of the Board are appointed by the Governor of the State for
terms of nine years each, beginning the first Monday in June.
The President of the University of Maryland is, by law, Executive Officer
of the Board.
The State Law provides that the Board of Regents of the University of
Maryland shall constitute the Maryland State Board of Agriculture.
A regular meeting of the Board is held the last Friday in each month,
except during the months of July and August.
GENERAL ADMINISTRATIVE BOARD
President Byrd, Chairman
Miss Preinkert, Secretary
Dean Appleman Dean Eppley Miss Preinkert
Dr. Bamford Mr. Fogg Dean Pyle
Dean Benjamin Col. Griswold Dean Robinson
Mr. Benton Mr. Haszard Dean Smith
Mr. Brigham Dean Howell Col. Stadtman
Mr. Brown Dr. Huff Dean Stamp
Dr. Brueckner Dr. Hoffsommer Dean Steinberg
Dr. Bishop Dr. Kabat Dean Symons
President Byrd Miss Kellar Mr. Weber
Mr. Cobey Director Kemp Dr. White
Dr. Corbett Dr. Long Dean Wylie
Dean Cotterman Dean Mount Dr. Zucker
EDUCATIONAL COUNCIL
The President, Dean of thb Faculty, Chairman, Deans of Colleges
Heads of Educational Departments, Director of Admissions, Registrar
2
CALENDAR FOR 1949-50
COLLEGE PARK
First Semester
1949
Sept. 19-23
Mon.-Fri.
Mon.
Thurs.
Wed., after
last class
Mon., 8 A.M.
Tues., after
last class
Registration, first
semester
Instruction begins
General Convocation
for faculty and
students
Thanksgiving recess
begins
Thanksgiving recess
ends
Xmas recess begin.
1949
S M T W T F S
.......... 1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 IS 16
. 1811 - ■ 21 22 23
24 25 26/: .- . ■
3l|..|..|..|..|..|..
AUGUST
S M T W T F S
..123,451
7 5 9 1" 11 12 1.':
14 15 1617 18 19.20
21222 Z42J -■ -'
25 293031 .... ■■
SEPTEMBER
S M T W T F S
4 5 6 7,8910
11 12 13 14 I" ;• 17
18 19 20 21 2J 23 24
r _>.-.- zs •' . ,
OCTOBER
S M T W T F S
2 3 4 5| 6| 7 8
91011 12 1.3 14 IS
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 2-: 2712812
Tues., 8 A.M. Xmas recess ends
Fri. Charter Day, Alumni
Banquet
Wed.-Wed., First semester ex-
inc. aminations
NOVEMBER
S M T W T F S ,
1930
S M T W T F S
II 21 3| 4| 51 61 7
■ 9 1" 11 12 13 14
15 16 IT 18 19 2" 21
22 23 24 -' a -- -.-
29 30 31 '
SHTWTFS
- -| — I — I 1 - *
5 6 7 -
12 13 14 15 16 IT 18
19 20 21 Z2232425
Z627E8 ..|..|..|..
MARCH
S M T W T F S
..I..I..I II 21 31 4
51 6 7| 8 9 1011
12 1.3 14 15 16 17 Is
19 21' 21 22 23 24 25
2< .7 .- 29 30 31 . .
APRIL
S M T W T F S
■?hMt*M s
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 23 26 27 28 29
30|- -|- -I- -I- -I- -I- -
1950
S M T W T F S
21 3 4 5 6 7
9 1" 11 12 13 14
16 17 18 19,20,21
23 24 25 26,27;28,2?
30,31 .... ..
AUGUST
S M T W T F S
•• •• * 2 3
6 T 8 9 -J
13 14 15 16 IT
20,21122 23 24
27 28 29 30 31
SEPTEMBER
195!
S M T W T F
II 2| 31 4|«7|
8; 9 10 II Id
15 16:17118 -*i
22,23,24 25^
29l30!3ll..|..|
,..p.|. ■!■ ■!■ .
S M T W T F
...... 1|2
5, 6 7 8 9
12 13 14 15 16
19|20|21,2" "j
2^ a a
MARCH
S M T W T F S S M T W T F
..|..|..|..|..| II 2
31 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 1819 20 21 2223
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
OCTOBER
S M T W T F S
II 21 31 41 51 61 7
8 9 1" 11 1213 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 1516 17 18 1920
•u
.....J.
4| 5| 6|
1112,13 14 15)11
18 1920 21 22 Z'.
25 26 2T .
I 1 I I I
APRIL
S M T W T
21 31 4 5 6
8| 9110 11 U
II 21
MAY
SHTWTFS
4 5
G T 8 9 10 1112
13 14 15 1C 17 18 19
20 21 22 2.3 24 25 26
27 28 29 3"
DECEMBER
S M T W T F S
..I..I..I..I II 2, 3
4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
. . 12 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 in 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 23 26 27
28 29 30 31 ..!....
0 lb i i isia^uii, id in 1 1 i" ij .<"
\2 23 24 25 26 27 281 22 23 24 25 26 21
293031 ..[7.J.. .. 29,30; — '- I •)-
..|..|..|..|..|..|.. ..|..|.T1.. !..,».
NOVEMBER
S M T W T F S
..L.I..I II 21 3| 4
5 6 7 8 910111
12 13 14 15 1617 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 ..I..
DECEMBER
S M T W T F S
..I..I..I..I II 2| 3
4 5 6 7 f. 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16,17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30' . .
S M T W T F S
..l..[..|..|..| II 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
in 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20;21l22'23
24 2526 27 2829130
31l..|..|..|..|..|..
MAY
S M T W T F
..|..| 1| 2| 3| 4
6 7| 8, 9,in'l
13 14 15 1( ■ : J
20 21,22 23 24 2S
27!28,29 30,31 ,
3 4 5 6 7 1
lo'll 12 13[14U
17 18 19 20 21122
24 25 26 27 28;2S
Second Semester
Feoruary 7-10
February 13
February 22
March 25
April 6
April 11
May 18
May 30
June 2-9
June 4
June 10
June 24-26
June 27
August 4
June 19-24
August 7-12
September 5-8
Registration, second semester
Instruction begins
Washington's Birthday, holiday
Celebration, Maryland Day
Easter recess begins
Easter recess ends
Military Day
Memorial Day, holiday
Second semester examinations
Baccalaureate exercises
Commencement exercises
Tuesday-Friday
Monday
Wednesday
Saturday
Thursday, after
last class
Tuesday, 8 A. M.
Thursday
Tuesday
Friday-Friday, inc.
Sunday
Saturday
Summer Session, 1950
Saturday-Monday Registration, summer session
Tuesday Summer session begins
Friday Summer session ends
Short Courses
Monday-Saturday Rural Women's Short Course
Monday-Saturday 4-H Club Week
Tuesday-Friday Firemen's Short Course
OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION
H. C. Byrd, LL.D., D.Sc, President of the University
H. F. Cotterman, Ph.D., Dean of the Faculty
T. B. Symons, M.S., D.Agri., Director of Extension Service, Dean of Col-
lege of Agriculture
Leon P. Smith, Ph. D., Dean of Arts and Science
J. Freeman Pyle, Ph.D., Dean of College of Business and Public Admin-
istration.
J. Ben Robinson, D.D.S., F.A.C.D., Dean of School of Dentistry
Harold Benjamin, Ph.D., Dean of College of Education, Director of Sum-
mer School
S. S. Steinberg, B.E., C.E., Dean of College of Engineering
C. 0. Appleman, Ph.D., Dean of Graduate School
M. Marie Mount, M.A., Dean of College of Home Economics
Roger Howell, LL.B., Ph.D., Dean of School of Law
H. Boyd Wylie, M.D., Dean of School of Medicine
Florence M. Gipe, M.S., R.N., Superintendent of Nurses, Director of
School of Nursing
, Dean of School of Pharmacy
G. J. Kabat, Ph.D., Director of College of Special and Continuation Studies
W. B. Kemp, Ph.D., Director of the Agricultural Experiment Station
W. J. Huff, Ph.D., D.Sci., Director of the Engineering Experiment Station
R. B. Corbett, Ph.D., Associate Dean of College of Agriculture and Associate
Director of Extension Service
Geary F. Eppley, M.S., Dean of Men
Adele H. Stamp, M.A., Dean of Women
James M. Tatum, B.S., Director of Athletics
Harlan C. Griswold, Col., Inf., U. S. Army (Ret.), Acting Dean, College
of Military Science, Physical Education and Recreation
Claud E. Stadtman, Col., Inf., U. S. Army, Commandant R. 0. T. C.
Alma H. Preinkert, M.A., Registrar
Edgar F. Long, Ph.D., Director of Admissions
Charles L. Benton, M.S., C.P.A., Comptroller
Howard Rovelstad, M.A., B.S.L.S., Acting Director of Libraries
Harold A. Sayles, A.B., Assistant Superintendent of University Hospital
Harry A. Bishop, M.D., Medical Director
George W. Fogg, M.A., Director of Personnel
George 0. Weber, B.S., Business Manager
Frank K. Haszard, B.F.S., Director of Procurement and Supply
Office of the President
Virginia G. Wilkinson Secretary to the President
Office of the Director of Admissions
Mary Burke Assistant, Baltimore Division Office
Office of the Registrar
Mary Anna Walker, M.A Assistant Registrar
Lisette Thompson Assistant, Records
Florence Stafford Assistant, Baltimore Division Office
Dean of Women's Office
Rosalie Leslie, M.A Assistant Dean of Women
Marian Johnson, M.A Assistant Dean of Women
Jane Caton, M.S Assistant Counselor
Office of Financial Administration and Control
C. L. Benton, M.S., C.P.A Comptroller
W. A. Burslem, B.S Cashier
Robert Morris Chief, Statistical Services
Edith M. Frothingham Administrative Assistant
W. V. Maconachy Assistant Comptroller (Baltimore)
Charles W. Spicer Chief Accountant (Baltimore)
J. H. Tucker Chief Clerk (Baltimore)
Frank K. Haszard, B.F.S Director of Procurement and Supply
McKinley L. Fuller Military Property Custodian
C. Wilbur Cissel, M.A., C.P.A Assistant to the Comptroller
Ernest A. Berger Chief Accountant (Baltimore)
Office of Business Management
George 0. Weber, B.S Business Manager
Harry Gallogly, B.S Maintenance Engineer
William Wood Service Supervisor
Grace Hale, B.A Administrative Assistant II
C. A. Speake Superintendent of New Construction
Nelson O. Rima Superintendent of Veterans Housing
Robert E. Blair Manager, Students' Supply Store
Dining Hall
Robinson Lappin General Manager
Student Health Service
Harry A. Bishop, M.D Medical Director
W. Allen Griffith, M.D. Physician Consultant
Estella C. Baldwin, R.N Supervisor of Nurses
6
Publications and Publicity
Harvey L. Miller, Col. U.S.M.C. (Ret.) . .Dir. of Publications and Publicity
Alumni Office
David L. Brigham General Secretary
FACULTY COMMITTEES
Admission, Guidance, and Adjustment
Professor Bamford, Chairman; Deans Eppley, Robinson, Smith, Stamp;
Miss Preinkert; Professors Curtiss, Hodgins, Long, Quigley, Reid,
Schindler, D. D. Smith, White.
Coordination of Agricultural Activities
Director Symons, Chairman; Director Kemp; Dean Corbett; Assist-
ant Directors Cory, Magruder; State Chemist Bopst; Professors Ahalt,
Bamford, Brueckner, Cairns, Carpenter, DeVault, Foster, Haut,
Holmes, Jull.
Council on Intercollegiate Athletics
Dean Eppley, Chairman; Acting Dean Griswold; Directors Kemp,
Tatum; Assistant Director Cory; Professor Supplee, the President of
the Student Government Association, and the Chairman of the Alumni
Council, ex-officio.
Educational Standards, Policies and Coordination
Dr. Charles White, Chairman; Professors Bamford, Drake, Cairns,
DeVault, Hoffsommer, Martin, H. B. McCarthy, Shreeve, Strahorn,
Wiggin, H. Boyd, Wylie.
Extension and Adult Education
DmECTOR Kabat, Chairman; Associate Dean Corbett; Assistant Dean
Brechbill; Assistant Director Kellar; Professors Baker, G. D. Brown,
Corcoran, DeVault, Ehrensberger, Martin, Phillips, Steinmeyer.
Libraries
Professor Cardwell, Chairman; Professors Aisenberg, Russell
Brown, Corcoran, Dillard, Foster, Hackman, Hall, Harman, Inver-
nezzi, Parsons, Reeve, Ida M. Robinson, Rovelstad, Spencer, Wiggin.
Publications and Catalog
Dean Cotterman, Chairman; Deans Benjamin, Howell, Mount, Pyle,
Robinson, Smith, H. Boyd Wylie; Director Kemp; Professors Baker,
Ball, Bryan, Reid, Zucker; Mr. Brigham; Mr. Durfee; Mr. Fogg; Miss
E. Frothingham; Colonel Miller; Miss Preinkert.
Public Functions and Public Relations
Director Symons, Chairman; Deans Eppley, Howell, Mount, Robinson,
Stamp, H. Boyd Wylie; Mr. Fogg; Colonel Stadtman; Mr. Brigham;
Colonel Miller; Miss Preinkert; Professors Bopst, Cory, Gewehr,
Randall, Reid, Shreeve, Snyder, Steinmeyer, Weber, Miss Leslie.
Religious Life Committee
Assistant Dean Rosalie Leslie, Chairman; Professors Marie Bryan,
Gewehr, Hamilton, McNaughton, Randall, Reid, Scott, Shreeve, Whits.
Scholarships and Student Aid
Dean Cotterman, Chairman; Deans Eppley, Mount, Stamp; Director
Long; Professors Reid, Steinmeyer.
Student Life
Professor James H. Reid, Chairman; Deans Eppley, Stamp; Colonel
Stadtman; Miss Preinkert; Professors Russell Allen, Bishop, Bur-
nett, Deach, Ehrensberger, Harman, Kramer, Lejins, Mitchell, Out-
house, Phillips, Charles White, Wiggin; Miss Leslie.
THE UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
Howard Rovelstad, M.A., B.S.L.S Acting Director of Libraries
College Park
Betty B. Baehr, A.B., B.S.L.S Loan Librarian
Barbara H. Baker Assistant Reference Librarian
Frances M. Bezanson, A.B Assistant Loan Librarian
Agatha Brown, A.B., B.S.L.S Assistant Catalog Librarian
Velma L. Charlesworth, B.S.E. in L.S Assistant Catalog Librarian
Ruth S. Haun Assistant Loan Librarian
Lois Holladay, A.B., B.L.S Catalog Librarian
E. Louise Leyh, A.B Assistant Reference Librarian
Stella S. Moyer, A.B., B.S.L.S Assistant Catalog Librarian
Virginia Phillips, A.B., B.A.L.S Assistant Reference Librarian
Merilyn Potter, A.B Assistant Loan Librarian
H. David Turner, A.B., B.S.L.S Order Librarian
Anna Mary Urban, A.B., B.A.L.S Reference Librarian
Theresa Veverka Assistant Catalog Librarian
Kate White Periodicals Librarian
Baltimore: Dental, Medical, Pharmacy and School of Nursing Libraries
Ida M. Robinson, A.B., B.S.L.S Librarian
Elizabeth Anna Crouse Assistant Librarian (Dentistry)
Rebecca Elam, B.A., B.S.L.S Catalog Librarian (Dentistry)
Mary E. Hicks, A.B., B.L.S Assistant Librarian (Medicine)
Simone C. Hurst Librarian in Charge (School of Nursing)
8
Edith R. McIntosh, A.M., A.B.L.S Catalog Librarian (Medicine)
Beatrice Marriott, B.S Assistant Librarian (Dentistry)
Hilda E. Moore, A.B., A.B.L.S Assistant Librarian (Pharmacy)
Florence R. Kirk Assistant Librarian (Medicine)
Law Library
Anne C. Bagby, A.B., B.L.S Librarian
GENERAL INFORMATION
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
PRELIMINARY INFORMATION
The University of Maryland, in addition to being a State University, is
the "Land-Grant" institution of Maryland. The University is co-educational
in all of its branches.
College Park
The undergraduate colleges and the Graduate School of the University
of Maryland are located at College Park, Prince George's County, Mary-
land, on a beautiful tract of rolling, wooded land, less than eight miles from
the heart of the Nation's capital, Washington, D. C. This nearness to
Washington, naturally, is of immeasurable advantage to students because
of the unusual library facilities afforded by the Library of Congress and
the libraries of Government Departments; the privilege of observing at
close range sessions of the United States Supreme Court, the United States
Senate and the House of Representatives; the opportunity of obtaining
almost without effort an abundance of factual data which is constantly
being assembled by the numerous agencies of the Federal Government.
10 HISTORY
The University is served by excellent transportation facilities, including
the main line of the Baltimore and Ohio Railroad, by the Washington street
car system, and by several bus lines. The campus fronts on the Baltimore-
Washington Boulevard, a section of U. S. Route No. 1, which makes the
University easily accessible by private automobile travel.
College Park, and the adjacent Calvert Hills and College Heights, con-
stitute a group of fine residential communities close to the University
campus, where are located the homes of many of the members of the faculty
and staff, and where students who prefer to live off campus may find de-
sirable living accommodations at reasonable rates.
Baltimore
The professional schools of the University — Dentistry, Law, Medicine,
Nursing, and Pharmacy — the University Hospital, and the Baltimore Pro-
gram of the College of Special and Continuation Studies are located in a
group of splendid buildings, most of them erected in recent years, at or
near the adjacent corners of Lombard and Greene Streets and Lombard
and Redwood Streets, Baltimore, Maryland.
Baltimore, a thriving, modern industrial city of more than a million in-
habitants, has an old established culture represented by outstanding educa-
tional institutions, libraries, museums, parks, public buildings, and places
of historical interest.
Baltimore is justly proud of its well earned reputation as a center of the
highest type of professional education, and no finer location could be chosen
by a young man or young woman desiring to prepare for a professional
career.
BRIEF HISTORY OF THE UNIVERSITY
While its advancement in recent years, both in the matter of physical
plant facilities and educational standards has been especially rapid, the
University has behind it a long and honorable history.
The history of the present University is the history of two institutions;
the old privately-owned and operated University of Maryland in Baltimore
and the Maryland State College (formerly Maryland Agricultural College)
at College Park. These institutions were merged in 1920.
In 1807 the College of Medicine of Maryland was organized, the fifth
medical school in the United States. The first class was graduated in 1810.
A permanent home was established in 1814-1815 by the erection of the
building at Lombard and Greene Streets in Baltimore, the oldest struc-
ture in America devoted to medical teaching. Here was founded one of the
first medical libraries (and the first medical school library) in the United
States. In 1812 the General Assembly of Maryland authorized the College
of Medicine of Maryland to "annex or constitute faculties of divinity, law,
and arts and sciences," and by the same act declared that the "colleges or
ADMINISTRATIVE ORGANIZATION 11
faculties thus united should be constituted an university by the name and
under the title of the University of Maryland." By authority of this act,
steps were taken in 1813 to establish "a faculty of law," and in 1823 a
regular school of instruction in law was opened. Subsequently there were
added: in 1882 a Department of Dentistry which was absorbed in 1923 by
the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery (founded in 1840, the first dental
school in the world) ; in 1889 a School of Nursing; and in 1904 the Mary-
land College of Pharmacy (founded in 1841, the third oldest pharmacy
college in the United States).
The Maryland State College was chartered in 1856 under the name of
the Maryland Agricultural College, the second agricultural college in the
Western Hemisphere. For three years the College was under private man-
agement. In 1862 the Congress of the United States passed the Land Grant
Act. This act granted each State and Territory that should claim its bene-
fits a proportionate amount of unclaimed western lands, in place of scrip,
the proceeds from the sale of which should apply under certain conditions
to the "endowment, support, and maintenance of at least one college where
the leading object shall be, without excluding other scientific and classical
studies, and including military tactics, to teach such branches of learning
as are related to agriculture and the mechanic arts, in such a manner as
the Legislatures of the States may respectively prescribe, in order to pro-
mote the liberal and practical education of the industrial classes in the
several pursuits and professions of life." This grant was accepted by the
General Assembly of Maryland, and the Maryland Agricultural College was
named as the beneficiary of the grant. Thus the College became, at least
in part, a State institution. In the fall of 1914 control was taken over
entirely by the State. In 1916 the General Assembly granted a new charter
to the College, and made it the Maryland State College.
In 1920, by an act of the State Legislature, the University of Maryland
was merged with the Maryland State College, and the resultant institution
was given the name University of Maryland.
THE UNIVERSITY YEAR
The University year is divided into two semesters of approximately seven-
teen weeks each, and a summer session of six weeks.
ADMINISTRATIVE ORGANIZATION OF THE UNIVERSITY
The government of the University is, by law, vested in a Board of
Regents, consisting of eleven members appointed by the governor of the
State, each for a term of nine years. The administration of the University
is vested in the president. The deans, directors and other principal officers
of the University form the Administrative Board. This group serves in an
advisory capacity to the president.
12 ADMINISTRATIVE DIVISIONS
Following is a list of the administrative divisions of the University:
At College Park
College of Agriculture College of Special and Continua-
College of Arts and Sciences tion Studies
College of Business and Public Graduate School
Administration Summer School
College of Education
College of Engineering Agricultural Experiment Station
College of Home Economics Agricultural and Home Economics
College of Military Science, Physi- Extension Service
cal Education and Recreation
At Baltimore
School of Dentistry School of Pharmacy
School of Law University Hospital
School of Medicine Maryland State Board of Agricul-
School of Nursing ture
State-Wide Activities
The Agricultural and Home Economics Extension Service maintains local
representatives in every county of the State. These representatives, County
Agents and Home Demonstration Agents, provide expert assistance to
farmers and farm families in their areas and, when necessary, call upon
the large staff of specialists at the headquarters of the Extension Service
at College Park.
The Live Stock Sanitary Service, which is charged with responsibility for
the control and eradication of diseases of live stock and poultry, maintains
local veterinary inspectors throughout the State, in addition to specialists
and laboratory technicians at the main laboratory at College Park and the
branch laboratories in Salisbury, Centerville and Baltimore.
PHYSICAL FACILITIES— GROUNDS, BUILDINGS AND EQUIPMENT
College Park
Grounds. The University grounds at College Park comprise over six
hundred acres. A broad rolling campus is surmounted by a commanding
hill which overlooks a wide area and insures excellent drainage. Most of
the buildings are located on this eminence and the adjacent grounds are
laid out attractively in lawns and terraces ornamented with trees, shrub-
bery and flower beds. Below the hill and along either side of the Wash-
ington-Baltimore Boulevard lie the drill grounds and athletic fields.
Approximately 300 acres are used for research and teaching in horticul-
ture, agriculture, dairying, livestock and poultry. An additional five hun-
dred acres of land provided for plant research work are located at the
Hopkins and Nash farms, five miles northwest of College Park and in various
other localities.
PHYSICAL FACILITIES 13
Buildings. The buildings of beautifully designed Georgian colonial motif
comprise about fifty principal structures and an additional fifty for
supplemental utility, providing facilities for the varied activities carried on
at College Park.
Administration and Instruction. This group consists of the following:
Administration Building, which accommodates the offices of the President,
Dean of Men, Business Manager, Comptroller, Director of Personnel, Regis-
trar, Director of Admissions, Publications, Alumni Secretary, Director of
Procurement and Supply, and Cashier, as well as Student Supply Store and
University Post Office.
Agriculture Building, which houses the College of Agriculture, the Agri-
cultural and Home Economics Extension Service and the Director of the
Agricultural Experiment Station.
Other buildings, whose space is principally devoted to the College of Agri-
culture are: Poultry Building, Horticulture Building, and Dairy Building.
The Arts and Science Building, Engineering Building, Education Build-
ing, Business and Public Administration and Home Economics Building, as
the names imply, house the various colleges.
The Armory, one of the finest structures of its kind in the country; the
Ritchie Coliseum, seating 4,500, used for indoor sports events; the Gym-
nasium; the Women' 8 Field House and the Byrd Stadium providing for
8,000 spectators are utilized principally by the College of Military Science
and Physical Education. The Chemistry Building, Science Building (for-
merly Agriculture Building), Classroom Building, Dean of Women's Build-
ing, Library, Morrill Hall, and the Home Economics Practice House, com-
plete the principal structures in this group.
Ten temporary frame classroom buildings serve the overflow from Chem-
istry, Physics and Zoology as well as the entire Psychology and Mathe-
matics departments and provide a Recreation building for day students and
headquarters for all student publications.
A Shop building is being jointly used by the Engineering College, Indus-
trial Education and Agricultural Engineering departments until new build-
ings, planned as part of the Glenn L. Martin College of Engineering and
Aeronautical Sciences, are constructed. The experimental Wind Tunnel
Building, the first unit of this group, is located near the Paint Branch
bridge on the north side of the campus.
Housing. The Women's Dormitories are Anne Arundel Hall and Mar-
garet Brent Hall. In addition, there are four smaller units at present
providing housing for sorority groups. Two new women's dormitories are
to be completed early in 1949.
Men's Dormitories. Calvert and Silvester Halls are the only two named
dormitories of a group of ten separate buildings housing men students.
14 LIBRARY FACILITIES
A Veterans' Housing Project provides facilities for 1,100 male students
in nine dormitories and 104 veteran families in thirteen family units.
Experiment Station. The headquarters for the Agricultural Experi-
ment Station are in the new Agricultural building. The laboratories and
greenhouses for this research work are located in several buildings on the
campus.
The Live Stock Sanitary Service is located in a group of buildings about
a mile east of the main campus, near the Baltimore and Ohio Railroad
Station.
Service Buildings. This group includes the Central Heating Plant, Ser-
vice Building, the Infirmary, and the Dining Hall.
The Fire Service Extension Building, completed in 1946, is located south of
the Byrd Stadium on the boulevard. It houses the Fire Extension Service
offices as well as the College Park Volunteer Fire Department.
Historical Building. Rossborough Inn. This historic Inn, built in 1798,
is the oldest building on the campus and for many years housed the Agri-
cultural Experiment Station. Entirely restored, it is now one of the most
beautiful and interesting buildings on the campus.
U. S. Government Buildings. United States Bureau of Mines. The
Eastern Experiment Station of the United States Bureau of Mines is lo-
cated on the University grounds. The general laboratories are used for
instruction purposes in College of Engineering as well as by the United
States Government for Experimental work. The building contains a geo-
logical museum and a technical library. United States Fish and Wildlife
Service Laboratory. The technological research laboratory building of the
U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service is located on the University campus. It
contains laboratories for research in fisheries dealing with chemical, chem-
ical engineering, bacteriological, nutritional, and biological subjects.
Through a cooperative arrangement with the University it is possible for
students to do graduate work using the facilities of these laboratories.
Baltimore
The group of buildings located in the vicinity of Lombard and Greene
Streets provides available housing for the Baltimore division of the Uni-
versity. The group comprises the original Medical School Building, erected
in 1814; the Old Hospital now used as a dispensary; the New University
Hospital with approximately 450 beds; the Frank C. Bressler Research
Laboratory; the Dental and Pharmacy Building; the Nurses' Home; the
Law School Building; Davidge Hall, which houses the Medical library; and
the Administration Building.
LIBRARY FACILITIES
Libraries are located at both the College Park and Baltimore divisions
of the University.
ADMISSION PROCEDURE 15
The General Library at College Park, completed in 1931, is an attractive
and well equipped structure. The main reading room on the second floor
seats 250 and has about 5,000 reference books and bound periodicals on
open shelves. The five-tier stack room and basement are equipped with
carrels and desks for use of advanced students. The Library Annex, a
temporary, two-story building located just west of the main building, is
Used for reserve book reading and seminars. The Annex accommodates
about 300 people. About 25,000 of the 137,000 volumes on the campus
are shelved in the Chemistry, Entomology and Mathematics Departments,
the Graduate School, and other units. Over 1,000 periodicals are currently
received.
Facilities in Baltimore consist of the libraries of the School of Dentistry,
containing 13,000 volumes; the School of Law, 20,000 volumes; the School
of Medicine, 30,000 volumes; the School of Nursing, 1,500 volumes; and
the School of Pharmacy, 11,000 volumes. The Medical Library is housed
in Davidge Hall; the remaining four libraries have adequate quarters in
the buildings of their respective schools, where they are readily available
for use. Facilities for the courses in Arts and Sciences are offered jointly
by the libraries of the Schools of Dentistry and Pharmacy.
The libraries of the University total in the aggregate over 210,000 bound
volumes. The General Library is a depository for publications of the
United States Government and numbers some 75,000 documents in its
collection.
The University Library System is able to supplement its reference ser-
vice by borrowing material from other libraries through Inter-Library Loan
or Bibliofilm Service, or by arranging for personal work in the Library of
Congress, the United States Department of Agriculture Library, and other
agencies in Washington.
ADMISSION PROCEDURE
Undergraduate Schools: Applicants for admission to the College of Agri-
culture, Arts and Sciences, Business and Public Administration, Education,
Engineering, and Home Economics should communicate with the Director of
Admissions, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland.
Graduate School: Those seeking admission to the Graduate School should
address the Dean of the Graduate School, University of Maryland, College
Park.
Professional Schools: Information about admission to the professional
schools in Baltimore may be had by writing to the dean of the college con-
cerned or to the Director of Admissions of the University.
Applicants from Secondary Schools: Procure an application blank from
the Director of Admissions. Fill in personal data requested and ask your
principal or headmaster to enter your secondary school record and mail
the blank to the Director of Admissions.
16 SUBJECT REQUIREMENTS
To avoid delay, it is suggested that applications be filed not later than
July 1 for the fall semester, and January 1 for the spring semester.
Applications from students completing their last semester of secondary
work are encouraged. If acceptable, supplementary records will be sent
upon graduation.
Applicants from Other Colleges and Universities: Secure an application
blank from the Director of Admissions. Fill in personal data requested
and ask secondary school principal or headmaster to enter secondary school
record and send the blank to the Director of Admissions. Request the
Registrar of the College or University attended to send a transcript to
the Director of Admissions, College Park, Maryland.
Time of Admission: New students should plan to enter the University at
the beginning of the fall semester if possible. Students, however, will
be admitted at the beginning of either semester.
ADMISSION OF FRESHMEN
Admission by Certificate: Graduates of accredited secondary schools of
Maryland or the District of Columbia will be admitted by certificate upon
the recommendation of the principal. Graduates of out-of-state schools
should have attained college certification marks, such marks to be not less
than one letter or ten points higher than the passing mark.
Veterans and other mature persons who are not high school graduates
may qualify for admission to the freshman class by passing prescribed tests
comparable to those employed by state authorities to establish high school
equivalence.
SUBJECT REQUIREMENTS
In selecting students more emphasis will be placed upon good marks and
other indications of probable success in college rather than upon a fixed
pattern of subject matter.
English 4 units required for all divisions of the University.
Mathematics 3% units, including Solid Geometry, required for
Engineering, Mathematics and Physics.
For all Colleges, one unit each of Algebra and
Plane Geometry is desirable. A unit of Algebra
will be needed by Business and Public Adminis-
tration students and by most Education, Home
Economics and Arts students.
Social Science; Natural
and Biological Science .. 1 unit from each group is required; two are
desirable.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 17
Foreign Languages Those who will follow the professions, enter
journalism, foreign trade or service, study the
humanities or do research, should have a good
foundation in one or more, but none is required.
Electives Fine Arts, trade and vocational subjects are
acceptable.
Transfer Students: Only students in good standing as to scholarship and
conduct are eligible to transfer. Advanced standing is assigned to transfer
students from accredited institutions under the following conditions:
1. A minimum of one year of resident work of not less than 30 semester
hours is necessary for a degree.
2. The University reserves the right at any time to revoke advanced
standing if the transfer student's progress is unsatisfactory.
Special Students: Applicants who are at least twenty-one years of age,
and who have not completed the usual preparatory course, may be admitted
to such courses as they seem fitted to take. Special students are ineligible
to matriculate for a degree until entrance requirements have been satisfied.
Unclassified Students: Applicants who meet entrance requirements but
who do not wish to pursue a program of study leading to a degree are
eligible for admission to pursue courses for which they have met
prerequisites.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HEALTH EDUCATION REQUIRE-
MENTS FOR MEN AND WOMEN
All undergraduate students classified academically as freshmen or sopho-
mores who are registered for more than six semester hours are required
to enroll in and successfully complete the four prescribed courses in phys-
ical education. The successful completion of these courses is a prerequisite
for graduation. They must be taken by all eligible students during the
first two years of attendance at the University, whether they intend to
graduate or not. Students not qualified to take the regular activities
program will be given adaptive work suitable to their physical capacities.
Transfer students who do not have credit in these courses must complete
them or take them until graduation, whichever occurs first.
Health Education Requirement for Women:
All freshman women who are registered for more than six semester
hours must enroll in and successfully complete the prescribed courses for
four credits in Health Eeducation.
Regulations regarding transfer students and requirements for graduation
apply as stated above for Physical Education.
18 R.O.T.C. — AMERICAN CIVILIZATION
Exemptions :
1. Students with approved military exemption.
2. Students over thirty years of age.
Required Uniforms:
A regulation uniform as prescribed by the College of Military Science,
Physical Education and Recreation is required for both men and women.
REQUIREMENTS IN MILITARY INSTRUCTION
All male students unless specifically exempted under University rules are
required to take elementary military training for a period of two years.
The successful completion of this course is a prerequisite for graduation
but it must be taken by all eligible students during the first two years of
attendance at the University, whether they intend to graduate or not.
Transfer students who do not have the required two years of military train-
ing will be required to complete the course or take it until graduation,
whichever occurs first.
R. O. T. C. EXEMPTIONS
1. Students who have completed the course in other senior units of the
R. 0. T. C.
2. Students holding commissions in the Reserve Corps of the Army, Navy,
Marines or Coast Guard.
3. Students who have served in the Army, Navy, Marine Corps, or Coast
Guard for a period of time long enough to be considered equivalent to the
training received in the R. 0. T. C. Short periods of service in any of the
branches named above will be evaluated and allowed as credit toward
completion of the course.
4. Graduate students.
5. Students classified as "Special Students" who are registered for less
than seven semester credits.
6. Students who have passed their thirtieth birthday before starting
the course.
Students excused from basic military training are required to take an
equivalent number of credits in other subjects, which substitution must be
approved by the dean of the college concerned.
THE PROGRAM IN AMERICAN CIVILIZATION
Work in American Civilization is offered at three distinct academic levels.
The first level is required of all freshmen or sophomores at the University
of Maryland and is described below.
The second level is for undergraduate students wishing to carry a major
in this field (see catalog for the College of Arts and Sciences). The third
level is for students desiring to do graduate work in this field (see Catalog
for the Graduate School).
REGULATION OF STUDIES 19
Courses in the American Civilization Program Required of
All Freshmen and Sophomores
All students (unless specific exceptions are noted in printed curricula)
are required to take twelve semester hours of English (for sequence and
descriptions, see the offerings of the Department of English), three semester
hours of sociology (Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life), three semester
hours of government (G. & P. 1 — American Government), and six semes-
ter hours of history (H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization).
These several courses are planned as parts of a whole that is designed
to acquaint students with the basic facts of American history, with the
fundamental patterns of our social, economic, political, and intellectual de-
velopment, and with the riches of our cultural heritage.
REGULATION OF STUDIES
Course Numbers. Courses for undergraduates are designated by numbers
1 — 99; courses for advanced undergraduates and graduates, by numbers
100 — 199*; and courses for graduates, by numbers 200 — 299.
A course with a single number extends through one semester. A course
with a double number extends through two semesters.
Schedule of Courses. A semester time schedule of courses, giving days,
hours, and rooms, is issued as a separate pamphlet at the beginning of each
semester. Classes are scheduled beginning at 8:00 A. M.
Definition of Credit Unit. The semester hour, which is the unit of credit
in the University, is the equivalent of a subject pursued one period a week
for one semester. Two or three periods of laboratory or field work are equiva-
lent to one lecture or recitation period. The student is expected to devote
three hours a week in classroom or laboratory, including outside preparation
for each credit hour in any course.
Examinations. Examinations are held at the end of each semester in
accordance with the official schedule of examinations. Students are required
to use the prescribed type of examination book in final examinations; and,
also, when requested to do so by the instructor, in tests given during the
semester.
Final examinations are held in all courses except in classes where the
character of the work will permit the instructor to note frequently the
progress and proficiency of the student — in which case they may be omitted
upon approval of the head of the department and dean of the college.
Periodic examinations and tests are given during regularly scheduled class
periods. Final examinations, where required, are given according to schedule
and are of not more than two hours' duration.
Final examinations for undergraduate candidates for degrees are waived
in the semester immediately preceding their June graduation exercises, and
final grades are based on daily grades and tests given during the semester.
* But not all courses numbered 100 to 199 may be taken for graduate credit.
20 JUNIOR STANDING
Marking System: The following symbols are used for marks: A, B, C,
and D, passing; F, Failure; I, Incomplete.
Mark A denotes superior scholarship; mark B, good scholarship; mark C,
fair scholarship; and mark D, passing scholarship.
In computing scholastic averages, numerical values are assigned as fol-
lows: A— 4; B— 3; C— 2; D— 1; F— 0.
A scholastic average of C is required for graduation and for junior
standing. At least three-fourths of the credits required for graduation must
be earned with marks of A, B, or C. A student who receives the mark of D
in more than one-fourth of his credits must take additional courses or repeat
courses until he has met these requirements.
Academic Regulations; A separate pamphlet is published each year list-
ing the regulations which govern the academic work and other activtities
of students.
REPORTS
Written reports of grades are sent by the Registrar to parents or
guardians of minor students who are not veterans at the close of each
semester.
DELINQUENT STUDENTS
A student must attain passing marks in fifty per cent of the semester
hours for which he is registered, or he is automatically dropped from the
University. The Registrar notifies the student, his parent or guardian,
and the student's dean of this action. A student who has been dropped
for scholastic reasons may appeal in writing to the Committee on Admis-
sion, Guidance, and Adjustment for reinstatement. The Committee is em-
powered to grant relief for just cause. A student who has been dropped
from the University for scholastic reasons, and whose petition for reinstate-
ment is denied, may again petition after a lapse of at least one semester.
The University reserves the right to request at any time the withdrawal
of a student who cannot or does not maintain the required standard of
scholarship, or whose continuance in the University would be detrimental
to his or her health, or to the health of others, or whose conduct is not
satisfactory to the authorities of the University. Students of the last class
may be asked to withdraw even though no specific charge be made against
them.
According to University regulations, excessive absence from any course
is penalized by failure in that course. Students who are guilty of per-
sistent absence from any course will be reported to the President or to his
appointed representative for final disciplinary action.
JUNIOR STANDING
For junior standing, the requirements shall be, in addition to the required
military and physical education, fifty-six (56) semester hours of academic
credit, the whole program to be completed with an average grade of C.
DEGREES AND CERTIFICATES 21
DEGREES AND CERTIFICATES
The University confers the following degrees : Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor
of Science, Master of Education, Master of Arts, Master of Science, Master
of Business Administration, Master of Foreign Studies, Doctor of Phi-
losophy, Doctor of Education, Civil Engineer, Mechanical Engineer, Elec-
trical Engineer, Chemical Engineer, Bachelor of Laws, Doctor of Medicine,
Doctor of Dental Surgery, and Bachelor of Science in Pharmacy.
Students in the two-year and three-year curricula are awarded certificates.
No baccalaureate degree will be awarded to a student who has had less
than one year of resident work in this University. The last thirty semester
credits of any curriculum leading to a baccalaureate degree must be taken
in residence at the University of Maryland. Candidates for the bacca-
laureate degree in combined curriculums at College Park and Baltimore
must complete a minimum of thirty semester credits at College Park.
An average mark of C (2.0) is required for graduation. In addition, at
least three-fourths of the credits required for graduation must be earned
with marks of A, B, or C. In the case of a candidate for a combined degree
or of a transfer student with advanced standing, a grade of D will not be
recognized for credit towards a degree in more than one-fourth of the
credits earned at this institution.
The requirements for graduation vary according to the character of work
in the different colleges and schools. Full information regarding specific
college requirements for graduation will be found in the college sections
of the catalog.
Each candidate for a degree must file in the office of the Registrar eight
weeks prior to the date he expects to graduate, a formal application for a
degree. Candidates for degrees must attend a convocation at which degrees
are conferred and diplomas are awarded. Degrees are conferred in absentia
only in exceptional cases.
DEFINITION OF RESIDENCE AND NON-RESIDENCE
Students who are minors are considered to be resident students, if at
the time of their registration their parents have been residents of this
State for at least one year, or upon their return to the State, if they have
resided in the State for one full year during the five years immediately
preceding their return.
Adult students are considered to be residents, if at the time of their
registration they have been residents of this State for at least one year, or
upon their return to the State, if they have resided in the State for one
full year during the five years immediately preceding their return; pro-
vided such residence has not been acquired while attending any school or
college in Maryland.
The status of the residence of a student is determined at the time of his
first registration in the University, and may not thereafter be changed by
him unless, in the case of a minor, his parents move to and become legal
22
RESIDENTS, NON-RESIDENTS
residents of this State, by maintaining such residence for at least one full
calendar year. However, the right of the student (minor) to change from
a non-resident to a resident status must be established by him prior to
registration for a semester in any academic year.
General FEES AND EXPENSES
All checks or money orders should be made payable to the University of
Maryland for the exact amount of the charges.
In cases where students have been awarded Legislative Scholarships or
University Grants, the amount of such scholarship or grant will be deducted
from the bill.
All fees are due and payable at the time of registration, and students
should come prepared to pay the full amount of the charges. No student
will be admitted to classes until such payment has been made. Veterans are
required to comply with these conditions if the University does not have in
its possession at the time of registration an approved Certificate of Eligi-
bility and Entitlement from the Veterans Administration.
The University reserves the right to make such changes in fees and other
charges as may be found necessary, although every effort will be made to
keep the costs to the student as low as possible.
No degree will be conferred, nor any diploma, certificate, or transcript
of a record issued to a student who has not made satisfactory settlement
of his account.
The University will award to all World War II Veteran Students ap-
proved by the Veterans Administration for the educational benefits under
Public Laws 16 or 346, a scholarship whenever the total charges excluding
room and board, but including textbooks and supplies, exceeds the $500
allotment per academic year payable to the University by the Federal Gov-
ernment. The amount of such scholarship shall be the difference between
such total charges as above denned and the maximum amount payable by
the Veterans Administration during the veteran student's period of eligi-
bility.
RESIDENTS, NON-RESIDENTS
Fees for Undergraduate Students
Maryland Residents
Fixed Charges
Athletic Fee
Special Fee
Student Activities Fee
Infirmary Fee
Post Office Fee
Advisory and Testing Fee
Total for Maryland Residents $125.00
First
Semester
Second
Semester
Total
$82.00
$83.00
$165.00
15.00
15.00
10.00
10.00
10.00
10.00
5.00
5.00
2.00
2.00
1.00
1.00
$125.00
$83.00
$208.00
FEES
23
Residents of the District of Columbia, First Second
Other States and Countries Semester Semester Total
Tuition Fee for Non-Resident Students. $63.00 $62.00 $125.00
Total for Non-Resident Students $188.00 *$145.00 $333.00
Board and Lodging
Board $170.00 $170.00 $340.00
Dormitory Room $54-$63 $54-$63 $108-$126
Total, Board and Room $224-$233 $224-$233 $448-$466
Temporary Dormitories, Men $50 $50 $100
The Fixed Charges Fee is not a charge for tuition. It is a charge to help defray the
cost of operating the University's physical plant and other various services which ordinarily
would not be included as a cost of teaching personnel and teaching supplies. Included in
these costs would be janitorial services, cost of heat, electricity, water, etc., administrative
and clerical cost, maintenance of buildings and grounds, maintenance of libraries, cost of
University publications, Alumni Office, the University Business and Financial Offices, the
Registrar's Office, the Admissions Office, and any other such services as are supplemental
and necessary to teaching and research are supported by this fee.
The Athletic Fee is charged for the support of the Department of Intercollegiate
Athletics. All students are eligible and encouraged to participate in all of the activities of
this department and to attend all contests in which they do not participate.
The Special Fee is used for improving physical training facilities and for other Uni-
versity projects that have direct relationship to student welfare, especially athletics and
recreation. This fee now is allocated to a fund for construction of a stadium, a new
combination coliseum and auditorium, and to constructing a new swimming pool, as soon
as the fund is sufficient and materials are available.
The Students Activities Fee is a mandatory fee included at the request of the Student
Government Association. It covers subscriptions to the Diamondback, student paper, of
$1.60 per year, the Old Line, literary magazine, of $.75 per year, and the yearbook ; class
dues, including financial support for the musical and dramatic clubs.
* Students entering the University for the second semester will pay the following addi-
tional fees: Athletic, $7.50: Special, $5.00; Student Activities, $8.00; Infirmary, $2.50-
Post Office Fees, $1.00 ; Advisory and Testing Fee, $.50.
LABORATORY AND OTHER FEES
Special Fees
Matriculation Fee for undergraduates, payable at time of first
registration in the University $10.00
Diploma Fee for Bachelor's degree, payable just prior to graduation . 10.00
Cap and Gown fee, Bachelor of Arts degree 2.50
Engineering College Fee, Per Semester 3.00
Home Economics College Fee, Per Semester 10.00
Fees for Auditors are exactly the same as fees charged to students
registered for credit.
24
FEES
Laboratory Fees Per Semester Course
Bacteriology $10.00
Botany 5.00
Chemical Engineering 8.00
Chemistry —
All Other 10.00
Dairy 3.00
Electrical Engineering... 4.00
Entomology 3.00
Home Economics —
(Non-Home Students)
Art Textiles and Clothing 3.00
Foods and Practice House
(each) 7.00
Education $1.00
Industrial Education 3.00
Physics —
Introductory 3.00
All Other 6.00
Psychology 4.00
(Psych. 150, 151, 152)
Secretarial Training 7.50
Speech —
Radio and Stagecraft... 2.00
All Other 1.00
Zoology —
Introductory 3.00
All Other 6.00
Miscellaneous Fees and Charges
Fee for part-time students per credit hour 8.00
(The term "part-time students" is interpreted to mean under-
graduate students taking 6 semester credit hours or less.
Students carrying more than 6 semester hours pay the regular
fees.)
Late Registration Fee 5.00
(All students are expected to complete their registration, includ-
ing the filing of class cards and payment of bills, on the regular
registration days.) Those who do not complete their registra-
tion during the prescribed days will be charged a fee of 5.00
Fee for change in registration 3.00
Fee for failure to report for medical examination appointment 2.00
Special Examination Fee — to establish college credit — per semester
hour 5.00
Makeup Examination Fee — (for students who are absent during
any class period when tests or examinations are given) 1.00
Miscellaneous Fees and Charges (Continued)
Transcript of Record Fee 1.00
Property Damage Charge — Students will be charged for damage
to property or equipment. Where responsibility for the damage
can be fixed, the individual student will be billed for it; where
responsibility cannot be fixed, the cost of repairing the damage
or replacing equipment will be pro-rated.
Library Charges:
Fine for failure to return book from general library before ex-
piration of loan period 05 per day
WITHDRAWAL AND REFUND 25
Fine for failure to return book from Reserve Shelf before expira-
tion of loan period —
First hour overdue 25
Each additional hour overdue 05
In case of loss or mutilation of a book, satisfactory restitution
must be made.
Text Books and Supplies
Text books and classroom supplies — These costs vary with the course
pursued, but will average per semester 35.00
Fees for Graduate Students
Tuition charge for students carrying more than 8 semester credit
hours 65.00
Tuition charge per semester hour for students carrying 8 semester
credit hours or less 8.00
Matriculation Fee, payable only once, at time of first registration. 10.00
Diploma Fee (For Master's Degree) 10.00
Cap and Gown fee, Master's degree 2.75
Graduation Fee (For Doctor's Degree) 25.00
Cap and Gown fee, Doctor's degree 3.75
Notes: Fees in the Graduate School are the same for all students,
whether residents of the State of Maryland or not.
All fees, except Diploma Fee and Graduation Fee, are pay-
able at the time of registration for each semester.
Diploma Fee and Graduation Fee must be paid prior to
graduation.
Fees for Evening Courses
Matriculation Fee (Payable once, at time of first registration by all
students — full time and part time; candidates for degrees, and
non-candidates).
For Undergraduates 10.00
For Graduates 10.00
Tuition Charge (same for all students) — Limit six hours. Charge
per credit hour 8.00
Laboratory Fees — A laboratory fee, to cover cost of materials
used, is charged in laboratory courses. These fees vary with the
course and can be ascertained in any case by inquiry of the
Director of Evening Courses, or the instructor in charge of the
course.
WITHDRAWAL AND REFUND OF FEES
Any student compelled to leave the University at any time during the
academic year, should file an application for withdrawal, bearing the proper
signatures, in the office of the Registrar. If this is not done, the student
will not be entitled, as a matter of course, to a certificate of honorable dis-
26 TRANSCRIPTS OF RECORDS
missal, and will forfeit his right to any refund to which he would other-
wise be entitled. The date used in computing refunds is the date the appli-
cation for withdrawal is filed in the office of the Registrar.
In the case of a minor, withdrawal will be permitted only with the written
consent of the student's parent or guardian.
Students withdrawing from the University will receive a refund of all
charges, except board, lodging, deposits for room reservation and advanced
registration, less the matriculation fee in accordance with the following
schedule:
Percentage
Period from Date Instruction Begins Refundable
Two weeks or less 80%
Between two and three weeks 60%
Between three and four weeks 40%
Between four and five weeks 20%
Over five weeks 0
Board and lodging are refunded only in the event the student withdraws
from the University. Refunds of board and lodging are made on a pro-rata,
weekly basis. Dining Hall cards issued to boarding students must be sur-
rendered at the Dining Hall office the day of withdrawal.
GRADUATE SCHOOL, DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE
To provide broader educational opportunities for those served by each
institution, the Graduate School for the United States Department of
Agriculture and the University of Maryland have developed a cooperative
arrangement under which certain resources of each institution are made
available to students of both institutions. Representatives of certain subject
matter departments at each institution are engaged in developing integrated
educational programs.
Under these arrangements, work taken at the Graduate School of the
United States Department of Agriculture may be applied as partial resi-
dence credit toward undergraduate or advanced degrees at the University
of Maryland. Those wishing to take advantage of these arrangements
must work out an approved program of study with their advisers.
TRANSCRIPTS OF RECORDS
Students and alumni may secure transcripts of their scholastic records
from the Office of the Registrar. No charge is made for the first copy; for
each additional copy, there is a charge of $1.00. Make checks payable to
the University of Maryland.
Transcripts of records should be requested at least one week in advance
of the date when the records are actually needed.
No transcript of a student's record will be furnished any student or
alumnus whose financial obligations to the University have not be satisfied.
PUBLIC HEALTH 27
STUDENT HEALTH AND WELFARE
The University recognizes its responsibility for safeguarding the health
of its student body and takes every reasonable precaution toward this
end. All new undergraduate students will be given a thorough physical
examination at the time of their entrance to the University. A modern,
well-equipped infirmary is available for the care of the sick or injured
students. A small fee is charged undergraduate students for this infirmary
service.
Infirmary Service
1. All undergraduate students may receive dispensary service and
medical advice at the infirmary during regular office hours established by
the physician in charge.
2. A registered nurse is on duty at all hours in the Infirmary. Students
are required to report illnesses during office hours unless the case is an
emergency.
3. Students not residing in their own homes may, upon order of the
University physician, be cared for in the Infirmary to the extent of the
facilities available. Students living off the campus will be charged a sub-
sistence fee. In case of illness requiring a special nurse or special medical
attention, the expense must be borne by the student.
4. Students living in dormitories, fraternity houses, sorority houses, or
"off campus" houses who are too ill to go to the Infirmary must notify
the housemother, proctor or householder who in turn will notify the In-
firmary. This will be done in all cases, except emergencies, during the
doctors' office hours.
5. When a student is admitted to the Infinnary and the illness is of a
serious nature, parents will be promptly informed of the admission and of
the progress of the student's condition. Visiting hours are 10 A. M. and
11 A. M. and 7 P. M. to 7:30 P. M. daily. Each patient is allowed only
three visitors at one time. No visitor may see any patient until permission
is granted by the doctor or nurse in charge.
6. Hospitalization is not available at the Infirmary for faculty, graduate
students or employees. Emergency dispensary service, however, is avail-
able for faculty, graduate students and employees who are injured in
University service or University activities.
Public Health
All dormitories, "off campus" houses, sorority and fraternity houses are
inspected periodically by the Student Health Service to insure that proper
sanitary conditions are maintained and that kitchens meet the prescribed
standards for cleanliness and sanitation. All food handlers will be ex-
amined in accordance with directives issued by the Student Health Service.
M ! EQUIPMENT
LIVING ARRANGEMENTS
Dormitories
1. Room Reservations. All new students desiring to room in the dormi-
tories should request room application cards by carefully checking the
admission blanks. The Director of Admissions will refer these to the offices
of the Dean of Men or the Dean of Women. Application cards or blanks
will be sent to applicants and should be returned promptly. A fee of
$15.00 will be requested which will be deducted from the first semester
charges when the student registers. A room is not assured until notice is
received from the Dean concerned. Room reservations not claimed by
freshmen or upper-classmen on their respective registration days will be
cancelled. A room will be held by special request until after classes begin
providing the dormitory office is notified by the first day of registration.
Room reservation fees will not be refunded if the request is received later
than September 1 for the first semester or January 15 for the second
semester.
2. Applications for rooms are acted upon only when a student has been
fully admitted academically to the University.
3. Reservations by students in attendance at the University should be
made at least two weeks before the close of the preceding semester. New
students are urged to attend to their housing arrangements about three
months in advance of registration. It is understood that all housing and
board arrangements which are made for the fall semester are binding for
the spring semester. Room and board charges will begin with the even-
ing meal prior to the first day of registration and include the last day of
classes for each semester with the exception of the Christmas recess and
the Easter recess. Students unable to make other arrangements for the
holidays may consult with the Dean of Men or the Dean of Women for
assistance. All freshmen except those who live at home, are required to
room in the dormitories when accommodations are available.
Equipment
Students assigned to dormitories should provide themselves with sufficient
single blankets, at least two pairs of sheets, a pillow, pillow cases, towels,
a laundry bag, and a waste paper basket.
The individual student must assume responsibility for all dormitory
property assigned to him. Any damage done to the property other than
that which would result from ordinary wear and tear will be charged to
the student concerned.
Each student will be furnished a key for his room for which a deposit
of $1.00 will be made. This deposit will be returned in exchange for the
key at the end of the year.
Laundry. The University does not provide laundry service and each
student is responsible for his or her own laundry. There are several
reliable laundry concerns in College Park; or if a student prefers, he may
MEALS 29
send his laundry home. Women students may, if they wish, do their own
laundry in the laundry room in each dormitory, not including bed linen.
Personal baggage sent via the American Express and marked with a
dormitory address will be delivered when the student concerned notifies
the College Park express office of his arrival.
VETERANS' HOUSING
A Veterans' Housing project has been established on the campus in co-
operation with the Federal Government. This project is governed by
regulations established in accordance with Federal directives. The dormi-
tories in the project are under the same regulations as the other University
dormitories, except that the residents are not required to board at the
University Dining Hall.
OFF-CAMPUS HOUSES
1. Men: Only upper-classmen, veterans and those freshmen who can-
not be accommodated are allowed to live in houses off the campus. A list
of "off campus" rooms is available in the Office of the Dean of Men.
2. Women: All housing arrangements for women students must be
approved by the Office of the Dean of Women.
3. Undergraduate women students who cannot be accommodated in the
women's dormitories are referred to private homes which are registered
in the Office of the Dean of Women as "Off-Campus Houses for Under-
graduate Women." The householders in these homes agree to maintain
the same rules and regulations as in the dormitories but business arrange-
ments are made entirely between the student and the householder. Students
and their parents should plan to see these accommodations personally and
talk with the householder before making final arrangements. No woman
student should enter into an agreement with a householder without first
ascertaining at the Office of the Dean of Women that the house is on the
approved list. No "off campus" householder should accept a deposit with-
out first checking with the Office of the Dean of Women as to the eligi-
bility for housing of the applicant, which depends on the waiting lists
from the various areas.
Meals
All students who live in permanent University dormitories must board at
the University Dining Hall.
Students not living in the dormitories may make arrangements to board
by the semester at the Dining Hall, eat at the University cafeteria, or at
eating establishments in College Park. A few "off-campus" houses provide
board as well as room.
Estimated Expenses of "Off-Campus" Residence
Most of these houses have only double rooms with twin beds. The stu-
dents provide their own linens as in the dormitory. Price per person for
30 STUDENT AID
room is about $18.00 a month, all rooms being registered with the room
control board.
No rebate is made for meals not eaten at the University Dining Hall
or in other places where board is paid in advance. Therefore, with care,
students may save enough money on their meals to make up for the differ-
ence in rent between the off-campus houses and the dormitory. Some even
find this less expensive.
Girls may find desirable rooms in good homes where they can earn their
room and board by applying to the Office of the Dean of Women.
OFFICE OF THE DEAN OF WOMEN
The Office of the Dean of Women exists for the purpose of furnishing
friendly counsel and helpful guidance to women students in connection
with any of their personal problems, especially those relating to financial
need, employment, housing, etc. In addition, it coordinates the interests
of women students, handles matters of chaperonage at social functions,
regulation of sorority rushing in cooperation with Panhellenic Association,
and so forth. It has supervision over all housing accommodations for
women students, whether on or off campus. A personal interview with one
of the Deans of Women is required of every woman student on entering
and on leaving the University. Any woman student is invited to avail
herself of all of the services of this department.
OFFICE OF THE DEAN OF MEN
The Office of the Dean of Men exists for the purpose of furnishing
friendly counsel and helpful guidance to male students in connection with
any of their personal problems, especially those relating to financial need,
employment, housing, etc. This office also handles for male students mat-
ters of discipline and infringement of University regulations.
ADDITIONAL PERSONAL SERVICES
The above services are closely coordinated with the activities of the Uni-
versity Counseling Bureau, maintained by the Department of Psychology.
This Bureau is provided with a well-trained technical staff and is equipped
with an extensive stock of standardized tests of aptitude, ability, and in-
terest. By virtue of payment of the annual "Advisory and Testing Fee,"
students are entitled to the services of the University Counseling Bureau
without further charge.
SCHOLARSHIPS AND STUDENT AID
Under an act of the Legislature, the University may award such scholar-
ships, and accept gifts for scholarships, as it may deem wise, and consistent
with prudent financial operation.
All scholarships for the undergraduate departments of the University at
College Park are awarded by the Faculty Committee on Scholarships. All
scholarship applicants are subject to the approval of the Director of Ad-
SCHOLARSHIPS 31
missions insofar as qualifications for admission to the University are con-
cerned. All holders of scholarships are subject to the educational standards
of the University, and to deportment regulations and standards.
Scholarships are awarded on the basis of apparent qualifications for
leadership. In making scholarship awards, consideration is given to parti-
cipation in the various student activities, and to other outstanding attributes
that indicate future possibilities as a leader, as well as to scholastic achieve-
ment, character, and all other factors which distinguish the most worthwhile
students. It is the intention that scholarships shall be provided for young
men and women who have characteristics which make them outstanding
among their fellows, who might not otherwise be able to provide for them-
selves an opportunity for advanced education.
The types of scholarships and loan funds available are as follows:
Full Scholarships
The University awards 36 full scholarships, 24 for men and 12 for
women, covering board, lodging, fixed charges, and fees for which graduates
of Maryland high and preparatory schools only are eligible. These scholar-
ships are similar to those which the State provides and pays for at private
colleges in the State, except that the State makes no special appropriation
therefor.
General Assembly Scholarships
These scholarships are for fixed charges only and are awarded by mem-
bers of the Legislature, three for each Senator and one for each member
of the House of Delegates. These scholarships may be awarded by a mem-
ber of the House of Delegates or a senator only to persons in the county or
Legislative district of Baltimore City which the Delegate or Senator repre-
sents. Awards of such scholarships are subject to approval by the Faculty
Committee on Scholarships and by the Director of Admissions as to quali-
fications for admission.
University Grants
The University awards to deserving and outstanding secondary school
graduates a limited number of scholarships covering fixed charges only.
District of Columbia Scholarships
District of Columbia students for many years have been granted a favored
position with regard to non-resident tuition charges. This favored posi-
tion has been discontinued, which means that District of Columbia students
now pay considerably higher costs to attend the University. In view of this,
and in further view of the increased costs to students from other localities,
and in line with action by several other universities and colleges which
have increased tuition costs, the University has established 20 scholarships
for the students from the District of Columbia and other states.
32 SCHOLARSHIPS
Endowed Scholarships
The University has a few endowed scholarships and special awards. These
are paid for by income from funds especially established for this purpose.
Brief descriptions of these awards follow:
Albright Scholarship
A scholarship, known as the Victor E. Albright Scholarship, is open to
graduates of Garrett County High Schools who were born and reared in
that County. Application should be made to the high school principals.
Alumni Scholarships
The alumni have established a limited number of scholarships. These
scholarships are awarded by the Faculty Committee to the most outstand-
ing applicants.
Scholarships by Baltimore Merchants
Baltimore merchants, through the Retail Merchants Association of Balti-
more, have provided two scholarships of $300 each for residents of the State
of Maryland who have completed the junior year of the Practical Art cur-
riculum. Each recipient must have shown proficiency and interest in mer-
chandising.
Borden Agricultural and Home Economics Scholarships
A Borden Agricultural Scholarship of $300 is granted to that student in
the College of Agriculture who has had two or more of the regularly listed
courses in dairying and, who, upon entering the senior year of study, has
achieved the highest average grade of all other similarly eligible students
in all preceding college work.
A Borden Home Economics Scholarship of $300 is granted to that student
in the College of Home Economics who has had two or more of the regu-
larly listed courses in food and nutrition and, who, upon entering the senior
year of study, has achieved the highest average grade of all other similarly
eligible students in all preceding college work.
W. Atlee Burpee Company Scholarship Award in Horticulture
A scholarship award of $100, open to upper class students in Horticulture
at the University of Maryland, has been established by the W. Atlee Burpee
Company, Seed Growers, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, and Clinton, Iowa.
Its purpose is to encourage and stimulate interest in flower and vegetable
growing. The award is made on the basis of scholarship, experience, and
interest in research.
The Danforth Foundation and the Ralston Purina Scholarships
The Danforth Foundation and the Ralston Purina Company of St. Louis
offer two summer scholarships to outstanding students in the College of
Agriculture, one for a student who has successfully completed his Junior
year; the other for a student who has successfully completed his Freshman
SCHOLARSHIPS 33
year. The purpose of these scholarships is to bring together outstanding
young men for leadership training.
The Danforth Foundation and the Ralston Purina Company of St. Louis
offer four summer scholarships to outstanding Home Economics Students,
two to Juniors and two to Freshmen. The purpose of these scholarships
is to bring together outstanding young women for leadership training.
Dairy Technology Scholarships
The Dairy Technology Society of Maryland and District of Columbia has
established a limited number of $150 scholarships for students majoring in
Dairy Products Technology. These scholarships are available both to high
school graduates entering the University as freshmen and to students
who have completed one or more years of their University curriculum. The
purpose of these scholarships is to encourage and stimulate interest in the
field of milk and milk products. The awards are based on scholarship,
leadership, personality, need, experience, interest in and willingness to work
in the field of dairy technology. The Dairy Technological Society cooper-
ates with the Scholarship Committee of the University in making these
awards.
Exel Scholarships
The largest grant for endowed scholarships was made by Deborah B.
Exel. These scholarships are awarded by the Faculty Committee in accord-
ance with the general principles underlying the award of all other scholar-
ships.
William Randolph Hearst Scholarships
These scholarships have been established through a gift of the Baltimore
News-Post, one of the Hearst newspapers, in honor of William Randolph
Hearst. The undergraduate scholarship of $400 annually is open to the
graduate of any high school in America. The graduate scholarship of $600
annually is open to the graduate of any college or university in America.
These scholarships are awarded for special work in the University's pro-
gram of American civilization.
The Hecht Company Merchandising Award
Three hundred dollars is offered by The Hecht Company of Washington
to a resident of Maryland, or the District of Columbia, who is interested
in merchandising as a career. The student must have completed the junior
year of the Practical Arts curriculum and have met other specific require-
ments.
Home Economics Scholarships
Two thousand dollars has been made available for Home Economics
Scholarships by Marie Mount.
34 SCHOLARSHIPS
Edward L. Israel Inter-faith Scholarship
The sum of $300 is given to the student, who, upon entering the senior
year, is adjudged to have contributed most to fostering inter-faith under-
standing and relations. This scholarship is in honor of the late Edward L.
Israel and is sponsored by the National Hillel Foundation. The funds are
given by the B'nai B'rith Federation of Maryland and the District of
Columbia.
Kiwanis Scholarship
A Kiwanis Memorial Scholarship of $200 per year is awarded by the
Prince George County Kiwanis Club to a resident of Prince Georges County,
Maryland, who in addition to possessing the necessary qualifications for
maintaining a satisfactory scholarship record, must have a reputation for
high character and attainment in general all-around citizenship.
Helen Aletta Linthicum Scholarships
These scholarships, several in number, have been established through the
benefaction of the late Mrs. Helen Aletta Linthicum, widow of the late
Congressman Charles J. Linthicum, who served in Congress from the
Fourth District of Maryland for many years. These scholarships are known
as the Helen Aletta Linthicum scholarships. They are granted only to
worthy young men and women who are residents of the State of Maryland
and who have satisfactory high school records, forceful personality, a
reputation for splendid character and citizenship, and the determination to
get ahead.
Dr. Frank C. Marino Scholarship
Dr. Frank C. Marino has established a $200 annual scholarship in
Nursing Education. As vacancies in this scholarship occur, it is awarded
by the Scholarship Committee to a student who demonstrates special in-
terest and promise in this field.
Maryland Distillers' Association Scholarships
The Maryland Distillers' Association makes an annual grant of $3,000
to create a limited number of scholarships. These scholarships will be
available in accordance with vacancies, and as long as the Association pro-
vides the funds.
Maryland Educational Foundation Scholarships
The Maryland Educational Foundation provides funds each year for the
education of several outstanding young men. These scholarships are
awarded by the Faculty Committee to the most outstanding applicants.
The Sears Roebuck Foundation Scholarships
Ten scholarships of $165 each are granted by the Sears Roebuck Founda-
tion to the sons of farmers in the State of Maryland who enroll in the
freshman class of the College of Agriculture of this University. One $200
SCHOLARSHIPS 35
scholarship is granted each year to the sophomore student in the College
of Agriculture who proved to be the outstanding student on a Sears Roe-
buck scholarship the previous year. These scholarships are awarded by
the Faculty Committee in accordance with the terms of the grant.
Loan Funds
A. A. U. W. Loan. The College Park Branch of the American Associa-
tion of University Women maintains a fund from which loans are made to
women students of junior or senior standing who have been in attendance
at the University of Maryland for at least one year.
American Bankers Association Scholarship Loan Fund. A loan fund of
$250 for one year only limited to students in the senior year or in graduate
work in banking, economics, or related subjects in classes of senior grade
or above.
Catherine Moore Brinkley Loan Fund. Under the provisions of the will
of Catherine Moore Brinkley, a loan fund has been established, available
for worthy students who are natives and residents of the State of Mary-
land, studying mechanical engineering or agriculture at the University of
Maryland.
Home Economics Loan Fund. A loan fund, established by the District of
Columbia Home Economics Association, is available for students majoring
in Home Economics.
The Kappa Kappa Gamma Sorority Loan. Annually a Sigma Delta loan
of one hundred dollars, without interest, is made to a woman student regis-
tered in the University of Maryland.
Student Employment
A considerable number of students earn some money through employ-
ment while in attendance at the University. No student should expect,
however, to earn enough to pay all of his expenses. The amounts vary,
but some earn from one-fourth to three-fourths of all the required funds.
Generally the first year is the hardest for those desiring employment.
After one has demonstrated that he is worthy and capable, there is much
less difficulty in finding work.
The University assumes no responsibility in connection with employment.
It does, however, make every effort to aid needy students. The nearby
towns and the University are canvassed, and a list of available positions
is placed at the disposal of students. Applications for employment should
be made to the Dean of Men.
Procedures in Applying for Scholarships and Student Aid
All requests for information concerning scholarships and student aid
should be addressed to the Chairman of the Scholarship Committee, Uni-
versity of Maryland, College Park, Maryland. Regulations and procedures
for the award of scholarships are formulated by this committee.
36 STUDENT GOVERNMENT
ATHLETICS AND RECREATION
The University recognizes the importance of the physical development
of all students, and besides the required physical education for freshmen
and sophomores sponsors a comprehensive intercollegiate and intramural
program. Students are encouraged to participate in competitive athletics
and to learn the skill of games that may be carried on after leaving college.
The intramural program which covers a large variety of sports is conducted
by the Physical Education Department for both men and women.
A full program in intercollegiate athletics is sponsored under the super-
vision of the Council on Intercollegiate Athletics. The University is a
member of the Southern Conference, the National Collegiate Athletic
Association, the United States Intercollegiate Lacrosse Association, Inter-
collegiate Amateur Athletic Association of America, and cooperates with
other national organizations in the promotion of amateur athletics.
Excellent facilities are available for carrying on the activities of the pro-
gram in physical development. The University has two modern gymnasia,
a coliseum, a large armory, a number of athletic fields, tennis courts, base-
ball diamonds, running tracks and the like constituting the major portion
of the equipment.
EXTRA-CURRICULAR STUDENT ACTIVITIES
The following description of student activities covers those of the under-
graduate divisions of College Park. The descriptions of those in the Balti-
more divisions are included elsewhere.
STUDENT GOVERNMENT
Regulation of Student Activities. The association of students in organ-
ized bodies for the purpose of carrying on voluntary student activities in
orderly and productive ways, is recognized and encouraged. All organized
student activities are under the supervision of the Student Life Committee.
Such organizations are formed only with the consent of the Student Life
Committee and the approval of the President. Without such consent and
approval no student organization which in any way represents the Univer-
sity before the public, or which purports to be a University organization
or an organization of University students, may use the name of the Uni-
versity in connection with its own name, or in connection with its members
as students.
Student Government. The Student Government Association consists of
the Executive Council, the Women's League, and the Men's League, and
operates under its own constitution. Its officers are a president, a vice-
president, a secretary, a treasurer, president of Women's League, and presi-
dent of Men's League.
The Executive Council is the over-all student governing body and performs
the executive duties incident to managing student affairs and works in co-
operation with the Student Life Committee.
HONORS AND AWARDS 37
The Women's League, in cooperation with the Office of the Dean of Women,
handles all matters pertaining to women students.
The Men's League, in cooperation with the Office of the Dean of Men,
handles all matters pertaining to men students.
The Student Life Committee, a faculty committee appointed by the Presi-
dent, keeps in close touch with all activities and conditions, excepting class-
room work, that affect the student, and, acting in an advisory capacity,
endeavors to improve any unsatisfactory conditions that may exist.
A pamphlet entitled Academic Regulations, issued annually and dis-
tributed to the students in the fall, contains full information concerning
student matters as well as a statement of the rules of the University.
Eligibility to Represent the University. Only students in good standing
are eligible to represent the University in extra-curricular contests. In
addition, various student organizations have established certain other re-
quirements. To compete in varsity athletics a student must pass the
required number of hours as determined by the Athletic Board.
Discipline. In the government of the University, the President and
faculty rely chiefly upon the sense of responsibility of the students. The
student who pursues his studies diligently, attends classes regularly, lives
honorably and maintains good behavior meets this responsibility. In the
interest of the general welfare of the University, those who fail to main-
tain these standards are asked to withdraw. Students are under the direct
supervision of the University only when on the campus, attending an ap-
proved function or representing the University, but they are responsible to
the University for their conduct wherever they may be.
HONORS AND AWARDS
Scholarship Honors. Final honors for excellence in scholarship are
awarded to one-fifth of the graduating class in each college. First honors
are awarded to the upper half of this group; second honors to the lower
half. To be eligible for honors, at least two years of resident work must
be completed, and the average must be B (3.00) or higher.
The Goddard Medal. The James Douglas Goddard Memorial Medal is
awarded annually to the resident of Prince Georges County, born therein,
who makes the highest average in his studies and who at the same time
embodies the most manly attributes. The medal is given by Mrs. Anne K.
Goddard James, of Washington, D. C.
Sigma Chi Cup. Sigma Chi Fraternity offers annually a cup to the man
in the freshman class who makes the highest scholastic average during the
first semester.
Alpha Zeta Medal. The Honorary Agricultural Fraternity of Alpha Zeta
awards annually a medal to the agricultural student in the freshman class
who attains the highest average record in academic work. The mere pre-
38 HONORS AND AWARDS
sentation of the medal does not elect the student to the fraternity, but
simply indicates recognition of high scholarship.
Dinah Berman Memorial Medal. The Dinah Berman Memorial Medal is
awarded annually to the sophomore who has attained the highest scholastic
average of his class in the College of Engineering. The medal is given by
Benjamin Berman.
Delta Delta Delta Medal. This sorority awards a medal annually to the
girl who attains the highest average in academic work during the sopho-
more year.
Omicron Nu Sorority Medal. This sorority awards a medal annually to
the freshman girl in the College of Home Economics who attains the high-
est scholastic average during the first semester.
Bernard L. Crozier Award. The Maryland Association of Engineers
awards a cash prize of $25.00 annually to the senior in the College of
Engineering who, in the opinion of the faculty, has made the greatest
improvement in scholarship during his stay at the University.
Alpha Lambda Delta Award. The Alpha Lambda Delta Award is given
to the senior member of the group who has maintained the highest average
for the past three and one-half years. She must have been in attendance
in the institution for the entire time.
American Society of Civil Engineers Award. The Maryland Section of
the American Society of Civil Engineers awards annually a junior mem-
bership in the American Society of Civil Engineers to the senior in the
Department of Civil Engineering who has the highest scholastic standing.
Tau Beta Pi Award. The Maryland Beta Chapter of Tau Beta Pi awards
annually an engineers' handbook to the junior in the College of Engineering
who, during his sophomore year, has made the greatest improvement in
scholarship over that of his freshman year.
Sigma Alpha Omicron Award. This is awarded to the senior student
majoring in Bacteriology for high scholarship, character and leadership.
Delta Gamma Scholarship Award is offered to the woman member of the
graduating class who has achieved the highest scholastic average for her
entire course.
The Charles B. Hale Dramatic Awards. The Footlight Club recognizes
annually the man and woman members of the senior class who have done
most for the advancement of dramatics at the University.
The Philip W. Pillsbury Shelf of Home Economics Books is awarded to the
highest ranking student in the graduating class of the College of Home
Economics.
Rabbi Edward L. Israel Interfaith Scholarship of $300 is awarded by the
B'nai B'rith Lodges of Maryland and Washington, D. C, to the student in
the junior class who has done most to improve interfaith relations on the
campus.
MILITARY AWARDS 39
CITIZENSHIP AWARDS
Citizenship Prize for Men. An award is presented annually by President
H. C. Byrd, a graduate of the Class of 1908, to the member of the senior
class who, during his collegiate career, has most nearly typified the model
citizen, and has done most for the general advancement of the interests
of the University.
Citizenship Prize for Women. The Citizenship Prize is offered by Mrs.
Albert F. Woods, wife of a former president of the University of Maryland,
to the woman member of the senior class who, during her collegiate career,
has most nearly typified the model citizen, and has done most for the
general advancement of the interests of the University.
MILITARY AWARDS
Mahlon N. Haines '94 Trophy. This is offered to the major of the win-
ning battalion.
Military Department Award. Gold second lieutenant's insignia to the
major of the winning battalion.
The Governor's Cup. This is offered each year by His Excellency, the
Governor of Maryland, to the best drilled company.
Company Award. The Reserve Officers' Association, Montgomery County
Chapter, awards annually to the captain of the best drilled company of the
University, gold second lieutenant's insignia.
The Alumni Cup. The Alumni offer each year a cup to the commanding
officer of the best drilled platoon.
Scabbard and Blade Cup. This cup is offered to the commander of the
winning platoon.
Class of '99 Gold Medal. The class of 1899 offers each year a gold medal
to the member of the battalion who proves himself the best drilled soldier.
The Meeks Trophy is awarded to the member of the varsity R. O. T. C.
Rifle Team who fired the high score of each season.
A Gold Medal is awarded to the member of the Freshman Rifle Team who
fired the high score of each season.
Pershing Rifle Medals are awarded to each member of the winning squad
in the squad drill competition.
Pershing Rifle Medals are awarded to the three best drilled students in
Pershing Rifles.
Mehring Trophy Rifle Competition. A Gold Medal is awarded to the
student firing highest score in this competition.
Air Force Association Medal. A silver medal awarded to the outstanding
first-year student in the advanced Air R. O. T. C. course based on scholastic
grades, both general and military, individual characteristics and the per-
formance during the period of summer camp.
40 RELIGIOUS INFLUENCES
Army Transportation Association Awards. Citation to the most out-
standing student in the First Year Advanced Transportation Corps,
R. 0. T. C, based on scholastic and military standing and leadership dis-
played. Citation and watch chain with key for most outstanding member
of the second-year class; basis of award same as above.
ATHLETIC AWARDS
Silvester Watch for Excellence in Athletics. A gold watch is offered
annually to "the man who typified the best in college athletics." The
watch is given in honor of a former President of the University, R. W.
Silvester.
Maryland Ring. The Maryland Ring is offered by Charles L. Linhardt
to the Maryland man who is adjudged the best athlete of the year.
Edward Powell Trophy. This trophy is offered by the class of 1913 to
the player who has rendered the greatest service to lacrosse during the year.
Louis W. Berger Trophy. This trophy is awarded to the outstanding
senior baseball player.
STUDENT GOVERNMENT AWARDS
Medals are awarded to members of the Executive Committee of the Stu-
dent Government Association who faithfully perform their duties through-
out the year.
RELIGIOUS INFLUENCES
The University recognizes its responsibility for the welfare of the stu-
dents, not solely in their intellectual growth, but as human personalities
whose development along all lines, including the moral and religious, is in-
cluded in the educational process. Pastors representing the major denomi-
national bodies assume responsibility for work with the students of their
respective faiths. Church attendance is encouraged.
Religious Life Committee. A faculty committee on religious affairs and
social service has as its principal function the stimulation of religious
thought and activity on the campus. It brings noted speakers on religious
subjects to the campus from time to time. The committee cooperates with
the Student Religious Council and the student pastors and assists the
student denominational clubs in every way that it can. Opportunities are
provide for students to consult with pastors representing the denominations
of their choice.
While there is no attempt to interfere with anyone's religious beliefs,
the importance of religion is recognized officially and religious activities
are encouraged.
Denominational Clubs. Several religious clubs have been organized among
the students for their mutual benefit and to undertake certain types of ser-
vice. This year the list includes the Baptist Student Union, the Canterbury
Club (Episcopal), the Albright-Otterbein Club (Evangelical United Breth-
ren), Disciples of Christ, the Christian Science Club, the Friends' Uni-
FRATERNITIES 41
versity Group, the Hillel Foundation (Jewish), the Lutheran Club, the
Newman Club (Catholic), Maryland Christian Fellowship, the Pre-theo-
logical Group, the Religious Philosophy Study Group, the Wesley Founda-
tion (Methodist), and the Westminster Foundation (Presbyterian). These
clubs meet regularly for worship and discussion, and occasionally for social
purposes. A pastor or a member of the faculty serves as adviser.
FRATERNITIES, SORORITIES, SOCIETIES AND CLUBS
General Statement
Fraternities and sororities, as well as all other clubs and organizations
recognized by the University, are expected to conduct their social and
financial activities in accordance with the rules of good conduct and upon
sound business principles. Where such rules and principles are observed,
individual members will profit by the experience of the whole group, and
thereby become better fitted for their life's work after graduation. Rules
governing the different activities will be found in the list of Academic
Regulations.
Honorary Fraternities. Honorary fraternities and societies in the Uni-
versity at College Park are organized to uphold scholastic and cultural
standards. These are Phi Kappa Phi, a national honorary fraternity open
to honor students, both men and women, in all branches of learning; Sigma
Xi, an honorary scientific fraternity; Omicron Delta Kappa, men's national
honor society, recognizing conspicuous attainment in non-curricular activi-
ties and general leadership; Mortar Board, the national senior honor society
for women recognizing service, leadership and scholarship; Alpha Lambda
Delta, a national freshmen women's scholastic society requiring a 3.5 aver-
age; Phi Eta Sigma, national freshmen honor society for men. A group
of honorary fraternities encourage development in specialized endeavor.
These are Alpha Zeta, a national honorary agriculture fraternity recog-
nizing scholarship and student leadership; Tau Beta Pi, a national honorary
engineering fraternity; Phi Delta Kappa, a professional educational fra-
ternity; Scabbard and Blade, a national military society; Pershing Rifles,
a national military society for basic course R. 0. T. C. students; Pi Delta
Epsilon, a national journalistic fraternity; Omicron Nu, a national home
economics society; Beta Alpha Psi, a national accounting honorary fra-
ternity; Beta Gamma Sigma, a national honorary commerce fraternity;
Alpha Kappa Delta, a national honorary sociology fraternity; Sigma Alpha
Omicron, a national honorary bacteriology fraternity; Pi Sigma Alpha, an
honorary political science fraternity; Sigma Tau Epsilon, honorary for the
Women's Recreation Association; Iota Lambda Sigma, a national profes-
sional education fraternity; National Collegiate Players, a national honorary
dramatic fraternity; Sigma Pi Sigma, a national physics honorary; and
"M" Club, honorary athletic organization.
Fraternities and Sororities. There are twenty national fraternities,
five local fraternities and fifteen national sororities at College Park.
42 UNIVERSITY, R. 0. T. C BANDS
These in the order of their establishment at the University are: Kappa
Alpha, Sigma Nu, Phi Sigma Kappa, Delta Sigma Phi, Alpha Gamma Rho,
Theta Chi, Phi Alpha, Tau Epsilon Phi, Alpha Tau Omega, Phi Delta Theta,
Lambda Chi Alpha, Alpha Chi Sigma (chemical), Sigma Alpha Mu, Alpha
Epsilon Pi, Phi Kappa Sigma, Sigma Chi, Sigma Alpha Epsilon, Tau
Kappa Epislon, Zeta Beta Tau, Delta Tau Delta, national fraternities;
Alpha Omicron Pi, Kappa Kappa Gamma, Kappa Delta, Delta Delta, Delta,
Alpha Xi Delta, Phi Sigma Sigma, Alpha Delta Pi, Sigma Kappa, Gamma
Phi Beta, Alpha Epsilon Phi, Pi Beta Phi, Delta Gamma, Kappa Alpha
Theta, Alpha Gamma Delta, and Alpha Chi Omega, national sororities;
Sigma Pi, Alpha Alpha, Phi Kappa Tau, Sigma Phi Epsilon, and Delta
Epsilon Kappa, local fraternities.
Clubs and Societies. Many clubs and societies, with literary, art, cultural,
scientific, social and other special objectives are maintained in the Univer-
sity. Some of these are purely student organizations; others are conducted
jointly by students and members of the factulty. The list follows:
Civic and Service Organizations. Interfraternity Council, Panhellenic
Council, Independent Students' Association, Daydodgers' Club, Association
of Veterans, Student Unit of the American Red Cross, Latch Key, Alpha
Phi Omega (national service fraternity), Chinese Student Club, and Gradu-
ate Club.
Subject-Matter Organizations. Argicultural Council, Engineering Coun-
cil, American Society of Mechanical Engineers, American Society of Civil
Engineers, American Institute of Electrical Engineers, Student Affiliate
of the American Chemical Society, Farm Economics Club, Block and Bridle
Club, Student Port of Propeller Club, Plant Industry Club, Home Economics
Club, Graduate History Club, Harold Benjamin Chapter of Future Teachers
of America, Physical Education Majors Club, American Institute of Elec-
trical Engineers and Institute of Radio Engineers, Industrial Education
Association, and Childhood Education Club.
General Organizations. Student Grange, International Relations Club,
Future Farmers of America, Psychology Club, Sociology Club, French Club,
German Club, Spanish Club, Collegiate 4-H Club, Women's Recreation Asso-
ciation, Collegiate Chamber of Commerce, Cosmopolitan Club, Round-table
Club, and International Club.
Recreational Organizations. Rossborough Club (large campus dances),
Footlight Club, Men's Glee Club, Women's Chorus, Clef and Key, Riding
Club, Terrapin Trail Club, Gymkana Club, Swimming Club, Camera Club,
Ballroom Dance Club (instructional group), Radio Club, Chess Club, Art
Club, Authorship Club, University Orchestra, Sailing Club, Judo Club,
Radio-Maryland, and Modern Dance Club.
UNIVERSITY AND R. O. T. C. BANDS
The University of Maryland Student Band and the R. 0. T. C. Band are
two separate musical organizations at the University, existing for the pur-
STUDENTS' SUPPLY STORE 43
pose of furthering the musical knowledge of interested students. The
R. O. T. C. Band functions under the Military Department. The Student
Band is under the direction of the Music Department and is assisted by the
Military Department. The instruction of both bands is conducted by an
experienced bandmaster.
STUDENT PUBLICATIONS
Four student publications are conducted under the general supervision of
the Student Publications Board.
The Diamondback, a newspaper, summarizes the University news, and
provides a medium for the discussion of matters of interest to the students
and the faculty.
The Terrapin, the annual, is a reflection of campus activities, serving to
commemorate the principal events of the college year.
The Old Line, a literary, humorous and art magazine, published period-
ically.
The "M" Book, a handbook issued for the benefit of incoming students,
is designed to acquaint them with general University life.
UNIVERSITY POST OFFICE
The University operates an office for the reception, dispatch and delivery
of United States mail, including Parcel Post packages, and for inter-office
communications. This office is located in the basement of the Administra-
tion Building. The campus post office is not a part of the United States
Postal System and no facilities are available for sending or receiving postal
money orders. Postage stamps, however, may be purchased. United States
mail is received at 8:30 A. M. and 2:00 P. M. and dispatched at 11:15 A. M.
and 4:15 P. M. daily.
Each student in the University is assigned a Post Office box at the time
of registration, for which a small fee is charged. Also, boxes are provided
for the various University offices.
One of the major reasons for the operation of the Post Office is to provide
a convenient method by which Deans, teachers and University officials may
communicate with students, therefore students are expected to call for their
mail daily, if possible, in order that such communications may come to their
attention promptly.
STUDENTS' SUPPLY STORE
For the convenience of students, the University maintains a Students'
Supply Store, located in the basement of the Administration Building,
where students may obtain at reasonable prices text books, classroom mate-
rials and equipment. The store also carries jewelry, stationery, fountain
pens and novelty items.
This store is operated on a basis of furnishing students needed books
and supplies at as low a cost as practicable, and profits, if any, are turned
44
ALUMNI OFFICE
into the general University treasury to be used for promoting general stu-
dent welfare.
Because of heavy demand for text books at the beginning of each semester
the Students' Supply Store operates a temporary annex on the campus.
Location of this annex is posted at registration.
ALUMNI
The Alumni Council, composed of three representatives from each School
and College in the University, coordinates all general alumni interests and
activities. The Council membership includes three representatives from
each of the organized alumni associations for the Schools of Agriculture,
Arts and Sciences, Business and Public Administration, Dental, Education,
Engineering, Home Economics, Law, Medical, Nursing, and Pharmacy.
Council activities include the alumni publication Maryland, a scholarship
program, an annual Homecoming affair at College Park, and a Charter
Day celebration in Baltimore on January 20. Membership in the Univer-
sity of Maryland Alumni Association is automatically obtained through
affiliation with one of the school organizations. Each School and College
Alumni Association exerts an active interest in the welfare of its re-
spective graduates and the University of Maryland. Objectives of the
general Association include the promotion of the interests and welfare
of the University of Maryland and efforts to further mutually beneficial
relations between the University of Maryland, the people of the State, and
the alumni.
"Maryland" Magazine
Maryland, a bi-monthly magazine issued jointly by the Alumni Association
and the University, is primarily an alumni publication. However, it pub-
lishes also articles of general interest, feature articles written by faculty
members and alumni, campus news, and sports news. It is a general Uni-
versity of Maryland publication of reader interest to the alumni as well as
the student body, next of kin of students, faculty members and Maryland
residents in general.
THE ACADEMIC DIVISIONS 45
THE ACADEMIC DIVISIONS
The academic divisions at the University of Maryland are constituted
for the purpose of drawing into closer relationship the scholars among both
students and faculty in related departments of study who are faced with
common problems and the need for an exchange of experience in reference
to progress underway which is of common interest extending beyond the
bounds of individual departments.
In addition to the functions of coordinating the work of related depart-
ments and stimulating scholarship in a broad subject field, it is more par-
ticularly the duty of divisions, through their chairmen, to sanction needed
interdepartmental cooperative projects; check and report possible duplica-
tion of effort; and in general, to serve as advisory bodies to the General
Administrative Board.
The chairmen of the divisions are chosen by the General Administrative
Board, of which body they are members.
Five academic divisions have been established in the University to date.
These are:
The Lower Division
The Division of Biological Sciences
The Division of Physical Sciences
The Division of Humanities
The Division of Social Sciences
At the present time these divisions are constituted as follows:
THE LOWER DIVISION
Chairman, Dr. Charles E. White, Professor of Chemistry
Student programs in Freshman and Sophomore years of the University
are under the general oversight of a faculty committee known as the Lower
Division Committee. The members of this committee are especially selected
because of their interest in student growth and development in Freshman
and Sophomore years. They are drawn from the faculties of all of the
departments in the University whose responsibility it is to offer courses to
students in these years.
It is the function of the Lower Division Committee to consider the gen-
eral problem of courses which should be open to students in Freshman and
Sophomore years; the articulation of these courses in terms of the curricula
needs of the several colleges ; and, in general, to stimulate interest in learn-
ing and teaching at this level.
THE DIVISION OF BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES
Chairman, Dr. Ronald Bamford, Professor of Botany
The Division of Biological Sciences includes the departments of Bac-
teriology, Botany, Entomology, Zoology and Genetics, and representatives
of other departments interested in this field.
46
THE ACADEMIC DIVISIONS
THE DIVISION OF HUMANITIES
Chairman, Dr. Adolf E. Zucker, Professor of Foreign Languages
The Division of Humanities includes the departments of Art, Classical
Languages and Literatures, English Language and Literature, Foreign
Languages and Literatures, Music, Practical Art, Philosophy, Speech, and
representatives of other departments interested in this field.
THE DIVISION OF PHYSICAL SCIENCES
Chairman, Dr. Wilbert J. Huff, Professor of Chemical Engineering
The Division of Physical Sciences includes the departments of Astron-
omy, Chemistry, Geology, Mathematics, Physics, and representatives of
other departments interested in this field.
THE DIVISION OF SOCIAL SCIENCES
Chairman, Dr. Harold C. Hoffsommer, Professor of Sociology
The Division of Social Sciences includes the departments of Economics,
Agricultural Economics, History, Home Management, Government and Poli-
tics, Psychology, Sociology, and representatives of other departments in-
terested in this field.
Campus Scene, College Park
CURRICULA AND PROGRAMS 47
CURRICULA AND PROGRAMS
AT COLLEGE PARK, MARYLAND
College of Agriculture. The College of Agriculture offers curricula lead-
ing to the degree of Bachelor of Science in General Agriculture; Agri-
cultural Chemistry: Agricultural Economics and Marketing; Agricul-
tural Education and Rural Life; Agriculture-Engineering; Agronomy
(crops and soils); Animal Husbandry; Botany (plant cytology, morph-
ology and taxonomy; plant pathology; and plant physiology and ecology);
Dairy (dairy husbandry and dairy products technology); Entomology;
Horticulture (pomology and olericulture, floriculture and ornamental
horticulture and commercial processing of horticultural crops) ; and
Poultry Husbandry.
College of Arts and Sciences. The College of Arts and Sciences provides
liberal training leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor
of Science. Curricula are offered in Art, Bacteriology, Medical Tech-
nology, Chemistry, English, Foreign Lauguages (French, German,
Spanish, Russian and Hebrew), History, Journalism, Mathematics, Physics,
General Physical Sciences, Philosophy, Pre-dental, Pre-law, Pre-medical,
Pre-nursing, Psychology, Sociology, Social Service, Crime Control, Speech,
Zoology, and Fisheries Biology.
The College of Arts and Sciences offers combined degrees with the
Schools of Medicine, Law, and Nursing.
College of Business and Public Administration. The College of Business
and Public Administration offers curricula leading to a Bachelor of
Science degree in Business Organization and Administration, Public Ad-
ministration, Economics, Geography, Government and Politics, and Office
Techniques and Management.
College of Education. The College of Education offers curricula leading
to the degrees of Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science. Curricula
are offered in Academic Education, Art Education, Business Education,
Dental Education, Elementary Education, Home Economics Education,
Industrial Education, Music Education, Nursery School-Kindergarten
Education, Nursing Education, Physical Education, Health Education, and
Recreation.
College of Engineering. The College of Engineering offers curricula lead-
ing to a Bachelor of Science degree in Aeronautical Engineering, Chemical
Engineering, Civil Engineering, Electrical Engineering, and Mechanical
Engineering.
College of Home Economics. The College of Home Economics offers
curricula leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in General Home
Economics, Foods and Nutrition, Home Economics Education, Institution
Management, Home Economics Extension, Textiles and Clothing, and Prac-
tical Art.
48 CURRICULA AND PROGRAMS
College of Military Science, Physical Education and Recreation. The
College of Military Science, Physical Education and Recreation offers
curricula leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Military Science,
Physical Education, Health, and Recreation. This College conducts the
required physical activities program of the freshman and sophomore years
designed to correct and improve the physical development of all students.
The Reserve Officers Training Corps, established by the departments
of the Army and Air Force in cooperation with the University, is
likewise a major department of this College. Two years of training in
this type of citizenship, military science and tactics are required of all
male students under the age of thirty years. Students who are accepted
may pursue an advanced course in this field which will lead to a reserve
commission in the Army of the United States.
College of Special and Continuation Studies. The College of Special and
Continuation Studies provides a limited program of late afternoon and
evening and Saturday morning courses both on and off campus for mature
students who have full-time employment or who, for other reasons, cannot
follow a full-time program of studies at College Park. These studies are
offered at both the graduate and undergraduate levels. This College
also conducts a special program for high school graduates whose secondary
school preparation may be deficient in certain minor details.
Summer School. The Summer School of six weeks duration provides
programs of study to persons who find it convenient to attend the Uni-
versity during the summer months. Instruction is offered in most of the
departments of the University. In the College of Education the offerings
are considerably expanded. Teachers in service and other persons who are
employed during the regular school year find a wide variety of courses
available.
Graduate School. The Graduate School has general jurisdiction over the
graduate courses offered in the departments of the University at College
Park and Baltimore. Through a program of inter-departmental coopera-
tion under the immediate direction of this School, the University confers
the degrees of Master of Arts, Master of Science, Master of Arts in
American Civilization, Master of Business Administration, Master of Edu-
cation, Doctor of Education, and Doctor of Philosophy. The graduate
faculty includes all members of the various faculties who give instruction
in approved graduate courses.
AT BALTIMORE
The Schools of Dentistry, Law, Medicine, Nursing and Pharmacy offer
curricula leading to professional degrees in their respective fields. See
separate catalog listings on back cover.
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 49
College of
AGRICULTURE
STAFF*
Thomas B. Symons, M.S., D.Agr., Dean
Roger B. Corbett, Ph.D., Associate Dean
George Jenvey Abrams, M. S., Assistant Professor of Apiculture.
Arthur M. Ahalt, M.S., Professor and Head of Agricultural Education.
Charles O. Appleman, Ph.D., Professor of Plant Physiology.
John Harold Axley, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Soils.
Oliver E. Baker, Ph.D., Professor of Economic Geography.
Ronald Bamford, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Botany.
George Max Beal, Ph.D., Professor of Agricultural Economics and
Marketing.
Philip Brierley, Ph.D., Lecturer in Botany.
Russell Guy Brown, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Botany.
Arthur L. Brueckner, B.S., V.M.D., Professor of Veterinary Science.
John Buric, B.S., Instructor of Animal Husbandry.
Gordon Mann Cairns, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Dairy Husbandry.
Ray Wilford Carpenter, A.B., LL.B., Professor and Head of Agricultural
Engineering.
John M. Coffin, V.M.D., Associate Professor of Veterinary Science.
Gerald Fuson Combs, Ph.S., Professor of Poultry Husbandry.
Pardon W. Cornell, M.S., Associate Professor of Ornamental Horticulture.
Ernest Neal Cory, Ph. D., Professor and Head of Entomology.
Carroll Eastburn Cox, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Plant Pathology.
Harry Dengler, B.S., Associate Professor of Forestry.
Samuel Henry DeVault, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Agricultural
Economics and Marketing.
Harold M. DeVolt, B.S., M.S., D.V.M., Professor of Poultry Pathology.
Matthew Franklin Ellmore, B.S., Instructor of Dairy Husbandry.
Humphrey Finney, Lecturer in Animal Husbandry.
John Erwin Foster, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Animal Husbandry.
Hugh Gilbert Gauch, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Plant Pathology.
Guy Watson Gienger, M.S., Associate Professor of Agricultural Engi-
neering.
Willard Wynn Green, Ph.D., Professor of Animal Husbandry.
James Martin Gwin, M.S., Professor of Poultry Husbandry.
Arthur Bryan Hamilton, M.S., Associate Professor of Agricultural
Economics and Farm Management.
Irvin Charles Haut, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Horticulture.
Elizabeth Edge Haviland, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Entomology.
* Many of the members of the Instructional staff are also on the staff of the Extension
Service, or the Experiment Station staff, or both. Lists of the staffs of these two agencies
appear elsewhere in this publication.
50 STAFF, COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE
Raymond William Hoecker, Ph.D., Professor of Agricultural Economics
and Marketing.
Walter Fulton Jeffers, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Plant Pathology.
Robert Andrew Jehle, Ph.D., Professor of Plant Pathology.
Bruce Carley Johnson, B.S., Instructor of Dairy Manufacturing.
Morley Allan Jull, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Poultry Husbandry.
Malcolm Henderson Kerr, M.S., Associate Professor of Animal Husbandry.
Albin Owings Kuhn, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Agronomy.
Conrad Liden, B.S., Instructor of Agronomy.
Conrad Barnett Link, Ph.D., Professor of Floriculture.
Ellis Martin, B.S., Laboratory Assistant in Agricultural Engineering.
John Edwin Moore, B.S., Instructor in Plant Pathology.
Delbert Thomas Morgan, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Botany.
John B. S. Norton, D.Sc, Professor (Emeritus) of Botany.
Samuel C. Munson, M.S., Lecturer in Entomology.
James Burton Outhouse, M.S., Associate Professor of Animal Husbandry.
Paul Routzahn Poffenberger, M.S., Associate Professor of Agricultural
Economics and Marketing.
George DeWitte Quigley, B.S., Associate Professor of Poultry Husbandry.
Robert DuBois Rappleye, M.S., Instructor in Botany.
Reginald L. Reagan, Associate Professor of Veterinary Virology.
THOMAS E. Ronningen, M.S., Assistant Professor of Agronomy.
Albert Lee Schrader, Ph.D., Professor of Pomology.
Leland Edwards Scott, Ph.D., Professor of Horticultural Physiology.
Clyne Samuel Shaffner, Ph.D., Professor of Poultry Husbandry.
James B. Shanks, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Floriculture.
Joseph Clement Shaw, Ph.D., Professor of Dairy Husbandry.
Howard H. Shepherd, Ph.D., Lecturer in Entomology.
Mark Mercer Shoemaker, M.L.D., Associate Professor of Horticulture.
Stanley Cabell Shull, M.S., Associate Professor of Agricultural
Economics and Marketing.
Robert Snodgrass, B.S., Lecturer in Entomology.
Francis C. Stark, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Vegetable Crops.
Gotthold Steiner, Ph.D., Lecturer in Plant Pathology.
Robert Eugene Stout, B.S., Instructor in Dairy Manufacturing.
Royal Price Thomas, Ph.D., Professor of Soils.
George Britton Vogt, B.S., Assistant Professor of Entomology.
William Paul Walker, M.S., Associate Professor of Agricultural
Economics.
Edgar Perkins Walls, Ph.D., Professor of Canning Crops.
Frederick Gail Warren, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Dairy Manu-
facturing.
Leslie 0. Weaver, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology.
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 51
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE
Thomas B. Symons, M.S., D.Agr., Dean
Roger B. Corbett, Ph.D., Associate Dean
The College of Agriculture offers both general and specialized training
for students who wish to prepare for professional work in the broad field
of agricultural endeavor. Student programs are arranged with a view to
correlating technical work with related sciences and cultural subjects.
Education in fundamentals receives special attention. Accordingly, young
men and women are given a basic general education while they are being
instructed in the various branches of agriculture. In addition to offering
this opportunity for thorough grounding in the related basic natural and
social sciences, it is an objective of the College to provide trained personnel
for agricultural and allied industries. This personnel is recruited from
rural and urban areas. Farm-reared students enter either general or spe-
cialized curricula; city-reared students tend to follow the specialized pro-
grams.
History
The College of Agriculture is the oldest division of the University of
Maryland at College Park. The institution was chartered in 1856 under
the name of the Maryland Agricultural College. For three years the
College was under private management. When Congress passed the Land
Grant Act in 1862, the General Assembly of Maryland accepted it for the
State and named the Maryland Agricultural College as the beneficiary.
When the institution was merged in 1920 with the University of Mary-
land in Baltimore, the College of Agriculture took its place as one of the
major divisions of this larger, more comprehensive organization.
In addition to teaching, the College of Agriculture includes the Agri-
cultural Experiment Station and the Extension Service. They were
established as the result of acts passed by Congress in 1887 and 1914
respectively. A more complete description of these two services appear
later in this bulletin.
General
The College provides curricula for those who wish to engage in general
farming, livestock production, dairying, poultry husbandry, fruit or vege-
table growing, floriculture or ornamental horticulture, field crop produc-
tion, or in the highly specialized scientific activities connected with these
industries. It prepares men to serve as farm managers, for positions with
commercial concerns related to agriculture, for responsible positions as
teachers in agricultural colleges and in departments of vocational agricul-
ture in high schools or as investigators in experiment stations, for extension
work, for regulatory activities, and for service in the United States Depart-
ment of Agriculture.
52 COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE
Through research the frontiers of knowledge relating to agriculture and
the fundamental sciences underlying it are constantly being extended and
solutions for important problems are being found. Research projects in
many fields are in progress. Students taking courses in agriculture from
instructors who devote part time to research, or are closely associated with
it, are kept in close touch with the latest discoveries and developments in
the investigations under way. The findings of these research scientists
provide valuable information for use in classrooms, and make instruction
virile and authentic. The results of the most recent scientific investigations
are constantly before the student.
Close contact of workers in the College with the problems of farmers
and their families in all parts of the State, through the county agents,
home demonstration agents, and specialists brings additional life to resident
instruction in the College of Agriculture. These contacts operate in two
ways: problems confronting rural people are brought to the attention of
research workers and the instructional staff, and results of research are
taken to farmers and their families in their home communities through
practical demonstrations. Hence the problems of the people of the State
contribute to the strength of the College of Agriculture, and the College
helps them in the improvement of agriculture and rural life.
Through their regulatory functions, certain trained workers in the Col-
lege of Agriculture are continually dealing with the actual problems asso-
ciated with the improvement and maintenance of the standards of farm
products and animals. Regulatory and control work extends over a wide
range of activities and is concerned with reducing the losses due to insect
pests and diseases; preventing and controlling serious outbreaks of diseases
and pests of animals and plants; analyzing fertilizers, feed, and limes for
guaranteed quality; and analyzing and testing germination quality of seeds
to insure better seeds for farm planting.
These fields contribute largely to agricultural education, as standardiza-
tion and education go hand in hand in the development of an industry.
Direct contact on the part of professors in their respective departments
with the problems and methods involved makes for effective instruction.
Special Advantages
The University of Maryland is within a few miles of the Beltsville Re-
search Center of the U. S. Department of Agriculture. This is the largest,
best manned, and best equipped agriculture research agency in the world.
Also, the University of Maryland, is within a few miles of the Washing-
ton, D. C, offices of the U. S. Department of Agriculture and other govern-
ment departments, including the Library of Congress. Students can easily
visit these agencies and become acquainted with their work and the men
who conduct this work. Such contacts have already proved valuable to
many University of Maryland graduates.
FACILITIES, EQUIPMENT 53
Also, it is not uncommon for men from these agencies to speak before
classes at the University and to be guest speakers at student club meet-
ings and otherwise take part in student activities. No other college of agri-
culture in the United States is physically located to offer like opportunities
to its students.
Coordination of Agricultural Work
The strength of the College of Agriculture of the University of Maryland
lies in the close coordination of the instructional, research, extension, and
regulatory functions within the individual departments, between the several
departments, and in the institution as a whole. Instructors in the several
departments are closely associated with the research, extension and regula-
tory work being carried on in their respective fields, and in many cases,
devote a portion of their time to one or more of these types of activities.
Close coordination of these four types of work enables the University to
provide a stronger faculty in the College of Agriculture, and affords a
higher degree of specialization than would otherwise be possible. It in-
sures instructors an opportunity to keep informed on the latest results
of research, and to be constantly in touch with current trends and problems
which are revealed in extension and regulatory activities. Heads of de-
partments hold staff conferences to this end, so that the student at all times
is as close to the developments in the frontiers of the several fields of
knowledge as it is possible for organization to put him.
In order that the work of the College shall be responsive to agricultural
interests and shall adequately meet the needs of the several agricultural
industries in the State, and that the courses of instruction shall at all times
be made most helpful for students who pursue them, Advisory Councils
have been constituted in the major industries of agriculture. These Coun-
cils are composed of leaders in the respective lines of agriculture in Mary-
land, and the instructional staff of the College of Agriculture has the benefit
of their counsel and advice. By this means the College, the industries, and
the students are kept abreast of developments.
Facilities and Equipment
In addition to buildings, laboratories, libraries, and equipment for effec-
tive instruction in the related basic sciences and in the cultural subjects,
the University of Maryland is provided with excellent facilities for research
and instruction in agriculture. University farms, totaling more than 1,500
acres, are operated for instructional and investigational purposes. One of
the most complete and modern plants for dairy and animal husbandry work
in the country, together with herds of the principal breeds of dairy and
beef cattle, and other livestock, provides facilities and materials for instruc-
tion and research in these industries. Excellent laboratory and field facili-
ties are available in the Agronomy Department for breeding and selection
in farm crops, and for soils research. The Poultry Department has a build-
ing for laboratories and classrooms, a plant comprising thirty-four acres,
54 GENERAL INFORMATION
and flocks of all the important breeds of poultry. The Horticulture Depart-
ment is housed in a separate building, and has ample orchards and gardens
for its various lines of work.
Departments and Curricula
Departments in the College of Agriculture and their curricula are as
follows: Agricultural Economics and Marketing; Agricultural Educa-
tion and Rural Life; Agricultural Engineering; Agronomy (including
crops and soils); Animal Husbandry; Botany (including plant morphology
and taxonomy, plant pathology, and plant physiology and ecology) ; Dairy
(including dairy husbandry and dairy products technology); Entomology
(including bee culture); Horticulture (including pomology, olericulture,
floriculture, ornamental horticulture and commercial processing) ; Poultry
Husbandry; Veterinary Science. In addition, there are curricula in Agri-
cultural Chemistry and General Agriculture. Courses of study may also
be arranged for any who desire to return to the farm after one or more
years of training in practical agricultural subjects.
Admission
All students desiring to enroll in the College of Agriculture must
apply to the Director of Admissions of the University of Maryland at
College Park. In selecting students more emphasis is placed upon good
marks and other indications of probable success in college rather than
upon a fixed pattern of subject matter. Subjects required for admission
are: 4 units of English; 1 unit each in a social science, a biological
science and a natural science; plane geometry and algebra are necessary
for certain curricula and desirable for all.
Information concerning procedure for admission is found in the General
Information Bulletin.
Junior Standing
To attain junior standing in the College of Agriculture, a student must
have an average grade of C in not less than 70 semester hours.
Requirements for Graduation
Each student must acquire a minimum of 124 semester hour credits in
academic subjects other than basic military science and physical activities.
Men must acquire in addition 12 hours in basic military science and 4
hours in physical activities. Women must acquire in addition 4 hours in
hygiene, and 4 hours in physical activities.
Scholarships for Agricultural Students
Ten scholarships of $1G5 each are granted by the Sears Roebuck Foun-
dation to the sons of farmers in the State of Maryland who enroll in the
Freshman class of the College of Agriculture of this University. One
$200 scholarship is granted each year to the sophomore student in the
College of Agriculture who proved to be the outstanding student on a
STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS 55
Sears Roebuck Scholarship the previous year. These scholarships are
awarded by the Faculty Committee in accordance with the terms of the
grant.
A Borden Agricultural Scholarship of $300 is granted to that student
in the College of Agriculture who has had two or more of the regularly
listed courses in dairying and who, upon entering the senior year of study,
has achieved the highest average grade among all eligible students in all
preceding college work.
The Danforth Foundation and the Ralston Purina Company of St. Louis
offers two summer scholarships to outstanding students in the College of
Agriculture, one for a student who has successfully completed his Fresh-
man year; the other for a student who has successfully completed his
Junior year. The purpose of these scholarships is to bring together out-
standing young men for leadership training.
Farm and Laboratory Practice
The head of each department will help to make available opportunities
for practical or technical experience along his major line of study for each
student whose major is in that department and who is in need of such
experience. For inexperienced students in many departments this need
may be met by one or more summers spent on a farm.
Student Organizations
Students find opportunity for varied expression and growth in the
several voluntary organizations sponsored by the College of Agriculture.
These organizations are: Agricultural Economics Club, Block and Bridle
Club, Collegiate 4-H Club, Future Farmers of America, Plant Industry
Club, Riding Club, Student Grange, Alpha Zeta, and the Agricultural
Student Council.
Membership in these organizations is voluntary and no college credits
are given; yet much of the training obtained is fully as valuable as that
acquired from regularly prescribed courses. All of these organizations
have regular meetings, arrange special programs and contribute to the
extra-curricular life of the students.
The Agricultural Economics Club is a forum for students and faculty
in the field of Agricultural Economics. The Block and Bridle Club is com-
posed of students interested in livestock; it conducts a Student Livestock
Judging Contest in the fall and a Student Fitting and Showing Contest
in the spring on the campus. The Collegiate 4-H Club is composed of for-
mer members and others interested in Agricultural Extension work.
The Future Farmers of America foster an interest in Vocational Agri-
culture and the Collegiate Chapter serves as host to high school chapters
in the State at their judging contests held at the University. Students
interested in Agronomy, Botany and Horticulture are brought together in
meetings of the Plant Industry Club to consider important phases of plant
science and industry as well as for social activity.
56
ELECTIVES
Students who enjoy horseback riding are brought together in the Riding
Club; this organization sponsors an annual Horse Show in cooperation
with other riding enthusiasts in the vicinity of the University. The
Student Grange represents the great national farmers' fraternity of the
order of Patrons of Husbandry and emphasizes training for rural
leadership.
Membership in Alpha Zeta, national agricultural honor fraternity, is
chosen from students in the College of Agriculture who have met certain
scholastic requirements and displayed leadership in agriculture.
The Agricultural Student Council is made up of representatives from
the various student organizations in the College of Agriculture. Its pur-
pose is to coordinate activities of these organizations and to promote work
which is beneficial to the College.
Student Judging Teams
The College of Agriculture sponsors teams to judge dairy cattle, dairy
products, horticultural products, livestock and poultry. Team members are
selected from students taking courses designed especially to train them for
this purpose. The College of Agriculture enters teams at major shows where
the students compete with teams from other state universities or agri-
cultural colleges.
Student Advisers
Each student in the College of Agriculture is assigned to a faculty
adviser, either departmental or general. Departmental advisers consist of
heads of departments or persons selected by them to advise students with
curricula in their respective departments. General advisers are selected for
students who have no definite choice of curriculum in mind, or who wish
to pursue the general curriculum in agriculture.
Electives
The electives in the suggested curricula which follow afford opportunity
for those who so desire to supplement major and minor fields of study or
to add to their general training.
With the advice and consent of those in charge of his registration, a
student may make such modifications in his curriculum as are deemed
advisable to meet the requirements of his particular need.
Administration Huilding, College Park
>
58 COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE
CURRICULA IN AGRICULTURE
Freshman Year
The program of the freshman year in the College of Agriculture is the
same for all curricula of the College. Its purpose is to afford the student
an opportunity to lay a broad foundation in subjects basic to agriculture
and the related sciences, to articulate beginning work in college with that
pursued in high or preparatory schools, to provide opportunity for wise
choice of programs in succeeding years, and to make it possible for a student
before the end of the year to change from one curriculum to another,
or from the College of Agriculture to the curriculum in some other
college of the University with little or no loss of credit.
Students entering the freshman year with a definite choice of curriculum
in mind are sent to departmental advisers for counsel as to the wisest
selection of freshman electives from the standpoint of their special interests
and their probable future programs. Students entering the freshman year
with no definite curriculum in mind, are assigned to a general adviser, who
assists with the choice of freshman electives and during the course of the
year acquaints the students with the opportunities in the upper curricula
in the College of Agriculture and in the other divisions of the University.
If by the close of the freshman year a student makes no definite choice of
a specialized curriculum, he continues under the guidance of his general
adviser in the General Agriculture Curriculum.
Agriculture Curriculum „
i — Semester — \
Freshman Year I II
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature 8 8
G. & P. 1 — American Government 3
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 3
M. S. 1, 2— Elementary R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1
Hea. 2, 4 — Hygiene (Women) 2 2
R. Ed. 1 — Introduction to Agriculture 1 ....
**Math. 0 — Basic Mathematics .... 0
•Elect either of the following pairs of courses :
Bot. 1, General Botany and Zool. 1, General Zoology 4 4
Chem. 1, 3, General Chemistry 4 4
Elect one of the following each semester :
Modern Language 3 8
tMath. 6. 6 or 10. 11. or 10. 13 3 8
Physica 1, 2 — Elements of Physics 3 8
A. H. 1 — Fundamentals of Animal Husbandry 3 ....
Agron. 1 — Crop Production .... 3
** An examination in Mathematics will be given at an announced date during the first
semester ; students passing this test will not be required to take Math. 0.
* Both pairs of courses are required for graduation from the College of Agriculture.
t Students who expect to pursue the curriculum in Agricultural Chemistry or Agricultural
Engineering must be prepared to elect Math. 14, 15 and 17.
GENERAL CURRICULUM 59
Agriculture — General
This curriculum is designed for persons wishing to return to the farm,
enter work allied to farming, for those seeking a general rather than a
specialized knowledge of the field of agriculture and for those preparing to
work in any general field in agriculture.
By proper use of the electives allowed in this curriculum, a student may
choose a field of concentration in agriculture and at the same time elect
courses that contribute to a liberal education.
General Agriculture Curriculum:): <, .
Sophomore Year ' I 11
Eng. 3, 4 or 6, 6 3 3
H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3
Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 4 4
P. H. 1— Poultry Production 3
Dairy 1— Fundamentals of Dairying .... 3
Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking 2 2
M. S. 3, 4— Elementary R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 19 19
Junior Year
Zool. 1U4 — Genetics 3
Hort. 5 — Fruit Production, or Hort. 58 — Vegetable Production .... 3
Ent. 1 — Introductory Entomology .... 3
Soils 1— General Soils 3
Agr. Engr. 101 — Farm Machinery 3 ....
Agr. Engr. 102 — Gas Engines, Tractors and Automobiles .... 3
A. E. 100— Farm Economics 3 ....
Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics .... 3
Biological or Physical Science Sequence 3 3
Electives 3 3
Total 18 18
Senior Year
A. E. 107 — Analysis of the Farm Business 8 ....
A. E. 108 — Farm Management • • • • 3
Agron. 151 — Cropping Systems 2
R. Ed. 114 — Rural Life and Education 3
Electives 12 9
Total 15 17
t If A. H. 1 and Agron. 1 are not elected in the Freshman year they must be elected
in subsequent years.
60 CHEMISTRY, ECONOMICS, MARKETING
AGRICULTURAL CHEMISTRY
This curriculum insures adequate instruction in the fundamentals of both
the physical and biological sciences. It may be adjusted through the selection
of electives to fit the student for work in agricultural experiment stations,
soil bureaus, geological surveys, food laboratories, fertilizer industries and
those handling food products.
Agricultural Chemistry Curriculum „
Sophomore Year I II
Eng. 8, 4 or 5, 6 3 3
Chem. 15, 17 — Qualitative Analysis 3 8
Math. 20. 21— Calculus '. . . . 4 4
Bot. 1 — General Botany 4 ....
Zool. 1 — General Zoology .... 4
Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1
M. S. 3, 4— Elementary R. O. T. C. (Men) , 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 19 19
Junior Year
Chem. 35, 37 — Elementary Organic Lecture 2 2
Chem. 36, 38 — Elementary Organic Laboratory 2 2
Chem. 21, 22 — Quantitative Analysis 4 4
Modern Language 8 3
Geol. 1 — Geology 3 ....
Soils 1 — General Soils ... 8
Electives in Biology 3 8
Total 17 17
Senior Year
H. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3
Modern Language 3 3
Phys. 20, 21 — General Physics 5 5
Electives in Agricultural Chemistry 6 6
Total 17 17
AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING
The curriculum in agricultural economics and marketing is designed to
prepare students for the following types of positions: On the farm as farm
operators and farm managers; with farm organizations, such as the
Farm Bureau and farmers' cooperatives; with private and corporate busi-
ness concerns; and positions with state and federal agencies, such as col-
lege teachers, agricultural extension workers, and research with federal
and state agencies.
The courses in this department are designed to provide fundamental
training in the basic economic principles underlying farming. The curricu-
lum includes courses in farm management, general agricultural economics,
Semestei
I
II
3
S
3
3
4
4
3
3
3
3
1
1
CURRICULUM 61
marketing, finance, prices, taxation, and land economics to give the student
the foundation needed to meet the production and distribution problems
confronting the individual farmer in a progressive rural community.
Farming is a business, as well as a way of life, and as such demands for
its successful conduct the use of business methods; the keeping of farm
business records, analyzing the farm business, and of organizing and
operating the farm as a business enterprise. It requires knowledge of farm
resources and taxation, methods of financing agricultural production and
marketing, including agencies involved, services rendered and the cost of
getting products from the producer to the consumer through cooperative
and private types of organization.
Agricultural Economics and Marketing Curriculum*
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6
H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization
Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry
Math. 5 — General Mathematics ,
Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics ,
M. S. 3, 4— Elementary R. O. T. C. (Men)
Physical Activities
Total 17 17
Junior Year
A. E. 100 — Farm Economics 3
A. E. 101 — Marketing of Farm Products .... 3
A. E. 107 — Analysis of the Farm Business 3 ....
A. E. 104 — Farm Finance .... 3
B. A. 130 — Statistics 3
Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking 2 2
P. H. 1— Poultry Production 3
Soils 1 — General Soils 3
Electives 4 7
Total 18 18
Senior Year
A. E. 103 — Cooperation in Agriculture 3 ....
A. E. 106 — Prices of Farm Products .... 3
Agr. Engr. 101 — Farm Machinery 3
A. E. 108 — Farm Management
Soc. 113 — The Rural Community
A. H. 110 — Feeds and Feeding
A. E. Ill — Land Economics
A. E. 110 — Seminar
Electives
Total 18 lg
3
3
3
3
1
1
5
8
• If A. H. 1 and Agron. 1 are not elected in the Freshman Year, they must be elected
in subsequent yean.
62 COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE
AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION AND RURAL LIFE
The primary objective of this curriculum is to prepare for teaching
secondary vocational agriculture, work as county agents and allied lines of
the rural education services. Graduates from this curriculum are in demand
in rural businesses, particularly of the cooperative type. A number have
entered the Federal service. Others are engaged in teaching and research in
agricultural colleges. Quite a few have returned to the farm as owner-
managers.
In addition to the regular entrance requirements of the University, involv-
ing graduation from a standard four-year high school, students electing
the agricultural education curriculum must present evidence of having
acquired adequate farm experience after reaching the age of fourteen years.
Students with high average may upon petition be relieved of certain
requirements in this curriculum, when evidence is presented that either
through experience or previous training a prescribed course is non-essential.
Or they may be allowed to carry an additional load.
All students following this curriculum are required to attend meetings
of the Collegiate Chapter of the Future Farmers of America during their
junior and senior years in order to gain needed training to serve as ad-
visers of high school chapters of FFA upon graduation. All Agricultural
Education majors are urged to become members of the FFA and to par-
ticipate in the activities of the organization.
Agricultural Education Curriculum* t Semester
Sophomore Year I II
Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6 3 8
H. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3
Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 4 4
P. H. 1 — Poultry Production 3
Dairy 1— Fundamentals of Dairy Husbandry .... 3
Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking 2 2
M. S. 3, 4— Elementary R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 19 19
Junior Year
Phys. 1, 2 — Elements of Physics 3 8
Bot. 20 — Diseases of Plants 3
Ent. 1 — Introductory Entomology .... 8
A. H. 110 — Feeds and Feeding 3 ....
Soils 1 — General Soils 3 ....
Hort. 58 — Vegetable Production .... 3
A. Engr. 101 — Farm Machinery 3 ....
R. Ed. 107 — Observation and Analysis of Teaching .... 3
A. E. 108 — Farm Management .... 8
Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 3 ....
Psych. 110 — Educational Psychology .... 3
Total 18 18
• If A. H. 1 and Agron. 1 are not elected in the Freshman Year, they must be elected
in subsequent years.
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING
63
Senior Year
A. Engr. 102 — Gas Engines, Tractors and Automobiles
R. Ed. 109— Teaching Secondary Vocational Agriculture
R. Ed. Ill — Teaching Young and Adult Farmer Groups
R. Ed. 103— Practice Teaching
R. Ed. 101 — Teaching Farm Practicums and Demonstrations.
A. Engr. 104 — Farm Mechanics
Agron. 161 — Cropping Systems ,
Dairy 101 — Dairy Production
R. Ed. 112 — Departmental Management
R. Ed. 114 — Rural Life and Education
Ed. 152 — The Adolescent: Characteristics and Problems
Agricultural Electives
Total
Semestet
I
3
1
5
2
2
10
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING
The department offers to students of agriculture training in those agri-
cultural subjects which are based upon engineering principles. These sub-
jects may be grouped under three heads: farm machinery and farm power,
farm buildings, and farm drainage.
Five-Year Program in Agriculture — Engineering
For those students who wish to specialize in the application of engineering
principles to the physical and biological problems of agriculture there is
offered a combined program, extending over a five-year period, arranged
jointly by the College of Agriculture and the College of Engineering, and
leading to a degree from each of these colleges.
This program prepares graduates to enter state, federal or commercial
fields of activity in such work as soil and water conservation, rural electri-
fication, design and sale of farm machinery and structures, and in the
development of new uses for farm products and the profitable utilization
of farm wastes and by-products.
To be properly trained in these fields a student needs a broader knowledge
of basic and applied engineering principles than could be provided in a
four-year course in agriculture. He also needs a broader training in the
fundamentals of agriculture than a standard four-year course in engineer-
ing could furnish.
Upon completion of the normal four year course of study the degree of
Bachelor of Science in Agriculture is granted. For the fifth year the student
registers in the College of Engineering, and at the end of that year, upon
satisfactory completion of the required course of study, receives a degree
in civil, electrical, mechanical or chemical engineering.
64
CURRICULUM
Curriculum in Agriculture-Engineering ^ Semester
Freshman Year I II
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature 3 S
Speech 7 — Public Speaking • - - • 2
•Math. 14 — Plane Trigonometry 2 ....
•Math. 16— College Algebra 3
Math. 17 — Analytic Geometry .... 4
Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 4 4
Dr. 1, 2 — Engineering Drawing 2 2
Engr. 1 — Introduction to Engineering 1 ....
R. Ed. 1 — Introduction to Agriculture 1 ....
M. S. 1, 2— Elementary R. O. T. C. (Men ) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 20 19
For the students whose final objective is a degree in Civil Engineering,
the balance of the curriculum is:
Sophomore Year (Civil Engineering Option)
G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 ....
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 3
Math. 20, 21— Calculus 4 4
Phys. 20, 21 — General Physics 6 6
Dr. 3 — Advanced Engineering Drawing 2 ....
Mech. 1 — Statics and Dynamics .... 3
Surv. 1, 2 — Plane Surveying 2 2
M. S. 3, 4— Elementary R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 20 21
Junior Year (Civil Engineering Option)
Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature ; or 3 3
Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature 3 3
Speech 108 — Public Speaking .... 2
Math. 16 — Spherical Trigonometry 2 ....
Geol. 2 — Engineering Geology .... 2
Mech. 50 — Strength of Materials 4 ....
Mech. 53 — Materials of Engineering .... 2
Bot. 1 — General Botany 4 ....
Zool. 1 — General Zoology .... 4
Agr. Engr. 101 — Farm Machinery 3 ....
Agr. Engr. 107 — Farm Drainage .... 2
Agr. Engr. 106 — Farm Mechanics .... 2
Agron. 1 — Farm Crops 3 ....
Elective in Agriculture .... 3
Total 19 20
• A qualifying test is given during registration to determine whether the student is ade-
quately prepared for Math. 14 and 15. A student failing this test is required to take Math. 1,
Introductory Algebra, without credit, and is not eligible to take Math. 14 concurrently.
ENGINEERING 65
Fourth Year (Civil Engineering Option)
C. E. BO— Hydraulics
C. E. Bl — Curves and Earthwork
C. E. 100— Theory of Structures 4
Surv. 100 — Advanced Surveying 4 ....
M. E. 60 — Principles of Mechanical Engineering 3 ....
E. E. 50 — Principles of Electrical Engineering .... 3
Agr. Engr. 102 — Gas Engines, Tractors and Automobiles .... 8
Agr. Engr. 106 — Farm Buildings 2 ....
A. E. 108 — Farm Management 3
Electives in Agriculture 8 4
Total 20 20
Fifth Year (Civil Engineering Option)
H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3
Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 3 .
Engr. 100 — Engineering Contracts and Specifications .... 2
Eng. 7 — Technical Writing .... 2
Bact. 55 — Sanitary Bacteriology for Engineers 2 ....
C. E. 101— Soil Mechanics 3
C. E. 102— Structural Design 6
C. E. 103 — Concrete Design 6
C. E. 104— Water Supply 3
C. E. 106— Sewerage 3
C. E. 106— Elements of Highways 3
Total 20 19
For the student whose final objective is a degree in Mechanical Engineer-
ing, the balance of the curriculum is:
Sophomore Year (Mechanical Engineering Option)
G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 ....
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 3
Math. 20, 21— Calculus 4 4
Phys. 20, 21 — General Physics 5 6
Surv. 1 — Plane Surveying ■ • • . 2
Dr. 3 — Advanced Engineering Drawing ....
Shop 1 — Machine Shop Practice 2 ....
Shop 2 — Machine Shop Practice • • • • 1
Shop 3 — Foundry Practice .... 1
M. S. 3, 4— Elementary R. O. T. C 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 20 20
66 CURRICULUM
< — Semester — \
Junior Year (Mechanical Engineering Option) J //
Eng. 3, 4 — Compisition and World Literature ; or 3 3
Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature 3 3
Math. 64 — Differential Equations for Engineers 3 ....
Mech. 2 — Statics and Dynamics 5 ....
Mech. 52— Strength of Materials 5
Bot. 1 — General Botany 4 ....
Zool. 1 — General Zoology .... 4
Agr. Engr. 101 — Farm Machinery 3 ....
Agr. Engr. 107 — Farm Drainage .... 2
Agr. Engr. 106 — Farm Mechanics .... 2
Agron. 1 — Crop Production .... 3
Total 18 19
Fourth Year (Mechanical Engineering Option)
E. E. 51, 52 — Principles of Electrical Engineering 4 4
M. E. 53— Metallography 3
M. E. 54— Fluid Mechanics 3
M. E. 100 — Thermodynamics 3
Agr. Engr. 102 — Gas Engines, Tractors and Automobiles .... 3
Agr. Engr. 105 — Farm Buildings 2 ....
A. E. 108 — Farm Management .... 3
Electives in Agriculture 11 4
Total 20 20
Fifth Year (Mechanical Engineering Option)
Engr. 100— Engineering Contracts and Specifications .... 2
H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3
M. E. 101— Heat Transfer . 2
M. E. 102 — Heating and Ventilation 3
M. E. 103— Refrigeration 3
M. E. 104, 105— Pfime Movers 4 4
M. E. 106, 107 — Mechanical Engineering Design 4 4
M. E. 108, 109 — Mechanical Laboratory 2 2
Total 18 18
For the student whose final objective is a degree in Electrical or Chemical
Engineering, curricula corresponding to the foregoing will be arranged.
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE G7
AGRONOMY
The curricula in this department are separated into two major divisions;
namely Crops and Soils. The Crops division includes Crop Production and
Crop Breeding. The Crop Production curriculum is designed to prepare
students for general farming, specialized crop farming, the production of
improved seeds, employment with commercial firms, state and federal experi-
ment stations, or county agent work. The curriculum for Plant Breeding
is designed to prepare students to work with commercial seed companies
or federal and state experiment stations. The curriculum in Soils is de-
signed both to equip future farmers with adequate knowledge of soils and
to prepare students for teaching, research, and special soils work. Although
the Soils curriculum is placed in the Department of Agronomy, its courses
are designed for all students who have soil interests regardless of the line
of their major specialization.
Crop Production Curriculum* , — Semester >
Sophomore Year I II
Eng. 8, 4 or 5, 6 3 8
H. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3
Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 4 4
Ent. 1 — Introductory Entomology 3 ....
Econ. 87 — Fundamentals of Economics 3
Speech 1. 2— Public Speaking 2 2
M. S. 3, 4— Elementary R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 19 19
Junior Year
Agron. 30 — Cereal Crop Production 3 ....
Agron. 31 — Forage Crop Production .... 3
Agron. 153 — Selected Crop Studies .... 2
Zool. 104 — Genetics 3
Soils 1 — General Soils 8
Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology .... 4
Bot. 101— Plant Physiology 4
Bot. 20— Diseases of Plants 3
Math. 6 — General Mathematics .... 3
Electives 1 5
Total 17 17
Senior Year
Agron. 103 — Crop Breeding 2 ....
Agron. 161 — Cropping Systems
Agron. 152 — Seed Production and Distribution ....
A. E. 108 — Farm Management • • • • 3
Agr. Engr. 101 — Farm Machinery 3 ....
Agr. Engr. 107 — Farm Drainage
Soils 112 — Soil Conservation 3 ....
A. H. 110 — Feeds and Feeding 3
Electives B 7
Total
16 16
* If A. H. 1 and Agron. 1 are not elected in the Freshman Year they must be elected
in subsequent years.
68
ANIMAL HUSBANDRY
Crop Breeding Curriculum
Students following the Crop Breeding Curriculum will have the same
requirements as the Crop Production Curriculum, except that Math. 10 and
Math. 13, Algebra, (3), Elements of Mathematical Statistics, (3), will be
required in the first semester of the Junior Year.
Soils Curriculum* ^-Semester —
Sophomore Year I II
Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6 3 3
H. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3
Bot. 1 — General Botany 4 ....
Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology .... 4
Soils 1 — General Soils 3 ....
Soils 2— Principles of Soil Fertility 3
Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking; 2 2
M. S. 3, 4— Elementary R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 19 19
Junior Year
Soils 51 — Soil Investigation Methods 2 ....
Soils 103— Soil Geography 3
Bot. 101 Plant Physiology 4
Agr. Engr. 107 — Farm Drainage .... 2
Geol. 1 — Geology 3 ....
Chem. 19 — Quantitative Analysis .... 4
Chem. 31, 33 or 35, 37— Elements of Organic Chemistry 2 2
Chem. 32, 34 — Elements of Organic Chemistry 1 1
Electives 6 6
Total 18 18
Senior Year
Soils 112 — Soil Conservation 3 ....
Soils 120 — Soil Management 3
Agron. 151 — Cropping Systems .... 2
Zool. 104 — Genetics 3
A. E. 108 — Farm Management .... 3
Electives 10 8
Total 16 16
ANIMAL HUSBANDRY
The curriculum in Animal Husbandry is organized for the purpose of
preparing students for various phases of work in the field of animal indus-
try as: operators and managers of livestock farms, as investigators and
research workers in Federal, State and private institutions, and as workers
in specialized fields where a knowledge of the livestock industry is necessary.
By proper use of electives, the student may equip himself to become a
county agricultural agent; to meet the requirements of positions with cer-
tain types of private and cooperative business concerns; or, with more
technical and specialized training, to become qualified for instructional
* If A. H. 1 and Agron. 1 are not elected in the Freshman Year they must be elected in
subsequent years.
BOTANY 69
work in colleges, for investigational work in State and Federal experiment
stations or in commercial research laboratories. Students who desire to
enter the field of teaching or highly specialized research should elect the
more scientific courses offered by this and by other departments.
Animal Husbandry Curriculum* f Semester
Sophomore Year / /;
Eng. 3, 4 or 5. 6 3 3
Chem. 31. 33 — Elements of Organic Chemistry 2 2
Chem. 32, 34 — Elements of Organic Laboratory 1 1
Bot. 1 — General Botany 4
Zool. 1 — General Zoology .... 4
Dairy 1 — Fundamentals of Dairying .... 3
Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 3 ....
Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking 2 2
M. S. 3, 4— Elementary R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 19 19
Junior Year
H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3
Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology .... 4
A. H. 31 Livestock Judging 2
A. H. 110 — Feeds and Feeding 3
A. H. 120 — Principles of Breeding .3
•*A. H. 131— Sheep Production 3
**A. H. 133— Horse Production 3
A. E. 108 — Farm Management .... 3
Zool. 104 — Genetics 3
Soils 1 — General Soils 3 ....
Electives 3 ....
Total 18 18
Senior Year
A. H. Ill — Animal Nutrition 3 ....
••A. H. 130— Beef Cattle Production 3
••A. H. 132— Swine Production 3
A. H. 150 — Livestock Markets and Marketing 2 ....
A. H. 160— Meat and Meat Products 3
V. S. 101 — Comparative Anatomy and Physiology 3 ....
V. S. 102 — Animal Hygiene ■••• 3
Agr. Engr. 1^1 — Farm Machinery
Electives 3
Total 17 17
BOTANY
The department offers three major fields of work: plant morphology and
taxonomy; plant pathology; or plant physiology and ecology. The required
courses for the freshman and sophomore years are the same for all
students. In the junior and senior years, the student elects botany courses
* If A. H. 1 and Agron. 1 are not elected in the Freshman Year they must be elected in
subsequent years.
•* Only two producton courses are required for graduation. The student may choose
any two of these three courses to fulfill this requirement.
70 CURRICULUM
to suit his particular interest. Courses are required in other subjects to
contribute toward a broad cultural education, and to support the courses
selected in the chosen field of botany.
Through cooperation with the College of Education, students who wish
to meet the requirements for the state high school teacher's certificates,
may elect the necessary work in education.
The curriculum as outlined, provides a complete survey of the field of
botany for prospective high school teachers, and lays a good foundation for
graduate work in botany in preparation for college teaching and for research
in state or federal experiment stations, or in private research laboratories.
Students are also afforded an opportunity for training for other vocations
involving various botanical applications, such as extension work, and
positions with seed companies, canning companies and other commercial
concerns.
Botany Curriculum , — Semester — »
Sophomore Year I II
Eng. 6, 6 or Eng. 3,4 8 8
Modern Language 8 8
Bot. 20 — Diseases of Plants 8
Bot. 2 — General Botany .... 4
Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 4 4
Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking 2 2
M. S. 3, 4— Elementary R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 19 20
Junior Year
H. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization 8 8
Modern Language 3 8
Phys. 10, 11 — Fundamentals of Physics 4 4
Bot. 101— Plant Physiology 4
Bot. 11 — Plant Taxonomy .... 3
Bot. 110 — Plant Microtechnique .... 2
Bact. 1 — Bacteriology 4 ....
Electives 2
Total 18 17
Senior Year
Bot. 112— Seminar 1 1
Bot. Ill — Plant Anatomy 8 ....
Bot. 102— Plant Ecology 8
Bot. 115 — Structure of Economic Plants .... 2
Bot. 116 — History and Philosophy of Botany 1 ....
Zool. 104 — Genetics 3
Botany Electives 8-8 8-6
Electives 6-0 7-6
Total 16 16
Students specializing in Plant Morphology or Plant Taxonomy will elect
Bot. 114 and Bot. 128; those specializing in Plant Pathology will elect Bot.
122, Ent. 1, and two of the following: Bot. 123, Bot. 124, Bot. 125, Bot. 126;
those specializing in Plant Physiology will elect Organic Chemistry, Chem.
31, 32, 33, 34.
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 71
DAIRY
The department offers instruction in two major lines of work: dairy hus-
bandry and dairy products technology. In the dairy husbandry curricu-
lum, students are given technical and practical training in the breeding,
feeding, management, and selection of dairy cattle and in milk production.
With suitable choice of courses, students are qualified as operators of
dairy farms, for breed promotion and sales work, for employment with
private and cooperative business organizations, and for county agent work.
The dairy products technology curriculum is designed to prepare students
for practical and scientific work concerned with the processing and distri-
bution of milk, manufacture and handling of butter, cheese, ice cream, and
other products, in dairy plant operation and management, and in dairy
inspection. Students satisfactorily majoring in dairy products technology
are qualified for the many technical and applied positions in the various
branches of the dairy industry.
By careful election of courses in either curriculum the student may lay a
foundation for advanced study, for instructional work in colleges, and for
research in experiment stations or commercial laboratories. The suggested
curricula will be modified to meet the special needs of individual students.
Dairy Husbandry Curriculum* <;, .
Sophomore Year I II
Eng. 3, 4 or 5. 6 3 8
H. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 8
Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 4 4
Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology 4 ....
Agron. 1 — Crop Production .... 3
M. S. 3, 4— Elementary R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 18 17
Junior Year
Chem. 31, 33 — Elements of Organic Chemistry 2 2
Chem. 32, 34 — Elements of Organic Chemistry Laboratory 1 1
Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics .... 8
Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking 2 2
Bact. 133 — Dairy Bacteriology 4
Zool. 104 — Genetics 3
Soils 1 — General Soils 3 ....
A. H. 110 — Feeds and Feeding 3
A. H. 120 — Principles of Breeding
Dairy 30 — Dairy Cattle Judging 2
Dairy 109— Market Milk 4
Electives • • • • 2
Total 18 19
* Students planning to pursue this curriculum should elect Dairy 1 the second semester
of the freshman year. If A. H. 1 is not elected in the freshman year it must be taken in
subsequent years.
72 DAIRY CURRICULUM
i — Semester —
Senior Year I II
Agr. Engr. 101 — Farm Machinery 8 ....
A. E. 108 — Farm Management • • • ■ 3
V. S. 101 — Comparative Anatomy and Physiology 3 ....
V. S. 102 — Animal Hygiene 3
A. H. Ill — Animal Nutrition 3 ....
Dairy 100 — Dairy Cattle Management 1
Dairy 101 — Dairy Production ■ ■ 3
Dairy 105 — Dairy Breeds and Breeding 2 ....
Dairy 120, 121— Dairy Seminar 1 1
Electives 4 7
Total 17 17
Dairy Products Technology Curriculumf
Sophomore Year I II
Eng. 3. 4 or 5. 6 3 3
H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3
Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 4 4
Zool. 1 — General Zoology 4 ....
Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology • • • • 4
M. S. 3. 4— Elementary R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 »
Total 18 18
Junior Year
Chem. 31, 33 — Elements of Organic Chemistry 2 2
Chem. 32, 35 — Elements of Organic Chemistry Laboratory 1 1
Chem. 19 — Quantitative Analysis . . ■ • 4
Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 3 ....
Bact. 133 — Dairy Bacteriology 4 ....
Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 t
Dairy 40 — Grading Dairy Products .... 1
Dairy 108 — Dairy Technology 4 ....
Dairy 110 — Butter and Cheese Making .... 4
Dairy 109— Market Milk 4
Total 16 18
Senior Year
Dairy 111 — Concentrated Milk Products .... 2
Dairy 112 — Ice Cream 4
Dairy 114 — Special Laboratory Methods .... 4
Dairy 115 — Dairy Plant Inspection 2 ....
Dairy 116 — Dairy Plant Management .... 4
Dairy 120, 121 — Dairy Seminar 1 1
Electives 1 1 6
Total 18 17
t Students planning to pursue this curriculum should elect Dairy 1 in the freshman year.
Those interested in the business rather than the technical phases of dairy technology may
substitute approved courses in business and economics for Chem. 19, 31, 32, 33, 35.
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 73
ENTOMOLOGY
This curriculum, which trains students for work in various types of
private, commercial, state and federal entomological positions, includes
basic courses in Entomology and related fields. Most of the first two
years is devoted to obtaining this essential background. In the junior and
senior years the student, besides the required courses, has 18 credit hours
of electives. Non-required courses in Entomology and related subjects are
available to broaden the scope of the training.
A student wishing an undergraduate minor in Entomology should take
the introductory course (Ent. 1) and after consultation with the heads of
both the major and minor departments select courses that will contribute
most to the end he has in view.
Entomology Curriculum* ^Semester_
Sophomore Year I II
Eng. 3. 4 or 5, 6 3 3
H. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3
Chem. 1, 8 — General Chemistry 4 4
Ent. 2 — Insect Morphology 3 ... .
Ent. 3 — Insect Taxonomy .... 8
Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2
M. S. 3, 4— Elementary R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 19 19
Junior Year
Chem. 31. 33 — Elements of Organic Chemistry 2 2
Chem. 32, 34 — Elements of Organic Chemistry Lab 1 1
Bot. I: — General Botany 4 ....
Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology • • ■ • "4
Ent. 103. 104— Insect Pests 3 3
Phy. 1, 2 — Elements of Physics 3 8
Foreign La nguage 3 3
Electives 2 2
Total 18 18
Senior Year
Bot. 20 — Diseases of Plants 3
Ent. 1 05 — Medical Entomology 3 ....
Ent. 101 — Economic Entomology
tEnt. 110, 111— Special Problems 1 '
Ent. 1 12— Seminar ' l
Foreign Language
Electives 6
Total
!7 16
* Students planning to pursue this curriculum should elect Ent. 1 the second semester
of the Freshman year.
t Students may satisfy this requirement in one semester, if their schedule permits, or
expand the work and credits upon departmental approval.
3
8
3
8
4
4
3
3
2
3
3
1
1
2
74 HORTICULTURE CURRICULUM
HORTICULTURE
This department offers instruction in pomology (fruits), olericulture
(vegetables), floriculture (flowers) and ornamental gardening, and process-
ing of horticultural crops. These courses prepare students to enter com-
mercial production and the horticultural industries. Students are likewise
prepared to enter the allied industries as horticultural workers with ferti-
lizer companies, seed companies, equipment manufacturers, and others.
Students who wish to enter specialized fields of research and teaching may
take advanced work in the department.
Pomology and Olericulture Curriculum „ .
Sophomore Year I II
Eng. 8, 4 or 6, 6
H. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization
Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry
Bot. 20 — Diseases of Plants
Hort. 6, 6 — Fruit Production
M. S. 3, 4— Elementary R. O. T. C. (Men)
Physical Activities
Electives
Total 20 18
Junior Year
Bot. 101 — Plant Physiology 4
Bot. Ill — Plant Anatomy 3 ....
Soils 1 — General Soils 3
Hort. 58 — Vegetable Production .... 3
Hort. 69— Small Fruits 8
Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking 2 2
Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics .... 8
♦Electives 6 6
Total 18 17
Senior Year
Bot. 125 — Diseases of Fruit Crops 2 ....
or
Bot. 126 — Diseases of Vegetable Crops
Hort. 101, 102 — Technology of Fruits
or
Hort. 103, 104 — Technology of Vegetables
Zool. 104 — Genetics
Bot. 115 — Structure of Economic Plants
Hort. 118, 119 — Seminar
♦Electives
Total 16 16
2
2
2
2
2
3
2
1
1
8
9
♦Electives must include a minimum total of seven credits from the following courses:
Hort. 22, 62, 106, 107, 108, 114, 116, 122.
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE
75
Floriculture and Ornamental Horticulture Curriculum
Sophomore Year
Enjr. 8, 4 or 6, 6
H. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization
Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry
Bot. 11 — Plant Taxonomy
Bot. 20 — Diseases of Plants
Hort. 22 — Landscape Gardening
M. S. 3, 4— Elementary R. O. T. C. (Men )
Physical Activities
Total
Junior Year
Bot. 101— Plant Physiology
Hort. 62— Plant Propagation
Hort. 107, 108— Plant Materials
Bot. Ill — Plant Anatomy
Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics
Soils 1 — General Soils
Bot. 123 — Diseases of Ornamental Plants
*Electives ■
Total
Senior Year
Hort. 16 — Garden Flowers
Hort. 118, 119 — Seminar
Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking
*Electives
Total
♦Required of students specializing in floriculture :
Hort. 11 — Greenhouse Management
Hort. 150, 151 — Commercial Floriculture
Zool. 104 — Genetics
♦Required of students specializing in landscape and ornamental
horticulture :
Hort. 152, 153 — Landscape Design
Dr. 1, 2 — Engineering; Drawing
Surv. 1H — Plane Surveying
Hort. 159 — Nursery Management
or
Hort. 160 — Landscape Maintenance
Semesti
I
3
3
4
3
2
3
1
1
2
14
17
//
S
3
4
3
17
76
CURRICULUM
Commercial Processing of Horticultural Crops Curriculum
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6
Hist. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization , .
Chem. 31, 33 — Elements of Organic Chemistry
Chem. 32, 34 — Elements of Organic Laboratory
Soils 1 — General Soils
Hort. 61 — Processing Industries
Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics
Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology
M. S. 3, 4— Elementary R. O. T. C. (Men)
Physical Activities
Total
Junior Year
Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking
Phys. 1, 2 — Elements of Physics
Hort. 155, 156 — Commercial Processing
Bot. 101 — Plant Physiology
Bact. 131 — Food Bacteriology
Hort. 58 — Vegetable Production
Zool. 1 — General Zoology
Agr. Engr. Ill — Fundamentals of Food Processing Plants
Agr. Engr. 112 — Machinery and Equipment for Horticultural Processing
Electives
Total
Senior Year
Hort. 103, 104— Technology of Vegetables
Hort. 121— Plant Operation
Hort. 124 — Quality Control
A. E. 105 — Food Production Inspection
Hort. 118, 119 — Seminar
and one of the following options :
MANAGEMENT
Econ. 160 — Labor Economics
B. A. 150 — Market Management
B. A. 161 — Personnel Management
Electives
TECHNOLOGY
Chem. 19 — Qualitative Analysis
Bact. 52 — Sanitary Bacteriology
Hort. 126 — Nutritional Analyses of Processed Crops
Electives
-Semester — 1
7 II
3
19
2
13
4
13
18
18
2
3
2
15
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 77
POULTRY HUSBANDRY
The curriculum in poultry husbandry is designed to give the student a
thorough knowledge of subject matter necessary for poultry raising; the
marketing, distribution, and processing of poultry products; poultry im-
provement work; and as a basis for graduate training for teaching and
research in poultry husbandry.
The suggested curriculum will be modified to meet the special needs of
individual students. Superior students, definitely anticipating preparation
for a professional career in poultry husbandry, will be expected to take
a language. However, all students majoring in poultry husbandry will be
required to complete 24 semester hours in poultry husbandry.
Poultry Curriculum* c .
r — Semester — \
Sophomore Year I 11
Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6 3 3
Chem. 1 , 3 — General Chemistry 4 4
P. H. 2— Poultry Biology 2
Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking 2 2
H. B, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3
Math. 5 — General Mathematics 3 ....
M. S. 3. 4— Elementary R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 19 18
Junior Year
P. H. 101— Poultry Nutrition 3
P. H. 102— Physiology of Hatchability 3
P. H. 100— Poultry Breeding 2
*Zool. 20 — Vertebrate Embryology .... 4
Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology 4 ....
Zool. 104 — Genetics 8
Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics .... 8
B. A. 130 — Elements of Business Statistics 3 ....
Electives 4 6
Total 17 17
* Students planning to pursure this curriculum should elect P. H. 1 the first semester of
the Freshman Year. If Agron. 1 is not elected the Freshman Year it must be elected in
subsequent year.
* Required of students specializing in poultry genetics, physiology, or nutrition.
78 PRE-STUDENTS
i — Semester — »
Senior Year I II
P. H. 104— Poultry Marketing Problems 3
P. H. 105 — Egg Marketing Problems .... 3
V. & 108 — Avian Anatomy 3
V. S. 107— Poultry Hygiene »
P. H. 103 — Commercial Poultry Management .... 2
P. H. 107 — Poultry Industrial and Economic Problems 2 ....
Agr. Engr. 101 — Farm Machinery (3) ]
or I M ....
Agr. Engr. 105 — Farm Buildings (2) J
Electives 6-7 10
Total 17 18
Pre-Forestry Students
The College of Agriculture is glad to cooperate with any student who
wishes to attend the University to pursue courses which may be transferred
to a standard forestry curriculum in another institution. The program
which a student follows depends to some extent upon the forestry college
he plans to enter. All pre-forestry students in the College of Agriculture
are sent to the Head of the Department of Botany of the University for
counsel and advice in these matters.
Pre-Theological Students
The College of Agriculture is glad to cooperate with the officers of any
theological seminary who desire to urge its prospective students to pursue
courses in agriculture as a preparation for the rural ministry. Such pre-
theological students may enroll for a semester or more or for the usual
four year training of the College. In either case they should enroll as
members of the general curriculum in the College of Agriculture.
The electives of this curriculum may be used for such pre-theological
requirements as seem desirable. Elections may be made from any of the
offerings of the University such as history, political science, philosophy,
agricultural economics, rural sociology, modern language, English, economics,
psychology, sociology, natural science, education and the like. Students
desiring to pursue a pre-theological program in the College of Agriculture
of the University of Maryland, should consult with the president or admis-
sions officer of the theological seminary which they expect to attend.
Pre- Veterinary Students
The College of Agriculture is glad to cooperate with any student who
wishes to attend the University to pursue preparation for the study of
Veterinary Science. The curriculum which a student will follow will depend
to some extent upon the Veterinary College which he plans to enter. All
Pre-Veterinary students in the College of Agriculture are sent to the Head
of the Department of Veterinary Science of the University for counsel and
advice in these matters.
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE
79
Special Students in Agriculture
Mature students may, with consent of the Dean, register as special
students and pursue a program of studies not included in any regular
curriculum, but arranged to meet the needs of the individual. All university
fees for these special students are the same as fees for regular students.
There are many young farmers who desire to take short intensive courses
in their special lines of work during slack times on the farm. Arrangements
have been made to permit such persons to register at the office of the Dean
of the College of Agriculture and receive cards granting them permission
to visit classes and work in the laboratories of the different departments.
This opportunity is created to aid florists, pouitrymen, fruit-growers,
gardeners, or other especially interested persons who are able to get away
from their work at some time during the year.
The regular charges are $10.00 for matriculation and $2.00 per credit
hour per month for the time of attendance. One matriculation is good for
any amount of regular or intermittent attendance during a period of four
years.
The Dairy Building, College Park, Maryland
80 COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE
COURSE OFFERINGS
The University reserves the right to withdraw or discontinue any course
for which an insufficient number of students have registered to warrant
giving the course. In such an event, no fee will be charged for transfer to
another course.
Courses are designated by numbers as follows:
1 to 99: courses for undergraduates.
100 to 199: courses for advanced undergraduates and graduates. (Not
all courses numbered 100 to 199 may be taken for graduate credit.)
200 to 299: courses for graduates only.
A course with a single number extends through one semester. A course
with a double number extends through two semesters.
Courses not otherwise designated are lecture courses. The number of
hours' credit is shown by the arabic numeral in parentheses, after the title
of the course.
A separate schedule of courses is issued each semester, giving the hours,
places of meeting, and other information required by the student in making
out his program. Students obtain these schedules when they register.
AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING
Professors De Vault, Hoecker, Beal, Baker; Associate Professors Walker,
Hamilton, Poffenberger, Shull
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
A. E. 100. Farm Economics (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 31,
32, or Econ. 37.
A general course in agricultural economics, with special reference to
population trends, the factors in agricultural production, agricultural wealth,
land tenure, farm labor, agricultural credit, the tariff, price movements, and
marketing. (Shull.)
A. E. 101. Marketing of Farm Products (3) — Second semester. Pre-
requisite, Econ. 31, 32, or Econ. 37.
The development of marketing, its scope, channels, and agencies of dis-
tribution, functions, costs, methods used, and services rendered. (Shull.)
A. E. 103. Cooperation in Agriculture (3) — First semester.
Historical and comparative development of farmers' cooperative organiza-
tions; reasons for failure and essentials to success; commodity develop-
ments; operative practices; banks for cooperatives; present trends.
(Poffenberger.)
A. E. 104. Farm Finance (3) — Second semester.
A study of credit principles as applied to private and cooperative farm
businesses and the agencies extending farm credit. The needs for and benefits
COURSE OFFERINGS 81
of farm insurance, including fire, crop, livestock, and life insurance.
(Poffenberger.)
A. E. 105. Food Products Inspection (2) — Second semester. One lecture
and one laboratory period a week.
This course is designed to give students primary instruction in the
grading, standardizing and inspection of fruits and vegetables, dairy prod-
ucts, poultry products, meats, and other food products. Theoretical instruc-
tion will be given in the form of lectures, while the demonstrational and
practical work will be conducted through laboratories and field trips to
Washington, D. C, and Baltimore. (Staff.)
A. E. 106. Prices of Farm Products (3) — Second semester.
A general course in prices, price relationships, and price analysis, with
emphasis on prices of agricultural products. (Poffenberger.)
A. E. 107. Analysis of the Farm Business (3) — First semester.
A concise, practical course in the keeping, summarizing, and analyzing
of farm accounts. (Hamilton.)
A. E. 108. Farm Management (3) — Second semester.
A study of the organization and operation of farms from the standpoint
of efficiency, selection of farms, size of farms, leasing systems, and factors
affecting profits. Students will make an analysis of the actual farm busi-
ness and practices of different types of farms, and make specific recom-
mendations as to how these farms may be organized and operated as
successful businesses. (Hamilton.)
A. E. 109. Research Problems (1-2) — First and second semesters.
With the permission of the instructor, students will work on any research
problems in agricultural economics. There will be occasional class meetings
for the purpose of making reports on progress of work. (De Vault.)
A. E. 110. Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters.
Students will prepare and present reports on economic literature and
current agricultural economic problems. (Hamilton.)
A. E. 111. Land Economics (3) — First semester.
Concepts of land economy are discussed, as well as conditions and ten-
dencies influencing land requirements in relation to land resources; a study
of major land problems and land policies; farm tenancy; tax delinquency
and tax reverted lands; land use adjustments; and measures for better use
of our land resources. ( .)
A. E. 114. Foreign Trade in Farm Products (3) — Second semester.
Trends in world trade for agricultural products; the position of the United
States in world trade of argicultural products; farm relief measures and
international trade; reciprocal trade agreements; postwar developments.
(Shull.)
82 COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE
A. E. 115. Marketing of Dairy Products (3)— First semester.
A study of principles and practices in the marketing of milk and manu-
facture i dairy products, including the influence of significant geograp1 leal
aid institutional relationships on costs and methods of distribution. (Beal.)
A. E. 116. Marketing of Fruits and Vegetables (2)— Second semester.
A study of principles and practices in the marketing of fresh and processed
fruits and vegetables, including the influence of significant geographical and
institutional relationships on costs and methods of distribution. (Hoecker.)
Poultry Marketing Problems. Sei. Poultry Husbandry, P. H. 104.
Egg Marketing Problems. See Poultry Husbandry, P. H. 105.
Poultry Industrial and Economic Problems. See Poultry Husbandry,
P. H. 107.
Market Milk. See Dairy Husbandry, D. H. 109.
Livestock Markets and Marketing. See Animal Husbandry, A. H. 150.
Meat and Meat Products. See Animal Husbandry, A. H. 160.
Economics of Consumption. See Economics, Econ. 130.
Economics of Cooperatives. See Economics, Econ. 151.
Advertising Programs and Campaigns. See Business Administration,
B. A. 151.
Retail Store Management. See Business Administration, B. A. 154.
For Graduates
A. E. 200, 201. Special Problems in Farm Economics (2, 2) — First and
second semesters.
An advanced course dealing extensively with some of the economic prob-
lems affecting the farmer, such as land values, taxation, credit, prices,
production adjustments, transportation, marketing, and cooperation.
(De Vault.)
A. E. 202. Seminar (1) — First and second semesters.
This course will consist of special reports by students on current economic
subjects, and a discussion and criticism of the same by the members of the
class and instructional staff. (De Vault.)
A. E. 203. Research — Credit according to work accomplished.
Students will be assigned research in agricultural economics under the
supervision of the instructor. The work will consist of original investiga-
tion in problems of agricultural economics. (Staff.)
A. E. 205. Special Problems in Dairy Marketing (2) — Second semester.
Prerequisite, A. E. 115 or equivalent.
An advanced course dealing with complex economic problems in dairy
marketing which have developed because of the seasonal production and
COURSE OFFERINGS 83
perishability of milk, its multiple uses, and the competitive structure of
th'1 industry. _ (Beal.)
A. E. 208. Agricultural Policy (3) — Second semester.
The evolution of agricultural policy in the United States, emphasizing
the origin and development of governmental programs, and their effects
upon agricultural production, prices and income. (Beal.)
A. E. 210. Taxation in Relation to Agriculture (2) — Second semester.
Principles and practices of taxation in their relation to agriculture, with
special reference to the trends of tax levies, taxation in relation to land
utilization, taxation in relation to ability to pay and benefits received.
(Walker.)
A. E. 211. Agricultural Taxation in Theory and Practice (3) — First
semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week.
Economic effects of taxation upon the welfare of rural society; theory
of the general property tax, business and license taxes, the income tax, the
sales tax, special commodity taxes, inheritance and estate taxes as applied
to the support of rural governmental functions; practical and current prob-
lems in taxation. (Walker.)
A. E. 212, 213. Land Utilization and Agricultural Production (3, 3)—
First and second semesters.
A presentation, by regions, of the basic physical conditions of climate,
topography and soils; the economic and social forces that have influenced
agricultural settlement and the resultant utilization of the land; followed
by a consideration of the regional trends and interregional shifts in land
utilization and agricultural production. (Baker.)
A. E. 214. Consumption of Farm Products and Levels of Living (3) —
Second semester.
A presentation of trends in the national per capita consumption of farm
products, followed by studies based principally on the Consumers' Purchase
Survey; regional and local variations in consumption and levels of living.
(Baker.)
A. E. 215. Advanced Agricultural Cooperation (3) — First semester.
An appraisal of agricultural cooperation as a means of improving the
financial status of farmers. More specifically, the course includes a critical
analysis and appraisal of specific types and classes of cooperatives.
(Poffenberger.)
A. E. 216. Advanced Farm Management (3) — Second semester.
An advanced course in farm organization and management which applies
the economic principles of farm production to the operation of farms of
different sizes, types, operations, and geographical locations. Consideration
is also given to adjustments which have taken place in farming in specific
areas and probable changes in the future. ( )
84 COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE
A. E. 217, 218. Agricultural Economics Research Techniques (2, 2) —
First and second semesters.
A study and an appraisal of agricultural economics research techniques.
Experience is given in outlining and conducting research projects. A critical
appraisal is made of methods of analysis and the presentation of results.
(Hoecker.)
AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION AND RURAL LIFE
Professor Ahalt
R. Ed. 1. Introduction to Agriculture (1) — First semester. Required of
all Freshmen in the College of Agriculture.
A series of lectures introducing the student to the broad field of agri-
culture.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
R. Ed. 101. Teaching Farm Practicums and Demonstrations (2) — First
semester. Two laboratory periods a week. No graduate credit allowed.
This course is designed to assist the student in relating the learning
acquired in the several departments with the problems of doing and demon-
strating which he faces in the field and in the classroom as a teacher of
agriculture. Deficiencies are checked and corrected by laboratory practice.
(Ahalt.)
R. Ed. 103. Practice Teaching (5) — First semester. Open only to stu-
dents majoring in Agriculture Education who have a satisfactory scholastic
average. No graduate credit allowed.
Under the direction of a critic teacher the student is required to analyze
and prepare special units of subject matter in agriculture, plan and teach
lessons, supervise farming programs of students and otherwise perform
the duties of a high school teacher of vocational agriculture. Not less
than 125 clock hours, exclusive of observation, shall be required. (Ahalt.)
R. Ed. 104. Practice Teaching (1-4) — First and second semesters. Pre-
requisite, R. Ed. 103 or concurrent registration therein. No graduate credit
allowed.
For those students wishing to acquire additional experience in teaching.
(Ahalt.)
R. Ed. 107. Observation and Analysis of Teaching in Agriculture (3) —
Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week.
This course deals with an analysis of pupil learning in class groups.
(Ahalt.)
R. Ed. 109. Teaching Secondary Vocational Agriculture (3) — First
semester.
A comprehensive course in the work of high school departments of
vocational agriculture. It emphasizes particularly placement, supervised
farming programs, the organization and administration of Future Farmer
activities, and objectives and methods in all-day instruction. (Ahalt.)
COURSE OFFERINGS 85
R. Ed. 111. Teaching Young and Adu't Farmer Groups (1) — First
semester.
Characteristics of young and adult farmer instruction in agriculture.
Determining needs for organizing a course; selecting materials for instruc-
tion; and class management. Emphasis is placed on the conference method
of teaching. (Ahalt.)
R. Ed. 112. Departmental Management (1) — Second semester. One
laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, R. Ed. 107, 109.
The analysis of administrative programs for high school departments of
vocational agriculture. Investigations and reports. (Ahalt.)
R. Ed. 114. Rural Life and Education (3) — Second semester.
An intensive study of the educational agencies at work in rural communi-
ties, stressing an analysis of school patronage areas, the possibilities of
normal life in rural areas, early beginnings in rural education, and the
conditioning effects of educational offerings. (Ahalt.)
For Graduates
R. Ed. 201, 202. Rural Life and Education (3, 3)— First and second
semesters. Prerequisite, R. Ed. 114 or equivalent.
A sociological approach to rural education as a movement for a good life
in rural communities. (Ahalt.)
R. Ed. 207, 208. Problems in Vocational Agriculture (2, 2)— First and
second semesters.
In this course special emphasis is placed upon the current problems facing
teachers of vocational agriculture. It is designed especially for persons
who have had several years of teaching experience in this field. (Ahalt.)
R. Ed. 220. Field Problems in Rural Education (1-3)— First and second
semesters. Prerequisite, six semester hours of graduate study.
Problems accepted depend upon the character of the work of the student
and the facilities available for study. Periodic conferences required. Final
report must follow accepted pattern for field investigations. (Ahalt.)
R. Ed. 250. Seminar in Rural Education (1-2) — First and second
semesters.
Problems in the organization, administration, and supervision of the
several agencies of rural education. Investigations, papers, and reports.
(Ahalt.)
R. Ed. 251. Research — Credit hours according to work done. (Ahalt.)
86 COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING
Professor Carpenter, Associate Professor Gienger
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Agr. Engr. 101. Farm Machinery (3) — First semester. Two lectures
and one laboratory period a week.
A study of the economics, design and adjustments of modern horse and
tractor-drawn machinery, including applications of electricity to farm
operations. Laboratory work consists of detailed study of actual machines,
their calibration, adjustment, and repair. (Gienger.)
Agr. Engr. 102. Gas Engines, Tractors and Automobiles (3) — Second
semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week.
A study of the design, operation, and repair of the internal combustion
engines, tractors, and automobiles used in farm practice. (Carpenter.)
Agr. Engr. 104. Farm Mechanics (2) — First semester. Two laboratory
periods a week.
This course consists of laboratory exercises in practical farm shop and
farm equipment repair and construction projects, and a study of the prin-
ciples of shop organization and administration. It is available only to
seniors in agricultural education. (Gienger.)
Agr. Engr. 105. Farm Buildings (2) — First semester.
A study of all types of farm structures; also of farm lighting, heating,
water supply and sanitation systems. (Carpenter.)
Agr. Engr. 106. Farm Mechanics (2) — Second Semester. Two laboratory
periods a week.
Laboratory exercises covering practical projects in farm shop work and
in the repair and construction of farm equipment. (Gienger.)
Agr. Engr. 107. Farm Drainage (2) — Second semester. One lecture and
one laboratory period a week.
A study of farm drainage systems, including theory of tile under-drainage,
the depth and spacing of laterals, calculation of grades, methods of con-
struction, and the use of engineering instruments. A smaller amount of
time will be spent upon drainage by open ditches, and the laws relating
thereto. (Carpenter.)
Agr. Engr. 111. Fundamentals of Food Processing Plants (3) — Firstj
semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week.
A study of the mechanical appliances and accessories, such as boilers,
pumps, motors, refrigeration units, controls, etc., adapted to food process-
ing plants. ( )
Agr. Engr. 112. Machinery and Equipment for Horticultural Processing
(2) — Second semester. One lecture and one laboratory period a week.
This course covers the design, operation and maintenance of the machines
and equipment used in the commercial processing of fruits and vegetables.
( )
COURSE OFFERINGS 87
AGRONOMY AND SOILS
Professors Kuhn and Thomas; Associate Professor Axley; Assistant
Professor Ronningen; Instructor Liden.
A. CROPS
Agron. 1. Crop Production (3) — First and second semesters. Two lec-
tures and one laboratory period a week.
Culture, use, improvement, adaptation, distribution, and history of Cereal
and Forage Crops.
Agron. 30. Cereal Crop Production (3) — First semester. Two lectures
and one laboratory period a week.
Continuation study of investigations in Cereal Crop production.
Agron. 31. Forage Crop Production (3) — Second semester. Two lec-
tures and one laboratory period a week.
Continuation study of investigations in Forage Crop production.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Agron. 103. Crop Breeding (2) — First semester. Prerequisite, Zool. 104.
The principles of breeding as applied to field crop plants and methods used
in plant improvement. (Ronningen.)
Agron. 151. Cropping Systems (2) — Second semester.
The bringing to bear of information, from various courses upon the
development of balanced cropping systems, appropriate to different objec-
tives and different areas of the State. (Kuhn.)
Agron. 152. Seed Production and Distribution (2) — Second semester.
History of seed production, processing, and distribution; current problems;
Federal and State seed control programs; and release of new varieties and
maintenance of foundation seed stocks. (Liden.)
Agron. 153. — Selected Crop Studies (2-4) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisite, Agron. 1, Agron. 30 and 31. Advanced individual study of
field crops of special interest to the student. (Staff.)
For Graduates
Agron. 201. Crop Breeding (2-4) — First semester. Prerequisite, consent
of instructor. (Ronningen.)
Similar to Agron. 103, but better adapted to graduate students and offer-
ing a wider range of choice of material to suit special cases.
Agron. 203. Seminar (1) — First and second semesters.
Reports by students on current scientific publications on crops or soils.
Agron. 204. Technic in Field Crop Research (2) — First semester. Field
plot technic, application of statistical analysis to Agronomic data, and
preparation of the research project. (Kuhn.)
88 COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE
Agron. 209. Research (4-8) — First and second semesters. (Staff.)
Credit according to work accomplished. With approval or suggestion of
the head of the department, the student will choose his own problem for
study.
B. SOILS
Soils 1. General Soils (3) — First semester. Prerequisites, Chem. 1
A broad conception of the fundamentals of soils showing the origin, de-
velopment, relation to natural sciences, soil uses, effect on civilization, soil
properties and relation to soils problems.
Soils 2. Soil Fertility Principles (3) — Second semester. Two lectures
and one two-hour demonstration laboratory each week. Prerequisites, Soils
1, Organic Chemistry, General Bacteriology.
A study of the biological, chemical and physical characteristics of soils
that are important in growing crops. Soil deficiencies of physical, fertility
or biological nature and their correction by the use of lime, fertilizers,
organic materials and rotations are discussed and illustrated.
Soils 51. Soil Investigation Methods (2) — First semester. Two three-
hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Soils 2 and Quantitative and
Organic Chemistry or registration therein.
A laboratory study of the common biological, chemical, and physical
methods of examining a soil to determine its nutritional needs and fer-
tility level.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Soils 103. Soil Geography (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one
two-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Soils 1 and Geology.
A study of the factors and processes of soil formation in the world and
in Maryland, the relation of soils to related geographic features, the devel-
opment and use of soil classification and soil capability grouping and uses.
The laboratory period is used largely for field trips to examine soils in
place. (Thomas.)
Soils 112. Soil Conservation (3) — First semester. Two lectures and
one three-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Soils 1.
A study of the factors affecting the preservation of the desired physical,
chemical, and biological functions of soil and soil moisture; the influence of
soil deterioration on society; methods of soil conservation. Field trips are
made to farms using different conservation practices. (Thomas.)
Soils 120. Soil Management (3) — Second semester. Prerequisites, Soils
2 and Soils 103.
A study is made of detailed soil problems and their solutions; soil man-
agement practice for maximum production and soil maintenance; and the
relation of soils to agriculture and society in general. (Thomas.)
COURSE OFFERINGS 89
For Graduates
Soils 201. Special Problems and Research (10-12) — First and second
semesters. Laboratory and library work.
Original investigations of physical, chemical and biological soil problems
and their relation to lime, fertilizer and nutritional studies.
(Thomas and Axley.)
Soils 202, 203. Soil Science (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Three
discussion periods a week. Prerequisite, approval of instructor.
A review of the development and modern conceptions of the physical,
biological, and chemical nature of soils and their contribution to soil science.
(Thomas and Axley.)
Soils 212, 213. Soil Research Technique (2, 2) — First and second se-
mesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, approval
of instructor.
A laboratory study of methods, technique, and equipment used to investi-
gate the various soil problems. It is the laboratory part of the soil science
course. (Thomas and Axley.)
ANIMAL HUSBANDRY
Professors Foster, Green; Associate Professors Outhouse, Ken-
Instructor Buric; Lecturer Finney
A. H. 1. Fundamentals of Animal Husbandry (3) — First and second
semesters. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week.
A study of the types, breeds and market classes of beef cattle, sheep,
swine, and horses; general problems in breeding, feeding, management and
marketing. Practice in the selection and judging of livestock. A field trip
may be made to a packing plant in Baltimore.
A. H. 31. Livestock Judging (2) — Second semester. Two laboratory
periods a week. Prerequisite, A. H. 1.
Training in judging of beef cattle, sheep, swine and horses. Occasional
trips to farms where outstanding herds and flocks are maintained.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
A. H. 100. Advanced Livestock Judging (2) — First semester. Two lab-
oratory periods a week. Prerequisite, A. H. 31. No graduate credit
allowed.
An advanced course in the selection and judging of purebred and com-
mercial meat and work animals. The most adept students enrolled in this
course are chosen to represent the University of Maryland in intercollegiate
livestock judging contests. (Kerr, Outhouse.)
A. H. 110. Feeds and Feeding (3) — First semester. Two lectures and
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Chem. 1, 3. No graduate
credit allowed.
90 COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE
Elements of nutrition, source, characteristics, and adaptability of the
various feeds to the several classes of livestock; feeding standards; the
calculation and compounding of rations. (Outhouse.)
A. H. 111. Animal Nutrition (3) — First semester. Prerequisites, Chem.
31, 32, 33, 34; A. H. 110. Graduate credit allowed.
Processes of digestion, absorption, and metabolism of nutrients; nutri-
tional balances; nature of nutritional requirements for growth, production
and reproduction. (Shaw.)
A. H. 120. Principles of Breeding (3) — Second semester. Two lectures
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Zool. 104. Graduate credit
allowed with permission of instructor.
The practical aspects of animal breeding, heredity, variation, selection,
development, systems of breeding, and pedigree work are considered.
(Green.)
A. H. 130. Beef Cattle Production (3) — First semester. Two lectures
and one two-hour laboratory. Prerequisites, A. H. 1, A. H. 110. No gradu-
ate credit allowed.
Principles and practices underlying the economical production of beef
cattle, including a study of breeds and their adaptability; breeding, feeding
and management and marketing of purebred and commercial herds.
(Foster.)
A. H. 131. Sheep Production (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and
one two-hour laboratory. Prerequisites, A. H. 1, A. H. 110. No graduate
credit allowed.
Principles and practices underlying economical production of sheep, in-
cluding a study of the breeds and their adaptability; breeding, feeding
and management of purebred and commercial flocks. (Outhouse.)
A. H. 132. Swine Production (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and
one two-hour laboratory. Prerequisites, A. H. 1 and A. H. 110. No graduate
credit allowed.
Principles and practices underlying the economical production of swine;
breeding, feeding and management of purebred and commercial herds;
breeds of swine and their adaptability. (Kerr.)
A. H. 133. Horse Production (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one
two-hour laboratory. Prerequisites, A. H. 1 and A. H. 110. No graduate
credit allowed.
Principles and practices underlying economical production and use of
draft horses, including a study of breeds and their adaptability.
A study of the light horse breeds with emphasis on the types and useful-
ness of each. A discussion of principles of selection and breeding of light
horses is included in this course. (Outhouse, Finney.)
COURSE OFFERINGS 91
A. H. 135. Light Horse Production (1) — Second semester. Prerequisite,
A. H. 133. No graduate credit allowed.
Included is a study of the organization of the light horse farm, proper
methods of feeding and training, control of disease, treatment and care
of injuries, sale of surplus stock. (Finney.)
A. H. 140. Livestock Management (3) — Second semester. One lecture
and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, A. H. 1. No graduate
credit allowed.
A course designed to familiarize students with various systems of live-
stock farming, together with practical methods of handling and managing
livestock. Practice and training in the feeding, fitting and preparation of
animals for show and work purposes and commercial meat production.
(Outhouse, Buric.)
A. H. 150. Livestock Markets and Marketing (2) — First semester. Pre-
requisite, A. H. 1. Graduate credit allowed.
History and development of livestock markets and systems of market-
ing; trends of livestock marketing; effect of changes in transportation and
refrigeration facilities; the merchandising of meat products. (Kerr.)
A. H. 160. Meat and Meat Products (3) — Second semester. One lecture
and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, A. H. 1. No graduate
credit allowed.
Designed to give information on the processing and handling of the na-
tion's meat supply. A study of the physical and structural qualities which
affect the value of meat and meat products. Trips are made to packing
houses and meat distributing centers. (Kerr.)
A. H. 170-171. Seminar (1, 1) — Lectures, discussions and assigned
readings. (Staff.)
A. H. 172-173. Special Problems in Animal Husbandry (1-2, 1-2)—
Prerequisite, approval of Staff. (Staff.)
For Graduates
A. H. 201. Special Problems in Animal Husbandry (2-4) — Credit given
in proportion to amount of work completed.
Problems which relate specifically to the character of work the student
is pursuing will be assigned. (Staff.)
A. H. 202, 203. Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters.
Students are required to prepare papers based upon current scientific
publications relating to animal husbandry or upon their research work for
presentation before and discussion by the class. (Staff.)
A. H. 204. Research — Credit to be determined by the amount and char-
acter of work done.
92 COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE
With the approval of the head of the department, students will be re-
quired to pursue original research in some phase of animal husbandry,
carrying the same to completion, and report the results in the form of a
thesis. (Staff.)
A. H. 205. Advanced Breeding (2) — Second semester. Prerequisites,
A. H. 120 or equivalent and Biological Statistics.
This course deals with the more technical phases of heredity and varia-
tion; selection and selection indices; breeding systems; inheritance in farm
animals. (Green.)
A. H. 206, 207. Advanced Livestock Management (3, 3) — First and second
semesters. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week.
An intensive study of the newer developments in animal breeding, animal
physiology, animal nutrition, endocrinology and other closely allied fields
as they apply to the management and commercial production of livestock.
(Staff.)
BOTANY
Professors Bamford, Appleman, Jehle, Norton (emeritus); Lecturers
Steiner, Brierley; Associate Professors Brown, Jeffers, Gauch, Cox; Assistant
Professors Morgan, Weaver; Instructors Moore, Rappleye.
Bot. 1. General Botany (4) — First and second semesters. Two lectures
and two laboratory periods a week.
General introduction to botany, touching briefly on all phases of the
subject. Emphasis is on the fundamental biological principles of the higher
plants. Laboratory fee, $5.00.
Bot. 2. General Botany (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and two
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1.
A brief evolutionary study of algae, fungi, liverworts, mosses, ferns and
their relatives, and the seed plants, emphasizing their structure, reproduction,
habitats, and economic importance. Laboratory fee, $5.00.
Bot. 11. Plant Taxonomy (3) — Second semester. One lecture and two
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1, or equivalent.
A study of the principles of plant classification, based on the collection
and identification of local plants. Laboratory fee, $5.00.
Bot. 20. Diseases of Plants (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1, or equivalent.
An introductory study of the symptoms and causal agents of plant dis-
eases and measures for their control. Laboratory fee, $5.00.
For Advanced Undergraduates
Bot. 110. Plant Microtechnique (2) — Second semester. Two laboratory
periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1.
Principles and methods involved in the preparation of permanent micro-
scope slides of plant materials. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Rappleye.)
COURSE OFFERINGS 93
Bot. 112. Seminar (1) — First and second semesters.
Discussion of special topics, current literature, problems and progress in
afl phases of botany. For seniors only, majors and minors in botany or
biological science. (Brown.)
A. Plant Physiology
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
liot. 101. Plant Physiology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and two
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Bot. 1 and General Chemistry.
A survey ot the general physiological activities of plants. Laboratory
fee, $5.00. (Gauch.)
Bot. 102. Plant Ecology (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 11, or equivalent.
A study of plants in relation to their environments. Plant successions and
formations of North America are treated briefly and local examples studied.
(Brown.)
For Graduates
Bot. 201. Plant Biochemistry (4) — First semester. Two lectures and
two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Bot .101 and elementary
organic chemistry, or equivalent. (Laboratory only (2 credits) given in
1949-1950. Lectures are prerequisite.)
A study of the important substances in the composition of the plant body
and the chemical changes occurring therein. Laboratory fee, $5.00.
(Gauch.)
Bot. 202. Plant Biophysics (2) — First semester. Prerequisites, Bot. 101
and introductory physics, or equivalent.
An advanced course dealing with the operation of physical phenomena
in plant life processes. (Gauch, .)
Bot. 203. Biophysical Methods (2) — First semester. Two laboratory
periods a week. Laboratory course to accompany Bot. 202. Laboratory
lee, $5.00. ( )
Bot. 204. Growth and Development (2) — Second semester. Prerequisite,
12 semester hours of plant science. (Gauch.;
Bot. 205. Salt Nutrition Seminar (1)— (Not given in 1949-1950).
iteports on current literature are presented and discussed in connection
with recent advances in the mineral nutrition of plants. ( Gauch. )
Bot. 206. Research in Plant Physiology — Credit according to work done.
students must be qualified to pursue with profit the research to oe
undertaken. (Appleman, Gauch.)
e. Plant Morphology and Taxonomy
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
uot. 111. Plant Anatomy (3) — First semester. One lecture and two
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 110, or equivalent.
94 COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE
The origin and development of the organs and tissue systems in the
vascular plants. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Rappleye.)
Bot. 113. Plant Geography (2) — First semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 1,
or equivalent.
A study of plant distribution throughout the world and the factors gener-
ally associated with such distribution. (Brown.)
Bot. 114. Advanced Plant Taxonomy (3) — First semester. One lecture
and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 11, or equivalent.
Principles and criteria of plant classification. Reviews and criticisms of
current taxonomic literature. Collection and classification of Maryland
plants. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Brown.)
Bot. 115. Structure of Economic Plants (2) — Second semester. Two
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 111.
A detailed microscopic study of the anatomy of the chief fruit and
vegetable crops. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Rappleye.)
Bot. 116. History and Philosophy of Botany (1) — First semester. Pre-
requisite, 15 semester hours of botany.
Discussion of the development of ideas and knowledge about plants, lead-
ing to a survey of contemporary work in botanical science. (Bamford.)
Bot. 117. Plant Breeding (2) — Second semester. Prerequisites, Zool. 104
or equivalent.
A survey of the fundamental principles to modern plant breeding. The
analysis of hybrid vigor, its application to economic plants, the relation of
chromosomes to plant improvement, economically valuable mutations and
similar topics will be considered. (Morgan.)
For Graduates
Bot. 211. Cytology (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and two labora-
tory periods a week. Prerequisites, Bot. 110 and Zool. 104 (Genetics) or
equivalent.
A detailed study of the chromosomes in mitosis and meiosis, and the rela-
tion of these to current theories of heredity and evolution. Laboratory fee,
$5.00. (Bamford, Morgan.)
Bot. 212. Plant Morphology (2) — First semester. Two laboratory periods
a week. Prerequisites, Bot. 11, Bot. Ill, or equivalent.
A comparative study of the morphology of the flowering plants, with
special reference to the phylogeny and development of floral organs.
Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Rappleye.)
Bot. 213. Seminar in Plant Cytology and Morphology (1) — First and
second semesters. Prerequisite, permission of instructor.
Discussion of special topics in plant morphology, anatomy, and cytology.
(Bamford, Morgan.)
COURSE OFFERINGS 95
Bot. 214. Research in Plant Cytology and Morphology — Credit accord-
ing to work done. (Bamford, Morgan.)
Bot. 215. Plant Cytogenetics (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Zool. 104, Bot. 211.
An advanced study of the current status of plant genetics, particularly gene
mutations and their relation to chromosome changes in corn and other
favorable genetic materials. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Morgan.)
C. Plant Pathology
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Bot. 122. Research methods in Plant Pathology (2) — First and second
semesters. Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 20, or
equivalent.
Advanced training in the basic research techniques and methods of plant
pathology. Laboratory fee, $5.00 each semester. (Cox.)
Bot. 123. Diseases of Ornamental Plants (2) — Second semester. Pre-
requisite, Bot. 20, or equivalent.
Symptoms, control measures, and other pertinent information concerning
the diseases which affect important ornamental plants grown in the eastern
states. (Jeffers.)
Bot. 124. Diseases of Tobacco and Agronomic Crops (2) — (Not offered
1949-1950). Prerequisite, Bot. 20, or equivalent.
The symptoms and control of the diseases of tobacco, forage crops and
cereal grains. ( )
Bot. 125. Diseases of Fruit Crops (2) — First semester. Prerequisite,
Bot. 20, or equivalent.
Symptoms and control of the diseases affecting fruit production in the
eastern United States. (Weaver.)
Bot. 126. Diseases of Vegetable Crops (2)— (Not offered 1949-1950).
Prerequisite, Bot. 20, or equivalent.
The recognition and control of diseases affecting the production of im-
portant vegetable crops grown in the eastern United States. (Cox.)
Bot. 128. Mycology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and two labora-
tory periods a week. Prerequiste, Bot. 2, or equivalent.
An introductory study of the morphology, classification, life histories,
and economics of the fungi. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Jeffers.)
For Graduates
Bot. 221. Virus Diseases (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Bot. 20 and Bot. 101.
Consideration of the physical, chemical and physiological aspects of plant
viruses and plant virus diseases. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Brierley.)
96 COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE
Bot. 222. Plant Nematology (2)— (Not offered 1949-1950). Prerequisite,
Bot. 20, or equivalent.
A detailed study of the nematodes which cause plant diseases, especially
their life history, plant symptoms and control measures. (Steiner.)
Bot. 225. Research in Plant Pathology — Credit according to work done.
(Staff.)
Bot. 226. Plant Disease Control (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Bot.
20, or equivalent.
An advanced course dealing with the theory and practices of plant disease
control. (Cox.)
Bot. 229. Seminar in Plant Pathology (1) — First and second semesters.
Discussion on the advanced technical literature of plant pathology.
(Jeffers, Cox.)
DAIRY
Professors Cairns and Shaw; Associate Professor Warren;
Instructors Ellmore, Johnson and Stout
A. DAIRY HUSBANDRY
Dairy 1. Fundamentals of Dairying (3) — Second semester. Two lectures
and one laboratory period a week.
This course is designed to cover the entire field of dairying. The content
of the course deals with all phases of dairy cattle feeding, breeding and
management and the manufacturing, processing, distributing and marketing
of dairy products. Laboratory fees, $3.00.
Dairy 30. Dairy Cattle Judging (2) — Second semester. Two laboratory
periods a week.
This course offers complete instruction in the selection and comparative
judging of dairy cattle. Trips to various~dairy farms for judging practice
will be made.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Dairy 100. Dairy Cattle Management (1) — First semester. One labora-
tory period a week. Prerequisite, Dairy 1.
A management course designed to familiarize students with the practical
handling and management of dairy cattle. Students are given actual prac-
tice and training in the University dairy barns. (Ellmore.)
Dairy 101. Dairy Production (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Dairy 1, A. H. 110.
A comprehensive course in dairy cattle feeding, breeding and herd man-
agement, designed for advanced students in dairy husbandry. (Cairns.)
Dairy 105. Dairy Breeds and Breeding (2) — First semester. Prerequi-
sites, Dairy 1, Zool. 104, A. H. 120.
COURSE OFFERINGS 97
A study of the historical background; characteristics, prominent blood
lines; noted families and individuals of the major dairy breeds. A survey
of breeding systems; genetic and environmental factors as applied to dairy
cattle. The use of the pedigree, various indices, herd and production records
in selection and formulating breeding programs. (Cairns.)
Dairy 120, 121. Dairy Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters. Pre-
requisites, students majoring in dairy production Dairy 1, 101; students
majoring in dairy products technology Dairy 1, 108.
Presentation and discussion of current literature and research work in
dairying. (Cairns.)
Dairy 124. Special Problems in Dairying A (2-4) — First and second
semesters. Prerequisite, Dairy 1, 101. Credit in accordance with the
amount and character of work done.
Special problems will be assigned which relate specifically to the work
the student is pursuing. (Cairns, Shaw.)
B. DAIRY PRODUCTS TECHNOLOGY
Dairy 40. Grading Dairy Products (1)— Second semester. One laboratory
period a week.
Market grades and the judging of milk, butter, cheese, and ice cream.
Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Dairy 41. Advanced Grading of Dairy Products (1) — First semester.
Prerequisite, Dairy 40.
An advanced course in grading and judging of milk, butter, cheese, and
ice cream. Open to students who participate in training for intercollegiate
dairy products judging contests. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Dairy 108. Dairy Technology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and
two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Dairy 1, Bact. 133, Chem. 1, 3.
Composition standards for milk and milk products, critical interpretation
and application of practical factory methods of analyses for fat and solids;
quality tests. Laboratory fee, $3.00 (Johnson.)
Dairy 109. Market Milk (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and two
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Dairy 1, Bact. 1, 133, Chem. 1, 3.
Commercial aspects of the market milk industry relating to transportation,
processing, and distribution; operation of a market milk plant; quality
problems; chocolate milk, buttermilk and cottage cheese. Laboratory fee,
$3.00. (Johnson.)
Dairy 110. Butter and Cheese Making (4) — Second semester. Two lec-
tures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Dairy 1, Bact. 1,
Chem. 1, 3. (Alternate years, not given in 1949-1950.)
98 COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE
Commercial methods of manufacturing butter and cheese. Consideration
is given to the physical, chemical, and biological factors involved; procedures
of manufacture; quality control. Laboratory fee, $3.00. (Warren.)
Dairy 111. Concentrated Milk Products (2) — Second semester. One lec-
ture and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Dairy 1, 108, 114.
(Alternate years, given in 1949-1950.)
Theories and practice of manufacturing condensed and evaporated milk
and milk powder; plant processes; quality factors; utilization. Laboratory
fee, $3.00. (Warren.)
Dairy 112. Ice cream Making (4) — First semester. Two lectures and
two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Dairy, 1, 108, 114.
The ice cream industry; commercial methods of manufacturing ice cream;
fundamental principles ;ingredients; controlling quality. Laboratory fee,
$3.00. (Warren.)
Dairy 114. Special Laboratory Methods (4) — Second semester. Two lec-
tures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Dairy 1, 108, Bact.
1, 133, Chem. 1, 3, 19, 31, 32, 33, 34.
Application of analytical methods to milk, milk products and milk con-
stituents. Laboratory fee, $3.00. (Johnson.)
Dairy 115. Dairy Inspection (2) — First semester. One lecture and one
laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Dairy 1, 109.
Study and interpretation of dairy ordinances and standards; application to
farm and plant inspection. ( •)
Dairy 116. Dairy Plant Management (4) — Second semester. Two lectures
and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, at least three advanced
dairy products technology courses.
Principles of dairy plant management, record systems; personnel, plant
design and construction; dairy machinery and equipment. (Warren, Stout.)
Dairy 124. Special Problems in Dairying B (2-4) — First and second
semesters. Prerequisites, Dairy 1, 108, 109. Credit in accordance with the
amount and character of work done.
Special problems will be assigned which relate specifically to the work the
student is pursuing. (Warren.)
For Graduates in Dairy Husbandry and Dairy Products Technology
Dairy 201. Advanced Dairy Production (3) — First semester. Prerequi-
site, Dairy 101 or equivalent.
A study of the newer discoveries in animal nutrition, breeding, and
management. Readings and assignments. (Cairns.)
Dairy 202. Advanced Dairy Technology (3) — First semester. Prerequi-
site, Dairy 108, 114 or equivalent.
COURSE OFFERINGS 99
Milk and milk products from physico-chemical and bio-chemical points
of view, with attention directed to hydrogen ion concentration, electrometric
titration, oxidation-reduction, electrometric conductivity, buffer system of
milk, milk enzymes. ( .)
Dairy 204. Methods of Dairy Research (1-5) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisite, permission of Professor in charge of work. Credit in accord-
ance with the amount and character of work done.
Methods of conducting dairy research and the presentation of results
are stressed. A research problem which relates specifically to the work the
student is pursuing will be assigned. (Staff.)
Dairy 205. Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters.
Assigned readings on current literature on timely topics; preparation and
presentation of reports for classroom discussion. (Staff.)
Dairy 208. Research (3-8) — First and second semesters. Credit to be
determined by the amount and quality of work done.
Original investigation by the student of some subject assigned by the
Major Professor, the completion of the assignment and the preparation of
a thesis in accordance with requirements for an advanced degree. (Staff.)
ENTOMOLOGY
Professor Cory; Lecturers Shepard, Snodgrass, Munson; Assistant Profes-
sors Abrams, Haviland, Vogt.
Ent. 1. Introductory Entomology (3) — First and second semester. Two
lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, one semester of
college Zoology.
The position of insects in the animal kingdom, their gross structure,
classification into orders and principal families and the general economic
status of insects. A collection of common insects is required. Fee, $3.00.
Ent. 2. Insect Morphology (3) — First semester. One lecture and two
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ent. 1.
Intensive study of the external structures and less intensive study of the
internal anatomy of representative insects with special reference to those
phases needed for work in insect taxonomy and biology. Fee, $3.00.
Ent. 3. Insect Taxonomy (3) — Second semester. One lecture and two
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ent. 2.
Intensive study of the classification of all orders and the important
families based on individual collections supplemented by typical material
from the department collection. Fee, $3.00.
Ent. 4. Beekeeping (2) — First semester.
A study of the life history, behavior and seasonal activities of the honey-
bee, its place in pollination of flowers with emphasis on plants of economic
importance and bee lore in literature.
100 COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Ent. 100. Advanced Apiculture (3) — Second semester. One lecture and
two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ent. 4.
The theory and practice of apiary management. Designed for the stu-
dent who wishes to keep bees or requires a practical knowledge of bee
management. Fee, $3.00. (Abrams.)
Ent. 101. Economic Entomology (3)— (Not offered in 1949-1950).
(Cory.)
Ent. 103-104. Insect Pects (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Two
lectures and one three-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite,
Ent. 1 or consent of the department.
A comprehensive study of the principal pests of crops, livestock, the
household, man and forests. Fee, $3.00. (Cory.)
Ent. 105. Medical Entomology (3) — First semester. Two lectures and
one three-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Ent. 1 or consent
of the department.
The relation of the Arthropoda to disease of man, both directly and as
vectors of pathogenic organisms. The fundamentals of parasitology and
sanitation as they are related to entomology. The control of pests of man.
Fee. $3.00. (Vogt.)
Ent. 106. Advanced Insect Taxonomy (3) — First semester. Two three-
hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ent. 3.
Principles of nomenclature and intensive study of limited groups of
insects. Fee, $3.00. (Vogt.)
Ent. 107. Insecticides (2) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Ent. 1 and
Elementary Organic Chemistry.
The development and use of contact and stomach poisons, fumigants and
other important chemicals, with reference to their chemistry, toxic action,
compatability, and host injury. Recent research emphasized. (Shepard.)
Ent. 109. Insect Physiology (2) — Second semester. Two lectures and
occasional demonstrations. Prerequisite, consent of the department.
The functioning of the insect body with particular reference to blood,
circulation, digestion, absorption, excretion, respiration, reflex action and
the nervous system, and metabolism. (Munson.)
Ent. 110, 111. Special Problems (1, 1) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisites, to be determined by the department.
An intensive investigation of some entomological problem, preferably
of the student's choice. Required of majors in entomology. (Cory.)
Ent. 112. Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite,
senior standing.
Presentation of original work, review and abstracts of literature. (Cory.)
COURSE OFFERINGS 101
Ent. 114. Insect Pests of Greenhouses (3) — Second semester. Two lec-
tures and one three-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Ent. 1 or
consent of the department.
The identification, life history and habits of insects affecting plants raised
under glass; recognition of early injury and methods of control applicable
under these specialized conditions will be considered. Fee, $3.00.
(Haviland.)
For Graduates
Ent. 201. Advanced Entomology — Credit and prerequisites to be deter-
mined by the department. First and second semesters.
Studies of minor problems in morphology, taxonomy and applied ento-
mology, with particular reference to the preparation of the student for
individual research. (Cory.)
Ent. 202. Research — First and second semesters.
Required of graduate students majoring in Entomology. This course
involves research on an approved project. A dissertation suitable for pub-
lication must be submitted at the conclusion of the studies as a part of the
requirements for an advanced degree. (Cory.)
Ent. 203. Advanced Insect Morphology (2-4) — First semester. Two
lectures, additional laboratory work and credit by special arrangement with
the department.
Insect anatomy with special reference to function. Given in preparation
for advanced work in physiology or research in morphology. (Snodgrass.)
Ent. 205. Insect Ecology (2) — Second semester. One lecture and one
three-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, consent of the depart-
ment.
A study of fundamental factors involved in the relationship of insects to
their environment. Emphasis is placed on the insect as a dynamic organism
adjusted to its surroundings. (Vogt.)
FORESTRY
Associate Professor Dengler
For. 1. Introduction to Forestry (2) — Second Semester. Prerequisite,
Bot. 1.
A general survey of the field of forestry, including woodland values, con-
servation, protection, reproduction, management, utilization, mensuration,
engineering, recreation, lumbering, and forest wildlife management.
HORTICULTURE
Professors Haut, Link, Schrader, Scott, Walls; Associate Professors Cornell,
Shanks, Shoemaker; Assistant Professor Stark
Hort. 1. General Horticulture (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1.
102 COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE
A general basic course planned to give the student a background of
methods and practices used in production of horticultural crops.
Hort. 5, 6. Fruit Production (3, 2) — First and second semesters. One or
two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1.
A study of commercial varieties and the harvesting, grading, and storage
of fruits. Principles and practices in fruit tree production.
Hort. 11. Greenhouse Management (3) — Second semester. Two lectures
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1.
A detailed study of greenhouse construction and management.
Hort. 16. Garden Flowers (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week.
The various species of annuals, herbaceous perennials, bulbs, bedding
plants, and roses and their cultural requirements.
Hort. 22. Landscape Gardening (2) — First semester.
The theory and general principles of landscape gardening and their
application to private and public areas.
Hort. 56. Landscape Ornamentals and Floriculture (3) — Second semes-
ter. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week.
A course dealing with the basic principles in the use of trees, shrubs,
broad-leaved evergreens, annual and perennial flowering plants in orna-
mental plantings. Designed for any students wishing a broad coverage
in this field.
Hort. 58. Vegetable Production (3) — Second semester. Two lectures
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Bot. 1 and Soils 1.
A study of the principles and practices of commercial vegetable
production.
Hort. 59. Small Fruits (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1.
A study of the principles and practices involved in the production of
small fruits including grapes, strawberries, raspberries, blueberries, black-
berries, and cranberries.
Hort. 61. Processing Industries (2).
Early history and development of the various types of preservation of
horticultural crops, such as canning, freezing, dehydration, pickling or brin-
ing. The relative importance of these methods on state, national and world-
wide bases are emphasized.
Hort. 62. Plant Propagation (3) — First semester. Two lectures and
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1.
A study of principles and practices of propagation of horticultural plants.
COURSE OFFERINGS L03
Hort. 63. Flower Store Management (3) — Second semester. Two lec-
tures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Hort. 11.
A study of the operation and management of a flower store. Laboratory
period devoted to principles and practice of floral arrangements and
decoration.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Hort. 101, 102. Technology of Fruits (2, 2) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisite, Hort. 6 and Bot. 101.
A critical analysis of research work and application of the principles of
plant physiology, chemistry, and botany to practical problems in commercial
production. (Haut.)
Hort. 103, 104. Technology of Vegetables (2, 2) — First and second
semesters. Prerequisite, Hort. 58 and Bot. 101.
For a description of these courses see the general statement under Hort.
101, 102. (Stark.)
Hort. 105. Technology of Ornamentals (2) — First or second semester.
Prerequisites, Bot. 101 and Hort. 107.
A study of the physiological plant processes as related to the growth,
flowering, and storage of floricultural and ornamental plants. (Link.)
Hort. 106. World Fruits and Nuts (2) — Second semester. Prerequisite,
Bot. 1.
A study of the tropical and subtropical fruits and nuts of economic
importance. (Haut.)
Hort. 107, 108. Plant Materials (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Pre-
requisites, Bot. 1, Bot. 11.
A field and laboratory study of trees, shrubs, and vines used in orna-
mental plantings. (Cornell.)
Hort. 114. Systematic Pomology (3) — First semester. Two lectures and
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Hort. 5, 6.
A study of the origin, history, taxonomic relationships, and description
of fruits. (Haut.)
Hort. 116. Systematic Olericulture (3) — First semester. Two lectures
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Hort. 58.
A study of the classification and nomenclature of vegetable crops.
(Walls.)
Hort. 118, 119. Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters.
Oral presentation of the results of investigational work by reviewing
recent scientific literature in the various phases of horticulture. (Staff.)
Hort. 121. Plant Operations (2) — First semester. One lecture and one
laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Agr. Engr. Ill, 112.
104 COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE
Course deals with arrangement of machinery and equipment in proper
sequence to insure the most economical operation of commercial processing
plants, providing for continuous flow through the factory. Field trips to
commercial plants included. (Walls.)
Hort. 122. Special Problems (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Credit
arranged according to work done. For major students in horticulture or
botany. (Staff.)
Hort. 123. Grading and Judging of Canned and Frozen Products (2) —
First semester. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Prerequi-
sites, Hort. 58, 155, 156.
Factors considered in grading. Actual grading of principal products and
critical appraisal for quality improvement.
Hort. 124. Quality Control (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Hort. 123.
This course covers the control of quality in canned and frozen vegetables
and fruits, dealing with proper harvesting, grading of raw products and
various phases of preparation and handling, as well as the evaluation of
varities.
Hort. 126. Nutritional Analyses of Processed Crops (3) — Second semes-
ter. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Chem.
33 and 34, Bot. 101, Hort. 112.
A study and laboratory practice of standard methods for determining
mineral, vitamin, carbohydrate, protein and other food values of various
fruit and vegetable products.
Hort. 150, 151. Commercial Floriculture (3, 3) — First and second semes-
ters. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Bot. 1,
Hort. 11.
Growing and handling bench crops and potted plants, and the marketing
of cut flowers. (Link.)
Hort. 152. Landscape Design (3) — First semester. One lecture and two
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Hort. 22, Eng. D. 1, 2, Art 2,
Surv. 1H.
A consideration of the principles of landscape design supplemented by
direct application in the drafting room. (Shoemaker.)
Hort. 153. Landscape Design (3) — Second semester. Three laboratory
periods a week. Prerequisite, Hort. 152.
Advanced landscape design. (Shoemaker.)
Hort. 155. Commercial Processsing I (3) — First semester. Two lectures
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Chem. 32, 34.
The fundamentals of canning, freezing, and dehydration of horticultural
crops. (Walls.)
COURSE OFFERINGS 105
Hort. 156. Commercial Processing II (2) — One lecture and one laboratory
period a week. Prerequisite, Hort. 155.
A continuation of Commercial Processing I. Also includes actual work
in laboratory of manufacture of jams, jellies, conserves, preserves, mar-
malades, and juices. (Walls.)
Hort. 159. Nursery Management (3) — Second semester. Two lectures
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites or concurrently, Hort. 62,
107, 108.
A study of all phases of commercial nursery management and operations.
Hort. 160. Landscape Maintenance (3) — Second semester. Two lectures
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites or concurrently, Hort.
107, 108.
A study of the planting and maintenance of turf, ornamental shrubs and
trees. Basic principles of park and estate maintenance included.
For Graduates
Hort. 201, 202. Experimental Pomology (3, 3) — First and second semes-
ters. Prerequisite, Bot. 101.
A systematic review of scientific knowledge and practical observations as
applied to commercial practices in pomology. (Schrader.)
Hort. 203, 204. Experimental Olericulture (2, 2) — First and second
semesters. Prerequisite, Bot. 101.
A systematic review of scientific knowledge and practical observations as
applied to commercial practices in olericulture. ( .)
Hort. 205. Experimental Pomology (3) — Second semester.
This course is a continuation of Hort. 201, 202. (Schrader.)
Hort. 206. Horticultural Cyto-genetics (3) — Second semester. Prere-
quisites, Zool. 104, Bot. 101, Bot. 201, or equivalents.
A course dealing with the field of cyto-genetics in relation to horticulture.
( 0
Hort. 207. Methods of Horticultural Research (3) — Second semester.
One lecture and one four-hour laboratory period a week.
A critical study of research methods which are or may be used in
horticulture. (Scott and Staff.)
Hort. 208. Advanced Horticultural Research (2 to 12) — First and second
semesters. Credit granted according to work done. (Staff.)
Hort. 209. Advanced Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters. Five
credit hours for five semesters can be obtained.
Oral reports with illustrative material are required on special topics or
recent research publications in horticulture. (Haut and Staff.)
106 COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE
POULTRY HUSBANDRY
Professors Jull, Gwin, Shaffner, Combs; Associate Professor Quigley.
P. H. 1. Poultry Production (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week.
This is a general comprehensive course covering all phases of modern
poultry husbandry practices, including breeds, incubation, brooding, housing,
feeding, culling, marketing, caponizing, and the economics of production and
distribution of poultry products.
P. H. 2. Poultry Biology (2) — Second semester.
This course is designed to provide basic information as a foundation for
other courses in poultry. The biology of the fowl is considered with respect
to fundamentals of cell development, the development and structure of the
digestive, circulatory, respiratory, reproductive and endocrine systems,
feathers, growth, and related problems.
P. H. 59. Advanced Poultry Judging (1) — First semester. Prerequisite,
P. H. 1. One lecture or laboratory period per week.
Theory and practice of judging and culling by physical means. Correla-
tion studies of characteristics associated with productivity.
Contestant for regional collegiate judging competitions will be selected
from this class.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
P. H. 100. Poultry Breeding (2) — Second semester. Prerequisites,
P. H. 1 or 2. Not for graduate credit.
The inheritance of morphological and physiological characters of poultry
are presented. Inheritance of factors related to egg and meat production
and quality are stressed. Breeding plans are discussed. (Jull.)
P. H. 101. Poultry Nutrition (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Not for graduate credit.
Nutritive requirements of poultry and the nutrients which meet those
requirements are presented. Studies are made of various nutritional dis-
eases commonly encountered under practical conditions. (Combs.)
P. H. 102. Physiology of Hatchability (3) — Second semester. Two lec-
tures and one laboratory period a week. Not for graduate credit.
The physiology of embryonic development as related to principles of
hatchability, and problems of incubation encountered in the hatchery in-
dustry are discussed. Laboratory exercises stressing fundamentals of
hatchability are assigned. (Shaffner.)
P. H. 103. Commercial Poultry Management (2) — Second semester.
Prerequisite, ten hours of poultry husbandry, including P. H. 1. Not for
graduate credit.
COURSE OFFERINGS 107
A symposium on finance, investment, plant layout, specialization, purchase
of supplies, and management problems in baby chick, egg, broiler, and
turkey production; foremanship, advertising, selling, by-products, produc-
tion and financial records. Field trips required. (Quigley.)
P. H. 104. Poultry Marketing Problems (3) — First semester. Two lec-
tures and one laboratory period a week.
Live and dressed poultry grades, poultry marketing channels, relation of
transportation and distribution to quality, methods and costs of marketing
live and dressed poultry, dressing, drawing, eviscerating and preparing
poultry for the table. (Gwin.)
P. H. 105. Egg Marketing Problems (3) — Second semester. Two lectures
and one laboratory period a week.
Exterior and interior egg quality factors, wholesale and retail grades of
eggs, egg marketing channels, relation of transportation and distribution
to quality, methods and costs of marketing eggs, candling and preparing
eggs for the table. (Gwin.)
Poultry Hygiene, see Veterinary Science, V. S. 107.
Avian Anatomy, see Veterinary Science, V. S. 108.
Preservation of Poultry Products, see F. Tech. 108.
P. H. 107. Poultry Industrial and Economic Problems (2) — First
semester.
Relation of poultry to agriculture as a whole and its economic importance.
Consumer prejudices and preferences, production, transportation, storage,
and distribution problems are discussed. Trends in the industry, surpluses
and their utilization, poultry by-products, and disease problems, are pre-
sented. Federal, state, and private agencies servicing the poultry industry
and function performed by each agency are discussed. (Staff.)
P. H. 108. Special Poultry Problems (1-2) — First and second semesters.
For senior poultry students. The student will be assigned special prob-
lems in the field of poultry for individual study and report. (Staff.)
For Graduates
P. H. 201. Advanced Poultry Genetics (3) — First semester. Prerequi-
site, P. H. 100 or equivalent.
This course serves as a foundation for research in poultry genetics. Link-
age, crossing-over, inheritance of sex, the expression of genes in develop-
ment, inheritance of resistance to disease, and the influence of the environ-
ment on the expression of genetic capacities are considered. (Jull.)
P. H. 202. Advanced Poultry Nutrition (3) — Second semester. Two
lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, P. H. 101 or
equivalent.
108 COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE
A fundamental study of the dietary role of proteins, minerals, vitamins,
and carbohydrates is given as well as a study of the digestion and meta-
bolism of these substances. Deficiency diseases as produced by the use of
synthetic diets are considered. (Combs.)
P. H. 203. Physiology of Reproduction of Poultry (3) — First semester.
Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, P. H. 102 or
its equivalent.
The role of the endocrines in reproduction, especially with respect to egg
production, is considered. Fertility, sexual maturity, broodiness, molting,
egg formation, ovulation, deposition of egg envelopes, and the physiology of
oviposition are studied. (Shaffner.)
P. H. 204. Poultry Seminar (1) — First and second semesters.
Oral reports of current researches by staff members, graduate students,
and guest speakers are presented. (Staff.)
P. H. 205. Poultry Literature (1-4) — First and second semesters.
Readings on individual topics are assigned. Written reports required.
Methods of analysis and presentation of scientific material are discussed.
(Staff.)
P. H. 206. Poultry Research — First and second semesters. Credit in
accordance with work done.
Practical and fundamental research with poultry may be conducted under
the supervision of staff members toward the requirements for the degrees
of M.S. and Ph.D. (Staff.)
P. H. 207. Poultry Research Techniques (2) — First semester. One lec-
ture and one laboratory period a week.
To acquaint graduate students with common basic research techniques
useful in conducting experiments with poultry or poultry products. Meth-
ods of arranging and conducting an experiment, of interpreting results
(including the use of statistics), of writing and publishing experimental
results, of using laboratory equipment (pH meter, colorimeter, microscope,
etc.), of purchasing equipment, and of using scientific periodicals are con-
sidered. Actual laboratory experiments with poultry are included. (Staff.)
VETERINARY SCIENCE
Professors Brueckner and DeVolt; Associate Professors Coffin and Reagan
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
V. S. 101. Comparative Anatomy (3) — First semester. Two lectures
and one laboratory period.
Normal structure of the domesticated animals; normal physiological
activities; interrelationship of structure and function. (Coffin.)
COURSE OFFERINGS 109
V. S. 102. Animal Hygiene (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and
one laboratory period. Prerequisite, V. S. 101 or permission of instructor.
Nature of disease; immunity; prevention, and control; common diseases
of farm animals. (Coffin.)
V. S. 103. Regional Comparative Anatomy (2) — First and second semes-
ters. One lecture and one laboratory period.
Structure and function of the foot of domestic species. Common diseases
and abnormalities of the foot; their correction and prevention. (Coffin.)
V. S. 104. Advanced Regional Comparative Anatomy (2) — Second semes-
ter. Two laboratory periods. Prerequisite, V. S. 103.
Advanced studies of the anatomy, physiology of the foot of domestic
animals. Advanced and detailed studies of abnormalities and diseases of
the feet. Their prevention and correction. (Coffin.)
V. S. 108. Avian Anatomy (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one
laboratory. Prerequisite, Zool. 1 s.
Gross and microscopic structure; physiological processes; dissection and
demonstration. (DeVolt.)
V. S. 107. Poultry Hygiene (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and
one laboratory. Prerequisite, Bact. 1; P. H. 1. (DeVolt.)
For Graduates
V. S. 201. Animal Disease Problems (2-6) — First and second semesters.
Credit depending upon work done. Prerequisite, Veterinary degree or con-
sent of Staff.
Laboratory and field work by assignment. (Staff.)
V. S. 202. Animal Disease Research (2-6) — First and second semesters.
Credit depends on work done. Prerequisite, Veterinary degree or consent
of Staff.
Studies of practical disease phases. (Staff.)
V. S. 203. Electron Microscopy (2) — Second semester. One lecture and
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, veterinary degree or one year
of graduate study.
Theory of the electron microscope, preparation of specimens, manipula-
tions and photography. (Reagan, Brueekner.)
110 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
AGRICULTURAL, EXTENSION, RESEARCH AND
REGULATORY AGENCIES
EXTENSION SERVICE
Administrative Staff
College Park
Thomas Baddeley Symons, M.S., D.Agr., Dean, College of Agriculture,
Director.
Roger B. Corbett, Ph.D., Associate Dean and Associate Director, Adminis-
tration.
Venia Merie Kellar, B.S., Professor, Assistant Director.
Ernest Neal Cory, Ph.D., Professor and Head, Entomology, State Ento-
mologist, Assistant Director.
Paul Edwin Nystrom, M.S., Professor, Deputy Director.
John W. Magruder, M.S., Professor and County Agent Leader.
Arthur E. Durfee, B.S., Professor and Extension Editor.
Dorothy Emerson, Professor, Girls' Club Leader.
Mylo Snavely Downey, M.A., Professor, Boys' Club Leader.
Florence Harriett Mason, B.S., Professor, Home Furnishing, District
Agent.
Elliott M. Elliott, Administrative Assistant.
Cooperative Extension work in agriculture and home economics, estab-
lished by State and Federal Laws in 1914, is designed to assist farmers and
their families in the problems of agriculture and rural homes. Most of
the work is carried on in the local communities, on the farms and in the
homes throughout the State. It is conducted under a Memorandum of
Understanding between the Extension Service of the University of Maryland
and the U. S. Department of Agriculture.
The Federal Government, the State, and the Counties contribute to the
support of the Extension Service in Maryland. There is a County Exten-
sion Service in each county, with a County Agricultural Agent and Home
Demonstration Agent in charge, and assistants where funds permit and the
work requires. Backed by a staff of Specialists at the University, these
Agents are in close contact with rural people and their problems.
Practically every phase of agriculture and rural home life comes within
the scope of Extension work. The Extension Service teaches largely by
demonstrations and carries the scientific and economic results of the Experi-
ment Station and Department of Agriculture to rural people in ways that
they understand and use.
In Maryland, the Extension Service works in close association with all rural
groups and organizations. It assists especially in promoting better marketing
of farm products and encourages the marketing of home supplies by rural
EXTENSION, SHORT COURSES 111
women. Work with rural women is one of the most extensive phases of
extension education, including both the practical problems of the home and
the cultural, economic, and community activities in which present-day
women are engaging.
In addition to work with adults, thousands of boys and girls are developed
as leaders and given practical education in 4-H Clubs. Through their
diversified activities, the boys and girls are given a valuable type of in-
struction and training, and are afforded an opportunity to develop self-
confidence, perseverence and citizenship.
Extension Short Courses
The Extension Service arranges and conducts short courses in various
lines, most of which are held at the University. Some of these courses
have been held regularly over a period of years and others are added as
the need and demand develop.
Canners' Short Course
For many years a short course has been held each year to aid canners
in keeping abreast of the latest developments in their industry. It is
usually held in February.
Rural Women's Short Course
In response to requests of rural women for special training in a variety
of subjects, the Rural Women's Short Course was inaugurated in 1922.
Attendance at the course, extending for one week, has grown steadily,
reaching more than one thousand women at recent sessions. The program
offered has been broadened through the years and attracts women from all
counties in the State. The third week in June is the date usually selected.
Other Short Courses
Courses for nurserymen, florists, poultry flock selection agents, and cow
testers are among those held in recent years. Announcement of such
courses is made to those who may be interested.
Boys' and Girls' Club Week
Members and leaders of boys' and girls' 4-H Clubs come to the University
for a week each year, usually in August. Class work and demonstrations
are given by specialists, and a broad program of education, inspiration and
recreation is provided.
EXTENSION SERVICE STAFF*
Subject Matter Specialists
George Jenvey Abrams, M.S., Assistant Professor, Apiculture.
Clementine B. Anslinger, A.B., Assistant, Marketing.
* Many of the members of the Extension Service staff are also on the Instructional staff,
or the Experiment Station staff, or both. Lists of the staffs of these two agencies appear
elsewhere in this publication.
112 EXTENSION SERVICE STAFF
George Harold Axinn, B.S., Assistant Professor, Bulletin Editor.
Ronald Bamford, Ph.D., Professor and Head, Botany and Plant
Pathology.
George Max Beal, Ph. D., Professor Agricultural Economics and
Marketing.
Walter Crothers Beaven, Ph.D., Professor, Marketing Inspection.
Edward Krug Bender, B.S., Assistant Professor Vegetable Crops.
Theodore L. Bissell, M.S., Associate Professor, Extension Entomology.
Robert D. Boyce, B.S., Instructor, Agronomy.
Rowland C. Brandenburg, B.S., Assistant in Entomology.
Russell Guy Brown, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Botany.
John Buric, B.S., Instructor, Animal Husbandry.
George John Burkhardt, M.S., Associate Professor, Agricultural Engi-
neering.
Gordon Mann Cairns, Ph.D., Professor and Head, Dairy Husbandry.
Robert Peary Callaway, M.S., Professor, Marketing.
Ray Wilford Carpenter, A.B., LL.B., Professor and Head, Agricultural
Engineering, State Drainage Engineer.
Gerald F. Combs, Ph.D., Professor, Poultry.
Pardon W. Cornell, M.S., Associate Professor, Horticulture.
Carroll Eastburn Cox, Ph.D., Assistant Professor, Plant Pathology.
Harry William Dengler, B.S., Associate Professor, Forestry.
Samuel Henry DeVault, Ph.D., Professor and Head, Agricultural Eco-
nomics and Marketing.
Randolph Henry Duff, Instructor and Assistant in Visual Instruction.
Charles Oliver Dunbar, B.S., Associate Professor, Horticulture.
Rudolph Sampson Forrester, Assistant Professor, Marketing.
James R. Foster, M.S., Instructor, Entomology.
John Erwin Foster, Ph.D., Professor and Head, Animal Husbandry.
Guy Watson Gienger, M.S., Associate Professor, Agricultural Engi-
neering.
Engel Lee Russell Gilbert, B.S., Assistant Professor, Entomology.
Castillo Graham, Ph.D., Associate Professor, Field Entomologist.
James Martin Gwin, M.S., Professor, Poultry Marketing.
Arthur Bryan Hamilton, M.S., Associate Professor, Agricultural Eco-
nomics and Farm Management.
Irvin Charles Haut, Ph.D., Professor and Head, Horticulture.
Russell Cheney Hawes, M.S., Professor, Marketing.
William E. Heifner, Assistant Professor, Marketing.
Harold Hoecker, B.S., Research Assistant, Marketing.
Raymond William Hoecker, Ph.D., Professor, Agricultural Economics
and Marketing.
Louis Caspar Holland, Assistant Professor, Marketing.
Mabel G. Howell, B.S., Assistant, Marketing.
Walter Fulton Jeffers, Ph.D., Associate Professor, Plant Pathology.
EXTENSION SERVICE STAFF 113
Robert Andrew Jehle, Ph.D., Professor, Plant Pathology, State Pa-
thologist.
Eben C. Jenkins, M.S., Assistant Professor and Extension Specialist in
Distribution.
Morley Allan Jull, Ph.D., Professor and Head, Poultry Husbandry.
Malcolm Kerr, M.S., Associate Professor, Animal Husbandry.
Albert Victor Krewatch, M.S., E.E., Associate Professor, Agricultural
Engineering, Rural Electrification.
Albin Owings Kuhn, Ph.D., Professor and Head, Agronomy.
George Shealy Langford, Ph.D., Professor, Entomology.
Conrad B. Link, Ph.D., Professor, Floriculture.
Margaret Thompson Loar, B.S., Associate Professor and District Agent
County Home Demonstration Work.
John Edward Mahoney, B.S., Assistant Professor, Marketing.
Arthur Fehl Martin, B.S., Assistant Professor, Marketing.
Ellis Martin, B.S., Laboratory Assistant, Agricultural Engineering.
Florence Harriett Mason, B.S., Professor, Home Furnishing, District
Agent.
Charles E. McCain, Assistant Professor, Marketing.
Harold Sloan McConnell, M.S., Associate Professor, Entomology.
William Russell McKnight, B.S., Associate Professor, Egg Inspection
and Marketing. County Agent at Large.
Margaret McPheeters, M.S., Associate Professor, Nutrition.
Charles Percival Merrick, B.S., Assistant Professor, Drainage Engi-
neering.
John E. Moore, B.S., Instructor, Plant Pathology.
Eva M. Norton, B.S., Instructor and Assistant in Reports, Extension.
James Burton Outhouse, M.S., Associate Professor, Animal Husbandry.
Ralph Alfred Porterfield, B.S., Instructor, Dairy Husbandry, Arti-
ficial Insemination.
Walter Benjamin Posey, M.S., Professor, Tobacco.
John W. Pou, M.S., Assistant Professor, Dairy.
George DeWitte Quigley, B.S., Associate Professor, Poultry Husbandry.
Wade Hampton Rice, B.S., Associate Professor, Poultry.
Edward McGee Rider, B.A., Assistant Professor, Information Specialist.
Marvin Eugene Senger, B.S., Instructor, Dairy Husbandry, Artificial
Insemination.
Clyne S. Shaffner, Ph.D., Associate Professor, Poultry.
James B. Shanks, Ph.D., Associate Professor, Floriculture.
Carolyn L. Shaver, B.S., Instructor, 4-H and Home Economics Informa-
tion Specialist.
Helen Shelby, M.S., Associate Professor, Clothing.
Mark Mercer Shoemaker, A.B., M.L.D., Associate Professor, Land-
scape Gardening.
Helen Irene Smith, M.A., Associate Professor, Home Management.
Delbert W. Squires, M.S., Assistant Professor, Entomology.
114 COUNTY AGENTS
Stanley P. Stabler, B.S., Assistant Professor, Agronomy.
Francis C. Stark, Jr., Ph.D., Assistant Professor, Vegetable Gardening
Howard Livingston Stier, Ph.D., Professor and Chief, Marketing.
George A. Stevens, M.S., Assistant, Agricultural Economics and
Marketing.
Joseph McNaughton Vial, B.S., Professor, Animal Husbandry.
Albert Frank Vierheller, M.S., Associate Professor, Horticulture.
Edgar Perkins Walls, Ph.D., Professor, Canning Crops.
Edwin Joseph Weatherby, Ph.D., Associate Professor, Artificial Insemi-
nation.
L. C. Weaver, Ph.D., Assistant Professor, Plant Pathology.
Boyd T. Whittle, M.S., Associate Professor, Animal Husbandry.
Walter Sherard Wilson, B.S., Associate Professor, Assistant Boys' Club
Leader.
County Agents (Field)
County Name and Title Headquarters
Allegany Ralph Frank McHenry, B. S.,
Associate Professor Cumberland
Anne Arundel. . . Stanley Everett Day, B. S.,
Associate Professor Annapolis
Baltimore Horace Bennett Derrick, B.S.,
Associate Professor Towson
Calvert Robert M. Hall, A.B.
Associate Professor Prince Frederick
Caroline Francis Marion Rogers, B.S.,
Associate Professor Denton
Carroll Landon Crawford Burns, B.S.,
Associated Professor Westminster
Cecil Richard Spencer Sutton, B.A.,
Associate Professor Elkton
Charles Paul Dennis Brown, B.S.,
Associate Professor La Plata
Dorchester Harry Wesley Beggs, B.S.,
Associate Professor Cambridge
Frederick Henry Reese Shoemaker, M.A.,
Associate Professor Frederick
Garrett John Hurley Carter, B.S.,
Associate Professor Oakland
Harford Henry Morrison Carroll, B.S.,
Associate Professor Bel Air
COUNTY AGENTS, ASSISTANTS 115
Howard Warren Graham Myers, B.S.,
Associate Professor Ellicott City
Kent James Dunham McVean, B.S.,
Associate Professor Chestertown
Montgomery Otto Watson Anderson, M.S.,
Associate Professor Rockville
Prince Georges. . Percy Ellsworth Clark, B.S.,
Associate Professor Upper Marlboro
Queen Annes James Walter Eby, B.S.,
Associate Professor Centreville
St. Marys Joseph Julius Johnson,
Associate Professor Leonardtown
Somerset Clarence Zeigler Keller, B.S.,
Associate Professor Princess Anne
Talbot Rudolph Stockdale Brown, B.S.,
Associate Professor Easton
Washington Mark Kermit Miller, B.S.,
Associate Professor Hagerstown
Wicomico James Paul Brown, B.S.,
Associate Professor Salisbury
Worcester Robert Thornton Grant, B.S.,
Associate Professor Snow Hill
Assistant County Agents
Allegany Joseph Matthew Steger, B.S., Instructor. .Cumberland
Anne Arundel
and Calvert.. W. B. Vanderford, B.S., Instructor Annapolis
Baltimore Frank R. McFarland, Jr., B.S., Instructor Towson
Carroll J. R. Schabinger, M.A., Instructor Westminster
Cecil M. Gist Welling, B.S., Instructor Elkton
Dorchester and
Talbot Charles W. Crawford, Instructor Cambridge
Frederick Hugh Bradley Jones, B.S., Instructor Frederick
Harford Robert K. Bechtold, B.S., Instructor Bel Air
Howard Beatrice Streaker Cissel, B.S., Instructor. Ellicott City
Kent Stanley Burr Sutton, Instructor Chestertown
Montgomery .... Roscoe Newton Whipp, B.S., Instructor Rockville
116 LOCAL AGENTS
Prince Georges. . Francis Alexander Gray, Jr., B.S.,
Instructor Upper Marlboro
Washington Raymond George Mueller, B.S., Instructor. Hagerstown
Wicomico James Audrey Duncan, B.S., Instructor Salisbury
Local Agents — Negro Work
Southern Mary-
land Martin Green Bailey, B.S.,
Instructor, District Agent Seat Pleasant
Eastern Shore. . . Louis Henderson Martin, Instructor Princess Anne
Charles Milbourne Hull, B.S., Instructor Bryan's Road
Prince Georges.. James Rufus Taylor, B.S.,
Instructor Upper Marlboro
Assistant Local Agents — Negro Work
Montgomery William Roger Brogden, Instructor Spencerville
County Home Demonstration Agents (Field)
Allegany Maude Alberta Bean,
Associate Professor Cumberland
Anne Arundel... Miriam Frances Parmenter, B.S.,
Associate Professor Annapolis
Baltimore Anna Trentham, B.S., Associate Professor Towson
Baltimore City.. Margaret 0. Holloway, B.S.,
Associate Professor Baltimore
Calvert Mrs. Florence Elizabeth Buchanan, B.S.,
Associate Professor Prince Frederick
Caroline Bessie Marguerite Spafford, B.S.,
Associate Professor Denton
Carroll Evelyn Davis Scott, B.S.,
Associate Professor Westminster
Dorchester Hattie E. Brooks,
Associate Professor Cambridge
Frederick Loa Elizabeth Davis, M.A.,
Associate Professor Frederick
Garrett Eleanor K. Dearborn, B.S.,
Associate Professor Oakland
Harford Alga Dorothy Weaver, M.S.,
Associate Professor Bel Air
DEMONSTRATION AGENTS 117
Kent Clara P. Lausterer, B.S.,
Associate Professor Chestertown
Montgomery Edythe Margaret Turner, B.S.,
Associate Professor Rockville
Prince Georges.. Ethel Mary Regan, B.S.,
Associate Professor Hyattsville
Queen Annes Mrs. Ella Nadean Damon, B.S.,
Associate Professor Centreville
Mt. Marys Ethel Mary Joy, A.B.,
Associate Professor Leonardtown
Somerset Hilda Topfer, B.S.,
Associate Professor Princess Anne
Talbot Margaret Smith, B.S.,
Associate Professor Easton
Washington Ardath Ellen Martin, B.S.,
Associate Professor Hagerstown
Wicomico Nell Gray Grim, M. S.,
Associate Professor Salisbury
Worcester Ann Hilger, B.S.,
Associate Professor Snow Hill
Assistant County Home Demonstration Agents
Allegany Gloria Elizabeth Bohn, B.S., Instructor. .Cumberland
Anne Arundel. . . Joan L. Giddings, B.S., Instructor Annapolis
Baltimore Elaine Akehurst, B.S., Instructor Towson
Carroll Dorothy Haines, Instructor Westminster
Frederick Miriam Louise Leiter, B.S., Instructor Frederick
Harford Doris P. Keplinger, B.S., Instructor Bel Air
Montgomery Virginia Lee McLuckie, B.S., Instructor Rockville
Washington .... Margaret Watson, B.S., Instructor Hagerstown
Local Home Demonstration Agents — Negro Work
Charles and
St. Marys Naomi Turner, B.S., Instructor Bryan's Road
Prince Georges
and Mont- Ethel Lawrence Bianchi, B.S.,
gomery Instructor Seat Pleasant
Somerset and
Wicomico Mrs. Omega Moore Jones, A.B.,
Instructor Princess Anne
118 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
THE AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION
W. B. Kemp, Director
The Agricultural Experiment Station is for Maryland agriculture what
the research laboratories are for large corporations. Maryland agriculture
is made up of forty thousand small individual businesses, and there is not
sufficient capital, or sufficient income so that any one of these can con-
duct research. Yet the problems which face a biological undertaking such
as farming, are as numerous and perplexing as the problems of any busi-
ness. Certainly our production of food would be much more costly if it were
not for the research results that have been obtained by the Agricultural
Experiment Station.
The station is a joint Federal and State undertaking. Passage of the
Hatch Act in 1887, which made available a grant in aid to each state for
the purpose of establishing an agricultural experiment station, gave a
great impetus to the development of research work in agriculture. This
work was further encouraged by the passage of the Adams Act in 1906,
the Purnell Act in 1925, the Bankhead-Jones Act in 1935, and the
Flannagan-Hope Act of 1946.
The work of the Maryland Agricultural Experiment Station which is
supported by these Acts and by State appropriations centers at College
Park. On the University campus are to be found laboratories for study-
ing insects and diseases, soil fertility problems, botanical problems, and
others. This is also the location of the livestock and dairy barns with their
experimental herds. About eight miles from the campus at College Park,
near Beltsville, the Plant Research Farm of about 500 acres is devoted to work
connected. with soil fertility, plant breeding and general horticultural prob-
lems. An experimental farm near Upper Marlboro is given over exclusively
to the problems of tobacco growing and curing. A farm near Salisbury
is devoted to solution of the problems of producers of broilers and of vege-
table crops in the southern Eastern Shore area. Near Ellicott City a farm of
234 acres is devoted to livestock problems. Also tests of various crop
and soil responses are distributed throughout the State. These different
locations give a chance to conduct experiments under conditions which
exist where the results will be put into practice.
The Station, in general exists as the "trouble-shooter" for Maryland
farmers. The solution of many difficult problems in the past has given the
Maryland station an excellent standing with farmers of the State.
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 119
AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION STAFF*
William Beck Kemp, Ph.D Director
Agricultural Economics and Marketing
Samuel Henry DeVault, Ph.D.,
Professor and Head, Agricultural Economics and Marketing
Raymond William Hoecker, Ph.D.,
Professor, Agricultural Economics and Marketing
Arthur Montraville Ahalt, M.S Professor, Agricultural Education
William Paul Walker, M.S.,
Associate Professor, Agricultural Economics
Arthur Bryan Hamilton, M.S.,
Associate Professor, Agricultural Economics and Farm Management
Paul Routzahn Poffenberger, M.S.,
Associate Professor, Agricultural Economics and Marketing.
Stanley Cabell Shull, M.S.,
Associate Professor, Agricultural Economics and Marketing.
Luther Beecher Bohanan, M.S.,
Assistant Professor, Agricultural Economics
Harold Davis Smith, M.S.,
Assistant Professor, Agricultural Economics and Marketing.
Agricultural Engineering
Ray Wtlford Carpenter, A.B., LL.B.,
Professor and Head, Agricultural Engineering, State Drainage Engineer
George John Burkhardt, M.S.,
Associate Professor, Agricultural Engineering
Albert Victor Krewatch, M.S.,
Associate Professor, Agricultural Engineering
Harry John Hoffmeister, B. S.,
Assistant Professor, Agricultural Engineering.
Paul N. Winn, Jr Assistant Professor, Agricultural Engineering.
Agronomy
Albin Owings Kuhn, Ph.D Professor and Head, Agronomy
Royle Price Thomas, Ph.D Professor, Soils
Russell Grove Rothgeb, Ph.D Professor, Agronomy
* Many of the members of the Experiment Station staff are also on the Instructional
staff, or the Extension Service Staff, or both. Lists of the staffs of these two agencies
appear elsewhere in this publication.
120 AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION STAFF
Walter Benjamin Posey, M.S Professor, Tobacco
John Howard Axley, Ph.D Associate Professor, Soils
Howard Barr Winant, M.S Assistant Professor, Soils
Thomas E. Ronningen Assistant Professor, Agronomy
Robert Davis Boyce, B.S Instructor, Agronomy
Conrad Liden, B.S Instructor, Agronomy
Agronomy — Seed Inspection
Forrest Shepperson Holmes, M.S Chief Seed Inspector
Animal Husbandry
John Erwin Foster, Ph.D. . . Professor and Head, Animal Husbandry
WlLLARD Wynn Green, Ph.D Professor, Animal Husbandry
James Burton Outhouse, M.S.. .Associate Prof essor, Animal Husbandry
Malcolm Henderson Kerr, M.S.,
Associate Professor, Animal Husbandry
John Buric, B.S., Instructor, Animal Husbandry
Animal Pathology
Arthur Louis Brueckner, B.S., D.V.M Director, LSSS
Harold Moon DeVolt, M.S., D.V.M Professor, Pathology
Leo Joseph Poelma, M.S., D.V.M Professor, Pathology
Robert Evers Swope, V.M.D Associate Professor
Cornelia M. Cotton, Ph.D Cooperative Agent
Botany, Plant Physiology, and Pathology
Ronald Bamford, Ph.D Professor and Head, Botany
Robert Andrew Jehle, Ph.D.,
Professor, Plant Pathology, State Pathologist
Walter Fulton Jeffers, Ph.D Associate Professor, Plant Pathology
Russell Guy Brown, Ph.D Associate Professor, Botany
Hugh Gilbert Gauch, Ph.D Associate Professor, Plant Pathology
Carroll Eastburn Cox, Ph.D Associate Professor, Plant Pathology
Delbert Thomas Morgan, Ph.D Assistant Professor, Botany
Leslie Weaver, Ph.D Assistant Professor, Botany
John Edwin Moore, B.S Instructor, Plant Pathology
Robert DuBois Rappleye, M.S Instructor, Botany
Dairy Husbandry
Gordon Mann Cairns, Ph.D Professor and Head, Dairy Husbandry
Joseph Clement Shaw, Ph.D Professor, Dairy Husbandry
AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION STAFF 121
Frederick G. Warren Associate Professor, Dairy Manufacturing
Vuokko Pellervo Saarinen, Ph.D.,
Assistant Professor, Dairy Husbandry
Matthew Franklin Ellmore, B.S Instructor, Dairy Husbandry
Bruce Carley Johnson, B.S Instructor, Dairy Manufacturing
J. Oakley Hall Assistant Inspector, Dairy Inspection
Editorial
Arthur E. Durfee Professor and Editor
Entomology
Ernest Neal Cory, Ph.D.,
Professor and Head, Entomology, State Entomologist
Lewis Polster Ditman, Ph.D Associate Professor, Entomology
Harold Sloan McConnell, M.S Associate Professor, Entomology
George Jenvey Abrams, M.S Assistant Professor, Apiculture
Horticulture
Irvin Charles Haut, Ph.D Professor and Head, Horticulturist
Albert Lee Schrader, Ph.D Professor, Pomology
Edgar Perkins Walls, Ph.D Professor, Canning Crops
Leland Edwards Scott, Ph.D Professor, Horticultural Physiology
Conrad Barnett Link, Ph.D Professor, Horticultural Physiology
James B. Shanks, Ph.D Associate Professor, Floriculture
Pardon W. Cornell, M.S. . . Associate Professor, Ornamental Horticulture
Amihud Kramer, Ph.D Associate Professor, Horticulture
Francis C. Stark, Jr., Ph.D Assistant Professor, Vegetable Crops
Herman Todd, B.S Assistant in Horticulture
Eobert George Hill, Jr., M.S Assistant in Horticulture
Richard Bennett Guyer, B.S Research Assistant, Horticulture
James Edwin Hawes, B.S. Research Assistant, Horticulture
Poultry
Morley Allan Jull, Ph.D Professor and Head, Poultry Husbandry
James Martin Gwin, M.S Professor, Poultry Husbandry
Mary Juhn, Ph.D Professor in Poultry Husbandry
Gerald Fuson Combs, Ph.D Professor, Poultry Husbandry
Clyne Samuel Shaffner, Ph.D Professor, Poultry Husbandry
George DeWitte Quigley, B.S. . .Associate Professor, Poultry Husbandry
122 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
MARYLAND STATE DEPARTMENT OF MARKETS
Agriculture Building, College Park, Maryland
S. H. DeVault, Head, Department of Agricultural Economics and
Marketing.
Howard L. Stier, Chief, Maryland State Department of Markets.
All of the activities of the State Department of Markets are geared to the
importance in modern agriculture of the problems of marketing farm
products. The Department endeavors to serve the every-day needs of the
farmer in marketing his products and to insure a fair and equitable treat-
ment of the fai-mer in all dealings which he may have concerning the
marketing of his products. In the performance of these responsibilities,
the Department carries out programs in extension marketing, conducts
market surveys, compiles and disseminates marketing information and
market data, operates a market news service, provides an agricultural in-
spection and grading service, maintains a consumer information service
and enforces and interprets the agricultural marketing laws of the state.
The regulatory aspects of the Department's functions are carried out as
the agent of the State Board of Agriculture under the authority of various
State laws relating to the marketing of farm products. A close working
relationship is maintained with other specialists in the Extension Service,
all departments of the Agricultural Experiment Station, the Maryland
Crop Reporting Service, and the Production and Marketing Administration
of the U. S. Department of Agriculture. The voluntary and dynamic co-
operation of the personnel in these various activities brings to bear on
agricultural marketing problems an effective combination of research, educa-
tion, and service.
The passage of the Federal Agricultural Research and Marketing Act
gave additional impetus to the study and solution of agriculture's market-
ing problems. The State Department of Markets is largely responsible for
developing the state program under Title II of this act.
Information and assistance in all phases of marketing is available to all
interested persons. When a sufficient number of individuals is interested,
marketing specialists hold meetings and demonstrations in local com-
munities. Field offices are located in Baltimore, Salisbury, Hancock, Hagers-
town and Pocomoke. Department headquarters is at the University of
Maryland, College Park, Maryland.
Market Price Reporting
Market reports covering more than 100 farm products are issued daily in
cooperation with the U. S. Department of Agriculture whose nation-wide
teletype facilities are utilized in this service. These reports contain infor-
mation on market conditions and prices of crops, livestock and other agri-
cultural products. The information in these reports is obtained from
producing areas in Maryland and from terminal markets and shipping
MARYLAND STATE DEPARTMENT OF MARKETS 123
points all over the United States. The information is published in local
newspapers, broadcast over all major radio stations in the state, and mailed
in mimeographed form to anyone requesting it. Eleven different market
price reports are currently issued covering prices of dairy products, live-
stock, truck crops, poultry, grain, fresh fruits and vegetables, feed and eggs.
A weekly Retail Market Report is issued in Baltimore, which gives cur-
rent retail prices for approximately 100 commodities including fruits,
vegetables, meats and dairy products.
Marketing Information Service
In addition to the daily market reports, a periodic analysis of the agri-
cultural marketing situation is prepared at the headquarters in College
Park. This report contains information on market supplies, quality, price
trends, storage holdings, and movement of farm products. Other periodic
information available in the marketing information series includes the
monthly truck crop news; the monthly poultry letter, weekly crop and
weather report; truck receipts in Baltimore City of fresh fruits and vege-
tables, issued daily with a monthly summary; and a weekly report of the
volume of broilers moved from farms to market in the Delmarva Peninsula.
Grading and Inspection Service
Any Maryland producer or handler of farm products may avail himself
of the official federal-state grading service that is maintained by the de-
partment. Thoroughly trained and federally licensed inspectors are em-
ployed to perform this official grading service. Products graded and
inspected include apples, peaches, tomatoes, potatoes, sweet potatoes, can-
nery tomatoes, cannery peas, cannery corn, dairy products, poultry and
eggs and other farm products. The State Department of Markets also issues
final inspection and certification for the Seed Certification Board on Irish
and sweet potatoes and tomato seed stock. Maryland canners frequently
base their prices to farmers on the grades established by the grading and
inspection service rendered by the department. Established U. S. grades
and standards are usually used in this grading program, however, special
grades and standards of quality may be used if the grower or processor so
desires.
Certain personnel of the department are deputized by the State Depart-
ment of Health to act as its agent in preventing the sale or shipment of
fruits and vegetables containing excessive spray residue. As a service to
growers and handlers, members of the department will obtain samples and
have chemical analyses made to determine the amount of poisonous spray
residue present.
General Marketing Services
Through its Extension activities, the department endeavors to bring
about a better understanding by producers, handlers and consumers regard-
124 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
ing: (1) costs of distribution; (2) important changes in market outlets
and consumer demand; (3) importance of efficiently producing high-quality
products; (4) advantages of standardizing and grading; (5) the place that
various marketing agencies play in the marketing system and the essen-
tials for their success; (6) interpretation and utilization of marketing
information and (7) the various phases and channels of the marketing
system.
Meetings are held with growers and distributors throughout the state
to discuss with them their special marketing problems. The marketing
specialists work with other extension personnel or research personnel in the
Experiment Station in the development of a program designed to solve
these problems.
The department assists in planning and conducting short courses and
special schools involving various aspects of marketing such as the annual
Poultry Products Marketing School, short courses for canners and freezers,
grading and inspection demonstrations, etc. Another aspect of the exten-
sion marketing program of the department is the assistance given on
marketing facilities such as farm markets and auctions.
Consumer Information
The Department maintains a full-time office in the city of Baltimore for
the purpose of providing continuous consumer information. This service pro-
vides the consumer with information concerning best buys of perishable
produce, and methods of utilizing surplus products. This service aids in
the prompt movement of perishable produce at times of surplus produc-
tion and market gluts. A weekly retail price report is issued as a part of
this service in addition to a specially prepared radio script and press re-
leases on best buys. This program is conducted in close cooperation with
the Home Demonstration Agent of Baltimore City.
Marketing Demonstrations
In order to apply the results of marketing research, the Department
conducts from time to time demonstrations of certain marketing practices
which research has shown to be more efficient. These demonstrations are
frequently conducted in cooperation with retail and wholesale market
organizations. When the effects of certain marketing research are impor-
tant and far reaching, the Department conducts demonstrations of the
application immediately following the research findings.
Regulatory and Control Activities
From time to time the state has passed laws relative to the marketing
of farm products which provide certain standards and controls deemed
necessary for the common good of both the producer and the consumer.
The department acts as the agent of the State Board of Agriculture in the
enforcement of these laws which include (1) the Maryland Apple Grading
Law, (2) the Maryland Fresh Egg and Egg Grading Law, (3) Poultry Sale
STATE HORTICULTURAL DEPARTMENT 125
and Transportation Law, (4) Cantaloupe Maturity Law, (5) the Trademark
Law and (6) the Grading and Inspection Laws. The department has de-
pended upon its educational activities and the cooperation of the grower or
handler for the successful enforcement of the above laws. Legal action is
taken, however, when such measures fail. The greatest activity has been
directed in recent years to the enforcement of the Maryland Fresh Egg and
Egg Grading Law. This law was revised by the State Legislature in 1945 in
order to make it more effective in creating a better demand for higher
quality Maryland eggs. Principal effort has been concentrated in Balti-
more City with retailers and wholesalers. Promising progress has been
made during recent years.
The State Department of Markets is also authorized by law to execute,
as the agent of the State Board of Agriculture, the general powers of the
Board relating to the inspection and regulation of weights and measures
used in the sale and purchase of agricultural products.
STATE HORTICULTURAL DEPARTMENT
College Park, Maryland
T. B. Symons, Director of Extension Service.
E. N. CORY, Assistant Director of Extension Service, State Entomologist.
R. A. Jehle, State Plant Pathologist.
The State Horticultural Law was enacted in 1898. It provides for in-
spection of all nurseries and suppression of injurious insects and diseases
affecting plants of all kinds. The work of the department is conducted in
close association with the departments of Entomology and Plant Pathology
of the University. The regulatory work is conducted under authority of
the law creating the department as well as the State Board of Agriculture.
For administrative purposes, the department is placed under the Extension
Service of the University because of the close association of the work.
Work in this field is designed to control insects and plant diseases and
to protect the public in the purchase of products of nurserymen and
florists. A considerable part of the time of the staff is occupied by inspec-
tion of orchards, crops, nurseries, greenhouses, and floral establishments.
Cooperation with the Federal Government in the inspection and certification
of materials that come under quarantine regulations is another major
function of the department. The department enforces the provisions
of the Apiary Law, including inspection of apiaries. All activities pertain-
ing to control of insects is conducted under the direction of Dr. E. N. Cory,
State Entomologist and Assistant Director of Extension. Activities of the
department in the field of plant disease concrol are under direction of
Dr. R. A. Jehle, State Plant Pathologist. This service includes control and
eradication of diseases of strawberries and other small fruits, diseases of
apples, peaches, etc., inspection and certification of potatoes and sweet
potatoes for seed, control of white pine blister rust, Dutch elm disease, etc.
126 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
DAIRY INSPECTION SERVICE
Dairy Building, College Park, Maryland
, Chief Examiner
Oakley Hall, Assistant Inspector
The Maryland Dairy Inspection Law became effective June 1, 1935. How-
ever, the present activities of the Dairy Inspection Service are based on
Article 43 of the Annotated Code of Maryland, Chapter 403 of the Laws of
Maryland, 1941. The dairy department, functioning under the Agricultural
Experiment Station of the University of Maryland, is charged with the
administration of this law.
The purposes of the Dairy Inspection Law are as follows: (a) To insure
producers who sell milk and cream by measure, weight and butterfat test,
that samples, weights and tests used as the basis of payment for such
products are correct; (b) To insure dealers who purchase milk and cream
that their agents shall correctly weigh, sample, and test these products;
(c) To insure correctness of tests made for official inspections or for public
record. To achieve these purposes the law requires the licensing of all
dealers who purchase milk and cream from producers, whether the purchases
are by measure, weight, or test, and the licensing of all persons sampling,
weighing and testing milk and cream when the results of such samples,
weights, and tests are to serve as a basis of payment to producers.
Duties of the Dairy Inspection Service, resulting from enforcement of
the Inspection Law, deal with the calibration of that glassware used in
testing milk and cream and the rejection of inaccurate items; examination
of all weighers, samplers, and testers and the issuance of licenses to those
satisfactorily passing the examination; and inspection of the pertinent
activities of weighers, samplers, testers and dairy plants.
The Dairy Inspection Law benefits the entire dairy industry by preventing
unfair competition and unfair trade practices which result from improper
methods of weighing, sampling and testing milk and cream, and the use of
inaccurate and improper equipment. Also, requirements governing the
accuracy of scales, construction of weigh tanks, and proper procedures
result in greater efficiency and thus less loss to dealers and producers
alike. The licensing of weighers, samplers, and testers assures both the
producer and the dealer that the men engaged in such work are competent.
The Dairy Inspection Law is administered on an educational basis with
the view of promoting the mutual interests of dairy producers, dealers, and
manufacturers. It is the belief of the administrating agency that since the
producers of milk and cream and the dealers in these products both benefit
by the law, they also should share in the responsibility for its enforcement.
Such a responsibility involves close cooperation and harmony between all
groups affected by the law.
STATE DEPARTMENT OF DRAINAGE 127
During 1947, 113 permits were issued to dealers as follows: 9 plants
in Class A (buying less than 500 pounds of milk daily) ; 19 in Class B
(buying from 500 to 2,000 pounds of milk daily) ; 67 in Class C (buying
from 2,000 to 40,000 pounds of milk daily) ; and 18 in Class D (buying
more than 40,000 pounds of milk daily). In addition, 280 licenses were
issued to testers and 117 licenses were issued to weighers and samplers.
STATE DEPARTMENT OF DRAINAGE
College Park, Maryland
Ray W. Carpenter, State Drainage Engineer.
The State Department of Drainage was established in 1937. Its duties
are to promote and encourage the drainage of agricultural lands in the
State, to correlate the activities of the local drainage organizations in the
State and to cooperate with State and Federal agencies in the interest of
a permanent program of improved drainage.
STATE INSPECTION AND REGULATORY SERVICE
Chemistry Building, College Park, Maryland
Feeds, Fertilizers, Agricultural Liming Materials, Insecticides
and Fungicides
L. E. Bopst, State Chemist R. G. Fuerst, Chemist
W. C. Supplee, Chemist E. C. Donaldson, Chemist
A. B. Heagy, Chemist W. J. Footen, Inspector
H. R. Walls, Microscopist R. W. Neal, Inspector
R. E. Baumgardner, Chemist E. M. Zentz, Inspector
J. E. Schueler, Chemist F. G. Baggs, Clerk
N. S. Chapman, Chemist
Responsibility for enforcing the State Feed, Fertilizer, Agricultural
Liming Material and Agricultural Insecticide and Fungicide laws is dele-
gated to the State Inspection and Regulatory Service. These laws are
classified as correct labeling acts.
Five distinct divisions of work are necessary in carrying out the enforce-
ment program. First is the registration of the commodities concerned under
specific brand names and definite guarantees of composition and minimum
quality, which information must be clearly shown on the label; second, the
collection of official samples by inspectors traveling the state; third, the
chemical and physical examination of these samples to substantiate the
accuracy of label representation; fourth, the publication of results of these
tests, and making the reports timely and available to all interested persons;
and fifth, the prosecution of those parties responsible for flagrant violations.
128 SEED INSPECTION SERVICE
One phase of the work is concerned with gratuitous examination of feed,
fertilizer and lime samples submitted by state purchasers. Several hundred
of these tests are made annually.
Activities of the department have, in recent years, been expanded to
include cooperation with federal agencies. As a result the scope of the
program and the organization's prestige have become nation-wide. All
of this has been accomplished with but slight increase in personnel.
It has always been the policy of this department to carry on constructive
scientific control work, never losing sight of the basic aim of service; service
to the buyer in assuring him of value received for money spent, and service
to the manufacturer in supplying requested technical advice and safeguard-
ing him from unfair competition.
The department depends primarily upon education to further its program.
However, in those rare instances when this policy is unheeded, complete
backing by the courts — federal and state — can be relied upon for enforce-
ment assistance.
SEED INSPECTION SERVICE
Horticultural Building, College Park, Maryland
F. S. Holmes, Inspector Olive M. Kelk, Analyst
The Seed Inspection Service, a division of the Agricultural Experiment
Station, administers the State seed law; inspects seeds sold throughout the
State; collects seed samples for laboratory examination; reports the results
of these examinations to the parties concerned; publishes summaries of
these reports which show the relative reliability of the label information
supplied by wholesale seedsmen; cleans and treats tobacco seed intended for
planting in the State; makes analyses, tests, and examinations of seed
samples submitted to the Laboratory; and advises seed users regarding the
economic and intelligent use of seeds. The Service also cooperates with
the Production and Marketing Administration of the United States Depart-
ment of Agriculture in the enforcement of the Federal Seed Act in
Maryland.
Two and a half million dollars worth of seeds are planted annually in
Maryland. Perhaps twenty-five percent of the field seeds and ninety percent
of the vegetable seeds planted in the State pass through trade channels and
are thus subject to the seed law. The work of the Seed Inspection Service
is not restricted to the enforcement of the seed law, however, for State
citizens may submit seed samples to the Laboratory for analysis, test, or
examination. Specific information regarding suitability for planting pur-
poses of lots of seeds is thus made available to individuals without charge.
The growth of this service has been steady since the establishment of the
Laboratory in 1912. Few Maryland home-owners, city or country, are not
directly interested in seeds for planting in flower-bed, lawn, garden, or field.
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 129
MARYLAND LIVESTOCK SANITARY SERVICE
Arthur L. Brueckner, Director
J. Walter Hastings, Sr., Assistant Director
Leo J. Poelma, Chief of Laboratories
The Live Stock Sanitary Service is organized under the State Board of
Agriculture and is charged with the responsibility of preventing the in-
troduction of diseases of animals and poultry from outside of the state and
with control and eradication of such diseases within the state. The service
is further charged with the responsibility of cooperating with the State
Department of Health in the suppression of diseases of animals and poultry
which affect the public health.
Control projects in bovine tuberculosis, Johne's disease, and bovine
brucellosis are conducted in cooperation with the Bureau of Animal In-
dustry of the United States Department of Agriculture. The field force
of state employed veterinarians is augmented by a number of federal
veterinarians in the conduct of these control programs. The control of
swine brucellosis, pullorum disease in poultry, rabies, and many other dis-
ease conditions is conducted by the state without outside assistance.
Facilities for the diagnosis of a wide variety of diseases are furnished
in the main laboratory at College Park and in the branch laboratories at
Salisbury, Centreville, Baltimore, Frederick, and Hagerstown. Virtually
every part of the state is in easy reach of these opportunities for help.
Research studies are conducted mainly at the College Park laboratory,
but some field investigations are also made from branch laboratories. Some
projects are partly supported by federal funds appropriated through the
Maryland Agricultural Experiment Station. From these research studies
come information concerning control by sanitary measures, by vaccination,
and by drug treatment which saves breeders and owners vast sums.
Members of the staff give instruction in animal and poultry diseases in
the University of Maryland particularly to students in agriculture. Appro-
priate subjects are also presented to farmers' clubs and industry groups in
the state.
MARYLAND LIVESTOCK SANITARY SERVICE STAFF
Arthur L. Brueckner, B.S., V.M.D.,
Director and Professor of Veterinary Science
J. Walter Hastings, Sr., V.M.D Assistant Director
Leo J. Poelma, M.S., D.V.M Chief of Laboratories
Harold M. DeVolt, B.S., M.S., D.V.M Professor of Poultry Pathology
Paul A. Hansen, Ph.D Professor of Veterinary Bacteriology
Charles R. Davis, M.S., D.V.M.,
Supervisor, Maryland Poultry Improvement Plan
Clyde L. Everson, D.V.M Associate Professor of Animal Pathology
Irwin M. Moulthrop, D.V.M In Charge, Salisbury Laboratory
130
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE
William Robert Teeter, B.S., D.V.M.. .In Charge, Hagerstown Laboratory
Harold F. Burton, V.M.D In Charge, Baltimore Laboratory
Robert E. Swope, V.M.D Associate Professor, Brucellosis Research
Cornelia M. Cotton, Ph.D Cooperative Agent, Brucellosis Research
Paul C. Brown, M.S., D.V.M Associate Professor, Mastitis Research
Reginald L. Reagan Associate Professor of Veterinary Virology
John M. Coffin, V.M.D Associate Professor of Veterinary Science
Carl W. Smith, D.V.M Associate Professor of Veterinary Science
James W. Crowl, D.V.M Associate Professor of Veterinary Science
Clarence E. Gibbs, D.V.M Associate Professor of Veterinary Science
Mahlon H. Trout, D.V.M Associate Professor of Veterinary Science
Charles R. Lockwood, D.V.M.. . .Associate Professor of Veterinary Science
George W. Green, Jr., D.V.M.. . .Associate Professor of Veterinary Science
Robert E. Gibbs, V.M.D Associate Professor of Veterinary Science
Robert B. Johnson, A.B Assistant Professor of Veterinary Physiology
Raymond C. Wiley, Ph.D Associate Professor of Veterinary Toxicology
Airplane view showing changes being made in Maryland system of
farming in the important program of soil conservation.
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 131
College, of
ARTS and SCIENCES
STAFF
Leon Perdue Smith, Ph.D., Dean
Francis R. Adams, M.A., Instructor in English.
Alfred 0. Aldridge, Ph.D., Professor of English.
Mary H. Aldridge, M.S., Assistant Professor of Chemistry.
J. Frances Allen, M.S., Instructor of Zoology.
George L. Anderson, M.A., Instructor in English.
Mary Lee Andrews, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English.
William J. Andrews, M.S., Assistant Professor of Physics.
Merle Ansberry, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Speech.
William L. Bailey, M.A., Visiting Professor of Sociology.
Cecil R. Ball, M.A., Associate Professor of English.
Charles B. Barker, III, Ph. D., Lecturer of Mathematics.
Roscoe G. Bartlett, B.S., Instructor of Zoology.
Charles C. Basinger, M.S., Instructor Part-time of Mathematics.
James L. Bates, M.A., Instructor of History.
George Batka, M.A., Assistant Professor of Speech.
Josephine Bauer, M.A., Instructor of English.
Richard H. Bauer, Ph.D., Associate Professor of History.
Charles A. Baylis, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Philosophy.
Philip Benjamin, M.A., Instructor of Speech.
Warren Bezanson, M.A., Instructor of English.
Alfred Bingham, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Foreign Languages.
Marie Boborykine, M.A., Instructor Part-time of Foreign Languages.
Carl Bode, Ph.D., Professor of English.
William Bolger, M.A., Instructor of Speech.
Jean M. Boyer, M.A., Instructor of Mathematics.
Hugo Brandt, Instructor of Mathematics.
George P. Brewster, Jr., B.S., Instructor of Mathematics.
Ferdinand G. Brickwedde, Ph.D., Professor Part-time of Physics.
Nelson 0. Brigham, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics.
George M. Brown, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry.
Irwin C. Brown, Ph.D., Lecturer of Geology.
Jack Yeaman Bryan, Ph.D., Professor of Journalism.
Marie D. Bryan, M.A., Assistant Professor of English.
Summer O. Burhoe, Ph.D., Professor of Zoology.
Virginia B. Burton, Instructor of Music.
Guy A. Cardwell, Ph.D., Professor and Head of English.
John T. Carruthers, Assistant Professor of Chemistry.
William C. Carter, Ph.D., Lecturer of Mathematics.
Verne E. Chatelain, Ph.D., Professor of History.
James Clees, M.A., Instructor of English.
132 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES
Charles N. Cofer, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Psychology.
Franklin D. Cooley, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English.
Densil M. Cooper, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Physics.
John Coppinger, M.A., Instructor of Sociology.
John L. Coulter, M.A., Assistant Professor of English.
Audrey Crafts, M.A., Instructor of English.
Herbert Crosman, M.A., Assistant Professor of History.
Dieter Cunz, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Foreign Languages.
Margaret T. Cussler, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Sociology.
Henry P. Dantzig, B.S., Instructor of Mathematics.
Dorothy S. Dare, B.S., Instructor of Mathematics.
Mary De Give, Ph.D., Instructor in Sociology.
Charlotte Engel deJonosi, Instructor of Art.
Constance Demaree, M.A., Instructor of English.
Henri deMarne, B.A., Instructor of Foreign Languages.
Charles S. Dewey, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry.
Robert E. Dewey, A.M., Assistant Professor of Philosophy.
Shirley Wagner Dinwiddie, A.B., Instructor of English.
Eitel W. Dobert, B.A., Instructor of Foreign Languages.
Raymond N. Doetsch, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Bacteriology.
Nathan L. Drake, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Chemistry.
P. W. Durkee, M.S., Visiting Professor of Physics.
John C. Eakens, B.S., Instructor of History.
Luke E. Ebersole, M.A., Instructor of Sociology.
Ray Ehrensberger, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Speech.
Edith C. Eisner, M.A., Instructor of English.
Robert H. Estabrook, B.A., Instructor of Journalism.
John E. Faber, Jr., Professor and Head of Bacteriology.
William F. Falls, Ph.D., Professor of Foreign Languages.
E. James Ferguson, M.A., Instructor of History.
John Fischer, M.A., Instructor of English.
Rudd Fleming, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English.
Mary Annette French, M.A., Instructor of Music.
Wesley M. Gewehr, Ph.D., Professor of History.
Leon Gilbert, B.A., Instructor of Foreign Languages.
James Golden, M.A., Instructor of Speech.
Richard Good, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics.
G. H. Vasile Gorciu, Lie. Math., Instructor of Mathematics.
Donald C. Gordon, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of History.
Meyer Greenberg, B.A., Instructor Part-time of Foreign Languages.
William Gravely, M.A., Assistant Professor of English.
Stanley C. Grzeda, Ph.D., Instructor of Psychology.
Ray C. Hackman, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Psychology.
Dick W. Hall, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics.
Ludwig Hammerschlag, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages.
Poul Arne Hansen, Ph.D., Professor of Veterinary Bacteriology.
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 133
Duncan Harkin, Ph.D., Lecturer of Mathematics.
Susan Harman, Ph.D., Professor of English.
Sayre Harris, M.A., Instructor of Speech.
Thomas Harwell, Jr., M.A., Instructor of English.
Charles A. Haslup, M.Ed., Instructor of Music.
Richard Hendricks, M.A., Instructor of Speech.
Leontine Heverly, B.A., Instructor Part-time of Foreign Languages.
Harold C. Hoffsommer, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Sociology.
Willis D. Holland, B.S., Instructor of Mathematics.
William H. Hottel, Lecturer in Journalism.
Paul M. Houser, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Sociology.
John R. Howe, M.A., Instructor of Foreign Languages.
Charles E. Hutchinson, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Sociology.
Robert T. Hyde, A.B., Instructor of English.
Thomas P. Imse, M.A., Instructor of Sociology.
Richard Iskraut, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Physics.
Stanley B. Jackson, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics.
Mary F. Jamieson, B.A., Instructor of Mathematics.
Wilhemina Jashemski, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of History.
Juan Ramon Jimnez, Lecturer of Foreign Languages.
Zenobia Jimnez, Instructor of Foreign Languages.
Charles A. Johnson, M.A., Instructor of History.
Montgomery Johnson, Ph.D., Professor Part-time of Physics.
Norman Kahl, Instructor of Journalism.
Helen R. Kahn, M.A., Instructor of English.
Morris L. Kales, Ph.D., Lecturer of Mathematics.
Earle H. Kennard, Ph.D., Professor Part-time of Physics.
Evelyn Kossoff, M.A., Instructor of English.
Charles F. Kramer, M.A., Associate Professor of Foreign Languages.
Norman C. Laffer, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Bacteriology.
Harry Lambeth, A.B., Instructor of Journalism.
Gordon Le Bert, M.A., Instructor of English.
Peter Lejins, Ph.D., Professor of Sociology.
Werner Leutert, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics.
Robert A. Littleford, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Zoology.
Richard Lowitt, M.A., Instructor of History.
Patricia Lowry, B.A., Instructor Part-time of Art.
Benjamin Lucas, Jr., M.A., Instructor of Sociology.
Charlotte Mangold, A.B., Instructor of English.
Charles Manning, M.A., Assistant Professor of English.
Judith Margaretten, B.A., Instructor Part-time of Foreign Languages.
Herman Maril, Instructor of Art.
Arthur Marston, Ph.D., Lecturer of Mathematics.
Charles Martin, M.A., Instructor of English.
Minerva Martin, Ph.D., Instructor of English.
Monroe Martin, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Mathematics.
134 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES
Alice Mason, M.A., Instructor of Speech.
Lyle Mayer, M.A., Instructor of Speech.
Hugh B. McLean, B.S., Instructor of Mathematics.
James McMannaway, Ph.D., Lecturer of English.
J. Howard McMillen, Ph.D., Professor Part-time of Physics.
L. Kenton Meals, M.A., Instructor of Mathematics.
Jessie W. Menneken, M.A., Instructor of Mathematics.
Horace S. Merrill, Ph.D., Associate Professor of History.
Frances Miller, M.A., Instructor of English.
Charles C. Mish, M.A., Instructor of English.
Emory Mooney, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English.
Marion Mooney, M.A., Instructor of English.
Raymond Morgan, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Physics.
Jane V. Moriarty, M.A., Instructor of English.
H. Townsend Muhly, Ph.D., Lecturer of Mathematics.
Charles D. Murphy, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English.
George E. Mutch, M.A., Instructor of English.
William Myer, M.A., Instructor of Foreign Languages.
Ralph Myers, Ph.D., Professor of Physics.
William O. Negherbon, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Zoology.
Paul F. Nemenyi, Sc.D., Lecturer of Mathematics.
Graciela P. Nemes, B.A., Instructor of Foreign Languages.
Mary Nethken, M.A., Instructor of English.
Charles Niemeyer, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Speech.
Ann E. Norton, M.A., Instructor of Foreign Languages.
Charles Palmer, M.A., Instructor of Speech.
Arthur C. Parsons, M.A., Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages.
Michael J. Pelczar, Jr., Ph.D., Association Professor of Bacteriology.
Norman E. Phillips, Ph.D., Professor of Zoology.
Hugh B. Pickard, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry.
John Portz, M.A., Instructor of English.
Joseph M. Powers, Assistant in Music.
Augustus Prahl, Ph.D., Professor of Foreign Languages.
Gordon W. Prange, Ph.D., Professor of History.
Ernest F. Pratt, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry.
H. B. Provenson, M.A., Assistant Professor of Speech.
R. Pugliese, M.A., Instructor of Speech.
William Quynn, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Foreign Languages.
Marguerite Rand, M.A., Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages.
B. Harlan Randall, B.Mus., Professor of Music.
Eleanor Rankin, M.A., Instructor of Mathematics.
Arnold G. Rawling, B.S., Instructor Part-time of Mathematics.
E. Wilkins Reeve, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry.
Orr E. Reynolds, Ph.D., Lecturer of Zoology.
Allie W. Richeson, Ph.D., Lecturer of Mathematics.
A. Owen Ridgway, B.S., Instructor of Mathematics.
STAFF 135
Fred D. Rigby, Ph.D., Lecturer of Mathematics.
John M. Robinson, A.M., Instructor of Philosophy.
Margurite Robison, M.A., Instructor of English.
J. H. Roch, M.A., Instructor of English.
Carl L. Rollinson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry.
Lenora Rosenfield, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages.
Willis C. Schaefer, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Psychology.
Herbert Schaumann, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English.
Mark Schweizer, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages.
B. Frank Sedwick, M.A., Instructor of Foreign Languages.
William B. Seligmann, M.A., Instructor of English.
Crawford Sensenig, M.A., Instructor of History.
Paul W. Shankweiler, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Sociology.
Julius C Shephard, M.A., Instructor of Mathematics.
Maurice R. Siegler, B.S., Associate Professor of Art.
Jean Sinclair, M.A., Instructor of English.
Denzel D. Smith, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology.
J. E. Smith, M.A., Instructor of Speech.
Virginia Smith, M.A., Instructor of Foreign Languages.
David S. Sparks, M.A., Instructor of History.
Jesse W. Sprowls, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology.
James Stamper, M.A., Instructor of English.
Harold W. Stephens, M.A., Instructor of Mathematics.
Lisbeth Stevens, J.D., Instructor of Foreign Languages.
Barbara Stevenson, M.A., Instructor of English.
Martha Stone, M.A., Instructor of English.
Enoch F. Story, Jr., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry.
W. L. Strausbaugh, M.A., Assistant Professor of Speech.
Kenneth T. Stringer, M.S., Instructor of Zoology.
Calvin F. Stuntz, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry.
William J. Svirbely, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry.
Glendon Swarthout, M.A., Instructor of English.
Gwynne B. Swartz, M.A., Assistant Professor of Physics.
Frank V. Sykora, M.A., Assistant Professor of Music.
Margaret Teeter, A.B., Instructor of English.
Mary E. Tenny, M.A., Instructor of English.
Feodor Theilheimer, Ph.D., Lecturer of Mathematics.
Alice C. Thorpe, M.A., Instructor of Mathematics.
Clifford A. Truesdall, Ph.D., Associate Professor Part-time of
Mathematics.
Gilbert W. Tuck, M.A., Instructor of Foreign Languages.
Betty Vanderslice, M.A., Instructor Part-time Mathematics.
John L. Vanderslice, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Mathematics.
Fletcher P. Veitch, Jr., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry.
Myron Vent, B.A., Instructor of Foreign Languages.
Kathryn M. Ward, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English.
136
STAFF
Irvin F. Wagner, M.S., Instructor of Mathematics.
Robert Y. "Walker, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Psychology.
Kenichi Watanabe, Ph.D., Lecturer of Mathematics.
Verna Z. Waters, M.A., Instructor of Mathematics.
Kurt Weber, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English.
John V. Wehausen, Ph.D., Lecturer of Mathematics.
Alexander Weinstein, Ph.D., Professor Part-time of Mathematics.
Fred W. Wellborn, Ph.D., Professor of History.
James P. Wharton, A. B. (Col. U.S.A., Ret.), Professor and Head of Art.
Charles E. White, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry.
Raymond C. Wiley, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry.
Dorothy K. Willner, M.A., Instructor of Sociology.
Evelyn Wittman, M.A., Instructor of English.
Walter H. Wood, Instructor of Journalism.
G. Forrest Woods, Ph.D.. Associate Professor of Chemistry.
Samuel Zagoria, A.B., Instructor of Journalism.
W. GORDON Zeeveld, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English.
A. E. Zucker, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Foreign Languages.
Class in Radio Production
College of Arts and Sciences
138 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES
Leon Perdue Smith, Ph.D., Dean
The College of Arts and Sciences is prepared to furnish the civilian
students of the present and future, including the veterans, with liberal
and technical training in the physical sciences, the social studies, the bio-
logical sciences, and the humanities. This form of education affords the
student an opportunity to acquire a general education which will serve as
a foundation for whatever profession or vocation he may choose.
Students in other colleges of the university are offered training in funda-
mental courses that serve as a background for their professional education.
The new program in American Civilization is open to all students of the
university as well as to those in Arts and Sciences.
Requirements for Admission
The requirements for admission to the College of Arts and Sciences are,
in general, the same as those for admission to the other colleges and schools
of the University.
For admission to the pre-medical curriculum, two years of any one foreign
language are recommended. A detailed statement of the requirements for
admission to the School of Medicine and the relation of these to the pre-
medical curriculum may be obtained by writing the Director of Admissions.
Degrees
The degrees conferred upon students who have met the requirements pre-
scribed in the College of Arts and Sciences are bachelor of arts and bachelor
of science.
Students of this college who complete the regular courses in Humanities
and Social Sciences are awarded the degree of bachelor of art.* Students
who complete the requirements for the degree of bachelor of science are
awarded that degree, provided the major portion of the work has been done
in the field of science, and the application has the approval of the science
department in which the major work has been completed.!
Students who have elected the combined program of arts and sciences and
medicine may be granted the degree of bachelor of science after the com-
pletion of at least 90 semester hours credit in addition to the required work
in military science, hygiene and physical education in this college and the
first year of the School of Medicine, so that the quantitative requirements of
120 credits are met, and they are recommended by the Dean of the School
of Medicine.
Those electing the combined five-year academic nursing curriculum, for
which the degree of bachelor of science in nursing may be awarded upon
* The Departments of Economics and of Government and Politics are in the College
of Business and Public Administration. The degree of Bachelor of Science is conferred on
those taking a major in these departments.
t The Departments of Botany and Entomology are in the College of Agriculture.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 139
the completion of the full course, must first take the pre-nursing curriculum
in the College of Arts and Sciences before the nursing course in Baltimore.
Those taking the combined course in arts and law may be awarded the
bachelor of arts degree after the completion of three years of the work in
this college and one year of the full-time law course, or its equivalent, in
the University of Maryland School of Law. The total minimum number of
credits required for graduation is 120 semester hours exclusive of military
science, hygiene, and physical activities.
Residence
The last thirty semester hours credit of any curriculum leading to a
baccalaureate degree in the College of Arts and Sciences must be taken in
residence in this University.
Students working for one of the combined degrees must earn the last 30
semester hours credit of the arts program in residence, in the College of
Arts and Sciences, College Park.
A — General Requirements for Degrees
The baccalaureate degree from the College of Arts and Sciences may be
conferred upon a student who has satisfied the following requirements:
1. University requirements.
2. College of Arts and Sciences requirements:
A minimum of 120 semester hours credit in academic subjects other than
military science is required for a bachelor's degree. Men must acquire in
addition 12 semester hours in military science, and 4 semester hours credit
in physical activities. Women must acquire in addition 4 semester hours
credit in hygiene and 4 semester hours credit in physical activities.
Junior Requirements
A student must acquire a minimum of 56 credits exclusive of the require-
ments in military science, hygiene, and physical activities with an average
grade of at least C in the Freshman and Sophomore years before being
permitted to begin advanced work on his major and minor.
The following minimum requirements should be fulfilled, as far as pos-
sible, before the beginning of the junior year and must be completed before
graduation :
I. English — twelve semester hours.
II. Foreign Language — twelve semester hours in one language. Students
wishing to enroll in a language they have studied in high school will be
given a placement test.
III. Social studies — twelve semester hours; Government and Politics 1,
three semester hours; Sociology 1, three semester hours; History 5 and 6,
six semester hours.
IV. Speech — two to four semester hours depending upon the particular
schedule.
140 ELECTIVES
V. Natural Science and Mathematics — twelve semester hours.
VI. Military Science for men, twelve semester hours.
VII. Hygiene, for women, four semester hours.
VIII. Physical Activities, for both men and women, four semester hours.
Military science and physical activities are required throughout the fresh-
man and sophomore years, Hygiene during the freshman year.
3. Major and minor requirements — When the requirements of the Fresh-
man and Sophomore years have been completed each student is expected to
select a major in one of the departments of an upper division, and before
graduation must complete a major and a minor. The courses constituting
the major and the minor must conform to the requirements of the depart-
ment in which the major work is done.
Before beginning a major or minor the student must have an average of
not less than C in fundamental courses in the fields chosen.
A major shall consist, in addition to the underclass departmental require-
ments, of 24-40 hours, of which at least 12 must be in courses numbered
100 and above.
A minor shall consist, in addition to the underclass departmental require-
ments, of 12 to 20 hours, of which at least 6 must be in courses numbered
100 and above. Minor courses shall be chosen with the advice of the major
in consultation with the minor department to supplement the student's
major work. See departmental statements for specific requirements as to
majors and minors.
The average grade of the work taken in the major and minor fields must
be at least C. A general average of at least C is required for graduation.
Certification of High School Teachers
If courses are properly chosen in the field of education, a prospective
high school teacher can prepare for high school positions, with a major
and a minor in one of the departments of this College.
Electives in Other Colleges and Schools
A limited number of courses taken in other colleges and schools of the
University may be counted for credit toward a degree in the College of
Arts and Sciences.
The number of credits which may be accepted from the various colleges
and schools if the work materially supplements the work taken in the
College of Arts and Sciences, is as follows:
College of Agriculture — 20.
College of Business and Public Administration — 20.
College of Education — 24.
College of Engineering — 20.
College of Home Economics — 20.
CURRICULUM 141
School of Law — In the combined program the first year of law must be
completed.
School of Medicine — In the combined program the first year of medicine
must be completed.
School of Nursing — In the combined program the three years of nursing
must be completed.
Normal Load
The normal load for students in this college is 15 semester hours credit
per semester, exclusive of the required work in physical activities and mili-
tary science and hygiene for women.
Juniors and seniors are not permitted to register for more than 18 hours
unless they have a "B" average for the preceding semester and the approval
of the Dean of the College.
Advisers
Freshmen and sophomores in this college shall consider the Dean of the
College their general adviser, special advisers are provided for guidance
and assistance during the registration periods.
Juniors and seniors will consider the head of their major department
their adviser, and should consult him about the arrangements of their
schedules of courses.
Work in the Freshman and Sophomore Years
The work of the first two years in the College of Arts and Sciences is
designed to give the student a basic general education, and to prepare him
for concentration in the latter part of his course.
It is the student's responsibility to develop in these earlier years such
proficiency in basic subjects as may be necessary for his continuation in
the field of his special interest. Personal aptitude and a general scholastic
ability must also be demonstrated, if permission to pursue a major study
is to be obtained.
The student should follow the curriculum for which he is believed to be
best fitted. It will be noted that a core group of studies is required of all
students who are candidates for a bachelor's degree. These subjects should
be taken, when possible, during the Freshman and Sophomore years. There
is a great deal of similarity in these outlines for the first four semesters,
and a student need not consider himself attached to any particular depart-
ment until the beginning of his junior year, at which time he is to select
a major.
The following curriculum gives the subjects required of students in the
departments of the Humanities and the Social Studies. Students wishing
to major in one of the Physical or Biological Sciences will find the require-
ments in the curriculums listed under the respective headings, found on
subsequent pages.
142
AMERICAN CIVILIZATION
f — Semeste
Freshman Year I
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature 3
G. & P. — American Government (or Sociology of American Life) .... 3
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life (or American Government) ....
•Foreign Language 3
Mathematics or Natural Science 3
L. S. 1, 2 — Library Science 1
Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking 2
M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3
He. 2, 4 — Hygiene (Women) 2
Physical Activities 1
Total 18-20 18-20
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 or 6, 6 — Composition and Readings in English or in World
Literature 3
Hist. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3
Foreign Language 3
Natural Science and Mathematics 3
Elective '
M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men ) 3
Physical Activities 1
Total 16-19 16-19
I. AMERICAN CIVILIZATION
The program in American Civilization embraces required work, a combined
major-minor plan for juniors and seniors, and graduate studies. (For
information concerning the graduate program, see the graduate catalog).
The Committee in charge of the program represents the departments of
English, History, Government and Politics, and Sociology. Members of
the committee serve as official advisers to students electing to work in
the field.
The principal objectives of the work for majors are cultural rather than
professional; yet the work is excellent preparation for certain careers.
Students are directed towards an understanding of the configuration of our
civilization, and this understanding should prove valuable in (for example)
business, government, journalism, the law, and teaching.
The program is intended to have generous breadth, but the danger of
securing breadth without depth is offset by the requirement of an area of
concentration. Studies in American civilization are supplemented by studies
in source cultures and interacting cultures; however, in choosing a curricu-
lum, students are required to concentrate in one of the four departments
primarily concerned with the program. Elective courses are, with the aid
of an official adviser, chosen from courses offered in the humanities, in
• A placement test is given during Registration Week for students wishing to pursue
language they have studied in high school.
CURRICULUM 143
the social sciences, or in education. Normally, most elective courses are in
history, English, foreign languages, comparative literature, economics,
sociology, political science, and philosophy; but it is possible for a student
to fulfill the requirements of the program and to elect as many as thirty
semester hours in such subjects as art and psychology provided that such
work fits into a carefully planned program.
In his senior year, each major is required to take a conference course in
which the study of American civilization is brought to a focus. During
this course, the student analyses eight or ten important books which reveal
fundamental patterns in American life and thought and receives incidental
training in bibliographical matters, in formulating problems for special
investigation, and in group discussion.
American Civilization Curriculums
A student working in American Civilization must decide upon a program
which emphasizes history, literature, sociology, or government and must
consult an official adviser before selecting electives. The following skeleton
curriculum presents a program which would be followed by a student who
elected to emphasize history. Similar programs, making appropriate sub-
stitutions, may be worked out with an adviser for students electing to
emphasize literature, sociology, or government.
Emphasis History ^Semester^
Junior Year I U
American History 3 3
American Literature, or Sociology, or Government and Politics 3 3
European History 8 3
Electives 6 6
Total 16 IB
Senior Year
American History 8 8
English History 3 3
Conference Course 3 3
Electives 6 6
Total 15 15
II. BIOLOGICAL CURRICULUMS*
GENERAL BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES
A curriculum has been prepared for students who are interested in biology
but whose interests are not centralized in any one of the biological sciences.
The courses as outlined familiarize the student with the general principles
and methods of each of the biological sciences.
* For statements concerning the Departments of Botany and Entomology see the Catalog
of the College of Agriculture.
144
CURRICULUM
By the proper selection of courses during the junior and senior years,
a student may concentrate his work sufficiently in any of the fields of study
to be able to continue in graduate work in that field. Also by a proper
selection of electives, the educational requirements of the State Department
of Education for certification can be met.
This curriculum requires the completion of at least 45 credits in the bio-
logical sciences which collectively constitute a major and a minor. Of these
credits at least 18 must be in courses for advanced undergraduates.
General Biological Sciences Curriculum Semester
Freshman Year I II
Ens:. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 8
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 ....
G. & P. 1 — American Government .... 3
Zool. 1 — General Zoology 4
Bot. 1 — General Botany .... 4
Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 4 4
M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
He. 2, 4— Hygiene (Women) 2 2
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 17-18 17-18
Sophomore Year
Eng. 8, 4 — Composition and World Literature 3 3
H. B, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 8
Ent. 1 — Introductory Entomology 3
Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology .... 4
Math. 10, 11 — Algebra, Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry 3 8
Modern Language 3 3
M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 16-19 17-2P
Junior Year
Phys. 10, 11 — Mechanics and Heat, Sound Optics, Magnetism and
Electricity 4 4
Modern Language 3 8
Electives (Biological Sciences) 6 6
Electives 2 2
Total IB IB
Senior Year
Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1
Electives (Biological Sciences) 9 9
Electives 6 B
Total IB 16
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 145
BACTERIOLOGY
The Department of Bacteriology functions with three purposes in view.
One of these is to provide fundamental training for those students who
choose bacteriology as a major subject. Two major fields of study are pro-
vided: (1) applied bacteriology, in preparation for such positions as dairy,
sanitary and agricultural bacteriologists in federal, state and commercial
laboratories, and (2) medical bacteriology, or the more recently recognized
specialty of medical technology in relation to hospital, public health and
clinic laboratories. The second objective of the department is to provide
desirable courses for those students who are majoring in closely allied
departments and desire vital supplementary information. Every effort has
been made to plan these courses so that they satisfy the demands of these
related departments as well as the needs of those students who have chosen
bacteriology as a major. The third purpose of the department is to encour-
age and foster original thought in the pursuit of research.
Bacteriology Curriculums
The field of bacteriology is too vast in scope to permit specialization in
the early stages of undergraduate study. Accordingly, the applied curri-
culum outlined below includes the basic courses in bacteriology and allied
fields.
The course in Advanced General Bacteriology (Bad. 5) is required for all
bacteriology majors, and should follow General Bacteriology (Bad. 1).
Bacteriology 5 is not required as a prerequisite for upper division courses
for majors in other departments provided the student has been introduced
to certain aspects of bacteriology, or their equivalent, pertinent to their
specialty. Bacteriology 1, however, is required. Students desiring to minor
in bacteriology are required to complete Bacteriology 1, Bacteriology 5,
and seven or eight hours in courses numbered 100 or above.
The sequence of courses in the following curriculum should be pursued
as closely as possible although it is realized that some deviation may be
necessary. Sufficient latitude is provided in the senior year for the student
to obtain several courses that are correlated with his or her particular
interests.
All students planning a major in Bacteriology should consult the Head
of the Department during the first year concerning his particular field of
study and his choice of a minor. The minor field of study shall be chosen
only from the biological or physical sciences. Chemistry, as outlined below,
is the preferred minor.
146
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY
Applied Bacteriology Curriculum „
i — Semester — i
Freshman Year / 77
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 ....
G. & P. 1 — American Government .... 3
Sp. 18. 19— Introductory Speech 1 1
Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 4 4
Math. 10— Algebra 3
Math. 11 — Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry .... 3
M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Hea. 2, 4— Hygiene (Women) 2 2
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 17-18 17-18
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature 3 8
Fr. 1, 2 or Ger. 1, 2 — Elementary French or German 3 3
Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology 4 ....
Bact. 5 — Advanced General Bacteriology .... 4
Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34 — Elements of Organic Chemistry 3 3
Hist. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 8
M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 17-20 17-20
Junior Year
Fr. 6, 7 or Ger. 6, 7 — Intermediate Scientific French or German 3 3
Physics 10, 11 — Fundamentals of Physics 4 4
Bact. 101 — Pathogenic Bacteriology 4 ....
Bact. 53 — Sanitary Bacteriology .... 4
Chem. 161, 162, 163, 164— Biochemistry .- 4 4
Electives 3 3
Total 18 18
Senior Year
Bact. 60— Journal Club 1 1
Bact. 103— Serology 4
Bact. 161 — Systematic Bacteriology 4 ....
Electives 9 9
Total 14 14
Medical Technology Curriculum
This is a professional curriculum intended for those students who desire
to prepare for technical work in hospital, clinical and public health labora-
tories. Specialization in the field of Medical Technology begins in the
sophomore year and becomes more intense during the junior year. Em-
phasis in this curriculum is upon fundamental courses in Bacteriology,
Chemistry and Zoology.
The student who follows this curriculum is encouraged to avail himself of
opportunities to work in medical laboratories during the summer months.
The optimum plan shall be to place the prospective technologist in a labora-
tory as an apprentice as soon as his training permits.
ZOOLOGY
147
-Semester — >
Freshman Year I
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3
G. & P. 1 — American Government ....
Sp. 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1
Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 4
Math. 10— Algebra 3
Math. 11 — Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry ....
M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3
Hea. 2, 4 — Hygiene (Women) 2
Physical Activities 1
Total 17-18
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature 3
Fr. 1, 2 or Ger. 1, 2 — Elementary French or German 3
Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology 4
Bact. 5 — Advanced General Bacteriology ....
Chem. 31. 82, 33, 34— Elements of Organic Chemistry 3
Physics 10, 11 — Fundamentals of Physics 4
M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3
Physical Activities 1
Total 18-21
Junior Year
Fr. 6, 7 or Ger. 6, 7 — Intermediate Scientific French or German 3
Hist. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization 8
Bact. 101 — Pathogenic Bacteriology 4
Bact. 103 — Serology
Chem. 161. 162, 163, 164 — Biochemistry 4
Zool. 1 — General Zoology 4
Zool. 106 — Histological Technique ....
Total 18
Senior Year
Bact. 105— Clinical Methods 4
Bact. 53 — Sanitary Bacteriology • ....
Bact. 108 — Epidemiology and Public Health
Bact. 133 — Dairy Bacteriology 4
Zool. 14, 15 — Human Anatomy and Physiology 4
Electives 4
Total 16
//
3
8
1
4
17-18
3
8
4
8
4
3
1
18-21
17
15
ZOOLOGY
The Department of Zoology offers courses which train the student for
professional work in several fields: teaching in college and secondary
schools, research and regulatory work in the biological bureaus of the
United States Government, work in the biological departments of state and
city governments and research in industrial laboratories.
148
CURRICULUM
Two courses of study have been established as described below. In each
of these curricula the fundamental courses are included and ample oppor-
tunity is offered for the election of additional courses in the Department
of Zoology or related departments so that the student may plan his training
toward the particular professional work in which he is interested.
Zoology Curriculum ^Semester—,
Freshman Year I II
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 ....
G. & P. 1 — American Government .... 3
Zool. 2, 8 — Fundamentals of Zoology 4 4
Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 4 4
M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Hea. 2, 4— Hygiene (Women) 2 2
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 17-18 17-18
Sophomore Year
Eng. 8, 4 — Composition and World Literature 3 8
H. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 8
Zool. 5 — Comparative Vertebrate Morphology 4 ....
Zool. 20 — Vertebrate Embryology 4
Math. 10, 11 — Algebra, Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry 3 8
Electives 3 8
M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 17-20 17-20
Junior Year
Zool. 108 — Animal Histology 4 ....
Zool. 106 — Histological Technique .... 8
Zool. 104 — Genetics 3 ....
Zool. 121 — Principles of Animal Ecology .... 8
Phys. 10, 11 — Mechanics and Heat ; Sound, Optic, Magnetism and
Electricity 4 4
Modern Language 8 8
Electives 3 8
Total 17 1C
Senior Year r
Zool. 102 — General Animal Physiology .... 4
Elective (Zoology) 4 ....
Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1
Modern Language 3 8
Electives 8 8
Total 16 16
FISHERIES BIOLOGY
149
Fisheries Biology
The aquatic resources of Maryland offer an excellent opportunity for the
study of Fisheries Biology and Marine Zoology. The Chesapeake Bay and
its tributaries, representing many habitats, constitute an excellent labora-
tory for training in these fields and commercial fisheries of the state offer
additional opportunity for studies in methods, management and conservation.
The following curriculum prepares the student for specialization in this
field. In addition to the courses as outlined, which he will complete at
College Park, he is expected to spend part of his summers in study or
practical work on the Chesapeake Bay.
II
t
I
4
4
1
8
2
1
18-19
Fisheries Biology Curriculum ,_Se7negt6r_^
Freshman Year I
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature t
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3
G. & P. 1 — American Government ....
Zool. 2, 8 — Fundamentals of Zoology 4
Chem. 1, 8 — General Chemistry 4
Sp. 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1
M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3
Hea. 2, 4 — Hygiene (Women) 2
Physical Activities 1
Total 18-19
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature S
H. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization 8
Math. 10, 11 — Algebra, Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry 3
Zool. 6 — Comparative Vertebrate Morphology 4
Zool. 20 — Vertebrate Embryology ....
Chem. 6 — Introductory Qualitative Analysis 3
Chem. 19 — Quantitative Analysis ....
M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3
Physical Activities 1
Total 17-20
Junior Year
Ger. 1, 2 — Elementary German 3
Phys. 10, 11 — Mechanics and Heat ; Sound, Optics, Magnetism and
Electricity 4
Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34 — Elements or Organic Chemistry 4
Zool. 102 — General Animal Physiology
Zool. 118 — Invertebrate Morphology 4
Zool. 121 — Principles of Animal Ecology ....
Electives 8
Total 18
18-2
18
150 THE HUMANITIES
i — Semester — \
Senior Year I II
Ger. 6, 7 — Intermediate Scientific German 3 3
Zool. 75, 76— Journal Club 1 1
Zool. 125 — Fisheries Biology 3 ....
Zool 106 — Histological Technique 3
Chem. 161, 162, 163, 164— Biochemistry ; or 4 4
Chem. 181, 182, 183, 184— Elements of Physical Chemistry 3 3
Electives 6 6
Total 15-16 15-16
III. THE HUMANITIES
Art
Two types of majors are offered in art: Art Major A for those who take
the art curriculum as a cultural subject and as preparation for a career for
which art is a necessary background. Art Major B is for those who pre-
pare themselves for creative work on a professional basis.
In both types the student begins with the basic courses, and moves to
more advanced study of the theory of design and of the general principles
involved in visual expression. A large amount of study takes the form
of actual practice of drawing and painting. The student, in this way, gains
a knowledge of the vocabulary of drawing and painting, and of the methods
and procedures underlying good quality of performance.
Art Major B emphasizes the development of craftsmanship and the cre-
ative faculty. Art Major A, while including the basic studio courses, neces-
sarily places emphasis on the general history, composition and art appre-
ciation, with subsequent choices of special art epochs for greater detailed
study.
Art History and Art Appreciation are of special interest to students
majoring in English, History, Languages, Philosophy, and Music. It is sug-
gested that they schedule Art 9, Historical Survey of Painting, as excellent
supplementary study for a fuller understanding of their major. Art 100-101 is
recommended for English, Languages, Philosophy, Home Economics, and
Education majors. Art 10, History of American Art, is advised for majors
in the American Civilization courses. Home Economics and Horticulture
majors are encouraged to schedule basic art courses as a useful means
of training observation and developing understanding of and proficiency
in the visual arts.
English
Students majoring in English, particularly those who plan to do gradu-
ate work, are urged to take work in language in addition to that required
for graduation. In selecting minors or elective subjects, it is recommended
that students give special consideration to the following: Greek, Latin,
French, German, Italian, philosophy, history, and fine arts.
JOURNALISM 151
Students who minor in English should take as a minimum one course
(3 semester hours) in each group of courses listed below.
Students who major in English must choose 21 hours of the possible
24-40 hours required of a major from courses in several groups, as follows:
1. Three hours in language (Eng. 101, 102, 104, or 8).
2. Six hours in major figures (Eng. 104, 112, 115, 116, 121, 155, 156).
3. Six hours in survey or type courses (Eng. 106, 110, 111, 112, 113, 120,
122, 123, 125, 126, 129, 130, 134, 135, 139, 140, 143, 144, 145, 157).
4. Six hours in American literature (Eng. 148, 150, 151, 155, 156).
Foreign Languages and Literature
Two types of majors are offered in French, German, or Spanish: one for
the general student or the future teacher and the other for those interested
in a rounded study of a foreign area for the purpose of understanding
another nation through its literature, history, sociology, economics, and
other aspects.
Literature and Language Major
Language and literature as such are stressed in the first type of major.
Specific minimum requirements beyond the first two years are a semester
each of intermediate and advanced conversation (Fr., Ger., or Span. 8 or 9
and 80 or 81), a semester of grammar review (Fr., Ger., or Span. 71), six
hours of the introductory survey of literature (Fr., Ger., or Span. 75 and 76),
any twelve hours in literature courses numbered 100 or above — a total of 26
semester hours. Beyond this minimum further courses in the Department
are desirable and as electives work in American and in Comparative Litera-
ture is strongly recommended; Comparative Literature 101 and 102 are
required.
Foreign Area Major
The area study major endeavors to provide the student with a knowledge
of various aspects of the country whose language he is studying. Specific
minimum requirements beyond the first two years are ten hours of con-
versation, Life and Culture (Fr., Ger., or Span. 161 and 162), three hours
of Advanced Composition (Fr., Ger., or Span. 121) and six hours in litera-
ture courses numbered 100 or above — a total of 25 semester hours. In addi-
tion the student takes, in lieu of a minor in one department, twenty to
thirty-six hours in geography, history, political science, sociology, or eco-
nomics, distributed through these fields in consultation with advisors in the
Foreign Language Department. The student is urged to take some elective
work in American and in Comparative Literature.
Journalism
The program in journalism provides training for students wishing to
enter the fields of newspaper reporting or editing, magazine writing or
editing, public information service, commercal information service, govern-
152 CURRICULUM
merit correspondence, publicity, public relations, and the teaching of
journalism.
Students in journalism are provided opportunties for practical training
through laboratories conducted in conjunction with the student publica-
tions. Students are also encouraged to work part time for professional
newspapers or the wire services.
The program is supplemented by open meetings with guest lecturers
with high professional standing in the various journalistic fields.
Curriculum _
i — Semester — \
Freshman Year i u
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature 3 3
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 ....
G. & P. 1 — American Government .... 3
Modern Language 3 3
L. S. 1, 2 — Library Methods 1 1
Natural Science 4 4
Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2
M. I. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
P. Ed. 42, 44— Hygiene (Women) 2 2
Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1
Total 17-18 17-18
All freshmen enrolled under this curriculum will find it to their advan-
tage to begin work on a student publication during the freshman year.
Sophomore Year
Journ 10, 11 — News Reporting I and II 3 3
Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6 — Composition and Readings in English or World
Literature 3 3
History 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3
Modern Language 3 3
O. T. 1 — Principles of Typewriting or Elective .... 2
M. I. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities (Men and Women ) 1 1
Total 15-18 15-18
Junior Year
Journ. 160, 161— News Editing I and II 3 3
Journ. 164 — Magazine Writing 3 ....
Journ. 165 — Feature Writing .... 3
B. A. 151 — Advertising (or two credits in photography) .... 3
Eng. 8, 101, 102, or 104 — (Studies in the origins of the English
language) 3 ....
Natural Science 4 ....
Electives* in Comparative Literature, Economics, English, Fine or
Practical Art, Government and Politics, History, Modern Language,
Philosophy, Psychology, Sociology, or Speech 4 6
Total 17 15
* Majors in journalism should select a minor from one of these fields.
PHILOSOPHY 153
i — Semester — \
Senior Year I II
Journ. 174 — Editorial Writing* ,
Journ. 175 — Reporting of Public Affairs*
Journ. 176 — Evaluation of Current Journalistic Practice
Electives in Comparative Literature, Economics, English, Fine or
Practical Art, Government and Politics, History, Modern Language,
Philosophy, Psychology, Sociology, or Speech 9 9
Other Electives 3 3
Total 15 15
Philosophy
The department's undergraduate courses are designed to help students
attain philosophical perspective, clear understanding, and sound critical
evaluation concerning the nature of man, his place in the universe, and the
significance of the principal types of human experiences and activities.
To those students who seek a broad, liberal and cultural background of
knowledge, but because of specialized studies have only a minimum of
free electives, the department offers Philosophy 1, Philosophical Perspectives
on nature, man, religion and science, and Philosophy 2, Philosophical Per-
spectives on morality, government, education, and art. For the general
picture, both courses are recommended; each, however, is available
separately.
To students in other fields who wish to explore the philosophy of their
subjects, the department offers a choice among a group of specifically
related courses: 51, Philosophy of Art; 52, Philosophy of Literature; 53,
Philosophy of Religion; 54, Political and Social Philosophy; 55, Logic;
56, Philosophy of Science.
To students of literature, history, or the history of ideas, the department
offers historical courses in ancient, medieval, modern, recent and contempo-
rary, and American philosophy. The last course is especially relevant
for students of American Civilization.
Minors in philosophy are especially suitable for students majoring in
English, Literature, the Social Sciences, American Civilization, and in the
pre-Ministry and pre-Law fields. Interested students should consult with
the chairman of the department.
Majors in philosophy will include in their program, 101, Ancient Phi-
losophy; 102, Modern Philosophy; 112, Recent and Contemporary Philoso-
phy; 151, Ethics, and a selection of at least four other semester courses
in the department. These will normally include one semester of Topical
Investigations, the topic to be chosen in consultation with the department
chairman to meet the student's special interests and needs.
* May be substituted for any other upper division course in journalism.
154 PHYSICAL SCIENCES
SPEECH AND DRAMATIC ART
The courses in this department have two main functions: (1) to pro-
vide work in public speaking and allied fields which will meet the needs
of all students in the university; (2) to provide an integrated unit of work
which will allow a student to major in Speech. A major shall consist
of a minimum of 30 hours of which 15 hours must be in courses numbered
100 and above. A minor shall consist of 12-18 credits of which 6 must be
in courses numbered 100 and above. All majors and minors must complete
Speech 1, 2, 3, 4. Speech 5, 6 will be required of those students who have
not demonstrated effective platform speaking. In meeting the Arts and
Sciences Natural Science requirement it is recommended that Speech majors
elect Zoology 16. A student majoring in Speech may concentrate in: (a)
public speaking; (b) drama; (c) speech sciences; (d) radio.
IV. THE PHYSICAL SCIENCES
Curriculum for General Physical Sciences
This general curriculum is offered for students who desire a basic
knowledge of the physical sciences without immediate specialization in
any one of them. By proper selection of courses in the latter semesters, a
student may concentrate in the field of his choice. A number of selections
are possible and there is considerable freedom in the choice of electives.
Thirty-six hours in addition to underclass departmental requirements in
the three Departments of Chemistry, Mathematics, and Physics are re-
quired. Of these 36 hours, 18 hours must be of 100 level and taken in at
least two of the three departments.
(This curriculum represents only two of the possible selections of courses
open to a student majoring in General Physical Science. Beginning students
who want to select this field as a major should consult the major advisor
before making up their schedules.)
i — Semester — \
Freshman Year / //
Chem 1, 8 — General Chemistry "I
or [44
Phys. 10, 11 — Fundamentals of Physics
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature 3 8
Math. 14, 15, 17 — Trig., Algebra and Geometry 5 4
G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 ....
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 3
M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Hea. 2, 4 — Hygiene (Women) 2 2
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 17-18 17-I8
CHEMISTRY 155
i — Semester — \
Sophomore Year I H
Chem 1, 3 — General Chemistry.
4-3 4-3
Chem. 81, 82, 33, 34 — Elements of Organic Chemistry and LaboratoryJ
Phya. 60, 61 — Applied Mechanics
or
Phya. 10, 11 — Fundamentals of Physics
Eng. 8, 4— Composition and Readings in World Literature
3-4 8-4
3 8
Eng. 6, 6 — Composition and Readings, mainly in English Literature.
Sp. 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1
Math. 20, 21— Calculus 4 4
M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 16-19 16-19
Junior Year
Modern Language 8 8
H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 8
Electives 4 4
Electives in Physical Sciences 7 7
Total 17 17
Senior Year
Modern Language 8 8
Electives in Physical Sciences 4 4
Electives 8 8
Total IB 16
Chemistry
The science of chemistry is so vast in scope that completion of a well-
planned course of undergraduate study is necessary before specialization.
The curriculum outlined below describes such a course of study. The se-
quence of courses given should be followed as closely as possible; it is real-
ized, however, that some deviation from this sequence may be necessary
toward the end of the program. All of the courses in chemistry listed, un-
less otherwise designated, are required of students majoring in chemistry.
Chemistry Curriculum
Freshman Year
Chem. 1, 8 — General Chemistry 4 4
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature 3 8
Math. 14 — Plane Trigonometry 2 ....
Math. 15 — College Algebra 3
Math. 17 — Analytic Geometry • • • • 4
G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 ....
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life • • • • 8
M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Hea. 2, 4 — Hygiene (Women) 2 2
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 18-19 17-18
156
MATHEMATICS
r— Semes ter — <
Sophomore Year I 11
Chem. 16, 17 — Qualitative Analysis 3 3
Chem. 85, 87 — Elementary Organic Chemistry 2 2
Chem. 86, 38 — Elementary Organic Laboratory 2 2
Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1
Ger. 1, 2 — Elementary German 3 8
Math. 20, 21 — Calculus 4 4
M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 16-19 16-19
Junior Year
Chem. 21, 23 — Quantitative Analysis 4 4
Chem. 141, 143 — Advanced Organic Chemistry 2 2
Chem. 142, 144 — Advanced Organic Laboratory 2 2
*Eng. 8, 4 — Composition and Readings in World Literature 3 3
•Eng. 6, 6 — Composition and Readings, Mainly in English Literature... 3 3
Ger. 6, 7 — Intermediate Scientific German 3 8
Phys. 20, 21 6 6
Total 19 19
Senior Year
H. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3
Chem. 101 — Advanced Inorganic Chemistry .... 2
Chem. 187, 189 — Physical Chemistry 3 3
Chem. 188, 190 — Physical Chemistry Laboratory 2 2
Chem. 146 — The Identification of Organic Compounds 2 ....
Electives in Biological Sciences, Chemistry, Physics, or Mathematics.. 5-8 5-8
Total 15-18 15-18
Mathematics
This curriculum offers training in the fundamentals of Mathematics in
preparation for teaching, industrial work, or graduate work in Mathematics.
Students majoring in mathematics who complete freshman and sophomore
courses in mathematics with distinction are eligible to try for honors in
mathematics. To receive the honors degree in mathematics, a student must:
1. Complete the curriculum in mathematics with an average grade of B in
all subjects; 2. Pass an honors examination in mathematics at the end of
the senior year; 3. Write a satisfactory thesis on an assigned topic in
mathematics in the senior year. Students who wish to try for honors in
mathematics should consult the Head of the department at the conclusion
of their sophomore year.
The mathematics curriculum offers three options depending on the choice
of electives in the Junior and Senior years.
Pure Mathematics option. Electives in mathematics must include three
hours in each of the fields of algebra and geometry.
* Choose one.
MATHEMATICS
157
Applied Mathematics option. Electives in mathematics must include
six hours in the fields of algebra and geometry, and the remaining six hours
in the field of applied mathematics. Minor electives will be selected from
the Physical Sciences or Engineering in consultation with the Head of the
department of Mathematics.
Mathematical Statistics Option. Electives must include twelve hours
in mathematical statistics and six hours in advanced algebra. Students
electing this option may omit Math. 115.
Mathematics Curriculum ^S^s^^
Freshman Year I II
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature 3 8
Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1
Lang. 1, 2 — French or German 3 8
G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 ....
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 3
Math. 14 — Plane Trigonometry 2
Math. IB — College Algebra 3
Math. 17 — Analytic Geometry .... 4
M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Hea. 2, 4 — Hygiene (Women) 2 2
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 18 or 19 17 or 18
Sophomore Year
Eng. 8, 4 — Composition and Readings in World Literature 3 3
Lang. 4, 5 — French or German 3 3
Math. 20, 21— Calculus 4 4
Phys. 20, 21 — General Physics 5 6
H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization (Women) 3 3
M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 19 19
Junior Year
Math. 110, 111— Advanced Calculus 3 3
Electives — Mathematics 3 3
Electives — Minor 5-6 5-6
Electives 3 3
H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization (Men! 3 3
Elective (Women) 3 3
Total 17-18 17-18
Senior Year
Math. 114, 116— Differential Equations 8 8
Electives — Mathematics 3 3
Electives — Minor 6 6
Electives 3 3
Total 15 15
158
PHYSICS
Physics Curriculum
The physics curriculum is designed for students who desire training in
the fundamentals of physics in preparation for teaching, graduate work,
and for positions in governmental, industrial and biophysical laboratories.
In connection with the curriculum suggested below a minor may be chosen
to suit the field of study selected. A minor may be taken in biology,
chemical engineering, chemistry, civil engineering, electrical engineering,
mathematics, mechanical engineering or any allied field. Students interested
in applied or engineering physics should minor in one of the fields of
engineering. Entering freshmen who may want to select physics as a major
should consult the Head of the Physics Department before making up their
schedules.
Physics Curriculum 0
i — Semester — <
Freshman Year J u
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature 3 3
Sp. 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 l
Math. 14, 15, 17— Trig., Alg., Anal., Geom 5 4
G. & P. 1 — American Government 3
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 3
Language or Physics 3-4 3-4
M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Hea. 2, 4 — Hygiene (Women) 2 2
Physical Activities 1 1
Total » 18-20 17-19
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and Readings in World Literature 3 3
Math. 20, 21 — Differential and Integral Calculus 4 4
Language 3 3
Physics 4-5 4.-5
H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization (Women) 3 3
M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 18-19 18-19
Junior Year
H. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization (Men) 3 8
Physics 5 5
Language, Mathematics, or Chemistry 6-7 6-7
Electives 3 3
Total 17-18 17-18
Senior Year
Chemistry, Engineering, Mathematics and Physics 15-17 15-17
Total 15-17 15-17
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 159
V. THE SOCIAL SCIENCES*
General Sociology Curriculum
In addition to the general university requirements, a major in sociology
consists of a minimum of 30 semester hours of sociology (including Soci-
ology 1) of which 12 hours must be in courses numbered 100 and above.
Only credit with a grade of C or more can be counted as a part of the
major requirement. The following sociology courses are required:
Sociology 1 — The Sociology of American Life.
Sociology 2 — Principles of Sociology.
Sociology 183 — Social Studies.
Sociology 186 — Sociological Theory.
Sociology 196 — Senior Seminar.
A minor in sociology consists of a minimum of 18 semester hours, of
which at least six hours must be in courses numbered 100 and above.
Social Service Curriculum
This curriculum comprises a four-year preprofessional program in the
College of Arts and Sciences with a major in sociology and supporting
subjects, leading to the degree of Bachelor of Arts. The curriculum combines
a liberal arts education with a sound foundation for the general field of
social service and provides: (1) preprofessional preparation for students
planning to pursue graduate professional study in social service; (2) a back-
ground for responsible civic leadership in the field of social welfare for
students who are not planning a professional social service career but who
as citizens will be active in various programs of social welfare and com-
munity betterment; (3) basic training for students who may go immediately
upon graduation from college into certain social service positions for which
graduate professional education is not required. Completion of this cur-
riculum with the B. A. degree meets the educational qualifications for many
beginning positions in public welfare, public assistance, social services to
individuals and families, social security, and other areas of social service.
The first three years of this curriculum are devoted to a broad liberal
education with emphasis on the study of the fundamentals of human asso-
ciation, social motivation, and societal organization. The fourth year in-
cludes an introduction to the basic principles, methods, and organization of
the social services. Flexibility to meet the varying interests and needs of
individual students is provided by the electives in the junior and senior
years.
Students who enter this curriculum with advanced standing may be given
credit for comparable course work already taken, except that the last year
must be completed in residence at this University.
* For statements concerning Economics, Geography, and Government and Politics see
the Catalog of the College of Business and Public Administration.
160
CRIME CONTROL
i — Semester — \
Freshman Year I II
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature 3 3
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 ....
G. & P. 1 — American Government .... 8
Modern Language 3 3
Mathematics or Natural Science S 3
Soc. 2 — Principles of Sociology .... 3
L. S. 1 — Library Science 1 1
Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1
M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Hea. 2f 4 — Hygiene I, II (Women) 2 2
Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1
Total 17-18 19-20
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 or B, 6 — Composition and Readings in World Literature 8 3
Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology 3 ....
Soc. 13 or 14 — Rural Sociology (or Urban Sociology) .... 3
Hist. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3
Modern Language 3 3
Mathematics or Natural Science 3 8
M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities (Men and Women ) 1 1
Total 16-19 16-19
Junior Year
Soc. Bl— Social Pathology 8 ....
Soc. 52 — Criminology .... 8
Soc. 131 — Introduction to Social Service 3 ....
Soc. 186 — Sociological Theory .... 8
Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 8 ....
G. & P. 4 or 5 — State Government or Municipal Gov't and Admin 3 ....
Electives in related subjects 8 9
Total IB 16
Senior Year
Soc. 118 — 'Community Organization 8
Soc. 171— 'Family and Child Welfare 3
Soc. 173 — Social Security 8
Soc. 174— 'Public Welfare 8
Soc. 183 — Social Statistics 8 ....
Soc. 196 — Senior Seminar • • . • 3
Electives in related subjects 6 6
Total IB 16
Crime Control Curriculum
This curriculum comprises a four-year preprofessional program in the
College of Arts and Sciences, with a major in sociology and a minor in psy-
* Supervised field trips and observation of the functioning of representative agencies,
institutions, and organizations are required in connection with these courses.
CURRICULUM
161
chology, leading to the degree of Bachelor of Arts. The curriculum com-
bines a liberal arts education with basic Gaining for the field of crime
and delinquency prevention and control. It is designed specifically for stu-
dents preparing for positions in correctional and penal institutions, institu-
tions for juveniles, juvenile courts, probation and parole services, the so-
called "area projects," research in juvenile delinquency and criminology,
and similar positions.
Students entering this curriculum with advanced standing will be given
credit for comparable course work already completed.
i — Semester — i
Freshman Year I II
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature 3 3
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 ....
G. & P. 1 — American Government .... 3
Modern Language 3 3
Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1
Zool. 1 — General Zoology 4 ....
Soc. 2 — Principles of Sociology .... 3
Elective 3
M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Hea. 2, 4 — Hygiene (Women) 2 2
Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1
Total 17-18 18-19
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and Readings in English or in World
Literature 3 3
Hist. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3
Modern Language 3 3
Zool. 14. 15 — -Human Anatomy and Physiology 4
Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology 3 ....
Soc. 52 — Criminology .... 8
M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1
Total 17-20 17-20
Junior Year
Soc. 51— Social Pathology 3
Soc. 131 — Introduction to Social Service 3 ....
Soc. 153 — Juvenile Delinquency 3 ....
Soc. 154 — 'Crime and Delinquency Prevention .... 8
Soc. 183 — Social Statistics 3 ....
Soc. 186 — Sociological Theory 3
B. A. 10, 11 — Organization and Control 2 2
Psych. 5 — Mental Hygiene 3 ....
Psych. 131 — Abnormal Psychology .... ?
Electives • ■ • • •>
Total 17 17
* Supervised field trips and observation of the functioning of representative agencies,
institutions, and organizations are required in connection with these courses.
162 HISTORY
i — Semester — i
Senior Year I II
Soc. 114— The City 3
Soc. 118 — 'Community Organization .... 3
Soc. 145— Social Control 3
Soc. 156 — 'Institutional Treatment of Criminals and Delinquents .... 8
Soc. 196 — Senior Seminar .... 3
Psych. 125 — Child Pyschology 3
Psych. 150 — Tests and Measurements 3 ....
Psych. 161 — Psychological Techniques in Personnel Administration.... ....
Electives 3 3
Total 15 15
The Curriculum in History
The study of history is basic for the cultural background of all fields of
knowledge. In addition, the Department of History offers a curriculum
which is designed to assist students who wish to prepare themselves for
entering several fields of professional activity. Specifically these fields are
(1) teaching history and the social sciences at the secondary level; (2) the
field of journalism which requires a broad historical background; (3) re-
search and archival work; (4) the diplomatic service. In addition, the
department offers adequate preparation and training for those who intend
to pursue higher degrees and prepare themselves for teaching at the col-
lege level.
Undergraduate history majors must complete the following departmental
requirements :
1. Every major is required to complete a minimum of 24 semester
hours in advanced courses, of which no less than 15 and no more
than 18 must be taken in any one field of history. Thus, if a major
has completed 18 semester hours in United States history, the re-
maining courses must be taken in some other fields of history, such
as European or Latin-American history.
2. Prerequisites for majors in history are History 5 and 6 (required
of all college students) and History 1 and 2 or History 3 and 4.
3. All majors are required to take the proseminar during their senior
year.
4. No grade of "D" in the major field will be counted toward completing
the major requirements for graduation.
Students selecting a minor in history must complete 12 semester hours
in advanced courses.
* Supervised field trips and observation of the functioning of representative agencies,
institutions, and organizations are required in connection with these courses.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES
163
VI. PRE-PROFESSIONAL CURRICULUMSt
COMBINED PROGRAM IN ARTS AND SCIENCES AND LAW
The School of Law of the University requires two years of academic
credit for admission to the school.
The University offers also a combined program in arts and law leading
to the degrees of bachelor of arts and bachelor of laws. Students pursuing
this combined program will spend the first three years in the College of Arts
and Sciences at College Park. During this period they will complete the
prescribed curriculum in prelegal studies as outlined below, or a total of 106
semester hours for men and 98 for women, and they must complete the
requirements for graduation, as indicated below. If students enter the
combined program with advanced standing, at least the third full year's
work, i.e. 30 semester hours of credit — must be completed in residence at
College Park. Upon the successful completion of one year of full-time law
courses in the School of Law in Baltimore, the degree of bachelor of arts
may be awarded on the recommendation of the Dean of the School of Law,
and provided the student has earned at least a total of 120 credits exclusive
of military science and physical activities with a C average. The degree
of bachelor of laws may be awarded upon the completion of the combined
program.
Arts-Law Curriculum ^Semester^
Freshman Year I II
Eng. 1. 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature 3 8
Science or Mathematics 3 3
G. & P. 1— American Government 1
or L 8 I
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life J
Foreign Language 8 8
Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2
L. S. 1, 2— Library Methods 1 1
M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Hea. 2, 4— Hygiene (Women) 2 2
Total 18-19 18-19
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and Readings in World Literature 3 8
Econ. 81, 32 — Principles of Economics 3 8
Hist. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 8
Science or Mathematics 3 8
Foreign Language 3 3
M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 16-19 16-19
t For Pre- Veterinary program, see the Catalog of the College of Agriculture.
164 NURSING
i — Semeste
Junior Year I II
G. & P. 4— State Government 3
G. & P. 124 — Legislatures and Legislation .... 3
Hist. 135, 136 — Constitutional Hist, of the U. S 3 3
Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology 3 ....
Psych. 2 — Applied Psychology .... 3
G. & P. 181 — Administrative Law .... 3
Econ. 140 — Money and Banking 3 ....
Econ. 160 — Labor Economics 3 ....
Electives ■ • • • 3
Total 15 15
FIVE-YEAR COMBINED ARTS AND SCIENCES AND NURSING
The first two years of this curriculum comprising a minimum of 60
semester hours exclusive of hygiene and physical activities, are taken in
the College of Arts and Sciences at College Park and the professional train-
ing is taken in the School of Nursing of the University in Baltimore or in
the Training School of Mercy Hospital, Baltimore.
In addition to the Diploma in Nursing, the degree of Bachelor of Science
in Nursing may, upon the recommendation of the Director of the School of
Nursing, be granted at the end of the professional training. Full details
regarding the nursing curriculum may be found in the section of the catalog
dealing with the School of Nursing.
A student may enter this combined curriculum with advanced standing
but the second year, consisting of a minimum of 30 credits, exclusive of
physical training, must be completed in College Park and the professional
training must be completed in one of the schools indicated above. To
qualify for the combined degree the student must complete the required
work at College Park before beginning the professional training in
Baltimore.
In order to receive the Bachelor of Science degree the student must fulfill
the grade requirements of the university.
Arts-Nursing Curriculum
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 ....
G. & P. 1 — American Government .... 3
Chem. 11, 13— General Chemistry 3 3
L. S. 1, 2 — Library Methods 1 1
Modern Language 3 3
Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1
Hea. 2, 4 — Hygiene (Women) 2 2
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 17 17
PRE-MEDICAL 165
i — Semester — >
Sophomore Year I II
Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature 3 3
H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 8
Zool. 1 — General Zoology 4 ....
Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology .... 4
Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology 3 ....
Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics .... 3
Modern Language 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 17 17
PRE-MEDICAL CURRICULUM
This course, which consists of three years of training in the College of
Arts and Sciences, is recommended for admission to the School of Medicine
of the University of Maryland. It also meets the requirements prescribed
by the Council on Medical Education of the American Medical Association.
This curriculum also offers to the student a combined program leading to
the degrees of Bachelor of Science and Doctor of Medicine. The preprofes-
sional training is taken in residence in the College of Arts and Sciences at
College Park, and the professional training in the School of Medicine in
Baltimore.
Students who have elected the combined program of Arts and Sciences
and Medicine may, upon recommendation of the Dean of the School of
Medicine, be granted the degree of Bachelor of Science by the College of
Arts and Sciences. To qualify for this degree at least 90 semester credits
exclusive of required work in military science and physical education in this
college and the first year of the School of Medicine must have been com-
pleted so that the quantitative requirements of 120 semester hours are met.
The qualitative grade requirements of the University must also be fulfilled.
The degree will be granted at the commencement following the completion
of the student's second year in medical school.
A student may enter this combined curriculum with advanced standing,
but the last year of the preprofessional training, consisting of a minimum
of 30 credits, exclusive of physical training and military instruction, must be
completed in College Park and the professional training must be completed
in the University of Maryland School of Medicine in Baltimore.
Students who expect to qualify for the combined degree must complete
the work as outlined in the curriculum. Changes may be made only when
authorized by the Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences. Permission
to continue in the pre-medical curriculum is granted only to students
who have demonstrated, on the basis of their previous academic records,
that they are fully qualified to carry the work included in this course.
166
CURRICULUM
Pre-Medical Three Year Curriculum Semester
Freshman Year I II
Eng. 1, 2 — Compostion and American Literature 3 3
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 ....
G. &. P. 1 — American Government .... 8
Zool. 2, 3 — Fundamentals of Zoology 4 4
Math. 10, 11 — Algebra, Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry 3 3
Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 4 4
M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Hea. 2, 4 — Hygiene (Women) 2 2
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 20-21 20-21
Sophomore Year
Eng. 8, 4 — Composition and World Literature 3 8
Zool. 6 — Comparative Vertebrate Morphology 4 ....
Zool. 20 — Vertebrate Embryology 4
Chem. 35, 86, 37, 38 — Elementary Organic Chemistry 4 4
Modern Language 3 8
M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 15-18 15-18
Junior Year
Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology . . 3
Phya. 10, 11 — Mechanics and Heat ; Sound, Optics, Magnetism and
Electricity 4 4
H. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 S
Modern Language 3 3
Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1
Electives (Sciences) 7 4
Total 18 18
Senior Year
The curriculum of the first year of the School of Medicine of the Uni-
versity of Maryland is accepted by the College of Arts and Sciences as the
fourth year of academic work toward the degree.
If at the beginning of the Senior Year the student decides to postpone
his entrance to Medical School and to remain in the College of Arts and
Sciences and complete work for the Bachelor Degree he may choose a major
and minor in any departments in which he has completed the necessary
underclass requirements. Because of the general nature of the first three
years of this curriculum, the student has open to him a wide choice of
departments in which he may specialize.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES
167
PRE-DENTAL CURRICULUM
Students entering the College of Arts and Sciences who desire to prepare
themselves for the study of dentistry are offered the following curriculum,
which meets the predental requirements of the American Association of
Dental Colleges. If the student decides to continue his college training and
complete work for the Bachelor of Science degree, this curriculum will consti-
tute the first two years of his college work. The courses chosen during the
Junior and Senior years must meet the college and university requirements
for graduation. Permission to continue in the pre-dental curriculum is
granted only to students who have demonstrated, on the basis of their
previous academic records, that they are fully qualified to carry the work
included in this course.
Predental Two- Year Curriculum Semester
Freshman Year I II
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 ....
G. & P. 1 — American Government .... 3
Zool. 2, 3 — Fundamentals of Zoology 4 4
Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 4 4
Math. 10, 11 — Algebra, Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry 3 3
M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 21 21
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and Literature 3 t
H. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 S
Chem. 35, 36, 37, 38 — Elementary Organic Chemistry 4 4
Physics 10, 11 — Mechanics and Heat ; Sound, Optics, Magnetism and
Electricity 4 4
M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 18 18
Department of Zooolgy
Measuring metabolism An experiment in human respiration
168 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
COURSE OFFERINGS
The University reserves the right to withdraw or discontinue any course
for which an insufficient number of students have registered to warrant
giving the course. In such an event, no fee will be charged for transfer to
another course.
Courses are designated by numbers as follows:
1 to 99: courses for undergraduates.
100 to 199: courses for advanced undergraduates and graduates. (Not
all courses numbered 100 to 199 may be taken for graduate credit.)
200 to 299: courses for graduates only.
A course with a single number extends through one semester. A course
with a double number extends through two semesters.
Courses not otherwise designated are lecture courses. The number of
hours' credit is shown by the arabic numeral in parentheses after the title
of the course.
A separate schedule of courses is issued each semester, giving the hours,
places of meeting, and other information required by the student in making
out his program. Students obtain these schedules when they register.
ART DEPARTMENT
Professor Wharton; Associate Professor Siegler; Instructors de Jonosi
and Maril
Art 1, 2. Charcoal Drawing (Antique) (3, 3).
Drawing from casts, preparatory to Life and Portrait drawing and paint-
ing. Stress is placed on fundamental principles, such as the study of rela-
tive proportions, values and modeling, etc. (Siegler.)
Art 5, 6. Still-life (3, 3).
First half semester devoted to elementary theory and practice of draw-
ing. Methods of linear and tonal description with emphasis on perspective
and light-and-shade. Second half semester, elementary theory and practice
oil painting. Elementary theory and practice of composition introduced and
utilized. Second semester, more advanced problems. (Siegler, Maril.)
Art 7, 8. Landscape Painting (3, 3).
Outdoor drawing and painting; organization of landscape material. (Art
7 and 6 are interchangeable.) (Maril.)
Art. 9. Historical Survey of Painting, Sculpture and Architecture (3).
An understanding of the epochs in the advance of civilization as expressed
through painting, sculpture and architecture. A background to more de-
tailed study. • (Grubar.)
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 169
Art 10. History of American Art (1).
A Resume of the development of painting, sculpture, and architecture in
this country and how American Art was influenced by social, political, and
economical forces, here and abroad. (Grubar.)
Art 13, 14. Elementary Sculpture. (1).
Study of three-dimensional form compositions in round and bas-relief.
Mediums used: clay, plasteline. (Maril.)
Art 16, 17. Art Appreciation (2, 2) — Prerequisites, Art. 9.
A course designed to help the student to a fuller appreciation and greater
enjoyment of art. Lectures, discussions, slides and occasional visits to
museums. (de Jonosi.)
Art 100, 101. Pictorial Composition (2, 2) — Prerequisites, Art. 1, 16.
Principles underlying graphic presentation of ideas. Problems to stim-
ulate the students' imagination and enable them to do creative work.
(Maril.)
Art 102, 103. Creative Painting (3, 3)— Prerequisites, Art. 1, 2, 5, 6.
Assignments of pictorial compositions aimed at both mural decoration
and easel picture problems. Emphasis on the psychological and sociological
angles of pictorial composition, involving some research. (Maril.)
Art 104, 105. Life Class (Drawing and Painting) (3, 3) — Prerequisites,
Art 2 and 6.
Careful observation and study of the human figure for construction,
action, form, and color. (Siegler.)
Art 106, 107. Portrait Class (Drawing and Painting) (3, 3) — Prerequi-
sites, Art 1 and 5.
Thorough draftmanship and study of characterization and composition
stressed. (Wharton.)
Art. 113, 114. Illustration (3, 3)— Prerequisites, Art 1, 5, 104.
This course is designed for the purpose of channeling fine art training
into practical fields thereby preparing the student to meet the modern
commercial advertising problems. Special emphasis will be placed upon
layouts, magazine and book illustrating, outdoor poster display and calendar
advertising along with cover and jacket designs.
ASTRONOMY
Astr. 1, 2. Astronomy (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
An elementary course in descriptive astronomy.
Astr. 5. Navigation (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Math. 14 and 16.
The theory and practice of navigation.
170 COURSES OFFERED
BACTERIOLOGY
Professors Faber, Hansen; Associate Professors LafFer, Pelczar;
Assistant Professor Doetsch
Bact. 1. General Bacteriology (4) — First and second semesters. Two
lecture and two laboratory periods a week.
The physiology, culture and differentiation of bacteria. Fundamental
principles of microbiology in relation to man and his environment. Labora-
tory fee, $10.00.
Bact. 5. Advanced General Bacteriology (4) — Second semester. Two
lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Bact. 1 and
Chem. 3.
Emphasis will be given to the fundamental procedures and techniques
used in the field of bacteriology with drill in the performance of these
techniques. Lectures will consist of the explanation of various laboratory
procedures. Laboratory fee, $10.00.
Bact. 51. Household Bacteriology (3) — Second semester. Two lecture
and one laboratory periods a week. For home economics students only.
Morphology and physiology of the bacteria, yeasts and molds. Applica-
tion of the effect of chemical and physical agents in the control of microbial
growth. Relationship of microbiology to home sanitation, food preservation
and manufacture; personal and community hygiene. Laboratory fee, $10.00.
Bact. 52. Sanitary Bacteriology (2) — Second semester. Two lecture
periods a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 1.
This course comprises the lectures only of Bact 53.
Bact. 53. Sanitary Bacteriology. (4) — Second semester. Two lecture and
two laboratory peridos a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 5.
Bacteriological and public health aspects of water supplies and sewage
disposal, restaurant and plant sanitation, insect and rodent control, and
waste disposal. Occasional field trips. Laboratory fee, $10.00.
Bact. 55. Sanitary Bacteriology for Engineers. (2) — First semester. One
lecture and one laboratory period a week. For junior and senior students
in engineering only.
Discussion of the fundamental principles of bacteriology and their rela-
tionship to water supply, sewage disposal and other sanitary problems.
Demonstration of these principles in the laboratory. Laboratory fee, $10.00.
Bact. 60. Journal Club (1) — First and second semesters. One lecture
period a week. Prerequisite, a major in bacteriology with junior standing.
Introduction to periodical literature, methods, interpretation and presenta-
tion of reports.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 171
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Bact. 101. Pathogenic Bacteriology (4) — First semester. Two lecture
and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 5.
The role of microorganisms in the diseases of man and animals with
emphasis upon the differentiation and culture of bacterial species, types of
disease, modes of disease transmission; prophylactic, therapeutic and
epidemiological aspects. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Faber.)
Bact. 103. Serology (4) — Second semester. Two lecture and two labora-
tory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 101.
Infection and resistance; principles and types of immunity; hypersensi-
tiveness. Fundamental techniques of major diagnostic immunological
reactions and their application. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Faber.)
Bact. 104. History of Bacteriology (1) — First semester. One lecture
period a week. Prerequisite, a major in bacteriology with senior standing.
History and integration of the fundamental discoveries of the science.
The modern aspects of cytology, taxonomy, fermentation, and immunity in
relation to early theories. (Doetsch.)
Bact. 105. Clinical Methods (4) — First semester. Two lecture and two
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 103.
A practical course designed to integrate clinical laboratory procedures
in terms of hospital and public health demands. Examination of sputum,
feces, blood, spinal fluids, urine, etc. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Faber.)
Bact. 108. Epidemiology and Public Health (3) — Second semester. Three
lecture periods a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 101.
History, characteristic features and epidemiology of the important com-
municable diseases; public health aspects of man's struggle for existence;
public health administration and responsibilities; vital statistics. (Faber.)
Bact. 131. Food Bacteriology. (4) — First semester. Two lecture and two
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 5.
The relationship of microorganisms to fresh and preserved food, the use
of microorganisms in the preparation of foods and methods of control of
these organisms. Discussion of the pure food laws. Demonstration of the
fundamental principles involved and the methods used in the examination of
different types of foods. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Laffer.)
Bact. 133. Dairy Bacteriology (4) — First semester. Two lecture and
two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 5.
Relation of bacteria, yeasts and molds to milk, cream, butter, ice-cream,
cheese and other dairy products. Standard methods of examination, public
health requirements, plant sanitation. Occasional inspection trips. Labora-
tory fee, $10.00. (Doetsch.)
172 COURSES OFFERED
Bact. 135. Soil Bacteriology (4) — Second semester. Two lecture and two
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 5.
The role played by microorganisms in the soil; nitrification, denitrification,
nitrogen-fixation and decomposition processes; cycles of elements; relation-
ships of microorganisms to soil fertility. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Hansen.)
Bact. 161. Systematic Bacteriology (4) — First semester. Two lecture
and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, 16 credits in bacteriology.
History of bacterial classification; genetic relationships; international
codes of nomenclature; bacterial variation as it affects classification.
Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Hansen.)
Bact. 181. Bacteriological Problems (3) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisites, 16 credits in bacteriology. Registration only upon the con-
sent of the instructor.
This course is arranged to provide qualified undergraduate majors in
bacteriology and majors in allied fields an opportunity to pursue specific
bacteriological problems under the supervision of a member of the depart-
ment. Laboratory fee, $10.00.
For Graduates
Bact. 201. Advanced Pathogenic Bacteriology. (4) — First semester. Two
lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, 30 credits in bac-
teriology and allied fields, including Bact. 103.
Primarily a study of the fungi associated with disease and practice in the
methods of isolation and identification. Discussion of the rickettsiae and
viruses. Practice in the preparation of materials for examination with the
electron microscope. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Laffer.)
Bact. 204. Bacterial Metabolism (2) — First semester. Two lecture periods
a week. Prerequisite, 30 credits in bacteriology and allied fields, including
Chem. 161 and 162.
Bacterial enzymes, nutrition of autotrophic and heterotrophic bacteria,
bacterial growth factors, dissimilation of carbohydrate and nitrogenous sub-
strates. (Pelczar.)
Bact. 206. Special Topics (1) — First and second semesters. One lecture
period a week. Prerequisite, 20 credits in bacteriology.
Presentation and discussion of fundamental problems and special subjects
in the field of bacteriology.
Bact. 231. Advanced Food Bacteriology (4) — First semester. Two lec-
ture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, 30 credits in bac-
teriology including Bact. 131.
The role of microorganisms in food handling and processing with emphasis
upon commercial and factory aspects. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Laffer.)
Bact. 280. Seminar (1) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, 30
credits in bacteriology.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 173
Discussions and reports prepared by majors in bacteriology engaged in
current research; presentations of selected subjects dealing with recent
advances in microbiology.
Bact. 291. Research — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, 30
credits in bacteriology.
Credits according to work done. The investigation is outlined in con-
sultation with and pursued under the supervision of a senior staff member
of the department. Laboratory fee, $10.00.
CHEMISTRY
Professors Drake, Svirbely, White; Associate Professors Pickard, Pratt,
Reeve, Rollinson, Veitch, Wiley, Woods; Assistant Professors Aldridge,
Brown, Carruthers, Dewey, Story and Stuntz.
Laboratory fees in Chemistry are $10.00 per semester.
A. Analytical Chemistry
Chem. 15, 17. Qualitative Analysis (3, 3) — Two lectures and one three-
hour laboratory period the first semester; one lecture and two three-hour
laboratory periods the second semester. Prerequisite, Chem. 3.
Chem. 19. Quantitative Analysis (4) — First and second semesters. Two
lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite,
Chem. 1, 3.
Chem. 21, 23. Quantitative Analysis (4, 4) — First and second semesters.
Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite,
Chem. 15, 17.
This course includes a study of the principal operations of gravimetric and
volumetric analysis. Required of all students majoring in Chemistry.
Chem. 166, 167. Food Analysis (3, 3) — First and second semesters. One
lecture and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites,
Chem. 19, 31, 32, 33, 34.
The qualitative and semi-quantitative analysis of essential food constitu-
ents. The qualitative determination of trace elements is emphasized. For
students in agriculture, home economics and bacteriology.
Chem. 206, 208. Spectrographic Analysis (1, 1) — One three-hour labora-
tory period per week. Registration limited. Prerequisites, Chem. 188, 190
and consent of the instructor. (White.)
Chem. 221, 223. Chemical Microscopy (2, 2) — First and second semesters.
One lecture and one three-hour laboratory period per week. Registration
limited. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Chem. 221 is a prerequisite for
Chem. 223.
A study of the principles of microscopic analysis. Chem. 223 is devoted
to the study of the optical properties of crystals. (Stuntz.)
174 COURSES OFFERED
Chem. 225. Polarography (2) — Two lectures per week.
A course designed to present the fundamental principles of electrometric
methods in general and to show the technique and application of polarogra-
phy in the various branches of chemistry. This course and chemistry 207
will be offered in alternate years.
Chem. 226, 228. Advanced Quantitative Analysis (2, 2)— First and
second semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequi-
site, consent of instructor.
A study of advanced methods chosen to meet the needs of the individual.
(Stuntz.)
Chem. 266. Biological Analysis (2) — Second semester. Two three-hour
laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 19, 31, 32, 33, 34.
(Wiley.)
B. Biochemistry
Chem. 41. The Chemistry of Textiles (4) — Second semester. Two lec-
tures and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, Chem.
31, 32, 33, 34.
A chemical study of the principal textile fibers.
Chem. 81. General Biochemistry (2) — First semester. Two lectures per
week. Prerequisites, Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34, or Chem. 35, 36, 37, 38.
This course is designed primarily for students in home economics.
Chem. 82 MUST be taken concurrently.
Chem. 82. General Biochemistry Laboratory (2) — First semester. Two
three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 32, 34, or
Chem. 36, 38.
A course designed to accompany Chem. 81.
Chem. 161, 163. Biochemistry (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Two
lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 31, 33, or Chem. 35, 37.
This course is designed primarily for students in agriculture, bacteriology,
or chemistry, and for those students in home economics who need a more
extensive course of biochemistry than is offered in Chem. 81, 82.
Chem. 162, 164. Biochemistry Laboratory (2, 2) — First and second sem-
esters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, Chem.
32, 34, or Chem. 36, 38.
Chem. 261, 263. Advanced Biochemistry (2, 2) — First and second semes-
ters. Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 141, 143, or consent of
the instructor. (Veitch.)
Chem. 262, 264. Advanced Biochemistry Laboratory (2, 2) — First and
second semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequi-
site, consent of the instructor. (Veitch.)
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 175
Chem. 268. Special Problems in Biochemistry (2-4) — First and second
semesters. Two to four three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequi-
sites, Chem. 161, 162, and consent of the instructor. (Veitch.)
C. Inorganic and General Chemistry
Chem. 1, 3. General Chemistry (4, 4) — First and second semesters. Two
lectures, one quiz and two two-hour laboratory periods per week.
Chem. 5. Introductory Qualitative Analysis (3) — Second semester. One
lecture and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite,
Chem. 3.
Chem. 11, 13. General Chemistry (3, 3) — Two lectures and one three-
hour laboratory period per week.
An abbreviated course in general chemistry especially designed for
students in home economics. This course is open only to students registered
in Home Economics and Arts-Nursing.
Chem. 101. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (2) — Second semester. Two
lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 23, 37, 38.
(One or more courses of the group 201-239 will be offered each semester
depending on demand.)
Chem. 201, 203. The Chemistry of the Rarer Elements (2, 2)— First and
second semesters. Two lectures per week. (White.)
Chem. 202, 204. Advanced Inorganic Laboratory (2, 2) — First and sec-
ond semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week.
Chem. 205. Radiochemistry (2) — Two lectures per week. (Rollinson.)
Chem. 207. Chemistry of Inorganic Complex Compounds (2) — Two lec-
tures per week. This course and Chem. 225 will be offered in alternate
years.
Chem. 210. Radiochemistry Laboratory (1 or 2) — One or two three-hour
laboratory periods per week. Registration limited. Prerequisites, Chem.
205 (or concurrent registration therein) and consent of instructor.
(Rollinson.)
Chem. 239. Physical Techniques in Chemistry (2) — A survey of the tools
available for the solution of chemical problems by means of physical tech-
niques.
D. Organic Chemistry
Chem. 31, 33. Elements of Organic Chemistry (2, 2) — First and second
semesters. Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 1, 3.
Organic chemistry for students in agriculture, bacteriology and home
economics.
176 COURSES OFFERED
Chem. 32, 34. Elements of Organic Laboratory (1, 1) — First and second
semesters. One three-hour laboratory period per week. Prerequisites,
Chem. 31, 33, or concurrent registration therein.
Chem. 35, 37. Elementary Organic Chemistry (2, 2) — First and second
semesters. Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 1, 3.
A course for chemists, chemical engineers, and premedical students.
Chem. 36, 38. Elementary Organic Laboratory (2, 2) — First and second
semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites,
Chem. 35, 37, or concurrent registration therein.
Chem. 141, 143. Advanced Organic Chemistry (2, 2) — First and second
semesters. Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 37, 38.
An advanced study of the compounds of carbon.
Chem. 142, 144. Advanced Organic Laboratory (2, 2) — First and second
semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites,
Chem 19 or 23, and Chem. 37, 38.
Syntheses and the quantitative determination of carbon and hydrogen,
halogen, and nitrogen are studied.
Chem. 146, 148. The Identification of Organic Compounds (2, 2) — First
and second semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Pre-
requisites, Chem. 141, 143, or concurrent registration therein.
The systematic identification of organic compounds.
Chem. 150. Organic Quantitative Analysis (2) — First and second semes-
ters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, consent
of the instructor.
The semi-micro determination of carbon, hydrogen, nitrogen, halogen
and certain functional groups. (Aldridge.)
(One or more courses from the following group, 241, 253, will customarily
be offered each semester.)
Chem. 241. Stereochemistry (2) — Two lectures per week. (Woods.)
Chem. 245. The Chemistry of the Steroids (2) — Two lectures per week.
(Pratt.)
Chem. 249. Physical Aspects of Organic Chemistry (2) — Two lectures
per week. (Woods.)
Chem. 251. The Heterocycles (2) — Two lectures per week. (Pratt.)
Chem. 253. Organic Sulfur Compounds (2) — Two lectures per week.
(Dewey)
Chem. 254. Advanced Organic Preparations (2 to 4) — First and second
semesters. Two to four three-hour laboratory periods per week.
Chem. 258. The Identification of Organic Compounds, an Advanced
Course (2 to 4) — First and second semesters. Two to four three-hour lab-
oratory periods per week. (Pratt.)
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 111
Chem. 260. Advanced Organic Laboratory (1 or 2) — First and second
semesters. One or two three-hour laboratory periods per week.
An orientation course designed to demonstrate a new student's fitness to
begin research in organic chemistry. (Pratt.)
Chem. 271. Glassblowing Laboratory (1) — One three-hour laboratory
period per week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. (Carruthers.)
E. Physical Chemistry
Chem. 181, 183. Elements of Physical Chemistry (2, 2)— First and second
semesters. Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 1, 3; Phys. 1, 2;
Math. 10, 11; Chem. 19.
A course intended primarily for premedical students and students in the
biological sciences. This course must be accompanied by Chem. 182, 184.
Chem. 182, 184. Elements of Physical Chemistry Laboratory (1, 1) —
First and second semesters. One three-hour laboratory period per week.
May be taken ONLY when accompanied by Chem. 181, 183.
The course includes quantitative experiments illustrating the principles
studied in Chem. 181, 183.
Chem. 187, 189. Physical Chemistry (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Three lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 19 or 21; Phys. 20, 21;
Math. 20, 21.
A course primarily for chemists and chemical engineers.
Chem. 188, 190. Physical Chemistry Laboratory (2, 2) — First and second
semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week.
A laboratory course for students taking Chem. 187, 189.
The common prerequisites for the following courses are Chem. 187, 189,
and Chem. 188, 190, or their equivalent. One or more courses of the group,
281-313, will be offered each semester depending on demand.
Chem. 281, 283. Theory of Solutions (2, 2) — First and second semesters.
Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 307. (Svirbely.)
Chem. 285. Colloid Chemistry (2) — Two lectures per week. (Pickard.)
Chem. 295. Heterogenous Equilibria (2) — Two lectures per week.
(Pickard.)
Chem. 299. Reaction Kinetics (3) — Three lectures per week. (Svirbely.)
Chem. 303. Electrochemistry (3) — Three lectures per week. (Pickard.)
Chem. 304. Electrochemistry Laboratory (2) — Two three-hour labora-
tory periods per week. Prerequisite, consent of the instructor. (Pickard.)
Chem. 307. Chemical Thermodynamics (3) — Three lectures per week.
(Svirbely.)
Chem. 311. Physicochemical Calculations (2) — Offered in summer session
only. (Pickard.)
178 COURSES OFFERED
Chem. 313. Molecular Structure (2) — Two lectures per week. (Brown.)
Chem. 321. Quantum Chemistry (3) — Three lectures per week. Prerequi-
site, Chem. 307. (Brown.)
Chem. 323. Statistical Mechanics and Chemistry (3) — Three lectures per
week. Prerequisite, Chem. 307. (Brown.)
F. Seminar and Research
Chem. 351. Seminar (1) — First and second semesters. (Staff.)
Chem. 360. Research — First and second semesters, summer session.
(Staff.)
COMPARATIVE LITERATURE
Professors Bode, Cardwell, Falls, Harman, Prahl, Zucker; Lecturer Mc-
Mannaway; Associate Professors Cooley, Mooney, Murphy, Weber, Zeeveld;
Assistant Professors Manning, Parsons.
Requirements for major include Comparative Literature 101, 102. Com-
parative Literature courses can be counted toward a major or minor in
English when recommended by the student's major adviser.
Comp. Lit. 1. Greek Poetry (2) — First semester.
Homer's Iliad and Odyssey with special emphasis on the literary form and
the historical and mythological background.
Comp. Lit. 2. Later European Epic Poetry (2) — Second semester.
Virgil's Aeneid, Dante's Divine Comedy, Nibelungenlied, Song of Roland,
and other European epics, with special emphasis on their relationship to
and comparison with the Greek epic.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Comp. Lit. 101. Introductory Survey of Comparative Literature (3) —
First semester. (Zucker.)
Survey of the background of European literature through study of English
translations of Greek and Latin literature. The debt of modern literature
to the ancients is discussed and illustrated.
Comp. Lit. 102. Introductory Survey of Comparative Literature (3) —
Second semester. (Zucker.)
Continuation of Comp. Lit. 101; study of medieval and modern Con-
tinental literature.
Comp. Lit. 103. The Old Testament as Literature (2) — Second semester.
A study of the sources, development, and literary types. (Zucker.)
Comp. Lit. 104. Chaucer (3) — First semester.
Same as Eng. 104. (Harman.)
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 179
Comp. Lit. 105. Romanticism in France (3) — First semester.
Lectures and readings in the French romantic writers from Rousseau to
Baudelaire. Texts are read in English translations. (Staff.)
Comp. Lit. 106. Romanticism in Germany (3) — Second semester.
Continuation of Comp. Lit. 105. German literature from Buerger to
Heine in English translations. (Prahl.)
Comp. Lit. 107. The Faust Legend in English and German Literature
(3) — First semester. (Prahl.)
A study of the Faust legend of the Middle Ages and its later treatment
by Marlowe in Dr. Faustus and by Goethe in Faust.
Comp. Lit. 108. Some Non-English Influences on American Literature
(3) — Second semester. (Zucker.)
Comparative study of European, chiefly French and German, and Ameri-
can writers, illustrating our literary debt to the Old World and original
features of the New.
Comp. Lit. 109. Cervantes (3) — Second semester.
Same as Spanish 109.
Comp. Lit. 112. Ibsen (2) — First semester. (Zucker.)
A study of the life and chief works of Ibsen with special emphasis on
his influence on the modern drama.
Comp. Lit. 113. Prose of the Renaissance (3) — Second semester.
Same as Eng. 113. (Zeeveld.)
Comp. Lit. 114. The Greek Drama (3) — First semester. (Prahl.)
The chief works of Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides, and Aristophanes in
English translations. Emphasis on the historic background, on dramatic
structure, and on the effect of the Attic drama upon the mind of the
civilized world.
Comp. Lit. 121. Milton (3) — Second semester.
Same as Eng. 121. (Murphy.)
Comp. Lit. 129, 130. Literature of the Romantic Period (3,3) — First
and second semesters. (Weber.)
Same as Eng. 129, 130.
Comp. Lit. 144. Modern Drama (3) — First semester.
Same as Eng. 144. (Weber.)
Comp. Lit. 145. The Modern Novel (3) — Second semester.
Same as Eng. 145. (Bode.)
Comp. Lit. 155, 156. Four Major American Writers (3, 3) — First and
second semesters.
Same as Eng. 155, 156. (Manning.)
180 COURSES OFFERED
For Graduates
Comp. Lit. 201. Bibliography and Methods (3) — First semester.
Same as Eng. 201. (Mooney.)
Comp. Lit. 202. The History of the Theater (3) — Second semester. Pre-
requisite, a wide acquaintance with modern drama and some knowledge of
the Greek Drama. (Zucker.)
A detailed study of the history of the European theater. Individual re-
search problems will be assigned for term papers.
Comp. Lit. 203. Schiller (3) — First semester.
Same as German 204. (Prahl.)
Comp. Lit. 204. Medieval Romances (3) — Second semester.
Same as Eng. 204. (Cooley.)
Comp. Lit. 205. Georges Duhamel, Poet, Dramatist, Novelist (2, 2) —
First and second semesters. (Falls.)
Same as French 203, 204.
Comp. Lit. 206, 207. Seminar in Sixteenth Century Literature (3, 3) —
First and second semesters. (McManaway.)
Same as Eng. 206, 207.
Comp. Lit. 208. The Philosophy of Goethe's Faust (3) — First semester.
Same as German 208. (Zucker.)
Comp. Lit. 216, 217. Literary Criticism (3, 3) — First and second semes-
ter.
Same as Eng. 216, 217. (Cardwell.)
Comp. Lit. 227, 228. Problems in American Literature (3, 3) — First and
second semesters.
Same as Eng. 227, 228.
ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Professors Cardwell, Aldridge, Bode, Harman; Lecturer McManaway;
Associate Professors Ball, Cooley, Murphy, Mooney, Weber, Zeeveld;
Assistant Professors Andrews, Bryan, Coulter, Fleming, Gravely, Manning,
Schaumann, Ward; Instructors Adams, Anderson, Bauer, Bezanson, Clees,
Crafts, Demaree, Dinwiddie, Eisner, Fischer, Harwell, Hyde, Kahn, Kossoff,
Le Bert, Mangold, Martin, C. P., Martin, M., Miller, Mish, Mooney, Moriarty,
Mutch, Nethken, Portz, Robison, Roch, Seligmann, Sinclair, Stamper,
Stevenson, Stone, Swarthout, Teeter, Tenney, Wittman; Graduate Assistants
Adams, R., Barnes, Bradley, da Ponte, Fertig, Gray, Greenberg, Harmon,
Kearney, McMurphy, Miller, H. W., Newcomb, Sachs, Thearle, Tuck.
Eng. 1, 2. Composition and American Literature (3, 3) — First and second
semesters. Required of freshmen. Both courses offered each semester,
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 181
but may not be taken concurrently. Prerequisite, three units of high school
English.
Grammar, rhetoric, and the mechanics of writing; frequent themes.
Readings are in American literature.
Eng. 3, 4. Composition and World Literature (3, 3) — First and second
semesters. Prerequisite, Eng. 1, 2. Eng. 3, 4, or Eng. 5, 6, or an accept-
able combination of the two required of sophomores. Credit will not be
given for more than six hours' of work in 3, 4 and 5, 6.
Practice in composition. An introduction to world literature, foreign
classics being read in translation.
Eng. 5, 6. Composition and English Literature (3, 3) — First and second
semesters. Prerequisite, Eng. 1, 2. Eng. 3, 4, or Eng. 5, 6, or an acceptable
combination of the two required of sophomores. Credit will not be given
for more than six hours of work in 3, 4 and 5, 6.
Practice in composition. An introduction to major English writers;
several foreign classics are read in translation.
Eng. 7. Technical Writing (2) — First and second semesters. Prerequi-
site, Eng. 1, 2.
For students desiring practice in writing reports, technical essays, or
popular essays on technical subjects. (Coulter, Bezanson, Le Bert.)
Eng. 8. College Grammar (3) — First and second semesters. Pre-
requisite, Eng. 1, 2.
An analytical study of Modern English grammar, with lectures on the
origin and history of inflectional and derivational forms. (Harman.)
Eng. 9. Introduction to Narrative Literature (3) — Second semester.
Prerequisite, Eng. 1, 2.
An intensive study of representative stories, with lectures on the history
and technique of the short story and other narrative forms. (Harman.)
Eng. 12. Introduction to Creative Writing (2) — First and second semes-
ters. Prerequisite, Eng. 1, 2.
Intended primarily for sophomores and juniors of demonstrated ability.
(Swarthout.)
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Eng. 101. History of the English Language (3) — Second semester.
An historical and critical survey of the English language; its nature, ori-
gin, and development. (Harman.)
Eng. 102. Old English (3)— First semester.
Readings in Old English. The sounds, morphology, and syntax of Old
English with particular reference to the development of Modern English.
(Ball.)
182 COURSES OFFERED
Eng. 103. Beowulf (3) — Second semester.
A literary and linguistic study of the Old English epic. (Ball.)
Eng. 104. Chaucer (3) — First semester.
A literary and language study of the Canterbury Tales, Troilus and
Criseyde, and the principal minor poems. (Harman.)
Eng. 106. English and Scottish Ballads (3) — Second semester.
An introduction to the ballads in Child's edition. Attention given to
analogues, imitations, American collections, and collecting. (Cooley.)
Eng. 110, 111. Elizabethan and Jacobean Drama (3, 3) — First and second
semesters. Not offered in 1949-1950.
The most important dramatists of the time, other than Shakespeare.
(Zeeveld.)
Eng. 112. Poetry of the Renaissance (3) — First semester.
The chief poets from Skelton to Jonson, with particular attention to
Spenser. (Zeeveld.)
Eng. 113. Prose of the Renaissance (3) — Second semester.
The chief prose writers from More to Bacon. (Zeeveld.)
Eng. 115, 116. Shakespeare (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Twenty-one important plays. (Zeeveld.)
Eng. 120. English Drama from 1660 to 1800 (3)— Second semester.
The important dramatists from Etherege to Sheridan, with emphasis upon
the comedy of manners. (Weber.)
Eng. 121. Milton (3) — Second semester.
The poetry and the chief prose works. (Murphy.)
Eng. 122. Literature of the Seventeenth Century, 1600-1660 (3)— First
semester.
The major non-dramatic writers (exclusive of Milton). (Murphy.)
Eng. 123. Literature of the Seventeenth Century, 1660-1700 (3)— Second
semester.
The Age of Dryden, with the exception of the drama. (Aldridge.)
Eng. 125, 126. Literature of the Eighteenth Century (3, 3)— First and
second semesters.
Special attention to major writers and to the historical and philosophical
background. (Aldridge.)
Eng. 129, 130. Literature of the Romantic Period (3, 3) — First and sec-
ond semesters.
In the first semester, the literature of revolt in England, with special
attention to Wordsworth, Coleridge, Lamb, Hazlitt, and DeQuincey. In the
second semester, special attention is given to Byron, Shelley, and Keats.
(Weber.)
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 183
Eng. 134, 135. Literature of the Victorian Period (3, 3) — First and sec-
ond semesters.
The chief writers of prose and poetry from the close of the romantic
period to the end of the nineteenth century. (Cooley, Mooney.)
Eng. 139, 140. The English Novel (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
The development of the novel; readings in the major novelists of the
eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. (Aldridge, Mooney.)
Eng. 143. Modern Poetry (3) — First semester.
The chief English, Irish, and American poets of the twentieth century.
(Murphy.)
Eng. 144. Modern Drama (3) — First semester.
The drama from Ibsen to the present. (Weber.)
Eng. 145. The Modern Novel (3) — Second semester.
Major English and American novelists of the twentieth century.
(Manning.)
Eng. 148. The Literature of American Democracy (3) — First semester.
Literature which relates closely to the democratic tradition. (Bode.)
Eng. 150, 151. American Literature to 1900 (3, 3) — First and second
semesters.
Representative American poetry and prose from colonial times to 1900,
with special emphasis on the literature of the nineteenth century.
(Gravely, Manning.)
Eng. 155, 156. Four Major American Writers (3, 3) — First and second
semesters.
Two writers studied intensively each semester. (Manning, Bode.)
Eng. 157. Introduction to Folklore (3) — First semester.
Historical background of folklore studies; growth of the field; types of
folklore. Emphasis upon American folklore: ballads; folk songs; folk
tales; regional customs and beliefs. (Cooley.)
Eng. 170. Creative Writing (2) — First semester. Prerequisite, permis-
sion of the instructor.
Theory and practice. Intended for students who have more than ordinary
ability. (R. Fleming.)
Eng. 171. Advanced Creative Writing (2) — Second semester. Pre-
requisite, permission of the instructor.
A high level of performance expected; some attention to forms not studied
in English 170. (R. Fleming.)
184 COURSES OFFERED
Eng. 172. Playwriting (2) — Second semester. Prerequisite, permission
of the instructor.
Analysis of plays, and practice in writing at least one short play.
(R. Fleming.)
For Graduates
Eng. 200 — Research (3-6) — Arranged. Credit in proportion to work done
and results accomplished. (Staff.)
Eng. 201. Bibliography and Methods (3) — First semester.
An introduction to the principles and methods of research. (Mooney.)
Eng. 202. Middle English (3) — First semester.
A study of selected readings of the Middle English period with reference
to etymology, morphology, and syntax. (Harman.)
Eng. 203. Gothic (3)— Not offered in 1949-1950. .
Forms and syntax, with reading from the Ulfilas Bible; correlation of
the Gothic speech sounds with those of Old English.
Eng. 204. Medieval Romances (3)— Not offered in 1949-1950.
The Middle English metrical and prose romances and their sources, with
emphasis on the Arthurian cycle. (Cooley.)
Eng. 206, 207. Seminar in Renaissance Literature (3, 3) — First and sec-
ond semesters. (McManaway.)
Eng. 210. Seminar in Seventeenth-Century Literature (3) — Second
semester. (Murphy.)
Eng. 212, 213. Seminar in Eighteenth-Century Literature (3, 3)— First
and second semesters. (Aldridge.)
Eng. 214, 215. Seminar in Nineteenth-Century Literature (3) — First
and second semesters. (Cooley, Mooney, Weber.)
Eng. 216, 217. Literary Criticism (3, 3)— Not offered in 1949-1950.
The practice and theory of criticism from Plato to Croce. (Cardwell.)
Eng. 225, 226. Seminar in American Literature (3, 3) — First and second
semesters. (Bode.)
Eng. 227, 228. Problems in American Literature (3, 3) — First and second
semesters. (Cardwell.)
Eng. 230. Studies in American Language (3) — Not offered in 1948-1949.
Eng. 257. Problems in Folklore (3) — Second semester.
Advanced study in folklore with special attention to scholarly problems
of collection, research, and classification. Intensive collection and analysis
of regional folklore; review of folklore study in Europe, South America,
and the United States.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 185
GEOLOGY
Irwin C. Brown, Lecturer
Geol. 1. Geology (3) — Prerequisite, Chem. 1, 3.
A study dealing primarily with the principles of dynamical and structural
geology. Designed to give a general survey of the rocks and minerals com-
posing the earth; the movement within it, and its surface features and the
agents that form them.
Geol. 2. Engineering Geology (2).
The fundamentals of geology with engineering applications.
HISTORY
Professors Gewehr, Chatelain, Prange, Wellborn; Associate Professors
Bauer, Merrill; Assistant Professors Crosman, Gordon, Jashemski;
Instructors Bates, Ferguson, Johnson, Lowitt, Sensenig, Sparks.
H. 1, 2. History of Modern Europe (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
The basic course, prerequisite for all advanced courses in European History.
A study of European History from the Renaissance to the present day.
(Bauer.)
H. 3, 4. History of England and Great Britain (3, 3) — First and second
semesters. Fpr freshmen and sophomores; open to upper classmen by
special arrangement. (Gordon.)
H. 5, 6. History of American Civilization (3, 3) — First and second semes-
ters. Required for graduation of all students who enter the University
after 1944-45. Normally to be taken in the sophomore year. See page 26.
for further explanation. (Staff.)
H. 51, 52. The Humanities (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
In surveying history from prehistoric times to the present, man's cultural
development is emphasized. The course is a study of the achievements
of the various civilizations which have contributed to the common cultural
heritage of western civilization. The political, social and economic set-
tings of the various civilizations are presented in chronological order. The
characteristic achievements of each period in philosophy, religion, litera-
ture, art, science and music enrich this background. By presenting actual
masterpieces in literature, art, and music, it is hoped that imagination,
appreciation, and critical judgment will be stimulated. This course is
designed as an introductory course in history which will make a more direct
contribution to the other liberal art fields. (Jashemski.)
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
A. American History
H. 101. American Colonial History (3) — First semester. Prerequisites,
H. 5, 6, or the equivalent.
186 COURSES OFFERED
The settlement and development of colonial America to the middle of the
eighteenth century. (Ferguson.)
H. 102. The American Revolution (3) — Second semester. Prerequisites,
H. 5, 6, or the equivalent.
The background and course of the American Revolution through the for-
mation of the Constitution. (Ferguson.)
H. 105, 106. Social and Economic History of the United States to 1860
(3, 3) — (Not offered in 1949-1950) — First and second semesters. Prerequi-
sites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent.
A synthesis of American Life from the colonial period to the Civil War.
H. 107. Social and Economic History of the United States, 1860-1900 (3)
— First semester. Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent.
The development of American life and institutions, with emphasis upon
the period since 1876. (Chatelain.)
H. 108. Social and Economic History of the United States, since 1900 (3)
— Second semester. Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent.
A study of the outstanding social and economic problems and of the cul-
tural changes of 20th Century America. (Chatelain.)
H. 115. The Old South (3) — First semester. Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or
the equivalent.
A study of the institutional and cultural life of the ante-bellum South
with particular reference to the background of the Civil War. (Merrill.)
H. 116. The Civil War and Reconstruction (3) — Second semester. Pre-
requisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent.
Military aspects; problems of the Confederacy; political, social, and eco-
nomic effects of the war upon American society. Post-bellum problems of
reconstruction in North and South. (Merrill.)
H. 118, 119. Recent American History (3, 3) — First and second semes-
ters. Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent.
Party politics, domestic issues, foreign relations of the United States since
1890. First semester, through World War I. Second semester, since World
War I. (Merrill.)
H. 121, 122. History of the American Frontier (3, 3) — First and second
semesters. Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent.
A study of the influence of the westward movement in shaping American
institutional development. First semester, the trans-Alleghany West; sec-
ond semester, the trans-Mississippi West. (Gewehr.)
H. 127, 128. Diplomatic History of the United States (3, 3)— First and
second semesters. Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent.
An historical study of the diplomatic negotiations and foreign relations
of the United States. First semester, from the Revolution to the Civil
War; second semester, from the Civil War to the present. (Wellborn.)
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 187
H. 129. The United States and World Affairs (3)— Second semester.
Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent.
A consideration of the changed position of the United States with ref-
erence to the rest of the world since 1917. (Wellborn.)
H. 130. Territorial Dependencies of the United States (2).
Acquisition of our insular and territorial possessions; political evolution;
economic, social and cultural problems; present status and outlook.
(Wellborn.)
H. 133, 134. The History of American Ideas (3, 3) — First and second
semesters. Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent.
An intellectual history of the American people, embracing such topics as
religious liberty, democracy, and social ideas. (Johnson.)
H. 135, 136. Constitutional History of the United States (3, 3) — First
and second semesters. Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent.
A study of the historical forces resulting in the formation of the Con-
stitution, and the development of American constitutionalism in theory and
practice thereafter. (Gewehr.)
H. 141, 142. History of Maryland (3, 3)— (Not offered in 1949-1950)—
First and second semesters. Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent.
First semester, a survey of the political, social and economic history of
colonial Maryland. Second semester, Maryland's historical development
and role as a state in the American Union.
H. 145, 146. Latin-American History (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisites, 6 hours of fundamental courses.
A survey of the history of Latin America from colonial origins to the
present, covering political, cultural, economic, and social development, with
special emphasis upon relations with the United States. (Crosman.)
H. 147. History of Mexico (3) — First semester.
The history of Mexico with special emphasis upon the independence
period and upon relations between ourselves and the nearest of our Latin-
American neighbors. (Crosman.)
B. European History
H. 151. History of the Ancient Orient and Greece (3) — First semester.
A survey of the ancient empires of Egypt, the Near East, and Greece
with particular attention to their institutions, life and culture. (Jashemski.)
H. 153. History of Rome (3) — Second semester.
A study of Roman civilization from the earliest beginnings through the
Republic and down to the last centuries of the Empire. (Jashemski.)
H. 155. Medieval Civilization (3) — First semester. Prerequisites, H. 1,
2, or H. 3, 4, or the permission of the instructor.
188 COURSES OFFERED
A survey of Medieval life, culture and institutions from the fall of the
Roman Empire to the thirteenth century. (Jashemski.)
H. 161. The Renaissance and Reformation (3) — Second semester. Pre-
requisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 3, 4, or the permission of the instructor.
The culture of the Renaissance, the Protestant revolt and Catholic reac-
tion through the Thirty Years War. (Jashemski.)
H. 166. Revolutionary and Napoleonic Europe (3) — Second semester.
Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 3, 4.
The Old Regime in France and Europe; the changes effected by the
French Revolution; the Napoleonic regime and the balance of power
1789-1815. (Bauer.)
H. 171, 172. Europe in the Nineteenth Century, 1815-1919 (3, 3)— First
and second semesters. Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 3, 4.
A study of the political, economic, social and cultural development of
Europe from the Congress of Vienna to the First World War. (Bauer.)
H. 175, 176. Europe in the World Setting of the Twentieth Century (3,
3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 3, 4.
A study of political, economic, and cultural developments in twentieth
century Europe with special emphasis on the factors involved in the two
World Wars and their global impacts and significance. (Prange.)
H. 179, 180. Diplomatic History of Europe Since 1871 (3, 3)— First and
second semesters. Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 3, 4.
A study of European diplomacy, imperialism and power politics since the
Franco-Prussian War. (Prange.)
H. 181, 182. History of Central Europe (3, 3) — First and second semes-
ters. Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 3, 4.
The history of Central Europe from 1600 to the present, with special
emphasis on Germany and Austria. (Prange.)
H. 185, 186. History of the British Empire (3, 3)— First and second
semesters. Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 3, 4.
First semester, the development of England's Mercantilist Empire and
its fall in the war for American Independence (1783); second semester, the
rise of the Second British Empire and the solution of the problem of re-
sponsible self-government, 1783-1867; the evolution of the British Empire
into a Commonwealth of Nations, and the development and problems of the
dependent Empire. (Gordon.)
H. 187. History of Canada (3) — Second semester. Prerequisites, H. 1, 2,
or H. 3, 4.
A history of Canada, with special emphasis on the nineteenth century
and upon Canadian relations with Great Britain and the United States.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 189
H. 191. History of Russia (3) — First semester. Prerequisites, H. 1, 2,
or the equivalent.
A history of Russia from the earliest times to the present day. (Bauer.)
H. 192. Foreign Policy of the USSR (3) — Second semester. Prerequi-
site, H. 191.
A survey of Russian foreign policy in the historical perspective, with
special emphasis on the period of the USSR. Russian aims, expansion, and
conflicts with the western powers in Europe, the Near and Middle East, and
the Far East will be studied. (Bauer.)
H. 193. History of the Near East (3) — First semester. Prerequisites,
H. 1, 2, or H. 3, 4.
A study of the Balkans and of Turkey from earliest times to the present.
(Gewehr.)
H. 195. The Far East (3) — Second semester.
A survey of institutional, cultural and political aspects of the history
of China and Japan, and a consideration of present-day problems of the
Pacific area. (Gewehr.)
H. 199. Proseminar in Historical Writing (3) — Second semester.
Discussions and term papers designed to acquaint the student with the
methods and problems of research and presentation. The students will be
encouraged to examine those phases of history in which they are most
interested. Required of history majors in senior year. (Sparks.)
For Graduates
H. 200. Research (3-6) — Credit proportioned to amount of work. Ar-
ranged.
H. 201. Seminar in American History (3) — First and second semester.
(Chatelain.)
H. 205, 206. Topics in American Economic and Social History (3, 3) —
First and second semesters.
Readings and conferences on the critical and source materials explaining
our social and economic evolution. (Chatelain.)
H. 208. Topics in Recent American History (3) — First and second
semesters.
Selected readings, research and conferences on important topics in
United States History from 1900 to the present. (Merrill.)
H. 211. The Colonial Period in American History (3) — First semester.
Readings and conferences designed to familiarize the student with some
of the sources and the classical literature of American Colonial History.
(Ferguson.)
190 COURSES OFFERED
H. 212. Period of the American Revolution (3) — Second semester.
Readings and conferences designed to familiarize the student with some
of the critical literature and sources of the period of the American Revo-
lution. (Ferguson.)
H. 215. The Old South (3)
Readings and conferences designed to familiarize the student with some
of the standard sources and the classical literature of the ante-bellum
South. (Merrill.)
H. 216. The American Civil War (3)
Readings and conferences on the controversial literature of the Civil
War. Attention is focused upon the conflicting interpretations and upon
the social and economic impact of the war on American society. Oppor-
tunity is also given to read in the rich source material of this period.
(Merrill.)
H. 217. Reconstruction and Its Aftermath (3)
A seminar on problems resulting from the Civil War. Political, social,
and economic reconstruction in South and North; projection of certain post-
war attitudes and problems into the present. ([Merrill.)
H. 221, 222. History of the West (3, 3)— First and second semesters.
Readings and conferences designed to give the student an acquaintance
with some of the more important sources and some of the most significant
literature of the advancing American frontier. (Gewehr.)
H. 233, 234. Topics in American Intellectual History (3, 3)
Readings and conferences on selected phases of American thought, with
emphasis on religious traditions, social and political theory, and development
of American ideas. (Johnson.)
H. 235. Problems in American Constitutional History (3) — First and
second semesters.
Research in selected problems of constitutional history with much atten-
tion to bibliography. (Gewehr.)
H. 250. Seminar in European History (3) — First and second semesters.
(Staff.)
H. 255. Medieval Culture and Society (3)
Readings and conferences designed to acquaint the student with the im-
portant literature and interpretations on such topics as feudalism, the
medieval Church, schools and universities, Latin and vernacular literature,
art and architecture. (Jashemski.)
H. 281. Topics in the History of Central Europe (3)
Readings and conferences in the history of Central Europe from Bis-
marck to the present, to acquaint the student with the leading primary
and secondary sources. Special emphasis will be placed on the Bismarckian
and Hitlerian periods. (Prange.)
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 191
H. 285, 286. Topics in the History of Modern England and Greater
Britain (3, 3)
Readings and conferences on the documentary and literary materials
dealing with the transformation of England and the growth and evolution
of the British Empire since 1763. (Gordon.)
H. 287. Historiography (3) — Arranged.
Readings and occasional lectures on the historical writing, the evolution
of critical standards, the rise of auxiliary sciences, and the works of se-
lected masters. (Sparks.)
JOURNALISM
Professor Bryan; Lecturer Hottel; Instructors Estabrook, Kahl,
Lambeth, and Wood.
Journ. 10. News Reporting, I (3) — First and second semesters. Two
lectures and one laboratory period each week. Prerequisite, Eng. 1, 2
and permission of instructor.
Practice in writing and analyzing straight news stories; fundamentals
of reporting.
Journ. 11. News Reporting, II (3) — First and second semesters. Two
lectures and one laboratory period each week. Prerequisite, Journ. 10 or
permission of instructor.
Practice in writing and analyzing the more specialized types of news
stories; principles of journalism. (Bryan and Staff.)
Journ. 160. News Editing, I (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one
laboratory period each week. (Wood.)
Journ. 161. News Editing, II (3) — First semester. Two lectures and
one laboratory period each week. (Wood.)
Journ. 164. Magazine Writing (3) — First semester. Two lectures and
one laboratory period each week.
Analysis of contemporary magazines; practice in writing articles, short
stories, and fillers for publication. (Bryan.)
Journ. 165. Feature Article Writing (3) — Second semester. Two lectures
and one laboratory period each week.
A continuation of Journalism 164 with more stress on production of
feature articles for publication in newspapers or magazines. (Bryan.)
Journ. 174. Editorial Writing (3) — First semester. Two lectures and
one laboratory period each week. Prerequisite, Journ. 11.
Class conducted as an editorial council; writing of editorials as sum-
mations of careful investigation and well-considered discussion; editorial
practices of small, medium and large newspapers. (Estabrook.)
192 COURSES OFFERED
Journ. 175. Reporting of Public Affairs (3)— Second semester. Two
lectures and one laboratory period each week.
Advanced reporting for newspapers and magazines on activities of legis-
latures, government bureaus, courts and other bodies or organizations
concerned with the public interest. (Wood.)
Journ. 176. Evaluation of Current Journalistic Practice (3) — Second
semester. Prerequisite, Journ. 161 or permission of instructor.
Findings of recent studies in readability, range and depth of reader
interest, vocabulary, pictorialization, format and layout; effect of these
findings on magazine and newspaper practice. (Bryan.)
LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES, FOREIGN
Professors Zucker, Falls, Prahl; Associate Professors Kramer, Cunz,
Quynn,1 Bingham; Assistant Professors Parsons, Schweizer, Rand, Rosen-
field, Hammerschlag; Adjunct Professor Juan Ramon Jimenez; Instructors
Zenobia Jimenez, Dobert, Smith, Gilbert, Nemes, deMarne, Howe, Norton,
Sedwick, Stevens, Tuck, Myer, Vent; Part-time Instructors Greenberg,
Boborykine, Margaretten.
At the beginning of each semester a placement examination is given for
all students who have had some foreign language in high school and wish
to do further work in that language. By this means the Department assigns
each student to the suitable level of instruction.
French
French 1, 2. Elementary French (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Students who offer two units in French for entrance, but whose preparation
is not adequate for second-year French, receive half credit for this course.
Elements of grammar; pronunciation and conversation; exercises in com-
position and translation.
French 3. Elementary Conversation (1) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisite, the grade of A or B in French 1. Qualified students who are
interested in French should take this course in conjunction with French 2.
A practice course in simple, spoken French.
French 4, 5. Intermediate Literary French (3, 3) — First and second
semesters. Prerequisite, French 1 and 2 or equivalent. Second-year French
for students interested in literature or in fields related to literature.
Students who expect to do major or minor work in French are required,
however, to take French 17 in place of the second semester of this course.
Translation; conversation; exercises in pronunciation. Reading of texts
designed to give some knowledge of French life, thought, and culture.
1. With the Graduate Year Abroad in Paris
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 193
French 6, 7. Intermediate Scientific French (3, 3) — First and second
semesters. Prerequisite, French 1 and 2 or equivalent. Second-year French
for students specializing in the sciences. Students who expect to do major
or minor work in French are required, however, to take French 17 in place
of the second semester of this course.
Translation; conversation; exercises in pronunciation. Reading of scien-
tific texts.
French 8, 9. Intermediate Conversation (2, 2) — First and second semes-
ters. Prerequisite, consent of instructor.
Practical exercises in conversation, based on material dealing with French
life and customs.
French 17. Grammar Review (3) — First and second semesters. Pre-
requisite, French 4, French 6, or permission of instructor. This course gives
the same credit as do French 5 and French 7, and may be taken in place of
these courses. Required of second-year French students who expect to
major or minor in French.
An intensive review of the elements of French grammar; verb drills;
composition; conversation.
For Advanced Undergraduates
French 51, 52. The Development of the French Novel (3, 3) — First and
second semesters.
Introductory study of the history and growth of the novel in French
literature; of the lives, works, and influence of important novelists. Reports.
French 51 covers the 17th and 18th centuries, French 52 the 19th century.
French 53, 54. The Development of the French Drama (3, 3) — First and
second semesters.
Introductory study of the French drama. Translation, collateral reading,
reports. French 53 covers the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, French
54 the 19th century.
French 55, 56. The Development of the Short Story in French (3, 3) —
First and second semesters.
A study of the short story in French literature; reading and translation
of representative examples.
French 61, 62. French Phonetics (2, 2) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisite, French 1 and 2.
A practical course in the pronunciation of French: study of phonetics,
oral exercises and ear training.
French 71, 72. Intermediate Grammar and Composition (3, 3) — First and
second semesters. Prerequisite, French 17 or equivalent.
This course, more advanced than the Grammar Review (French 17), is
designed for students who, having a good general knowledge of French,
wish to become more proficient in the written and spoken language.
194 COURSES OFFERED
French 75, 76. Introduction to French Literature (3, 3) — First and
second semesters. Prerequisite, second-year French or equivalent.
An elementary survey of the chief authors and movements in French
literature.
French 80, 81. Advanced Conversation (3, 3) — First and second semes-
ters. Prerequisite, consent of the instructor.
This course is intended for students who have a good general knowledge
of French, and who wish to develop fluency and confidence in speaking the
language.
French 99. Rapid Review of the History of French Literature (1) —
Second semester.
Weekly lectures stressing the high points in the history of French litera-
ture. This course provides a rapid review for majors by means of a brief
survey of the entire field.
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
French 100. French Literature of the Sixteenth Century (3) — First
semester.
The beginning and development of the Renaissance in France.
French 101, 102. French Literature of the Seventeenth Century (3, 3) —
First semester and second semester.
First semester, a survey of the great classical writers including Corneille
and Racine. Second semester, devoted chiefly to Moliere.
French 103, 104. French Literature of the Eighteenth Century (3, 3)—
First and second semesters.
First semester, a study of the drama, poetry, and novels of the period.
Second semester, the philosophical and scientific movement from Saint-
Evremond and Bayle to the French Revolution.
French 105, 106. French Literature of the Nineteenth Century (3, 3) —
First semester, drama and poetry from Romanticism to Symbolism to the
present time. Second semester, the major prose writers of the same period.
French 107, 108. French Literature of the Twentieth Century (3, 3)—
First and second semesters.
First semester, drama and poetry from symbolism to the present time.
Second semester, the contemporary novel.
French 121, 122. Advanced Composition (3,3) — First and second
semesters. Translation from English to French, free composition, and letter
writing.
French 161, 162. French Life and Culture (3, 3) — First and second
semesters.
An introductory study of the French people: their life and customs, their
great men and women, their educational, literary and artistic tradition.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 195
For Graduates
The requirements of students will determine which courses will be offered.
French 201. Research — Credits determined by work accomplished.
French 203, 204. Georges Duhamel, Poet, Dramatist, Novelist (2,2)—
First and second semesters. (Falls.)
French 205, 206. French Literature of the Middle Ages (2, 2) — First and
second semesters.
French 207, 208. The French Novel in the First Half of the Nineteenth
Century (2, 2) — First and second semesters. (Falls.)
French 209, 210. The French Novel in the Second Half of the Nineteenth
Century (2, 2) — First and second semesters. (Falls.)
French 211. Introduction to Old French (3) — Second semester.
French 213, 214. Seminar (2, 2) — First and second semesters.
Required of all graduate students in French.
French 215, 216. Moliere (2, 2). (Quynn.)
French 221, 222. Reading Course (2, 2) — One conference a week, first
and second semester.
German
German 0. Intensive Elementary German (0).
Intensive elementary course in the German language designed particu-
larly for graduate students who wish to acquire a reading knowledge.
( Hammerschlag. )
German 1, 2. Elementary German (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Students who offer two units in German for entrance, but whose preparation
is not adequate for second-year German, receive half credit for this course.
German 3. Elementary Conversation (1) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisite, the grade of A or B in German 1.
German 4, 5. Intermediate Literary German (3, 3) — First and second
semesters. Prerequisite, German 1, 2, or equivalent.
Reading of narrative prose, grammar review, and oral and written
practice.
German 6, 7. Intermediate Scientific German (3, 3) — First and second
semesters.
Reading of technical prose, with some grammar review.
German 8, 9. Intermediate Conversation (2, 2) — First and second semes-
ters. Admission by consent of instructor.
The object of this course is to help the student acquire the ability to
speak and understand simple colloquial German.
196 COURSES OFFERED
German 17. Grammar Review (3) — First and second semester. Pre-
requisite, German 4 of 6 or permission of instructor. May be taken in place
of German 5 or 7.
For students who wish to major or minor in German.
For Advanced Undergraduates
German 61, 62. German Phonetics (1, 1) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisite, German 1, 2, or equivalent.
German 71, 72. German Grammar and Composition (3, 3) — First and
second semesters. Prerequisite, German 4, 5, or equivalent.
A thorough study of the more detailed points of German grammar with
ample practice in composition work. This course is required of students
preparing to teach German.
German 75, 76. Introduction to German Literature (3, 3) — First and
second semesters. Prerequisite, German 4, 5, or equivalent.
An elementary survey of the history of German literature.
German 80, 81. Advanced Conversation (3, 3) — First and second semes-
ters. Prerequisite, consent of instructor.
Intensive drill in the spoken language.
German 99. Rapid Review of the History of German Literature (1) —
First and second semesters.
Weekly lectures stressing the high points in the history of German litera-
ture, art, and music. Rapid review for majors.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
German 101, 102. German Literature of the Eighteenth Century (3, 3) —
First and second semesters.
The earlier and the later classical periods. (Prahl.)
German 103, 104. German Literature of the Nineteenth Century (3, 3) —
First and second semesters.
Romanticism and young Germany. (Prahl.)
German 105, 106. Contemporary German Literature (3, 3) — First and
second semesters.
The literature of the Empire and of the Twentieth Century. (Prahl.)
German 107, 108. Goethe's Faust (2, 2) — First and second semesters.
First and second parts of the drama. (Zucker.)
Attention is called to Comparative Literature 106, Romanticism in Ger-
many, and Comparative Literature 107, The Faust Legend in English and
German Literature.
German 121, 122. Advanced Composition (3, 3) — First and second semes-
ters. Prerequisite, German 71, 80 or consent of instructor.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 197
Translation from English and German, free composition, and letter
writing.
German 161, 162. German Life and Culture (3, 3) — First and second
semesters. (Cunz.)
Introductory study of the literary, educational, artistic tradition, great
men, customs and general culture.
For Graduates
(The requirements of students will determine which courses will be
offered.)
German 201. Research — Credits determined by work accomplished.
German 202, 203. The Modern German Drama (3, 3) — First and second
semesters. (Zucker.)
German 204. Schiller (3) — First semester.
German 205. Goethe's Works outside of Faust (2) — Second semester.
German 206. The Romantic Movement (3) — Second semester.
German 208. The Philosophy of Goethe's Faust (3) — First semester.
German 210. Seminar (3, 3) — First and second semester.
Required of all graduate students in German. (Zucker.)
German 220, 221. Reading Course (2, 2) — First and second semesters.
Designed to give the graduate student the background of a survey of
German literature. Extensive outside readings with reports and connecting
lectures.
German 230. Introduction to European Linguistics (3) — First semester.
German 231. Middle High German (3) — Second semester.
Spanish
Spanish 1, 2. Elementary Spanish (3, 3) — First and second semester.
Students who offer two units in Spanish for entrance, but whose prepara-
tion is not adequate for second-year Spanish, receive half credit for this
course.
Spanish 3. Elementary Conversation (1) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisite, the grade of A or B in Spanish 1.
A practice course in simple, spoken Spanish.
Spanish 4, 5. Intermediate Spanish (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisite, Spanish 1, 2, or equivalent. Students who do major or minor
work in Spanish are advised to take Spanish 17 in place of the second
semester of this course.
Translation, grammar review, exercise in pronunciation. Reading of
texts designed to give some knowledge of Spanish and Latin-American
life, thought, and culture.
198 COURSES OFFERED
Spanish 6, 7. Business Spanish (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisites, consent of instructor, Spanish 1 and 2 or equivalent.
A second-year course designed to give a knowledge of correct Spanish
business usage.
Spanish 8, 9. Intermediate Conversation (2, 2) — First and second semes-
ters. Admission by consent of instructor.
The object of this course is to help the student acquire the ability to
speak and understand everyday and colloquial Spanish.
Spanish 17. Grammar Review (3) — First and second semesters. Prere-
quisite Spanish 4 or consent of instructor. Designed particularly for
students who enter with three or more units in Spanish, who expect to do
advanced work in the Spanish language and literature, but who are not
prepared to take Spanish 71. May be taken in place of Spanish 5 or 7.
An intensive review of the elements of the Spanish grammar, verb drills,
composition.
Spanish 61, 62. Spanish Phonetics (1, 1) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisite, Spanish 1, 2, or equivalent, or consent of instructor.
A practical course in the pronunciation of Spanish; study of phonetics,
oral exercises and ear training.
Spanish 71, 72. Review Grammar and Composition (3, 3) — First and
second semester. Prerequisite, Spanish 4, 5, or equivalent.
This course is more advanced than Spanish 17 and is designed to give
the students a thorough training in the structure of the language. It is
also intended to give an intensive and practical drill in Spanish composition.
Spanish 75, 76. Introduction to Spanish Literature (3, 3) — First and
second semesters. Prerequisite, Spanish 4, 5, or equivalent.
An elementary survey of the history of Spanish literature.
Spanish 80, 81. Advanced Conversation (3, 3) — First and second semes-
ters. Prerequisite, Spanish 8, 9, or consent of instructor. This course is
more advanced than Spanish 8 and 9 and is intended to give the students
the ability to speak fluently about subjects of general interest.
Spanish 99. Rapid Review of the History of Spanish Literature (1) —
Second semester.
Weekly lectures stressing the leading concepts in the history of Spanish
Literature. Especially designed for majors.
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Spanish 101. Epic and Ballad (3) — First semester.
The legends and heroic matter of Medieval Spain.
Spanish 104. The Drama of the Golden Age (3) — First semester.
Spanish 105. The Spanish Novel of the Golden Age (3) — Second
semester.
COLLEGE OB" ARTS AND SCIENCES 199
Spanish 106. The Poetry of the Golden Age (3)— First semester.
Spanish 107. The Spanish Mystics (3) — Second semester.
Spanish 108. Lope de Vega (3) — First semester.
Spanish 109. Cervantes (3) — Second semester.
Spanish 110. The Poetry of the XlXth Century (3) — First semester.
Spanish 111. The Novel of the XlXth Century (3) — Second semester.
Spanish 112. The Drama of the XlXth Century (3) — Second semester.
Spanish 113. The Novel of the XXth Century (3) — First semester.
Spanish 114. The Poetry of the XXth Century (3) — First semester.
Spanish 115. Spanish Thought in the XXth Century (3) — First semester.
Essays and critical writings of the XXth Century. The Generation of 1898.
Spanish 116. The Drama of the XXth Century (3) — Second semester.
Spanish 121, 122. Advanced Composition (3,3; — First and second semester.
Translation from English to Spanish, free composition, letter writing.
Spanish 151. Latin-American Novel (3) — First semester.
Spanish 152. Latin-American Poetry (3) — Second semester.
Spanish 153. Latin-American Essay (3) — First semester.
Spanish 161, 162. Spanish Life and Culture (3, 3) — First and second
semesters.
Introductory study of the literary, educational, artistic traditions, great
men, customs and general culture.
Spanish 163, 164. Latin-American Civilization (3, 3) — First and second
semesters.
Introductory study of the geography, history, government, economics,
literature and thought. Offered in conjunction with staff members from the
Departments of Geography, History, and Government and Politics.
For Graduate Students
Spanish 201. Research — Credits determined by work accomplished.
Spanish 202. The Golden Age in Spanish Literature (3) — First semester.
Spanish 203, 204. Spanish Poetry (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Spanish 210. Seminar — (Arranged.)
Spanish 213. Introduction to Old Spanish (3) — Second semester.
Spanish 221, 222. Reading Course — (Arranged.)
French (see page 192).
200 COURSES OFFERED
Hebrew
Hebrew 1, 2. Elementary Hebrew (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Elements of grammar; pronunciation and conversation; exercises in com-
position and translation.
Hebrew 3. Elementary Conversation (1) — First semester. Prerequisite,
Hebrew 1 and consent of instructor.
A practice course in spoken Hebrew.
Hebrew 4, 5. Intermediate Hebrew (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisite, Hebrew 1 and 2, or equivalent.
Translation; conversation; exercises in pronounciation. Reading of texts
designed to give some knowledge of Hebrew life, thought, and culture.
Hebrew 8. Intermediate Hebrew Conversation (2). Prerequisite, con-
sent of instructor.
A practice course in intermediate-level spoken Hebrew. (Greenberg.)
Hebrew 75, 76. Introduction to Hebrew Literature (3, 3) — First and
second semesters. Prerequisite, second-year Hebrew or equivalent and
consent of instructor.
A survey of Hebrew literature.
Italian
Italian 1, 2. Elementary Italian (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Open to freshmen. Also recommended for advanced students in French
and Spanish.
Elements of grammar; pronunciation and conversation; exercises in com-
position and translation.
Italian 3. Elementary Conversation (1) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisite, the grade of A or B in Italian 1.
A practice course in simple, spoken Italian.
Portuguese
Portuguese 1, 2. Elementary Portuguese (3, 3) — First and second
semesters.
Drill in pronunciation and in the elements of grammar; composition and
translation.
Portuguese 3. Elementary Conversation (1) — Prerequisite, the grade of
A or B in Portuguese 1. Qualified students who are interested in Portu-
guese should take this course in conjunction with Portuguese 2.
A practice course in simple, spoken Portuguese.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 201
Russian
Russian 1, 2. Elementary Russian (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Elements of grammar; composition; pronunciation and translation.
Russian 3. Elementary Conversation (1) — Prerequisite, the grade of A
or B in Russian 1. Qualified students who are interested in Russian should
take this course in conjunction with Russian 2.
Russian 4, 5. Intermediate Russian (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisite, Russian 1 and 2, or equivalent.
Translation; conversation; exercises in pronunciation. Reading of texts
designed to give some knowledge of Russian life, thought, and culture.
Russian 8, 9. Intermediate Conversation (2, 2) — First and second semes-
ters. Admission by consent of instructor.
A practice course in spoken Russian.
Russian 75, 76. Introduction to Russian Literature (3, 3) — First and
second semesters. Prerequisite, second-year Russian or equivalent and
consent of instructor.
A survey of Russian literature.
LIBRARY SCIENCE
Associate Professor Rovelstad; Instructors Baehr, Holladay, Phillips,
Turner and Urban
L. S. 1, 2. Library Methods (1, 1) — First and second semesters.
This course is intended to help students to use libraries with greater
facility and effectiveness. Instruction, given in the form of lectures and
practical work, is designed to interpret the library and its resources to the
students. The course considers the classification of books in libraries, the
card catalog, periodical literature and indexes, and certain essential refer-
ence books which will be found helpful throughout the college course and
in later years.
L. S. 101. School Library Administration (2) — First semester.
The organization and maintenance of effective library service in the
modern school. Planning and equipping library quarters, purpose of the
library in the school, standards, instruction in the use of books and libraries,
training student assistants, acquisition of materials, repair of books, pub-
licity, exhibits and other practical problems.
L. S. 102. Cataloging and Classification (2) — Second semester. One lec-
ture; one two-hour laboratory.
Study and practice in classifying books and making dictionary catalog
for school libraries. Simplified forms as used in the Children's Catalog,
Standard Catalog for High School Libraries, and Wilson printed cards are
studied.
202 COURSES OFFERED
L. S. 103. Book Selection for School Libraries (3) — First semester.
Principles of book selection as applied to school libraries. Practice in
the effective use of book selection aids and in the preparation of book
lists. Evaluation of publishers, editions, translations, format, etc.
MATHEMATICS
Professors Martin, Hall, Jackson, Weinstein;* Associate Professors Vander-
slice, Truesdell;* Assistant Professors Brigham, Good, Leutert; Lecturers
Barker, Harkin, Marston, Rigby, van Tuyl, Watanabe, Wehausen; Instruc-
tors Boyer, Brandt, Brewster, Dantzig, Dare,* Eakens, Gorciu, Holland,
Jamieson,* McLean, Meals, Menneken, Rankin, Shepherd, Stephens, Thorpe,
Wagner, and Waters.
The Mathematics Club meets once a month under the direction of Pro-
fessor Jackson for the discussion of mathematical topics of interest to the
undergraduate.
The following courses are open to students who offer one unit of algebra
for entrance: Math. 1, 5, or 10.
The following courses are open to students who offer two or more units
of algebra for entrance: Math. 14, 15.
Students are enrolled in Math. 5, 10, or 15 provided they pass the Mathe-
matics section of the general classification test given to incoming students
during registration. Students who fail this test should enroll in Math. 0 if
their curriculum calls for Math. 5 or 10, and in Math. 1 if their curriculum
calls for Math. 15. Students taking Math. 1 are not eligible to take Math.
14 concurrently.
In general students should enroll in only one course in the groups below.
In case this rule is not followed credit will be assigned as indicated.
Math. 5, 10, 15. Credit for only one course.
Math. 11, 14. Math. 11—1 Y2 credits; Math. 14—2 credits.
Math. 11, 17. Math. 11—1 y2 credits; Math. 17—4 credits.
The department strongly recommends that a student who receives a
grade of D in a course in mathematics repeat the course to raise his grade
before going on to a more advanced course.
Math. 0. Basic Mathematics (0) — First and second semesters. Required
of students whose curriculum calls for Math. 5 or 10 and who fail the quali-
fying examination for these courses.
The fundamental principles of algebra.
Math. 1. Introductory Algebra (0) — First and second semesters. Pre-
requisite, one unit of algebra. Required of students whose curriculum calls
for Math. 15 and who fail the qualifying examination for this course.
A review of the topics covered in a second course in algebra.
• Part time.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 203
Math. 2. Solid Geometry (0) — First and second semesters. Prerequi-
site, plane geometry. Open to students who enter deficient in solid
geometry.
Lines, planes, cylinders, cones, the sphere and polyhedra, primary em-
phasis on mensuration. Intended for engineers and science students.
Math. 5. General Mathematics (3) — First and second semesters. Pre-
requisite, one unit of algebra. Open only to students in the College of
Business and Public Administration, the College of Agriculture, and the
Department of Industrial Education.
Fundamental operations, ratio and proportion, percentage, simple interest,
linear and quadratic equations, exponents and radicals, logarithms, the slide
rule, functions and graphs, progressions, binomial theorem.
Math. 6. Mathematics of Finance (3) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisite, Math. 5, or equivalent. Open only to students in the College
of Business and Public Administration.
Simple and compound interest, discount, amortization, sinking funds,
valuation of bonds, depreciation, annuities, and insurance.
Math. 10. Algebra (3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, one
unit each of algebra and plane geometry. Open to biological, premedical,
predental, and general Arts and Science students.
Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions, linear equations, exponents
and radicals, logarithms, quadratic equations, variation, binomial theorem,
theory of equations.
Math. 11. Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry (3) — First and second
semesters. Prerequisite, Math. 10 or equivalent. Open to biological, pre-
medical, predental, and general Arts and Science students. This course is
not recommended for students planning to enroll in Math. 20.
Trigonometric functions, identities, addition formulas, solution of tri-
angles, coordinates, locus problems, the straight line and circle, conic sec-
tions, graphs.
Math. 13. Elements of Mathematical Statistics (3) — First semester. Pre-
requisite, one of Math. 5, 10, 15.
Frequency distributions, averages, moments, measures of dispersion,
the normal curve, curve fitting, regression and correlation.
Math. 14. Plane Trigonometry (2) — First and second semesters. Pre-
requisite, Math. 15 or concurrent enrollment in Math. 15. Open to students
in engineering, education, and the physical sciences.
Trigonometric functions, identities, the radian, graphs, addition formulas,
solution of triangles, trigonometric equations.
Math. 15. College Algebra (3) — First and second semesters. Prerequi-
site, high school algebra completed, and Plane Geometry. Open to students
in engineering, education, and the physical sciences.
204 COURSES OFFERED
Fundamental operations, variation, functions and graphs, quadratic equa-
tions, theory of equations, binomial theorem, complex numbers, logarithms
determinants, progressions.
Math. 16. Spherical Trigonometry (2) — First and second semesters. Pre-
requisites, solid geometry and plane trigonometry.
The solution of spherical triangles, with applications to the terrestrial
and astronomical triangles.
Math. 17. Analytic Geometry (4) — Three lectures and two one-hour lab-
oratory periods a week, first and second semesters. Prerequisite, Math. 14
and 15, or equivalent. Open to students in engineering, education, and the
physical sciences.
Coordinates, locus problems, the straight line and circle, graphs, trans-
formation of coordinates, conic sections, parametric equations, transcen-
dental equations, solid analytic geometry.
Math. 20, 21. Calculus (4, 4) — Three lectures and two one-hour labora-
tory periods a week, first and second semesters, second and first semesters.
Prerequisite, Math. 17, or equivalent. Open to students in engineering,
education and the physical sciences.
Limits, derivatives, differentials, maxima and minima, curve sketching,
rates, curvature, kinematics, integration with geometric and physical appli-
cations, partial derivatives, space geometry, multiple integrals, infinite
series.
Math. 64. Differential Equations for Engineers (3) — First and second
semesters. Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. Required of students
in mechanical and electrical engineering.
Ordinary and partial differential equations of the first and second order
with emphasis on their engineering applications.
A. Algebra
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Math. 100, 101. Higher Algebra (3, 3)— (Not offered 1949-50). Pre-
requisite, Math. 20, 21 or equivalent.
Selected topics in algebra will be taken up from a point of view designed
to strengthen and deepen the grasp of the subject. (Good.)
Math. 102. Theory of Equations (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Math.
20, 21 or equivalent.
Solution of algebraic equations, symmetric functions. (Good.)
Math. 103. Introduction to Modern Algebra (3) — Second semester.
Prerequisite, Math. 20, 21 or equivalent
Linear dependence, matrices, groups, vector spaces. (Good.)
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 205
Math. 106. Introduction to the Theory of Numbers (3). Prerequisite,
Math. 20, 21 or equivalent.
Integers, divisibility, Euclid's algorithm, Diophantine equations, prime
numbers, Moebius function, congruences, residues. (Brigham.)
For Graduates
Math. 200, 201. Modern Algebra (3, 3)— (Not offered 1949-50). Pre-
requisite, Math. 103 or consent of instructor.
Matrices, groups, rings, fields, algebraic numbers, Galois theory. (Good.)
Math. 202. Matrix Theory (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Math.
103 or consent of instructor.
The theory of vectors and matrices with applications. (Good.)
Math. 204, 205. Topological Groups (3, 3). Prerequisite, consent of in-
structor.
An introductory course in abstract groups, topological spaces, and the
study of collections of elements enjoying both these properties. The con-
cept of a uniform space will be introduced and studied. The representation
problem will be considered together with the subject of Lie groups.
(Good, Hall.)
Math. 271. Selected Topics in Algebra (3) — (Arranged).
B. Analysis
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Math. 110, 111. Advanced Calculus (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisite, Math. 20, 21, or equivalent.
Limits, continuous functions, differentiation and integration with appli-
cation to mechanics, infinite series, Fourier series, functions of several
variables, differential equations with applications to mechanics and physics,
multiple integrals, the theorems of Gauss and Stokes, the calculus of
variations.
Math. 114, 115. Differential Equations (3, 3). Prerequisite, Math, 20,
21 or equivalent.
Ordinary differential equations, symbolic methods, successive approxi-
mations, solutions in series, orthogonal functions, Bessel functions, Stur-
mian theory. Partial differential equations of first and second order,
characteristics, boundary value problems, Pfaffians, systems of equations,
applications. (Leutert.)
Math. 116. Introduction to Complex Variable Theory (3) — (Not offered
1949-50). Prerequisite, Math. 20, 21, or equivalent. Open to students of
engineering and the physical sciences. Graduate students of mathematics
should enroll in Math. 210, 211.
206 COURSES OFFERED
Fundamental operations in complex numbers, differentiation and inte-
gration, analytic functions, conformal mapping, residue theory, power
series.
Math. 117. Fourier Series (3)— (Not offered 1949-50). Prerequisite,
Math. 114 or equivalent.
Representation of functions by series of orthogonal functions. Applica-
tions to the solution of boundary value problems of some partial differential
equations of physics and engineering.
For Graduates
Math. 210, 211. Functions of a Complex Variable (3, 3). Prerequisite,
advanced calculus.
Complex numbers, infinite series, Cauchy-Riemann equations, conformal
mapping, complex integral, the Cauchy theory, the Weierstrass theory,
Riemann surfaces, algebraic functions, periodic and elliptic functions, the
theorems of Weierstrass and Mittag-Leffler.
Math. 213, 214. Functions of a Real Variable (3, 3)— (Not offered
1949-50). Prerequisite, advanced calculus.
The real number system, point sets, the Heine-Borel theorem, continuous
functions, derivatives, infinite series, uniform convergence, the Riemann
integral, Jordan content, the Lebesgue integral, Fourier series.
Math. 215, 216. Analysis (3, 3). Prerequisite, advanced calculus and a
course in complex variable theory.
Theory of residues, infinite series, asymptotic expansions, trigonomet-
rical series, differential and integral equations, transcendental functions.
Math. 272. Selected Topics in Analysis (3) — (Arranged).
C. Geometry and Topology
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Math. 122, 123. Elementary Topology (3, 3). Prerequisite, Math. 20 and
21 or equivalent.
Open and closed sets. Elementary topology of the straight line and
the Euclidean plane. The Jordan Curve Theorem and its applications.
Simple connectivity. (Hall.)
Math. 124, 125. Introduction to Projective Geometry (3, 3). Prerequi-
site, Math. 20, 21, or equivalent.
Elementary projective geometry largely from the analytic approach, pro-
jective transformations, cross ratio, harmonic division, projective coordi-
nates, projective theory of conies, Laguerre's definition of angle. (Jackson.)
Math. 126. Introduction to Differential Geometry (3) — First semester.
Prerequisite, Math. 20, 21, or equivalent.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 207
The differential geometry of curves and surfaces with the use of vector
and tensor methods, curvature and torsion, moving frames, curvilinear co-
ordinates, the fundamental differential forms, covariant derivatives, intrinsic
geometry, curves on a surface, dynamical applications. (Vanderslice.)
Math. 128, 129. Higher Geometry (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisite, two years of college mathematics. Open to students in the
College of Education.
This course is designed for students preparing to teach geometry in
high school. The first semester is devoted to the modern geometry of the
triangle, circle and sphere. In the second semester emphasis is placed on
the axiomatic development of Euclidean and Non-Euclidean geometry.
(Jackson.)
For Graduates
Math. 220, 221. Differential Geometry (3, 3)— (Not offered 1949-50).
Prerequisite, Math. 126 or equivalent.
Curves and surfaces, geometry in the large, the Gauss-Bonnet formula,
ovaloids, surfaces of constant curvature, projective differential geometry.
(Jackson.)
Math. 222. Foundations of Geometry (3) — Second semester. Prerequi-
site, Math. 124 or consent of instructor.
The course will develop the elements of projective geometry from the
postulational point of view, laying emphasis on the logical basis of the
results obtained. Desargues configuration, and Pappus configuration, per-
spectivities, conies, and construction of coordinate systems will be among
the topics studied. (Jackson.)
Math. 223, 224. Combinatorial Topology (3, 3)— (Not offered 1949-50).
Prerequisites, Advanced Calculus and Math. 103 or equivalent.
Homology and Homotopy theory of complexes developed from a group
theoretic basis. (Hall.)
Math. 225, 226. Set-theoretic Topology (3, 3). Prerequisite, Advanced
Calculus.
Foundations of mathematics based on a set of axioms, metric spaces,
convergence and connectivity properties of point sets, continua and con-
tinuous curves, the topology of the plane. (Hall.)
Math. 227. Tensor Analysis (3) — Second semester. Prerequisites, Ad-
vanced Calculus and differential equations.
Algebra and calculus of tensors, Riemannian geometry and its extensions,
differential invariants, applications to physics and engineering, the theory
of relativity. (Vanderslice.)
Math. 273. Selected Topics in Geometry and Topology (3) — (Arranged).
208 COURSES OFFERED
D. Applied Mathematics
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Math. 130, 131. Analytic Mechanics (3, 3). Prerequisite, Math. 20, 21,
or equivalent.
Statics, kinematics, dynamics of a particle, elementary celestial mechan-
ics, Lagrangian equations for dynamical systems of one, two, and three
degrees of freedom, Hamilton's principle, the Hamilton-Jacobi partial
differential equation.
Math. 132, 133. Advanced Mathematics for Engineers and Physicists
(3, 3). Prerequisite, Math. 64, or equivalent.
Designed to introduce the student to advanced mathematical methods and
their applications to problems arising in the fields of aeronautical, elec-
trical and mechanical engineering, and in the physical sciences.
Math. 134. Vector Analysis (3)— (Not offered 1949-50). Prerequisite,
Math. 20, 21, or equivalent.
Vector algebra with applications to geometry and mechanics.
(Vanderslice.)
Math. 135. Numerical Analysis. (3) — First semester. Prerequisites, Math.
114 or equivalent.
Survey of high-speed calculators; applicability of numerical techniques.
Evaluation of errors in extended calculations; round-off and truncation
errors. Finite differences; smoothing; divided differences; central differ-
ences; uniform intervals. Newton's interpolation formula; inverse inter-
polation. Numerical differentiation and integration. Systems of simultane-
ous equations. Solution of typical problems. (Polachek.)
Math. 139. Operational Calculus (3)— (Not offered 1949-50). Pre-
requisite, Math. 64, or equivalent. Intended for students of engineering
and physics.
Operational solutions of ordinary and partial differential equations.
Fourier and Laplace transforms.
For Graduates
Math. 230, 231. Applied Mathematics (3, 3). Prerequisite, advanced
calculus and differential equations.
The subject material for this course will be chosen from the fields of
dynamics, elasticity, hydro-dynamics.
Math. 232, 233. Partial Diffreential Equations of Mathematical Physics
(3, 3). Prerequisites, Advanced Calculus and Differential Equations.
The characteristic properties of elliptic, parabolic, and hyperbolic partial
differential equations with special reference to problems in potential theory,
the flow of heat, hydrodynamics and elasticity. (Martin.)
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 209
Math. 234. Potential Theory (3)— (Not offered 1949-50). Prerequisites,
Math. 110, 111, or equivalent.
The equations of Laplace and Poisson, flux, the theorems of Gauss and
Green, potential of volume and surface distributions, harmonic functions,
Green's function, the problems of Dirichlet and Neumann, introduction to
the linear integral equations of potential theory.
Math. 235. Advanced Numerical Analysis (3) — Second semester. Pre-
requisites, Math. 115, and Math. 135, or equivalent.
Review of numerical differentiation and integration, solution of ordinary
differential equations. Construction of multivariate tables. Properties of
elliptic, hyperbolic and parabolic partial differential equations. Conversion
of partial differential equations to system of difference equations; determina-
tion of mesh sizes and convergence. The relaxation method of R. V. South-
well. Integral equations. Solution of typical problems. (Polachek.)
Math. 236. Mathematical Theory of Hydrodynamics (3) — (Not offered
1949-50). Prerequisite, a course in complex variable theory.
Equation of continuity, rotational and irrotational flows, Bernouilli's
theorem, Helmholtz's theory of vorticity, flux of momentum; the plane
motion of an incompressible perfect fluid, including stream function, com-
plex potential, Joukowski's theory, the formula of Blasius, Karman's vortex
street. Prandtl's theory of a finite wing, and an introduction to the theory
of viscous fluids.
Math. 237. Mathematical Theory of Elasticity (3)— (Not offered 1949-50).
Prerequisites, Math. 110, 111, or equivalent.
Stress and strain, deformation of columns, bending torsion, and flexture of
beams, Euler-Bernouilli formulas, Saint- Venant's Principle, Airy's function,
strain and potential energy, buckling problems, minimum principles, Betti's
reciprocity law. (Weinstein.)
Math. 238. Mathematical Theory of Continuous Media (3) — Second
semester. Prerequisites, vector or tensor analysis and consent of instructor.
Kinematics of continuous media, conservation of mass, momentum and
energy, theromodynamics, heat conduction, elastic bodies, plates and shells,
fluid mechanics (non-linear theory), rarefied gases, viscous fluids, plasticity.
(Truesdell.)
Math. 239. Mathematical Theory of Electricity and Magnetism (3) —
First semester. Prerequisites, vector analysis and consent of instructor.
Maxwell's equations electrostatics, condensers, dielectrics, conductors and
potential distributions, electric current, linear conductors, flow in two and
three dimensions, magnetostatics, electromagnetic inductance, transients,
alternating currents, stress and energy, electromagnetic forces and energy;
plane, cylindrical and spherical electromagnetic waves, radiation.
(Truesdell.)
Math. 274. Selected Topics in Applied Mathematics (3) — (Arranged).
2iu COURSES OFFERED
E. Statistics
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Math. 150, 151. Probability (3, 3)— (Not offered 1949-50). Prerequi-
sites, differential and intergral calculus.
Combinatory analysis, total, compound and inverse probability, continuous
distributions, theorems of Bernoulli and Laplace, applications to statistics
and the theory of errors.
Math. 152, 153. Mathematical Statstics (2, 2). Prerequisites, differential
and integral calculus.
Frequency distributions and their parameters, multivariate analysis and
correlation, theory of sampling, analysis of variance, statistical inference.
Math. 154, 155. Applications of Statistics (3, 3). Two lectures and one
two-hour laboratory period per week. Prerequisites, Math. 20, 21, or
equivalent.
This course is intended for those who desire a working knowledge of
statistical methods without going into the finer points of the mathematical
theory. Tools of probability theory, testing hypotheses, power of tests,
tests of goodness of fit, estimation, design of experiments, moments, curve
fitting, regression, and correlation.
Math. 156. Biological Statistics (2) — Second semester. Prerequisite,
consent of instructor.
This course is intended for students of agriculture and the biological
sciences. Topics will be selected from the following: Multiple correlation,
multiple regression, analysis of variance and covariance, statistical design,
in accordance with the needs and interests of the class. Illustrations will
be drawn mainly from agriculture and the biological sciences.
F. Colloquium and Research
For Graduates
Math. 290. Colloquium — First and second semesters.
The colloquium meets weekly for reports on the research of the faculty
and graduate students, and for expository lectures on papers published in
current mathematical journals.
Math. 300. Research — (Arranged).
MUSIC
Professor Randall; Assistant Professor Sykora; Instructors Burton, French,
Haslup, and Power
Music 1. Music Appreciation (3) — First semester.
A study of all types of classical music (not including opera) from the
time of Haydn, with a view to developing the ability to listen and enjoy.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 211
Music 2, 3. History of Music (1, 1) — First and second semesters.
A course in the history of music covering the development of all forms
of music (not including opera) from the Greeks to the present.
Music 4. Men's Glee Club (1)— First and second semester.
A total of six credits may be earned.
Music 5. Women's Chorus (1) — First and second semesters.
A total of six credits may be earned.
Music 6. Orchestra (1) — First and second semesters.
Music 7. Fundamentals of Music (2) — First and second semesters.
This course is a prerequisite to Harmony and includes a study of major
and minor scales, intervals, basic piano techniques, sight singing, simple
musical forma and theory. A student must achieve a grade of B in order
to continue with the study of Harmony.
Music 8. Solfeggio and Ear Training, I (2) — First and second semesters.
Three times a week.
This course aims to develop facility in singing at sight and the ability
to sing with good intonation. The aural study of the melodic and rhythmic
patterns in Solfeggio is also included.
Music 10. Band (1) — First and second semesters.
For discussion of Student and R. 0. T. C. Bands, see page 42. A total
of six credits may be earned.
Music 11. Solfeggio and Ear Training, II (2) — First and second semes-
ters. Three times a week.
This course is a continuation of the study of Solfeggio and Ear Training,
I. More difficult music is used and special emphasis is placed on part
singing.
Music 50. Elementary Conducting (2) — First and second semesters.
The student develops a technique of the baton based on the fundamental
meter designs. Choral and simple orchestra numbers are conducted.
Euryhthmics are applied to develop a sense of rhythm through muscular
coordination and accompanying is also a feature of the course.
Music 68. Survey of the Opera (3) — Second semester.
The object of this course is to acquaint the student with the librettos,
music and the composers of the standard operas.
Music 70. Harmony, I (3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite,
Fundamentals of Music.
Music theory is reviewed and a study is made of harmonic progressions,
triads, dominant seventh and ninth chords in root position and inversions.
The course continues through altered and mixed chords to modulation.
212 COURSES OFFERED
Music 71. Harmony, II (3) — Second semester.
This course is a continuation of Harmony, I. It includes the study of
modulation and the inharmonic intervals. Analysis, simple harmonizations,
and original compositions are a part of the course.
Music 80. Instruments of the Orchestra (Strings) (2) — First and second
semesters.
A study is made of the techniques of the string instruments through
practical experience.
Music 81. Instruments of the Band (2) — First and second semesters.
A study is made of the techniques of the wind and percussion instru-
ments through practical experience.
Music 90. History of American Music (2) — Second semester.
This course, designed to be an integral part of the American Civilization
program, reviews the development of music in the United States from
Colonial days to 1800, 1800 to the Civil War, and 1865 to the present.
Phases of our musical history which are studied include: Early Hymn
Writers, Stephen Foster, the Negro Spiritual, and Twentieth Century
Music.
Music 120. Advanced History and Appreciation of Music (3) — First
semester. Prerequisites, History of Music 2 and 3.
The aim of this course is an extensive study of the evolution of forms
and styles of musical composition as illustrated in the music of various
periods.
Music 150. Harmony, III (3) — First semester.
The practical application to the piano keyboard of the harmonic prin-
ciples acquired in Harmony I and II are applied in this course. Its pro-
cedures include harmonization of melodies, improvisations and accompani-
ments, playing at dictation and transposition.
Music 151. Harmony, IV (3) — Second semester.
This course aims to develop a feeling for musical forma and a technique
for writing and arranging music for voices, piano, and groups of instru-
ments.
Music 160. Advanced Choral Conducting, Materials and Methods (2) —
First semester.
Prerequisite, Elementary Conducting. It aims to improve conducting
technique through practical chorus experience, learn methods of vocal
procedures, and make a survey of choral literature.
Music 161. Advanced Orchestral Conducting, Materials and Methods
(2) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Elementary Conducting.
Conducting and arranging for the orchestra, band, and instrumental en-
sembles are developed through practical experience. Methods of instruc-
tion and a survey of instrumental literature are made.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 213
**Music 12, 112. Applied Music (1) — One private lesson per week.
Private lessons in piano, voice, string and wind instruments will be
offered. There will be a laboratory fee for all private lessons.
**Applied Music, Course Numbers : Piano Voice Instrument
First Year 12 13 14
Second Year 52 53 54
Third Year 112 113 114
Fourth Year 152 153 154
PHILOSOPHY
Professor Baylis; Assistant Professor Dewey; Instructor Robinson.
Phil. 1. Philosophical Perspectives (3) — Each semester.
Systematic and critical examination and evaluation of representative
hypotheses as to the nature of man and his place in the universe, the nature
and function of religion and of science in the life of man. (The Staff.)
Phil. 2. Philosophical Perspectives (3) — Each semester.
Systematic and critical examination and evaluation of representative
hypotheses as to the nature and function of morality, government, educa-
tion, and art. (The Staff.)
Relational Courses
Elective without prerequisite for sophomores, juniors, or seniors
Phil. 51. Philosophy of Art (3) — First semester.
The nature of art and beauty; their relations and their function in
society. The nature of esthetic contemplation, esthetic feelings, and esthetic
objects. Standards of criticism. (Dewey.)
Phil. 52. Philosophy of Literature (3) — Second semester.
Reading and philosophical criticism of essays, novels, dramas, poems, or
other works of current or classical literature containing ideas significant
for ethics, social policy, religion, art, science, education, or other major
human interests. (Dewey.)
Phil. 53. Philosophy of Religion (3) — First semester.
A critical and constructive study of the nature of religion, of its various
forms and manifestations, and of its functions in human life. (Baylis.)
Phil. 54. Political and Social Philosophy (3) — Second semester.
Classical and contemporary theories of the nature and functions of the
state. The bearings of ethical principles on problems of government, inter-
national relations, economics, the family, and other social institutions.
Human rights, social control and individual freedom. (Dewey.)
Phil. 55. Logic (3) — Second semester.
Conditions of clear statement and valid reasoning. Language and
meaning. Immediate inference and the syllogism. Modern developments
in deductive logic. The nature and function of deductive systems. (Baylis.)
214 COURSES OFFERED
Phil. 56. Philosophy of Science (3) — First semester.
The nature of science and its function in human life. Critical examina-
tion of the nature of scientific method, of probability and of confirmation.
Implications of scientific knowledge for human values. (Robinson.)
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Phil. 101. Ancient Philosophy (3) — First semester.
A survey of the development of occidental philosophy from its begin-
nings through the Classical Period. Special attention to the Pre-Socratics,
Socrates, Plato, and Aristotle. (Robinson.)
Phil. 102. Modern Philosophy (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Phil.
101.
A survey of occidental philospohy from the Renaissance to the time of
Kant. Special attention to Bacon, Hobbes, Descartes, Spinoza, Leibnitz,
Locke, Berkeley, Hume, and Kant. (Robinson.)
Phil. 111. Medieval Philosophy (3) — First semester. (Not offered in
1949-50; to be offered in 1950-51.) Prerequisite, Phil. 101.
A survey of the development of occidental philosophy from the Classical
Period to the Renaissance, with special attention to Plotinus, Augustine,
Thomas Aquinas and other Scholastics. (Robinson.)
Phil. 112. Recent and Contemporary Philosophy (3) — Second semester.
Prerequisite, Phil. 101.
A survey of the development of occidental philosophy from the time of
Hegel to the present. Special attention to Hegel, Schopenhauer, Nietzsche,
Mill, Comte, Bergson, Bradley, Dewey, Whitehead, and Russell.
(Robinson.)
Phil. 121. American Philosophy (3) — First semester.
The main tendencies in American philosophy including Puritanism, The
Enlightenment, Transcendentalism, Idealism, Pramatism, Positivism, and
Realism. Special attention to Edwards, Johnson, Franklin, Paine, Channing,
Emerson, Thoreau, Royce, Peirce, James, and outstanding contemporaries.
(Dewey.)
Phil. 151. Ethics (3) — First semester. Prerequisite (after June, 1950),
Phil. 2 or one year of philosophy.
Good and bad; right and wrong; moral and immoral. Free will, deter-
minism and moral responsibility. The nature and ground of moral obliga-
tion. Critical evaluation of the chief rival theories as to the correct prin-
ciples of wise choice. (Baylis.)
Phil. 191. Topical Investigations (3) — Each semester..
Tutorial course. Independent study under individual guidance. Topics
selected by students in conference with the department chairman. Re-
stricted to advanced students with credit for at least 12 units of philosophy.
(The Staff.)
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 215
For Graduates
Phil. 201. Research in Philosophy (3) — Each semester.
Selected projects in historical research under individual guidance.
(The Staff.)
Phil. 203. Selected Problems in Philosophy (3) — Each semester.
Intensive study of selected topics in systematic philosophy under individual
supervision. (The Staff.)
Phil. 205. Seminar in the History of Philosophy (3) — First semester.
A special topic will be selected for each year, e. g., Plato, Aristotle, Kant,
British Empiricists, Russell. (The Staff.)
Phil. 206. Seminar in the Problems of Philosophy (3) — Second semester.
A special topic will be selected each year, e. g., Symbolic Logic, Philo-
sophical Analysis, Perceptual Knowledge. (The Staff.)
PHYSICS
Professors Morgan, Myers; Part-time Professors Brickwedde, Johnson, Ken-
nard, McMillen; Visiting Professor Durkee; Associate Professors Cooper,
Iskraut; Assistant Professors Andrews, Swartz.
Phys. 1. Elements of Physics: Mechanics, Heat, and Sound (3) — First
semester. Two lectures, and one recitation a week. The first half of a
survey course in general physics. This course is for the general student
and does not satisfy the requirements of the professional schools. Pre-
requisite, successful passing of the qualifying examination in elementary
mathematics. Lecture demonstration fee $3.00.
Phys. 2. Elements of Physics: Magnetism, Electricity, and Optics (3) —
Second semester. Two lectures and one recitation a week. The second half
of a survey course in general physics. This course is for the general student
and does not satisfy the requirements of the professional schools. Pre-
requisite, Phys. 1. Lecture demonstration fee $3,00.
Phys. 10. Fundamentals of Physics: Mechanics and Heat (4) — First
semester. Two lectures, one recitation, and one three hour laboratory
period a week. The first half of a course in general physics. This course
together with Phys. 11, satisfies the minimum requirements of medical and
dental schools. Prerequisite, entrance credit in trigonometry or Math. 11
or concurrent enrollment in Math. 14 and 15. Lecture demonstration and
laboratory fee, $6.00.
Phys. 11. Fundamentals of Physics: Sound, Optics, Magnetism, and
Electricity (4) — Second semester. Two lectures, one recitation, and one
three hour laboratory period a week. The second half of a course in general
physics. Prerequisites, Phys. 10, or 20. Lecture demonstration and lab-
oratory fee, $6.00.
216 COURSES OFFERED
Phys. 20. General Physics: Mechanics and Heat (5) — First semester.
Two lectures, two recitations and one three hour laboratory period a week.
The first half of a course in general physics. Required of all students in the
engineering curricula. Math. 20 is to be taken concurrently. Lecture
demonstration and laboratory fee, $6.00.
Phys. 21. General Physics: Sound, Optics, Magnetism, and Electricity
(5) — Second semester. Two lectures, two recitations, and one three hour
laboratory period a week. The second half of a course in general physics.
Required of all students in the engineering curricula. Prerequisite, Phys.
20. Math. 21 is to be taken concurrently. Lecture demonstration and lab-
oratory fee, $6.00.
Phys. 50, 51. Applied Mechanics (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 11, or Phys. 21.
Phys. 52. Heat (3) — First semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequi-
site, Phys. 11 or 21. Math. 20 is to be taken concurrently. (Iskraut.)
Phys. 54. Sound (3) — Second semester. Three lectures a week. Pre-
requisite, Phys. 11 or 21. Math. 21 is to be taken concurrently. (Myers.)
Phys. 60. Intermediate Physics Experiments. 3 hours laboratory work
for each credit hour. One or more credits may be taken concurrently. Pre-
requisites, Phys. 11 or 21. Laboratory fee, $6.00 per credit hour. (Cooper.)
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Phys. 100. Advanced Experiments. 3 hours laboratory work for each
credit hour. One or more credits may be taken concurrently. Prerequisites,
Phys. 52 or 54 and four credits in Phys. 60. Laboratory fee, $6.00 per
credit hour. (Cooper.)
Phys. 101. Laboratory Arts (1) — Second semester. Four hours labora-
tory a week. Prerequisite, 2 credit hours, Phys. 100. Laboratory fee $6.00.
(Morgan.)
Phys. 102. Optics (3) — First semester. Three lectures a week. Pre-
requisites, Phys. 11 or 21 and Math 21. (Myers.)
Phys. 104, 105. Electricity and Magnetism (3, 3) — Second and first
semesters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Phys. 11 or 21 and
Math. 21. (Iskraut.)
Phys. 106, 107. Theoretical Mechanics (3, 3) — First and second semes-
ters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Phys. 11 or 21 and Math. 21.
(Morgan.)
Phys. 112, 113. Modern Physics (2, 2) — First and second semester. Two
lectures a week. Prerequisites, Phys. 102 or 104. (Cooper.)
Phys. 116, 117. Fundamental Hydrodynamics (3, 3) — Three lectures a
week. Prerequisite, Physics 107 and Math. 21.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 217
Phys. 120, 121. Experimental Nuclear Physics (3, 3)— Off-campus. Two
lectures and one laboratory a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 113 and two credits
of Phys. 100. (Johnson.)
Phys. 126. Kinetic Theory of Gases (3) — Off-campus. Prerequisites,
Phys. 107 and Math. 21, or equivalent. (Kennard.)
For Graduates
Of the courses which follow, 200, 201, 212, and 213 are given every year;
all others will be given according to the demand.
Phys. 200, 201. Introduction to Theoretical Physics primarily for stu-
dents planning to do graduate work (5, 5) — Five lectures a week, first and
second semesters. Prerequisite, advanced standing in physics and mathe-
matics. ( Myers. ^
Phys. 202, 203. Advanced Dynamics (2, 2) — Two lectures a week. Pre-
requisite, Phys. 200.
Phys. 204. Electrodynamics (4) — Four lectures a week, second semester.
Prerequisite, Phys. 201. (Iskraut.)
Phys. 206.. Physical Optics (3)— Prerequisite, Phys. 201. (Myers.)
Phys. 208, 209. Thermodynamics (2, 2)— Prerequisite, Phys. 201 or
equivalent. (Cooper.)
Phys. 210, 211. Statistical Mechanics and the Kinetic Theory of Gases
(2. 2) — Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 112 and 201.
Phys. 212, 213. Introduction to Quantum Mechanics (2, 2) — Two lec-
tures a week, first and second semesters. Prerequisite, Phys. 201.
(Brickwedde.)
Phys. 214, 215. Theory of Atomic Structure and Spectral Lines (2, 2) —
Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 213. (McMillen.)
Phys. 216, 217. Molecular Structure (2, 2)— Two lectures a week. Pre-
requisite, Phys. 213. (Brickwedde.)
Phys. 218, 219. X-rays and Crystal Structure (3, 3)— Three lectures a
week. (Morgan.)
Phys. 220. Application of X-ray and Electron Diffraction Methods C2) —
Two laboratory periods a week. (Morgan.)
Phys. 222, 223. Boundary-Value Problems of Theoretical Physics (2, 2)
— Prerequisite, Phys. 201.
Phys. 224, 225. Supersonic Aerodynamics and Compressible Flow (2, 2)
— Prerequisite, Phys. 201.
Phys. 226, 227. Theoretical Hydrodynamics (3, 3)— Prerequisite, ele-
mentary hydrodynamics. (Kennard.)
Phys. 230. Seminar (1) — First and second semesters.
218 COURSES OFFERED
Phys. 232, 233. Hydromechanics Seminar (1, 1). (Kennard.)
Phys. 250. Research — Credit according to work done.
Phys. 228, 229. The Electron (2, 2)— Prerequisites, Phys. 204 and Phys.
213. (Johnson.)
Phys. 234, 235. Nuclear Physics (2, 2)— Prerequisite, Phys. 213.
(Johnson.)
Phys. 236. Theory of Relativity (3)— Prerequisite, Phys. 200. (Iskraut.)
Phys. 238. Quantum Theory — selected topics (3) — Prerequisite, Phys.
236. (Iskraut.)
Phys. 240, 241. Theory of Sound and Vibrations (2, 2)— Prerequisite,
Phys. 201. (McMillen.)
Phys. 242, 243. Theory of Solids (2, 2)— Two lectures a week. Prerequi-
site, Phys. 213. (Myers.)
PSYCHOLOGY
Professors Smith, Sprowls; Associate Professors Cofer, Hackman, Walker,
Schaefer; Instructor Grzeda.
University Counseling Bureau. The Department of Psychology main-
tains a Counseling Bureau, provided with a well-trained technical staff
and equipped with an excellent stock of standardized tests of aptitude,
ability, and interest. By virtue of payment of the annual "Advisory
and Testing Fee," students are entitled to the services of the Counsel-
ing Bureau without further charge.
Psych. 1 Introduction to Psychology (3) — First and second semesters.
Not open to Freshmen.
A basic introductory course, intended to bring the student into contact
with the major problems confronting psychology and the more important
attempts at their solution.
Psych. 2. Applied Psychology (3) — First and second semesters. Pre-
requisite, Psych. 1 or 3.
Application of research methods to basic human problems in business
and industry, in the professions, and in other practical concerns of every-
day life.
Psych. 3, 4. General Psychology (3, 3). Prerequisite, sophomore standing.
Primarily for students in the College of Arts and Sciences who major
or minor in psychology. A systematic survey of the field of psychology
with particular emphasis on research methodology. Consideration of in-
dividual differences, motivation, sensory and motor processes, learning,
emotional behavior and personality. Psych. 3 is prerequisite for Psych. 4.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 219
Psych. 5. Mental Hygiene (3) — First and second semesters. Prerequi-
site. Psych. 1 or 3.
The more common deviations of personality; typical methods of ad-
justment.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Graduate credit will be assigned only for students certified by the
Department of Psychology as qualified for graduate standing.
Psych. 106. Statistical Methods in Psychology (3) — First and second
semesters. Prerequisite, Psych. 1 or 3. (Schaefer.)
A basic introduction to quantitative methods used in psychological re-
search; measures of central tendency, of spread, and of correlation. Majors
in Psychology must take this course in the junior year.
Psych. 110. Educational Psychology (3) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisite, Psych. 1 or 3. (Grzeda.)
Researches on fundamental psychological problems encountered in edu-
cation; measurement and significance of individual differences, learning,
motivation, transfer of training.
Psych. 121. Social Psychology (3) — First and second semesters. Pre-
requisite, Psych. 1 or 3. (Grzeda.)
Psychological study of human behavior in social situations; influence of
others on individual behavior, social conflict and individual adjustment,
communication and its influences on normal social activity.
Psych. 122. Advanced Social Psychology (3) — Second semester. Pre-
requisite, Psych. 121 and consent of instructor.
A systematic review of researches and points of view in regard to major
problems in the field of social psychology.
Psych. 125. Child Psychology (3) — First semester. Prerequisite,
Psych. 1 or 3. (Schaefer.)
Behavioral analysis of normal development and normal socialization of
the growing child.
Psych. 126. Developmental Psychology (3) — Second semester. Pre-
requisite, Psych. 1 or 3. (Schaefer.)
Genetic approach to human motivation and accomplishment. Research
on simpler animal forms, the child, the adolescent and the adult in terms
of the development of normal adult behavior.
Psych. 127. Psychology of Early Man (3) — Second semester. Pre-
requisite, Psych. 121. (Sprowls.)
A study of cultural and anthropological origins and continuities in man
from Pithecanthropus to the historical period; interpretations of the arti-
facts and customs in the light of the mental processes involved in their
evolution. Periodic observation trips to the Museum of Natural History in
Washington.
220 COURSES OFFERED
Psych. 128. Human Motivation (3) — First semester. Prerequisite,
Psych. 121. (Cofer.)
Review of research literature dealing with determinants of human per-
formance, together with consideration of the major theoretical contribu-
tions in this area.
Psych. 131. Abnormal Psychology (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite,
Psych. 5. Two lectures, one clinic. (Sprowls.)
The nature, occurrence, and causes of marked psychological abnormali-
ties, with emphasis on clinical rather than theoretical aspects.
Psych. 136. Applied Experimental Psychology (3) — Second semester.
Prerequisite, Psych. 1 or 3 or consent of instructor.
A study of basic human factors involved in the design and operation of
machinery and equipment. Of special interest to students in industrial
psychology. (Walker.)
Psych. 140. Psychological Problems in Advertising (3) — First semester.
Prerequisite, 1 or 3. (Hackman.)
Psychological problems that arise in connection with the production and
field-testing of advertising; techniques employed in attacking these prob-
lems through research.
Psych. 142. Techniques of Interrogation (3) — Second semester. Pre-
requisite, Psych. 121. (Hackman.)
The interview, the questionnaire, and other methods of obtaining evidence
on human attitudes and reactions, as viewed in the light of modern research
evidence.
Psych. 145. Introduction to Experimental Psychology (3) — First and
second semesters. One lecture and two two-hour laboratory periods per
week. Prerequisite, Psych. 4.
Primarily for students who major or minor in psychology. A systematic
survey of the laboratory methods and techniques as applied to human
behavior and their application in field work. Emphasis is placed on indi-
vidual and group participation in experiments, use of data and preparation
of reports. Laboratory fee per semester, $4.00. (Walker.)
Psych. 150. Tests and Measurements (3) — First semester. Prerequisite,
Psych. 106. Laboratory fee, $4.00. (Smith.)
Critical survey of predictors used in vocational and educational orienta-
tion and in industrial practice, with emphasis on development and standardi-
zation. Laboratory practice in the use and interpretation of test and non-
test predictors.
Psych. 155. Psychological Techniques in Vocational Counseling (3) —
Second semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 150. (Smith.)
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 221
A survey course, intended for those who wish to qualify for junior posi-
tions involving a knowledge of counseling, but who are unable to undertake
graduate study.
Psych. 161. Psychological Techniques in Personnel Administration (3) —
Second semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 128. (Schaefer.)
A survey course, intended for those who plan to enter some phase of
personnel work, but who do not plan to undertake graduate study.
Psych. 167. Psychological Problems in Aviation (3) — First semester.
Prerequisite, Psych. 1. (Walker.)
Techniques in selection and training of aircraft pilots; researches on
special conditions encountered in flight.
Psych. 191, 192. Advanced General Psychology (3, 3) — First and second
semesters. Prerequisite, 15 hours of Psychology and consent of instructor.
(Hackman.)
A systematic review of the more fundamental investigations upon which
modern psychology is based. Intended primarily for exceptional senior
majors and for graduate students.
Psych. 194. Independent Study in Psychology (3) — First and second
semesters. Prerequisites, senior standing and consent of instructor. (Staff.)
Integrated reading under direction, leading to the preparation of an ade-
quately documented report on a special topic.
Psych. 195. Minor Problems in Psychotechnology (3) — First and second
semesters. Prerequisites, senior standing and consent of instructor. (Staff.)
Prosecution of original research project under direction of staff. In-
tended primarily for exceptional senior majors.
Psych. 198. Proseminar: Current Research in Psychotechnology (3) —
First semester. Prerequisites, senior standing and consent of instructor.
A survey of recent and current researches of systematic importance. In-
tended primarily for exceptional senior majors and new graduate students.
For Graduate Students
Psych, 203, 204. Seminar: Review of Current Technological Researches
(3, 3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, consent of instructor.
(Staff.)
Psych. 205, 206. Historical Viewpoints and Current Theories in Psychol-
ogy (3, 3) — First and second semesters. (Cofer.)
Psych. 210. Occupational Information (3) — Second semester. Prerequi-
site, Psych. 150.
Psych. 211. Job Analysis and Description (3) — First semester. Pre-
requisite, Psych. 210.
222 COURSES OFFERED
Psych. 220, 221. Counseling Techniques (3, 3) — First and second semes-
ters. Prerequisite, Psych. 210. (Smith.)
Psych. 222. Rehabilitation Techniques (3) — Second semester. Prerequi-
site, Psych. 220.
Psych. 223. Diagnosis and Correction of Reading Difficulties (3) — First
semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 221. ( .)
Psych. 224. Counseling for Marital Problems (3) — Second semester.
Prerequisite, Psych. 221.
Psych. 225. Participation in Counseling Clinic (3) — First semester. Pre-
requisite, Psych. 221. (Smith.)
Psych. 230. Determinants of Human Efficiency (3) — Second semester.
Psych. 231. Training Procedures in Industry (3) — First semester. Pre-
requisite, Psych. 230.
Psych. 233. Social Organization in Industry (3) — First semester. Pre-
requisite, Psych. 230.
Psych. 240. Interview and Questionnaire Techniques (3) — Second semes-
ter. Prerequisite, Psych. 150. (Hackman.)
Psych. 241. Controlled Publicity (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, con-
sent of instructor. (Hackman.)
Psych. 242. Measurement of Group Reaction (3) — Second semester.
Prerequisite, consent of instructor. (Hackman.)
Psych. 250, 251. Development and Validation of Predictors (3, 3) — First
and second semesters. Prerequisites, Psych. 150. (Schaefer.)
Psych. 252, 253. Advanced Statistics (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisite, Psych. 106. (Hackman.)
Psych. 260, 261. Individual Tests (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Laboratory fee, $4.00. Prerequisite, Psych. 150. (Cofer.)
Psych. 262. Appraisal of Personality (3) — First semester. Prerequisite,
Psych. 150.
Psych. 264, 265. Projective Tests (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Laboratory fee, $4.00. Prerequisite, Psych. 261. (Cofer.)
Psych. 266, 267. Theories of Personality and Motivation (3, 3)— First
and second semesters. (Cofer.)
Psych. 270. Advanced Abnormal Psychology (3) — First semester. Pre-
requisite, Psych. 131. (Sprowis.)
Psych. 271. Special Testing of Disabilities (3) — Second semester. Pre-
requisite, Psych. 270. ( .)
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 223
Psych. 272, 273. Individual Clinical Diagnosis (3, 3) — First and second
semesters. Prerequisite, Psych. 261. (Cofer.)
Psych. 274. Individual Therapy (3) — First semester. Prerequisite,
Psych. 261.
Psych. 275. Group Therapy (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Psych.
274.
Psych. 278. Seminar in Clinical Psychology for Teachers (3) — First
semester. (Sprowls.)
Psych. 280. Physiological Psychology (3) — Second semester. Prerequi-
site, Psych. 192. ( .)
Psych. 290, 291 Research for Thesis (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
(Staff.)
SOCIOLOGY
Professors Hoffsommer, Lejins; Visiting Professor Bailey; Associate Pro-
fessor Shankweiler; Assistant Professors Cussler, Houser, Hutchinson;
Instructors De Give, Ebersole, Imse, Lucas, Willner.
Sociology 1 or its equivalent is prerequisite to all other courses in
sociology.
Sociology 1, 2, 183, 186 and 196 or their equivalents are required for an
undergraduate major in sociology.
Soc. 1. Sociology of American Life (3) — First and second semesters.
Sociological analysis of the American social structure; metropolitan,
small town, and rural communities; population distribution, composition
and change; social organizaiton. (Staff.)
Soc. 2. Principles of Sociology (3) — First and second semesters. Pre-
requisite, Soc. 1 or sophomore standing.
The basic forms of human association and interaction; social processes;
institutions; culture; human nature and personality. (Staff.)
Soc. 5. Anthropology (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 1.
Introduction to anthropology; origins of man; development and trans-
mission of culture; backgrounds of human institutions. (Hutchinson.)
Soc. 13. Rural Sociology (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 1.
Rural life in America; its people, social organization, culture patterns,
and problems. (Hoffsommer.)
Soc. 14. Urban Sociology (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 1.
Urban growth and expansion; characteristics of city populations; urban
institutional and personality patterns; relations of city and country.
(Bailey.)
224 COURSES OFFERED
Soc. 51. Social Pathology (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 1
and sophomore standing.
Personal-social disorganization and maladjustment; physical and mental
handicaps; economic inadequacies; programs of treatment and control.
(Shankweiler.)
Soc. 52. Criminology (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 1 and
sophomore standing.
Criminal behavior and the methods of its study; causation; typologies
of criminal acts and offenders; punishment, correction, and incapacitation;
prevention of crime. (Lejins.)
Soc. 62. Social Institutions (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 1
and sophomore standing.
Nature and function of social institutions; the perpetuation of behavior
through customs and societal norms; typical contemporary American
institutions. (Hutchinson.)
Soc. 64. Marriage and the Family (3) — First and second semesters. Pre-
requisite, Soc. 1 and sophomore standing.
Functions of the family; marriage and family adjustments; factors affect-
ing mate selection, marital relations, and family stability in contemporary
social life. (Shankweiler.)
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Sociology 1 or its equivalent and junior standing are prerequisite to
courses numbered 100 to 199.
Soc. 113. The Rural Community (3) — Second semester.
A detailed study of rural life with emphasis on levels of living, the
family, school and church and organizational activities in the fields of health,
recreation, welfare and planning. (Hoffsommer.)
Soc. 114. The City (3)— First semester.
The rise of urban civilization and metropolitan regions; ecological process
and structure; the city as a center of dominance; social problems, control,
and planning. (Bailey.)
Soc. 115. Industrial Sociology (3) — Second semester. Social organiza-
tion of American industry; functions of members of industrial organiza-
tion, status, social structure, patterns of interaction and relations of indus-
try and society. (Imse.)
Soc. 118. Community Organization (3) — Second semester.
Community organization and its relation to social welfare; analysis of
community needs and resources; health, housing, recreation; community
centers; neighborhood projects. (Shankweiler.)
Soc. 121, 122. Population (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 225
Population distribution, composition and growth in North America and
Eurasia; trends in fertility and mortality; migrations; population prospects
and policies. (Baker.)
Soc. 123. Ethnic Minorities (3) — First semester.
Basic social processes in the relations of ethnic groups within the state;
immigration groups and the Negro in the United States; ethnic minorities
in Europe. (Ebersole.)
Soc. 124. The Culture of the American Indian (3) — Second semester.
A study of type cultures; cultural processes; and the effects of accultura-
tion on selected tribes of Indians in the Americas. (Hutchinson.)
Soc. 131. Introduction to Social Service (3) — First semester.
General survey of the field of social-welfare activities; historical develop-
ments; growth, functions, and specialization of agencies and services, pri-
vate and public. (L. Houser.)
Soc. 141. Sociology of Personality (3) — First semester.
Development of human nature and personality in contemporary social
life; processes of socialization; attitudes, individual differences, and social
behavior. (Ebersole.)
Soc. 144. Collective Behavior (3) — Second semester.
Social interaction in mass behavior; communication processes; structure
and functioning of crowds, strikes, audiences, mass movements, and the
public. (Ebersole.)
Soc. 145. Social Control (3) — First semester.
Forms, mechanisms, and techniques of group influence on human be-
havior; problems of social control in contemporary society. (Ebersole.)
Soc. 147. Sociology of Law (3) — First semester.
Law as a form of social control; interrelation between legal and other
conduct norms as to their content, sanctions and methods of securing con-
formity; law as an integral part of the culture of the group; factors and
processes operative in the formation of legal norms; legal norms as de-
terminants of human behavior. (Lejins.)
Soc. 153. Juvenile Delinquency (3) — First semester.
Juvenile delinquency in relation to the general problem of crime; analysis
of factors underlying juvenile delinquency; treatment and prevention.
(Lejins.)
Soc 154. Crime and Delinquency Prevention (3) — Second semester. Pre-
requisite, Soc. 52 or Soc. 153 or consent of instructor. (Offered in alternate
years with Soc. 156.) (Lejins.)
Mobilization of community resources for the prevention of crime and
delinquency; area programs and projects.
226 COURSES OFFERED
Soc. 156. Institutional Treatment of Criminals and Delinquents (3) —
Second semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 52 or Soc. 153 or consent of instructor.
(Offered in alternate years with Soc. 154.)
Organization and functions of penal and correctional institutions for
adults and juveniles. (Lejins.)
Soc. 171. Family and Child Welfare (3) — First semester.
Programs of family and child welfare agencies; social services to families
and children; child placement; foster families. (Shankweiler.)
Soc. 173. Social Security (3) — First semester.
The social security program in the United States; public assistance;
social insurance. (Hutchinson.)
Soc. 174. Public Welfare (3) — Second semester.
Development and organization of the public welfare movement in the
United States; social legislation; interrelations of federal, state, and local
agencies and institutions. (L. Houser.)
Soc. 183. Social Statistics (3) — First and second semesters.
Collection, statistical analysis, and interpretation of social data; problems
of quantitative measurement of social phenomena. (Imse.)
Soc. 186. Sociological Theory (3) — First and second semesters.
Development of the science of sociology; historical backgrounds; recent
theories of society. (Bailey.)
Soc. 196. Senior Seminar (3) — Second semester. Required of and open
only to senior majors in sociology.
Scope, fields and methods of sociology; practical applications of sociolog-
ical knowledge. Individual study and reports. (Hoffsommer.)
For Graduates
Prerequisites for entrance upon graduate study leading to an advanced
degree with a major in sociology: either (1) an undergraduate major
(totalling at least 24 semester hours) in sociology or (2) 12 semester hours
of sociology (including 6 semester hours of advanced courses) and 12 addi-
tional hours of comparable work in economics, political science, or psy-
chology. Reasonable substitutes for these prerequisites may be accepted
in the case of students majoring in other departments who desire a graduate
minor or several courses in sociology.
With the exception of Soc. 201, 291-292, individual courses numbered 200
to 299 will ordinarily be offered in alternate years.
Soc. 201. Methods of Social Research (3) — First semester.
Selection and formulation of research projects; methods and techniques
of sociological investigation and analysis. Required of graduate majors
in sociology. (Hoffsommer.)
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 227
Soc. 215. Community Studies (3) — First semester.
Intensive study of the factors affecting community development and
growth, social structure, social stratification, and social institutions; analy-
sis of particular communities. (Hoffsommer.)
Soc. 221. Population and Society (3) — Second semester.
Selected problems in the field of population; quantitative and qualitative
aspects; American and world problems. (Staff.)
Soc. 224. Race and Culture (3) — Second semester.
Race and culture in contemporary society; mobility and the social effects
of race and culture contacts and intermixture. (Staff.)
Soc. 241. Personality and Social Structure (3) — Second semester.
Comparative analysis of the development of human nature, personality,
and social traits in select social structures. (Staff.)
Soc. 246. Public Opinion and Propaganda (3) — Second semester.
Processes involved in the formation of mass attitudes; agencies and
techniques of communication; quantitative measurement of public opinion.
(Staff.)
Soc. 253. Advanced Criminology (3) — First semester.
Critical survey of the principal issues in contemporary criminological
theory and research. (Lejins.)
Soc. 255. Seminar: Juvenile Delinquency (3) — First semester.
Selected research problems in the field of juvenile delinquency. (Lejins.)
Soc. 257. Social Change and Social Policy (3) — First semester.
Emergence and development of social policy as related to social change;
policy-making factors in social welfare and social legislation. (Staff.)
Soc. 262. Family Studies (3) — Second semester.
Case studies of family situations; statistical studies of family trends;
methods of investigation and analysis. (Shankweiler.)
Soc. 282. Sociological Methodology (3) — Second semester.
Logic and method of sociology in relation to the general theory of scien-
tific method; principal issues and points of view. (Staff.)
Soc. 285. Seminar: Sociological Theory (3) — First semester.
Critical and comparative study of contemporary European and American
theories of society. (Bailey.)
Soc. 290. Research in Sociology (Credit to be determined) — First and
second semesters. (Staff.)
Soc 291. Special Social Problems (Credit to be determined) — First and
second semesters.
Individual research on selected problems. (Staff.)
228 COURSES OFFERED
SPEECH AND DRAMATIC ART
Professor Ehrensberger; Associate Professor Ansberry; Assistant Pro-
fessors Provenson, Strausbaugh, Xiemeyer, Batka; Instructors Mayer,
Hendricks, Smith, Pugliese, Golden, Coppinger, Harris, Palmer, Rogers,
Mason, Bolger, Benjamin; Assistants Barraclough, McDonald, Bierce.
Speech 1, 2. Public Speaking (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Pre-
requisite for advanced speech courses. Speech I prerequisite for Speech II.
The preparation and delivery of short original speeches; outside readings;
reports; etc. It is recommended that this course be taken during the
freshman year. Laboratory fee $1.00 each semester. (Staff.)
Speech Clinic — No credit.
Remedial work in minor speech defects. The work of the clinic is con-
ducted in individual conferences and in small group meetings. Hours ar-
ranged by consultation with the respective speech instructor.
Speech 3. Fundamentals of Speech (3) — First semester.
Study in the bases and mechanics of speech. This course is designed for
students who expect to do extensive work in speech. May be taken
concurrently with Speech 1, 2. (Hendricks.)
Speech 4. Voice and Diction (3) — Second semester.
Emphasis upon the improvement of voice, articulation, and phonation.
May be taken concurrently with Speech 1, 2. (Mayer and Staff.)
Speech 5, 6. Advanced Public Speaking (2, 2) — First and second semes-
ters. Prerequisite, Speech 1, 2, or consent of the instructor.
Advanced work on basis of Speech 1, 2. Special emphasis is placed
upon speaking situations the students will face in their respective vocations.
(Strausbaugh and Staff.)
Speech 7. Public Speaking (2) — Second semester. Limited to freshman
engineering students. The preparation and delivery of speeches, reports,
etc., on technical and general subjects. Laboratory fee §1.00. (Staff.)
Speech 8, 9. Acting (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Admission by
consent of instructor.
Basic principles of histrionic practice. (Niemeyer.)
Speech 10. Group Discussion (2) — First and second semesters.
A study of the principles, methods, and types of discussion, and their
application in the discussion of contemporary problems.
(Hendricks and Staff.)
Speech 11, 12. Debate (2, 2) — First and second semesters.
A study of the principles of argument, analysis, evidence, reasoning,
fallacies, briefing, and delivery, together with their application in public
speaking. (Golden.)
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 229
Speech 13. Oral Interpretation (3) — First semester.
The oral interpretation of literature and the practical training of student?
in the art of reading. (Provensen.)
Speech 14. Stagecraft (3) — First semester.
Fundamentals of technical production. Emphasis on construction of
scenery. Laboratory fee, $2.00. (Harris.)
Speech 15. Stagecraft (3) — Second semester.
Technical production. Emphasis on stage lighting. Prerequisite, Speech 14.
Laboratory fee, $2.00. (Harris.)
Speech 16. Introduction to the Theatre (3) — First semester.
A general survey of the fields of the theatre. (Mayer.)
Speech 17. Make-up (2) — Second semester. One lecture and one lab-
oratory a week. (Mayer.)
A lecture-laboratory course in the theory and practice of stage make-up,
covering basic requirements as to age, type, character, race, and period.
Laboratory fee $2.00.
Speech 18, 19. Introductory Speech (1, 1) — First and second semesters.
This course is designed to give those students practice in public speak-
ing who cannot schedule Speech 1, 2. Speech 18 prerequisite for Speech 19.
Laboratory fee $1.00 each semester. (Staff.)
Speech 20. History of the Theatre (3) — First semester.
A survey of dramatic production from early origins to 1800. (Niemeyer.)
Speech 21. History of the Theatre (3) — Second semester.
A survey of dramatic production from 1800 to the present. (Niemeyer.)
Speech 22. Introduction to Radio (3) — First and second semesters. Pre-
requisite for all courses in Radio.
The development, scope, and influence of American broadcasting.
(Coppinger and Staff.)
Speech 23. Parliamentary Law (1) — First and second semesters.
A study of the principles and application of parliamentary law as applied
to all types of meetings. Thorough training in the use of Robert's Rules
of Order. (Strausbaugh.)
For Advar.ced Undergraduates and Graduates
Speech 101. Radio Speech (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Speech 4.
The theory and application of microphone techniques. Practice in all
types of radio speaking. Laboratory fee $2.00. (Batka.)
Speech 102. Radio Production (3) — Second semester.
A study of the multiple problems facing the producer. Special emphasis
is given to acoustic setup, casting, "miking", timing, cutting, and the co-
230 COURSES OFFERED
ordination of personnel factors involved in the production of radio pro-
grams. Admission by consent of instructor. Laboratory fee $2.00.
(Batka.)
Speech 103, 104. Speech Composition and Rhetoric (3, 3) — First and
second semesters.
A study of rhetorical principles and models of speech composition in
conjunction with the preparation and presentation of specific forms of
public address. (Golden.)
Speech 105. Pathology (3) — First semester.
The causes, nature, symptoms, and treatment of common speech disorders.
(Ansberry.)
Speech 106. Clinic (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Speech 105.
A laboratory course dealing with the various methods of correction plus
actual work in the clinic both on and off the campus. (Ansberry.)
Speech 107. Advanced Oral Interpretation (3) — Second semester. Pre-
requisite, Speech 13.
Emphasis upon the longer reading. Program planning. (Provensen.)
Speech 108. Public Speaking (2) — Second semester. Limited to Junior
Engineers. Prerequisite, Speech 7.
Continuation of Speech 7 with emphasis upon engineering projects tha.
fall within student's own experience. (Strausbaugh and Staff )
Speech 109. Speech Seminar for Senior Engineers (2) — Prerequisite,
Speech 7, 108. (Strausbaugh.)
Speech 110. Teacher Problems in Speech (3) — Second semester. For
students who intend to teach.
Everyday speech problems that confront the teacher. (Hendricks.)
Speech 111. Seminar (3) — Second semester. Required of speech majors.
Present-day speech research. (Ehrensberger.)
Speech 112. Phonetics (3) — Second semester.
Training in the recognition and production of the sounds of spoken
English, with an analysis of their formation. Practice in transcription.
Mastery of the international phonetic alphabet. (Ansberry.)
Speech 113. Play Production (3) — Second semester.
Development of procedure followed by the director in preparing plays
for public performance. (Harris and Staff.)
Speech 114. Costuming (3) — First semester. One lecture and two lab-
oratories a week.
Consideration of the use of color, line, and texture in designing, con-
structing, and adapting costumes for the stage.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 231
Speech 115. Radio in Retailing (3) — First semester. Limited to stu-
dents in the College of Home Economics. Prerequisites, Speech 1, 2.
English 1, 2. Junior standing. Laboratory fee $2.00.
Writing and production of promotional programs for the merchandising
of wearing apparel and housefurnishings. Collaboration with Washington
and Baltimore radio stations and retail stores. (Batka.)
Speech 116. Radio Announcing (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite,
Speech 101.
The theory and application of all types of announcing. Laboratory fee
$2.00. (Batka.)
Speech 117. Radio Continuity Writing (3) — First semester.
A study of the principles and methods of writing for broadcasting.
Application will be made in the writing of the general types of continuity.
Admission by consent of instructor. (Coppinger.)
Speech 118. Advanced Radio Writing (3) — Second semester. Pre-
requisite, Speech 117.
Advanced work with emphasis upon the dramatic form. Admission by
consent of instructor. (Coppinger.)
Speech 119. Radio Acting (3) — Second semester.
A workshop course designed to give the student practice in radio acting.
Admission by consent of instructor. (Batka.)
Speech 120. Advanced Speech Pathology (3) — Second semester. Pre-
requisite, Speech 105.
A continuation of Speech 105, with emphasis on the causes and treatment
of organic speech disorders. (Ansberry.)
Speech 121. Stage Design (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Speech
14, 15.
The planning of stage settings and the application of the principles of
design to the dramatic production. Admission by consent of the instructor.
(Harris.)
Speech 122, 123. Radio Workshop (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
A laboratory course dealing with all phases of producing a radio pro-
gram. Admission by consent of instructor. Laboratory fee $2.00 each
semester. (Batka.)
Speech 124, 125. American Public Address (3, 3) — First and second
semesters.
The first semester covers the period from Colonial times to the Civil War
period. The second semester covers from the Civil War period through
the contemporary period. (Golden.)
Speech 126. Semantic Aspects of Speech Behavior (3) — First semester.
An analysis of speech and language habits from the standpoint of Gen-
eral Semantics. (Hendricks.)
232 COURSES OFFERED
Speech 127, 128. Military Speech and Commands (4) — First and second
semesters. Limited to students in the College of Military Science and
Tactics.
The preparation and delivery of lectures dealing with military subjects.
Effective execution of field orders, commands, etc. Extensive use of voice
recordings. (Hendricks.)
Speech 129, 130. Play Directing (2, 2) — Admission by consent of in-
structor.
A lecture-laboratory course dealing with the fundamentals of script cut-
ting, pacing, movement, blocking and rehearsal routine as applied to the
directing of plays. (Mayer, Niemeyer.)
For Graduates
Speech 200. Thesis (3-6) — Off-campus. Credit in proportion to work
done and results accomplished. (Staff.)
Speech 201. Special Problems (2-4) — Off-campus. Arranged. (Staff.)
Speech 210. Anatomy and Physiology of Speech and Hearing (3) — Off-
campus.
A study of the anatomy and physiology of the auditory and speech
mechanisms. (Glorig.)
Speech 211. Advanced Clinical Practice (3) — Off-campus.
A comprehensive survey of the entire field of present-day clinical prac-
tice. (Glorig.)
Speech 212. Advanced Speech Pathology (3) — Off-campus.
Etiology and therapy for organic and functional speech disorders.
(Ainsberry.)
Speech 213. Speech Problems of the Hard of Hearing (3) — Off-campus.
Correction of abnormal speech habits and instruction in speech conserva-
tion. (Baltzer.)
Speech 214. Clinical Audiometry (3) — Off-campus.
Testing of auditory acuity with pure tones and speech. (Sonday)
Speech 215. Auditory Training (3) — Off-campus.
Orientation and adjustment of patients in the use of hearing aids.
(Staff.)
Speech 216. Speech Reading (3) — Off-campus.
A course of training designed to present the fundamentals of speech
reading. (Baughman.)
Speech 217. Clinical Practice in the Selection of Prosthetic Appliances
(3) — Off -campus.
A laboratory course in modern methods of utilizing electronic hearing
aids. (Staff.)
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 233
Speech 218. Problems of Hearing and Deafness (3) — Off-campus.
The adjustment of the individual with a hearing impairment socially,
emotionally and vocationally. (Staff.)
ZOOLOGY
Professors Phillips and Burhoe; Assistant Professors Littleford and
Negherbon; Instructors Allen, Bartlett, and Stringer; Lecturer Reynolds.
Zool. 1. General Zoology (4) — First and second semesters. Two lectures
and two laboratory periods a week.
This course, which is cultural and practical in its aim, deals with the
basic principles of animal life. Typical invertebrates and a mammalian
form are studied. Laboratory fee $6.00.
Zool. 2, 3. Fundamentals of Zoology (4, 4) — First and second semesters.
Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. This course satisfies
the freshman premedical requirements in general biology. Freshmen who
intend to choose zoology as a major should register for this course. Zoology
1 or 2 is a prerequisite for Zoology 3. Students who have completed
Zoology 1 may register for Zoology 3 but not for Zoology 2.
A thorough study of the anatomy, classifications, and life histories of rep-
resentative animals. During the first semester emphasis is placed on in-
vertebrate forms and during the second semester upon vertebrate forms
including the frog. Laboratory fee $6.00 each semester.
Zool. 5. Comparative Vertebrate Morphology (4) — First semester. Two
lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, one year of
Zoology.
A comparative study of selected organ systems in certain vertebrate
groups. Laboratory fee $6.00.
Zool. 14, 15. Human Anatomy and Physiology (4, 4) — First and second
semesters. Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite,
one course in zoology. Zoology 14 is a prerequisite for Zoology 15.
For students who desire a general knowledge of human anatomy and
physiology. Laboratory fee $6.00 each semester.
Zool. 16. Human Physiology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and
two laboratory periods a week. Not open to freshmen.
An elementary course in physiology. Laboratory fee $6.00.
Zool. 20. Vertebrate Embryology (4) — Second semester. Two lectures
and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, one year of Zoology.
The development of the chick to the end of the fourth day and early
mammalian embryology. Laboratory fee $6.00.
Zool. 53. Physiology of Exercise (2) — Second semester. Two lectures
a week. Prerequisite, Zoology 15.
234 COURSES OFFERED
A detailed consideration of the mechanism of muscular contraction; the
metabolic, circulatory, and the respiratory responses in exercise; and the
integration by means of the nervous system. Open only to students for
whom this is a required course.
Zool. 55. Development of the Human Body (2) — First semester. Two
lecture periods a week.
A study of the main factors affecting the growth and development of
the child with especial emphasis on normal development. Open only to
students for whom this is a required course.
Zool. 75, 76. Journal Oub (1, 1) — First and second semesters. One lec-
ture period a week. Prerequisite, a major in Zoology.
Reviews, reports, and discussions of current literature.
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Zool. 101. Mammalian Anatomy (3) — Second semester. Three labora-
tory periods a week. Registration limited. Permission of the instructor
must be obtained before registration. Recommended for premedical stu-
dents, and those whose major is zoology.
A course in the dissection of the cat or other mammal. By special per-
mission of the instructor a vertebrate other than the cat may be used
for study. Laboratory fee $6.00. (Stringer.)
Zool. 102. General Animal Physiology (4) — Second semester. Two lec-
tures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, one year of
Zoology and one year of chemistry.
The general principles of physiological functions as shown in mammals
and lower animals. Laboratory fee $6.00. (Phillips.)
Zool. 104. Genetics (3) — First semester. Three lecture periods a week.
Prerequisite, one course in zoology or botany. Recommended for pre-
medical students.
A consideration of the basic principles of heredity. (Burhoe.)
Zool. 106. Histological Technique (3) — Second semester. One lecture
and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, one semester of Zoology.
Permission of the instructor must be obtained before registration.
The preparation of animal tissues for microscopical examination. Lab-
oratory fee, $6.00. (Stringer.)
Zool. 108. Animal Histology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and two
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, one year of Zoology.
A microscopic study of tissues and organs selected from representative
vertebrates, but with particular reference to the mammal. Laboratory
fee $6.00. (Stringer.)
Zool. 110. Parasitology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and two
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, one year of Zoology.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 235
A study of the morphology, physiology and life cycles of animal parasites
with special emphasis on practical problems in parasite control and disease
prevention. Laboratory fee, $6.00. (Negherbon.)
Zool. 114. Field Zoology (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and two
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, one year of Zoology.
This course consists in collecting and studying both land and aquatic
forms of nearby woods, fields, and streams, with emphasis on the higher
invertebrates and certain vertebrates, their breeding habits, environment,
and modes of living. Laboratory fee $6.00. (Littleford.)
Zool. 116. Protozoology (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and two
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Histology; Bacteriology desirable.
The taxonomy, morphology, cytology, physiology, and distribution of the
unicellular animal organisms. Emphasis will be on the importance of the
protozoa in present-day biological research. Therefore, considerable read-
ing of current and recent literature will be expected. The course will en-
deavor to teach the student the techniques required to prepare protozoa for
permanent study and their cultivation. Stress will be given to the forms
responsible for human and animal disease. Laboratory fee, $6.00.
(Negherbon.)
Zool. 118. Invertebrate Zoology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and
two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, General Zoology and Verte-
brate Embryology.
An advanced course dealing with the taxonomy, morphology, and embry-
ology of the invertebrates, exclusive of insects. Laboratory fee $6.00.
(Allen.)
Zool. 121. Principles of Animal Ecology (3) — Second semester. Two
lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, one course in
Zoology and one course in Chemistry.
Animals are studied in relation to their natural surroundings. Biological,
physical and chemical factors of the environment which affect the growth,
behavior, habits and distribution of animals are stressed. Laboratory fee
$6.00. (Allen.)
Zool. 125. Fisheries Biology (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Comparative Vertebrate Morphol-
ogy and Physiology.
A study of the biology and economic development of fresh and salt water
forms. Particular attention is given to practical applications in fisheries
work. Laboratory fee, $6.00. (Littleford.)
Zool. 130. Aviation Physiology (3) — Second Semester. Two lectures and
one demonstration a week. Prerequisite, one course in Physiology and per-
mission of the instructor.
236 COURSES OFFERED
A general course in applied physiology with special reference to physio-
logical problems arising in aviation, including consideration of: respiration
at high altitude, the design and use of 02 equipment, the effects of mechani-
cal forces such as radial and linear acceleration, protective devices, and
various influences of pressure change on mammalian organisms.
(Reynolds.)
For Graduates
Zool. 200. Ichthyology and Marine Zoology (4) — First semester. Two
lectures and two laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, Zoology 121.
A study of the anatomy, physiology, and habits of fishes and other
marine animals of commercial importance. Laboratory fee $6.00.
(Littleford.)
Zool. 201. Microscopical Anatomy (4) — Second semester. Two lectures
and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Zoology 108.
A detailed study of the morphology and activity of cells composing
animal tissues with specific reference to the vertebrates. Laboratory work
includes the preparation of tissues for microscopic examination. Labora-
tory fee $6.00. ( )
Zool. 202. Animal Cytology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and two
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Zoology 108.
A study of cellular structure with particular reference to the morphology
and physiology of cell organoids and inclusions. Laboratory is concerned
with methods of studying and demonstrating the above materials. Labora
tory fee $6.00. (Negherbon.)
Zool. 203. Advanced Embryology (4) — Second semester. Two lectures
and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Zoology 20.
Mechanics of fertilization and growth. A review of the important con-
tributions in the field of experimental embryology. Laboratory fee $6.00.
(Burhoe.)
Zool. 204. Advanced Animal Physiology (4) — First semester. Two lec-
tures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Zoology 102.
The principles of general and cellular physiology as found in animal life.
Laboratory fee $6.00. (Phillips.)
Zool. 205. Hydrobiology (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and two
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Zoology 121, Chem. 3, Physics 11.
A study of the biological, chemical, and physical factors which determine
the growth, distribution, and productivity of microscopic and near micro-
scopic organisms in marine and freshwater environments with special refer-
ence to the Chesapeake Bay region. Laboratory fee $6.00. (Littleford.)
Zool. 206. Research (credit to be arranged) — First and second semesters.
Laboratory fee $6.00 each semester (Staff.)
Zool. 207. Zoology Seminar (1) — First and second semesters. One
lecture a week. (Statf.)
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES
2:\-t
Zool. 208. Special Problems in General Physiology (3) — First or second
semester. Hours and credits arranged. Prerequisite, Zool. 102. Labora-
tory fee $6.00. (Phillips.)
Zool. 220. Advanced Genetics (3) — First semseter. Two lectures and
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Zool. 104.
A consideration of salivary chromosomes, the nature of the gene, chromo-
some irregularities, polyploidy, and mutations. Breeding experiments with
Drosophila and small mammals will be conducted. Laboratory fee $6.00.
(Burhoe.)
Students in Bacteriology
Reading the results of bacteri-
ological analyses of water
Evaluating the bacteriological
potency of disinfectants
Inoculating a rabbit with
bacterial antigen
Recording results on the com-
parison of new media for enu-
merating bacteria in milk
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 239
College of
BUSINESS and PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
STAFF
J. Freeman Pyle, Ph.D., Dean
Anderson, James R., M.A., Instructor of Geography.
Ash, Willard O., M.A., Instructor of Statistics.
Baker, Oliver E„ Ph.D., Professor of Geography.
Baum, Werner A., Ph.D., Professor of Geography.
Brooks, Verna I., M.Ed., Instructor in Office Techniques.
Burdette, Franklin L., Ph.D., Professor of Government and Politics.
Calhoun, Charles E., M.B.A., Professor of Finance.
Clemens, Eli W., Ph.D., Professor of Business Administration.
Cohen, Ralph L., C.P.A., Assistant Instructor in Accounting.
Cole, David M., M.B.A., Instructor in Economics.
Cook, J. Allan, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Marketing.
Cover, John H., Ph.D., Professor and Director of Bureau of Business and
Economic Research.
Crist, Raymond E., Litt.D., Professor of Geography.
Cronin, Charles F., B.S., Assistant Professor in Accounting.
Daiker, John A., B.S., Instructor in Accounting.
Norton, Hugh S., Instructor in Economics.
Dixon, Robert G., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Government and Politics.
Frederick, John H., Ph.D., Professor of Transportation and Foreign
Trade.
Gass, Edmund C, M.A., Instructor of Government and Politics.
Grubb, Kenneth A., M.B.A., Professor of Marketing and Advertising.
Gruber, David M., B.S., C.P.A., Instructor in Accounting.
Gruchy, Allan G., Ph.D., Professor of Economics.
Hale, John I., LL.B., M.S. (Retired, Capt. USN), Associate Professor in
Business Administration.
Hester, Donald C, M.A., Instructor in Government and Politics.
Hickman, Roy T., M.A., Instructor in Geography.
Hu, Charles Y., Ph.D., Professor of Geography.
Long, William F., M.A., Instructor of Economics.
LONGANECKER, WALTER R.
Magner, Jerry, M.A., Instructor in Government and Politics.
Mahner, Jerry, M.A., Instructor in Government and Politics.
Mauck, Elwyn A., Ph.D., Professor of Government and Politics.
McCalmont, David B., B.A., LL.B., Instructor of Economics.
McHugh, Thomas F., B.S., Assistant Professor of Business Administration.
McKiever, John W., M.C.S., C.P.A., Instructor in Accounting.
McLarney, William J., M.A., Associate Professor in Industrial Manage-
ment.
240 STAFF
Messer, Jean F., M.A., Instructor in Accounting.
Moeller, Ronald I., M.B.A., Instructor in Business Administration.
Moser, Martin W., M.A., Instructor in Government and Politics.
Mounce, Earl W., M.A., LL.M., Associate Professor of Law and Labor.
O'Neill, Jane H., B.A., Instructor in Office Techniques.
Patrick, Arthur S., M.A., Associate Professor of Office Management and
Business Education.
Plischke, Elmer, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Government and Politics.
Pyle, J. Freeman, Ph.D., Professor and Dean of College of Business and
Public Administration.
Ratzlaff, Carl J., Ph.D., Professor and Head of Economics Department.
Ray, Joseph M., Ph.D., Professor and Head of Department of Government
and Politics and Director of Bureau of Public Administration.
Reid, James H., M.A., Professor of Marketing.
Robinson, Edward A., M.A., Instructor in Economics.
Smith, Benjamin L., B.S., Instructor in Accounting.
Spurgeon, Charles E., M.A., Instructor in Government and Politics.
Stapleton, Michael A., M.A., Instructor in Economics.
Steinmeyer, Reuben G., Ph.D., Professor of Government and Politics.
Sweeney, Charles T., M.B.A., C.P.A., Associate Professor of Accounting.
Sylvester, Harold F., Ph.D., Associate Professor in Business Administra-
tion.
Sylvester, John K., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Economics.
Thatcher, Lionel W., Ph.D., Professor and Head of Department of Busi-
ness Organization and Administration.
Titus, Charles, M.A., Instructor in Economics.
Van Royen, William, Ph.D., Professor of Geography.
Wagner, Ruby C, B.S., Instructor in Office Techniques.
Watson, Dorothy M., M.S., Instructor of Geography.
Watson, J. Donald, Ph.D., Professor of Finance.
Wedeberg, Sivert M., M.A., C.P.A., Professor of Accounting.
Woodbury, Maynard B., M.A., Instructor of Accounting.
Wright, Howard W., Ph.D., C.P.A., Associate Professor of Accounting.
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
John Freeman Pyle, Ph.D., Dean
The University of Maryland is in an unusually favorable location for
students of Business, Government and Politics, Economics, Public Admin-
istration, Geography, Foreign Service and International Relations. Down-
town Washington is only twenty-five minutes away in one direction, while
the Baltimore business district is less than an hour in the other. There is
frequent transportation service from the University gates to each city.
Special arrangements are made to study commercial, manufacturing, ex-
porting, and importing agencies and methods in Baltimore, assistance is
given qualified students who wish to obtain a first hand glimpse of the
ORGANIZATION 241
far-flung economic activities of the national government or to utilize the
libraries, government departments, and other facilities available in
Washington.
ORGANIZATION OF THE COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND
PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
The College comprises two major sections, viz. Business Administration
and World Economics and Public Affairs. Each section has departments
as indicated below.
A. Business Administration
I. Department of Business Organization and Administration
1. Accounting and Statistics
2. Financial Administration
3. Industrial Administration
4. Marketing Administration
(a) Advertising
(b) Foreign Trade and International Finance
(c) Retail Store Management
(d) Sales Management
5. Personnel Administration
6. Transportation Administration
(a) Airport Management
(b) Traffic Management
7. Public Administration
II. Bureau of Business and Economic Research
III. Department of Economics
IV. Department of Office Techniques and Management
1. Office Management
2. Office Techniques
B. World Economics and Public Affairs
I. Department of Government and Politics
II. Bureau of Public Administration.
III. Department of Foreign Service and International Relations.
IV. Department of Geography.
Aims
The College of Business and Public Administration offers training designed
to prepare young men and women for service in business firms, govern-
mental agencies, cooperative enterprises, labor unions, small business units,
and other organizations requiring effective training in administrative skills
and techniques, and for the teaching of business subjects, economics, geog-
raphy, and government and politics in high schools and colleges. It sup-
242 AIMS
plies scientific administrative training to students and prospective execu-
tives on a professional basis comparable to university training in the other
professional fields. Administration is regarded as a profession, and the
College of Business and Public Administration prepares its students for
this profession by offering courses of instruction which present general
principles and techniques of management and administration and brings
together in systematic form the experiences and practices of business firms
and governmental units. This plan of education does not displace practical
experience, but supplements and strengthens it by shortening the period of
apprenticeship otherwise necessary, and by giving a broad and practical
knowledge of the major principles, policies, and methods of administration.
During the first half of the college study programs the student secures
a broad foundation upon which to base the professional and the more
technical courses offered in the last half of the course. The managerial
and operating points of views are stressed in the advanced courses in pro-
duction, marketing, labor, finance, real estate, insurance, accounting, secre-
tarial training and public administration. The purpose of the training
offered is to aid the student as a prospective executive in developing his
ability to identify and to solve administrative and managerial problems;
and to adjust himself and his organization, policies, and practices to chang-
ing social, political and economic situations.
The aim of the college is to present and illustrate such sound principles
of management as are applicable to both big business and small business.
Large-scale business, because of its possible economies, will be expanded in
some industries under certain well-known conditions. There are, on the
other hand, industries and many situations which still call for the small
business. If these small-scale businesses are to be operated with profit to
the owners and with satisfactory and economical service to the public, it is
imperative that authentic principles of administration be applied to them.
Sound principles of ethical conduct are emphasized at all times throughout
the various courses.
The primary aim of collegiate education for government and business ser-
vice is to train for effective management. The College of Business and Pub-
lic Administration, University of Maryland, was established to supply
effective training in administration to the young men and women whose
task will be the guiding of the more complex business enterprises and gov-
ernmental units resulting from industrial, social and political development
and expansion. This statement does not mean that the graduate may expect
to secure a major executive position upon graduation. He will, on the con-
trary, usually be required to start near the well publicized "bottom" of the
ladder and work his way up through a number of minor positions. He
will, however, be able to move up at a faster rate if he has taken full advan-
tage of the opportunities offered by the college in developing his talents and
in acquiring technical and professional information, point of view, skills,
and techniques.
REQUIREMENTS 243
Graduation Requirement
A minimum of 120 semester hours of credit in courses suggested by the
College in addition to the specified courses in military science, physical
activities and hygiene are required for graduation. The student is required
to have a "C" average for all courses used in meeting the quantitative
graduation requirements. A student who receives the mark of D in more
than one-fourth of his credits must take additional courses or repeat courses
until he has met these requirements. The time required to complete the
requirements for the bachelors degree for the average student is eight
semesters. A superior student, by carrying more than the average load,
can complete the work in a shorter period of time.
Degrees
The University confers the following degrees on students of Business
and Public Administration: Bachelor of Science, Master of Business Admin-
istration, Master of Arts, and Doctor of Philosophy. The College has a
number of graduate assistantships in Business Administration, Economics,
Geography and Government and Politics available for qualified graduate
students. Application for these assistantships should be made directly to
the Dean of the College of Business and Public Administration. (See
bulletin of Graduate School for graduate rules and regulations.)
Each candidate for a degree must file in the office of the Registrar on a
date announced for each semester a formal application for a degree.
Candidates for degrees must attend a convocation at which degrees are
conferred and diplomas are awarded. Degrees are conferred in absentia
only in exceptional cases.
Junior Requirement
To be classified as a junior a student must have earned 56 semester hours
of his freshman and sophomore requirements with an average grade of at
least "C", plus the required work in military science, hygiene and physical
activities for the freshman and sophomore years. If a student has better
than a "C" average and lacks a few credits of having the total of 56 he
may be permitted to take certain courses numbered 100 and above providing
he has the prerequisites for these courses and the consent of the Dean.
Senior Residence Requirement
After a student has earned acceptable credit to the extent of 90 semester
hours exclusive of the required work in military science, physical activi-
ties, and hygiene, either at the University of Maryland or elsewhere, he must
earn a subsequent total of at least 30 semester hours with an average grade
of "C" or better at the University of Maryland. No part of these credits
may be transferred from another institution.
244 OBJECTIVES
Programs of Study
The College offers programs of study in economics, business administra-
tion, secretarial training, public administration, government and politics,
geography, and a number of combination curriculums, e.g., business ad-
ministration and law, commercial teaching, industrial education, chemistry,
agriculture, or basic engineering courses. Research is emphasized through-
out the various programs.
Professional Objectives
The executive manager or administrator in modern business enterprises
and governmental units and agencies should have a clear understanding of:
(a) the business organizations and institutions which comprise the
modern business world;
(b) the political, social, and economic forces which tend to limit or to
promote the free exercise of his activities; and
(c) the basic principles which underlie the efficient organization and
administration of a business or governmental enterprise.
In addition, the executive or the prospective executive should:
(a) be able to express his thoughts and ideas in correct and concise
English;
(b) have a knowledge of the fundamental principles of mathematics and
the basic sciences, such as physics, chemistry, geology, and geography;
(c) have a knowledge of the development of modern civilization through
a study of history, government, economics, and other social science subjects;
(d) have a sympathetic understanding of people gained through a study
of psychology, sociology, and philosophy.
If the executive is to be successful in solving current business and govern-
mental problems, he should be skilled in the scientific method of collecting,
analyzing, and classifying pertinent facts in the most significant manner,
and then, on the basis of these facts, be able to draw sound conclusions and
to formulate general principles which may be used to guide his present and
future conduct. In other words, probably the most important qualities in
a successful executive are:
(a) the ability to arrive at sound judgments;
(b) the capacity to formulate effective plans and policies, and the
imagination and ability to devise organizations, methods, and procedures
for executing them.
Facilities Furnished
The teaching staff and the curriculums of the College of Business and
Public Administration have been selected and organized for the purpose of
providing a type of professional and technical training that will aid the
capable and ambitious student in developing his potential talents to their full
capacity.
STUDY PROGRAMS 245
The college study programs on both the undergraduate and graduate
levels presuppose effective training in English, history, government,
language, science, and mathematics.* The program of study for any
individual student may be so arranged as to meet the needs of those pre-
paring for specific lines of work, such as accounting, advertising, banking,
foreign trade, industrial administration, marketing administration, person-
nel administration, real estate practice, insurance, government employment,
secretarial work, teaching, and research.
Advisory Councils
In order to facilitate the prompt and continuous adjustment of courses,
curriculums, and instructional methods to provide the training most in demand
by industry and commerce; and in order constantly to maintain instruction
abreast of the best current practice, the advice and suggestions of business
men and public officials are constantly sought from outstanding leaders in
each major field of business activity. Each council has its own particular
interest to serve, such as advertising, marketing, or finance; and the view-
point and suggestions of these business men are proving to be invaluable in
developing the instructional and research programs of the College.
STUDY PROGRAMS IN THE COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND
PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
A student in the College can so arrange his grouping and sequence of
courses as to form a fair degree of concentration in one of the Departments.
When, however, he wishes to become a specialist in any one of the depart-
ments, he should plan to continue his studies on to the graduate level, work-
ing toward either the Master's or the Doctor of Philosophy degree.
A. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Business organizations are set up primarily for the purpose of producing
and distributing goods and services. Modern business administration re-
quires a knowledge of and skill in the use of effective tools for the control
of organizations, institutions, and operations. The curriculums of the
Department of Business Organization and Administration emphasize the
principles and problems of the development and the use of policies and
organizations, and the methods, techniques and procedures of execution,
in other words, the essence of Administration and Management.
I. Business Organization and Administration
Study Programs in the Department
Study programs in Business Administration furnish an opportunity for
a small amount of concentration in one of the major sections during the
undergraduate period. The basis of these curriculums is the general study
program.
* The major portion of this training is usually secured in the four years of high school
and the first two years of college.
246 REQUIREMENTS
The following suggested study programs will aid the thoughtful student
in planning his concentration according to his natural aptitudes and the
line of his major interest:
The programs of study in the Department of Business Organization and
Administration are so arranged as to facilitate concentrations according to
the major functions of business organization. This plan is not, however,
based on the assumption that these major divisions are independent units,
but rather that each is closely related and dependent on the others. Every
student in Business Administration, therefore, is required to complete satis-
factorily a minimum number of required basic subjects in economics and in
each of the major functional fields. Each graduate upon completion of
the requirements for the bachelor's degree finds himself well grounded in
the theory and practice of administration. There are five commonly
recognized major business functions, viz: production, marketing, finance,
labor relations, and control.
The function of control may be thought of as comprising two sectors,
viz. internal and external. Internal control has to do with men, materials,
and operations. External control is secured through the force of laws and
courts, board and commission decisions, also through the influence of custom
and public opinion. Management endeavors to make adequate adjustments
to these forces. Courses in law and public administration, for example,
aid in giving the student an understanding of the problems, devices, and
methods of external or "social" control.
FRESHMAN AND SOPHOMORE REQUIREMENTS
During the first half of the program of study each student in the
Department of Business Organization and Administration is expected to
complete the following basic subjects, except as indicated in a particular
curriculum :
Required Courses: Semester Hours
English, Composition and American and World Literature 12
Mathematics, Math. 5 and 6 6
Economic Geography 1, 2 4
Economic Developments 4, 5 4
Organization and Control 10, 11 4
Government and Politics 1 3
Sociology of American Life 1 3
History of American Civilization 5, 6 6
Military Training and Physical Activities for Men 16
Hygiene and Physical Activities for Women 8
Accounting 20, 21 8
Speech 18, 19 2
Principles of Economics 31, 32 6
Total specified requirements 66-74
A minimum of forty per cent of the total number of credits required for
graduation must be in subjects with designations other than Business Ad-
ministration; forty per cent of the required 120 semester hours of academic
REQUIREMENTS 247
work must be in Business Administration subjects, the other twenty per
cent may be in either group or comprise a combination of the two groups
of subjects. A "C" average in the Business Administration courses is
required for graduation.
Freshmen who expect to make a concentration in foreign trade, or who
plan to enter public service abroad, should elect an appropriate foreign
language.
JUNIOR AND SENIOR REQUIREMENTS
During the junior and senior years each student in the department is
required to complete in a satisfactory manner the following specified
courses unless the particular curriculum being followed provides otherwise:
Econ. 140 — Money and Banking 3
B. A. 140 — Financial Management 3
Econ. 150 — Marketing Principles and Organization 3
B. A. 150 — Marketing Management 3
Econ. 160 — Labor Economics 3
B. A. 160 — Personnel Management 3
B. A. 130 — Elements of Statistics 3
B. A. 180, 181— Business Law I, II 8
Total 29
The remaining credits for the juniors and seniors may be used to meet
the requirements for one of the special concentration programs, for example,
in Public Administration, Foreign Service, Commercial Teaching, and
in the fields of Business Administration, such as: Accounting and Statis-
tics, Production Administration, Marketing, Advertising, Retailing, Pur-
chasing, Foreign Trade, Transportation, Labor Relations, Real Estate,
Insurance, Investment and General Finance. Juniors and seniors may
elect appropriate Secretarial Training courses.
Combined Administration and Law Program
When a student elects the combination Administration-Law curriculum,
he must complete in a satisfactory manner the specific requirements listed
for the first three years in the College of Business and Public Administra-
tion plus enough electives to equal a minimum of 90 credits exclusive of
military science, physical activities and hygiene, with an average grade of
at least "C". The last year of college work before entering the Law School
must be done in residence at College Park. The Bachelor of Science degree
from the College of Business and Public Administration is conferred upon
the satisfactory completion of the first year in the Law School and the
recommendation of the Dean of the Law School. Business Law cannot be
used as credit in this combined curriculum.
Master of Business Administration
Candidates for the degree of Master of Business Administration are ac-
cepted in accordance with the procedures and requirements for the Graduate
School. See Graduate School, Section II.
248
A DM I M ST RATIOS
The General Curriculum in Administration
This curriculum is set up on an eight semester basis which corresponds
to the traditional four-year course that leads to a bachelor's degree. A
student may complete the full course in a shorter period of time by attend-
ing summer sessions. A superior student may, however, complete the course
in a shorter period of time by carrying a heavier load each semester.
i — Semester — ■,
Freshman Year I
Geog. 1, 2 — Economic Resources 2
Econ. 4, 6 — Economic Developments 2
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature 3
B. A. 10, 11 — Organization and Control 2
Mathematics 5 and 6 3
G. & P. 1 American Government for Sociology of American Life) 3
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life Cor American Government) ....
M. S. 1. 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3
P. E. 42, 44 — Hygiene (Women) 2
Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1
Total 18-19
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4, or 5, 6 — Composition and Readings in Literature 3
Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics 8
B. A. 20, 21 — Principles of Accounting 4
Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1
H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3
Electives (Girls) 3
M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men ) 3
Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1
Total 17-18
Junior Year
Econ. 140 — Money and Banking 8
B. A. 140 — Financial Management ....
B. A. 130 — Elements of Business Statistics 3
Econ. 150 — Marketing Principles and Organization 3
B. A. 150 — Marketing Management ....
Econ. 160 — Labor Economics 8
B. A. 160 — Personnel Management ....
Electives in Bus. & Pub. Adm., Economics, or other approved subjects 3
Total 15
Senior Year
B. A. 180, 181— Business Law I, II 4
Econ. 131 — Comparative Economic Systems 8
Econ. 171 — Economics of American Industry ....
Econ. 142 — Public Finance and Taxation 3
B. A. 189 — Government and Business ....
Electives in Bus. & Pub. Adm., Economics, or other approved subjects 6
Total 16
//
2
2
8
2
3
8
3
2
1
18-19
3
8
4
1
3
8
3
1
17-18
16
18
CONTROL STUDY PROGRAM 249
Electives may be chosen under the direction of a faculty advisor from
courses in Accounting, Statistics, Geography, Public Administration, Secre-
tarial Training, or other courses that will aid the student in preparing
for his major objective. The electives indicated in the General Course are
provided so that students can arrange their schedules, under the guidance
of a faculty advisor, in such a way as to secure a concentration or major
when desired in:
1. Accounting and Statistics 5. Personnel Administration
2. Financial Administration 6. Transportation Administration
3. Industrial Administration 7. Public Administration
4. Marketing Administration
1. Accounting and Statistical Control Study Program
Internal control in modern business and governmental organizations is a
major over-all administrative function. The rapid growth in size and com-
plexity of current governmental units and business enterprises has
emphasized the importance of the problems of control in management. In
order to control intelligently and effectively the manifold activities of these
units, it is necessary to establish an organization, formulate policies, and
develop methods of procedures. In order to perform satisfactorily these
managerial activities, it is necessary to have pertinent facts concerning
the operations of the various units, divisions, and departments. It is the
function of the accounting and statistical departments to secure, analyze,
classify, and, to a limited extent, interpret these facts.
This study program is designed to give the student a broad training in
administrative control supplemented by specific technical training in the
problems, procedures, methods and techniques of accounting and statistics.
If the program is followed diligently, the student may prepare himself for a
career as a public accountant, tax specialist, cost accountant auditor, budget
officer, comptroller, credit manager, or treasurer.
Provision for practical experience. Arrangements have been made with
firms of certified public accountants in Baltimore and the District of Co-
lumbia for apprenticeship training in the field of public accounting. This
training is provided between semesters of the senior year (approximately
January 15 to February 15), and for the semester immediately following
graduation. A student may also elect to take one semester of apprenticeship
training before graduation.
The following study program provides courses for those wishing to
concentrate in this important field:
Students who select a concentration in accounting and statistics follow
the general study program in the freshman and sophomore years.
250 MARKETING
i — Semester — ^
Junior Year / /;
B. A. 110, 111 — Intermediate Accounting 3 3
B. A. 121 — Cost Accounting .... 4
B. A. 123 — Income Tax Accounting 4
B. A. 130 — Elements of Business Statistics .... 3
Econ. 140 — Money and Banking 3 ....
B. A. 140 — Financial Management .... 3
Econ. 150 — Marketing Principles and Organization 3 ....
B. A. 150 — Marketing Management 3
Econ. 160 — Labor Economics 3 ....
Total 16 16
Senior Year
B. A. 160 — Personnel Management 3 ....
B. A. 124, 126— Advanced Accounting Theory and Practice 3 3
B. A. 122 — Auditing Theory and Practice 3
B. A. 127 — -Advanced Auditing Theory and Practice .... 3
B. A. 125— C. P. A. Problems,* or Elective 3*
B. A. 180, 181 — Business Law 4 4
Electives 3 3
Total 16 16
The student interested in this field may select such electives, with the
aid of his advisor, from the following list of subjects such courses as will
best meet his needs:
B. A. 116— Public Budgeting (3) B. A. 226— Accounting Systems (3)
B. A. 118 — Governmental Accounting (3) B. A. 228 — Research in Accounting
B. A. 129 — Apprenticeship in Accounting (arranged)
(0) B. A. 229 — Studies of special problems in
B. A. 132, 133 — Advanced Business Statis- the fields of Statistical Control
tics (3, 3) (arranged)
B. A. 143 — Credit Management (3) Econ. 131 — Comparative Economic Systems
B. A. 165— Office Management (3) (3)
B. A. 166 — Business Communications (3) Econ. 132 — Advanced Economic Principles
B. A. 183— Law for Accountants (2) (3)
B. A. 220 — Managerial Accounting (3) Econ. 134 — Contemporary Ecnomic Thought
B. A. 221, 222— Seminar in Accounting (3)
(arranged)
2. Financial Administration
A nation with a highly developed industrial system requires an effective
financial organization. Production and marketing activities of business
enterprises must be financed; a large volume of consumer purchases depend
on credit; and the activities of local, state, and federal governments depend,
in large part, on taxation and borrowing. To meet these needs a com-
plicated structure of financial institutions, both private and public, has
evolved together with a wide variety of financial instruments. The methods
used are equally varied and complicated. Since the financing service is so
pervasive throughout our economic life and because it is an expense which
must be borne by the ultimate purchaser, the management of the finance
function is endowed with a high degree of public interest.
* C. P. A. Problems is required only of students who plan to go into public accounting.
PROGRAM 251
This study program is designed to give the student fundamental informa-
tion concerning financing methods, institutions, and instruments; and to
aid him in developing his ability to secure and evaluate pertinent facts, and
to form sound judgments with reference to financial matters. Through a
wise selection of subjects the student who selects this curriculum may
prepare himself for positions in the commercial, savings, and investment
banking fields, investment management; corporate financial management;
real estate financing; and insurance. A student may qualify himself to
enter government service, e.g., in departments regulating banking opera-
tions, international finance, the issuance and sales of securities, and a num-
ber of financial corporations owned and operated or controlled by the
government.
Students wishing to form a concentration in Financial Administration
should follow the general study program for the freshman and sophomore
years, the program for the junior and senior years is outlined below.
< — Semester — »
Junior Year I II
Econ. 140 — Money and Banking 3
B. A. 140 — Financial Management .... 3
B. A. 130 — Elements of Business Statistics .... 3
B. A. 110-111 — Intermediate Accounting 3 3
B. A. 123 — Income Tax Accounting 4 ....
Econ. 150 — Marketing Principles and Organization 3 ....
B. A. 160 — Marketing Management 8
Electives in Economics, Government and Politics, and Business and
Public Administration 3 4
Total 16 16
Senior Year
B. A. 180, 181 — Business Law 4 4
B. A. 141 — Investment Management 3 ....
B. A. 143 — Credit Management 3
B. A. 160 — Personnel Management .... 8
Econ. 160 — Labor Economics 8 ....
B. A. 166 — Office Management 8
Electives 3 6
Total 16 16
Selection of electives may be made with the aid of the advisor from the
following list of subjects:
B. A. 142 — Banking Policy and Practice (3) Econ. 149 — International Finance and Ex-
B. A. 145 — Property, Casualty, and Liabil- change (3)
ity Insurance. Econ. 241 — Seminar in Money, Credit and
B. A. 147 — Business Cycle Theory (3) Prices (arranged)
Econ. 141 — Theory of Money, Credit and B. A. 240 — Seminar in Financial Organiza-
Prices (8) tion and Management (3)
B. A. 146 — Real Estate Financing and Ap- B. A. 249 — Studies of Special Problems in
prmlsals (2) the Field of Financial Administration
Econ. 142 — Public Finance and Taxation (3) (arranged)
252 FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION
3. Industrial Administration
This curriculum is designed to acquaint the student with the problems of
organization and control in the field of industrial management. Theory and
practice with reference to organization, policies, methods, processes, and
techniques are surveyed, analyzed, and criticized. The student is required
to go on inspection trips, and when feasible is expected to secure first-hand
information through both observation and participation. He should be
familiar with the factors that determine plant location and layout, types
of buildings, and the major kinds of machines and processes utilized; he
should understand effective methods and devices for the selection and
utilization of men, materials and machines.
The courses, in addition to those required of all students in the college,
which will aid the undergraduate student in preparing himself for a useful
place in this field of effort are:
*B. A. 121 — Cost Accounting (4) B. A. 170 — Transportation I— Regulation
B. A. 122, 127 — Auditing (3, 3) of Transportation Services (3)
B. A. 132, 133 — Advanced Business Statis- B. A. 171 — Transportation II — Services,
tics (3, 3) Rules, and Practices (3)
B. A. 153 — Purchasing Management (3) B. A. 172 — Transportation III — Motor
*B. A. 163— Industrial Relations (3) Transportation (3)
B. A. 165 — Office Management (3) *B. A. 177 — Motion Economy and Time
B. A. 166 — Business Communications (3) Study (3)
*B. A. 167 — Job Evaluation and Merit *B. A. 178 — Production Planning and Con-
Rating (2) trol (2)
*B. A. 169 — Industrial Management (3)
Industrial Administration students may so arrange their study programs
as to take a series of related courses in one of the following fields:
1. Physics 3. Some basic engineering courses
2. Chemistry 4. Agriculture
4. Marketing Administration
Modern business administration is concerned largely with marketing
activities. Buying and selling of products and services comprise the major
portion of the time and energies of a large group of our population. The
ideals of our system of private property, individual initiative and free
enterprise are closely related to present-day marketing organization and
practice. Effective solutions of the problems of marketing are necessary
to the success of the individual business enterprise and for the welfare of
the consumer. If the costs of distribution are to be reduced or kept from
rising unduly, it is necessary that careful study of the organization, policies,
methods, and practices of advertising, selling, purchasing, merchandising,
transportation, financing, storing, and other related activities be made, and
corresponding appropriate action taken by qualified marketing technicians
and executives.
* These courses are specific requirements for students concentrating in Industrial
Administration.
PROGRAM
253
The purpose of the marketing administration program of study is to give
the alert and serious student an opportunity to analyze, evaluate and
otherwise study the problems connected with marketing institutions,
organizations, policies, methods, and practices. The student who elects this
field of concentration may develop his aptitudes, on the technical level, for
research, selling, buying, and preparing advertising copy, and on the admin-
istrative level he may develop his abilities for organizing, planning, and
directing the various activities in the field of marketing.
Thoughtful selection of courses from the following lists in addition to
those required of all students in business administration will aid the student
in preparing himself for an effective position in the field of marketing.
He may form a concentration in:
a. General Marketing
b. Advertising
c. Foreign Trade and International Finance
d. Retail Store Management
e. Sales Management
B. A. 132. 133— Advanced Business Sta-
tistics (3, 3)
*B. A. 151 — Advertising Programs and
Campaigns (2)
B. A. 144 — Life, Group, and Social Insur-
ance (3)
*B. A. 152— Copy Writing and Layout (2)
B. A. 145 — Property and Casualty Insur-
ance (2)
*B. A. 153 — Purchasing Management (3)
B. A. 147— Business Cycle Theory (3)
*B. A. 154 — Reail Store Management (4)
B. A. 143— Credit Management (3)
*B. A. 165— Office Management (3)
B. A. 166 — Business Communications (3)
B. A. 156 — Real Estate Principles and
Practices (2)
B. A. 186 — Real Estate Law and Convey-
ancing (2)
B. A. 146— Real Estate Financing and
Appraisals (2)
For those especially interested in
from the following courses:
fEcon. 136 — International Economic Policies
and Relations (3)
Econ. 137 — Economic Planning and Post-
war Problems (3)
fEcon. 149 — International Finance and Ex-
change (3)
B. A. 151 — Advertising Programs and Cam-
paigns (2)
B. A. 170 — Transportation I — Regulation of
Transportation Services (3)
B. A. 171 — Transportation II — Services,
Rules, and Practices (3)
B. A. 172 — Transportation III — Motor
Transportation (3)
B. A. 250 — Problems in Sales Management
(3)
B. A. 251 — Problems in Advertising (3)
B. A. 252 — Problems in Retail Store Man-
agement (3)
B. A. 257 — Seminar in Marketing Manage-
ment (arranged)
B. A. 258 — Research in Marketing
(arranged)
B. A. 259 — Studies of Special Problems in
the field of Marketing Policies, Manage-
ment and Administration (arranged)
B. A. 299— Thesis (3-6 hours) (arranged)
foreign trade, selections may be made
fB. A. 157 — Foreign Trade Procedure (3)
fB. A. 170 — Transportation I, Regulation of
Transportation Services (3)
fB. A. 173 — Transportation IV, Overseas
Shipping (3)
B. A. 189 — Government and Business (3)
Ec. Geog. 4 — Regional Geography of the
Continents (3)
* These courses are specific requirements for students taking a concentration in Marketing.
t These courses are specific requirements for students taking a concentration in Foreign
Trade and International Finance.
254
LABOR ECONOMICS
Geog. 100, 101 — Regional Geography of the
United States and Canada (3, 3)
Geog. 102 — The Geography of Manufactur-
ing in the United States and Canada (3)
Geog. 110, 111 — Latin America (3, 3).
Geog. 115 — Peoples of Latin America (2)
Geog. 120 — Economic Geography of Eur-
ope (3)
Geog. 122 — Economic Resources and De-
velopment of Africa (3)
Geog. 130-131 — Economic and Political
Geog. of Southern and Eastern Asia
(3, 3)
Geog. 180, 181 — Principles of Geography
(3, 3)
Geog. 260-261 — Problems in the Geog. of
Europe and Africa (3, 3)
5. Personnel Administration and Labor Economics
Recent development of large scale operation on the part of both private
enterprise and government has emphasized the growing vital importance
of personnel relationships. Successful operation depends on har-
monious cooperation between emploj'er and employee. The interests of the
public, the owners, and the management, as well as those of the employees,
may be greatly affected by the solutions evolved in any given case of
personnel relationship. The growth of large-scale, centrally controlled labor
organizations and the increased participation of governmental agencies in
labor disputes have created problems for which business management, union
officials, and government representatives have been, on the whole, ill-
prepared to solve satisfactorily. The government, the unions, and business
need men and women qualified to deal effectively with these problems. They
should have broad training and technical information in the fields of business
and public administration, economics, and psychology, together with suitable
personalities. They must be able to approach these problems with an open
mind, unbiased by personal and class prejudices.
Personnel administration which has to do with the direction of human
effort, is concerned with securing, maintaining, and utilizing an effective
working force. People adequately trained in personnel administration find
employment in business enterprises, governmental departments, govern-
mental corporations, educational institutions and charitable organizations.
A student may select from the following courses those which will, in
addition to those required of all students in business administration, best
prepare him for the kind of personnel work he wishes to enter.
B. A. 162 — Contemporary Trends in Labor
Relations (3)
*B. A. 163 — Industrial Relations (3)
*B. A. 164 — Recent Labor Legislation and
Court Decisions (3)
Econ. 130 — Economics of Consumption (3)
*B. A. 169 — Industrial Management (3)
G. & P. Ill — Public Personnel Adminis-
tration (3)
Psych. 2 — Applied Psychology (3)
Psych. 121 — Social Psychology (3)
*B. A. 167 — Job Evaluation and Merit
Rating (2)
Psych. 161 — Psychological Techniques in
Personnel Administration (3)
G. & P. 214— Problems in Public Person-
nel Administration (arranged)
B. A. 262 — Seminar in Contemporary
Trends in Labor Relations (3)
B. A. 266— Research in Personnel Manage-
ment (arranged)
B. A. 269 — Studies of Special Problems in
Employer-Employee Relationships
(arranged)
B. A. 299 — Thesis, 3-6 hours (arranged)
* These courses are specific requirements for those students taking a concentration in
Personnel Administration and Labor Economics.
TRANSPORTATION, PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 255
6. Transportation Administration
The problems of transportation administration are complex and far reach-
ing. The student preparing for this type of work should be well grounded in
economics, government, and business administration, as well as being pro-
ficient in the use of the technical tools of the profession. Rail, highway,
water, and air transportation are basic to our economic life, in fact, to our
very existence. This curriculum gives considerable emphasis to air trans-
portation.
The following courses, in addition to those required of all students in the
Department of Business Organization and Administration, will aid the
student in preparing himself for a useful place in the fields of air, water,
highway, and railway transportations. Airport management is a rapidly
growing new business activity.
*B. A. 170 — Transportation I, Regulation *B. A. 173 — Transportation IV, Overseas
of Transportation Services (3) Shipping (3)
B. A. 171 — Transportation II, Services, *B. A. 174 — Commercial Air Transportation
Rules, and Practices (3) (3)
B. A. 172 — Transportation III, Motor, B. A. 175— Airline Administration (3)
Transportation (3) B. A. 176 — Problems in Airport Manage-
B. A. 157 — Foreign Trade. ment (3)
Other courses may be selected with the approval of the advisor for the
curriculum.
7. Public Administration
The trend toward increased governmental participation in the fields of
our economic, political, and social life has been developing for a number of
years but more rapidly in some countries than others. The growth was pro-
nounced in the European countries during the twenties, it grew rapidly in
the United States during the thirties and World War II. Thousands of men
and women are now employed in developing organizations, evaluating
policies, and devising methods and procedures for administering and super-
vising the manifold governmental activities required in the far-flung scheme
of economic and social control. Our government, for example, has now
become the largest "business" enterprise in the country. The gigantic task
of organization, management and control was undertaken before an
adequately qualified personnel could be selected and properly trained.
Federal, State, and Local Governments have called upon the universities
to aid in training young men and women for effective public service.
Graduates who are mentally alert, can think clearly, form critical judg-
ments, express their thoughts and conclusions succinctly, have well-balanced
minds, and possess a professional point of view with reference to their work,
are needed throughout the government service.
The curriculum in Public Administration is designed primarily to aid in
the preparation of young men and women for technical, supervisory, and
managerial positions in the various state and federal services. The par-
* These courses are required of students concentrating in Transportation.
256 PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
ticular selections of subjects in any individual case will depend on the
type of position for which the student wishes to prepare. The full course
resources of the University are available for this training. Courses, for
example, in foreign languages, geography, history, philosophy, and govern-
ment, as well as studies in social, legal, political, and economic institutions
may be advisable in addition to the required courses in Business and Public
Administration.
Properly qualified graduates can usually find employment in the field of
their major interest. Large numbers of people trained in such technical
fields as statistics, accounting, finance, personnel, marketing and transporta-
tion are employed by governmental agencies. There is a need for people
trained for and interested in the various aspects of research in the social
science and business administration fields. Graduates fitted by nature and
equipped through proper training and experience for the broader fields of
administration and management can find interesting work in governmental
units and at the same time satisfy their normal desire to render a special
service to society.
Some of the governmental agencies which employ college trained people
are given as an illustration of the opportunities available. Many of these
are within the classified service. Such independent federal agencies as the
Social Security Administration, Federal Reserve Board, Reconstruction
Finance Corporation, Tennessee Valley Authority, and the independent
regulatory commissions demand the services of many professionally and
technically trained people. The Departments of Agriculture, Commerce,
Defense, Interior, State, Labor, and Treasury use many college trained men
and women. State and local governments also are developing greater need
for personnel trained in Administration.
The undergraduate student who expects to make his concentration in the
field of Public Administration will find the following curriculum serviceable:
< — Semester — <
Freshman Year I II
Eng. 1, 2- — Composition and Readings in American Literature 3 8
G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 ....
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 8
B. A. 10, 11 — Organization and Control 2 2
Geog. 1, 2 — Economic Resources 2 2
Econ. 4, 6 — Economic Developments 2 2
Mathematics 5, 6 8 8
M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
P. E. 42. 44— Hygiene (Women) 2 2
Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1
Total 18-19 18-19
l'l'llUC ADM IS 1ST RATIOS
257
i — S emester —
Sophomore Year I II
Eng. 3, 4, or 5, 6 — Composition and Reading in Literature 3 3
Econ. 81, 32 — Principles of Economics 3 8
H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3
B. A. 20, 21 — Principles of Accounting 4 4
G. & P. 4 — State Government and Administration 3 ....
G. & P. 5 — Local Government and Administration .... 3
M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1
Total 17-2U 17 2o
Junior Year
G. & P. 110 — Principles of Public Administration 3 ....
G. & P. Ill — Public Personnel Administration .... 3
G. & P. 112 — Public Financial Administration 3
Econ. 160 — Labor Economics 3 ....
Econ. 140 — Money and Banking 3 ....
B. A. 140 — Financial Management .... 3
Econ. 130 — Elements of Business Statistics 3 ....
Econ. 150 — Marketing Principles 3 ....
B. A. 132 — Advanced Business Statistics .... 8
Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1
Electives 3
Total 16 16
Senior Year
B. A. 189 — Government and Business 3 ....
Econ. 161 — The Government and Social Security .... 3
Econ. 149 — International Finance and Exchange .... 3
Econ. 142 — Public Finance and Taxation 3 ....
Econ. 132 — Advanced Economic Principles 3 ....
Econ. 134 — Contemporary Economic Thought .... 3
G & P. 181 — Administrative Law 3
Electives (to be selected in terms of the student's primary object
with the aid of his advisor) 6 3
Total 15 15
Selection of electives may be made from the following courses:
B. A. 128 — Governmental Accounting (3) G. & P. 231— Seminar in Public Law (3)
B. A. 164 — Recent Labor Legislative and Econ. 235 — Seminar in International Eco-
Court Decisions (3) nomic Relations (3) (arranged)
B. A. 170 — Transportation I, Regulation of Econ. 242 — Research in Government Fiscal
Transportation Services (3) Policies and Practices (arranged)
B. A. 127 — Public Budgeting (3) B. A. 280 — Seminar in Business and Gov-
H. 135 — Constitutional History of the ernment Relationships (arranged)
United States (3, 3) B. A. 284— Seminar in Public Utilities
G. & P. 201 — Seminar in International (arranged)
Organization (3) B. A. 299 — Thesis (3-6 hours) (arranged)
G. & P. 213 — Problems of Public Admin- G. & P. 7, 8, 9, 10 — Comparative Govern-
istration (3) ment (2, 2, 2, 2)
G. & P. 214 — Problems of Public Personnel G. & P. 101— International Political Re-
Administration (3) lations (3)
G. & P. 216 — Seminar in Administrative G. & P. 102— International Law (3)
Planning and Management (3) G. & P. 105 — Recent Far Eastern Politics
G. & P. 217 — Government Corporations (3)
and Special Purpose Authorities (3) G. & P. 131 — Constitutional Law (3)
258 ECONOMICS
II. BUREAU OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMIC RESEARCH
The Bureau of Business and Economic Research is recognized as the
laboratory for the practical study of business and economic problems. As
such, it has three principal functions: first, to train students in the field of
business and economic research; second, to disseminate information con-
cerning business and economic conditions in Maryland; and third, to make
available the facilities and to give active research assistance to interested
business firms, governmental units, and citizen groups within the state.
Through the facilities of the Bureau qualified interested students can
obtain practical experience in research work. This involves the application
of techniques and principles studied in the classroom to actual business and
governmental problems.
The Bureau — through its direct contact with business, government, labor
and the professions and in its research into problems in these fields — serves
as an important source of information relative to business and economic
conditions and developments in the state. This information is made avail-
able, in part, by means of Bureau publications and, in part, by direct inquiry
to the Bureau. This service is supplemented by active cooperation with
individual business firms and citizen organizations within the state who
request assistance in the study of specific problems which are recognized
as having an important bearing on community welfare. The Bureau wel-
comes the opportunity to be of real service to such organizations.
III. ECONOMICS
The program of studies in the field of Economics is designed to meet the
needs of students who wish to concentrate either on a major or minor scale
in this division of the Social Sciences. Students who expect to enroll in
the professional schools and those who are planning to enter the fields of
Business or Public Administration, or Foreign Service, or Social Service
Administration, will find courses in economics of considerable value to them
in their later work. A student of economics should choose his courses to
meet the requirements for his major objective, or the Master of Arts, or a
Doctor of Philosophy degree. (He should consult the bulletin of the Gradu-
ate School for the general requirements for the advanced degrees.)
Requirements for an Economics Major
A student majoring in Economics is required to complete satisfactorily
120 semester hours of work in addition to the required work in military
science, hygiene and physical activities. A general average of at least "C"
is required for graduation. A student must maintain at least an average
grade of "C" in his major and minor in order to continue in his chosen field.
The specific requirements for the Economics Major are:
I. Econ. 4, 5, 31 and 32 — a total of 10 semester hours of specifically
required courses in Economics. B.A. 20, 21 (Principles of Accounting)
are recommended, and B. A. 130 (Statistics) is required. Other courses
in Economics to meet the requirements of a major are to be selected with
the aid of a faculty adviser.
ECONOMICS MAJORS 259
II. Social Studies — American Government (3) ; Sociology of American
Life (3) ; History of American Civilization (6) — a total of 12 semester hours.
III. English — 12 semester hours, comprising Eng. 1, 2, and 3, 4; or 5, 6;
Speech — 2 to 4 semester hours; Speech 18 and 19, 2 semester hours.
IV. Foreign Language and Literature, 12 semester hours in one language.
Candidates for the Ph.D. degree are required to have a reading knowledge
of two modern foreign languages.
V. Natural Science and Mathematics, 12 semester hours.
VI. Military Science, Hygiene, and Physical Activities. The present
University requirement is 16 semester hours in Military Science and Phys-
ical Activities for all able-bodied male students; women students are re-
quired to take 8 semester hours credit in hygiene and physical activities.
A student who elects economics as a major must have earned 10 semester
hours credit in the prerequisite courses in economics prior to his beginning
the advanced work of the junior year. These are normally taken during
the freshman and sophomore years and must be completed with an average
grade of not less than "C". The major sequences are not completed until
at least 26 and not more than 40 credits, in addition to the required
prerequisite courses, are satisfactorily earned, that is, with an average grade
of at least "C".
A minor in economics consists of the 10 prerequisite credits mentioned
above plus at least 18 additional credits in economics.
As many as 24 additional semester hours may be taken by the economics
students from Business and Public Administration courses.
The specific courses comprising the student's program of studies should
be selected with the aid of a faculty advisor in terms of the student's
objective and major interest.
Study Program for Economics Majors t Semester x
Freshman Year I II
Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1
Econ. 4, 6 — Economic Developments 2 2
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature 3
Mathematics 5, 6 or 10 and 11 3 3
G. & P. 1 — American Government (or Sociology of American Life) ... 3
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life (or American Government) .... 3
Foreign Language 3 3
M. S. 1. 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
P. E. 42, 44— Hygiene (Women) 2 2
Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1
Total 18—19 18—19
Semes
tei
I
II
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
1
1
260 OFFICE MANAGEMENT
Sophomore Year
Econ. 31, 82 — Principles of Economics
Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6 — Composition and Readings in Literature
Foreign Language
Natural Science
H. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization
M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men)
Physical Activities (Men and Women)
Total 16—19 16—19
Junior Year
Econ. 140 — Money and Banking 3
Econ. 150 — Marketing Principles and Organization 3 ....
B. A. 130 — Elements of Business Statistics .... 3
Econ. 160 — Labor Economics 3 ....
Econ. 131 — Comparative Economic Systems .... 3
Electives in Economics, Government and Politics, and Business Ad-
ministration* 6 9
Total IB 15
Senior Year
Econ. 132 — Advanced Economic Principles 3 ....
Econ. 134 — Contemporary Economic Thought .... 3
Econ. 171 — Economics of American Industries .... 3
Econ. 142 — Public Finance and Taxation 3 ....
Electives in Economics, Government and Politics, and Business Ad-
ministration* 9 9
Total 15 16
IV. OFFICE TECHNIQUES AND MANAGEMENT
1. Office Management
With the rapidly mounting volume of office work now being done, and the
rapid increase in the number of office workers required to do it, effective
office management and supervision is needed. Despite the current populai
opinion that the office manager needs to know only a number of systems
and machines, there is an ever-growing group of executives who believe
that the management and supervision of an office is. quite as important a
job as the management of a factory or any other industrial enterprise.
Many instances may be cited where the managers of offices have, by a
consistent and logical use of scientific management principles, saved as
much as $100,000 a year for their companies.
Any young man or woman entering business today need have no hesitancy
in preparing himself for the position of office manager, for that position
has proved a stepping stone to positions of great responsibility for many of
our present leading executives.
* Other electives may be selected with the approval of the Head of the Department of
Economics, but they must be on the Junior and Senior level.
OFFICE ADMINISTRATION
261
The student interested in this field will find the following required courses
with the suggested electives selected under the guidance of the advisor,
a valuable aid in preparing for positions in this field.
Office Administration Study Program ~ .
Freshman Year I II
Geog. 1, 2 — Economic Resources 2 2
Engr. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature 3 3
B. A. 10, 11 — Organization and Control 2 2
Math 5 — General Mathematics 3 ....
Math. 6 — Mathematics of Finance .... 3
G. & P. 1 — American Government 3
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .' . . . 3
O. T. 1 — Principles of Typewriting 2
O. T. 2 — Intermediate Typewriting .... 2
M. S. 1. 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
P. E. 42, 44— Hygiene (Women) 2 2
Physical Activities (Men and Women ) 1 1
Total 18-19
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and Readings in Literature 3
Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics 3
B. A. 20, 21 — Principles of Accounting 4
Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1
H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3
O. T. 10 — Office Typewriting Problems 2
M. S. 3. 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3
Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1
Total 17-19
Junior Year
Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology 8
Psych. 2 — Applied Psychology
Econ. 140 — Money and Banking 3
Econ. 160 — Labor Economics 3
Econ. 160 — Principles of Marketing 3
B. A. 121 — Cost Accounting '.
O. T. 112— Filing 2
B. A. 160 — Personnel Management
B. A. 130 — Elements of Business Statistics ....
O. T. Ill— Office Machines
Electives 2
Total 16
18-19
3
3
4
1
3
3
1
15-17
3
16
262 OFFICE TECHNIQUES
i — Semester — \
Senior Year I II
B. A. 180, 181 — Business Law 4 4
B. A. 165— Office Management 3
B. A. 169— Industrial Management 3 ....
B. A. 154 — Retail Store Management .... 3
B. A. 151 — Advertising Programs and Campaigns 2
Electives in Accounting ; Marketing ; Real Estate ; Insurance ; Finance ;
Transportation ; and Psychology 6 7
Total 16 16
2. Office Techniques
In order to meet the growing demand for college trained secretarial and
office personnel, the College of Business and Public Administration is offer-
ing to both men and women a program of secretarial training courses.
The Secretarial Curriculum provides students with the opportunity to obtain
the essential background for stenographic, executive and administrative
positions. One of the best methods of assuring success in one's chosen
profession is through the medium of specialized secretarial service. To this
end the courses have been designed. The major objectives of the College
will be maintained and emphasized throughout the presentation of the
program of studies. The purpose of this curriculum is not only to furnish
merely technical or vocational training, but also, to aid the student in
developing his natural aptitudes for secretarial and administrative positions.
The development of the student's capacity to plan, organize, direct, and
execute is the guiding principle followed in this curriculum. This program
of study will appeal to the young man or woman who is ambitious, nat-
urally capable, and willing to work. It will also appeal to those who
realize that positions in secretarial service require much more than merely
skill in typewriting and stenography. These are essential tools, but knowl-
edge and skill in other subjects are as important for the more responsible
positions.
Placement Examination
Students with one or more years of college, high school, or equivalent
training in shorthand and /or typewriting are required to take a placement
examination in those subjects prior to, or at the time of, their first registra-
tion in a shorthand or typewriting course at the University.
Based on the results of this examination, the student may be exempt
from certain of the beginning courses in either, or both, shorthand and
typewriting. Credit will be given only for the work done in residence.
Record of Competency
Students must make a grade of "C" in each course in the Secretarial
sequence before they may progress to the next advanced course.
SENIOR REQUIREMENT
2GII
Senior Requirement
A vocational level of competency in business skills is imperative at the
time of graduation. As a requirement for graduation, students following
the secretarial curriculum must either take T. 16 and T. 17 (or T. 18)
within the six-month period preceding graduation, or take a proficiency
examination on the material covered in these courses within this six-month
period.
The following program of study is designed to give the capable student
an opportunity to develop his potential aptitudes to an effective end.
i — Semester — \
Freshman Year I II
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature 3 3
G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 ....
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 8
Geog. 1, 2 — Economic Resources 2 2
Econ. 4, 5 — Economic Developments 2 2
Math. 5, 6 — General Mathematics and Mathematics of Finance 3 8
O. T. 1 — Principles of Typewriting* 2 ....
O. T. 2 — Intermediate Typewriting .... 2
M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
P. E. 42, 44 — Hygiene (Women) 2 2
Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1
Total 18-19 18-19
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and Readings in Literature 3 3
H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 8
Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics 8 3
O. T. 12, 13— Principles of Shorthand I, II 4 4
O. T. 10— Office Typewriting Problems 2
Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1
M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1
Total 17-20 15-17
Junior Year
B. A. 10, 11 — Organization and Control 2 2
B. A. 20, 21 — Principles of Accounting 4 4
O. T. 16 — Advanced Shorthandt 3
O. T. 17— Gregg Transcription! 2
B. A. 166 — Business Communications .... 8
O. T. Ill— Office Machines 3
O. T. 112— Filing 2
Econ. 140 — Money and Banking .... 3
Electives 2 2
Total 16 16
* O. T. 1 should be completed prior to enrollment in Principles of Shorthand 1 (O. T. 12).
t O. T. 16, Advanced Shorthand, and O. T. 17, Gregg Transcription, must be taken con-
currently.
264 GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS
i — Semestei — >
Senior Year I "
O. T. 110— Secretarial Work 3
O. T. 114 — Secretarial Office Practice 3
B. A. 165 — Office Management 3
B. A. 180, 181 — Business Law 4 4
Econ. 160 — Labor Economics 3 ....
Suggested Elective — Gregg Shorthand Dictation (S. T. 18) 3
Electives 6
Econ. 150 — Marketing Principles and Organization 3 ....
Total 16 IB
Combined Secretarial Training and Business Teaching Curriculum
Capable students may elect courses offered by the College of Education
in such a manner as to qualify themselves for commercial teaching in high
schools.
Requirements to teach business subjects: Twenty semester hours of
prescribed courses in education are required for certification to teach busi-
ness subjects in Maryland, and 24 semester hours in the District of
Columbia.
B. WORLD ECONOMICS AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS
The section of World Economics and Public Affairs comprises three
Departments, viz., Government and Politics, Foreign Service and Interna-
tional Relations, and Geography, and the Bureau of Public Administration.
The Departments in this section furnish the student an opportunity to work
out a major in Government and Politics, or to prepare himself for effective
service in some division of our State or Federal Governments, or in the field
of International Affairs. Courses leading to the Bachelor's, Master's, and
Doctor of Philosophy degrees are offered. The qualified student may so
arrange his curriculum as to prepare himself for teaching, research, or for
public or private service.
A minimum of 120 semester hours credit, exclusive of Military Science,
Physical Activities, and Hygiene, is required for graduation with an aver-
age grade of "C" or better and not more than 25 per cent in "D" grades
can be counted toward fulfilling the requirement.
I. GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS
Government and Politics Major and Minor Requirements
In addition to the regular university requirements, a student majoring
in the field of Government and Politics must meet the following conditions:
(1) G. & P. 1, American Government, or its equivalent, is prerequisite to all
other courses offered by the Department. All persons majoring in Govern-
ment and Politics must first complete this course with a grade of C or
better. (2) All majors must take 36 hours of Government and Politics, in-
cluding G. & P. 1. No Government and Politics course with a grade of less
than C can be counted as a part of the 36 hours of major work. (3) Each
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 265
major must have at least one course in each of five of the following six
fields within the Department of Government and Politics: (1) Local Govern-
ment, (2) Public Administration, (3) Political Theory, (4) Public Policy,
(5) Comparative Government and International Affairs, and (6) Public Law.
A minor in Government and Politics consists of a minimum of 18 hours,
including G. & P. 1. At least six semester hours must be in courses num-
bered 100 and above.
i — Semester — •,
Freshman Year I II
G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 ....
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 3
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature 3 3
Math. 5, 6, or 10, 11 — Mathematics 3 3
Econ. 4, 5 — Economic Developments 2 2
Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1
Foreign Language 3 3
M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
P. E. 42, 44 — Hygiene (women) 2 2
Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1
Total 18-19 18-19
Sophomore Year
G. & P. 4 — State Government and Administration 3 ....
G. & P. B — Local Government and Administration .... 3
G. & P. 7 or 9 — Comparative Government 2 ....
G. & P. 8 or 10 — Comparative Government .... 2
Eng. 3, 4, or 5. 6 — Composition and Readings in Literature 3 3
Foreign Language 3 3
Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics 3 3
H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3
M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men ) 3 3
Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1
Total 18-21 18-21
Junior Year
G. & P. 110 — Public Administration 3
G. &. P. 174— Political Parties 3
G. & P. 124 — Legislatures and Legislation .... 3
G. & P. 102 — International Law 3
♦Electives 9 9
Total 15 15
Senior Year
G. & P. 141— History of Political Theory 3
G. & P. 142 or 144— Recent and American Political Theory 3
G. & P. 131 — Constitutional Law 3
G. & P. 181 — Administrative Law .... 3
Econ. 142 — Public Finance and Taxation 3 ....
B. A. 189 — Government and Business .... 3
•Electives 6 6
Total 15 15
* Electives are to be chosen under the direction of the Head of the Department.
266 INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS
II. BUREAU OF PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
The Bureau of Public Administration was organized in 1947. It is closely
allied, both in function and personnel, with the Department of Government
and Politics. The Department of Government and Politics is the teaching
agency; the Bureau of Public Administration is the governmental research
agency. The Bureau's activities relate primarily to the problems of state and
local government in Maryland. The Bureau engages in research and publishes
research findings. It conducts short courses or institutes of government
attended by local government officials. It undertakes surveys and offers
its assistance and services to units of government in Maryland. Finally,
it serves as a clearing house of information for the benefit of Maryland
state and local government. Closely associated with the Bureau of Public
Administration is the Maryland League of Municipalities, the organization
of Maryland cities. The headquarters of the League are maintained in
conjunction with the Bureau of Public Administration.
III. FOREIGN SERVICE AND INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS
If the student expects to enter the foreign service he should be well
grounded in the language, geography, history, and politics of the region of
his anticipated location as well as in the general principles and practices
of organization and administration. It should be recognized that only a
limited training can be secured during the undergraduate period. When
more specialized or more extensive preparation is required, graduate work
should be planned. The individual program, in either instance, however,
should be worked out under the guidance of a faculty advisor. The follow-
ing study program is offered as a guide in the selection of subjects.
i — Semester — >
Freshman Year I II
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature 8 8
G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 ....
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... t
Foreign Language (Selection) 3 3
Geog. 1, 2 — Economic Resources 2 2
Econ. 4, 5 — Economic Developments 2 2
Mathematics 6,6 3 8
M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
P. E. 42, 44 — Hygiene (Women) 2 2
Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1
Total 19-20 19-20
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 267
i — Semester — *
Sophomore Year I II
Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6 — Composition and Readings in Literature 3 3
Foreign Language (Continuation of Freshman year selection) 3 8
Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics 3 8
H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 8
G. & P. — Comparative Government, selection in accordance with the
student's need 2 2
Sp. 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1
M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1
Total 16-19 16-19
Junior Year
Econ. 150 — Marketing Principles and Organization 3 ....
Econ. 140 — Money and Banking 8
Econ. 160 — Labor Economics 8
G. &. P. 101 — International Political Relations .... 3
B. A. 130 — Elements of Business Statistics 8
Econ. 131 — Comparative Economic Systems .... 3
Ec. Geog. — Selection of Regional division to fit student's needs 3 3
Electives to meet student's major interest 3 3
Total 16 15
Senior Year
G. & P. 102— International Law 3
G. & P. 106 — American Foreign Relations .... 3
G. & P. 131— Constitutional Law 8
G. & P. 180 — Government and Business .... 8
Ec. 132 — Advanced Economic Prin., or Ec 134, Contemporary Econ.
Thought 3
G. & P. 181 — Administrative Law 3 ....
Econ. 136 — International Economic Policies and Relations .... 3
Econ. 149 — International Finance and Exchange .... 3
Electives to meet the needs of the student's major interest 3 3
Total 16 15
Suggested electives:
American History 108, 127, 129, 133, 135, 145, and 146.
European History 175, 176, 179, 180, 185, 186, and History 191 — History of Russia ;
History 195— The Far East.
Government and Politics 7, 8, 9, 10, 105, and 154.
268 REQUIREMENTS, MAJOR
IV. GEOGRAPHY
Agriculture, industry, trade, social customs and politics of a given geo-
graphical region are influenced to a great extent by the natural resources
of that area. Climatic conditions, topography, soils, mineral deposits, water
power, and other physical factors largely determine the economic possibili-
ties of a country. The characteristics of the philosophy, political ideals and
degrees of technological maturity of the people within a given geographical
unit, in turn, determine in large measures the degree of effectiveness with
which the natural resources are utilized. The standard of living, the pur-
chasing power, and the political outlook of the inhabitants of a country are,
in the main, the result or the expression of the interrelationship existing
between the people and their physical environment.
This curriculum is designed to aid the student in securing the facts con-
cerning the major geographical areas of the world and in studying and
analyzing causes and results as they affect economic, political, and social
activities. The student interested in international trade, international po-
litical relations, diplomacy, overseas governments, and national aspirations
will find the courses in this department of great practical value. Work is
offered on both the undergraduate and the graduate levels. Emphasis is
placed on research activity on the part of faculty members and graduate
students.
Students who expect to enroll in the engineering and professional schools
and those who are planning to enter the fields of Business and Public
Administration, or Foreign Service, will find courses in geography of mate-
rial value to them in their later work. At present there exists a serious
lack of well-trained geographers, in government service, in universities,
colleges, and high schools, as well as in private business, with demand
greatly exceeding the supply. A student of geography should choose his
courses to meet the requirements for his major objective, be it an under-
graduate major or minor, or a Master of Arts, or a Doctor of Philosophy
degree. He should consult the bulletin of the Graduate School for the
general requirements for the advanced degrees.
Requirements for a Geography Major:
A student majoring in geography is required to complete satisfactorily
120 semester hours of work in addition to the required work in military
science, hygiene, and physical activities. A general average of at least "C"
is required for graduation. A student must maintain at least an average
grade of "C" in his major and minor in order to continue in his chosen field.
The specific requirements for the geography major are:
I. Geog. 30 and 41 (3, 3) ; Geog. 60 and 61 (3, 3) ; and 6 hours in regional
geography courses numbered 100 to 149; a total of 18 hours of required
courses. Other courses in geography to meet the requirements of a major
are to be selected with the aid of a faculty advisor.
II. Social Studies— G. & P. 1 (3) ; Econ. 31 and 32 (3, 3) ; History 5 and
6 (3, 3); Soc. 1, 5 (3, 3) and 121 and 122 (3, 3); a total of 27 semester hours.
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 269
III. Natural Science— Botany 1 and 102 (4, 3); Soils 1 and 103 (3, 3);
Chem. 7 and 9 (3, 3); or 1 and 3 (4, 4). Students specifically interested
in meteorology can substitute Physics 1 and 2 (3, 3) or 10 and 11 (4. 4)
for Chemistry. A total of 19 or 21 semester hours.
IV. Mathematics — Math. 5, 6 (3, 3), or, according to the interest of the
student in meteorology, climatology, and cartography, Math. 10, 11 (3, 3).
V. English — Eng. 1, 2; and 3, 4 or 5, 6 — a total of 12 semester hours.
VI. Foreign Language and Literature, 12 semester hours in one lan-
guage, unless an advanced course is taken. Candidates for the Ph.D. degree
are required to have a reading knowledge of two modern languages.
VII. Military Science, Hygiene, and Physical Activities. The present
University requirements is 16 semester hours in Military Science and Physi-
cal Activities for all able-bodied male students. Women students are re-
quired to take 8 semester hours credit in hygiene and physical activities.
A student who elects geography as a major must have earned 12 semester
hours credit in the prerequisite courses in geography prior to his beginning
the advanced work of the junior year. These are normally taken during
the freshman and sophomore years and must be completed with an average
grade of not less than "C." The major sequences are not completed until
at least 26 or not more than 40 credits, in addition to the required pre-
requisites, are satisfactorily earned, that is, with the average grade of at
least "C."
A minor in geography consists, in addition to the underclass departmental
requirements (that is Geog. 1, 2 (2, 2), or Geog. 60, 61 (3, 3); Geog. 30 (3)
and Geog. 41 (3), or 12 hours in all) of 12 hours additional credits in
geography, or in courses which are judged to be sufficiently closely related
by an adviser from the Department of Geography.
For the guidance of graduate students, it should be emphasized that the
Department of Geography is particularly interested in the appraisal of
natural resources in relation to economic, social and political developments;
it aims to encourage study of the natural resource base of the culture of an
area. This necessitates, on the one hand, an elementary knowledge of
certain of the physical sciences as a basis for the physical aspects of geo-
graphic study and resource analysis. On the other hand, a certain amount
of knowledge of economics, of sociology and of political organization may be
necessary in order to understand stages of resource utilization and the
social consequences. The Department believes that for many candidates,
for both Master's and Doctor's degrees, a balanced training in the physical
and socio-economic aspects of geography is desirable. In specialization,
emphasis may be shifted toward the physical side of geography, or toward
the socio-economic side, depending upon the preparation, background, in-
terests and intended work of each candidate.
The specific courses comprising the student's program of studies should
be selected with the aid of a faculty adviser from the Department of Geog-
raphy in terms of the student's objective and major interests.
270 GEOGRAPHY MAJORS
Study Program for Geography Majors:
Freshman Year
Geog. 30 — Principles of Physical Geography
Geog. 41 — Weather and Climate
Math. 6, 6 — General Mathematics and Math, of Finance or for students
interested in cartography, meteorology, climatology, Math. 10
and 11
Chem. 7 and 9 (or 1 and 3) — Introductory Chemistry
G. & P. 1 — American Government (or Soc. Amer. Life)
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life (or Amer. Gov't)
Eng. 1, 2— Composition and Readings in American Literature
M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men)
P. E. 42, 44 — Hygiene (Wpmen)
Physical Activities (Men and Women)
Total
Sophomore Year
Geog. 60, 61 — Economic Geography
Soils 1 — General Soils
Botany 1 — General Botany
Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics
Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6 — Composition and Readings in Literature
Hist. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization
M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men)
Physical Activities (Men and Women)
Total
Junior Year
Soc. 5 — Anthropology
Bot. 102 — Plant Ecology
Soils 103— Soil Geography
Foreign Language
Geog. — Selection of Regional Courses to Fit Student's Needs
Electives, with adviser's consent
Total
Senior Year
Soc. 120, 121— Population
Foreign Language
Geog. — Selection of Regional Courses to Fit Student's Needs
Electives, with adviser's consent
Total
-Semester — >
/ //
3
3
3(4)
3(4)
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
1
1
18-20
18-20
3
3
3
4
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
1
1
15-19
16-19
3
3
3
3
3
3
6
3
15
3
3
3
6
15
15
15
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 271
COURSE OFFERINGS
The University reserves the right to withdraw or discontinue any course
for which an insufficient number of students have registered to warrant
giving the course. In such an event, no fee will be charged for transfer to
another course.
Courses are designated by numbers as follows:
1 to 99: courses for undergraduates.
100 to 199: courses for advanced undergraduates and graduates. (Not
all courses numbered 100 to 199 may be taken for graduate credit.)
200 to 299: courses for graduates only.
A course with a single number extends through one semester. A course
with a double number extends through two semesters.
Courses not otherwise designated are lecture courses. The number of
hours' credit is shown by the arabic numeral in parentheses after the title
of the course.
A separate schedule of courses is issued each semester, giving the hours,
places of meeting, and other information required by the student in making
out his program. Students obtain these schedules when they register.
BUSINESS ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION
Professors Thatcher, Calhoun, Clemens, Cover, Frederick, Grubb, Pyle, Reid,
Watson, Wedeberg; Associate Professors Cook, Hale, McLarney, Mounce,
Sweeney, H. Sylvester, Wright; Assistant Professors Cronin, McHugh; In-
structors Ash, Cohen, Daiker, Gruber, McKiever, Moeller, Messer, Smith,
Woodbury.
B.A. 10, 11. Organization and Control (2,2) — First and second semes-
ters. Required in all Bus. Adm. curriculums.
A survey course treating the internal and functional organization of a
business enterprise. B.A. 11 includes industrial management, organization
and control.
B.A. 20, 21. Principles of Accounting (4, 4) — First and second semesters.
Required in all Business Administration curriculums. Prerequisite, Sopho-
more standing.
The fundamental principles and problems involved in accounting for
proprietorships, corporations and partnerships.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
B.A. 110, 111. Intermediate Accounting (3, 3) — First and second semes-
ters. Prerequisite, a grade of B or better in B.A. 21, or consent of in-
structor for majors in accounting.
A comprehensive study of the theory and problems of valuation of assets,
application of funds, corporation accounts and statements, and the inter-
pretation of accounting statements.
272 COURSE OFFERINGS
B.A. 116. Public Budgeting (3)— Prerequisites, B.A. 21 and Econ. 32.
A study of budgetary administration in the United States, including sys-
tems of financial control and accountability, the settlement of claims, cen-
tralized purchasing and the reporting of financial operations.
B.A. 118. Governmental Accounting (3) — Prerequisite, B.A. Ill, or con-
sent of instructor.
The content of this course covers the scope and functions of governmental
accounting. It considers the principles generally applicable to all forms
and types of governmental bodies and a basic procedure adaptable to all
governments. It deals with governmental accounting as a distinct field.
It develops and presents the system, taking full account of the conditions
governing the agencies and operations carried on by government.
B.A. 121. Cost Accounting (4) — Second semester. Prerequisite, a grade
of B or better in B.A. 21, or consent of instructor for majors in accounting.
A study of the fundamental principles of cost accounting including job
order, process, and standard cost accounting.
B.A. 122. Auditing Theory and Practice (3) — First semester. Prerequi-
site, B.A. 111.
A study of the principles and problems of auditing and the application of
accounting principles to the preparation of audit working papers and
reports.
B.A. 123. Income Tax Accounting (4) — First semester. Prerequisite, a
grade of B or better in B.A. 21, or consent of instructor for majors in
accounting.
A study of the important provisions of the Federal Tax Law, using illus-
trative examples, selected questions and problems, the preparation of re-
turns.
B.A. 124, 126. Advanced Accounting (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisite, B.A. 111.
Advanced accounting theory applied to specialized problems in partner-
ships, estates and trusts, banks, mergers and consolidations, receiverships
and liquidations.
B.A. 125. C.P.A. Problems (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 124,
or consent of instructor.
A study of the nature, form and content of C.P.A. examinations by means
of the preparation of solutions to, and an analysis of, a large sample of
C.P.A. problems covering the various accounting fields.
B.A. 127. Advanced Auditing Theory and Practice (3) — Second semester.
Prerequisite, B.A. 122.
Advanced auditing theory, practice and report writing.
COURSE OFFERINGS 273
B.A. 129. Apprenticeship in Accounting (0) — Prerequisites, minimum of
20 semester hours in accounting and the consent of the accounting staff.
A period of apprenticeship is provided with nationally known firms of
certified public accountants from about January 15 to February 15, and for
a semester after graduation.
B.A. 130. Elements of Business Statistics (3) — First semester. Pre-
requisite, junior standing. Required for graduation.
This course is devoted to a study of the fundamentals of statistics.
Emphasis is placed upon the collection of data; hand and machine tabula-
tion; graphic charting; statistical distribution; averages; index numbers;
sampling; elementary tests of reliability; and simple correlations.
B.A. 131. Statistics Laboratory. Laboratory hours and credit to be ar-
ranged. Prerequisite, B.A. 130. (By approval, open to graduate students
for work on thesis.)
Through this course the Bureau of Business and Economic Research
offers the student an opportunity to do practical work in statistics, business,
and economics, under the direction of the Bureau staff.
B.A. 132, 133. Advanced Business Statistics (3, 3) — First and second
semesters. Prerequisite, B.A. 130.
The use of statistical methods and techniques in economic studies and in
the fields of business and public administration. Advanced methods of
correlation and other selected techniques are applied to statistical analyses
of economic fluctuations, price changes, cost analysis, and market demand
indexes and functions.
B.A. 140. Financial Management (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite,
Econ. 140.
This course deals with principles and practices involved in the organiza-
tion, financing, and reconstruction of corporations; the various types of secur-
ities and their use in raising funds, apportioning income, risk, and control;
intercorporate relations; and new developments. Emphasis on solution of
problems of financial policy faced by management.
B.A. 141. Investment Management (3) — First semester. Prerequisite,
B.A. 140.
A study of the principles and methods used in the analysis, selection, and
management of investments; investment programs, sources of investment
information, security price movements, government, real estate, public utility,
railroad, and industrial securities.
B.A. 142. Banking Policies and Practices (3) — Second semester. Pre-
requisite, Econ. 140.
A study of the organization and management of the Commercial Bank,
the operation of its departments, and the methods used in the extension
of commercial credit.
274 COURSE OFFERINGS
B.A. 143. Credit Management (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite,
B.A. 140.
A study of the nature of credit and the principles applicable to its exten-
sion for industrial, commercial, and consumer purposes; the organization
and management of a credit department, and the collection of accounts.
B.A. 144. Life, Group, and Social Insurance (2) — First semester. Pre-
requisite, Econ. 32 or 37.
A study of the types of life insurance and the basic principles underlying
all life insurance relating to reserves, investments, premiums, and regu-
lations.
B.A. 145. Property, Casualty, and Liability Insurance (2) — First semes-
ter. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37.
A survey of the insurance coverages written to protect business and per-
sonal risks arising from such hazards as fire, windstorm, ocean and inland
transportation, fidelity, and liability.
B.A. 146. Real Estate Financing and Appraisals (2) — Second semester.
Prerequisites, Econ. 32 or 37, B.A. 156.
A study of the methods used in financing real estate of all types — residen-
tial, industrial, and commercial. The fundamental problem of valuation
will be studied from the viewpoint of the appraiser. Appraiser technique
will be applied in the field.
B.A. 147. Business Cycles (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 140
and senior standing.
A study of the causes of depressions and unemployment, cyclical and
secular instability, theories of business cycles, and the problem of controlling
economic instability.
B.A. 150. Marketing Management (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite,
Econ. 150.
A study of the work of the marketing division in a going organization.
The work of developing organizations and procedures for the control of
marketing activities are surveyed. The emphasis throughout the course is
placed on the determination of policies, methods, and practices for the effec-
tive marketing of various forms of manufactured products.
B.A. 151. Advertising Programs and Campaigns (2) — First semester.
Prerequisite, B.A. 150.
Deals with the fundamental principles of advertising. Covers the organi-
zation and carrying through of advertising campaigns and programs, the
selection of ideas, types of appeal and different media, and the method of
judging the effectiveness of advertising.
B.A. 152. Advertising Copy Writing and Layout (2) — Second semester.
Prerequisite, B.A. 151.
COURSE OFFERINGS 275
Studies the practices and techniques of copy writing and layout that are
useful for those who expect to prepare advertising or to direct the actual
production of advertising. Covers the most essential principles of various
kinds of copy writing. Surveys the process of production from the original
idea to the published advertisement, and analyzes methods of testing its
effectiveness.
B.A. 153. Purchasing Management (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite,
B.A. 150.
Studies the problems of determining the proper sources, quality and quan-
tity of supplies, and of methods of testing quality; price policies, price fore-
casting, forward buying, bidding and negotiation; budgets and standards of
achievement. Particular attention is given to government purchasing, and
methods and procedures used in their procurement.
B.A. 154. Retail Store Management (3) — Second semester. Prerequi-
site, B.A. 150.
Retail store organization, location, layout and store policy; pricing poli-
cies, price lines, brands, credit policies, records as a guide to buying; pur-
chasing mthods; supervision of selling; training and supervision of retail
sales force; and administrative problems.
B.A. 156. Real Estate Principles and Practice (2) — First semester. Pre-
requisite, Econ. 32 or 37.
The principles and practices involved in the acquisition and utilization of
land and the improvements thereon.
B.A. 157. Foreign Trade Procedure (3) — Prerequisite, B.A. 150
Functions of various exporting agencies; documents and procedures used
in exporting and importing transactions. Methods of procuring goods in
foreign countries; financing of import shipments; clearing through the
customs districts; and distribution of goods in the United States.
B.A. 160. Personnel Management (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite,
Econ. 160.
This course deals essentially with functional and administrative relation-
ships between management and the labor force. It comprises a survey
of the scientific selection of employees, "in-service" training, job analysis,
classification and rating, motivation of employees, employee adjustment,
wage incentives, employee discipline and techniques of supervision, and elim-
ination of employment hazards.
B.A. 162. Contemporary Trends in Labor Relations (3) — First semester.
Prerequisite, B.A. 160.
A study of contemporary trends in society's effort through legislation,
mediation, and other methods to bring about a harmonious relationship
between labor and management. Laws and court decisions affecting labor
relations are given some consideration.
276 COURSE OFFERINGS
B.A. 163. Industrial Relations (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ.
160.
A study of the development and methods of organized groups in industry
with reference to the settlement of labor disputes. An economic and legal
analysis of labor union and employer association activities, arbitration,
mediation, and conciliation; collective bargaining, trade agreements, strikes,
boycotts, lockouts, company unions, employee representation, and injunc-
tions.
B.A. 164. Labor Legislation and Court Decisions (3) — Prerequisite, B.A.
160 and senior standing.
B.A. 165. Office Management (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, B.A.
11 or junior standing.
Considers the application of the principles of scientific management in
their application to office work.
B. A. 166. Business Communications (3) — Second semester. Prerequi-
site, junior standing.
The systems of communications used in modern business; techniques of
communication forms, administrative memorandums, order, bulletin, digest,
reports; communication problems in production, marketing, personnel ad-
ministration, and public relations.
B. A. 167. Job Evaluation and Merit Rating (2) — Prerequisite B. A. 160.
The investigation of the leading job evaluation plans used in industry,
study of the development and administrative procedures, analyzing jobs and
writing job descriptions, setting up a job evaluation plan, and relating job
evaluation to pay scales. Study of various employee merit rating pro-
grams, the methods of merit rating, and the uses of merit rating.
B. A. 169. Industrial Management (3) — Second semester. Prerequisites,
B. A. 11 and 160.
Studies the operation of a manufacturing enterprise. Among the topics
covered are product development, plant location, plant layout, production
planning and control, methods analysis, time study, job analysis, budgetary
control, standard costs, and problems of supervision. An inspection trip
to a large manufacturing plant is made at the latter part of the semester.
B. A. 170. Transportation I. Regulation of Transportation Services
(3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37.
This course is designed for students of Transportation, Public Adminis-
tration, and General Business. It covers the world practices in the regula-
tion and control of transportation facilities.
B.A. 171. Transportation II. Services, Rules, and Practices (3)— Pre-
requisite, B.A. 170.
COURSE OFFERINGS 277
This course treats with the details of classification and rate construction
for ground and air transportation. It is designed for students interested
in the practical aspects of shipping and receiving. It is primarily a course
in industrial and commercial traffic management.
B.A. 172. Transportation III. Motor Transportation (3) — Prerequisite,
B.A. 170.
The place of the motor transport industry, development, uses in distribu-
tion, competitive situations, organization, regulation.
B.A. 173. Transportation IV. Overseas Shipping (3) — Prerequisite, B.A.
170.
The ocean carrier, development of services, types, trade routes, company
organization, ship brokers and freight forwarders, the American Merchant
Marine as a factor in national activity.
B. A. 174. Commercial Air Transportation (3) — Prerequisite, B.A. 170.
The air transportation system of the United States: airways, airports,
airlines. Federal regulation of air transportation. Problems and services
of commercial air transportation: economics, equipment, operations, financ-
ing, selling of passenger and cargo services. Air mail development and
services.
B. A. 175. Airline Administration (3) — Prerequisite, B.A. 174.
Practices, systems and methods of airline management; actual work in
handling details and forms required in planning and directing maintenance,
operations, accounting and traffic transactions, study of airline operations
and other manuals of various companies.
B. A. 176. Problems in Airport Management (3) — Prerequisite, B.A. 174.
Airports classified, aviation interests and community needs, airport plan-
ning, construction, building problems. Airports and the courts. Manage-
ment, financing, operations, revenue sources.
B. A. 177. Motion Economy and Time Study (3) — Prerequisite B. A. 169.
A study of the principles of motion economy, simo charts, micromotion
study, the fundamentals of time study, job evaluation, observations, stand-
ard times, allowances, formula construction, and wage payment plans.
B. A. 178. Production Planning and Control (2) — Prerequisite B. A. 169.
An analysis of the man-, material-, and machine requirements for pro-
duction according to the several types of manufacture. The development
and application of inventory records, load charts, production orders, sched-
ules, production reports, progress reports and control reports. One lecture
period and one laboratory period each week.
B. A. 179. Problems in Supervision (3) — Prerequisite B. A. 169.
A case study course of supervisory problems divided into difficulties with
subordinates, with associates and with superiors. The purposes of the
278 COURSE OFFERINGS
An Accounting Class
course are to apply general principles of industrial management to concrete
cases and to extract principles from a study of cases.
B.A. 180, 181. Business Law (4, 4) — First and second semesters. Pre-
requisite, senior standing. Required in all Bus. Adm. curriculums.
Legal aspects of business relationships, contracts, negotiable instru-
ments, agency, partnerships, corporations, real and personal property, and
sales.
B.A. 183. Law for Accountants (2). Prerequisite, B.A. 181.
Principles of law relating to the accounting profession, special emphasis
being placed upon sections of the Maryland Annotated Code dealing with
accountants, corporations, estates, and trusts.
B. A. 184. Public Utilities (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ.
32 or 37 and senior standing.
Using the regulated utilities industries as specific examples attention is
focused on broad and general problems in such diverse fields as constitu-
tional law, administrative law, public administration, government control
of business, advanced economic, theory, accounting, valuation and deprecia-
tion, taxation, finance, engineering and management.
B.A. 186. Real Estate Law and Conveyancing (2). Prerequisite, B.A.
156 and 180.
This course attempts to cover in a general way those phases of real
property law which are of interest not only to real estate dealers but to
all business men.
B. A. 189. Business and Government (3) — First semester. Prerequisite,
Econ. 32 or 37. Senior standing.
COURSE OFFERINGS 279
A study of the role of government in modern economic life. Social control
of business as a remedy for the abuses of business enterprise arising from
the decline of competition. Criteria of and limitations on government
regulation of private enterprise.
For Graduates
B. A. 220. Managerial Accounting (3).
B. A. 221, 222. Seminar in Accounting — (Arranged.)
B. A. 226. Accounting Systems (3).
B. A. 228. Research in Accounting — (Arranged.)
B. A. 229. Studies of Special Problems in the Fields of Control and
Organization — ( Arranged. )
B. A. 240. Seminar in Financial Management (1-3) — Prerequisites, Ec.
140, B. A. 21, B. A. 140.
B. A. 250. Problems in Sales Management (3).
B. A. 251. Problems in Advertising (3).
B. A. 252. Problems in Retail Store Management (3) — (Arranged.)
B. A. 257. Seminar in Marketing Management — (Arranged.)
B. A. 258. Research Problems in Marketing — (Arranged).
B. A. 262. Seminar in Contemporary Trends in Labor Relations —
(Arranged.)
B. A. 265. Development and Trends in Modern Industrial Manage-
ment (3).
B. A. 266. Research in Personnel Management — (Arranged.)
B. A. 267. Research in Industrial Relations — (Arranged.)
B. A. 269. Studies in Special Problems in Employer-Employee Relation-
ships— (Arranged.)
B. A. 270. Seminar in Air Transportation (3).
B. A. 271. Theory of Organization (3).
B. A. 277. Seminar in Transportation (3).
B. A. 280. Seminar in Business and Government Relationships — (Ar-
ranged.)
B. A. 284. Seminar in Public Utilities (3).
B. A. 299. Thesis— (Arranged.)
ECONOMICS
Professors Ratzlaff, Dillard, and Gruchy; Assistant Professor J. Sylvester;
Instructors Cole, Norton, Long, McCalmont, Robinson, Stapleton, Titus.
Econ. 4, 5. Economic Developments (2, 2) — First and second semesters.
Freshman requirements in Business Administration Curriculums.
An introduction to modern economic institutions — their origins, develop-
ment, and present status. Commercial revolution, industrial revolution, and
280 COURSE OFFERINGS
age of mass production. Emphasis on developments in England, Western
Europe and the United States.
Econ. 31, 32. Principles of Economics (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisite, sopohomore standing. Required in the Business Administra-
tion Curriculums.
A general analysis of the functioning of the economic system. A con-
siderable portion of the course is devoted to a study of basic concepts and
explanatory principles. The remainder deals with the major problems of
the economic system.
Econ. 37. Fundamentals of Economics (3) — First and second semesters.
Not open to students who have credit in Econ. 31, and 32. Not open to
freshmen or to B. P. A. students.
A survey study of the general principles underlying economic activity.
Designed to meet the needs of special technical groups such as students of
Engineering, Home Economics, Agriculture and others who are unable to
take the more complete course provided in Economics 31 and 32.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Econ. 130. Economics of Consumption (3) — Second semester. Pre-
requisite, Econ. 32 or 37.
The place of the consumer in our economic system. An analysis of
demand for consumer goods. The need for consumer consciousness and a
technique of consumption. Cooperative and governmental agencies for
consumers. Special problems.
Econ. .131. Comparative Economic Systems (3) — First semester. Pre-
requisite, Econ. 32 or 37.
An investigation of the theory and practice of various types of economic
systems. The course begins with an examination and evaluation of the
capitalistic system, and is followed by an analysis of alternative types of
economic systems such as fascism, socialism, and communism.
Econ. 132. Advanced Economic Principles (3) — First semester. Pre-
requisite, Econ. 32.
This course is an analysis of price and distribution theory with special
attention being paid to recent developments in the theory of imperfect
competition.
Econ. 134. Contemporary Economic Thought (3) — First semester. Pre-
requisite, Econ. 32.
A survey of recent trends in American, English, and Continental Eco-
nomic thought with special attention being given to the work of such
economists as W. C. Mitchell, J. R. Commons, T. Veblen, W. Sombart, J. A.
Hobson and other contributors to the development of economic thought
since 1900.
COURSE OFFERINGS 281
Econ. 136. International Economic Policies and Relations (3) — First
semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. Econ. 131 recommended.
This course surveys and analyzes the basic economic, social and political
factors that influence governments in the determination of their economic
policies and practices in their relationship with other nations.
Econ. 137. Economic Planning and Post-war Problems (3) — Second
semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. Econ. 131 recommended.
An analysis of the theory and practice of economic planning in the
United States and other countries, and an investigation of the relation of
economic planning to postwar economic problems and the stabilization of
economic enterprise.
Econ. 140. Money and Banking (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Econ.
32 or 37.
A study of the organization, functions, and operation of our monetary,
credit, and banking system; the relation of commercial banking to the
Federal Reserve System; the relation of commercial banking to the
Federal Reserve System; the relation of money and credit to prices; domestic
and foreign exchange, and the impact of public policy upon banking and
credit.
Econ. 141. Theory of Money, Credit, and Prices (3) — Second semester.
Prerequisites, Econ. 32 and 140.
A study of recent developments in the theory of money and credit, of
domestic and international price problems, and of monetary and credit
policies in their relation to the problem of full employment.
Econ. 142. Public Finance and Taxation (3) — First semester. Pre-
requisite, Econ. 32 or 37.
A study of government fiscal policy in regard to the nature of public
expenditures, sources of public revenue, the tax system, the public debt,
and government budgets.
Econ. 149. International Finance and Exchange (3) — Second semester.
Prerequisite, Econ. 140, Econ. 141 recommended.
This course considers the theory and practice of international finance and
exchange. The increased importance of public authority in foreign trade,
international policies, and finance is given due emphasis.
Econ. 150. Marketing Principles and Organization (3) — First semester.
Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37.
This is an introductory course in the field of marketing. Its purpose is
to give a general understanding and appreciation of the forces operating,
institutions employed, and methods followed in marketing agricultural prod-
ucts, natural products, services, and manufactured goods.
Econ. 151. Economics of Cooperatives (2) — Second semester. Pre-
requisite, Econ. 32 or 37.
282 COURSE OFFERINGS
Analysis of and contrast between economic problems and contributions of
cooperative and other types of business organizations; the significance of
cooperation in the free enterprise system. Nominal fees are collected to
cover the expense of occasional field trips.
Econ. 160. Labor Economics (3) — First and second semesters. Prerequi-
site, Econ. 32 or 37.
The historical development and chief characteristics of the American labor
movement are first surveyed. Present day problems are then examined in
detail: wage theories, unemployment, social security, labor organization,
collective bargaining.
Econ. 161. Government and Social Security (3) — Second semester. Pre-
requisite, G. & P. 4, Econ. 32.
An analysis of the Federal Social Security Act with special emphasis upon
the background, purposes, administration, and deficiencies. Attention will
be given also to employment assurance and relief agencies and policies,
and to the efforts of European countries and the 48 states to provide a
greater measure of security.
Econ. 170. Monopoly and Competition (3) — Second semester. Pre-
requisite, Econ. 32 or 37.
Growth of large-scale production, development of industrial combinations,
the economies of vertical and horizontal combination, the anti-trust acts,
and some conclusions as to policy in relation to competition and monopoly.
Problems of small business.
Econ. 171. Economics of American Industry (3) — Second semester. Pre-
requisite, Econ. 32 or 37.
A study of the technology, economics and geography of twenty repre-
sentative American industries.
For Graduates
Econ. 230. History of Economic Thought (3) — Second semester. Pre-
requisite, Econ. 132.
A study of the development of economic thought and theories including
the Greeks, Romans, canonists, mercantilists, physiocrats, Adam Smith,
Malthus, Ricardo. Relation of ideas to economic policy.
Econ. 231. Economic Theory in the Nineteenth Century (3) — Second
semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 230 or consent of the instructor.
A study of various nineteenth and twentieth century schools of economic
thought, particularly the classicists, neo-classicists, Austrians, German his-
torical school, American economic thought, and the socialists.
Econ. 235. Seminar in International Economic Relations (3) — (Arranged.)
A study of selected problems in International Economic Relations.
COURSE OFFERINGS 283
Econ. 237, 238. Seminar in Economic Investigation (3,3) — First and
second semesters.
Econ. 240. Comparative Banking Systems (3) — Second semester.
Econ. 242. Research in Governmental Fiscal Policies and Practices (3) —
(Arranged.)
Individual research under faculty guidance of special problems in the
field of government finance and taxation.
Econ. 270. Seminar in Economics and Geography of American Indus-
tries (3) — arranged.
Econ. 299. Thesis — arranged.
GEOGRAPHY
Professors Baker, Crist, Hu, Van Royen; Consulting Professors Joerg, Thorn-
thwaite; Assistant Professors Baum, Karinen; Instructors Anderson, Hick-
man, Watson; Lecturers Aiken, Brierly, Davies, Skop; Research Professor
Bowles; Research Associates Battersby, Burstow; Research Assistants
Hubert, Kelley.
Geog. 1, 2. Economic Resources (2, 2) — First and second semesters. One
lecture and one two-hour laboratory period a week for Geog. 1; two lecture
periods for Geog. 2. Freshman requirement in the Business Administration
Curriculums.
General comparative study of the geographic factors underlying produc-
tion economics. Emphasis upon climate, soils, land forms, agricultural
products, power resources, and major minerals, concluding with brief sur-
vey of geography of commerce and manufacturing. (Staff.)
Geog. 4. Regional Geography of the Continents I. The New World (2)
— First semester.
Study of the Americas with emphasis upon human geography and the
underlying physical factors. Discussion of some of the major problems
arising therefrom. Of particular value to students in the field of education.
(Watson.)
Geog. 5. Regional Geography of the Continents II. The Old World (2)
— Second semester.
Study of Europe, Asia, Africa and Australia with emphasis on human
geography and the underlying physical factors. Discussion of some of the
major problems resulting therefrom. Intended especially for students and
teachers in the field of education. (Watson.)
Geog. 20. Elementary Cartography (2) — First or second semester. One
lecture and one two-hour laboratory period a week.
Principles of cartography and study in laboratory and in the field of
various types of maps and related means of presenting geographic mate-
rials. (Karinen)
284 COURSE OFFERINGS
Geog. 30. Principles of Physical Geography (3) — First semester.
A systematic study of the physical features of the earth's surface, includ-
ing subordinate land forms. The course is designed to give an understand-
ing of major physiographic processes and of the genesis of various types
of land forms. (Van Royen.)
Geog. 31. Problems of Cartographic Representation (3) — First or sec-
ond semester. Two hours lecture and two hours laboratory a week. Pre-
requisite Geog. 20 and 30, or equivalent.
Introduction to theory of projections. Study of principles and problems
of representation of natural features according to map scales, and of gen-
eralization and symbolization; also of classification, representation, and
generalization of cultural features, including place-name selection.
(Davies, Army Map Service.)
Geog. 41. Introductory Meteorology (3) — Second semester.
A course of general cultural interest, basic to any further work in clima-
tology, and intended to acquaint students in such fields as agriculture, aero-
nautics, civil engineering, and physics with the basic facts and concepts
relating to the atmosphere. ■ (Baum.)
Geog. 60, 61. Economic Geography (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Can be taken by students in the Division of World Economics and Public
Affairs instead of Geog. 1 and 2; required for all major and minors in geog-
raphy; recommended for students in the social sciences.
A comparative study of the geographic factors which enter into the
economies of regions or countries. (Staff)
Geog. 90. Problems of Cartographic Procedure (3) — First or second
semester. Two hours lecture and two hours laboratory a week. Prerequi-
site Geog. 30.
Study of compilation methods and their relationship to drafting and
reproduction methods, including basic concepts of compilation, criteria used
in the selection of methods of transfer, relationships of reproduction meth-
ods to the degree of accuracy, drafting methods in compilation and in color-
separation work, and analysis of type styles and their uses.
(Skop, Army Map Service.)
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Geog. 100, 101. Regional Geography of the United States and Canada
(3, 3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisites, Geog. 1, 2 or Geog. 60,
61, or permission of instructor.
The climate, land forms, soils and minerals, forests, agriculture, indus-
tries, and commerce; the people and their occupations, by regions. Several
all-day field trips are required. (Baker.)
Soc. 120, 121. Population. See Sociology. (Baker.)
COURSE OFFERINGS 285
Geog. 102. The Geography of Manufacturing in the United States and
Canada (3) — First semester.
The geographic factors which are associated with the location of manu-
facturing industries. One or more field trips. (Clemens.)
Geog. 110, 111. Latin America (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Regional geography of the Latin American republics; an analysis of the
physical environment and the natural resources, and a survey of the his-
torical and cultural development. (Crist.)
Geog. 115. The Peoples of Latin America (2) — Second semester.
Population distribution, composition and growth, trends in fertility and
mortality; migration, rural-urban and interregional, cultural, ethnic and
political aspects. (Crist and Lecturer.)
Geog. 120. Economic Geography of Europe (3) — First semester.
The natural resources of Europe in relation to agricultural and industrial
development and to present-day economic and national problems.
(Van Royen.)
Geog. 122. Economic Recources and Development of Africa (3) — Second
semester.
The natural resources of Africa in relation to agricultural and mineral
production; the various stages of economic development and the potentialities
of the future. (Van Royen.)
Geog. 123. Problems of Colonial Geography (3) — First or second
semester.
Problems of development of colonial areas, with special emphasis upon
the development of tropical regions and the possibilities of white settle-
ment in the tropics. (Van Royen.)
Geog. 130, 131. Economic and Political Geography of Southern and East-
ern Asia (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
A study of China, Japan, India, Burma, Indo-China and the Dutch East
Indies; natural resources, population and economic activities. Comparisons
of physical and human potentialities of major regions and of their economic,
social, and political development. (Hu.)
Geog. 140, 141. Soviet Lands (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
The natural environment, geographic factors in the expansion of the
Russian State, the geography of agriculture, of industry and of transport,
concluding with the regional geography of the U. S. S. R.
Geog. 150. Problems of Map Evaluation I. Topographic Maps (3) —
First or second semester. Two hours lecture and two hours laboratory
a week. Prerequisite Geog. 30.
Review of status of topographic mapping with consideration of important
schools of topographic concepts and practices. Theoretical and practical
286 COURSE OFFERINGS
means of determining map reliability and utility, including studies of map
coverage. Emphasis on methods of preparation of data for compilation
purposes, including a study of types of source materials. Methods of map
cataloging and bibliography are given brief consideration.
(Davies, Army Map Service.)
Geog. 151. Problems of Map Evaluation II. Non-topographic Special-
use Maps (3) — First or second semester. Two-hour lecture and two hours
laboratory a week. Prerequisite, Geog. 150.
Deals exclusively with non-topographic special-use types of maps such
as military-geographic, military-geologic, climatic, pedologic, isogonic, eco-
nomic, water supply, terrain appreciation maps, etc.
(Brierly, Army Map Service.)
Geog. 152. Problems and Practices of Photo Interpretation (3) — Off
campus. First and second semesters. Two-hour lecture and two hours
laboratory a week. Prerequisite, Geog. 31, or equivalent.
Reading and interpretation of aerial photographs with emphasis or topo-
graphic features. Study of limitations of photo interpretations. Interpre-
tations of soil, geologic, vegetation and military data.
Geog. 160. Elementary Toponymy (3) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisites Geog. 30 and one foreign language.
Problems of place-name analysis as related to cartography, especially
those involved in making and interpreting foreign maps, the language as-
pects of gazetteers, and the problems of compilation of cartographic dic-
tionaries. The course will close with a review of the linguistic aspects of
air charts, hydrographic charts and the International Map of the World.
(Aiken, Army Map Service.)
Geog. 162. Fundamentals of Climatology (3) — First semester. Prerequi-
site, Geog. 41 or consent of instructor.
Introduction to climatology, stressing the causes of the climates in terms
of the geography of the globe, radiation balance, motions of the atmos-
phere, air masses and fronts. Definition and properties of basic statistical
concepts employed in climatology. (Baum.)
Geog. 170. Field Studies in Geography (3) — First semester and approxi-
mately three weeks or six weeks in the field immediately preceding the
academic year. Required of undergraduate majors in geography and
graduate students who are candidates for higher degrees in geography.
Field studies of small areas for training in geographic methods of field
observation and the writing of reports; alternate years transcontinental
trip thru major regions of United States. (Staff)
Geog. 180, 181. History, Nature and Methodology of Geography (3, 3) —
First and second semesters.
A comprehensive and systematic study of the history, nature, and basic
principles of geography, with special reference to the major schools of
COURSE OFFERINGS
281
A Corner of the Drafting Room of the Department of Geography
geographic thought; a critical evaluation of some of the important geo-
graphical works and methods of geographic research. (Hu.)
Geog. 190, 191. Pro-Seminar in Geography (3, 3).
Special studies in various aspects of geography. (Staff.)
For Graduates
Geog. 210. Seminar in Cartography (credit arranged) — First or second
semester.
The historical and mathematical background of cartographic concepts,
practices and problems, and the various philosophical and practical ap-
proaches to cartography. Discussions will be supplemented by the pre-
sentation of specific cartographic problems investigated by the students.
(Karinen and Davies.)
Geog. 220. Geomorphology (3) — Second semester.
An advanced comparative study of selected geomorphic processes and
land forms; theories of land forms evolution and geomorphological prob-
lems. (Van Royen.)
288 COURSE OFFERINGS
Geog. 230. Micro-Climatology (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Geog-
raphy 162 or consent of instructor.
The climate of the layer of air near the ground in which plants live and
related topics. (Baum)
Geog. 231. Advanced General Climatology (3) — Second semester. Pre-
requisite, Geog. 1G2 or consent of instructor.
Selected topics in climatology illustrating principles, techniques and the
distribution of climate. (Baum.)
Geog. 248, 249. Special Studies in Meteorology and Climatology (3, 3) —
Prerequisite, consent of instructor.
Selected topics in meteorology and climatology chosen to fit the indi-
vidual needs of advanced students. (Baum)
Geog. 250, 251. Recent Trends in Latin American Economies (3, 3) —
First and second semesters.
An analysis of recent changes and trends in industrial development, ex-
ploitation of mineral resources and land utilization. (Crist.)
Geog. 260, 261. Problems in the Geography of Europe and Africa (3, 3)
— First and second semesters.
Analysis of special problems concerning the resources and development
of Europe and Africa. (Van Royen.)
Geog. 270, 271. Special Studies in the Geography of China (3, 3)— First
and second semesters.
Analysis of problems concerning the geography of China, with emphasis
on techniques peculiar to Chinese geographical research. (Hu.)
Geog. 290, 291. Seminar in Geography (Credit to be arranged) — First
and second semesters.
Special directed studies in various aspects of geography. (Staff.)
Geog. 292, 293. Research Work (Credit to be arranged) — First and sec-
ond semesters and summer.
A. E. 212. Land Utilization and Agricultural Production — See Agricul-
tural Economics. (Baker.)
In addition to individual research projects, the preparation of the "Atlas
of the World's Resources," a joint project of the University of Maryland,
the United States Department of Agriculture, and the Department of the
Interior, as well as cooperative projects with other government depart-
ments, provide facilities for graduate students to study under the guidance
of experts in government service. The University of Maryland is cooperat-
ing also with the National Central University, in Nanking, China, in the
preparation of an "Atlas of China." These atlases and other projects in
preparation, may provide a vehicle of publication for parts of students'
research work.
COURSE OFFERINGS 289
GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS
Professors Ray, Burdette, Mauck, and Steinmeyer; Assistant Professors
Dixon and Plischke; Instructors Gass, Hester, Magner, Moser, and Spurgeon.
G. and P. 1. American Government (3) — Each semester.
This course is designed as the basic course in government for the Ameri-
can Civilization program, and it or its equivalent is a prerequisite to all
other courses in the Department. It is a comprehensive study of govern-
ments in the United States and of their adjustment to changing social and
economic conditions.
G. and P. 4. State Government and Administration (3) — First semester.
Prerequisite, G. & P. 1.
A study of the organization and functions of state government in the
United States, with special emphasis upon the government of Maryland.
G. and P. 5. Local Government and Administration (3) — Second semes-
ter. Prerequisite G. & P. 1.
A study of the organization and functions of local government in the
United States, with special emphasis upon the government of Maryland
cities and counties.
G. and P. 7. The Government of the British Empire (2) — First semester.
Prerequisite G. & P. 1.
A study of the governments of the United Kingdom and the British
Dominions.
G. and P. 8. The Governments of Continental Europe (2) — Second semes-
ter. Prerequisite G. & P. 1.
A comparative study of the governments of France, Switzerland, Italy,
Germany, and the Scandinavian countries.
G. and P. 9. The Governments of Latin America (2) — First semester.
Prerequisite G. & P. 1.
A comparative study of Latin American governments, with special em-
phasis on Argentina, Brazil, Chile, and Mexico.
G. and P. 10. The Governments of Russia and the Far East (2) — Second
semester. Prerequisite G. & P. 1.
A study of the governments of Russia, China, and Japan.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
G. and P. 101. International Political Relations (3) — First semester.
Prerequisite G. & P. 1.
A study of the major factors underlying international relations, the
influence of geography, climate, nationalism, and imperialism, and the
development of international organization, with emphasis on the United
Nations.
290
COURSE OFFERIXdS
Staff of the Bureau of Business and Economic Research
G. and P. 102. — International Law (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite
G. & P. 1.
A study of the principles governing international intercourse in times of
peace and war, as illustrated in texts and cases.
G. and P. 105. Recent Far Eastern Politics (3) — First semester. Pre-
requisite G. & P. 1.
The background and interpretation of recent political events in the Far
East and their influence on world politics.
G. and P. 106. American Foreign Relations (3) — Second semester. Pre-
requisite G. & P. 1.
The principles and machinery of the conduct of American foreign rela-
tions, with emphasis on the Department of State and the Foreign Service,
and an analysis of the major foreign policies of the United States.
G. and P. 110. Principles of Public Administration (3) — First semester.
Prerequisite G. & P. 1.
A study of public administration in the United States, giving special
attention to the principles of organization and management and to fiscal,
personnel, planning, and public relations practices.
G. and P. 111. Public Personnel Administration (3) — First semester.
Prerequisite G. & P. 110.
COURSE OFFERINGS 291
A survey of public personnel administration, including the development
of merit civil service, the personnel agency, classification, recruitment,
examination techniques, promotion, service ratings, training, discipline,
employee relations, and retirement.
G. and P. 112. Public Financial Administration (3) — Second semester.
Prerequisite G. & P. 110 or Econ. 142.
A survey of governmental financial procedures, including processes of
current and capital budgeting, the administration of public borrowing, the
techniques of public purchasing, and the machinery of control through pre-
audit and post-audit.
G. and P. 124. Legislatures and Legislation (3) — Second semester. Pre-
requisite G. & P. 1.
A comprehensive study of legislative organization, procedure, and prob-
lems. The course includes opportunities for student contact with Congress
and with the legislature of Maryland.
G. and P. 131, 132. Constitutional Law (3, 3) — First and second semes-
ters. Prerequisite G. & P. 1.
A systematic inquiry into the general principles of the American con-
stitutional system, with special reference to the role of the judiciary in
the interpretation and enforcement of the federal constitution; the position
of the states in the federal system; state and federal powers over commerce;
due process of law and other civil rights.
G. and P. 133. Administration of Justice (3) — Second semester. Pre-
requisite G. & P. 1.
An examination of civil and criminal court structure and procedures in
the United States at all levels of government, with special emphasis upon
the federal judiciary.
G. and P. 141. History of Political Theory (3) — First semester. Prerequi-
site G. & P. 1.
A survey of the principal political theories set forth in the works of
writers from Plato to Bentham.
G. and P. 142. Recent Political Theory (3) — Second semester. Prerequi-
site G. & P. 1.
A study of 19th and 20th century political thought, with special emphasis
on recent theories of socialism, communism and fascism.
G. and P. 144. American Political Theory (3) — First semester. Prerequi-
site G. & P. 1.
A study of the development and growth of American political concepts
from the colonial period to the present.
G. and P. 154. Problems of World Politics (3) — Second semester. Pre-
requisite G. & P. 1.
292 COURSE OFFERINGS
A study of governmental problems of international scope, such as causes
of war, problems of neutrality, and propaganda. Students are required
to report on readings from current literature.
G. and P. 174. Political Parties (3) — First semester. Prerequisite G. &
P. 1.
A descriptive and analytical examination of American political parties,
nominations, elections, and political leadership.
G. and P. 178. Public Opinion (3) — First semester. Prerequisite G. & P. 1.
An examination of public opinion and its effect on political action, with
emphasis on opinion formation and measurement, propaganda, and pressure
groups.
G. and P. 181. Administrative Law (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite
G. & P. 1.
A study of the discretion exercised by administrative agencies, including
analysis of their functions, their powers over persons and property, their
procedures, and judicial sanctions and controls.
For Graduates
G. and P. 201. Seminar in International Political Organization (3).
A study of the forms and functions of various international organizations.
G. and P. 211. Seminar in Federal-State Relations (3).
Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the field
of recent federal-state relations.
G. and P. 213. Problems of Public Administration (3).
Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the field
of public administration.
G. and P. 214. Problems of Public Personnel Administration (3).
Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the field
of public personnel administration.
G. and P. 216. Government Administrative Planning and Management
(3).
Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in administra-
tive planning and management in government.
G. and P. 217. Government Corporations and Special Purpose Authori-
ties (3).
Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the use of
the corporate form for governmental administration. The topics for study
will relate to the use of the corporate form as an administrative technique,
as in the cases of the Tennessee Valley Authority, the Port of New York
Authority, and local housing authorities.
COURSE OFFERINGS 293
G. and P. 221. Seminar in Public Opinion (3).
Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the field
o* public opinion.
G. and P. 224. Seminar in Political Parties and Politics (3).
Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the fields
of political organization and action.
G. and P. 225. Man and the State (3).
Individual reading and reports on such recurring concepts in political
theory as liberty, equality, justice, natural law and natural rights, private
property, sovereignty, nationalism, and the organic state.
G. and P. 231. Seminar in Public Law (3).
Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the fields
of constitutional and administrative law.
G. and P. 251. Bibliography of Government and Politics (3).
Survey of the literature of the various fields of government and politics
and instruction in the use of government documents.
G. and P. 261. Research in Government and Politics (3).
Credit according to work accomplished.
G. and P. 281. Departmental Seminar (No Credit).
Topics as selected by the graduate staff of the department. Registration
for two semesters required of all doctoral candidates. Conducted by the
entire departmental staff in full meeting.
G. and P. 299. Thesis Course (Arranged).
OFFICE TECHNIQUES AND MANAGEMENT
Associate Professor Patrick; Instructors Brooks, O'Neill and Wagner.
O. T. 1. Principles of Typewriting (2) — First and second semesters.
Five laboratory periods per week. Laboratory fee, $7.50.
The goal of this course is the attainment of the ability to operate the
typewriter continuously with reasonable speed and accuracy by the use of
the "touch" system. This course should be completed prior to enrollment in
0. T. 12, Principles of Shorthand.
O. T. 2. Intermediate Typewriting (2) — First and second semesters. Five
periods per week. Laboratory fee, $7.50. Prerequisite, minimum grade of
"C" in 0. T. 1 or consent of instructor.
The aim of this course is to teach the fundamentals of letter writing and
to continue the development of speed typing. Problems in business letter
styles and forms, arrangement of letters, tabulation, and exercises for
improving stroking skill will be used.
294
COURSE OFFERINGS
A Class in Typing
O. T. 10. Office Typewriting Problems (2) — First and second semesters.
Five periods per week. Laboratory fee, $7.50. Prerequisite, minimum grade
of "C" in O. T. 2 or consent of instructor.
In this course the aims are to develop the highest degree of accuracy and
speed possible for each student and to teach the advanced techniques of
typewriting with special emphasis on production.
O. T. 12, 13. Principles of Shorthand (4, 4) — First and second semesters.
Five periods per week. Prerequisite, 0. T. 1, and consent of instructor.
This course aims to develop the mastery of the principles of Gregg Short-
hand. The reading approach is used, stressing reading and writing from
copy and dictation.
*0. T. 16. Advanced Shorthand (3) — First semester. Five periods per
week. Prerequisite, minimum grade of "C" in O. T. 13 and O .T. 2 or
consent of instructor.
Advanced principles and phrases of shorthand; dictation covering vocabu-
laries of representative businesses; development of dictation skill to maxi-
mum for each individual.
O. T. 17. Gregg Transcription (2) — First semester. Four periods per
week. Laboratory fee $7.50. Prerequisite, minimum grade of "C" in 0. T.
13 and O. T. 2 or consent of instructor. This course is to be taken concur-
rently with O. T. 16.
A course in intensive transcriptional speed building, and in the related
skills and knowledges.
* O. T. 10 should be completed prior to enrollment in Advanced Shorthand (O. T. 16) ;
O. T. 16, Advanced Shorthand, and O. T. 17, Gregg Transcription, must be taken concurrently.
COURSE OFFERINGS
The University of Maryland enjoys a favorable location for students of Business,
Government and Politics, Economics, Public Administration, Geography, Foreign Service
and International Relations. Washington, D. C, is only twenty-five minutes away;
Baltimore less than an hour. Above, Maryland students are shown in Washington.
O. T. 18. Gregg Shorthand Dictation (3) — Second semester. Five periods
per week. Prerequisite, minimum grade of "C" in 0. T. 16 and 0. T. 17,
or consent of instructor.
A special course in shorthand speed building with emphasis placed on
the development of a special shorthand vocabulary.
O. T. 110. Secretarial Work (3) — First semester. Six periods per week.
Prerequisite, 0. T. Ill and 0. T. 112 or consent of instructor.
This course is designed to cover specific and general information in addi-
tion to the stenographic skills, needed by a secretary. Units will be assigned
on communication procedures and cost, installation and revision of files,
selection of office equipment and supplies, editorial duties, compilation of
statistical data, and use of reference books. It is assumed that stenographic
skills are obtained from other sources.
O. T. 111. Office Machines (3) — First and second semesters. Six periods
per week. Prerequisites, 0. T. 2 and junior standing. Laboratory fee, $7.50.
296
COURSE OFFERINGS
A course designed to give the students training in the use of modern
office devices — duplicators, calculators, voice writing machines, and other
common office appliances. Some attention is given to supervision of small
groups of office workers.
O. T. 114. Secretarial Office Practice (3) — First and second semesters,
week. Prerequisite, junior standing. Laboratory fee, $7.50.
The development of the principles, procedures, and systems of filing with
the use of laboratory sets. Particular emphasis will be placed on how
each system may be used.
O. T. 114. Secretarial Office Practice (3) — Firs tand second semesters.
Six times per week. Prerequisite, senior standing and completion of O. T. 110.
The purpose of this course is to give laboratory and office experience to
senior secretarial students. A minimum of 90 hours of office experience
under supervision is required. In addition each student will prepare a
written report on an original problem previously approved.
The Library, College Park
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 297
College of
EDUCATION
STAFF
Harold Benjamin, Ph.D., Dean
Arthur Ahalt, M.S., Professor and Head, Agricultural Education.
Ruth Alexander, M.A., Assistant Professor of Physical Education.
Harold Benjamin, Ph.D., Professor of Education and Dean.
Henry Brechbill, Ph.D., Professor of Education and Assistant Dean.
Glen D. Brown, A.M., Professor and Head, Industrial Education.
Marie D. Bryan, A.M., Assistant Professor of Education.
Louis R. Burnett, M.D., Professor and Head, Physical Education for Men.
Charles Caldwell, A.M., Assistant Professor of Education.
Frank H. Cronin, B.S., Assistant Professor of Physical Education.
Vienna Curtiss, A.M., Professor and Head, Department of Practical Art.
Dorothy F. Deach, M.S., Professor and Head, Physical Education for
Women.
Ray Ehrensberger, Ph.D., Professor of Speech.
David Field, M.S., Assistant Professor of Physical Education.
Mary Theresa Finney, B.S., Instructor, Nursery School.
Rosemary Flannery, B.S., Instructor in Nursery School-Kindergarten
Education.
Elizabeth Flinchbaugh, A.M., Instructor in Physical Education.
Mary A. French, M.S., Instructor in Music and Music Education.
Florence M. Gipe, M.S., R.N., Director, Division of Nursing Education
and Nursing Service, University Hospital.
Christine Glass, A.M., Instructor, Nursery School.
George M. Gloss, Ed.D., Professor of Physical Education.
R. Lee Hornbake, Ph.D., Professor of Industrial Education.
Louis E. Hutto, Ph.D., Professor of Physical Education.
James Kehoe, B.S., Assistant Professor of Physical Education.
William E. Krouse, Jr., B.S., Instructor in Physical Education.
Harry B. McCarthy, D.D.S., M.A., Director of Clinics, School of Dentistry.
Edna B. McNaughton, A.M., Professor of Nursery School-Kindergarten
Education.
Dorothy G. Madden, A.M., Instructor in Physical Education.
Donald Maley, A.M., Instructor in Industrial Education.
Madelaine Mershon, A.M., Assistant Professor of Education.
Viola Mitchell, M.A., Assistant Professor of Physical Education.
Hugh G. Morgan, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education.
Raymond Morgan, Ph.D., Professor of Physics.
Clarence A. Newell, Ph.D., Professor of Educational Administration.
Doris M. Neyendorf, B.S., Instructor in Physical Education.
Laurence E. Olewine, M.Ed., Instructor in Industrial Education.
Arthur S. Patrick, A.M., Associate Professor of Business Education.
298
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
Hugh Perkins, A.M., Assistant Professor of Child Study.
Daniel A. Prescott, Ph.D., Professor of Education and Director, Institute
for Child Study.
Adelaide R. Ross, M.S., Assistant Professor of Physical Education.
Alvin W. Schindler, Ph.D., Professor of Education.
Henry J. Schroeder, M.S., Executive Secretary, United Nations Informa-
tion Center.
H. Burton Shipley, B.S., Associate Professor of Physical Education.
Frank L. Sievers, A.M., Associate Professor of Education.
Denzel D. Smith, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Psychology.
Catherine Snell, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physical Education.
Theron A. Tompkins, A.M., Associate Professor of Physical Education.
James VanZwoll, Ph.D., Professor of School Administration.
Gustave G. Wall, A.M., Associate Professor of Industrial Education.
Elizabeth Whitney, A.B., Instructor in Nursery School-Kindergarten
Education.
Gladys A. Wiggin, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education.
Albert W. Woods, B.S., Associate Professor of Physical Education.
Alfred J. Wyre, Assistant Professor of Physical Education.
Yvonne R. Zenn, A.M., Assistant Professor of Physical Education.
Baltimore Education Center
College of Education, University of Maryland
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 299
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
Harold Benjamin, Ph.D., Dean
Henry Brechbill, Ph.D., Assistant Dean
The College of Education meets the needs of the following classes of
students: (1) undergraduates preparing to teach in secondary, nursery,
kindergarten, nursing, and dental schools; (2) present or prospective
elementary teachers who wish to supplement their training; (3) students
preparing for educational work in the trades and industries; (4) students
preparing to become home demonstrators, club or community recreation
leaders, and (in cooperation with the Department of Sociology) social
workers; (5) graduate students preparing for teaching, supervisory, or
administrative positions; (6) students whose major interests are in other
fields, but who desire courses in education.
SPECIAL FACILITIES AND ACTIVITIES
Research and Teaching Facilities
Because of the location of the University in the suburbs of the nation's
capital, unusual facilities for the study of education are available to its
students and faculty. The Library of Congress, the library of the U. S.
Office of Education, and special libraries of other government agencies are
accessible, as well as the information services of the National Education
Association, American Council on Education, U. S. Office of Education,
and other institutions, public and private. The school systems of the
District of Columbia, Baltimore, and the counties of Maryland offer
generous cooperation.
The Institute for Child Study
The Institute for Child Study carries on the following activities: (1) it
undertakes basic research in human development; (2) it digests and syn-
thesizes research findings from the many sciences that study human
beings; (3) it plans, organizes, and services programs of direct child
study by in-service teachers in individual schools or in municipal, county,
or state systems; (4) it offers field training to a limited number of
properly qualified doctorate students, preparing them to render expert
consultant service to schools and for college teaching of human develop-
ment. Inquiries should be addressed to Director, Institute for Child Study.
The Workshop on Child Development and Education
The College of Education operates a Workshop on Child Development
and Education for six weeks each summer. Requiring full-time work of
all participants, it provides opportunities for (1) study and synthesis
of scientific knowledge about children and youth; (2) training in the
analysis of case records; (3) training for study-group leaders for in-
service child study programs; (4) planning in-service programs of child
study for teachers and pre-service courses and laboratory experiences for
300 COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
prospective teachers; (5) analysis of the curricular, guidance, and school
organization implications of scientific knowledge about human develop-
ment and behavior. Special announcements of the Workshop are avail-
able about March 15 of each year and advance registration is required
because the number of participants must be limited. Inquiries should be
addressed to the Director, Workshop on Child Development and Education.
The University of Maryland Nursery-Kindergarten School
The University of Maryland has a nursery-kindergarten school on the
campus in which students majoring in nursery-kindergarten school educa-
tion may receive training and practical experience. This school is a co-
operative effort which is operated jointly by the parents and the College of
Education.
Professional and Pre-professional Organizations
The College of Education sponsors two professional organizations:
Phi Delta Kappa, the national professional fraternity for men in Educa-
tion, and Iota Lambda Sigma, the national honorary fraternity in Industrial
Education. Both fraternities have large and active chapters and are
providing outstanding professional leadership in their fields of service.
The College of Education also sponsors the Harold Benjamin Chapter
of the Future Teachers of America, a department of the National Educa-
tion Association. This chapter is open to undergraduate students on the
College Park campus.
Educational Policies Commission
The College of Education has a students' Educational Policies Com-
mission of eleven members. This Commission, with two representatives
from each of the undergraduate classes, two graduate representatives,
and a student chairman, recommends changes in the general policies of
the College of Education to the faculty.
United Nations Information Center
With a view to helping teachers of Maryland to obtain information
about the United Nations quickly and easily, the College of Education
has accepted the invitation of the United Nations to operate a corre-
spondence center for the State of Maryland. This center receives mate-
rials from United Nations Headquarters at Lake Success. Packets of
these materials are sent to teachers on request, post paid. For further
information teachers should write to the Executive Secretary, United
Nations Information Center, College of Education, University of Mary-
land.
Courses Outside of College Park
Through the College of Special and Continuation Studies a number of
courses in education are offered in Baltimore and elsewhere. These courses
are chosen to meet the needs of groups of students in various centers.
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS 301
In these centers, on a part-time basis, a student may complete a part of
the work required for a bachelor's degree. Graduate courses in education
are offered in Baltimore.
Announcements of such courses may be obtained by addressing requests
to the Director, College of Special and Continuation Studies, College Park,
Maryland.
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS
Requirements for Admission
The requirements for admission to the College of Education are in
general the same as for the other colleges of the University. Candidates
for admission whose high school records are consistently low are strongly
advised not to seek admission to the College of Education.
Guidance in Registration
At the time of matriculation each student is tentatively assigned to
a member of the faculty who acts as the student's personal adviser. The
choice of subject areas within which the student will prepare to teach
will be made under faculty guidance during the first year in the Intro-
duction to Education course required of all freshmen. Thereafter, the
student will advise regularly with the faculty member responsible for
his teaching major. While in particularly fortunate cases it may be
possible to make satisfactory adjustments as late as the junior year for
students from other colleges who have not already entered upon the
sequence of professional courses, it is highly desirable that the student
begin his professional work in the freshman year. Students who intend to
teach (except Vocational Agriculture) should register in the College of
Education*, in order that they may have continuously the counsel and
guidance of the faculty which is directly responsible for their professional
preparation.
Junior Status
The first two years of college work are preparatory to the professional
work of the junior and senior years. To be eligible to enter the pro-
fessional courses, a student must have attained junior status. (See
Academic Regulations.)
Certification of Teachers
The State Department of Education certifies to teach in the approved
high schools of the State only graduates of approved colleges who have
satisfactorily fulfilled subject-matter and professional requirements. Spe-
cifically it limits certification to graduates who "rank academically in the
upper four-fifths of the class and who make a grade of C or better in
practice teaching." The several high school curricula of the College of
Education fulfill State Department requirements for certification. (See
also Elementary Education.)
302 GRADUATE STUDIES
From the offerings in education, the District of Columbia requirement
of 24 semester hours of professional courses may be fully met. Students
intending to qualify as teachers in Baltimore, Washington, or any other
city or state should, in their junior year, obtain a statement of certifi-
cation requirements in such area and be guided thereby in the selection
of courses. Advisers will assist in obtaining and utilizing such information.
Degrees
The degrees conferred upon students who have met the conditions
prescribed for a degree in the College of Education are Bachelor of Arts
and Bachelor of Science. Majors in English, social sciences, and language
receive the B.A. degree. Mathematics and art majors may receive either
degree. All others receive the B.S. degree.
GRADUATE STUDIES
Graduate Status
For graduate study in education a student must have earned at least
16 semester credits in education at the undergraduate level, and hold a
bachelor's or master's degree from a college or university of recognized
standing. He must also satisfy the graduate Dean as to his ability to do
graduate work.
Registration
A graduate student in education must matriculate in the Graduate
School. Application for admission to the Graduate School should be made
prior to dates of registration on blanks obtained from the office of the
Dean of the Graduate School. For further instructions a student should
consult the Graduate School catalog.
Master's Degrees
A graduate student in education may matriculate for a Master of Edu-
cation or a Master of Arts degree. For requirements for these degrees,
the student should consult both the Graduate School catalog and the
duplicated material issued by the education faculty. On matriculation,
the student should select a faculty adviser of professorial rank.
Doctor's Degrees
Programs leading to a Doctor of Philosophy or a Doctor of Education
degree in education are administered for the Graduate School by the
department of education. For requirements of these degrees, the student
should consult both the Graduate School catalog and the statement of
policy relative to doctoral programs in education. If the student has not
already made arrangements with a member of the faculty to advise him,
he should consult with the chairman of the education Committee on
•Candidacy regarding a proper adviser.
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 303
CURRICULA AND REQUIRED COURSES
The undergraduate curricula in the College of Education with advisers
of each curriculum are as follows:
Academic Education
English — Marie D. Bryan, Room T-lll
Foreign Languages — Marie D. Bryan
Mathematics — Henry Brechbill, Room T-114
Natural Sciences — Henry Brechbill
Social Sciences — Alvin W. Schindler, Room T-117
Speech — Ray Ehrensberger, Room R-106
Agricultural Education (under the College of Agriculture)
Arthur M. Ahalt, Room 0-137
Art Education
Vienna Curtiss, Room H-103
Business Education
Arthur S. Patrick, Room Q-245
Dental Education
Harry B. McCarthy (School of Dentistry, Baltimore)
Elementary Education
Alvin W. Schindler, Room T-117
Health Education
Louis R. Burnett, Room G-102
Home Economics Education
Industrial Education
Glen D. Brown (Baltimore)
R. Lee Hornbake, Room T-110
Music Education
Mary A. French, Music Building
Nursery School-Kindergarten Education
Edna B. McNaughton, Room T-107
Nursing Education
Florence M. Gipe (Baltimore)
Physical Education (Men)
Louis R. Burnett, Room G-102
Louis E. Hutto, Room G-102
Albert W. Woods, Armory
Physical Education (Women)
Dorothy F. Deach, Women's Field House
Recreation Education
Louis R. Burnett, Room G-102
304 MAJORS AND MINORS
A total of 120 semester hours in addition to the University require-
ment in military science and physical education is required for graduation
in the College of Education. In no case shall the total number of semester
hours required for graduation be less than 128.
The following minimum requirements are common to all curricula :
English — 12 semester hours; social studies — 12 semester hours, as follows:
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life; G & P 1 — American Government;
and H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization; science or mathematics —
6 semester hours; education — 20 semester hours; speech — 3 semester hours;
physical education and military science as required by the University.
Marks in all upper division courses in education and in subjects in
major and minor fields must be C or higher. A general average of C or
higher must be maintained and three-fourths or more of the total required
credits must carry grades C or better. In order to be admitted to a
course in student teaching a student must have a grade point average of
2.275.
Exceptions to curricular requirements and rules of the College of
Education must be recommended by the student's adviser and approved
by the Dean.
Students who are not enrolled in the College of Education but who are
preparing to teach must meet all curricular and scholastic requirements
of the College of Education.
Majors and Minors.
Students select a teaching major: for example, social science, art,
music, physical education. Those electing the academic curriculum will
ordinarily select both a teaching major and a teaching minor, and students
in other curricula may select minors if they so desire. Minors may be
chosen in fields other than those listed in this catalog: for instance,
psychology or human growth and development. Courses in the minor field
should be selected with the advice of the student's major adviser and the
department concerned.
Students selecting an academic major and an academic minor, or those
selecting one special teaching field such as industrial education need to
take only one methods course: for example, Ed. 140 or Ind. Ed. 140. Stu-
dents who select an academic major and a special fields minor, or vice versa,
must take methods courses in both the major and minor fields, and should
divide their practice teaching between the two fields.
Academic Education
Students enrolled in this curriculum will meet the above minimum
requirements in English and social science, plus the following:
MAJORS AND MINORS 305
(1) Foreign language for candidates for the bachelor of arts degree:
12 semester hours provided the student enters with less than three
years of foreign language credits; 6 semester hours, if he enters
with three years of such credits. No foreign language is required
of any student who enters with four years of language credits nor
of candidates for the bachelor of science degree. (See "Degrees"
above.)
(2) Science or mathematics, 12 semester hours.
(3) Education, 21 semester hours.
(4) Speech, 4 semester hours.
All students who elect the academic education curriculum will fulfill
the preceding general requirements and also prepare to teach one or more
school subjects which will involve meeting specific requirements in ■par-
ticular subject matter fields.
The specific requirements by subject fields are as follows:
English. A major in English requires 36 semester hours as follows:
Composition and Literature 12 semester hours
American Literature, Advanced 3 semester hours
Electives 21 semester hours
A minor in English requires 26 semester hours. It includes the 15
semester hours prescribed for the major and 11 hours of electives.
Electives must be chosen with the approval of the adviser who will guide
the student in terms of College of Education records and recommendations
of the English Department.
Social Sciences. For a major in this group 36 semester hours are re-
quired, of which at least 18 hours must be in history, including 6 hours in
American history and 6 hours in European history. Six of the 18 hours
must be in advanced courses. For a minor in the group, 24 hours are
required, of which 18 are the same as specified above.
History (including one year each of American and
European History) 18 semester hours
Economics, sociology, government, consumer
education, or geography 6 semester hours
Electives 12 semester hours
For a minor, the requirements are the same less the electives.
306 MAJORS AND MINORS
Foreign Languages. All students preparing to teach French, German, or
Spanish are required to take Comparative Literature 101 and 102 and are
strongly advised to take the review course for majors. Further courses in
comparative literature along with work in European or Latin American
history are also recommended.
Specific minimum requirements in the three languages are a semester
each of intermediate and advanced conversation (Fr., Ger., or Sp. 8 and 80),
a semester of grammar review, six hours of introductory survey of the
literature (Fr., Ger., Sp. 75 and 76), one semester of a Life and Culture
Course (Fr., Ger., or Sp. 161 or 162) and six hours in literature courses
numbered 100 or above. No minor is provided.
Mathematics. A major in mathematics requires 36 semester hours as
follows: Math. 2, 14, 15, 17, 20, 21, and elective credits in mathematics.
For a minor, the requirements are: Math. 2, 14, 15, 17, 20, 21, and five
elective credits in mathematics.
The following courses are recommended for electives in mathematics:
Math. 13, 16, 102, 103, 124, 125.
Students who pass an attainment examination with a satisfactory grade
are excused from the requirement in Solid Geometry.
Science. In general science a major of 40 semester hours and a minor of
30 semester hours are offered, each including elementary courses in
chemistry, physics, and biology (zoology and botany).
Other courses will be chosen subject to the approval of the student's
major adviser and of the science department in which his interest lies.
Minors of 20 semester hours are offered in chemistry, in physics, and in
biological sciences. A minor in biology must be supported by a course in
chemistry. A minor in physics must be supported by a basic course in
chemistry. A minor in chemistry must be supported by a basic course in
physics.
If a major in general science is accompanied by a minor in chemistry,
physics, or biology, the same credits may be applied to both provided that
they number not less than 52 semester hours in natural sciences.
Speech. A minor of 22 semester hours is offered in Speech. The mini-
mum requirements for this minor are 12 semester hours in addition to the
10 semester hours of departmental requirements in Speech 1, 2, 3, and 4.
The 12 semester hours above the departmental requirement must include
6 hours of courses numbered 100 or higher. It is the policy of the depart-
ment to build a program of study in anticipation of the needs of prospec-
tive teachers, supervisors, correctionists, dramatic coaches, and other
specialists in the general field of speech. All programs for the minor must
be approved by the departmental adviser.
AGRICULTURAL— ART
307
Academic Education Curriculum f Semester
Freshman Year I II
*Ed. 2 — Introduction to Education 2 ....
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 ....
Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking 2 2
G. & P. 1 — American Government .... 3
M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Hea, 2, 4— Hygiene I, II (Women) 2 2
Major and Minor Requirements 4 6
Total 16-18 16-18
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature, or 3 3
Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature 3 3
H. B, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3
M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Major and Minor Requirements 5 5
Total 15-18 15-18
Junior Year
Ed. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation .... 3
Major and Minor Requirements, Electives 16 13
Total 16 16
Senior Year
*Psych. 10 — Educational Psychology 3] ....
*Ed. 160 — Educational Sociology 2 1
*Ed. 150 — Educational Measurement 2 f ....
*Ed. 149 — Methods and Practice of Teaching 9 J
*Major and Minor Requirements, Electives .... 16
Total 16 16
Agricultural Education
This curriculum is designed to prepare students for teaching vocational
agriculture in high schools. To obtain full particulars on course require-
ments, the student should consult the bulletin of the College of Agriculture.
Art Education
This curriculum is planned to meet the growing demand for special
teachers and supervisors in art activity. Emphasis is placed upon ways to
draw out and develop the creative inclinations of beginners; to integrate
art and other areas of study; to utilize art in solving social problems.
General requirements are the same as for the academic curriculum.
* May be taken either semester.
308 ART EDUCATION
Art Education Curriculum , — Semester — <
Freshman Year I 11
Ed. 2 — Introduction to Education 2 ....
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 3
G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 ....
Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking 2 2
Pr. Art 1— Design 3
Pr. Art 2— Survey of Art History 2
Hea. 2, 4 — Hygiene (Women) 2 2
M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
*Math. O — Basic Mathematics .... 0
Electives 1 2
Total 16-18 16-18
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature, or 3 3
Eng. 5, 6- — Composition and English Literature 3 3
Chem. 11, 13 — General Chemistry 3 3
Pr. Art 20 — Costume Design 3
Pr. Art 30 — Typography and Lettering .... 3
Cr. 2— Simple Crafts 2
Pr. Art 3 — Creative Art Inspired by Primitive Art 2 ....
Pr. Art 4 — -Three-dimensional Design .... 2
M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Electives and General Requirements .... ....
Total 15-18 17-20
Junior Year
Cr. 198— Crafts in Therapy 2
H. 5, 6 — American History 3 8
Pr. Art. 140, 141 — Interior Design 3 3
Cr. 20 — Ceramics 2
Cr. 30 — Metalry 2
Cr. 5— Puppetry 2
Professional Lectures .... 0
Electives and General Requirements 6 6
Total 16 16
Senior Year
Ed. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation — Art 3 ....
Pr. Art 132 — Advertising Layout 2
Cr. 40 — Weaving 2 ....
Psych. 110 — Educational Psychology .... f 3
Ed. 160 — Educational Sociology I 2
Ed. 150 — Educational Measurements .... | 2
Ed. 149 — Methods and Practice of Teaching .... 9
Electives and General Requirements 9 ....
Total 16 16
* \r\ examination in mathematics will be given lo freshmen during the fall semester :
l^nap who pass wi]] not be required to take Math. O
BUSINESS EDUCATION
309
Business Education
Two curricula are offered for the preparation of teachers of business
subjects. The General Business Education Curriculum qualifies for teach-
ing all business subjects except shorthand. Providing thorough training
in general business, including economics, it leads to teaching positions on
both junior and senior high school levels. By the proper selection of elec-
tives, persons following this curriculum may also qualify as teachers of
social studies.
The Secretarial Education course is adapted to the needs of those who
wish to become teachers of shorthand as well as other business subjects.
General Business Education Curriculum , — Semester — n
Freshman Year I
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3
G. & P. 1 — American Government 3
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life ....
Math. 6 — General Mathematics 3
Math, 6 — Mathematics of Finance ....
Econ. 1, 2 — Economic Resources 2
S. T. 1 — Principles of Typewriting ....
Ed. 2 — Introduction to Education 2
Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2
M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men ) 3
Hea. 2, 4 — Hygiene I, II (Women) 2
Physical Activities (Men and Women ) 1
Total 18-19
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature 3
Hist. B, 6 — History of American Civilization 3
Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics 3
B. A. 20, 21 — Principles of Accounting 4
S. T. 2 — Intermediate Typewriting 2
S. T. 10— Office Typewriting Problems
M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3
Physical Activities (Men and Women ) 1
Total 16-19
Junior Year
B. A. 180, 181— Business Law 4
Ed. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation — Business Subjects ....
B. Ed. 100— Techniques of Teaching Office Skills 2
S. T. 112— Filing
S. T. Ill— Office Machines 3
B. A. 10, 11 — Organization and Control 2
Econ. 140 — Money and Banking 3
Econ. 1 K0 — Marketing and Organization ....
Electives 6
Total
II
2
2
2
3
2
1
18-19
3
3
S
4
2
3
1
6-19
310
SECRETARIAL EDUCATION
Senior Year
Psych. 110 — Educational Psychology
Ed. 150 — Educational Measurements
Ed. 160 — Educational Sociology
Ed. 149 — Methods and Practice of Teaching.
B. A. 165 — Office Management
Electives and Requirements
Total
Semestei
1
I
//
f 3
2
1 2
8
3
13
16
16
Secretarial Education Curriculum
Freshman Year
Same as General Business Curriculum
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature, or 3
Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature 3
Hist. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3
S. T. 12, 13— Principles of Shorthand I, II 4
S. T. 2 — Intermediate Typewriting 2
S. T. 10 — Office Typewriting Problems
Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 8
M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3
Physical Activities 1
Electives ....
Total 16-19
Junior Year
B. A. 180, 181— Business Law 4
Ed. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation — Business Subjects ....
B. Ed. 100 — Techniques of Teaching Office Skills 2
S. T. 16 — Advanced Shortand 3
S. T. 17— Transcription 2
B. A. 20, 21 — Principles of Accounting 4
S. T. 112— Filing
S. T. Ill— Office Machines 8
Electives
Total 18
Senior Year
S. T. 110 — Secretarial Work 3
B. A. 165 — Office Management 3
Psych. 110 — Educational Psychology
Ed. 150 — Educational Measurements ....
Ed. 160 — Educational Sociology ....
Ed. 149 — Methods and Practice of Teaching
Electives and Requirements 10
Total 16
16-19
3
16
16
DENTAL EDUCATION 311
Dental Education
In cooperation with the School of Dentistry, the College of Education
offers a curriculum in dental education leading to the Bachelor of Science
degree, with course work offered in the Baltimore Center only. This
curriculum is designed to prepare superior graduates of the Dental School
for positions as teachers of dentistry. Details of the program may be
obtained from the Dean of the School of Dentistry or of the College of
Education. Persons entering the program must be approved by the Com-
mittee on Admissions of the Dental School.
Dental Education Curriculum
For students who are dental school graduates with the degree of Doctor
of Dental Surgery (acquired since 1936-37, after six years of study) and who
have the approval of the Committee on Admissions of the Dental School :
Ninety-six (96) semester hours (or the equivalent of three years of
work) may be credited for the dental school work provided none of the
dental school marks were lower than "B".
The additional 32 semester hours, as follows, are required:
Academic subjects 12
Education 20
History of Dental Education 2
Educational Psychology 4
Educational Measurement 2
Methods of Teaching Vocational Subjects 2
Organization and Management of Vocational Classes. . 2
Electives 8
Elementary Education
This curriculum is open only to persons who have completed a two- or
three-year curriculum in a Maryland State Teachers College or other
accredited teacher education institutions and whose records give evidence
of ability and character essential to elementary teaching. Such persons
will be admitted to advanced standing and classified provisionally in appro-
priate classes.
Credit for extension courses given by other institutions may be accepted
in an amount not exceeding 30 semester hours. The last 30 semester hours
of work preceding the conferring of the degree must be taken in the
University of Maryland.
State Department of Education requirements provide that a teacher in
service may present for certificate credit not more than six semester hours
of credit completed during a school year. The College of Education assumes
no responsibility in this connection but candidates are advised to observe
this regulation.
312 HOME ECONOMICS
Elementary Education Curriculum
For graduates of two year normal schools.
Credits
Credit for normal school work, not more than 64
Requirements
Education 4
English (not including freshman and sophomore English) 10
^'Natural science (chemistry, physics, botany, zoology,
bacteriology, entomology, general science) 10
Social science (history, government, sociology,
economics, geography) 12
fElectives 28
For graduates of three year normal schools.
Credit for normal school work, not more than 96
Requirements
Education 2
English (not including freshman and sophomore English) 6
*Natural science (as above) 6
Social science (as above) 12
fElectives , 6
Home Economics Education
The Home Economics Education curriculum is designed for students who
are preparing to teach vocational or general home economics or to engage
in any phase of home economics work which requires a knowledge of
teaching methods. It includes studies of all phases of home economics and
the allied sciences, with professional training for teaching these subjects.
A student majoring in this curriculum may also qualify for a science minor.
* Not more than four semester hours of general science will be counted toward meeting
the natural science requirement.
t If a student is not allowed full credit for normal school work by the Director of
Admissions, he must take additional electives to the amount needed to complete 128 semester
hours of work.
HOME ECONOMICS
313
Home Economics Education Curriculum
Freshman Year
Ed. 2 — Introduction to Education
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature, or
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life
G. & P. 1 — American Government
Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking-
H. E. 1 — Home Economics Lectures
Pr. Art 1 — Design
♦Math. O
Hea. 2, 4— Hygiene I, II
Physical Activities
Tex. 1— Textiles
Electives ■
Total
Sophomore Year
En. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature, or
Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature
H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization
Chem. 11, 13 — General Chemistry
Pr. Art 20 — Costume Design
Clo. 20A or B— Clothing
Foods 2, 3— Foods
Physical Activities
Electives
Total
Junior Year
H. E. Ed. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation.
Psych. 110 — Educational Psychology
Home Mgt. 150, 151 — Home Management
Nut. 10 — Elements of Nutrition
Foods 100 — Food Economics
Foods 101 — Meal Service
Clo. 120— Draping
Pr. Art 140 — Interior Design
Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics
Zool. 16 — Human Physiology
Bot. 1 — General Botany
Total
—Semester-
I
2
3
3
2
1
17
//
16
• Not required of students who pass the qualifying examination which is given during
tha first semester. Prerequisite for chemistry.
314 INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION
i — Semester — ^
Senior Year I II
H. E. Ed. 102 — Problems in Teaching Home Economics 3
Home Mgt. 152 — -Practice in Management of the Home .... 3
H. E. Ed. 149 — Methods and Practice of Teaching Vocational Home
Economics .... 9
C. Ed. 110— Child Development, IV 3
Ed. 150 — Educational Measurement .... 2
Bact. 51 — Household Bacteriology 3 ....
Ed. 160 — Educational Sociology 2
Electives 7 ....
Total 16 16
Industrial Education
The program of studies in Industrial Education provides: (a) a four-year
curriculum leading to the degree of bachelor of science in industrial educa-
tion; (b) a program of professional courses to prepare teachers to meet
the certification requirements in vocational and occupational schools; (c) a
program of courses for the improvement of teachers in service.
Experience in some trade or industrial activity will benefit students pre-
paring to teach industrial subjects. The curriculum is designed to prepare
teachers of trade and industrial shop and related subjects, and teachers of
industrial arts. Reasonable adaptations of this curriculum are made for
trade and industrial teachers in service. Students entering an industrial
education curriculum register in the College of Education.
Industrial Education Curriculum
Freshman Year
Ed. 2 — Introduction to Education 2 ....
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 8
Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking 2 2
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 ....
G. & P. 1 — American Government .... 3
Ind. Ed. 1 — Mechanical Drawing 2 ....
Ind. Ed. 21 — Mechanical Drawing .... 2
Ind. Ed. 2 — Elementary Woodworking 2 ....
Ind. Ed. 22 — Machine Woodworking I .... 2
Ind. Ed. 12 — Shop Calculation 3
M. S. 1. 2— Basic R. O. T. C 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 18 19
Semes
iter
I
II
3
3
3
3
3
3
1
2
2
INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION 315
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature, or
Eng. 6, 6 — Composition and English Literature
Hist. 5, 6— History of American Civilization
Ind. Ed. 23— Arc and Gas Welding
Ind. Ed. 24— Sheet Metal Work
Ind. Ed. 41 — Architectural Drawing
Ind. Ed. 67— Cold Metal Work
Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 4 4
Math. 10— Algebra 3
M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 19 19
Junior Year I II
Ind. Ed. 26— Art Metal Work 1 2
Ind. Ed. 28— Electricity I 2
Ind. Ed. 69 — Machine Shop Practice 1 2
Ind. Ed. 110— Foundry 1
Ind. Ed. 160 — Essentials of Design 2
Ind. Ed. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation — Industrial
Education .... 3
Ind. Ed. 166 — Educational Foundations of Industrial Arts, or 2 ....
Ind. Ed. 171 — History of Vocational Education 2 ....
Ind. Ed. 48— Electricity II 2
Phys, I, 2— Elements of Physics 3 3
Ind. Ed. 164 — Shop Organization and Management .... 2
Electives 4 2
Total
*Senior Year
Psych. 110 — Educational Psychology .... 3
Ed. 160 — Educational Sociology 2
Ind Ed. 89 — Machine Shop Practice II 2
Ind. Ed. 31 — Mechanical Drawing 2 ....
**Ind. Ed. 42 — Machine Woodworking II 2 ....
Ed. 150 — Educational Measurement .... 2
Ed. 161 — Guidance in Secondary Schools 2 ....
Ind. Ed. 105 — General Shop, or 2
Ind. Ed. 168 — Trade or Occupational Analysis 2 ....
Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 3 ....
Ind. Ed. 149 — Methods and Practice of Teaching .... 9
Electives 1
Total 16 16
* Subjects in the senior year will be so arranged that the two semesters may be inter-
changed.
** Automotives accepted as a substitute.
316
MUSIC EDUCATION
Music Education
The Music Education curriculum affords pre-service preparation in the
specialized field of Music Education and leads to the degree of Bachelor of
Science in Education with a Public School Music major. The curriculum
provides training in both the choral and instrumental fields of music and is
planned to meet the growing demand for special teachers and supervisors
in Public School Music. By proper selection of subjects, persons may also
qualify in other academic subjects. General requirements are the same as
for the academic curriculum.
A major in music education includes 33 semester hours of music and 20
semester hours of applied music. A minor in the field may be secured with
23 hours of music and 10 hours of applied music. A curriculum for a
major in music education will be found below. A minor in the field must
include Mus. 2, 3, 7, 8, 11, 50, 70, 71, 80, 81, 120, and applied music as
needed; Ed. 140 in music, and practice teaching which is divided between
the student's major and minor fields.
Music Education Curriculum <— Semester— >
Freshman Year I II
Ed. 2 — Introduction to Education 2 ....
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 3
G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 ....
Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking 2 2
Mus. 2, 3 — History of Music 1 1
Mus. 7 — Fundamentals of Music • • .... 2
M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. or R. O. T. C. Band (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Hea. 2, 4— Hygiene I, II (Women) 2 2
Applied Music as needed — Mus. 12, 13, 14, 4, 5, 6 and 10 (one
credit will be given for each) 2 2
Total 16-17 16-17
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature, or 3 3
Eng. 5. 6 — Composition and English Literature 3 3
H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3
Mus. 70, 71— Harmony I, II 3 3
Mus. 8, 11 — Solfeggio and Ear Training I, II 2 2
*Mus. 80 — -Instruments of the Orchestra (Strings) 2 ....
*Mus. 81 — Instruments of the Band (Winds and Percussion) .... 2
*Mus. 1 — Music Appreciation (Elective) 3 ....
M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. or R. O. T. C. Band (Men) 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Applied Music as needed— Mus. 52, 53, 54, 4, 5, 6 and 10 (one credit
will be given for each) .... 2
Total 17-20 16-19
* May be taken either semester.
NURSERY SCHOOL, KINDERGARTEN
317
—Semester
Junior Year
Ed. 104 — Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation- Music
Mus. 50 — Elementary Conducting
*Mus. 120 — Advanced History and Appreciation of Music
Mus. 150, 151— Harmony III, IV
Mus. 160 — Advanced Choral Conducting:, Materials and Methods
Mus. 161 — Advanced Orchestral Conducting, Materials and Methods...
Applied Music as needed — Mus. 112, 113, 114, 4, 5, 6 and 10 (one
credit will be given for each), Electives
Total
Senior Year
*Ed. Psych. 110 — Educational Psychology
*Ed. 150 — Educational Measurement
*Ed. 160 — Educational Sociology
*Ed. 149 — Methods and Practice of Teaching
♦Applied Music as needed — Mus. 152, 153, 154, 4, 5, 6 and 10 (one
credit will be given for each) , and electives
Total
2f
91
16
//
3
16
16
16
Nursery School — Kindergarten Education
The nursery school-kindergarten curriculum has as its goal the prepara-
tion of nursery school-kindergarten teachers. It is also planned to further
the personal development of the student and to give training in home-
making.
Observation and student teaching are done in the University Nursery
School and Kindergarten on the campus. Children in the Nursery School
are from 2-5 years, and in the Kindergarten, 5-6.
Nursery School — Kindergarten Education Curriculum
Freshman Year
Ed. 2 — Introduction to Education
C. Ed. 2 — Orientation, Observation, and Record Taking.
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life
G. & P. 1 — American Government
Speech 4 — Voice and Diction
Nut. 10 — Elements of Nutrition
Hea. 2, 4— Hygiene I, II
Physical Activities
Electives
Total
May be taken either semester.
318
NURSERY EDUCATION
Sophomore Year
C. Ed. 50, 51— Observation and Experience in Nursery School and
Kindergarten
Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature, or
Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature
Zool. 16 — Human Physiology
Hist. 5, 6 — -History of American Civilization
Foods 1 — Introductory Foods
Physical Activities
Electives
Semester
I
II
Total
16
Junior Year
C. Ed. 100— Child Development I— Infancy
C. Ed. 101— Child Development II— Early Childhood
C. Ed. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation — Nursery
School
C. Ed. 150 — Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation — Kindergarten.
C. Ed. 115 — Children's Activities and Activities Materials
Zool. 55 — Development of the Human Body
Psych. 110 — Educational Psychology
Clo. 123— Children's Clothing
Nut. Ill— Child Nutrition
Electives
Total
16
16
Senior Year
C. Ed. 148— Teaching Nursery School
C. Ed. 158— Teaching Kindergarten
Home Mgt. 150 — Home Management
C. Ed. 145 — Guidance in Behavior Problems
C. Ed. 102— Child Development III— The Child From 5 to 10.
Electives
4-8
Nursing Education
By cooperative arrangements between the School of Nursing and the
College of Education, a curriculum is provided for persons who desire to
become teachers in schools of nursing. The total number of credits required
for graduation in this curriculum is 128, of which the last 30 hours of
work must be taken in the University of Maryland. Students eligible for
this curriculum must have completed a three-year course in nurses'
training, successfully passed the Maryland State Board examination, and
qualified as registered nurses.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, HEALTH, RECREATION 319
Nursing Education Curriculum Credits
Credit for nurses' training work 30 to 42
General Requirements
English 12
Social science 12
Education
History of Nursing Education (history of education
emphasizing nursing education) 2
Psych. 110 — Educational Psychology 3
Ed. 150 — Educational Measurement 2
Ed. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation —
Nursing Education 3
Ed. 160 — Educational Sociology 2
Ed. 148 — Methods and Practice of Teaching —
Nursing Education 4
Electives
These are selected with the assistance of the adviser from the fields of
English, social science, science, mathematics, foreign languages, psychology,
education, and such special subjects as art, music, health, and physical
education. A total of 20 hours may be selected from the fields of educa-
tion and special subjects.
Physical Education, Health Education, and Recreation
The curricula in Physical Education, Health Education, and Recreation
are designed to prepare students for teaching or for work involving edu-
cational techniques in these fields.
The Health Education and Physical Education curricula lead primarily
to teaching and supervising such work in schools and colleges. The
Recreation curriculum may prepare for leadership in a variety of situa-
tions such as work in school, community, industry or camping.
All applicants must be free of handicapping physical defects and be
approved by the medical director and the director of the major depart-
ment.
Suitable uniforms, as prescribed by the department, are required for
the activity classes and for practice teaching.
Students expecting to be certified as teachers in these areas should
register in the College of Education.
Curricula for Physical Education, Health Education and Recreation
The programs for Freshman and Sophomore years are alike in all three
curricula, except as follows:
320
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, HEALTH, RECREATION
(1) Majors in Health Education may select such physical activities
as will meet minimal requirements, allowing additional electives.
(2) Majors in Recreation are not required to register for P.E. 56 and 58.
Any student enrolled in the College of Education may develop a minor
in any of the above curricula by consultation with his adviser and approval
of the Director of Physical Education. More complete details may be
secured from the catalog of the College of Military Science, Physical
Education and Recreation.
Odd numbered P.E. courses are for Men; even numbered P.E. courses
are for Women; P.E. courses ending in "O" are for both.
Freshman Year (All Curricula)
Sem. Cr.
Eng. 1 — Composition and American
Literature 3
Zool. 1 — General Zoology 4
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life. . 3
Sp. 4 — Voice and Diction 3
*P. E. 10— Basic Body Controls 1
*P. E. 61, 62— Elementary Techniques
of Sports and Gymnastics 2
P. E. 52— Dance Techniques 1
M. S. 1— Basic R. O. T. C 3
Total M 19 W 17
Sem. Cr.
Eng. 2 — Composition and American
Literature 3
G. & P. 1 — American Government. . 3
Sp. 10 — Group Discussion 2
Ed. 2 — Introduction to Education .... 2
P. E. 30 — Introduction to Physical
Education, Health, and Recreation 3
P. E. 20 — Basic Body Controls 1
P. E. 54 — Dance Techniques 1
P. E. 63, 64— Elementary Techniques
of Sports and Gymnastics 2
M. S. 2— Basic R. O. T. C 3
Total M 19 W17
( — Semester—
I
Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and Reading World Literature
Hist. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization
Zool. 14, 15 — Human Anatomy and Physiology
Hea. 40 — Personal and Community Hygiene
Hea. 50— First Aid and Safety
P. E. 65, 67 — Intermediate Techniques of Sports and Gymnastics.
P. E. 66, 68 — Sports, Folk Dances and Recreational Activities....
P. E. 56, 58 — Dance Techniques
M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C
Electives (M)
Total M 18 W 16 M 19 W 15
* Odd numbered P. E. courses are for men ; even numbered P. E. courses for women ;
P. E. courses ending in zero are for both. M — men : W — women.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, HEALTH, RECREATION
321
Physical Education Curriculum <?«-»,»»*»,
Junior Year I U
Zool. 53 — Physiology of Exercise • • • ■ *
Ed. 147 — Audio-Visual Education 2 ....
P. E. 100— Kinesiology
P. E. 101, 103 — Organization and Officiating in Intramurals
Ed. 140— Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation • ■ • 3
P. E. 180 — Measurement in Physical Education and Health .... 3
P. E. 170 — Principles of Physical Education
P. E. 113, 115 — Methods and Materials for Secondary Schools
P. E. 114, 116 — Methods and Materials for Secondary Schools
P. E. 124, 126 — Methods and Materials in Team Sports 2
Electives 4"5 4-5
Total M 17 W 16 M 17 W 16
Senior Year
Ed. 149 — Methods and Practice Teaching (see note below) 9 ....
Psych. 110 — Educational Psychology 3 ....
P. E. 190 — Administration and Supervision of Physical Education,
Health, and Recreation 3 ....
P. E. 140— Therapeutics 3
Electives * '■'
Total 15 16
NOTE: When Ed. 149 is taken, Psyeh. 110 and P. E. 190 must also be scheduled;
all other required senior courses must be taken in the other semester.
Health Education Curriculum
Junior Year
Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology
P. E. 100— Kinesiology
P. E. 180 — Measurement in Physical Education and Supervision.
Hea. 110 — Health Service and Supervision
Ed. 147 — Audio-Visual Education
Bact. 5 — Advanced General Bacteriology
Ed. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation
H. Ec. Ed. 110— Child Development
Psych. 5 — Mental Hygiene
Hea. 120— Teaching Health
Electives
Total M 17 W 16 M 17 W 16
Senior Year
Ed. 149 — Methods and Practice Teaching (see note below)
Psych. 110 — Educational Psychology
P. E. 190 — Administration and Supervision of Physical Education,
Health, and Recreation
P. E. 140 — Therapeutics
Electives
Total • 15 lfi
NOTE: When Ed. 149 is taken, Psych. 110 and P. E. 190 must also be scheduled;
all other required senior courses must be taken in the other semester.
322
REC RE A TION
Recreation Curriculum
Junior Year
Soc. 2 — Principles of Sociology
Rec. 10 — History and Introduction to Recreation.
Music 1 — Music Appreciation
Soc. 118 — Community Organization
Sp. 113— Play Production
Crafts 2— Simple Crafts
Rec. 120 — Camp Administration and Leadership.
Rec. 130 — Principles and Practice of Recreation.
Electives
Semester
I 11
3
S
2
3
3
2 3
Total M 17 W 1(5 M 17 W 16
Senior Year
Rec. 100 — Co-recreational Games and Programs .... 2
Rec. 110 — Nature Lore .... 1-3
Rec. 140 — Observation and Service in Recreation (soc nolo belowl "> ....
Rec. 160— Recreational Golf 1
Rec. 170 — Organization and Administration of Recreation .... 3
P. E. 101 — Organization and Officiating in Intramurals 2 ....
P. E. 124, 126 — Methods and Materials in Team Sports 2 2
Electives 8 5-7
Total
NOTE: Students desiring certification as teachers must plan their courses to meet
College of Education requirements in practice teaching.
Minor Electives
Any student may develop a minor in Physical Education, Health, or
Recreation by completing twenty (20) semester hours of work in that
field and four (4) hours from other fields in this Department.
Study of Home Furnishings
Home Economics, College of Education
COLLEGE OF E DUCAT I OS y2:{
COURSE OFFERINGS
The University reserves the right to withdraw or discontinue any course
for which an insufficient number of students have registered to warrant
giving the coui-se. In such an event, no fee will be charged for transfer to
another course.
Courses are designated by numbers as follows:
1 to 99: courses for undergraduates.
100 to 199: courses for advanced undergraduates and graduates. (Not
all courses numbered 100 to 199 may be taken for graduate credit.)
200 to 299: courses for graduates only.
A course with a single number extends through one semester. A course
with a double number extends through two semesters.
Courses not otherwise designated are lecture courses. The number of
hours' credit is shown by the arabic numeral in parentheses after the title
of the course.
A separate schedule of courses is issued each semester, giving the hours,
places of meeting, and other information required by the student in making
out his program. Students obtain these schedules when they register.
EDUCATION
Courses Primarily for Freshmen and Sophomores
Ed. 2. Introduction to Education (2) — First and second semesters. Re-
quired of freshmen in Education and recommended for other freshmen who
are interested in teaching.
An exploratory or guidance course designed to help students choose
wisely in their preparation for the teaching profession. Types of positions,
teacher supply and demand, favorable and unfavorable aspects of teaching,
and types of personal and professional competence required of teachers are
among the topics included. The testing and observational program of the
College of Education is begun in this course. Fee, $1.00. (Wiggin.)
Ed. 6. Observation of Teaching (1).
Twenty hours of directed observation. Reports, conferences, and
criticisms.
Ed. 52. Children's Literature (2) — Second semester and summer session.
Prerequisite, English 1, 2. (Bryan.)
A study of literary values in prose and verse for children. (Bryan.)
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Ed. 100. History of Education I (2) — First semester.
A study of educational institutions and thought through the ancient,
mediaeval, and early modern periods. (Wiggin.)
324 COURSE OFFERINGS
Ed. 101 History of Education II (2)
Emphasis is placed on the post-Renaissance periods.
Ed. 102. History of Education in the United States (2) — Second semester.
A study of the origins and development of the chief features of the
present system of education in the United States. (Wiggin.)
Ed. 105. Comparative Education — European (2) — First semester.
A study of national systems of education with the primary purpose of
discovering their characteristic differences and formulating criteria for
judging their worth. (Benjamin.)
Ed. 106. Comparative Education — Latin American (2) — Second semester.
This course is a continuation of Ed. 105, with emphasis upon the national
educational systems of the Western Hemisphere. (Benjamin.)
Ed. 107. Philosophy of Education I (2)
A study of the great educational philosophers and their contributions to
modern education. Earlier periods.
Ed. 108. Philosophy of Education II (2)
Systems of thought affecting the development of education with emphasis
on recent periods and the United States.
Ed. 110. The Teacher and School Administration (2)
This course is designed to acquaint the classroom teacher with the general
field of school administration. It considers the relationships of the teacher
to the several administrative and supervisory officials and services in the
system, with emphasis on the teacher's role in the organization.
Ed. 114. Educational Foundations (2).
This course is devoted to the examination of education and of the school
with its tasks in the light of the more recent psychology and a social out-
look in a democracy.
Ed. 121. The Language Arts in the Elementary School (2)
This course is concerned with present trends in the teaching of reading,
spelling, handwriting, written and oral language, and creative expression.
Special emphasis is given to the use of the skills in meaningful situations
having real significance to the pupils.
Ed. 122. The Social Studies in the Elementary School (2)
The emphasis in this course is on pupil growth through social experi-
ences. Consideration is given to the utilization of environmental resources,
curriculum, organization and methods of teaching, and evaluation of newer
methods and materials in the field.
Ed. 123. The Child and the Curriculum (2).
This course will emphasize the relation of the elementary school curricu-
lum to child growth and development. Recent trends in curriculum organ-
ization; the effect of school environment on learning; readiness to learn;
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 325
and adapting curriculum content and methods to the maturity levels of
children will be emphasized.
Ed. 124. Creative Expression in the Elementary School I (2).
This course should prove practical to classroom teachers and super-
visors since it will attempt to consider the so-called special subjects in
their relation to children and the course of study. It is based on the point
of view that the classroom teacher is the best teacher of his children and
as such is responsible for the day by day development of special areas
as an integrated part of the total program. Creativity as the natural
expression of ideas and as a means of communication will be stressed in
both language and manual arts. The relation of creativity to the inte-
gration of personality will be emphasized.
Ed. 125. Creative Expression in the Elementary School II (2) — Pre-
requisite, Ed. 124 or taken concurrently.
Following on Ed. 124, this course allows for specialization in selected
phases of the creative arts. Separate sections will be scheduled in such
fields as art, dramatics, and music.
District of Columbia. (Newell.)
Ed. 126. The Elementary School Curriculum (2)
A study of important developments in elementary education with par-
ticular attention to methods and materials which may be used to improve
the development of pupils in elementary schools. Problems which are
encountered in day-to-day teaching situations receive much attention.
*Ed. 130. Theory of the Junior High School (2) — Second semester.
This course gives a general overview of the junior high school. It includes
consideration of the purposes, functions, and characteristics of this school
unit; a study of its population, organization, program of studies, methods,
staff, and other similar topics, together with their implications for pros-
pective teachers.
*Ed. 131. Theory of the Senior High School (2) — Second semester.
The secondary school population; the school as an instrument of society;
relation of the secondary school to other schools; aims of secondary edu-
cation; curriculum and methods; extra-curricular activities; guidance and
placement; teacher certification and employment in Maryland and the
District of Columbia.
Ed. 133. Methods of Teaching the Social Studies (2)— Offered in Balti-
more.
The course is designed to give practical training in the everyday teaching
situation. Emphasis is placed on the use of various lesson techniques,
audio and visual aids, reference materials, and testing programs. Atten-
tion is given to the adaptation of teaching methods to individual and group
* Credit is accepted for Ed. 130 or Ed. 131, but not for both courses.
326 COURSE OFFERISGS
differences. Consideration is given to present tendencies and aims of in-
struction in the social studies.
Ed. 134. Materials and Procedure for the Senior High School Core
Curriculum (2).
This course is designed to bring practical suggestions to teachers who are
in charge of core classes in senior high schools. Materials and teaching
procedures for specific units of work are stressed.
Ed. 137. Science in the Junior High School (2) — Summer school.
A study of the place, function and content of science in junior high school
programs. Applications to core curriculum organization.
Ed. 140. Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation (3) — Second semester.
This course is offered in separate sections for the various subject matter
areas, namely, English, social studies, foreign language, science, mathe-
matics, art education, business education, industrial education, music edu-
cation, nursing education, and physical education. Registration cards must
include the subject-matter area as well as the name and number of the
course. Graduate credit is allowed only by special arrangement.
In each section the objectives, selection and organization of subject matter,
appropriate methods, lesson plans, textbooks, and other instructional mate-
rials, measurement, and other topics pertinent to the particular subject
matter area are treated.
Twenty periods of observation. (Staff.)
Ed. 141. High School Course of Study-English (2) — First semester.
This course is concerned with the selection and organization of content
for English classes in secondary schools. Subject matter is analyzed to
clarify controversial elements of form, style, and usage. (Bryan.)
Ed. 142. High School Course of Study-Literature (2).
Literature adapted to the various grade levels of junior and senior high
schools is studied. (Bryan.)
Ed. 144. Materials and Procedure for the Junior High School Core
Curriculum (2)
This course is designed to bring practical suggestions to teachers who
are in charge of core classes in junior high schools. Materials and teaching
procedures for specific units of work are stressed.
Ed. 145. Principles of High School Teaching (2) — First and second
semesters.
The class sessions of Ed. 149 but with no student teaching. (Brechbill.)
Ed. 146. The Teaching of Physics (3) — Second semester. Two lectures
and one three-hour laboratory period a week.
This course is designed to acquaint the student with classroom and labora-
tory teaching of Physics.
Lecture demonstration and laboratory fee, $6.00. (R. Morgan.)
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 327
Ed. 147. Audio-Visual Education (2) — First semester.
Sensory impressions in their relation to learning; projection apparatus,
its cost and operation; slides, film-strips, and films; physical principles
underlying projection; auditory aids to instruction; field trips; pictures,
models, and graphic materials; integration of sensory aids with organized
instruction. Fee, $1.00. (Brechbill.)
Ed. 148. Methods and Practice of Teaching (2-6) — First and second
semesters. Prerequisite, Ed. 140, grade-point average of 2.275, and ap-
proval of faculty. Undergraduate credit only.
Forty-five periods of observation, participation, and teaching in a high
school class under the direction of the regular teacher and the university
adviser. Two hours of class sessions weekly, identical with those of Ed. 149,
are included. Applications must be made as for Ed. 149.
Students should arrange their university schedules so as to allow ample
time for the student teaching assignment.
Open only to experienced teachers and other exceptional students.
For scheduling plan, see Ed. 149. (Brechbill and Staff.)
Ed. 149. Methods and Practice of Teaching (9) — First and second
semesters. Prerequisite, Ed. 140, grade-point average of 2.275, and ap-
proval of faculty. Undergraduate credit only.
Students who register for this course serve as apprentice teachers in the
schools to which they are assigned. Full time for one-half of one semester,
either first or second half, is devoted to this work. Two hours of weekly
class meetings throughout the semester are included in which study is
made of the principles and methods of teaching.
In the half-semester not devoted to student teaching, certain courses are
blocked, including the following: Psych. 110, Ed. 150, Ed. 160. These
courses are regularly offered each half of both semesters.
Application forms for this course, properly filled in, must be submitted
to the Director of Student Teaching not less than thirty days before regis-
tration. (Brechbill and Staff.)
Ed. 150. Educational Measurement (2) — First and second semesters.
A study of tests and examinations with emphasis upon their construction
and use. Types of tests; purposes of testing; elementary statistical con-
cepts and processes used in summarizing and analyzing test results; school
marks. For scheduling plan, see Ed. 149. (Brechbill.)
Ed. 151. Remedial Reading Instruction (2) — First semester.
Causes for reading disabilities; diagnostic techniques; and corrective
methods are studied. Instructional materials are evaluated. The course is
designed for both elementary and secondary school teachers. (Schindler.)
Ed. 152. The Adolescent: Characteristics and Problems (2).
328 COURSE OFFERINGS
This course deals with the intellectual, emotional, social, and vocational
problems which arise in the transitional period between childhood and
adulthood, the secondary school period.
Ed. 153. The Improvement of Reading (2)
This course is intended for teachers working at the intermediate and
secondary school levels. Attention is given to the teaching of reading in
different school subjects, the selection of reading materials, the study of
individuals with reference to causes of reading deficiencies, types of reading
lessons, and certain elements of psychology essential to intelligent con-
sideration of problems in this field. (Schindler.)
Ed. 160. Educational Sociology — Introductory (2) — First and second
semesters.
This course deals with data of the social sciences which are germane to
the work of teachers. Consideration is given to implications of democratic
ideology for educational endeavor, educational tasks imposed by changes
in population and technological trends, the welfare status of pupils, the
socio-economic attitudes of individuals who control the schools, and other
elements of community background which have significance in relation
to schools. For scheduling plan, see Ed. 149. (Schindler.)
Ed. 161. Guidance in Secondary Schools (2).
A general orientation course in the principles of guidance and in the
organization and administration of guidance programs. It it also designed
to provide a general understanding of guidance procedures in terms of
the day-by-day demands made upon the classroom teacher in the guidance
of youth in his classes and in the extra-curricular activities which he
sponsors. (Sievers.)
Ed. 162. Mental Hygiene in the Classroom (2).
The practical application of the principles of mental hygiene to class-
room problems.
Ed. 163, 164 and 165. Community Study Laboratory I, II and III (2,
2, 2).
This course involves experience from the educational standpoint with
the agencies, institutions, cultural patterns, living conditions, and social
processes which play significant roles in shaping the behavior of children
and adults and which must be understood by individuals working toward
school and community improvement. Each participant becomes a member
of a group in a given area of study and concentrates on problems which
have direct application in his school situation. Readings are integrated
with techniques of study. (Staff.)
Ed. 170. Introduction to Special Education (2)
This course is designed to give teachers, principals, attendance workers,
and supervisors an understanding of the needs of all types of exceptional
children. Preventive and remedial measures are stressed.
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 329
Ed. 171. Education of Retarded and Slow-Learning Children (2)
A study of retarded and slow-learning children, including discovery, analy-
sis of causes, testing techniques, case studies, and remedial educational
measures.
Ed. 183. Recent Trends in Curriculum and Methods in the Elementary
School (2)
Emphasis in this course will be placed on recent trends in elementary
education, newer instructional practices and classroom procedures, organ-
ization of learning experiences, and modern techniques of evaluation. New
methods and materials will be critically evaluated. Opportunity for the
study and discussion of individual problems will be given.
Ed. 184. Outdoor Education (6) — Summer.
A full-time program for teachers, administrators, recreation leaders, and
social workers in functionalized child development through utilization of
the surrounding natural environment and resources. Guided group work
implements the acquired techniques for use with children in developing
education in democratic living, worthy use of leisure, certain character
traits and also for vitalizing such subject-matter areas as mathematics,
language, arts, social and natural sciences, music, health and physical
education, graphic and plastic arts.
Ed. 191. Principles of Adult Education (2)
The course includes a study of adult educational agencies, both formal and
informal, with special reference to the development of adult education in the
United States, the interests and abilities of adults, and the techniques of
adult learning. Emphasis is laid on practical aids for teachers of various
types of adult groups. (Wiggin.)
Ed. 195. Teaching Traffic Safety and Automobile Operation (2). (Offered
in Summer School.) Prerequisite, two years driving experience.
Practical and theoretical study of the driver, driver and pedestrian re-
sponsibilities, the automobile and its operation, traffic problems and regu-
lations, and the organization and administration of the course in secondary
schools. Dual control cars used.
For Graduates
Ed. 203. Problems in Higher Education (2).
A study of present problems in higher education. (Benjamin.)
Ed. 205. Seminar in Comparative Education (2). (Benjamin.)
Ed. 207. Seminar in Philosophy of Education (2).
Ed. 209. Seminar in History of Education (2). (Wiggin.)
Ed. 210. The Organization and Administration of Public Education (2) —
First, semester.
330 COURSE OFFERINGS
The basic course in school administration. The course deals with the
organization and administration of school systems — at the local, state, and
federal levels; and with the administrative relationships involved. (Newell.)
Ed. 211. The Organization, Administration, and Supervision of Secondary
Schools (2) — Second semester.
The work of the secondary school principal. The course includes topics
such as personnel problems, supervision, school-community relationships,
student activities, schedule making, and internal financial accounting.
(Newell.)
Ed. 212. School Finance and Business Administration (2)
An introduction to the finance phase of public school administration. The
course deals with the basic principles of school finance; the implica-
tions of organization and control; the planning, execution, and appraisal
of the activities involved in public school finance such as budgeting, taxing,
purchasing, service of supplies, and accounting. (Van Zwoll.)
Ed. 213. Administration and Teaching in Junior High School (2)
This course is concerned with presistent problems and related adminis-
trative organization and policy. It is designed for teachers and administra-
tors. Emphasis is placed on ways and means whereby junior high shcools
may realize their functions fully.
Ed. 214. School Buildings and Equipment (2).
An orientation course in which school plant and plant planning are
considered as contributing to instructional programs. This course supplies
the basis for analyzing existing plant, for determining need for new
plant, for selecting and developing school building sites, and for planning
school building. Theory is put into practice in the development of line
drawings for school building design in terms of the instructional program.
Opportunity is provided to work on specific equipment problems.
(Van Zwoll.)
Ed. 215. Public Education in Maryland (2)
A study of Maryland Public School system with special reference to school
law. (Newell.)
Ed. 216. High School Supervision (2). Prerequisite, teaching experience.
This course deals with recent trends in supervision; the nature and func-
tion of supervision; planning supervisory programs; evaluation and rating;
participation of teachers and other groups in policy development; school
workshops; and other means for the improvement of instruction. Fee, $1.00.
(Newell.)
Ed. 217. Administration and Supervision in Elementary Schools (2).
A study of the problems connected with organizing and operating elemen-
tary schools and directing instruction.
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 331
Ed. 218. School Surveys (2-6).
This course includes study of school surveys with emphasis on problems
of school organization and administration, finance and school plant planning.
Field work in school surveys is required in this course. (Newell.)
Ed. 219. Seminar in School Administration (2). (Van Zwoll.)
Ed. 220. Pupil Transportation (2)
This course includes consideration of the organization and administration
of state, county, and district pupil transportation service with emphasis on
safety and economy. The planning of bus routes; the selection and training
of bus drivers, and maintenance mechanics; the specification of school buses;
and procurement procedures are included in this course.
Ed. 221. Functional School Plant Planning (2)
This is an advanced course in school plant planning problems. Emphasis
is given to analysis of the educational program and planning of physical
facilities to accommodate that program. Ed. 214 is a prerequisite to this
course. However, students with necessary background may be admitted
without completion of Ed. 214. (Van Zwoll.)
Ed. 222. Seminar in Supervision (2) — Prerequisite, Ed. 216. Prerequisite
may be waived upon approval of the instructor. (Newell.)
Ed. 223. Practicum in Personnel Relationships (2-6)
Study of personnel relationships. Opportunities are provided for students
to work with groups of laymen or school staff members on local school
problems. (Newell.)
Ed. 224. Internship in School Administration (12-16)
Internships in administration or supervision may be provided for a few
students who have had teaching experience. The intern will be assigned to
assist a principal, supervisor, or some other staff member in a school or
school system. In addition to the experience in the school situation, a pro-
gram of studies will be planned by the intern, the appropriate member of
the school staff, and the sponsor from the university. The sponsor will
maintain a close working relationship with the intern and the other persons
involved. (Newell.)
E(L 225. School Public Relations (2).
A study of the relationships between the public school as a social insti-
tution and the community of which it is a part. This course deals with the
agents who participate in the interpretative process, with propaganda
and the schools, with parent-teacher associations and other lay advisory
groups, and with such means of publicity as the newspaper, radio, and
school publications. (Van Zwoll.)
Ed. 226. Child Accounting (2).
An inquiry into the keeping of essential records pertaining to the pre-
school, school, and post-school life of individuals. This course explores
332 COURSE OFFERINGS
the area of child accounting in terms of need, development, and current
practice in local districts and in the state. Census taking, individual record
practices, and administrative record procedures are taken into consid-
eration. (Van Zwoll.)
Ed. 227. Public School Personnel Administration (2).
An examination of practices with respect to personnel administration.
This course serves to aid in the development of principles applying to
personnel administration. Personnel needs, the means for satisfying per-
sonnel needs, personnel relationships, tenure, salary schedules, leaves of
absence, and retirement plans are reviewed. Local and state aspects of
the personnel problem are identified. (Van Zwoll.)
Ed. 229. Seminar in Elementary Education. (2).
Attention will be centered on selected problems in curriculum making,
teaching, and child development. Members of the class may concentrate
on seminar papers, prepare materials for their schools, or read extensively
to discover viewpoints and research data on problems and experimental
practices. (Schindler.)
Ed. 232. Student Activities in the High School (2).
This course offers a consideration of the problems connected with the
so-called "extra-curricular" activities of the present-day high school. Spe-
cial consideration will be given to (1) philosophical bases, (2) aims, (3)
organization, and (4) supervision of student activities such as student coun-
cil, school publications, musical organizations, di'amatics, assemblies, and
clubs. Present practices and current trends will be evaluated.
Ed. 236. Curriculum Development in the Secondary School (2)
Curriculum planning; philosophical bases, objectives, learning experi-
ences, organization of appropriate content, and means of evaluation.
Ed. 239. Seminar in Secondary Education (2).
Ed. 242. Coordination in Work-Experience Programs (2).
This course surveys and evaluates the qualifications and duties of a
teacher-coordinator in a work-experience program. It deals particularly
with evolving patterns in city and county schools in Maryland, and is
designed to help teachei'-coordinators, guidance counselors, and others in
the supervisory and administrative personnel concerned with functioning
relationships of part-time cooperative education in a comprehensive
educational program. (Brown.)
Ed. 243. Application of Theory and Research to Arithmetic in Elemen-
tary Schools (2).
Implications of experimental practices, the proposals of eminent writers,
and the results of research for the teaching of arithmetic in elementary
schools. (Schindler.)
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 333
Ed. 244. Application of Theory and Research to the Language Arts in
Elementary Schools (2).
Implications of experimental practices, the proposals of eminent writers,
and the results of research for the language arts in the elementary
schools. (Schindler.)
Ed. 245. Applications of Theory and Research to High School Teaching
(2).
Implications of experimental practices, the proposals of eminent writers,
and the results of research for the improvement of teaching on the sec-
ondary level. (Brechbill.)
Ed. 247. Seminar in Science Education (2). (Brechbill.)
Ed. 248. Seminar in Vocational Education (2). (Hornbake.)
Ed. 250. Analysis of the Individual (2) — Second semester.
This course is concerned with considering policies for adjusting the
school to the pupil; using the school's special services — attendance, health,
guidance — and records, reports, tests and inventories to promote a better
understanding of the individual. Interpretation and use of data are
stressed. (Sievers.)
Ed. 261. Counseling Techniques (2). Prerequisites, Ed. 161, Ed. 250.
Prerequisites may be waived upon approval of the instructor.
This course deals with the various specialized techniques, procedures,
and materials utilized by guidance specialists in the schools. Special
stress is placed upon the interpretation of case data and techniques of
counseling individual pupils. (Sievers.)
Ed. 262. Occupational Information (2) — Second semester.
The analysis of occupational trends in community, state and nation, and
the organization of this information for the guidance of youth. It is
designed to give counselors, teachers, school librarians and other workers
in the fields of guidance and education a background of educational and
occupational infoi-mation which is basic for counseling and teaching.
(Sievers.)
Ed. 263, 264. Aptitudes and Aptitude Testing (2, 2). (Offered in Balti-
more.)
Ed. 268. Seminar in Educational Sociology (2). (Schindler.)
Ed. 269. Seminar in Guidance (2). (Sievers.)
Ed. 278. Seminar in Special Education (2).
Ed. 279. Seminar in Adult Education (2). (Wiggin.)
Ed. 280. Research Methods and Materials in Education (2).
A study of research in education, the sources of information and tech-
niques available, and approved form and style in the preparation of research
reports and theses.
334 COURSE OFFERINGS
Ed. 2H1. Source1 Materials in Education (2).
A course based on the text and work-book by Carter Alexander, "How to
Locate Educational Information and Data." The work involves attendance
at class for one hour with two additional hours of work in the library.
Especially valuable for students interested in research.
Ed. 289. Research (1-6) — First and second semesters.
Students who desire credit for thesis work should use this number. Regis-
tration for this purpose should be as follows: "Educ. 289 — Thesis."
Students who desire credit on a research project not intended for a thesis
should also use this number. Registration for this purpose should be as
follows: "Educ. 289 — Research Problem: Brief statement of the Problem."
BUSINESS EDUCATION
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
B. Ed. 100. Techniques of Teaching Office Skills (2)— First semester.
An examination and evaluation of the aims, methods, and course content?
of each of the office skill subjects offered in the high school curriculum.
(Patrick.)
B. Ed. 101. Methods and Materials in Teaching Office skills (2)
Problems in development of occupational competency, achievement tests,
standards of achievement, instructional materials, transcription, and the
integration of office skills. (Patrick.)
B. Ed. 102. Methods and Materials in Teaching Bookkeeping and Related
Subjects (2)
Important problems and procedures in the mastery of bookkeeping and
related office knowledges and skills including a consideration of materials
and teaching procedures. (Patrick.)
B. Ed. 103. Basic Business Subjects in the Junior High School (2)
This course deals with the exploratory aspects of basic business subjects
and fundamentals of consumer business education, available instructional
materials, and teaching procedures.
B. Ed. 104. Basic Business Education in the Secondary Schools (2).
Consideration will be given to the vocational and consumer objectives;
subject matter content; methods of organizing material; types of class-
room activities; and teaching procedures in basic business subjects in the
secondary schools. (Patrick.)
B. Ed. 160. Curriculum Building for Work Experience Programs (2).
Developing a curriculum to fit students' immediate and future work
needs; studying the job for work-school correlation of curriculum; using
and adapting the packaged curriculum; building lesson plans for indi-
vidualized or group study with attention to source files, visual aids, and
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 335
other course helps; keeping the curriculum current in the light of changing
operations and trends in the field of work.
B. Ed. 162. Methods of Teaching in the Part-Time Cooperative (Dic-
(ributive Education) Program (2).
Work study programs require an approach in teaching techniques some-
what different from that of the regular classroom. This course will include
a study of the methods to be used in teaching the part-time cooperative
student, e. g., discussion, committee, conference, individualized study. Em-
phasis will be placed on the development and use of visual aids, films, sound
slides, field trips, and laboratory work in the classroom and on the job.
Opportunity will be given for demonstration and practice.
B. Ed. 165. Organization and Operation of the Part-Time Cooperative
(Distributive Education) Program (2).
A basic course essential for all those who teach or supervise part-time high
school cooperative programs. Includes study of such topics as, setting and
maintaining standards of performance for students, school, and training agen-
cies; integrating the program in the high school; selection, placement, and
follow-up of students; building good training agencies; promoting the pro-
gram, and development of efficient forms and records.
B. Ed. 180. Merchandise Information for the Distributive Education Co-
ordinator (2).
A technical course designed to provide the information necessary for
teaching the manufacture, selling and care of merchandise. Opportunity
is given to study specific items of merchandise and also to develop general
techniques for learning about and keeping up-to-date on all tiems. Source
files, bibliographies and visual aids will be considered.
B. Ed. 200. Administration and Supervision of Business Education (2)
Major emphasis on departmental organization, curriculum, equipment,
budget making, guidance, placement and follow-up, visual aids, and the in-
service training of teachers.
For administrators, supervisors, and teachers of business subjects.
B. Ed. 255. Principles and Problems of Business Education (2).
Principles and practices in business education; growth and present status;
vocational business education; general business education; relation to con-
sumer education and to education in general. (Patrick.)
HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
H. E. Ed. 102. Problems in Teaching Home Economics (3) — First semes-
ter. Required of seniors in Home Economics Education. Prerequisite,
H. E. Ed. 140.
336 COURSE OFFERINGS
A study of the managerial aspects of teaching and administering a home-
making program; the physical environment, organization, and sequence of
instructional units, resource materials, evaluation, home projects.
H. E. Ed. 140. Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation (3) — Second
semester. Required of juniors in Home Economics Education.
The place and function of home economics education in the secondary
school curriculum. Philosophy of education for home and family living;
characteristics of adolescence, construction of source units, lesson plans,
and evaluation devices; directed observation in junior and senior high
school home economics departments.
H. E. Ed. 149. Teaching Secondary School Vocational Home Economics
(9) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, H. E. Ed. 140 and 102 or 102
parallel. See Ed. 149.
Observation and supervised teaching in approved secondary school home
economics departments in Maryland and the District of Columbia.
H. E. Ed. 200. Seminar in Home Economics Education (2) — First semes-
ter.
H. E. Ed. 202. Trends in the Teaching and Supervision of Home Eco-
nomics (2-4)
Study of home economics programs and practices in light of current edu-
cational trends. Interpretation and analysis of democratic teaching pro-
cedures, outcomes of instruction, and supervisory practices.
HUMAN DEVELOPMENT EDUCATION
The staff of the Institute for Child Study will offer a series of courses on
human development and on the techniques of child study for members of
the educational profession. The core of the offering is a group of six courses
which describe the major processes and forces that shape the growth and
development of human beings from conception to middle age. The first four
of these courses may be taken in any combination or sequence but all of
them should be completed before the last two are undertaken because the
courses dealing with the emergence, development and adjustment of the Self
require a basic synthesis of factual and conceptual knowledge from these
other courses. These courses are open only to graduate students. Prerequi-
sites are six semester hours of work in either biology or psychology or three
semester hours in each. Each course carries two semester hours credit
and should be accompanied or followed by the sequence of three courses
called Laboratory in Human Development which involve the direct year-long
study of children as individuals and in groups.
H. D. Ed. 100, 101. Principles of Human Development I & II (2, 2)
These courses give a general overview of the scientific principles that
describe human development and behavior. Open to graduates or under-
graduates.
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 337
H. D. Ed. 102, 103, 104. Child Development Laboratory I, II & III
(2, 2, 2). Prerequisite, General or Educational Psychology or any course in
Human Development.
This course involves the direct study of children throughout the school
year. Each participant gathers a wide body of information about an indi-
vidual; presents the accumulating data from time to time to the study
group for criticism and group analysis, and writes an interpretation of the
dynamics underlying the child's learning, behavior and development.
H. D. Ed. 112. Scientific Concepts in Human Development (3).
H. D. Ed. 112 must be taken concurrently with H. D. Ed. 113.
H. D. Ed. 113. Laboratory in Behavior Analysis (3)
H. D. Ed. 113 must be taken concurrently with H. D. Ed. 112.
H. D. Ed. 200. Organic Processes and Factors in Human Development (2)
— First semester.
This course describes the major organic processes of: conception; biol-
ogical inheritance; differentiation and growth of the body; capture, trans-
mutation and use of energy; perception of the environment; coordination
and integration of functions; adaptation to unusual demands and to frustra-
tion; normal individual variation in each of the above processes.
H. D. Ed. 201. Affectional Relationships and Processes in Human Devel-
opment (2) — Second semester.
This course describes the normal development, expression and influence
of love in infancy, childhood, adolescence and adulthood. It deals with the
influence of parent-child relationships involving normal acceptance, neglect,
rejection, inconsistency, and over-protection upon health, learning, emotional
behavior and personality development. It analyzes the affectional develop-
mental tasks and adjustment problems of adolescence, infancy, child-
hood, and early maturity.
H. D. Ed. 202. Socialization Processes in Human Development (2)
This course analyzes the processes by which human beings internalize the
culture of the society in which they live. The major sub-cultures in the
United States, their training procedures, and their characteristic human
expressions in folk-knowledge, habits, attitudes, values, life-goals, and ad-
justment patterns are analyzed. Contrasts with other world cultures are
examined to high-light the American way of life and to reveal its strengths
and weaknesses.
H. D. Ed. 203. Peer-culture and Group Processes in Human Develop-
ment (2)
This course analyzes the processes of group formation, role-taking and
status-winning. It describes the emergence of the "peer-culture" during
childhood and the evolution of the child society at different maturity levels
to adulthood. It analyzes the developmental tasks and adjustment problems
associated with winning, belonging and playing roles in the peer group.
338 COURSE OFFERINGS
H. D. Ed. 210. "Self-developmental Processes in Human Develop-
ment (2)
This course analyzes the nature of intelligence and of the learning pro-
cesses, including the development of skills, concepts, generalizations, sym-
bolizations, reasoning and imagination, attitudes, values, goals and purposes.
It describes the nature and effects of individual variations in capacities and
in experiences. The effects of various physical and growth processes, affec-
tional relationships, socialization processes and peer group roles and status
on the integration, development and realization of the individual self are
analyzed.
H. D. Ed. 211. "Self-adjustment Processes in Human Development (2)
This course analyzes the conditions, relationships, experiences and oppor-
tunities to function that are essential to full human development and the
physical, emotional, mental and personality effects of the realization of
these factors. It describes the more common adjustment problems experi-
enced in our society at various maturity levels and analyzes the processes
by which individuals adjust to them. It discusses the social and personal
effects of the use of various adjustment mechanisms.
H. D. Ed. 212. Advanced Scientific Concepts in Human Development (3)
H. D. Ed. 212 must be taken concurrently with H. D. Ed. 213.
H. D. Ed. 213. Advanced Laboratory in Behavior Analysis (3).
H. D. Ed. 213 must be taken concurrently with H. D. Ed. 212.
H. D. Ed. 220, 221. Educational Implications of Human Development
Research (2, 2)
Each student analyzes recent research in some aspect of human develop-
ment, presents papers summarizing the research findings and discusses with
the seminar the educational implications of the research he has analyzed.
For advanced masters and doctors degree candidates. Prerequisite: consent
of the instructor.
H. D. Ed. 230, 231. Field Program in Child Study I & II (2, 2)
This course offers apprenticeship training preparing properly qualified
persons to become staff members in human development workshops, con-
sultants to child study field programs and coordinators of municipal or
regional child study programs for teachers or parents. Extensive field experi-
ence is provided. In general this training is open only to persons who have
passed their preliminary examinations for the doctorate with a major in
human development or psychology. Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION
For each semester hour of credit for shop and drawing courses two or
three periods of lecture and practice are scheduled depending upon the
specific needs of the course.
COLLEGE OF E D V CATION 339
Industrial Education 9, 10, and 11 constitute an art crafts sequence
(Art Crafts I, II, and III). The courses are intended to assist persons who
are preparing to teach art crafts in grade 7 of the public schools of Mary-
land or for teachers who have already undertaken this type of work in the
schools. The work is appropriate also for persons who teach art crafts
at any grade level and for those who teach art crafts in camps, clubs,
adult evening classes, and the like.
Ind. Ed. 1. Mechanical Drawing (2) — First semester. Two laboratory
periods a week.
This course constitutes an introduction to orthographic multi-view and
isometric projection. Emphasis is placed upon the visualization of an object
when it is represented by a multi-view drawing and upon the making of
multi-view drawings.
This course carries through auxiliary views, sectional views, dimension-
ing, conventional representation and single stroke letters. Laboratory fee,
$3.00.
Ind. Ed. 2. Elementary Woodworking (2) — First semester. Two labora-
tory periods a week.
This is a woodworking course which involves the use of hand tools almost
exclusively. The course is developed so that the student uses practically
every common woodworking hand tool in one or more situations. There
is also included elementary wood finishing, the specifying and storing of
lumber, and the care and conditioning of tools used. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Ind. Ed. 9. Art Crafts I (2) — First semester and Summer Session. Two
laboratory periods a day.
The materials used in Art Crafts I are woods, metals, leathers and plas-
tics. Each student is provided the opportunity of doing a variety of types
of work in the four media. Laboratory fee $3.00.
Ind. Ed. 10. Art Crafts II (2) — Summer session. Two laboratory
periods a day.
Art Crafts II offers work experiences in model building, ceramics, graphic
arts, and paper construction. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Ind. Ed. 11. Art Crafts III (2) — Summer session. Two laboratory
periods a day.
Art Crafts III provides instruction in the principles of design which
are pertinent to craft work and takes up reed and raffia, threads (weaving,
hooking, knitting), and seasonal activities. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Ind. Ed. 21. Mechanical Drawing (2) — Second semester. Two labora-
tory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 1.
A course dealing with working drawings, machine design, pattern lay-
outs, tracing and reproduction. Detail drawings followed by assemblies
are presented. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
340 COURSE OFFERINGS
Ind. Ed. 22. Machine Woodworking I (2) — Second semester. Two labo-
ratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 2.
Machine Woodworking I offers initial instruction in the proper operation
of the jointer, band saw, variety saw, jig saw, mortiser, shaper, and lathe.
The types of jobs which may be performed on each machine and their safe
operation are of primary concern. The medium of instruction is school-shop
equipment, hobby items, and useful home projects. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Ind. Ed. 23. Arc and Gas Welding (1) — Second semester. One labora-
tory period a week.
A course designed to give the student a functional knowledge of the
principles and use of electric and acetylene welding. Practical work is
carried on in the construction of various projects using welded joints.
Instruction is given in the use and care of equipment, types of welded joints,
methods of welding, importance of welding processes in industry, safety
considerations, etc. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Ind. Ed. 24. Sheet Metal Work (2) — First semester. Two laboratory
periods a week.
Articles are made from metal in its sheet form and involve the opera-
tions of cutting, shaping, soldering, riveting, wiring, folding, seaming,
beading, burring, etc. The student is required to develop his own patterns
inclusive of parallel line development, radial line development, and tri-
angulation. Common sheet metal tools and machines are used in this course.
Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Ind. Ed. 26. Art Metal Work I (2) — Second semester. Two laboratory
periods a week.
An introductory course in designing and constructing art products in
aluminum, copper and brass. The processes covered include surface deco-
ration (hammering, piercing, etching, enameling), heat treatment and finish-
ing. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Ind. Ed. 28. Electricity I (2) — First semester. Two laboratory periods
a week.
An introductory course to electricity in general. It deals with the elec-
trical circuit, elementary wiring problems, the measurement of electrical
energy, and a brief treatment of radio such as may be offered at the
junior high school level. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Ind. Ed. 31. Mechanical Drawing (2) — First semester. Two laboratory
periods a week. Prerequisites, Ind. Ed. 1 and 21.
A course dealing with the topics enumerated in Ind. Ed. 21 but on a more
advanced basis. The reading of prints representative of a variety of indus-
tries is a part of this course. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Ind. Ed. 41. Architectural Drawing (2) — Second semester. Two labora-
tory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 1, or equivalent.
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 341
Practical experience is given in the design and planning of houses and
other buildings. Working drawings, specifications and blue-prints are
featured. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Ind. Ed. 42. Machine Woodworking II (2) — First semester. Two labora-
tory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 22, or equivalent.
Advanced production methods with emphasis on cabinetmaking and
design. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Ind. Ed. 48. Electricity II (2) — Second semester. Two laboratory periods
a week.
Principles involved in A-C and D-C electrical equipment, including heat-
ing, measurements, motors and control, electro-chemistry, the electric arc,
inductance and reactance, condensers, radio, and electronics. Laboratory
fee, $3.00.
Ind. Ed. 50. Methods of Teaching Vocational and Occupational Subjects
(2). (Offered in Baltimore.)
For vocational and occupational teachers of shop and related subjects.
The identification and analysis of factors essential to helping others learn;
the types of teaching situations and techniques; the use of instruction
sheets; measuring results and grading student progress in shop and
related technical subjects. (Wall.)
Ind. Ed. 60. Observation and Demonstration Teaching of Vocational and
Occupational Subjects (2). (Offered in Baltimore.) Prerequisite, Educa-
tional Pyschology and/or Methods of Teaching Vocational and Occupational
Subjects.
Particularly for vocational and occupational teachers. Sixteen hours
of directed observation and demonstration teaching. Reports, confer-
ences, and criticisms constitute the remainder of scheduled activities in
this course.
Ind. Ed. 66. Art Metal Work (2) — Summer. Two laboratory periods
a day. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 26, or equivalent.
Advanced practicum. It includes methods of bowl raising and bowl
ornamenting. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Ind. Ed. 67. Cold Metal Work (2) — Second semester. Two laboratory
periods a week.
Metal in the form of bars, rods and tubes are shaped cold to produce
"ornamental iron" and bench metal products. The use of the hacksaw, file,
drill press, taps and dies, the designing and forming of scrolls and the
finishes appropriate for cold metal work are representative of the course
content. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Ind. Ed. 69. Machine Shop Practice I (2) — First semester. Two labora-
tory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 1, or equivalent.
342 COURSE OFFERINGS
Bench work, turning, planing, milling, and drilling. Related technical
information. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Ind. Ed. 89. Machine Shop Practice II (2) — Second semester. Two labora-
tory periods a week Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 69, or equivalent.
Advanced shop practicum in thread cutting, grinding, boring, reaming,
and gear cutting. Work-production methods employed. Related technical
information. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Ind. Ed. 94. Shop Maintenance (2) — Summer. Prerequisite, 8 semester
hours of shop credit, or equivalent.
Skill developing practice in the up-keep and care of school shop tools and
equipment.
Ind. Ed. 101. Operational Drawing (2) — Two laboratory periods a day.
Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 1, or equivalent.
A comprehensive course designed to give students practice in the modern
drafting methods of industry. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Ind. Ed. 102. Advanced Woodfinishing and Design (2) — Two laboratory
periods a day. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 22, or equivalent.
Advanced finishing room methods applied. The application of color and
its use in the improvement of design. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Ind. Ed. 104. Advanced Practices in Sheet Metal Work (2) — Two labora-
tory periods a day. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 24, or equivalent.
Study of the more complicated processes involved in commercial items.
Calculations and pattern making are emphasized. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Ind. Ed. 105. General Shop (2) — Second semester.
Designed to meet needs in organizing and administering a secondary
school general shop. Students are rotated through skill and knowledge
developing activities in mechanical drawing, electricity, woodworking, and
general metal working. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Ind. Ed. 106. Art Metal Work (2) — Summer. Two laboratory periods
a day.
Simple operations in the art of making jewelry including ring making,
Btone setting, etc. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Ind. Ed. 108. Electricity III (2) — Two laboratory periods a day. Pre-
requisite, Ind. Ed. 28, or equivalent.
Experimental development of apparatus and equipment for teaching the
principles of electricity. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Ind. Ed. 109. Experimental Electricity and Electronics — A, B, C, D
(2, 2, 2, 2). (Offered in Baltimore.)
Ind. Ed. 110. Foundry (1) — Second semester. One laboratory period a
week.
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 343
Bench and floor molding and elementary core making. Theory and
principles covering foundry materials, tools and appliances. Laboratory
fee, $3.00.
Ind. Ed. 140 (Ed. 140). Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation (3) —
First semester.
Major functions and specific contributions of Industrial Education; their
relation to the general objectives of the junior and senior high schools;
selection and organization of subject matter in terms of modern practices
and needs; methods of instruction; expected outcomes; measuring results;
professional standards. Twenty periods of observation. (Hornbake.)
Ind. Ed. 149. Methods and Practice of Teaching (9) — First and second
semesters. See Ed. 149.
Ind. Ed. 150. Training Aids Development (2) — Second semester.
Study of the aids in common use as to their source and application.
Special emphasis is placed on principles to be observed in making aids
useful to shop teachers. Actual making and application of such an aid
will be required. (Wall.)
Ind. Ed. 160. Essentials of Design (2) — Second semester. Two labora-
tory periods a week. Prerequisites, Ind. Ed. 1 and basic shop work.
A study of the basic principles of design and practice in their application
to the construction of shop projects. It treats the art elements of line, mass,
color, and design. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Ind. Ed. 164. Shop Organization and Management (2) — Second semester.
This course covers the basic elements of organizing and managing an
Industrial Education program including the selection of equipment and the
arrangement of the shop. (Wall.)
Ind. Ed. 165. Modern Industry (2) — Summer session.
This course provides an overview of factory organization and manage-
ment. Representative basic industries are studied from the viewpoints of
personnel and management organization, industrial relations, production
procedures, distribution of products, and the like.
Ind. Ed. 166. Educational Foundations of Industrial Arts (2) — First
semester.
A study of the factors which definitely place Industrial Arts education in
any well-rounded program of general education. Lectures, class discussions,
leadings and reports. (Brown and Hornbake.)
Ind. Ed. 167. Problems in Occupational Education (2). (Offered in
Baltimore.)
The purpose of this course is to secure, assemble, organize, and interpret
data relative to the scope, character and effectiveness of occupational
education.
344 COURSE OFFERINGS
Ind. Ed. 168. Trade or Occupational Analysis (2) — First semester.
Provides a working knowledge of occupational and job analysis which
is basic in organizing Industrial Education courses of study. This course
should precede Ind. Ed. 169.
Ind. Ed. 169. Construction of Vocational and Occupational Courses of
Study (2).
Surveys and applies techniques of building and reorganizing courses of
study for effective use in vocational and occupational schools.
Ind. Ed. 170. Principles and Practices of Vocational Education (2) —
Summer Session.
The course develops the Vocational Education movement as an integral
phase of the American program of public education.
Ind. Ed. 171. History of Vocational Education (2) — Summer Session.
An overview of the development of Vocational Education from primitive
times to the present. The evolution of Industrial Arts is also considered.
For Graduates
Ind. Ed. 207. Philosophy of Industrial Arts Education (2)— First
semester.
This course is intended to assist the student in his development of a
point of view as regards Industrial Arts and its relationship with the total
educational program. He should, thereby, have a "yardstick" for apprais-
ing current procedures and proposals and an articulateness for his own
professional area. (Hornbake.)
Ind. Ed. 214. School Shop Planning and Equipment Selection (2) — Second
semester.
This course deals with principles involved in planning a school shop and
provides opportunities for applying these principles. Facilities required in
the operation of a satisfactory shop program are catalogued and appraised.
(Hornbake.)
Ind. Ed. 216. Supervision of Industrial Arts (2) — Second semester.
(Hornbake.)
Ind. Ed. 220. Organization, Administration and Supervision of Voca-
tional Education (2) — Summer Session.
This course surveys objectively the organization, administration, super-
vision, curricular spread and viewpoint, and the present status of vocational
Education.
Ind. Ed. 240. Research in Industrial Arts and Vocational Education (2) —
First and second semesters.
This is a course offered by arrangement for persons who are conducting
research in the areas of Industrial Arts and Vocational Education. (Staff.)
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 345
Ind. Ed. 241. Content and Method of Industrial Arts (2)— Second
semester.
Various methods and procedures used in developing courses of study
are examined and those suited to the field of Industrial Arts education are
applied. Methods of and devices for Industrial Arts instruction are studied
and practiced. (Hornbake.)
Ind. Ed. 248. Seminar in Industrial Arts and Vocational Education (2) —
Second semester.
NURSERY SCHOOL-KINDERGARTEN EDUCATION
C. Ed. 2. Orientation, Observation, and Record Taking (2) — Second
semester.
Orientation to nursery school and kindergarten; introduction to methods
of observing and recording behavior of children at different age levels.
(McNaughton, Whitney.)
C. Ed. 50, 51. Observation and Experience in Nursery School and Kinder-
garten (1, 1).
Student must schedule one hour, twice a week between nine and twelve,
or one and three. (Staff.)
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
C. Ed. 100. Child Development I — Infancy (3) — First semester.
Understanding the pattern of growth. Factors influencing the physical,
mental, and emotional development of the infant; relation of care during
the first eighteen months to personality development. (McNaughton.)
C. Ed. 101. Child Development II— Early Childhood (3)— Second semes-
ter.
A study of the developmental growth of the child from eighteen months
to five years; characteristics of each age level; experiences which help
the child in his motor, mental, emotional and social development; obser-
vation in the nursery school; study of one child. (McNaughton.)
C. Ed. 102. Child Development III— The Child from Five to Ten (2)—
First and second semesters.
Development, characteristics and interests of the middle-age child;
interpersonal relations as affected by home, school, and community; obser-
vations in kindergarten, public schools, and community organizations.
C. Ed. 110. Child Development IV (3) — First and second semesters.
A study of the developmental growth of the child from birth to five
years; observation in the nursery school. Designed for students in other
colleges. Laboratory fee, $1.00.
346 COURSE OFFERINGS
C. Ed. 112. Play and Play Materials (2)— Prerequisite, C. Ed. 101.
Study of play materials and play equipment in relation to use by differ-
ent age levels; construction of simple equipment. (Flannery.)
C. Ed. 113. Education of the Young Child I (2).
A study of the nature and needs of the child from two to six years of
age, with emphasis upon learning tendencies; the child's relation to the
materials, experiences, and the people of his world at home and at school.
(McNaughton.)
C. Ed. 114. Education of the Young Child II — The Social and Emotional
Needs of the Young Child (2).
An attempt to understand what lies beneath outward behavior rather
than on conformity as such; acceptance of the child's feelings; helping the
child to live richly and fully on his own level; seeing the child as a whole;
working with the parents and the home to bring about the most favorable
adjustment of the child. (McNaughton.)
C. Ed. 115. Children's Activities and Activities Materials (3) — Second
semester. Prerequisites, C. Ed. 100, 101, or 110.
For Nursery School and Kindergarten majors.
C. Ed. 116, 117. Creative Expression; Art, Music, Dance (2-3, 2-3).
Creative experience in the arts on the level of the student; correlation
of the arts as related to the abilities of the child in terms of his develop-
ment.
C. Ed. 119. Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation — Cooperative
Nursery School (2-3).
C. Ed. 140. Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation — Nursery School
(3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisites, C. Ed. 100 and 101, or
C. Ed. 110.
Standards and organization of nursery school; study of age levels and
methods of guidance; selection and use of equipment; observation in
nursery school.
C. Ed. 145. Guidance in Behavior Problems (3) — First semester.
Handling of individual and group problems on the pre-school level;
gathering of objective data; recording and observation; parent-teacher
relationships, with special handling of child; guidance resources of com-
munity. (Whitney.)
C. Ed. 149. Teaching Nursery School (4-8) — First and second semesters.
Teaching experience in the University Nursery School and in those of
nearby communities. (Whitney.)
C. Ed. 150. Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation — Kindergarten
(2-3) — Second semester.
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 347
A study of the interests, needs and activities of children living together
in the kindergarten; discussion and workshop.
C. Ed. 159. Teaching Kindergarten (4-8) — First and second semesters.
Teaching experience in the University kindergarten.
C. Ed. 160. Speech Problems in Child Development (2).
Problems in delayed and distorted speech in nursery school and kinder-
garten children as related to child development: techniques in clinical
work; lecture and clinic.
C. Ed. 161. Behavior Problems of Childhood and Adolescence (2).
Problems of child and adolescent in growing up; interrelation of child
with his family, teacher, classmates and gang.
C. Ed. 165. Leadership Training (2).
Designed for leaders in Parent-Teacher groups and in other organiza-
tions. Setting up the duties of a leader, participants, observer and
recorder; developing methods for discussion groups; discussion of special
problems of organization.
NURSING EDUCATION
N. Ed. 2. Introduction to Nursing Education (2) — (Offered in Baltimore.)
Exploratory and guidance course for nursing education students. Types
of positions in schools of nursing, teacher supply and demand in such
schools, and the types of professional and personal competence required
of teachers in nursing schools are among the topics included. This course
may be substituted for Ed. 2. Students who take N. Ed. 2 will not be
permitted to register for Ed. 2, or vice versa.
N. Ed. 5, 6. Teaching of Nursing Arts, I and II (3, 3)— (Offered in
Baltimore.)
This is the basic course in principles of teaching as applied to the field
of nursing arts. It is a course which is roughly parallel to the general
course Ed. 145.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
N. Ed. 112. School of Nursing Finance and Administration (3) — (Offered
in Baltimore.)
Sources of financial support for schools of nursing, budgeting, internal
school accounting, purchase of supplies and equipment, and other selected
problems of financing and administering schools of nursing.
N. Ed. 115, 116. Ward Management and Clinical Teaching (2, 2)—
(Offered in Baltimore.)
This course covers the administrative phase of a hospital unit or ward,
especially the assigning of duties according to the level of ability of the
worker. Emphasis is placed upon hospital economics and the budgeting
348 COURSE OFFERINGS
of supplies. A program for clinical bedside teaching is stressed through
the entire course.
N. Ed. 190. Principles of Pediatric Nursing (3) — (Offered in Baltimore.)
Principles of nursing children with emphasis upon the direction of
growth and development of children under conditions where nursing care
is required.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, HEALTH AND RECREATION
A. Physical Education
P. E. courses open only to men are given odd numbers.
P. E. courses open only to women have even numbers.
P. E. courses ending in zero are open to both men and women.
P. E. 10, 20. Basic Body Controls (1, 1) — Three hours a week.
This is designed to acquaint the student with the fundamental principles
and techniques of body movement and to provide for practical application
in sports, rhythmic and gymnastic activities.
P. E. 30. Introduction to Physical Education, Health and Recreation
(3) — First and second semesters.
Orientation course in the professional fields.
P. E. 52, 54. Dance Techniques (1, 1) — Three hours a week.
A basic course which includes movement techniques of modern dance
and analysis of form and composition.
P. E. 56, 58. Dance Techniques (1, 1)— Three hours a week.
A continuation of P. E. 52, 54. More advanced movements of the modern
techniques are studied. Students are given the opportunity to create and
participate in simple group dances. Theory in teaching methods.
P. E. 60. Advanced Gymnastics (2) — Second semester. Four laboratory
hours a week.
Practice and theory in gymnastics, pyramids, trampoline, springboard,
and exhibition activities appropriate for secondary school pupils.
P. E. 61, 63. Elementary Techniques of Sports and Gymnastics (2, 2) —
Six hours a week.
Progressive techniques and practice of seasonal sports and games, stunts
and introductory skills of gymnastic exercises.
P. E. 62, 64. Elementary Techniques of Sports and Gymnastics (2, 2) —
Six hours a week.
Progressive techniques and practice of seasonal sports, stunts, tumbling,
self-testing activities, and gymnastic exercises.
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 349
P. E. 65, 67. Intermediate Techniques of Sports and Gymnastics (2, 2) —
Six hours a week.
Techniques and practice of sports and gymnastics.
P. E. 66, 68. Sports, Folk Dance and Recreational Activities (2, 2) — Six
hours a week.
Techniques of selected sports, experience in folk and square dance, and
recreational activities.
P. E. 70. Advanced Modern Dance (2) — Second semester. Four labora-
tory periods a week. Prerequisites, P. E. 52, 54, 56, 58, or permission of
instructor.
Advanced techniques and practice in teaching dance.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
P. E. 100. Kinesiology (3) — First and second semesters.
A study and analysis of human motion conforming to the laws of me-
chanics and principles of physiology and anatomy.
P. E. 101, 103. Organization and Officiating in Intramurals (2, 2)— Six
hours a week.
Organization, administration, and promotion of intramurals at various
school levels. Types of tournaments, units of competition, handling of
student leader personnel, etc.
P. E. 112. History of Dance (3)— First semester. Prerequisites, P. E.
52, 54, 56, 58, or permission of the instructor.
Designed to give an overview of the development of dance from primitive
to modern times. Students have experience in planning dances for specific
historic periods.
P. E. 113, 115. Methods and Materials for Secondary Schools I (2, 2)—
Two lectures and two laboratories a week.
Theory and practice; class organization, analysis, and teaching tech-
niques of sports, gymnastics, self-testing activities, and rhythms for Junior
and Senior High School programs.
P. E. 114, 116. Methods and xMaterials for Secondary Schools II (2, 2)—
Two lecture and two laboratory hours a week.
Theory and practice; class organization, analysis, and teaching techniques
of sports, gymnastics, self-testing activities, and rhythms for Junior and
Senior High School programs.
P. E. 123, 125. Coaching Athletics (3, 3)— Two lecture and two labora-
tory hours a week.
Methods of coaching the vai'ious competitive sports commonly found
in high school and college programs.
:j5U COURSE OFFERINGS
P. E. 124, 126. Methods and Materials in Team Sports (2, 2)— Four
laboratory hours a week. Prerequisites, P. E. 62, 64, 66, 68.
Theory in coaching and officiating sports for women. Opportunity for
National Officials' Ratings.
P. E. 140. Therapeutics (3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite,
P. E. 100.
A study of common structural abnormalities, corrective (adaptive) exer-
cises, and massage. Causes, prevention and correction of postural defects.
Testing methods. Theory and practice.
P. E. 150. History and Philosophy of Physical Education (2) — Second
semester.
A study of the origins and derivations of modern physical education and
the implications of the modern program for human welfare.
P. E. 170. Principles of Physical Education (3) — First and second semes-
ters.
An integrative resume of the basic and specialized sciences pertinent
to this field and their application in developing the modern physical edu-
cation curriculum.
P. E. 180. Measurement in Physical Education and Health (3) — First
and second semesters. Two lecture and two laboratory hours a week. The
application of measurement to physical and health education.
P. E. 181. Training and Conditioning (3) — Second semester. Two lec-
ture and two laboratory hours a week.
The training and physical conditioning of athletes. Treatment of athletic
injuries by taping, massage, hydro-therapy, physical therapy, and electro-
therapy. Remedial and conditioning exercises. Theory and practice.
P. E. 190. Administration and Supervision of Physical Education, Health,
and Recreation (3) — First and second semesters.
The application of the principles of administration and supervision to
physical education, health, and recreation.
For Graduates
P. E. 200. Departmental Seminar (1-2) — First and second semesters and
summer.
Each candidate for the Master's Degree will present to the group, in-
cluding departmental and invited authorities, a mimeographed outline of
his thesis topic; a verbally delivered digest of the main thesis problem, sub-
problems and the tentative solutions. This must be presented, and defended
as to criticism in a manner satisfactory to the fellow students, faculty
and/or authorities present. (Gloss and Deach.)
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 351
P. E. 201. Foundations in Physical Education, Health, and Recreation
(3) — First and second semesters.
An overall view of the total fields with their inter-relations and places
in education. (Deach and Field.)
P. E. 203. Supervisory Techniques in Physical Education, Health, and
Recreation (3) — Fh'st and second semesters and alternate summers.
Principles and practices of supervision applied to the special fields indi-
cated. Includes evaluation of facilities, program, personnel, and processes,
using either survey or guidance techniques. (Hutto.)
P. E. 205. Administration of Athletics (2) — First and second semesters
and summer.
Problems and procedures in the administration of school and college
athletic competition, the installation and maintenance of indoor and
outdoor athletic equipment, special problems of survey, legislation, prop-
erty acquisition, finances, inventories, and the selection of personnel.
(Burnett.)
P. E. 210. Comparative Problems in Physical Education (2) — First and
second semesters.
A comparative international survey of the present-day and possible
future programs of physical education, health and recreation. (Gloss.)
P. E. 230. Contemporary Physical Education (3) — First and second
semesters and alternate summers.
The present-day status and possible future developments of community,
state, federal (including military), physical fitness, and physical educa-
tion programs. (Gloss.)
P. E. 250. Survey in the Area of Physical Education, Health, and Recrea-
tion (6) — First and second semesters and summer.
A library survey course, covering the total areas of physical education,
health, and recreation, plus intensive research on one specific limited
problem of which a digest, including a bibliography, is to be submitted.
(Gloss.)
P. E. 260. Research (1-6) — First and second semesters and summers.
For advanced students capable of doing individual research on some
topic other than the Thesis (Ed. 289) or the digest chosen in P.E. 250.
Approval of the instructor is required. (Gloss and Burnett.)
B. Health Education
Hea. 40. Personal and Community Hygiene (3) — First and second semes-
ters.
A study of personal and community hygiene for major students. Empha-
sis on causative factors of various diseases, means of transmission, and
prevention.
352 COURSE OFFERINGS
Hea. 50. First Aid and Safely (2) — First and second semesters.
Standard American Red Cross course in first aid; safety in the home
school and community.
Hea. 60. Advanced First Aid (2) — First and second semesters.
Opportunity to secure Red Cross advanced and instructor's certificate.
Hea. 70. Safety Education (3) — First and second semesters.
A study of the causes of accidents and methods of prevention, including
principles of traffic and industrial safety.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Hea. 110. Health Service and Supervision (3) — First and second semes-
ters.
The supervision of health inspection and physical examinations of
students, including the sanitary inspection of the school plant.
Hea. 112. Home Nursing (2) — First semester.
A study of the use of household remedies and the care of house pa-
tients, bed making, preparation of invalid's food, use of thermometer, and
care before the physician arrives.
Hea. 114. Health Education for Elementary Schools (2) — First and
second semesters.
Materials and methods in health education for the classroom teacher.
Hea. 120. Teaching Health (2) — First and second semesters. Prerequi-
site, Hea. 40 or equivalent.
A study of materials and methods in health education. Planning the
health education curriculum.
Hea. 130. Organization and Administration of Health Education (3) —
First and second semesters.
The planning of graded school curriculum and the presentation of courses
of study in hygiene to the classroom teacher.
Hea. 160. Problems in School Health Education (4-6) — Arranged.
A workshop type course for experienced teachers, administrators, nurses
and other active health personnel dealing with the practical problem of
educating children in healthful living.
For Graduates
Hea. 220. Principles and Practices of Health Education (3) — First and
second semesters and alternate summers.
Health education and health in public schools and colleges as supported
by endowed funds or by public taxation.
Hea. 240. Advancements in Modern Health (3) — First and second semes-
ters and summer.
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 353
Latest knowledge of the fundamental principles involved in personal,
community, state and national health; functions and relationships of the
various health agencies cooperating with the educational faculties and
their contributions to health; present status of preventive medicine and
sanitation.
C. Recreation
Rec. 30. History and Introduction to Recreation (2) — First and second
semesters.
The beginnings and expansion of community recreation as fostered by
individuals and organizations. Emphasis is placed on history, aims, lead-
ership, areas, facilities, and programs.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Rec. 100. Co-recreational Games and Programs (2) — First and second
semesters. Four laboratory hours a week.
Activities for social recreation in playgrounds, industries, camps, churches,
and gymnasiums.
Rec. 102. Recreational Games for the Elementary School (2) — First
semester.
Materials and methods, theory and practice in teaching games.
Rec. 110. Nature Lore (1-3) — Second semester.
An evening course and six Saturdays and Sundays during April and
May; given in Washington. The conducting of nature trips for study and
appreciation of plant, insect and animal life, and astronomy.
Rec. 120. Camp Administration and Leadership (3) — First and second
semesters.
The observation and practice in the conducting of summer camps for chil-
dren and adults. The management of boating and overnight trips, includ-
ing the study of woodcraft and outdoor cookery.
Rec. 130. Principles and Practice of Recreation (3) — First and second
semesters.
Theories of recreation and methods of conducting individual and group
recreation put into practice with college students.
Rec. 140. Observation and Service in Recreation (5) — First and second
semesters.
Observation of recreation centers, city playgrounds, community and
night centers. Leadership practice in these areas and written reports.
Students who desire to be certified as teachers must plan their courses
to meet College of Education requirements in practice teaching.
354 COURSE OFFERINGS
Rec. 160. Recreational Golf (1) — Second semester.
The game treated as a social pastime with practice in the etiquette and
psychology of team play.
Rec. 170. Organization and Administration of Recreation (3) — First and
second semesters.
A consideration of the management and the personnel required to
conduct recreation activity programs by municipal, industrial, school, club,
and social agencies.
For Graduates
Rec. 210. Philosophy of Recreation (2) — First and second semesters and
alternate summers.
The possible implications for social betterment by proper use of leisure
time in a democratic civilization which is constantly increasing the free
time of the common man.
Rec. 220. Contemporary Recreation (3) — First and second semesters and
alternate summers.
The present-day status and the possible future developments of private,
public, and industrial reci'eation.
SCIENCE EDUCATION
Sci. Ed. 1. General Science for the Elementary School — Summer.
Sections A-l and A-2: For Primary Grades (2, 2).
Sections B-l and B-2: For Upper Elementary Grades (2, 2).
This course is planned to meet the needs of the elementary school
teacher. It will provide background material in selected phases of those
sciences which contribute to elementary school work. An interpretation
of materials of the local environment with reference to enrichment of the
science program will receive attention.
Students may receive credit for both Sections A-l and A-2 or B-l and
B-2. Students should not enroll for both A and B Sections. Laboratory
fee, $1.00.
Sci. Ed. 2. Activity Materials for Science in the Elementary School (2) —
Summer.
A laboratory course planned to provide grade teachers with the oppor-
tunity for becoming acquainted with experiments and preparing materials
which are of practical value in their science teaching.
UNIVERSITY OF MARY LAM) 355
GLENN L. MARTIN
College of
ENGINEERING and AERONAUTICAL
SCIENCES
STAFF
, Director of Engineering Education and Research.
S. Sidney Steinberg, B.E., C.E.,
Dean in Charge of Undergraduate Students
Rbdfield W. Allen, B.S., Instructor in Engineering Drawing.
Russell B. Allen, B.S., Professor of Civil Engineering.
Paul D. Arthur, M.S., Instructor in Mechanical Engineering.
Edward S. Barber, B.S., Associate Professor of Civil Engineering.
Jack L. Baxter, B.S., Instructor in Electrical Engineering.
Walter R. Beam, B.S., Instructor in Electrical Engineering.
Joseph H. Bilbrey, Jr., B.S., Instructor in Chemical Engineering.
Donald T. Bonney, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering.
James A. Clark, M.S., Instructor in Shop Practice.
George F. Corcoran, M.S., Professor of Electrical Engineering and
Chairman of the Department.
John B. Cournyn, M.S., Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering.
Robert B. Crichton, B.S., Instructor in Engineering Drawing.
A. Bernard Eyler, B.S., Instructor in Mechanical Engineering.
John Flodin, M.S., Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering.
Carl W. Gohr, B.S., Associate Professor of Civil Engineering.
Victor H. Gottschalk, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemical Engineering.
Joseph A. Guard, M.S., Instructor in Engineering Drawing.
Herbert W. Harden, B.S., Instructor in Civil Engineering.
Charles R. Hayleck, Jr., B.S., Instructor in Mechanical Drawing.
Donald C. Hennick, B.S., Instructor in Mechanical Engineering.
Lawrence J. Hodgins, B.S., Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering.
Harry B. Hoshall, B.S., M.E., Associate Professor of Mechanical Engi-
neering.
Wilbert J. Huff, Ph.D., Professor of Chemical Engineering and Chairman
of the Department.
John W. Jackson, M.S., M.E., Associate Px-ofessor of Mechanical Engi-
neering.
Audley B. Leaman, B.S., Instructor in Mechanical Engineering.
Robert F. Luce, B.S., Instructor in Civil Engineering.
Harold R. Martin, M.S., Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering.
Louis E. Otts, Jr., M.S., Associate Professor of Civil Engineering.
366
STAFF
H. Phillip Pickering, B.S., Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering.
Harry W. Piper, B.Arch.E., Instructor in Civil Engineering.
Henry W. Price, B.S., Instructor in Electrical Engineering.
Walton R. Read, M.S., Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering.
William M. Redd, Jr., B.S., Instructor in Civil Engineering.
Henry R. Reed, Ph.D., Professor of Electrical Engineering.
Robert M. Rivello, M.S., Instructor in Mechanical Engineering.
Aaron W. Sherwood, M.S., Research Professor of Aeronautics; Manager of
Wind Tunnel.
Charles A. Shreeve, Jr., M.S., Associate Professor of Mechanical Engi-
neering.
Thomas C. SLINGLUFF, B.S., Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering.
Eric H. Small, M.E.E., Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering.
Joseph S. Smatko, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemical Engineering.
S. Sidney Steinberg, B.E., C.E., Professor of Civil Engineering and Chair-
man of the Department; Dean in Charge of Undergraduate Students.
John W. Stuntz, B.S., Lecturer on Applied Electronics.
Emile H. Sunier, B.S., Instructor in Civil Engineering.
Peter F. Vial, B.S., Instructor in Mechanical Engineering.
T. C. Gordon Wagner, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering.
Stanton Walker, B.S., Lecturer on Engineering Materials.
Robert K. Warner, B.S., Instructor in Mechanical Engineering.
Joseph Weber, B.S., Professor of Electrical Engineering.
Presley A. Wedding, B.S., Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering.
Thomas T. Witkowski. M.S., Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering.
John E. Younger, Ph.D., Professor of Mechanical Engineering and Chair-
man of the Department.
The Fire Service Extension Building
358 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
GLENN L. MARTIN
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES
, Director of Engineering Education and Research.
S. Sidney Steinberg, B.E., C.E.,
Dean in Charge of Undergraduate Students
The primary purpose of the College of Engineering is to train young men
to practice the profession of Engineering. It endeavors at the same time
to equip them for their duties as citizens and for careers in public service
and in industry.
In training professional engineers it is necessary that great emphasis be
placed on the fundamentals of mathematics, science and engineering so
as to establish a broad professional base. Experience has also shown the
value of a coordinated group of humanistic-social studies for engineering
students since their later professional activities are so closely identified
with the public. It is well recognized that an engineering training affords
an efficient preparation for many callings in public and private life outside
the engineering profession.
The new buildings just completed for the College of Engineering were
made possible through the interest of Mr. Glenn L. Martin, President of
the Glenn L. Martin Company of Baltimore, which resulted in two large
gifts from the Company to the University, to which have been added funds
made available by the Legislature of Maryland. The new units consist
of four structures, namely, General Engineering building, an Engineering
Laboratories building, a Chemical Engineering building, and a Wind
Tunnel building.
This increase in facilities has made possible an expansion of the work
in each department and the establishment in the College of Engineering
of an Institute for Advanced Technological Research. This Institute will
carry on full-time research in connection with an organization known as
the State Institute for Industrial Research, authorized by the Maryland
Legislature to be under the direction of the Board of Regents of the Uni-
versity, and also to carry on studies in the various departments leading
to graduate degrees.
The length of the normal curriculum in the College of Engineering is
four years and leads to the bachelor's degree. In the case of most students
these four years give the engineering graduate the basic and fundamental
knowledge necessary to enter upon the practice of the profession. Engi-
neering students with superior scholastic records are advised to supplement
their undergraduate programs by at least one year of graduate study lead-
ing to the master's degree. All the engineering departments encourage
graduate work leading to the doctor's degree, and the Department of
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS 359
Chemical Engineering- has already awarded Ph.D. degrees to a number
of candidates. Graduate engineers desiring to enter research and de-
velopment work should endeavor to qualify for the doctorate. Graduate
programs will be arranged upon application to the chairman of the engi-
neering department concerned.
In order to give the new student time to choose the branch of engineering
for which he is best adapted, the freshman year of the several curriculums
is the same. Lectures and conferences are used to guide the student in
making a proper choice. The courses differ only slightly in the sophomore
year, but in the junior and senior years the students are directed definitely
along professional lines.
Admission Requirements
The requirements for admission to the College of Engineering are, in
general, the same as elsewhere described for admission to the undergraduate
departments of the University, except as to the requirements in mathe-
matics.
It is possible, however, for high school graduates having the requisite
number of entrance units to enter the College of Engineering without the
unit of advanced algebra, or the one-half unit of solid geometry. The
program for such students would be as follows: during the first semester,
five hours a week would be devoted to making up advanced algebra and
solid geometry; in the second semester, mathematics of the first semester
would be scheduled, and the second semester mathematics would be taken
in the third semester.
Bachelor Degrees in Engineering
Courses leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science are offered in
aeronautical, chemical, civil, electrical, and mechanical engineering.
Master of Science in Engineering
Candidates for the degree of Master of Science in Engineering are
accepted in accordance with the procedure and requirements of the Graduate
School. See Graduate School Catalog.
Professional Degrees in Engineering
The degrees of Aeronautical Engineer, Chemical Engineer, Civil Engineer,
Electrical Engineer, and Mechanical Engineer will be granted only to
graduates of the University who have obtained a bachelor's degree in
engineering. The applicant must satisfy the following conditions:
1. He shall have engaged successfully in acceptable engineering work
for not less than four years after graduation.
2. He must be considered eligible by a committee composed of the Dean
of the College of Engineering and the heads of the Departments of
Aeronautical, Chemical, Civil, Electrical, and Mechanical Engineering.
3. His registration for a degree must be approved at least twelve months
prior to the date on which the degree is to be conferred. He shall present
360 LABORATORIES
with his application a complete report of his engineering experience and
an outline of his proposed thesis.
4. He shall present a satisfactory thesis on an approved subject.
Equipment
The Engineering buildings are provided with lecture-rooms, recitation-
rooms, drafting-rooms, laboratories, and shops for various phases of
engineering work.
Drafting-Rooms. The drafting-rooms are fully equipped for practical
work. The engineering student must provide himself with an approved
drawing outfit, supplies, and books.
Chemical Engineering Laboratories. Beginning in 1949-50 instruction
and research in Chemical Engineering will be housed in a new building
designed for this purpose. It contains lecture rooms, library, laboratories,
shops, storerooms, dark rooms and offices ample in size and equipment
to accommodate the full range of chemical engineering studies, from the
elementary chemical and physical reactions underlying process develop-
ments to the construction and operation of pilot plants and the design of
full scale equipment, with provisions for specialized work in options such as
electrochemical engineering, fuel engineering and metallurgy. Labora-
tories are maintained for (1) General Testing and Control; (2) Unit
Operations; (3) Electromechanical Engineering; (4) Metallurgy; (5)
Cooperative Research; (6) Graduate Research.
General Testing and Control Laboratory. In this laboratory there is
available complete equipment for the chemical and physical testing of water,
gases, coal, petroleum, and their by-products; and for general industrial
chemicals, both inorganic and organic.
Unit Operations Laboratory. This laboratory contains equipment for
the study of fluid flow, heat flow, drying, filtration, distillation, evaporation,
crushing, grinding, combustion, gas absorption, extraction, and centrifuging.
Organic process equipment includes an autoclave, nitrator, reducer, and
mixing kettle. For the study of fluid flow a permanent hydraulic assembly
is available, and this includes flow meters of most types. A Chemical
Control Laboratory is maintained in conjunction with the Unit Operations
Laboratory.
In the laboratory there is a large column still with a kettle capacity
of 100 gallons, equipped for the measurement of temperature and pressure,
sampling devices, condensers, and vacuum receivers. This still is so de-
signed that it can be used either as a batch type unit, continuous feed
type, direct pot still, steam still, or as a vacuum still. Studies in evapora-
tion can be made on a double effect evaporator, one unit of which is
equipped with a horizontal tube bundle and the other with a vertical tube
bundle. This evaporator is equipped with vacuum and pressure gauges,
stirrer, wet vacuum pump, condensate pump, and salt filter. Gas absorp-
LABORATORIES 361
tion equipment includes a blower and a stoneware column packed with
different types of packings in respective sections so that comparative
studies may be made. The organic process equipment is all self-driven
and designed to afford flexibility in use. Filtration equipment includes
plate and frame, Sweetland and Sparkler types. Combustion equipment
available consists of an industrial carburetor, pot furnace, premix gas
fired furnace and the usual gas analysis equipment. For grinding there
is a comminuting machine, jaw crusher, a disc crusher and ball mills.
Mechanical shakers and standard sieve are available for particle size
separation. Centrifugation studies may be made on a continuous super
centrifuge, Tolhurst basket type or centrifugal dryer. Shop facilities in-
clude a milling machine, lathe, drill presses, grinder, welding equipment,
and other tools necessary for unit operation and research studies. The
University has received war surplus equipment which, when placed in
operation, will greatly expand these facilities.
Electrochemical Engineering Laboratory. This laboratory contains appa-
ratus simulating industrial electrochemical engineering equipment, as well
as small laboratory size units to illustrate principles of operation. Studies
conducted in this laboratory relate to electric furnace operations, metal
winning and refining, electroplating, corrosion, electrochemical preparations,
chlorine and caustic soda manufacture, instrumentation, and related opera-
tions and processes.
The laboratory contains one large capacity dry rectifier, several small
di'y rectifiers, several 300 ampere motor generator sets, 75 KVA variable
A.C. supply for furnace operations and numerous storage batteries as
power sources. The equipment includes a small (25KVA) silicon carbide
furnace, aluminum electrolytic cell, small arc furnace for making ferro-
silicon, ferro-chromium, aluminum, bronze and other alloys, numerous
electrolytic cells for electroplating, copper, lead, nickel, chromium, zinc,
cadmium, brass, silver, gold, rhodium, and other metals. Flexible arrange-
ments are maintained for the production electrolytically of materials such
as iodoform, white lead, cuprous oxide, azobenzene, dyes, nitrites, hydroxyla-
mine, chlorine, caustic soda and other chemicals. Corrosion testing equip-
ment is also on hand. Arrangements are flexible enough so that most in-
dustrial electrochemical operations can be reproduced on a moderate scale.
Cooperative and Graduate Research Laboratories. These laboratories are
arranged to permit the installation of such special equipment as the
particular problems under consideration may require. Effort is made to
maintain cooperation with the industries of Maryland and the Chemical
Engineering activities of the State and Federal governments; for such work
important advantages accrue because of the location of the Eastern Experi-
ment Station of the United States Bureau of Mines on the University
campus.
Electrical Machinery Labaratory. This laboratory, with a floor space
of 5,700 square feet, is divided into four working areas, each area to be
362 LABORATORIES
serviced by a modern distribution switchboard and auxiliary panels. The
distribution switchboard also provides interconnection between each working
area as well as to the various other laboratories situated throughout the elec-
trical engineering department. Each working area is provided with an
educational DC-AC motor generator and a variety of modern motors,
generators, transformers, and other electrical devices of such size and de-
sign as to give typical performance characteristics. An overhead crane
is available to facilitate the moving and rearrangement of the various
machines.
Electric power is supplied to the laboratory by a three-unit motor-
generator set consisting of a 150 HP synchronous motor driving a 50 KW,
125/250 volt direct current generator, and a 62.5 KVA, 80 per cent power
factor, 3 phase, 60 cycle generator. This latter machine is wired to supply
both 120 volts and 240 volts simultaneously. A modern switchgear will
provide well regulated voltage from each generator.
Adjoining the laboratory there is an instrument and small-equipment
room provided with a large assortment of measuring instruments essential
to practical electrical testing, namely, ammeters, voltmeters, wattmeters,
watt-hour meters, frequency meters, strobotacs, tachometers, wheatstone
bridges, impedance bridges, oscillographs, and special rheostats.
A well appointed shop is available with modern metal and wood turning
tools for the repair of equipment, the building of experimental devices, and
the general repair of all laboratory facilities. Another adjoining room
provides lecture room facilities, computation tables and reference material.
Industrial Electronics Laboratory. A floor area of 1,900 square feet
adjacent to the machinery laboratory and connected with it by way of a
two-ton monorail crane is called the Industrial Electronics Laboratory.
This laboratory is equipped with apparatus and controls similar to those
used in industry in obtaining better products in greater quantities, by
means of electronic devices.
The experimental apparatus consists of several amplidynes, an elec-
tronic welder, a high frequency heating unit, several types of electronic
motor controllers, voltage regulators, photo-electric counters, thyratron
rectifiers, servo-control systems, and an X-ray installation.
The laboratory is energized from a distribution center similar to the
system used in the adjacent machinery laboratory and in addition, three-
phase ignitron rectifiers and high voltage power supplies are provided.
The instrument room and shop which serve the machinery laboratory
also serve the Industrial Electronics Laboratory.
Sophomore Laboratory. A balcony overlooking the machinery laboratory
is equipped with five work stations at which basic electric and magnetic
measurements are performed.
Equipment is provided for fundamental measurements of current, voltage
power, and resistance. Ballistic galvanometers, long solenoids, flux meters,
LABORATORIES 363
and traction permeameters are employed in measuring magnetic quanti-
ties. Triode characteristics and basic non-linear circuit concepts are studied
experimentally in this laboratory.
Photometry and Oscillographic Laboratory. A laboratory, 16 by 50 feet,
provided with a dark room is available for photometric and oscillographic
measurements. The photometry apparatus consists of a bar photometer
and four types of portable photometers and light meters. Typical lighting
installations are available for experimental study.
Electromagnetic oscillographs are available for studying transient and
steady-state time variations of electric currents and voltages. The dark
room facilities permit on-the-spot development of the photographic film.
Electronics and Radio Engineering Laboratories. A room 25 feet in
width by 60 feet in length is equipped with eight work stations, four of
which are specifically outfitted for basic electronics experiments and four
specifically for radio engineering experiments.
The electronics equipment consists of various bread-board layouts, signal
generators, cathode-ray oscilloscopes, vacuum tube voltmeters, frequency
meters, and a wide range of indicating instruments. With this appa-
ratus, pentode and thyratron characteristics are studied experimentally
and basic electronic measurements are performed. The performance charac-
teristics of amplifiers, oscillators, and regulated power supplies are also
investigated in this section of the laboratory.
The radio equipment consists of various breadboard layouts, including
mixers, discriminators, oscillators, IF stages, inverters, class C amplifiers,
and push-pull audio stages. Complete radio receivers and transmitters are
available both in commercial form and in demonstration panel form for
experimental study.
Adjacent to this laboratory is a combined instrument room and radio
repair shop.
Ultra High Frequency Laboratory. A floor area of 1,000 square feet is
dedicated to experimentation and measurements in the frequency spectrum
ranging from 200 to 10,000 megacycles per second.
Signal generators covering this frequency range as well as a wide variety
of magnetron, klystron, and light-house tube oscillators are available.
In the lower frequency ranges, parallel-wire transmission lines are em-
ployed to illustrate single and double stubbing theoi-y. The transmission
line is also used as an impedance measuring device.
In the higher frequency ranges, wave guides, slotted sections, sectoral
horns, and parabolic antennas are employed to demonstrate microwave
techniques. Crystal detectors and bolometers are provided for signal de-
tection and power measurements respectively.
FM and Television Laboratory. Space is provided on the upper floor
of the main engineering building for experimental study of frequency-
364 LABORATORIES
modulated and television signals. Receiving and transmitting apparatus
are available for this purpose. Owing to the location of the laboratory,
antennas may be installed readily and connected from the transmitter to
the roof of the building, where a 50-by-500-foot unobstructed area may be
used for antenna pattern measurements.
Mechanical Engineering Laboratories. These laboratories are equipped
for research and practice in thermodynamics, heat transmission, fuels and
lubricants, steam power, internal combustion engines, refrigeration, air
conditioning and heating and ventilation.
The apparatus in the steam power and heat transfer laboratory consists
of steam engines equipped with Prony brakes, two-stage steam driven air
compressor, mechanical indicators, planimeters, pumps, gauges and their
testing equipment, feed water heaters, steam condensers, injectors and
ejectors, and a steam turbine generator set.
The fuels and lubricants equipment consists of bomb and gas calorimeters,
viscosimeter, octane and octane rating engines, hydrometers, chemical
balances, drying ovens, and exhaust gas analyzing equipment.
For internal combustion engine laboratory practice and research there
are available: Waukesha Diesel engine research unit with electric dynamom-
eter, National Advisory Committee for Aeronautics variable compression
ratio research engine, single and multi-cylinder gasoline engines, radial air-
craft engine, R.C.A. piezo-electric high speed engine indicator, vibration
measuring equipment, and exhaust pyrometers.
A refrigeration and air conditioning unit, fans, flowmeters, and two heat-
ing and ventilation units are also available.
Metallography Laboratory. This laboratory is equipped for the physical
study of metals. Research and practice can be carried out in this laboratory
in the following fields: crystallography and alloy systems, heat treatment
and strength of materials, and macro and micro examination of metals.
Included also are controlled heat treating and melting furnaces, bakelite
mold press, polishing wheels, etching equipment, microscopes, photographic
equipment, Rockwell hardness tester, Jominy and quench testing equipment,
creep testing machine, cutting off wheels, thermocouples and pyrometers,
and other special instruments.
The laboratory has a Bausch and Lomb I L S metalloscope for producing
photomicrographs up to 2,000 magnifications.
Aeronautical Laboratory. The present aeronautical laboratory is equipped
for practice and research in engines, metal aircraft construction, structural
tests, vibration and noise, and aerodynamics.
A sheet metal shop equipped to construct components of aircraft struc-
tures in aluminum alloy and steel is available. This shop includes such
equipment as automatic air riveting hammer, planishing machines, squar-
ing shears, rolls, brake, heat treating furnace, etc. A small machine shop
LABORATORIES 365
is also available for students in constructing research apparatus. Variable
speed motors are available for experiments in vibration and noise.
The laboratory also includes a research spot welding machine, a sixty-
thousand-pound Baldwin-Southwark aircraft universal testing machine,
Tuckerman gauges, oscillographs with accessories, and a Timby hydraulic
jack system for static testing.
Hydraulics Laboratory. The equipment consists of four electrically
driven pumps together capable of circulating a maximum of 4,000 gallons
of water per minute, a standpipe 5 feet in diameter and 60 feet high which
can be used as a constant level tank at three different heads; 150 foot head
tank, 300 foot head tank. 3 foot by 4 foot by 15 foot metal weir tank, 3 foot
by 4 foot by 25 foot glass sided flume for weir and model experiments,
Pelton water wheel with glass sides for direct observation, Rodney-Hunt
reaction turbine, measuring tanks, weirs, nozzles, venturi meters, other
meters, gauges, and other small apparatus necessary for the study of the
flow characteristics of water.
Materials Testing Laboratory. Apparatus and equipment ai*e provided
for making standard tests on various construction materials, such as sand,
gravel, stone, steel, concrete, lumber, brick, bituminous materials and road
mixes.
Equipment includes a 400,000-pound universal hydraulic testing machine,
a 60,000-pound universal hydraulic testing machine, three 100,000-pound
screw power universal testing machines, torsion testing machine, impact
testing machine, weather-o-meter, Rockwell, Brinnell and Shore hardness
testers, abrasion testing machine, rattler, constant temperature chamber,
moist room and other .facilities for mixing, curing and testing concretes
and mortars, as well as extensometer and micrometer gauges, electrical
strain gauges and other special devices for ascertaining the elastic proper-
ties of various materials.
Sanitary Laboratory. The laboratory is designed to provide facilities for
instruction and research in water and sewage problems.
The apparatus and equipment required to make the standard chemical
and bacteriological analyses of water and sewage are available.
Ample space and equipment for model work are provided in this labora-
tory and since it is adjacent to the hydraulics laboratory, access to its
facilities for additional studies are available.
Soils Mechanics Laboratory. The laboratory is designed for instruction
and research into the properties of soil and their structural applications. The
laboratory is equipped for the performance of all the usual soil tests, sieve
and hydrometer analysis. Atterberg limits, compaction, permeability, capil-
larity, consolidation and strength.
The strength testing equipment includes direct shear and triaxial devices
to be loaded statically or by variable speed motors and a universal testing
machine with a 240-pound range and automatic recorder. A repetitive
366 SHOPS AND EQUIPMENT
loading device is available to simulate fatigue or compaction from traffic
loads. Compaction equipment includes an automatic tamper and a variable
frequency vibration table.
Also available are field sampling and resistivity exploration equipment,
California bearing ratio apparatus for field and laboratory, apparatus for
chemical and microscopic studies and motorized pulverization and mixing
equipment.
Research Foundation. The National Sand and Gravel Association and
the National Ready Mixed Concrete Association have, by arrangement with
the College of Engineering, established their joint testing and research
laboratory at the University. The purpose of the Research Foundation
thus organized is to make available to the Association additional facilities
for its investigational work, and to provide for the College of Engineering
additional facilities and opportunities for increasing the scope of its
engineering research.
Machine Shop. The machine shop is equipped with various types of
lathes, planers, milling machines, drill presses, shaper, midget mill, and
precision boring head. Equipment is available for gas and electric arc
welding.
The shop equipment not only furnishes practice, drill, and instruction for
students, but makes possible the complete production of special apparatus
for conducting experimental and research work in engineering.
Surveying Equipment. Surveying equipment for plane, topographic, and
geodetic surveying is provided properly to equip several field parties. A
wide variety of surveying instruments is provided, including domestic as
well as foreign makes, and stereoscopic instruments are available for the
interpretation and use of aerial photographs.
Special Models and Specimens. A number of models illustrating various
types of highway construction and highway bridges are available.
A wide variety of specimens of the more common minerals and rocks
has been collected from various sections of the country, particularly from
Maryland.
Engineering Library. In addition to the general University Library an
Engineering Reading Room in the Engineering Building receives the
standard engineering magazines and technical journals and maintains a
reference library of the standard engineering works and current technical
literature. Also special reference books and catalogs for design courses
are provided in the design rooms of the various departments.
The Davis Library of Highway Engineering and Transport, founded by
Dr. Charles H. Davis, President of the National Highways Association,
is part of the Library of the College of Engineering. This library covers
all phases of highway engineering, highway transportation, and highway
traffic control.
criilUCULA 367
There has also been donated to the College of Engineering the trans-
portation library of the late J. Rowland Bibbins of Washington, D. C. The
books and reports in this library deal with urban transportation problems,
including railroads, street cars, subways, busses, and city planning.
Curricula
The normal curriculum of each department is outlined on the following
pages. Students are expected to attend and take part in the meetings ol
the student chapters of the technical engineering societies.
Freshman engineering students are given a special course of lectures
by practicing engineers covering the work of the several engineering pro-
fessional fields. The purpose of this course is to assist the freshman in
selecting the particular field of engineering for which he is best adapted.
The student is required to submit a brief written summary of each lecture.
A series of engineering lectures for upper classmen is also provided. These
are given by prominent practicing engineers in the various branches of the
profession.
Student branches of the following national technical societies are estab-
lished in the College of Engineering: American Institute of Chemical Engi-
neers, American Society of Civil Engineers, American Institute of Electrical
Engineers, and American Society of Mechanical Engineers. The student
branches meet regularly for the discussion of topics dealing with the various
fields of engineering.
A student in the College of Engineering will be certified as a junior
when he shall have passed all the basic technical courses of the Freshman
and Sophomore years with an average grade of C or higher.
The proximity of the University to Baltimore and Washington, and to
other places where there are large industrial enterprises, offers an excellent
opportunity for the engineering student to observe what is being done in
his chosen field. An instructor accompanies students on all inspection trips,
and students are required to submit a written report of each trip.
The courses listed in the curricula to follow will be found described in
detail on the following pages.
^G8 CURRICULUM
BASIC CURRICULUM FOR ALL FRESHMAN STUDENTS
All freshman students are required to take the following curriculum
during their first year:
, — Semester —
Freshman Year I If
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Lit« ratnre 3
Speech 7 — Public Speaking . . - 2
•Math. 14 — Plane Trigonometry 2 ....
•Math. 15— College Algebra 3
Math. 17 — Analytic Geometry .... 4
Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 4 4
Dr. 1, 2— Engineering Drawing 2 2
Engr. 1 — Introduction to Engineering 1 ....
M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 19 19
AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
Aeronautical Engineering deals with the design, construction, and mainte-
nance of aircraft and aircraft power plants; aerodynamics and performance
of aircraft; structural design and mechanical equipment; and the organiza-
tion and operation of industrial aircraft plants.
Aeronautical Engineering Curriculum <, .
Sophomore Year I II
G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 ....
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 3
Math. 20, 21— Calculus 4 4
Phys. 20, 21 — General Physics 5 6
Surv. 1 — Plane Surveying .... 2
Dr. 3 — Advanced Engineering Drawing 2 ....
Shop 1 — Machine Shop Practice 2 ....
Shop 2 — Machine Shop Practice .... 1
Shop 3 — Foundry Practice .... 1
M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 20 2 '
• A qualifying test is given during registration to determine whether the student is
adequately prepared for Math. 14 and 15. A student failing this test is required to take
Math. 1, Introductory Algebra, without credit and is not eligible to take Math. 14 concurrently.
CURRICULUM
36!>
Junior Year
Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature; or...
Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature
Math. 64 — Differential Equations for Engineers
Mech. 2 — Statics and Dynamics
Mech. 52 — Strength of Materials
M. E. 53— Metallography
M. E. 100 — Thermodynamics
Aero. E. 101 — Aerodynamics
Aero. E. 103— Airplane Detail Drafting
Aero. E. 104 — Airplane Layout Drafting
E. E. 61, 62 — Principles of Electrical Engineering...
Total
Senior Year
H. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization
Aero. E. 102 — Aerodynamics
Aero. E. 105, 106 — Airplane Fabrication Shops
Aero. E. 107, 108 — Airplane Design
Aero. E. 109, 110 — Aircraft Power Plants
Aero. E. Ill, 112 — Aeronautical Laboratory
Aero. E. 113, 114 — Mechanics of Aircraft Structures.
Total
Semeste.}
I
3
3
3
5
THE WIND TUNNEL
370 CURRICULUM
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
Chemical Engineering deals primarily with the industrial and economic
transformation of matter. It seeks to assemble and develop information on
chemical operations and processes of importance in modern life and to
apply this under executive direction, according to engineering methods, for
the attainment of economic objectives. Modern chemical research has con-
tributed so much to industrial and social welfare that the field of the
chemical engineer may now be said to cover practically every operation in
which any industrial material undergoes a change in its chemical identity.
Chemical Engineering Curriculum Semester
Sophomore Year I II
G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 ....
Math. 20, 21— Calculus 4 4
Phys. 20, 21 — Genera] Physics 6 6
Chem. 19 — Quantitative Chemical Analysis 4 ....
Ch. E. 10 — Water, Fuels and Lubricants .... 4
*Surv. 1 — Elements of Plane Surveying
or 2
Ch. E. 21 — Crystallography and Mineralogy
M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 20 19
Junior Year
Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and Readings in World Literature
or 3 3
Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and Readings in English Literature
Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics 3 8
Ch. E. 103, f, s. — Elements of Chemical Engineering 3 3
Chem. 187, 189— Elements of Physical Chemistry Lectures 3 3
Chem. 188, 190— Physical Chemistry Laboratory 2 2
*Chem. 35, 37 — Elementary Organic Chemistry Lectures
or 2 2
Ch. E. 60, 61— Principles of Metallurgy
Mech. 3, 4 — Statics and Dynmaics 3 3
Total 19 19
* All Chemical Engineers shall take Surveying 1 and Organic Chemistry 35, 37,
except those who complete the entire Metallurgical option comprising Ch. E. 21 ; Ch. E. 60,
61 ; Ch. E. 160, 1G1 ; Ch. E. 180, 181.
CURRICULUM
371
Senior
*H.
5,
Ch.
E.
**Ch.
E
Ch.
E.
Ch.
E
Ch.
E
Ch.
E.
Ch.
E.
Ch.
E.
E.
E.
JCh.
E.
Year
6 — History of American Civilization
or
114 — Applications of Electrochemistry
. 105, f, s. — Advanced Unit Operations
or
180, 181 — Unit Operations in Metallurgy
. 109 f, s. — Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics.
. 110 — Advanced Chemical Engineering Calculations.
. 107— Fuels and Their Utilization
108 f, s. — Chemical Technology
or
, 160, 161 — Metallurgical Technology
61, 62 — Principles of Electrical Engineering
104 — Seminar
Total
Semester — i
/ //
20
or 21
20
or 21
* Students who are to become candidates for graduate degrees requiring foreign language
may elect instead a foreign language and secure the American History credit in their
graduate program. Students who wish to do graduate work in Electrochemical Engineer-
ing may elect Ch. E. 114, "Applications of Electrochemistry," and secure the American
History credit in their graduate program.
** Students electing the Metallurgical Option in Chemical Engineering and who complete
courses Ch. E. 21 ; Ch. E. 60, 61 ; Ch. E. 160-161 may elect Ch. E. 180-181— "Unit Operations
in Metallurgy" in place of Ch. E. 105 f, s — Advanced Unit Operations.
t Students prepare reports on current programs on Chemical Engineering and participate
under supervision of staff member. The content of this course is constantly changing so a
student may receive a number of credits by re-registration.
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
A Part of the Control Equipment for the Wind Tunnel
r
)
372 CURRICULUM
CIVIL ENGINEERING
Civil Engineering deals with the design, construction, and maintenance
of highways, railroads, waterways, bridges, buildings, water supply and
sewerage systems, harbor improvements, dams, and surveying and mapping.
Civil Engineering Curriculum , — Seinester — \
Sophomore Year * "
G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 ....
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 3
Math. 20, 21— Calculus 4 4
Phys. 20, 21— General Physics 5 D
Dr. 3 — Advanced Engineering Drawing 2 ....
Mech. 1 — Statics and Dynamics .... 3
Surv. 1, 2 — Plane Surveying 2 2
M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 20 21
Junior Year
Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature ; or 3 3
Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature 3 3
Speech 108 — Public Speaking .... 2
Math. 16 — Spherical Trigonometry 2 ....
Geol. 2 — Engineering Geology .... 2
Mech. 50 — Strength of Materials 4 ....
Mech. 63 — Materials of Engineering .... 2
C. E. 60— Hydraulics 3
C. E. 61 — Curves and Earthwork .... 3
C. E. 100— Theory of Structures 4
Surv. 100 — Advanced Surveying 4
M. E. 50 — Principles of Mechanical Engineering .... 3
E. E. 50 — Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering 3 ....
Total 19 19
Senior Year
H. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization S S
Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 3 ....
Engr. 100 — Engineering Contracts and Specifications .... 2
Eng. 7 — Technical Writing 2
Bact. 55 — Lectures in Sanitary Bacteriology 2 ....
C. E. 101— Soil Mechanics 3
C. E. 102— Structural Design 6
C. E. 103 — Concrete Design 6
C. E. 104— Water Supply 3
C. E. 106 — Sewerage 3
C. E. 106 — Elements of Highways 3
Total 20 19
CURRICULUM 373
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Electrical Engineering deals with the generation, transmission, and dis-
tribution of electrical energy; electrical transportation, communication,
illumination, and manufacturing; and miscellaneous electrical applications
in industry, commerce, and home life.
Electrical Engineering Curriculum Semester
Sophomore Year I II
G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 ....
Math. 20, 21— Calculus 4 4
Phys. 20, 21 — General Physics 6 5
Mech. 1 — Statics and Dynamics .... 3
Surv. 1 — Plane Surveying 2 ....
E. E. 1 — Basic Electrical Engineering .... 4
M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 18 20
Junior Year
Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature ; or 3 3
Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature 3 3
Mech. 51 — Strength of Materials 3 ....
C. E. 50— Hydraulics 3
Math. 64 — Differential Equations 3 ....
E. E. 60 — Electricity and Magnetism 4
E. E. 65 — Direct Current Machinery .... 4
E. E. 100 — Alternating Current Circuits 6 ■ . ■ .
E. E. 101 — Engineering Electronics .... 6
E. E. 104 — Communication Circuits .... 3
Total 19 19
Senior Year
H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 8
M. E. 51 — Thermodynamics 4 ....
M. E. 62— Power Plants 4
E. E. 102, 103 — Alternating Current Machinery 4 4
E. E. 105, 106 — Radio Engineering 4 4
Electrical Engineering Elective (listed below) 3 3
Total 18 18
Two of the following courses may be elected :
E. E. 108 — Electric Transients 8
E. E. 109— Principles of Radar 3
E. E. 114 — Applied Electronics 3
E. E. 116 — Alternating-Current Machinery Design .... 3
E. E. 117 — Power Transmission and Distribution 3 ....
E. E. 120 — Electromagnetic Waves 3 ....
E. E. 160, 161— Vacuum Tubes 3 3
374 CURRICULUM
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Mechanical Engineering deals with the design, construction, and main-
tenance of machinery and power plants; heating, ventilation, and refrigera-
tion; and the organization and operation of industrial plants.
Mechanical Engineering Curriculum „ ,
Sophomore Year I II
G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 ....
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 3
Math. 20, 21 — Calculus 4 4
Phys. 20, 21— General Physics 6 6
Surv. 1 — Plane Surveying .... 2
Dr. 3 — Advanced Engineering Drawing 2 ....
Shop 1 — Machine Shop Practice 2 ....
Shop 2 — Machine Shop Practice .... l
Shop 3 — Foundry Practice .... 1
M. S. 3, 4— Basic K. O. T. C 3 3
Physical Activities 1 j
Total 20 20
Junior Year — General Option
Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature ; or 3 3
Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature 3 3
Math. 64 — Differential Equations for Engineers 3 ....
Mech. 2 — Statics and Dynamics 6 ....
Mech. 52 — Strength of Materials .... 6
E. E. 51, 52 — Principles of Electrical Engineering 4 4
M. E. 53 — Metallography 8
M. E. 54 — Fluid Mechanics 8
M. E. 100 — Thermodynamics 3
Total 18 18
Junior Year — Aeronautical Option
Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature ; or 3 3
Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature 3 3
Math. 64 — Differential Equations for Engineers 3 ....
Mech. 2 — Statics and Dynamics 6 ....
Mech. 52 — Strength of Materials .... 5
E. E. 51, 52 — Principles of Electrical Engineering 4 4
M. E. 53— Metallography 8
M. E. 55 — Fluid Mechanics and Aerodynamics .... 3
M. E. 100 — Thermodynamics 3 ....
Total 18 18
FELLOWSHIPS 375
t — Semester — ^
Senior Year — General Option I II
Engr. 100 — Engineering Contracts and Specifications .... 2
H. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3
M. E. 101— Heat Transfer 2
M. E. 102 — Heating and Ventilation 3
M. E. 103 — Refrigeration 3
M. E. 104, 105 — Prime Movers 4 4
M. E. 106, 107 — Mechanical Engineering Design 4 4
M. E. 108, 109— Mechanical Laboratory 2 2
Total 18 18
Senior Year — Aeronautical Option
Engr. 100 — Engineering Contracts and Specifications .... 2
H. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3
Aero. E. 113, 114 — Mechanics of Aircraft Structures 3 3
M. E. 101— Heat Transfer .-. 2
M. E. 104, 105— Prime Movers 4 4
M. E. 106, 107 — Mechanical Engineering Design 4 4
M. E. 108, 109— Mechanical Laboratory 2 2
Total 18 18
AGRICULTURE — ENGINEERING
A five-year combined program in Agriculture and Engineering, arranged
jointly by the College of Agriculture and the College of Engineering, per-
mits students to become candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Science
in Agriculture at the end of four years and for the degree of Bachelor of
Science in Civil, Electrical, Mechanical, or Chemical Engineering at the
end of the fifth year.
Details of this program will be found listed in the catalog of College
of Agriculture.
FELLOWSHIPS OF THE NATIONAL SAND AND GRAVEL ASSOCIA-
TION RESEARCH FOUNDATION AND THE NATIONAL READY
MIXED CONCRETE ASSOCIATION RESEARCH LABORATORY
The University of Maryland, in cooperation with the National Sand and
Gravel Association and the National Ready Mixed Concrete Association,
offers fellowships for research on appropriate problems related to the sand
and gravel and the ready mixed concrete industries. The fellowships are
known as the Stanton Walker and the Stephan Stepanian Fellowships, re-
spectively. Fellows enter upon their duties on July 1 and continue for 12
months, including one month for vacation. Payments under the fellowships
are made at the end of each month and amount to $750 for the year.
Fellows register as students in the Graduate School of the University
of Maryland. Class work will be directed by the heads of the departments
:J7G SHORT COURSES — FIRE SERVICE
of instruction, but about half of the time will be spent in research work.
The faculty supervisor will be the Dean of the College of Engineering of
the University of Maryland.
These fellowships are open to graduates in Engineering from an accredited
college or university, who are qualified to undertake graduate study and
research work leading to a Master's degree. Applications should be accom-
panied by a certified copy of college record, applicant's recent photograph,
statement of technical and practical experience (if any), and letters from
three persons, such as instructors or employers, covering specifically the
applicant's character, ability, education, and experience.
The applications should be addressed: Dean, College of Engineering,
University of Maryland, College Park, Md.
ENGINEERING SHORT COURSES
Through short courses, the College of Engineering carries the benefits of
engineering teaching to persons and industries in various parts of the State.
These courses offer, in addition to regular instruction, an opportunity for
the discussion of problems of interest to those engaged in public works,
in public health, and in public safety.
Volunteer Firemen's Short Course. In cooperation with the Maryland
State Firemen's Association a short course is held annually at College Park
for volunteer firemen throughout the State. This four-day course is designed
to bring to firemen the newest developments in fire prevention, control and
extinguishment, as well as information on inspection, arson investigation
and equipment maintenance.
Information regarding fire service extension courses may be found under
"Fire Service Extension Department."
Additional information regarding engineering short courses may be
obtained from Dean S. S. Steinberg, College of Engineering.
FIRE SERVICE EXTENSION DEPARTMENT
The Fire Service Extension Department is organized under the College
of Engineering in cooperation with the State Department of Vocational
Education, and operates with both Federal and State funds. The Depart-
ment provides in-service training for firemen with classes conducted through-
out the State by about 50 local instructors, with one full-time Senior In-
structor. Basic training of 75 clock hours is given in the fundamentals
of firemanship, as well as an advanced course of 69 clock hours, covering
the technical field of fire prevention, control and extinguishment and a third
section of 57 clock hours in related technical information. A training course
of 45 clock hours for industrial plant fire brigades is also available. A four-
day short course is held at the University at the new fire service building
the first week in September, and short course outlines have been prepared
for watchmen, janitors and building custodians, nurses and hospital at-
EXPERIMENT STATION 377
lendants, and public school teachers. Firemen who have completed the pre-
scribed training courses have been given preferential rating in positions
in the military and naval fire fighting forces.
The Department also serves in an advisory capacity to the State Fire
Marshal and municipal authorities in matters of fire prevention, fire pro-
tection engineering, and fire safety regulations. The Director serves as
Technical Advisor to the Maryland State Firemen's Association, and on
various National Committees of the National Fire Protection Association.
Additional information may be obtained from Chief J. W. Just, Director,
Fire Service Extension Department, Fire Service Building, University of
Maryland, College Park, Maryland.
ENGINEERING EXPERIMENT STATION
Wilbert J. Huff, Director.
The Engineering Experiment Station carries on cooperative investiga-
tions with industries of Maryland and Departments of the State and Fed-
eral Governments. A diversity of engineering training, experience, and
equipment represented by the faculty and laboratories of the College of
Engineering is thus made available for the problems under inquiry.
The staff of the College of Engineering available for research studies
will be glad to discuss proposed problems of importance to industry and of
public interest where means can be found for the cooperative researches;
such studies may be undertaken with the approval of the administration of
the University.
COURSE OFFERINGS
The University reserves the right to withdraw or discontinue any course
for which an insufficient number of students have registered to warrant
giving the course. In such an event, no fee will be charged for transfer to
another course.
Courses are designated by numbers as follows:
1 to 99: courses for undergraduates.
100 to 199: courses for advanced undergraduates and graduates. (Not
all courses numbered 100 to 199 may be taken for graduate credit.)
200 to 299: courses for graduates only.
A course with a single number extends through one semester. A course
with a double number extends through two semesters.
Courses not otherwise designated are lecture courses. The number of
credit hours is shown by the arabic numeral in parentheses after the title
of the course.
A separate schedule of courses is issued each semester, giving the hours,
places of meeting, and other information required by the student in making
out his program. Students obtain these schedules when they register.
;i?8 COURSE OFFERINGS
AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Aero. E. 101, 102. Aerodynamics (3, 2) — Second and first semesters.
Two lectures and one laboratory period a week second semester; two lec-
tures a week first semester.
Basic fluid mechanics and the aerodynamic theory of airfoils. Airplane
performance and stability calculation. Laboratory demonstration.
Aero. E. 103. Airplane Detail Drafting (1) — First semester. One
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Dr. 3.
Standards of airplane drafting. Lofting.
Aero. E. 104. Airplane Layout Drafting (1) — Second semester. One
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Aero. E. 103.
Layout of component parts of airplanes, wings, fuselage, etc.
Aero. E. 105, 106. Airplane Fabrication Shop (1, 2) — First and second
semesters. One laboratory period a week first semester; two laboratory
periods a week second semester. Prerequisite, Shop 2.
Machine shop, sheet metal forming and fabrication; wood and plastics;
riveting, and welding.
Aero. E. 107, 108. Airplane Design (4, 4) — First and second semesters.
Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Mech. 52;
Aero. E. 102 and 104.
Theory and practice of airplane design.
Aero. E. 109, 110. Aircraft Power Plants (4, 4) — First and second semes-
ters. Three lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Mech.
52, M. E. 100.
Thermodynamics and dynamics of aircraft power plant design. Gas
turbines and jet propulsion. Study and tests of aircraft engines in
laboratory.
Aero. E. Ill, 112. Aeronautical Laboratory (2,2) — First and second
semesters. One lecture and one laboratory period a week.
Wind tunnel tests. Structure tests. Experiments on hydraulic systems,
landing gear operation, etc. Performance tests of aircraft engines and
propellers.
Aero. E. 113, 114. Mechanics of Aircraft Structures (3, 3) — First and
second semesters. Prerequisite, Mech. 52 and Math. 64.
Principles and problems of airplane stress analysis and design.
For Graduates
Aero. E. 200, 201. Advanced Aerodynamics (3, 3) — First and second
semesters. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites,
Aero. E. 101, 102, Math. 64.
COURSE OFFERINGS 379
Special problems in performance and stability of aircraft. Design of
aircraft for speeds approaching the velocity of sound. Wind tunnel research.
Aero. E. 202, 203. Advanced Aircraft Structures (3, 3)— First and
second semesters. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Pre-
requisites, Aero. E. 113, 114.
Study of latest scientific reports on aircraft structures. Special problems
on wing design for high speeds, high wing loading, thin wing sections, and
high aspect ratio. Flexural and torsional stiffness of complete wings. Tests
on structures in laboratory.
Aero. E. 204, 205. Aircraft Dynamics (3, 3) — First and second semes-
ters. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Mech.
52, Math. 64.
Study of vibrations, wing flutter, gust loads, and dynamics of landing.
Calculations of natural frequencies of vibration of aircraft structures.
Aero. E. 206, 207. Advanced Aircraft Power Plants (3,3) — First and
second semesters. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Pre-
requisites, M. E. 100; Aero. E. 109, 110.
Special problems of thermodynamics and dynamics of aircraft power
plants; jet and rocket engines. Research in power plant laboratory.
Aero. E. 208, 209. Advanced Aircraft Design and Construction (3, 3) —
First and second semesters. One lecture and two laboratory periods a
week. Prerequisites, Aero. E. 107, 108; Math. 64.
A course in project engineering. The student studies methods involved
in the design, production, and flight testing of aircraft. Problems in design
production, management, testing, etc.
Aero. E. 210. Aerodynamic Theory (3) — First semester. Prerequisites,
Aero. E. 101, Math. 64.
A study of the application of hydrodynamic theory to engineering prob-
lems. Circulation theory of lift. Induced effects. Velocity potential and
stream function. Source and sink flow. Conformal transformation.
(Sherwood.)
Aero. E. 211. — The Design and Use of Wind Tunnels (Supersonic) (3) —
First and second semesters.
The design and use of wind tunnels (supersonic). Review of basic aero-
dynamics and thermodynamics. Problems in supersonic tunnel design such
as pumping, power supply, condensation and driers. Equipment for measur-
ing results such as balances, monometers, optical instruments, such as
schlieren, spark illumination and Xray equipment.
Investigations in supersonic wind tunnels are described with special refer-
ence to similitude required for conversion to full scale.
380 COURSE OFFERISGS
Aero. E. 212. Bodies at Supersonic Speeds (3) — First semester. Pre-
requisites, Degree in Aero. E. or M. E. or equivalent, and consent of in-
structor.
Brief review of gasdynamics, drag, lift, stability, and damping on a body
in a supersonic stream. Special aerodynamic problems in the design of
supersonic missiles. Methods for obtaining accurate test data on the aero-
dynamic characteristics of supersonic missiles.
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
Professor Huff; Associate Professor Bonney; Assistant Professors Gotts-
chalk, Smatko; Instructor Bilbrey.
Ch. E. 10. Water, Fuels and Lubricants (4) — Second semester. Two
lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Chem. 19; Phys.
21, or permission of instructor.
Laboratory work consists of exercises in the usual control methods for
testing water, fuels, and lubricants, and some related engineering materials.
Laboratory fee, $8.00 per semester.
(Huff, Bonney, Bilbrey, Gottschalk, Smatko and Staff.)
Ch. E. 21. Crystallography and Mineralogy (2) — -Second semester. Two
hours a week. Prerequisites, Math. 17; Chem. 3; preceded or accompanied
by Phys. 21.
A study of crystalline structure: (1) as an aid in identifying a select
number of the more common metallic and non-metallic minerals of major
importance in chemistry and metallurgy; and (2) as a basis for under-
standing the physical and mechanical properties of metals and alloys.
(Gottschalk.)
Ch. E. 60, 61. Principles of Metallurgy (2, 2) — First and second semes-
ters. Two hours a week. Prerequisites, Ch. E. 21 and accompanied or pre-
ceded by Ch. E. 103, f, s, and Chem. 187, 188, 189, 190.
After a brief exposition of the methods employed in mineral dressing, the
principles peculiar to metallurgy not specifically considered in Ch. E. 21 and
103 f, s, are discussed in the following order: roasting and sintering, re-
duction and smelting, melting, refining, alloying, casting, heat treating,
fabricating, and the mechanical, elastic and other properties of metals and
alloys. (Gottschalk.)
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Ch. E. 103, f, s. Elements of Chemical Engineering (3, 3) — Three hours
a week. Prerequisites, Chem. 3; Phys. 21.
Theoretical discussion of underlying philosophy and methods in chemical
engineering and elementary treatment of important operations involving
fluid flow, heat flow, evaporation, humidity and air conditioning, distillation,
and absorption. Illustrated by problems and consideration of typical
processes. (Huff, Smatko.)
COURSE OFFERINGS 381
Ch. E. 104. Chemical Engineering Seminar (1, 1) — One hour a week.
Students prepare reports on current problems in chemical engineering
and participate in the discussion of such reports.
The content of this course is constantly changing so a student may receive
a number of credits by re-registration. (Staff.)
Ch. E. 105, f, s. Advanced Unit Operations (5, 5) — Two lectures and
one all-day laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Ch. E. 103; Chem.
189, 190.
Advanced theoretical treatment of basic chemical engineering operations.
Study and laboratory operation of small scale semi-commercial type equip-
ment. A comprehensive problem involving theory and laboratory operations
is included to illustrate the development of a plant design requiring the
utilization of a number of fundamental topics. Laboratory fee $8.00 per
semester. • (Bonney and Staff.)
Ch. E. 106, f, s. Minor Problems (6, 6) — Six hours a week, both semes-
ters. Prerequisites, Ch. E. 105, f, s, or simultaneous registration therein.
Original work on a special problem assigned each student, including the
preparation of a complete report covering the study.
(Huff, Bonney, and Staff.)
Ch. E. 107. Fuels and Their Utilization (3) — Second semester. Three
hours a week. Prerequisites, Ch. E. 103, or permission of Department of
Chemical Engineering.
A study of the sources of solid, liquid, and gaseous fuels, their economic
conversion, distribution, and utilization. Problems. (Huff.)
Ch. E. 108, f, s. Chemical Technology (2, 2)— Two hours a week. Pre-
requisites, Ch. E. 103, or simultaneous registration therein, or permission
of the Department of Chemical Engineering.
A study of the principal chemical industries. Plant inspections, trips,
reports, and problems. (Smatko.)
Ch. E. 109, f, s. Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics (2, 2) — Two
hours a week. Prerequisites, Chem. 189, 190; Ch. E. 103; or permission
of instructor.
A study of the application of the principles of engineering and chemical
thermodynamics to some industrial problems encountered in the practice
of chemical engineering. (Bonney.)
Ch. E. 110. Advanced Chemical Engineering Calculations (3) — First
semester. Three hours a week. Prerequisites, Math. 21; Ch. E. 103.
A study of the methods for analysis and solution of chemical engineering
problems by use of differential equations. Graphical methods and approxi-
mations by use of infinite series are covered. (Bilbrey.)
382 COURSE OFFERINGS
Ch. E. 114. Applications of Electrochemistry (4) — First semester. Three
lecture hours and three laboratory hours per week. Prerequisite, consent
of instructor.
Topics: Corrosion, batteries, electroplating, electro-oxidations and reduc-
tions, metal winning and refining, electrolytic products, passivation, cathodic
protection, electric furnaces, refractories and abrasives and others. Labora-
tory fee, $8.00. (Smatko.)
Ch. E. 119. Empirical Equations and Nomography (3) — Second semes-
ter. Three hours a week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor.
Formulation of empirical equations to represent laboratory data. Con-
struction of various types of nomographs. (Bilbrey.)
Ch. E. 160, 161. Metallurgical Technology (2, 2)— First and second
semesters. Two hours a week. Prerequisites, Ch. E. 60, 61 and Ch. E. 103,
f, s, or permission of the instructor.
A study of the principal metallurgical industries, with emphasis on their
flow sheets, integrated plants and operating problems. Plant inspections,
trips, reports and problems. (Gottschalk.)
Ch. E. 180, 181. Unit Operations in Metallurgy (5, 5) — First and second
semesters. Two lectures and one all-day laboratory period a week. Pre-
requisites, Ch. E. 103, f, s; Ch. E. 21, Chem. 187, 188, 189, 190, or permis-
sion of the instructor.
Milling of ores by mechanical means and by flotation; benefication of non-
metallic raw materials by flotation; utilization of mineral dressing experi-
ments in setting up flow-sheets and in designing mills. Practice in the
methods of physical metallurgy for making, testing and controlling the
properties of metals and alloys.
Laboratory fee $8.00 per semester. (Gottschalk.)
For Graduates
Ch. 201, f, s. Graduate Unit Operations and Processes (5, 5 or more) —
One hour conference, three or more laboratory periods a week. Prerequi-
site, permission of the Department of Chemical Engineering.
Advanced theoretical treatment of typical unit operations and processes
in chemical engineering. Problems. Laboratory operation of small scale
semi-commercial units and processes with supplemental reading, confer-
ences and reports.
Laboratory fee $8.00 per semester. (Bonney.)
Ch. E. 202. Gas Analysis (3) — One lecture and two laboratory periods
a week. One semester. Prerequisite, permission of Department of Chemical
Engineering.
Quantitative determination of common gases, fuel gases, gaseous vapors,
and important gaseous impurities. Problems.
Laboratory fee $8.00 per semester. (Bonney.)
COURSE OFFERINGS 383
Ch. E. 203. Graduate Seminar (1) — One hour a week. Required of
all graduate students in Chemical Engineering.
The content of this course is constantly changing so a student may
receive a number of credits by re-registration.
Students prepare reports on current problems in chemical engineering
and participate in the discussion of such reports. (Staff.)
Ch. E. 205. Research in Chemical Engineering — Credit hours to be
arranged.
The investigation of special problems and the preparation of a thesis in
partial fulfillment of the requirements of an advanced degree.
Laboratory fee $8.00 per semester. (Huff, Bonney, Smatko, Gottschalk.)
Ch. E. 207, f, s. Plant Design Studies (3, 3) — Three conference hours a
week. Prerequisite, permission of Department of Chemical Engineering.
(Huff.)
Ch. E. 209, f, s. Plant Design Studies Laboratory (3, 3)— Three labora-
tory periods a week. Prerequisite, permission of Department of Chemical
Engineering.
Laboratory fee $8.00 per semester. (Bonney.)
Ch. E. 210, f, s. Gaseous Fuels (2, 2) — Two hours a week. Prerequi-
site, permission of Department of Chemical Engineering.
An advanced treatment of some of the underlying scientific principles
involved in the production, transmission and utilization of gaseous fuels.
Problems in design and selection of equipment. (Huff.)
Ch. E. 214. Corrosion and Metal Protection (4) — Second semester. Four
lecture hours a week. Prerequisites, Ch. E. 114 or Chem. 189 or Chem. 190
or consent of the instructor.
The subjects to be covered include: Theories of corrosion of ferrous and
non-ferrous metals, passive films, corrosion inhibitors, metal cleaning, stress
corrosion, corrosive chemicals, electrolytic protection, restoration of ancient
bronzes, organic coatings, metal coloring, parkerizing, hot dip coatings,
plated coatings, and selection of engineering materials. Class demonstra-
tions will illustrate the subject matter. Due to the diversity of subjects
and scattered sources, considerable outside reading will be necessary.
(Smatko.)
CIVIL ENGINEERING
Professors Steinberg, Allen; Lecturer Walker; Associate Professors Gohr,
Barber, Otts; Assistant Professors Wedding, Pickering, Cournyn; Instructors
Harden, Luce, Piper, Redd, Sunier.
C. E. 50. Hydraulics (3) — First and second semesters. Two lectures and
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Mech. 1. Required of juniors
in civil and electrical engineering.
1584 COURSE OFFERINGS
Hydrostatic pressures on tanks, dams, and pipes. Flow through orifices,
nozzles, pipe lines, open channels, and weirs. Use of Reynold's number.
Measurement of water. Elementary hydrodynamics. (Cournyn.)
C. E. 51. Curves and Earthwork (3) — Second semester. One lecture and
two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Surv. 100.
Computation and field work for simple, compound, and reversed circular
curves and spirals; parabolic curves; earthwork computations; complete
survey and map, including mass diagram, of a short route.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
C. E. 100. Theory of Structures (4) — Second semester. Three lectures
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Mech. 50.
Analytic and graphical determination of dead and live load stresses in
beams and framed structures; influence lines; lateral bracing and portals;
elements of slope and deflection. (Allen.)
C. E. 101. Soil Mechanics (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Mech. 50 and 53.
An introductory study of the properties and behavior of soils as engi-
neering matei'ials. Soil physics, soil mechanics, and applications to
engineering. (Barber.)
C. E. 102. Structural Design (6) — First semester. Four lectures and
two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, C. E. 100.
Design and detailing of wood and structural steel members and their
connections; wind stresses in building frames; structural frameworks.
(Allen.)
C. E. 103. Concrete Design (6) — Second semester. Four lectures and
two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, C. E. 100.
Design and detailing of plain and reinforced concrete structures, applica-
tions of slope-deflection and moment distribution theories; rigid frames.
(Allen.)
C. E. 104. Water Supply (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, C. E. 50.
Requirements of a municipal water supply— design, operation, mainte-
nance, and administration. (Otts.)
C. E. 105. Sewerage (3) — Second semestei*. Two lectures and one labora-
tory period a week. Prerequisite, C. E. 50.
The collection, treatment and disposal of sewage. (Otts.)
C. E. 106. Elements of Highways (3) — First semester. Two lectures
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, C. E. 101.
Location, design, construction, and maintenance of roads and pavements.
Laboratory problems and field inspection trips. (Gohr.)
COURSE OFFERINGS 385
For Graduates
C. E. 200. Advanced Properties of Materials (3) — First or second semes-
ter. Prerequisite, Mech. 52 or equivalent.
A critical study of elastic and plastic properties, flow of materials, resist-
ance to failure by fracture, impact, and corrosion, the theories of failure.
Assigned reading from current literature. (Barber.)
C. E. 201. Advanced Strength of Materials (3) — First or second semes-
ter. Prerequisite, Mech. 50, 51, or equivalent.
Special problems in engineering stress analysis. Limitations of flexure
and torsion formulas, unsymmetrical bending, curved beams, combined
stresses, thin tubes, thick-walled cylinders and flat plates. (Barber.)
C. E. 202. Applied Elasticity (3) — First or second semester. Prerequi-
site, Math. 64 or equivalent.
Two dimensional elastic problems, general stress-strain analysis in three
dimensions, stability of beams, columns, and thin plates. (Allen.)
C. E. 203. Soil Mechanics (3) — First or second semester. Prerequisite,
C. E. 106 or equivalent.
A detailed study of the properties of engineering soils. Assigned reading
from current literature. (Barber.)
C. E. 204. Advanced Foundations (3) — First or second semester. Pre-
requisites. C. E. 102, 103, 106 or equivalent.
A detailed study of types of foundations. Design and construction to meet
varying soil conditions. (Barber.)
C. E. 205. Highway Engineering (3) — First or second semester. Pre-
requisite, C. E. 101 or equivalent.
An intensive course in the location, design, and construction of highways.
(Gohr.)
C. E. 206. Theory of Concrete Mixtures (3, 3) — First and second semes-
ters. Prerequisite, Mech. 52 or equivalent.
A thorough review of the methods for the design of concrete mixtures,
followed by a study of factors affecting the properties of the resulting
concrete. This course is intended as a background for work in the field
of concrete, concrete aggregates, or reinforced concrete. (Walker.)
C. E. 207. Advanced Structures (4) — First and second semesters. Three
lectures and one laboratory period a wreek. Prerequisites, C. E. 102, 103.
The solution of statically indeterminate structures by classical and modern
methods, with emphasis on the latter. (Allen.)
C. E. 208. Advanced Sanitation (3) — First or second semester. Prerequi-
site, graduate standing in civil engineering.
A detailed study of environment and its relation to disease, covering
malaria and its control; rodent control; food sanitation; collection and dis-
386 COURSE OFFERINGS
posal of municipal refuse; housing sanitation, including plumbing, rat-
proofing, etc.; rural water supply and excreta disposal; sanitary inspection
procedure. (Otts.)
C. E. 209. Advanced Water Supply (3) — First or second semester. Pre-
requisite, C. E. 104 or equivalent.
A detailed study of the problems of water supply including recent develop-
ments in the treatment of water. (Otts.)
C. E. 210. Advanced Sewerage (3) — First or second semester. Prerequi-
site, C. E. 105 or equivalent.
A detailed study of the problems of sewerage, including recent develop-
ments in the treatment of sewage. (Otts.)
C. E. 211. Sanitary Engineering Design (3) — First or second semester.
Prerequisite, C. E. 104, 105 or equivalent.
Practical problems in the design of sewer systems and appurtenances;
sewage treatment plants; water collection and distribution systems; water
purification plants. (Otts.)
C. E. 212. Research — Credit in accordance with work done. First and
second semesters. (Staff.)
C. E. 213. Seminar — First or second semester. Credit in accordance with
work outlined by the civil engineering staff. Prerequisite, graduate standing
in civil engineering. (Staff.)
DRAWING
Dr. 1, 2. Engineering Drawing (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Two
laboratories a week. Required of engineering freshmen.
Lettering, use of instruments, orthographic projection, auxiliary views,
revolution, sections, pictorial representation, dimensioning, fasteners, tech-
nical sketching, and working drawings.
Dr. 3. Advanced Engineering Drawing (2) — First semester. Two labora-
tories a week. Required of sophomores in Aeronautical, Civil, and Mechan-
ical Engineering. Prerequisites, Dr. 1 and Dr. 2.
Descriptive Geometry with applications to drafting room problems. De-
velopments, intersections, transition pieces and perspective.
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Professors Corcoran, Reed, and Weber; Associate Professors Hodgins, Wag-
ner, and Small; Assistant Professor Witkowski; Lecturers Davies and
Stuntz; Instructors Baxter, Price, and Beam.
E. E. 1. Basic Electrical Engineering (4) — Second semester. Three lec-
tures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, concurrent regis-
tration in Math. 21 and Phys. 21. Required of sophomores in electrical
engineering.
COURSE OFFERINGS 387
Basic concepts of electric potential, current, power, and energy; d-c cir-
cuit analysis by the mesh-current and nodal methods; network theorems;
electric and magnetic field concepts. Laboratory exercises emphasizing
basic measurements in electric and magnetic circuits.
(Witkowski and Baxter.)
For Advanced Undergraduates
E. E. 50. Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering (3)— First semester.
Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Math. 21
and Phys. 21. Required of juniors in civil engineering.
Principles of direct and alternating currents; power circuits and distri-
bution systems; direct and alternating current machines and applications;
operating characteristics of electrical machines and transformers. (Beam.)
E. E. 51, 52. Principles of Electrical Engineering (4, 4)— First and second
semesters. Three lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequi-
sites, Math. 21 and Phys. 21. Required of juniors in aeronautical and
mechanical engineering, and seniors in chemical engineering.
A study of elementary direct-current and alternating-current circuits;
polyphase circuits; magnetic circuits. Principles of operation of direct-
and alternating-current machinery and transformers. Brief study of
vacuum tubes operated as rectifiers and amplifiers. (Small.)
E. E. 60. Electricity and Magnetism (4) — First semester. Prerequi-
sites, Math. 21, and Phys. 21, and E. E. 1. Required of juniors in electrical
engineering.
Electromagnetism as applied to electrical engineering; electric field
theory with emphasis on capacitance calculations, magnetic field theory
with emphasis on inductance calculations; elements of electrochemistry;
boundary layer phenomena; non-linear circuit elements; high-frequency re-
sistance and inductance calculations involving transmission line parameters.
(Reed.)
E. E. 65. Direct-Current Machinery (4) — Second semester. Three lec-
tures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Math. 21, Phys. 21,
and E. E. 1. Required of juniors in electrical engineering.
Construction, theory of operation, and performance characteristics of
direct-current generators, motors, and control apparatus. Experiments on
the operation and characteristics of direct-current generators and motors.
(Hodgins and Price.)
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
E. E. 100. Alternating-Current Circuits (6) — First semester. Five lec-
tures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Math. 21, Phys. 21,
and E. E. 1. Required of juniors in electrical engineering.
Single- and polyphase-circuit analysis under sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal
conditions of operation. Harmonic analysis by the Fourier series method.
388 COURSE OFFERINGS
Theory and operation of mutually-coupled circuits. Elementary symmetrical
components. (Hodgins, Witkowski, and Price.)
E. E. 101. Engineering Electronics (6) — Second semester. Five lec-
tures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, E. E. 100. Required
of juniors in electrical engineering.
Theory and applications of electron tubes and associated circuits with
emphasis on equivalent circuit analysis of audio amplifiers, reactance tubes,
feedback amplifiers, oscillators, and detectors. (Corcoran and Reed.)
E. E. 102, 103. Alternating-Current Machinery (4, 4)— First and second
semesters. Three lectures and one laboratroy period a week. Prerequisites,
E. E. 65 and E. E. 100. Required of seniors in electrical engineering.
The operating principles of alternating-current machinery considered from
theoretical, design, and laboratory points of view. Synchronous generators
and motors; single and polyphase transformers; three-phase induction gen-
erators and motors; single-phase induction motors; rotary converters and
mercury-arc rectifiers. (Hodgins.)
E. E. 104. Communication Circuits (3) — Second semester. Prerequisites,
E. E. 60 and E. E. 100. Required of juniors in electrical engineering.
Long-line theory applied to audio-frequency and ultra-high-frequency sys-
tems. Elements of filter theory; impedance matching; Maxwell's equations
in rectangular and cylindrical coordinates and in scalar notation; elements
of rectangular and circular wave-guide theory. (Reed.)
E. E. 105, 106. Radio Engineering (4, 4) — First and second semesters.
Three lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, E. E. 101.
Required of seniors in electrical engineering.
Characteristics of radio-frequency circuits including the design of tuned
coupled circuits and Class C amplifiers. Amplification, oscillation, modula-
tion, and detection with particular emphasis on radio-frequency amplifica-
tion and broadcast-range reception. Elements of wave propagation and
antenna systems. (Wagner and Weber.)
E. E. 108. Electric Transients (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, E. E.
101. Senior elective.
Current, voltage, and power transients in lumped-parameter networks.
Transient phenomena in sweep circuits, multi-vibrators, and inverters. Ele-
ments of square-wave testing. (Reed.)
E. E. 109. Principles of Radar (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, E. E.
105. Senior elective.
Systems for detection of radio echoes; pulse formation; transients in R-C
circuits; multivibrators, particularly the cathode-coupled type; indicators;
receivers; modulators. (Stuntz.)
E. E. 114. Applied Electronics (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, E. E.
101. Senior elective.
COURSE OFFERINGS 389
Detectors and discriminators; oscillators; gas tube characteristics and
associated circuits; photoelectric tubes and associated circuits; vacuum-tube
instruments. (Stuntz.)
E. E. 116. Anternating-Current Machinery Design (3) — Second semester.
Two lectures and one calculation period a week. Prerequisite, concurrent
registration in E. E. 103.
Derivation of theoretical design equations; practical design considerations;
numerical design of transformers, synchronous generators, and induction
motors. (Reed.)
E. E. 117. Power Transmission and Distribution (3) — First semester.
Prerequisite, concurrent registration in E. E. 102.
Inductance and capacitance calculations of polyphase transmission lines
on a per wire basis; effective resistance calculations and depth-of -penetration
formula; generalized parameters of four-terminal networks and long-line
theory applied to power distribution systems; use of transmission line
charts. (Reed.)
E. E. 120. Electromagnetic Waves (3) — First semester. Prerequisites,
senior standing in electrical engineering or physics and B average in mathe-
matics. Required of M.S. degree candidates in electrical engineering.
The basic mathematical theory of electromagnetic wave propagation em-
ploying Maxwell's equations in vector form and in generalized coordinates;
application to wave-guide transmission; concept of retarded magnetic vector
potential and its application to dipole radiation. (Reed.)
E. E. 160, 161. Vacuum Tubes (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Pre-
requisites, senior standing in electrical engineering or physics and B average
in mathematics.
Electron emission; laws of electron motion; space charge effects; noise in
vacuum tubes; magnetic lenses; klystrons; magnetrons; photoelectric tubes;
other special-purpose tubes. (Weber.)
For Graduates
E. E. 200. Symmetrical Components (3) — First semester. Prerequisite,
E. E. 103.
Application of the method of symmetrical components to synchronous
generators, transmission lines, transformers, static loads possessing mutual
coupling, and induction motor loads. Methods of calculating positive, nega-
tive, and zero sequence reactances of transmission lines. Complete net-
work solutions in terms of symmetrical components and comparison of those
solutions with that obtained by classical methods. Methods of measuring
positive, negative, and zero sequence reactances of synchronous generators.
(Not offered in 1949-1950.) (Reed.)
E. E. 201. Electromagnetic Theory (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite,
E. E. 120. Required of M.S. degree candidates in electrical engineering.
390 COURSE OFFERINGS
Theoretical analysis and engineering applications of Laplace's, Poisson's,
and Maxwell's equations. (Weber.)
E. E. 202, 203. Transients in Linear Systems (3, 3)— First and second
semesters. Prerequisite, undergraduate major in electrical or mechanical
engineering or physics. Required of M.S. degree candidates in electrical
engineering.
Operational circuit analysis; the Fourier integral; transient analysis of
electrical and mechanical systems and vacuum tube circuits by the Laplace
transform method. (Wagner.)
E. E. 204, 205. Advanced Circuit Analysis (3, 3) — First and second semes-
ters. Prerequisites, undergraduate major in electrical engineering or
physics.
The wave character of the steady-state long-line solutions; attenuation
and phase characteristics; phase and group velocities; four- terminal net-
work theory; matrix algebra applied to network theory; conventional filter
theory. (Not offered in 1949-50.) (Reed.)
E. E. 206, 207. Ultra-High-Frequency Techniques (3, 3)— First and
second semesters. Three lectures a week first semester and two lectures
and one laboratory period a week second semester. Prerequisite, E. E. 201.
Basic considerations in solving field problems by differential equations;
circuit concepts and their validity at high frequency; propagation and re-
flection of electromagnetic waves; guided electromagnetic waves; high-fre-
quency oscillators and tubes; radiation engineering. (Weber.)
E. E. 209. Stability in Power Systems (3) — Second semester. Prerequi-
site, E. E. 200.
An extension of symmetrical components, E. E. 200, as applied to power
systems; study of the stability problem; the swing equation and its solution;
the equal-area and Routh's criteria for stability; solutions of faulted three-
phase networks; system design. (Not offered in 1949-50.) (Reed.)
E. E. 210, 211. Advanced Radio Engineering (3, 3) — First and second
semesters. Prerequisite, E. E. 106.
Theory of radio-frequency amplification, oscillation, modulation, and de-
tection, including both amplitude-modulation systems and frequency-modu-
lation systems; broadcast antenna systems; theory of radio-frequency
measurements. (Davies.)
E. E. 212, 213. Automatic Regulation (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisite, undergraduate major in electrical or mechanical engineering
or physics. (It is desirable that the student should have had E. E. 202.)
The design and analysis of regulatory systems, emphasizing servo-
mechanisms. Regulatory systems are analyzed by means of the governing
differential equations to provide background for more practical studies of
frequency spectrum analysis. Characteristics of actual systems and practi-
cal considerations are studied. (Ahrendt.)
COURSE OFFERINGS 391
E. E. 215, 216. Radio Wave Propagation (3, 3)— First and second semes-
ters. Prerequisite, E. E. 120.
Propagation over plane earth; underwater reception; propagation over
spherical earth; ionospheric propagation; radar pi-opagation and properties
of radar targets; refraction; meteorological effects. (Not offered in 1949-50.)
(Katzin.)
E. E. 222. Graduate Seminar (1) — First semester. Prerequisite, approved
application for candidacy to the degree of Master of Science or Doctor of
Philosophy in electrical engineering.
Seminars are held on topics such as micro-wave engineering, radiation
engineering, non-linear circuit analysis, tensor analysis, and other topics
of current interest. Since the subject matter is continually changing, a
student may receive a number of credits by re-registering.
(Corcoran, Reed, Weber, and Wagner.)
E. E. 232. Active Network Analysis (3) — First semester. Prerequisite,
E. E. 202 or E. E. 204.
The complex frequency plane; conventional feedback amplifier theory;
Bode's mathematical definitions of feedback and sensitivity; theorems for
feedback circuits; stability and physical realizability of electrical networks;
Nyquist's and Routh's criteria for stability. (Corcoran, Trent.)
E. E. 233. Network Synthesis (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, E. E.
232.
Driving point impedance functions; transfer impedance functions; design
of impedance functions with emphasis placed on the manner in which mag-
netic coupling and feedback coupling between plate and grid of vacuum-
tube circuits affects the location of the poles of the system determinant.
(Corcoran, Trent.)
E. E. 235. Applications of Tensor Analysis (3) — Second semester. Pre-
requisite, E. E. 202.
The mathematical background of tensor notation which is applicable to
electrical engineering problems. Applications of tensor analysis to electric
circuit theory and to field theory. (Wagner.)
E. E. 250. Electrical Engineering Research. Prerequisite, approved
application for candidacy to the degree of Master of Science or Doctor of
Philosophy in electrical engineering. Six semester hours of credit in E. E.
250 are required of M.S. degree candidates and a minimum of twelve semes-
ter hours are required of Ph.D. candidates.
A thesis covering an approved research problem and written in con-
formity with the regulations of the Graduate School is a partial requirement
for either the degree of Master of Science or the degree of Doctor of
Philosophy in electrical engineering. (Graduate Staff.)
.392 COURSE OFFERINGS
GENERAL ENGINEERING SUBJECTS
Engr. 1. Introduction to Engineering (1) — First semester. Required of
freshmen in engineering.
A course of lectures by the faculty and by practicing engineers covering
the engineering professional fields. The purpose of this course is to assist
the freshman in selecting the particular field of engineering for which he
is best adapted.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Engr. 100. Engineering Contracts and Specifications (2) — Second semes-
ter. Prerequisite, senior standing in engineering.
The fundamental principles of law relating to business and to engineering;
including contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, corporations, common
carriers, and their application to engineering contracts and specifications.
(Steinberg.)
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Professors Younger, Sherwood; Associate Professors Shreeve, Jackson,
Martin, Flodin, Hoshall; Assistant Professors Read, Slingluff; Instructors
Allen, Arthur, Clark, Guard, Hayleck, Hennick, Rivello, Vial, Crichton,
Baker, Eyler, Leaman, Warner.
For Advanced Undergraduates
M. E. 50. Principles of Mechanical Engineering (3) — First semester.
Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Phys. 21
and Math. 21. Required of juniors in Civil Engineering.
Elementary thermodynamics and the study of heat, fuel and combustion
in the production and use of steam for generation of power. Supplemented
by laboratory tests and trips to industrial plants. (Martin.)
M. E. 51. Thermodynamics (4) — First semester. Three lectures and
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Math. 21, Phys. 21. Required
of seniors in Electrical Engineering.
The theory and application of thermodynamics to the steam engine, steam
turbine etc. (Read.)
M. E. 52. Power Plants (4) — Second semester. Three lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Required of seniors in Electrical Engineering.
The theory and operation of steam engines, boilers, condensers, steam
turbines, and their accessories. (Read.)
M. E. 53. Metallography (3) — First and second semesters. Two lectures
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, to be taken concurrently
with Mech. 52.
A study of the structure of metals and alloys as related to their proper-
ties. Study of crystallization, plastic deformation, constitution diagrams,
manufacturing processes, heat treatment and effect of alloying elements
COURSE OFFERINGS 393
on ferrous and non-ferrous materials. Laboratory work in thermal analysis,
microscopy, heat treatment and testing of metals. (Jackson.)
M. E. 54. Fluid Mechanics (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Mech. 2, M. E. 100.
A study of fluids under all possible conditions of rest and motion. The
approach is analytical, rational, and mathematical rather than empirical.
Applications to turbine and centrifugal pump design and flow of gases.
M. E. 55. Fluid Mechanics and Aerodynamics (3) — Second semester.
Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Mech. 2, M. E. 100. Required of
juniors in Mechanical Engineering, Aeronautical Option.
A study of the fundamental principles of the flow of air and of water.
Applications with special reference to the airplane; airfoil and propeller
theory; theory of model testing in wind tunnels; design performance, calcu-
lation of airplanes.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
M. E. 100. Thermodynamics (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Phys. 21, Math. 21. Required of
juniors in Mechanical and Aeronautical Engineering.
The properties, characteristics, and fundamental equations of gases and
vapors. An analysis of basic heat engine, air compression, refrigeration,
and vapor cycles. Flow and non-flow processes for gases and vapors. Theory
supplemented by laboratory tests.
M. E. 101. Heat Transfer (2) — First semester. Two lectures a week.
Prerequisites, M. E. 54 and M. E. 100. Required of seniors in Mechanical
Engineering.
Basic principles of heat transfer including a study of conduction by steady
state and variable heat flow, free and forced convection, radiation, evapora-
tion and condensation of vapors, and the application of the principles of
heat transfer to design problems. (Martin.)
M. E. 102. Heating and Air Conditioning (3) — First semester. Two lec-
tures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, M. E. 100, M. E. 54,
M E. 101 concurrently.
Required of seniors in Mechanical Engineering. The fundamentals of
heating and cooling load computations. Basic information on heating and
air conditioning systems for residential and industrial use. (Martin.)
M. E. 103. Refrigeration (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, M. E. 100, M. E. 54 taken con-
currently with M. E. 101. Required of seniors in Mechanical Engineering.
Problems involving the different methods and processes of refrigeration.
Air conditioning for offices, buildings, factories, and homes. (Read.)
394 COURSE OFFERINGS
M. E. 104, 105. Prime Movers (4, 4) — First and second semesters. Three
lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Mech. 52, M. E.
54, M. E. 100. Required of seniors in Mechanical Engineering.
The study of internal combustion cycles such as Otto, Diesel, and Brayton.
Analysis of the effects of fuels, combustion, detonation, carburetion, injec-
tion and supercharging on engine operation. General features of the gas
turbine and the effect of its various components. Analysis and design of
the various components of steam power stations, including: condensers,
boilers, heaters, and turbines. (Shreeve.)
M. E. 106, 107. Mechanical Engineering Design (4, 4) — First and second
semesters. Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Prequisites,
Mech. 52, M. E. 53.
A study of velocity, acceleration and displacement of linkages; cam mo-
tions and design; statics, inertia and friction forces in machines; gears and
miscellaneous motions. Study of stresses and vibrations in machine parts;
design of machine members including fastenings, hoisting and power trans-
mission devices, cylinders, springs, shafts, bearings, etc. Design of a com-
plete machine. (Jackson.)
M. E. 108, 109. Mechanical Laboratory (2, 2) — First and second semes-
ters. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, senior
standing. Required of seniors in Mechanical Engineering.
Experiments on fuels and lubricants, steam engines and turbines, air
compressors, gasoline and diesel engines and various other mechanical equip-
ment. Written reports are required on all tests. (Shreeve.)
For Graduates
M. E. 200, 201. Advanced Dynamics (3, 3) — First and second semesten.
Prerequisites, Mech. 52, Math. 64, M. E. 107; M. E. 109.
Mechanics of machinery. Dynamic forces. Balancing of rotating parts.
Vibrations and vibration damping. Critical speeds. (Younger.)
M. E. 202, 203. Applied Elasticity (3, 3)— First and second semesters.
Prerequisites, Mech. 52, Math. 64, M. E. 107.
Advanced methods in structural and experimental stress analysis. Ad-
vanced strength of materials involving beam problems, curved bars, thin
plates and shells, buckling of bars, plates and shells, etc. Advanced work
in stress concentrations, plastic deformations, etc. and problems involving
instability of structures. (Younger, Jackson.)
M. E. 204, 205. Advanced Thermodynamics and Heat Transfer (3, 3)—
First and second semesters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, M. E. 101,
M. E. 104, M. E. 105, Math. 64.
Advanced problems in thermodynamics on compression of gases and
liquids, combustion and equilibrium, humidification and refrigeration and
COURSE OFFERINGS 395
availability. Problems in advanced heat transfer covering the effect of
radiation, conduction, and convection, steady and unsteady flow, evapora-
tion and condensation. (Shreeve.)
M. E. 206, 207. Advanced Machine Design (3, 3) — First and second
semesters. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite,
Math. 64, M. E. 107.
Application of advanced methods of stress analysis to design of special
stationary and moving machine parts, including rotating disks, bearings,
thick wall cylinders, screw fastenings, crankshafts, etc. Application of
linear and torsional vibration and balancing in the design of machine mem-
bers. Complete design of a machine. (Jackson.)
M. E. 208, 209. Steam Power Plant Design (3, 3)— First and second
semesters. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite,
M. E. 105.
The design and specifications of steam power plants for specific purposes.
Each student will carry out complete design including detail drawings.
(Shreeve.)
M. E. 210, 211. Advanced Fluid Mechanics (3, 3) — First and second
semesters. Prerequisites, M. E. 54, Math. 64.
Advanced theory of the flow of fluids and gases. Hydrodynamic theory.
Engineering applications.
M. E. 212, 213. Advanced Steam Power Laboratory (2, 2)— First and
second semesters. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Pre-
requisite, registration in M. E. 204, 205.
Research on advanced steam power problems to illustrate and advance
steam power theory. Power plant heat balances.
M. E. 214, 215. Advanced Applied Mechanics Laboratory (2, 2) — First
and second semesters. One lecture and one laboratory period a week.
Prerequisites, registration in M. E. 200, 201 and M. E. 202, 203.
Illustrative experiments and research on difficult problems in stress
analysis. Photoelasticity. Mechanical vibrations. Critical speeds. Dynamic
stresses. Fatigue of materials. (Jackson.)
M. E. 216, 217. Advanced Internal Combustion Engine Design (3,3) —
First and second semesters. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week.
Prerequisites, M. E. 104, 105; M. E. 106, 107 and registration in M. E. 200,
201 and M. E. 204, 205.
Each student will carry out complete designs of internal combustion
engines. (Shreeve.)
M. E. 218, 219. Advanced Internal Combustion Engine Laboratory
(2, 2) — First and second semesters. One lecture and one laboratory period
a week. Prerequisite, registration in M. E. 216, 217.
396 COURSE OFFERINGS
Advanced laboratory tests and problems in tbe design of internal com-
bustion engines. (Shreeve.)
M. E. 220. Seminar — Credit in accordance with work outlined by me-
chanical engineering staff. Prerequisite, graduate standing in mechanical
engineering.
M. E. 221. Research — Credit in accordance with work outlined by me-
chanical engineering staff. Prerequisite, graduate standing in mechanical
engineering.
Research in any field of mechanical engineering as applied mechanics,
heat transfer, thermodynamics, heat, power, etc.
M. E. 222. Advanced Metallography (3) — First and second semesters.
Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, M. E. 53,
Mech. 52.
Advanced study of the structure and properties of metals and alloys.
Study of the latest developments in ferrous and non-ferrous alloys includ-
ing stainless steels, high temperature steels, tool steels, aluminum, mag-
nesium and copper alloys. Study of the physical properties of metals and
inspection methods including X-rays, spectograph, metallograph and magni-
fiux. Review of current literature. (Jackson.)
M. E. 223, 224. Steam and Gas Turbine Design (3, 3)— First and Second
semesters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, M. E. 101, M. E. 104, M. E.
105, Math. 64.
Study of nozzles and blades, with application to all types of turbines and
compressors. Design of steam and gas turbines and compressors based on
detailed heat calculations. Design of regenerators and combustors for gas
turbines. Applications to jet propulsion. Fundamentals of rocket, pulse
jet and ram jet design. (Shreeve.)
M. E. 225, 226. Advanced Properties of Metals and Alloys (2, 2)— First
and second semesters. Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, Mech. 52, M. E.
53, M. E. 106, M. E. 107.
Mechanical properties of alloys and the equilibrium diagram. Effects
of mechanical deformation and methods of fabrication on mechanical prop-
erties. Effect of extreme temperature. Theory of plastic deformation.
Fatigue, creep and damping capacity. Speed effects and stress concen-
tration.
M. E. 227, 228. Theory of Elasticity (3, 3)— First and second semesters.
Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Mech. 52, M. E. 53, M. E. 106, M. E.
107, Math. 64.
Stress and strain at a point. Relation between stresses and strains,
general equations of elasticity, plane strain and plane stress, torsion, bend-
ing, axially symmetric distribution of stress, plates, thermal stresses, strain
energy and approximate methods.
COURSE OFFERINGS 397
M. E. 229, 230, 231. .let Propulsion (2, 2, 2)— Prerequisites, M. E. 101,
M. E. 104, M. E. 105.
Types of thermal jet units Fluid reaction and propulsive efficiency.
Performance of rockets, aerothermodynamics, combustion chemical kinetics,
aerodynamics of high speed air flow. Principles and design of solid and
liquid propellant rockets. Design of turbojets and aerojets, ramjets and
hydroduct units, including combustion chambers, turbines and compressors.
Mechanical Engineering Shop
Shop 1. Machine Shop Practice (2) — First semester. One lecture and
one laboratory period a week. Required of sophomores in Aeronautical and
Mechanical Engineering.
Study and practice of fundamental principles of machine tools.
Shop 2. Machine Shop Practice (1) — Second semester. One laboratory
period a week. Prerequisite, Shop 1. Required of sophomores in Aero-
nautical and in Mechanical Engineering.
Advanced practice with standard machine tools. Exercises in thread
cutting, fluting, cutting spur and helical gears, jig work, and cutter and
surface grinding.
Shop 3. Foundry Practice (1) — Second semester. One combination lec-
ture and laboratory period a week. Required of sophomores in Mechanical
Engineering.
Lectures, demonstrations, and quizzes on sand and die casting, extrusion,
spinning, welding, hot and cold forming of metals.
MECHANICS
Mech. 1. Statics and Dynamics (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite,
Math. 21, Phys. 21.
Solutions of force systems; graphic statics; friction, centroids and
moments of inertia; kinematics and kinetics; work, power, energy, impulse
and momentum.
Mech. 2. Statics and Dynamics (5) — First semester. Prerequisite, Dr. 3,
Math. 21, Phys. 21. Required of juniors in Mechanical and Aeronautical
Engineering.
Solution of force systems in stationary and moving bodies; study of the
free body, graphical statics, three dimensional force systems, distributed
forces, friction, centroids and moments of inertia; study of the dynamics
of bodies including velocity, acceleration, translation, rotation, work and
energy, impulse and momentum.
Mech. 3, 4. Statics and Dynamics (3, 3) — First and second semesters.
Prerequisites, Math. 21, Phys. 21. Required of juniors in Chemical Engi-
neering.
398 COURSE OFFERINGS
Solutions of force systems; graphic statics; friction, centroids and
moments of inertia; kinematics and kinetics; work, power, energy, impulse
and momentum. Thin-wall cylinders, joints, torsion; stresses and deflec-
tions in beams and columns; combined loading.
For Advanced Undergraduates
Mech. 50. Strength of Materials (4) — First semester. Prerequisite,
Mech. 1 or 2, or equivalent. Required of juniors in civil engineering.
Thin-walled cylinders; riveted and welded joints, torsion; stresses in
beams; design of columns; use of structural steel handbook. Beam deflec-
tions; statically indeterminate beams; combined loadings; composite beams;
impact and energy loadings.
Mech. 51. Strength of Materials (3) — First semester. Prerequisite,
Mech. 1 or 2, or equivalent. Required of juniors in electrical engineering.
A shorter course than Mech. 50.
Mech. 52. Strength of Materials (5) — Second semester. Prerequisite,
Mech. 2. Required of juniors in Mechanical and Aeronautical Engineering.
Study of the stresses and strains in members under various types of load-
ings including tension, compression, shear, torsion, bending and combined
loads. Study of cylinders, joints, beams, statically indeterminate members,
columns, curved bars and shafts. Work in strain energy methods, photo-
elastic theory, fatigue and strain hardening. (Flodin.)
Mech. 53. Materials of Engineering (2) — Second semester. One lecture
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Mech. 50 or taken con-
currently with Mech. 50.
The composition, manufacture, and properties of the principal materials
used in engineering; performance of standard tests; interpretation of test
results and of specifications.
SURVEYING
Surv. 1, 2. Plane Surveying (2, 2) — First and second semesters. One
lecture and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Math. 14. Surv. 1
required of sophomores in Aeronautical, Chemical, Electrical, and Mechani-
cal Engineering. Surv. 1, 2 required of sophomores in Civil Engineering.
Theory and practice in the use of the tape, compass, transit, and level.
General survey methods, traversing, area, coordinates, profiles, cross-
sections, volume, stadia.
Surv. 100. Advanced Surveying (4) — First semester. Two lectures and
two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Surv. 1, 2.
Adjustment of instruments, latitude, longitude, azimuth, time, triangula-
tion, precise leveling, geodetic surveying, together with the necessary
adjustments and computations. Topographic surveys. Plane table, land
surveys, and boundaries. Mine, tunnel, and hydrographic surveys. Aerial
photogrammetry. (Gohr.)
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 399
College of
HOME ECONOMICS
M. Marie Mount, M.A., Dean
Emily W. Akin, M.S., Assistant Professor of Textiles.
Jeanne W. Beaty, M.S., Assistant Professor of Textiles
Irma C. Bradford, M.S., Associate Professor of Home Economics Education.
Allison T. Brown, Instructor in Art.
Louise Burke, B.S., Instructor in Home Management.
Suzanne Cassels, B.A., Instructor in Art.
Eddie Mae Cornell, M.S., Instructor in Foods and Nutrition.
Jane H. Crow, M.S., Assistant Professor of Home Management.
George H. Cuneo, B.S., Assistant Professor of Practical Art.
Vienna Curtiss, M.A., Professor of Art.
Fremont Davis, Instructor in Art.
Harriett L. Friemel, B.S., Instructor in Textiles and Clothing.
F. Louise Hagel, B.S., Lecturer in Foods and Nutrition.
Helen E. Houston, B.A., Instructor in Textiles and Clothing.
Gordon C. Lawson, B.S., Assistant Professor of Art.
Dorothy L. LeGrand, M.S., Instructor in Foods and Nutrition.
T. Faye Mitchell, M.A., Associate Professor of Textiles and Clothing.
M. Marie Mount, M.A., Professor of Home and Institution Management.
Agnes Neylan, M.S., Assistant Professor of Foods and Nutrition.
Jeanne Palmer, Instructor in Art.
Ada F. Peers, M.S., Assistant Professor of Foods and Nutrition.
Mabel S. Spencer, M.S., Instructor in Foods and Nutrition.
Isabelle I. Tomberlin, M.S., Instructor in Foods and Nutrition.
June C. Wilbur, M.S., Assistant Professor of Textiles and Clothing.
Entrance to College of Home Economics
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 401
COLLEGE OF HOME ECONOMICS
M. Marie Mount, M.A., Dean
The College of Home Economics serves Maryland and the surrounding
area with its educational program for both young women and young men.
The program for young women combines good personal development with
education for homemaking and for a livelihood. Information on better
health principles, good study habits, efficient use of time, good grooming,
becoming dress and proper adjustment to new situations constitute the
student's program for self -development. The program for men is directed
toward enriched living, vocationally and avocationally. It emphasizes art
in merchandising and in crafts, food service, and textile technology.
In the professional phases of the progrem, the student consults with the
faculty member assigned as adviser, and has the opportunity to consult with
leaders in the chosen field.
Students are urged to acquire practical experience during vacations. This
experience may be gained either in the actual management of the family
home, in some professional phase of home economics, or both. Students
preparing to teach gain experience on playgrounds in caring for children
and in executing home projects. Commercial firms and institutions provide
opportunities for other types of experience.
Organization
For administrative purposes the College of Home Economics is organized
into the Departments of Textiles and Clothing, Practical Art, Home and
Institution Management, and Foods and Nutrition.
Facilities
The home of the College of Home Economics, following campus tradition,
is a colonial brick building planned and built to present the best modern"
equipment and facilities for education in home economics. A home manage-
ment house is maintained on the campus for experience in homemaking.
Located, as the campus is, between two large cities, unsual opportunities
are provided for both faculty and students. In addition to the University's
excellent general and specialized libraries, Baltimore and Washington fur-
nish the added library facilities so essential to scientific research and cre-
ative work in the arts. The art galleries and museums with their priceless
exhibits, the government bureaus and city institutions, stimulate study and
provide practical experience for the home economics student.
Home Economics Club: Membership is open to all home economics stu-
dents. The Club is affiliated with the American Home Economics Associa-
tion.
402 DEGREES
Omicron Nu, national home economics honor society: Students of high
scholarship are eligible for election to membership twice during the year.
Twelve percent of the senior class is elected for membership in the fall and
eight percent of the junior class in the spring.
Honors and Awards, Scholarships and Loan Fund
Home Economics scholarships: Two thousand dollars has been made
available by Marie Mount to home economics students.
The Danforth Foundation and the Ralston Purina Company Summer
Fellowships: One of four weeks to an outstanding junior; one of two weeks
to an outstanding freshman.
Borden Home Economics Scholarship Award: Three hundred dollars is
given by the Borden Company to the home economics student, who, upon
entering her senior year, has completed two or more courses in foods and
nutrition and has the highest scholastic standing of eligible students.
Retail Merchants Association of Baltimore Scholarship: Two $300 scholar-
ships are provided for residents of the State of Maryland who have com-
pleted the junior year of the Practical Art curriculum. Each recipient
must have shown proficiency and interest in merchandising.
Hecht Company of Washington Scholarship: A $300 scholarship is offered
to a resident of Maryland, or the District of Columbia, who is interested
in merchandising as a career. The student must have completed the junior
year of the Practical Art curriculum and have met other specific require-
ments.
Omicron Nu Scholarship Award: Omicron Nu presents annually an
award to the freshman in the College of Home Economics who attains the
highest scholastic average during the first semester.
A loan fund, composed of contributions by the District of Columbia Home
Economics Association, Maryland Chapter of Omicron Nu, and personal gifts,
is available for students majoring in home economics.
For other scholarships and awards see General Information Bulletin.
Admission
The requirements for admission to the College of Home Economics are,
in general, the same as for other divisions of the University.
Degrees
The degree of Bachelor of Science is conferred for the satisfactory com-
pletion, with an average of C or better, of a prescribed curriculum of 120
semester hour credits exclusive of 4 credits in hygiene and 4 in physical
activities — a total of 128 credits for women, and exclusive of 12 credits in
basic R. O. T. C. and 4 in physical activities — a total of 136 credits for men.
The Master of Science degree is offered in Foods and Nutrition, Textiles
and Clothing and in Home Economics Education in the College of Educa-
tion.*
* See the Graduate School announcements.
GENERAL HOME ECONOMICS 403
The Student Load
The student load in the College of Home Economics varies from 14-18
credits. A student wishing to carry more than 18 credits must have a
B-grade average and the permission of the Dean.
Curricula!
A student may elect the curriculum in general home economics or one of
the following professional curricula, or a combination of curricula: Home
economics education, textiles and clothing, practical art, crafts, home eco-
nomics extension, institution management, and foods and nutrition. A
student who wishes to teach home economics may register in home eco-
nomics education in the College of Home Economics or in the College of
Education. (See Home Economics Education.) All students follow the
general home economics curriculum during the freshman year. It is
advisable for students to choose a professional curriculum at the beginning
of the sopohomore year. The student who has not decided to specialize
follows the general home economics curriculum until a choice is made.
Before continuing with the third year of any curriculum, the student must
have attained junior standing: 64 semester hours with a C-grade average.
GENERAL HOME ECONOMICS
The general home economics curriculum is planned to give a young woman
a good basis for her best personal development, as has been described earlier.
It provides good training for her as a future homemaker. This curriculum
also forms the basis of all the professional curricula. The additional re-
quirements of the professional curricula are listed under the description
of each.
i — Semester — ^
Freshman Year I II
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 3
G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 ....
Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1
*H. E. 1 — Home Economics Lectures 1 ....
Tex. 1— Textiles 3
Pr. Art 1— Design 3
**Hea. 2, 4— Hygiene 2 2
Physical Activities 1 1
}Math. 0 — Basic Mathematics or .... 0
Elective 3 3
Total 17 13-16
f In order to meet the particular need of a student, certain adjustments in these require-
ments may be made with the approval of the student's adviser and Dean.
* Not required of men students.
** Men students take M. S. 1, 2 (3, 3) in place of Hea. 2, 4.
t An examination in Mathematics will be given to freshmen during the first semester ;
those who pass will not be required to take Math. 0.
404
TEXTILES, CLOTHING
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature or
Eng. 5, 6 — Compositions and English Literature
Chem. 11, 13 — General Chemistry
Foods 2, 8 — Foods
Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics
Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology
Clo. 20A — Clothing Construction
Pr. Art 20 — Costume Design
Physical Activities
Total
Junior Year
Home Mgt. 160, 151 — Management of the Home
Nut. 110— Nutrition or
Nut. 10 — Elements of Nutrition
Pr. Art 2 — Survey of Art History
Pr. Art 140, 141— Interior Design
Clo. 22— Clothing Construction
Foods 101 — Meal Service
Foods 100 — Food Economics
Physics 1, 2 — Elements of Physics
Elective
Total
Senior Year
H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization
Home Mgt. 162 — Practice in Management of the Home.
H. E. Ed. 110 — Child Development
Bact. 61 — Household Bacteriology
Zool. 16 — Human Physiology
Electives
Total
Semester
I
3
(3)
16
3
3
(3)
2
1
//
3
(3)
3
3
3
2
2
8
3
16
Textiles and Clothing
The curricula below have been planned to meet the demand for tech-
nically trained college women in the fields of textiles, clothing, and fashion.
Information in these fields is also presented with a broad consumer slant
for personal use.
Men specializing in textiles will be allowed substitutions for certain re-
auired courses.
/
//
3
3
(3)
(3)
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
1
1
CURRICULUM 405
Sophomore Year
Ene. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature or
Ensr. 6, 6 — Composition and English Literature
Chem. 11, 13 — General Chemistry
Foods 1 — Introductory Foods
Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics
Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology
Pr. Art 20 — Costume Design
Clo. 20A — Clothing Construction
Clo. 22 — Clothing Construction
Physical Activities
Electives 2 ....
Total 15 18
Textiles
Junior Year
Home Mgt. 150, 161 — Management of the Home 3 8
Foods 101 — Meal Service 2 ....
Nut. 10 — Elements of Nutrition or 3 ....
Nut. 110— Nutrition (3)
Art •• 2
Physics 1, 2 — Elements of Physics 3 3
Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34 — Elements of Organic Chemistry 3 3
Math. 10 — Algebra .... 3
Tex. 100 — Advanced Textiles 8
Tex. 108 — Decorative Fabrics .... 2
Total 16 17
Senior Year
H. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 8
Bact. 51 — Household Bacteriology .... 3
Tex. 101 — Problems in Textiles 5
Chem. 41 — Chemistry of Textiles .... 4
Home Mgt. 152 — Practice in Management of the Home 3 ....
H. E. Ed. 110— Child Development 3
Math. 13 — Elementary Mathematical Statistics , . . . .... 3
Speech 3
Electives .... 2
Total 15 15
4 or,
TEXTILES, CLOTHING
Textiles and Clothing r~Semester-
Junior Year I
Home Mgt. 150, 161 — Management of the Home 3
Nut. 10 — Elements of Nutrition 3
Art 3
Clo. 122— Tailoring 2
Clo. 121— Pattern Design
Text. 100— Advanced Textiles
Foods 101— Meal Service
Psychology
Tex. 108 — Decorative Fabrics
Electives 2
Total 16
Senior Year
H. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization 8
Bact. 51 — Household Bacteriology ....
H. E. Ed. 110— Child Development 3
Tex. 105 — Consumer Problems in Textiles 3
Home Mgt. 152 — Practice in Management of the Home 3
Clo. 120 — Draping 3
Clo. 124— Projects and Readings in Textiles and Clothing
Speech ....
Clo. 126 — Fundamentals of Fashion ....
Electives 2
Total 17
II
S
2
3
3
2
16
Practical Art
This curriculum permits a choice of three fields of concentration: adver-
tising, interior design, costume design. Emphasis is given to the selection of
house furnishings and wearing apparel with relation to personality. Posi-
tions available to graduates begin with advertising, selling, display, com-
parison shopping, textile advising, and radio work; they develop into
advanced positions in these fields or in departmental buying, department
managing, style coordination, personality consulting, designing, store train-
ing and personnel work.
CURRICULUM
407
Practical Art (For Women)
* Freshman Year
Sophomore Year
Engr. 8, 4 — Composition and World Literature or
Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature
Chem. 11, 13 — General Chemistry
Foods 1 — Introductory Foods
Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics
Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology
Pr. Art 20 — Costume Design
Clo. 20 — Clothing Construction
Pr. Art 30 — Typography and Lettering
Physical Activities
Electives
Total
Junior Year
Home Mgt. 150, 161 — Management of the Home
Foods 101 — Meal Service
Nut. 10 — Elements of Nutrition
Pr. Art 140, 141 — Interior Design
Econ. 150 — Marketing Principles and Organization ,
B. A. 154 — Retail Store Management and Merchandising.
Pr. Art 0 — Professional Lectures
♦♦French, Spanish, German or Elective
Electives
Total
Senior Year
H. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization
Home Mgt. 152 — Practice In Management of the Home. .
Pr. Art 136 — Merchandise Display
Pr. Art 132 — Advertising Layout
H. E. Ed. 110— Child Development
Tex. 105 — Consumer Problems in Textiles
Speech 115 — Radio in Retailing
Pr. Art 120 — Costume Illustration or
Pr. Art 142 — Advanced Interior Design
Electives
Total
Semester — >
/
//
3
3
(3)
(3)
3
3
3
3
S
3
8
3
1
1
2
2
18
16
18
8
8
(3)
8
2
(2)
2
8
8
3
(2)
(2)
2
2
4
16
14
• Pr. Art 2 — Survey of Art History (2) is a required subject which should be taken the
fall term of the Freshman Year.
•* One year of French, Spanish, or German is required of every student who has not
completed two years of one of these languages, with a grade of C or better, in high school.
Note: Students, who are majoring in Costume Design, are advised to take Pr. Art 21
Action Drawing (2), Clo. 120 Draping (3), Clo. 121 Pattern Design (2).
Students who are interested in Merchandising, are advised to take Pr. Art 198 Store
Experience (3) the summer following their junior year; they must make their arrangements
wfth the Head of the Department of Practical Art during the spring semester of the
junior year.
408 PRACTICAL ART
Practical Art (For Men)
Requirements are the same as for the curriculum in Practical Art, as set
up for women, with the following exceptions:
Omissions— H. E. 1; Pr. Art 20; Clo. 20; Foods 1, 101; Home Mgt. 150,
151, 152; Tex. 105; H. E. Ed. HO.f
Additions — H. E. 2; M. I. 1, 2, 3, 4; also, 15 hours in art in merchandising
and merchandising courses to be selected in consultation with the Head of
the Department of Practical Art.
Crafts
This curriculum serves persons who are interested in crafts for recrea-
tional, therapeutic, and professional purposes. Emphasis is given to the joy
of creation through crafts. Positions available to graduates include indus-
trial designing, occupational therapy, instruction at recreation centers, and
classroom teaching of crafts.
Crafts (For Women)
*Freshman Year
i — Semester — v
Sophomore Year I II
Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature or 3 3
Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature (3) (31
Chem. 11, 13— General Chemistry 3 3
FoodB 1 — Introductory Foods 3 ....
Econ. 87 — Fundamentals of Economics 8 ....
Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology .... 3
Pr. Art 20 — Costume Design 3
Clo. 20 — Clothing Construction .... 8
Cr. 2— Simple Crafts 2
Pr. Art 3 — Creative Art Inspired hy Primitive Art 2 ....
Pr. Art 4— Three Dimensional Design .... 2
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 18 17
Junior Year
Home Mgt. 150. 161 — Management of the Home 3 8
Foods 101— Meal Service 2 ....
Nut. 10 — Elements of Nutrition 3
Pr. Art 140, 141 - Interior Design 1 3
Cr. 20. 21— Ceramics 2 2
Cr. 30. 31— Metalry 2 2
Pr. Art 0 — Professional Lectures .... 0
••French, Spanish, German, or Elective 8 8
Elcctives 4 2
Total 17 18
t Required courses which have been omitted may bo taken as electives.
• Pr. Art 2 Survey of Art History is a required subject which should be taken the fall
term of the Freshman Year.
•* One year French, Spanish, or German is required of every student who has not
completed two years of one of these languages, with a grade of C or better, in high school.
Note : Students, who expect to work in occupational therapy, are advised to elect courses
in physiology, kinesiology and mental hygiene.
CURRICULUM 409
i — Semester — i
Senior Year I II
H. 6. 6 — History of American Civilization 3 (3)
Home Mgt. 152 — Practice in Management of the Home 3 (3 i
H. E. Ed. 110— Child Development 3
Cr. 40, 41— Weaving 2 2
Advanced Crafts 4 4
Cr. 198— Crafts in Therapy 2
Electives 3 ....
Total IB 14
Crafts (For Men)
Requirements are the same as for the Curriculum in Crafts, as set up
for women, with the following exceptions:
fOmissions— H. E. 1; Pr. Art 20; Clo. 20; Foods 1, 101; Home Mgt. 150,
151, 152; H. E. Ed. 110.
Additions — H. E. 2; M. I. 1, 2, 3, 4; also, 15 hours in art, crafts, and therapy
courses to be selected in consultation with the Head of the Department
of Practical Art.
For other curricula in art, see offerings under the College of Education
and the College of Arts and Science.
Home Economics Education
The Home Economics Education curriculum is designed for students who
are preparing to teach vocational or general home economics or to engage
in any phase of home economics work which requires a knowledge of
teaching methods. It includes studies of all phases of home economics and
the allied sciences, with professional training for teaching these subjects.
A student majoring in this curriculum may also qualify for a science minor.
Students electing this curriculum may register in the College of Education
or the College of Home Economics.
Home Economics Education Curriculum
Freshman Year
Ed, 2 — Introduction to Education 2
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature, or 3 3
Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature (3) (3)
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 ....
PoL Sci. 1 — American Government ....
Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking 2 2
H. E. 1 — Home Economics Lectures 1 ....
Pr. Art 1— Design 3
Math. O or Elective 3
P. E. 42, 44— Hygiene I, II 2 2
Physical Activities 1 1
Tex. 1— Textiles 3
Total 17 17
t Required courses which have been omitted may be taken as electivas.
410
HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION
Sophomore Year
Ed. 3 — Educational Forum
Engr. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature
H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization
Chem. 11, 13 — General Chemistry
Pr. Art 20 — Costume Design
Clo 20A or B— Clothing
Foods 2, 3 — Foods
Physical Activities
Total
Junior Year
H. E. Ed. 101 — Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation
Psych. 110 — Educational Psychology
Home Mgt. 150, 151 — Home Management
Nut. 10 — Elements of Nutrition
Foods 100 — Food Economics
Foods 101 — Meal Service
Clo. 120 — Draping
Pr. Art. 2 — Survey of Art History
Pr. Art 140 — Interior Design
Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics
Zool. 16 — Human Physiology
Bot. 1 — General Botany
Total
Senior Year
H. E. Ed. 102 — Problems in Teaching Home Economics
H. E. Ed. 103 — Teaching Secondary Vocational Home Economics.
Home Mgt. 152 — Practice in Management of the Home
H. E. Ed. 110 — Child Development
Ed. 150 — Educational Measurement
Bact. 61 — Household Bacteriology
Ed. 180— Theory of the Junior High School or
Ed. 131— Theory of the Senior High School
Ed. 160 — Educational Sociology
Child Study
Total ,
-Semest
I
18
//
1
3
3
8
3
17
4-8
3
Home Economics Extension*
This curriculum outlines the training necessary for the young woman who
wishes to work with rural people through extension service or other agencies
interested in the educational and social problems of rural living.
• Practice work in the field of Home Economics Extension or in social case work is
encouraged for all students majoring in this curriculum. Such experience should be gained
before the completion of the senior year.
CURRICULUM 411
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature or 3 3
Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature (3) (3i
Chem. 11, 13— General Chemistry 3 3
Foods 2, 3— Foods 3 3
Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics • • • 3
Pr. Art 20 — Costume Design • • • • 3
Clo. 20 A or B — Clothing Construction 3 ....
Zool. 16 — Human Physiology 4
Physical Activities 1 1
Total IT 16
Junior Year
Home Mgt. 150, 151 — Management of the Home S 3
Foods 100 — Food Economics 2 ....
Nut. 110 — Nutrition 3
Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34— Elements of Organic Chemistry 3 3
Physics 1, 2 — Elements of Physics 3 3
Ed. 190 — Principles of Education .... 2
R. Ed. 114 — Rural Life Education 3
Electives 3 2
Total IT 16
Senior Year
H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3
Home Mgt. 152 — Practice in Management of the Home .... 8
Foods 103 — Demonstrations 2 ....
Bact. 51 — Household Bacteriology . • • • 3
H. E. Ed. 110— Child Development 8
Clo. 120 — Draping 3
Foods 102 — Experimental Foods 8 ....
Psych. 110 — Educational Psychology 3 ....
H. E. Ext. 100 — Methods in Home Economics Extension .... 3
Pr. Art 2 — Survey of Art History 2 ....
Pr. Art 140, 141— Interior Design 1 3
Total IT 18
Institution Management
This curriculum provides training for those interested in housing and the
food service administration for large groups of persons. The work is of two
general types: (1) food service in such institutions as hospitals, schools and
colleges; in the public schools where a midday meal is served; and in
commercial organizations: restaurants, inns, hotels and industrial cafeterias;
(2) housekeeping in inns and hotels; and in hospitals, schools and colleges.
Standards for an accredited dietitian require a year of intemeship in a
training course approved by the American Dietetic Association, following
graduation. This curriculum meets the academic requirements for entrance
to such a course.
Semester
I
//
3
3
(3)
(3)
3
3
3
3
3
4
1
1
3
3
412 IXSTITUTION MANAGEMENT
Students following this curriculum are required to have, before the senior
year, field experience in food service. This experience must be satisfactory
in length of time, type of work experienced and in quality.
Men specializing in institution management will be allowed substitutions
for certain required courses.
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature or
Eng. 6, 6 — Composition and English Literature
Chem. 11, 13— General Chemistry
Foods 2, 3 — Foods
Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics
Zool. 16 — Human Physiology
Physical Activities
•Electives
Total 17 lf>
For students wishing emphasis on food service administration:
Junior Year
Home Mgt. 160, 151 — Management of the Home 3 3
Nut. 110— Nutrition 3
Nut. 112 — Dietetics 8
Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34— Organic Chemistry 3 3
Inst. Mgt. 160 — Institution Organization and Management 3 ....
Inst. Mgt. 161 — Institution Purchasing and Accounting .... 3
Ed. 190 — Principles of Education .... 2
Phys. 1 — Elements of Physics 3 ....
H. E. Ed. 1 10 — Child Development 3
Elective • • 2 ....
Total 17 17
Senior Year
H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 8
Home Mgt. 152 — Practice in Management of the Home .... 3
Pr. Art 2 — Survey of Art History 2
Pr. Art 140 — Interior Design 1 ....
Bact. 61 — Household Bacteriology .... 3
Foods 102 — Experimental Foods 3 ....
Inst. Mgt. 162 — Institution Foods 3
**Nut. 113 — Diet in Disease 2
Inst. Mgt. 164 — Advanced Institution Management .... 2
Chem. 81, 82 — General Bio-Chemistry 4 ....
Psych. 110 — Educational Psychology .... 3
Electives 2
Total 17 17
• One of the following selection of courses is to be taken in place of a freshman or
sophomore elective: Pr. Art 20, Costume Design (3), Clo. 20 A or B, Clothing Construction
(8), Clo. 21, Personal Clothing Problems (2L
** A student planning to do institutional work other than hospital dietetics is not re-
quired to take Principles of Education and Diet in Disease.
CURRICULUM
413
For students wishing emphasis on housekeeping administration:
i — Semester — .
Junior Year I 11
Nut. 10 — Elements of Nutrition .... 3
Physics 1 — Elements of Physics ....
H. E. Ed. 110 — Child Development 3
Psych. 110 — Educational Psychology or .... 3
(Ed. 191 — Principles and Problems of Adult Education I .... (3)
Pr. Art 2 — Survey of Art History 2
Pr. Art 140 — Interior Design 1 ....
Problems in Interior .... 1
Tex. 105 — Consumer Problems in Textiles (or Household Textiles l ....
Home Mgt. 150, 151 — Management of the Home
Inst. Mgt. 160 — Institutional Organization and Management 3 ....
Inst. Mgt. 181 — Institutional Purchasing and Accounting ....
Electives 2 ....
Total IT 17
Senior Year
H. 5, 6 — -History of American Civilization 3 3
Home Mgt. 152 — Practice in Management of the Home .... 3
Inst. Mgt. 182 — Executive Housekeeping Management 3 ....
Inst. Mgt. 183 — Problems in Housekeeping Management .... 3
Psych. 5 — Mental Hygiene ....
Clo. 129 — Home Furnishings ....
Psych. 2 — Applied Psychology .... 3
Electives 4 4
Total 16 16
Foods and Nutrition
The purpose of the Foods and Nutrition Curriculum is two-fold — to pro-
vide an education in this field for the individual's personal use or for use
in promoting good health and happiness in the family group, and to pro-
vide training for professional use: in teaching, research, editorial or promo-
tional work.
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and Readings in World Literature or
Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and Readings, mainly in English Literature.
Chem. 11, 13 — General Chemistry
Foods 2, 3 — Fooda
Zool. 16 — Human Physiology
Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology
Pr. Art 20 — Costume Design
Clo. 20 — Clothing Construction
Physical Activities
Total
3
(8)
3
3
4
3
(3)
3
414 FOODS, XUTKITIOX
Junior Year
Home Mgt. 160, 151 — Management of the Home
Foods 100 — Food Economics
Foods 101 — Meal Service 2
Nut. 110— Nutrition S
Nut. 112— Dietetics 3
Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34 — Elements of Organic Chemistry 3 3
H. E. Ed. 110— Child Development 3
Physics 1, 2 — Elements of Physics 3 S
Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 3 ....
Total 17 17
Senior Year
H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3
Home Mgt. 152 — Practice in Management of the Home .... 3
Pr. Art 2 — Survey of Art History 2 ....
Pr. Art 140, 141 — Interior Design 1 3
Bact. 51 — Household Bacteriology .... 8
Nut. Ill— Child Nutrition 2
Foods 102 — Experimental Foods 3
Foods 103 — Demonstrations 2
Foods 104 — Advanced Foods .... 2
Chem. 81, 82 — General Bio-Chemistry 4
Elective 2 ....
Total 17 16
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 415
COURSE OFFERINGS
The University reserves the right to withdraw or discontinue any course
for which an insufficient number of students have registered to warrant
giving the course. In such an event, no fee will be charged for transfer to
another course.
Courses are designated by numbers as follows:
1 to 99: courses for undergraduates.
100 to 199: courses for advanced undergraduates and graduates. (Not
all courses numbered 100 to 199 may be taken for graduate credit.)
200 to 299: courses for graduates only.
A course with a single number extends through one semester. A course
with a double number extends through two semesters.
Courses not otherwise designated are lecture courses. The number of
hours' credit is shown by the arabic numeral in parentheses after the title
of the course.
A separate schedule of courses is issued each semester, giving the hours,
places of meeting, and other information required by the student in making
out his program. Students obtain these schedules when they register.
FOODS AND NUTRITION*
Assistant Professors Neylan, Peers; Instructors Cornell, Hagel, Le Grand,
Spencer and Tomberlin.
A. Foods
Foods 1. Introductory Foods (3) — First and second semesters. Three
laboratory periods a week.
For students in other colleges and for majors in Crafts, Practical Art,
Textiles and Clothing.
Foods 2, 3. Foods (3, 3) — First and second semesters. One lecture and
two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, General Chemistry, Chem.
11, 13, to precede or parallel.
Composition, selection and preparation of food with a study of the
scientific principles involved. Analysis of recipes and study of standard
products.
Nut. 10. Elements of Nutrition (3) — First and second semesters.
For students in other colleges and for majors in Crafts, Practical Art,
Textiles and Clothing.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Foods 100. Food Economics (2) — First and second semesters. Prerequi-
site, Foods 1, or 2, 3. One lecture and one laboratory period a week.
Sources of our food supply; buying of food for the family.
* Tailored white uniforms are required for laboratory work in Foods 1, 2, 3, 101, 102,
103. 104, 105, 200, Nutrition 110, 111, 112.
416 COURSE OFFERINGS
Foods 101. Meal Service (2) — First and second semesters. Two labora-
tory periods a week. Prerequisite, Foods 1, or 2, 3.
Planning and serving meals for family groups considering nutritional
needs, and cost; includes simple entertaining.
Foods 102. Experimental Foods (3) — First semester. One lecture and
two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Foods 2, 3; Organic Chemis-
try; Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34.
A study of food preparation processes from the experimental viewpoint.
Foods 103. Demonstrations (2) — First and second semesters. Two lab-
oratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Clo. 20; Foods 1 or 2, 3; Pr. Art 20,
Tex. 1.
Practice in demonstrations.
Foods 104. Advanced Foods (2) — Second semester. Two laboratory
periods a week. Prerequisite, Foods 1 or 2, 3.
Advanced study of manipulation of food materials.
Foods 105. Foods of Other Countries (3) — Second semester. One
lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Foods 1 or 2, 3 or
equivalent.
Food preparation and food customs of the peoples of other countries.
B. Nutrition
Nut. 110. Nutrition (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Foods 2, 3; Or-
ganic Chemistry, Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34 to precede or parallel.
A scientific study of principles of human nutrition.
Nut. 111. Child Nutrition (2) — First and Second semesters. One lecture
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Foods 1 or 2, 3, Nut. 10 or
110.
Principles of human nutrition applied to growth and development of
children. Experience in a nursery school.
Nut. 112. Dietetics (3) — Second semester. One lecture and two labora-
tory periods a week. Prerequisite, Nut. 110.
A study of food selection for health; planning and calculating dietaries
for children and adults; and methods of teaching food values.
Nut. 113. Diet and Disease (2) — First semester. Prerequisite, Nut. 110.
Modifications of the Principles of human nutrition to meet the dietary
needs in treating certain diseases.
For Graduates
Foods 200. Advanced Experimental Foods (3-5) — Second semester. Two
lectures, three laboratories.
Includes experimental problems, special emphasis on use of Maryland
products.
COURSE OFFERINGS 417
Nut. 210. Readings in Nutrition (3) — First semester.
Reports and discussion of outstanding nutritional research and
investigation.
Nut. 211. Problems in Nutrition (3-5) — Second semester.
Experience in a phase of nutrition research which is of interest to the
student by the use of experimental animals, human studies, or an extensive
and critical survey of the literature.
Nut. 212. Nutrition for Community Service (3) — First semester.
Applications of the principles of nutrition to various community problems.
Students may work on problems of their own choosing.
Foods and Nut. 220. Seminar (1, 1) — One hour a week, first and second
semesters.
Reports and discussions of current research in the fields of foods and
nutrition.
Foods and Nut. 221. Research — Two lectures and 1 laboratory period a
week. First and second semesters.
Investigation in some phase of foods or nutrition which may form the
basis of a thesis.
HOME ECONOMICS— GENERAL
H. E. 1. Home Economics Lectures (1) — First semester. Required of
Home Economics freshmen.
Lectures, demonstrations, group and individual discussions on grooming
and clothing budget for the college girl; personal adjustments; good study
habits; social usage.
H. E. 2. Home Economics for Men (3) — Second semester.
Selection and care of clothing, considering design, durability and pro-
priety to occasion. Selection of food for better nutrition, interesting
menus and economy; analysis of accepted demeanor for host and guest.
Selection and repair of household appliances; family budgeting and family
relationships.
HOME ECONOMICS EXTENSION
Professors Mount and Kellar
H. E. Ext. 100. Methods in Home Economics Extension (3) — Second
semester.
Three lectures. Given in cooperation with the staff in Home Economics
Extension. Students "must have senior standing in the College of Home
Economics.
418 COURSE OFFERINGS
HOME AND INSTITUTION MANAGEMENT
Professor Mount; Assistant Professor Crow; Instructors Burke
and Tomberlin.
A. Home Management
Home Mgt. 150, 151. Management of the Home (3, 3) — First and second
semesters.
The family and human relations; household organization and manage-
ment; management of time, energy, and money; housing as a social prob-
lem; housing to meet family needs; selection and care of household equip-
ment and furnishings.
Home Mgt. 152. Experience in Management of the Home (3) — First and
second semesters. Prerequisite, Home Mgt. 150, 151.
Residence for one-third of a semester in the Home Management House.
Experience in planning, guiding, directing, coordinating and participation
in the activities of a household, composed of a faculty member and a small
group of students.
B. Institution Management
Inst. Mgt. 160. Institution Organization and Management (3) — First
semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites,
Foods 2, 3; Home Mgt. 150, 151 to precede or parallel.
The principles of scientific organization and management as applied to
supervision of food services, and to housekeeping administration within an
institution.
Inst. Mgt. 161. Institution Purchasing and Accounting (3) — Second
semester. Two lecturers and one laboratory period a week.
Purchasing of food, supplies, and equipment for institutional use, and
the principles involved in accounting as applied to food services.
Inst. Mgt. 162. Institution Foods (3) — Second semester. One lecture and
two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Foods 2, 3; Inst. Mgt. 160, 161.
Practical experience in preparing and serving food for large groups,
including the use of standard recipes, calculation of food costs, use of
institution equipment, and menu planning.
Inst. Mgt. 163. Practice in Institution Management (3) — Arranged.
Three laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Inst. Mgt. 160, 161.
Practice work in food service under supervision.
Inst. Mgt. 164. Advanced Institution Management (2) — Second semes-
ter. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Inst.
Mgt. 160, 161, 162.
Special problems in institution management.
COURSE OFFERINGS 419
Inst. Mgt. 165. The School Lunch (3) — Second semester. Two lectures
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Foods 2, 3; Nut. 110, or
equivalent.
Problems relating to the planning, organization and serving of the noon
meal in schools and in child care centers.
Inst. Mgt. 181. Purchasing and Accounting for Housekeeping Administra-
tion (3) — Second semester.
Purchasing of household textiles, furnishings, supplies and equipment for
institutional use, and the principles involved in budgeting and accounting as
applied to housekeeping administration.
Inst. Mgt. 182. Housekeeping Management (3) — First semester.
Principles concerning housekeeping management, floor plans, sanitation,
safety, personnel and legal problems.
Inst. Mgt. 183. Problems in Housekeeping Management (3) — Second
semester.
Special lectures and advanced problems in housekeeping administration.
HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION*
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
H. E. Ed. 101. Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation (3) — Second
semester. Required of juniors in Home Economics Education. Prerequi-
site, Psych. 110.
The place and function of home economics education in the secondary
school curriculum. Philosophy of education for home and family living;
characteristics of adolescence, construction of source units, lesson plans,
and evaluation devices; directed observations in junior and senior high
school home economics departments.
H. E. Ed. 102. — Problems in Teaching Home Economics (3) — First semes-
ter. Required of seniors in Home Economics Education. Prerequisite,
H. E. Ed. 101.
A study of the managerial aspects of teaching and administering a home-
making program; the physical environment, organization and sequence of
instructional units, resource materials, evaluation, home projects.
H. E. Ed. 103. Teaching Secondary School Vocational Homemaking (8)
— First or second semester. Prerequisite, H. E. Ed. 101 and 102 or 102
parallel.
Observation and supervised teaching in approved secondary school home
economics departments in Maryland and the District of Columbia. Ten
weeks of practicum in two schools and with both junior and senior high
school classes. Students must reserve a half day in their schedule for the
student teaching assignment.
* For further information see College of Education bulletin.
420 COURSE OFFERINGS
H. E. Ed. 120. Evaluation of Home Economics (2) — Prerequisite, H. E.
Ed. 101.
The meaning and function of evaluation in education; the development
of a plan for evaluating a homemaking program with emphasis upon types
of evaluation devices, their construction, and use.
H. E. Ed. 200. Seminar in Home Economics Education (2) — First
semester.
TEXTILES AND CLOTHING
Associate Professor Mitchell; Assistant Professors Akin, Beaty, Wilbur;
Instructors Friemel, Houston.
A. Textiles
Tex. 1. Textiles (3) — First and second semesters. Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week.
Study of textile fibers; standardization and labeling of textiles; collection
and analysis of fabrics.
B. Clothing
Clo. 20A. Clothing Construction (3) — First and second semesters. Pre-
requisite, Tex. 1. Three laboratory periods a week.
Interpretation and use of commercial patterns; basic fitting and construc-
tion techniques.
Clo. 20B. Clothing Construction (3) — First and second semesters. Elec-
tive for students in other colleges. Three laboratory periods a week.
Interpretation and use of commercial patterns; fabric study; basic fitting
and construction techniques.
Clo. 21. Personal Problems in Clothing (2) — First semester.
Care of clothing; wardrobe planning; selection and purchase of accessories
and ready-to-wear.
Clo. 22. Clothing Construction (2) — First and second semesters. Two
laboratory periods a week.
Continuation of Clo. 20a or 20b. Construction of garments, including a
renovation problem.
Courses for Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Tex. 100. Advanced Textiles (3) — Second semester. One lecture and two
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Tex. 1.
Study of physical and chemical properties of fibres. Standard testing
methods for serviceability of fabrics, i. e., tensile strength, elongation, re-
sistance to abrasion, tear resistance, launderability, flammability, thickness,
resilience and specific weight.
COURSE OFFERINGS 421
Tex. 101 Problems in Textiles (3)— First semester. One lecture and
two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites: Tex. 100, Organic Chem-
istry. Individual experimental problems in textiles.
Tex. 102. Textile Testing (3) — First semester. Three laboratory periods
a week. Prerequisite, Tex. 100.
The theory of textile testing methods, the repeated use of physical test-
ing apparatus, the interpretation of the data, and the presentation of the
findings.
Tex. 103. Textile Microscopy (3) — Second semester. Three laboratory
periods a week. Prerequisite, Tex. 101.
Application of optical and microscopical equipment to technical analysis
of textiles. Lectures and laboratory concerning the types of equipment,
their use, and the technique of textile microanalysis for fiber, yarn and
fabric. Opportunity for work on fibre cross sectioning. Projects involving
quantitative determinations, development of technique, application of photo-
micrography; swelling techniques, staining, etc., as applied to textile
microscopy.
Tex. 105. Consumer Problems in Textiles (3) — First and second semes-
ters. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Tex. 1
or equivalent.
Economic and trade conditions that affect consumer-trade relationships;
buying guides for purchase of household linens and clothing; performance
tests of fabrics.
Tex. 106. Household Textiles (3) — First semester. Three laboratory
periods a week. Prerequisite, Tex. 1.
Study of textiles for household and institutional use. Evaluation of such
textile products through lectures, laboratory tests, survey of literature and
field trips.
Tex. 108. Decorative Fabrics (2) — Second semester. One lecture and
one laboratory period a week.
Study of historic and contemporary fabrics and laces.
Clo. 120. Draping (3) — First and second semesters. Three laboratory
periods a week. Prerequisites, Tex. 1, Clo. 22.
Demonstrations and practice in creating costumes in fabrics on individual
dress forms; modeling of garments for class criticism.
Clo. 121. Pattern Design (2) — Second semester. Two laboratory periods
a week. Prerequisites, Clo. 22, Pr. Art 20.
Development and use of a basic pattern in dress making.
Clo. 122, 125. Tailoring (2, 2)— First and second semesters. Two lab-
oratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Clo. 22.
Construction of tailored garments requiring professional skill.
422 COURSE OFFERINGS
Clo. 123. Children's Clothing (2) — First and second semesters. Two
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Clo. 20a or b, or equivalent.
Children's clothing from the standpoint of age, health, beauty, economy
and personality; development of original designs.
Clo. 124. Projects and Reading in Textiles and Clothing (2) — Second
semester. Prerequisite, Clo. 22, Tex. 100.
Study of the reasons for dress and the versatility of fabrics; analysis of
wardrobe planning preparatory to the job situation; grooming as related to
the college girl — to the job holder; survey of job opportunities in the field;
one special project.
Clo. 126. Fundamentals of Fashion (2, 3) — Second semester. Prerequisite,
Clo. 120.
Fashion history; current fashions, how to interpret and evaluate them;
fashion show techniques; fashion promotion. The course includes oral and
written reports, group projects, panel discussions and field trips.
Clo. 127. Apparel Design (3) — Second semester. One lecture and two
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Clo. 120.
The art of costuming; trade and custom methods of clothing design and
construction; original designing on a dress form.
Clo. 128. Home Furnishings (3) — Second semester. Three laboratory
periods a week. Prerequisite, Tex. 1, Clo. 20A or 20B, or consent of in-
structor.
Selection of fabrics for home and institutional furnishings; care and re-
pair of such furnishings; custom construction of slip covers, draperies, bed-
spreads, etc.
For Graduates
Tex. 200. Special Studies in Textiles (2-4)
Clo. 220. Special Studies in Clothing (2-4)
Tex. and Clo. 230. Seminar (1, 1>
Tex. and Clo. 231. Research
Tex. and Clo. 232. Economics of Clothing and Textiles (3)
PRACTICAL ART AND CRAFTS
Professor Curtiss; Assistant Professors Cuneo, Lawson; Instructors
Cassels, Brown, Davis, Palmer, and Young.
The Department of Practical Art reserves the right to retain one art
problem, from each student, from each class, for illustrative purposes;
however, it will retain only such problems as are needed by the department.
Pr. Art. 0. Professional Lectures (0) — Second semester.
Lectures by current merchandisers and designers.
COURSE OFFERINGS 423
A. Practical Art
Pr. Art 1. Design (3) — First and second semesters.
Art expression through the use of materials, such as opaque water color,
wet clay, colored chalk, and lithograph crayon, which are conducive to free
techniques. Elementary lettering, action figures, abstract design and
general composition study. Consideration of art as applied to daily living.
Teaching methods are emphasized in the section for art education students.
Pr. Art 2. Survey of Art History (2) — First and second semesters.
A rapid survey of art, from prehistoric times to the twentieth century,
showing the great human movements and art ideals, which each period has
reflected. Emphasis is given to domestic architecture, furnishings, and cos-
tume, and to the philosophy and significance of art in today's living. Illus-
trated lectures; assigned readings, examinations.
Pr. Art 3. Creative Art Inspired by Primitive Art (2) — First semester.
Two laboratory periods a week.
Modern design produced after the study of vigorous primitive art as found
in the prehistoric art of Spain, France, and the Southwestern part of the
United States; archaic Mesopotamia, Egypt, and Greece; Mayan, Aztec, and
Peruvian cultures; past and present primitive tribes; provincial and
peasant groups.
Pr. Art 4. Three-dimensional Design (2) — Second semester. Two labora-
tory periods a week.
Abstract and symbolic design emphasizing mass, volume, and depth in
construction problems, which utilize paper, cork, screen, wire, thin sheet
metal, fabric, wood, plastics, etc. This course stimulates resourcefulness
and imagination in design; it is especially valuable to persons interested
in display.
Pr. Art 20. Costume Design (3) — First and second semesters. Three
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Pr. Art 1, or equivalent.
Clothing selection with relation to personality. Adaptation of changing
fashions to the individual. Designing of costumes in mediums, such as
Conte and lithograph crayon, transparent and opaque water color, soft
pencil, India ink, and three-dimensional materials. A minimum of fashion
figure drawing. Survey of historic costume and of the fashion industry.
Pr. Art. 21, 22. Action Drawing (2, 2) — Second semester. Two labora-
tory periods a week. Prerequisite, Pr. Art 1, or equivalent.
Quick sketching of live model, from poses and action. This course is
basic for costume illustration and mural painting. Pr. Art 21 prerequisite
to Pr. Art 22.
Pr. Art 30. Typography and Lettering (3) — First and Second semesters.
Prerequisite, Pr. Art 1, or equivalent.
424 COURSE OFFERINGS
A study of typography, hand lettering, and their application. Brief
survey of processes of reproduction.
Pr. Art 38, 39. Photography (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Three
laboratory periods a week. Consent of the instructor.
Experimental effects in photography with special emphasis upon pictures
for advertisements, store display, periodicals, murals and salon exhibits.
Each student must have his own camera.
B. Crafts
Cr. 2, 3. Simple Crafts (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Two labora-
tory periods a week.
Creative art expressed in clay modeling, plaster carving, wood burning,
thin metal working, paper mache modeling, etc. Emphasis is laid upon
inexpensive materials and tools and simple techniques, which can be pursued
in the home. Excellent for teachers and directors of recreation centers.
Cr. 5, 6. Puppetry (2, 2) — Second semester. Two laboratory periods
a week.
Making of marionettes and production of simple puppet shows. Valuable
to teachers and directors of recreation centers.
Cr. 20, 21. Ceramics (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Three laboratory
periods a week. Prerequisite, Pr. Art 1 or Cr. 2, if possible.
Elementary pottery-making, modeling in relief, intaglio and in the round,
simple glaze effects. Good design is stressed.
Cr. 30, 31. Metalry (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Three laboratory
periods a week. Prerequisite, Pr. Art 1, or Cr. 2, if possible.
Etching, repousse, and sawed filigree in metals, such as copper, aluminum,
brass, pewter and German silver. Good design is stressed.
Cr. 40, 41. Weaving (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Three laboratory
periods a week. Prerequisite, Pr. Art 1, if possible.
Hand weaving on simple looms. Good color, texture, and general design
are stressed.
Courses for Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Pr. Art 100, 101. Mural Design (2, 2)— First semester. Two laboratory
periods a week. Prerequisites, Pr. Art 1, 2, 3, 21, or consent of the instructor.
Consideration of mural design with relation to propriety of setting. Study
of traditional and contemporary techniques. Experiment in colored chalk,
gouash, oil paint, and fresco; stone, glass, and tile mosaic.
Pr. Art 102, 103. Advanced Mural Design (2, 2) — First semester. Two
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Pr. Art 1, 2, 3, 21, 100, 101.
Advanced techniques in mural design.
COURSE OFFERINGS 425
Pr. Art 120, 121 — Costume Illustration (2, 2) — First and second semesters.
Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Pr. Art 1, 20, and 21, 22, if
possible.
Advanced techniques in rendering of fashion illustration. Experience in
use of Ben Day and Craftint. Organization of fashion shows.
Pr. Art 124, 125. Individual Problems in Costume (2,2) — First and
second semesters. Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Pr. Art
1, 20, 120, 121, and permission of the instructor.
Advanced problems in costume design or costume illustration for students
who are capable of independent work.
Pr. Art 132. Advertising Layout (2) — First and second semesters. Two
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Pr. Art 1, 20, 30, and 20, 21 if
possible.
Rough layouts and finished advertisements utilizing lettering, type speci-
fications, and illustration. Air brush used in large work.
Pr. Art 134, 135. Individual Problems in Advertising (2, 2) — Second
semester. Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Pr. Art 1, 20, 30,
120, 132, or equivalent, and permission of the instructor.
Advanced problems in advertising for students who are capable of
independent work.
Pr. Art 136. Merchandise Display (2) — First and second semesters.
Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Pr. Art 1, 20, 30; 120, 132
to precede or parallel.
Practice in effective display of merchandise. Cooperation with retail
establishments.
Pr. Art 137. Advanced Merchandise Display (2) — First and second
semesters. Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Pr. Art 1, 20, 30,
120, 132, 136 and permission of the instructor.
Advanced problems in the display of merchandise. Emphasis upon
original atmospheric effects, which are within the bounds of good taste.
Pr. Art 138, 139. Advanced Photography (2, 2) — First and second
semesters. Three laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Pr. Art 38, 39.
Advanced problems in photography. Each student must have his own
camera.
Pr. Art 140, 141. Interior Design (1, 3) — First semester, one laboratory
per week; second semester, three laboratory periods per week. Prerequi-
sites, Pr. Art 1, 2, to precede or parallel Pr. Art 140.
Analysis of interiors as backgrounds for various personalities. Study of
good and poor interiors. Trips to historic homes, a furniture factory, and
retail house furnishing establishments. Original floor plans and wall eleva-
tions drawn to scale and rendered in color.
426 COURSE OFFERINGS
Pr. Art 142, 143. Advanced Interior Design (2, 2) — First and second
semesters. Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Pr. Art 1, 140,
141, or equivalent.
Designing of rooms and furnishings; scale drawing and color rendering
in plan, elevation and perspective, or making of maquettes. Study of
furniture manufacture and merchandising. Planning of exhibition rooms
or houses when possible.
Pr. Art 144, 145. Individual Problems in Interior (2, 2) — First and
second semesters. Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Pr. Art
1, 140, 141, 142, 143, and permission of the instructor.
Advanced problems in interior design or construction for students who
are capable of independent work.
Pr. Art 198. Store Experience (3) — 160 clock hours, or 20 continuous
eight-hour days, summer following the Junior Year, Practical Art
curriculum.
Selling, buying, advertising, or executive work, done under supervision in
a specified department store or studio. Arrangements to be made with the
Head of the Department of Practical Art early in the spring semester,
Junior year.
Cr. 120, 121. Advanced Ceramics (2, 2) — First and second semesters.
Three laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Cr. 20, 21.
Advanced techniques in ceramics; preparation of glazes and handling of
the kiln.
Cr. 124, 125. Individual Problems in Ceramics (2, 2) — First and second
semesters. Three laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Cr. 20, 21, 120,
121, and permission of the instructor.
Advanced problems in ceramics. For students who are capable of inde-
pendent work.
Cr. 130, 131. Advanced Metalry (2, 2) — First and second semesters.
Three laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Cr. 30, 31.
Advanced techniques in metalry, including soldering, stone-setting, and
fine etching.
Cr. 134, 135. Individual Problems in Metalry (2, 2) — First and second
semesters. Three laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Cr. 30, 31, 130,
131, and permission of the instructor.
Advanced problems in Metalry for students who are capable of inde-
pendent work.
Cr. 140, 141. Advanced Weaving (2, 2) — First and second semesters.
Three laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Cr. 40, 41.
Advanced techniques in weaving.
COURSE OFFERINGS
427
Cr. 144, 145. Individual Problems in Weaving (2, 2) — First and second
semesters. Three laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Cr. 40, 41, 140,
141, and permission of the instructor.
Advanced problems in weaving for students who are capable of inde-
pendent work.
Cr. 198. Crafts in Therapy (2) — Second semester. Prerequisites, three
courses in various crafts or art construction, consent of the instructor and
junior standing.
Demonstration and discussion of the teaching of crafts to persons, who
need physical and mental rehabilitation. Readings, field trips, a minimum
of art activity. Excellent for persons who plan to work with disabled
persons.
Testing fabrics on fadometer
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 429
College of
MILITARY SCIENCE
PHYSICAL EDUCATION and RECREATION
STAFF
Colonel Harland C. Griswold, U. S. Army (Ret.), Acting Dean
MILITARY STAFF
Colonel Claud E. Stadtman, Professor, Military Science and Tactics.
Lt. Colonel George E. Fletcher, Assistant Professor, Military Science
and Tactics (Infantry).
Lt. Colonel Sidney S. Davis, Assistant Professor, Military Science and
Tactics (Signal Corps).
Lt. Colonel Frederick H. Richardson, Jr., Assistant Professor, Military
Science and Tactics (Dental Corps) (Baltimore College of Dental
Surgery).
Lt. Colonel Harold V. Maull, Assistant Professor of Military Science and
Tactics (Air).
Major Ovie D. Clark, Assistant Professor, Military Science and Tactics
(Air).
Major Emmette G. Huff, Assistant Professor, Military Science and Tac-
tics (Infantry).
Major James S. Hollingsworth, Assistant Professor, Military Science
and Tactics (Transportation Corps).
Major Philip A. Hutchinson, Assistant Professor, Military Science and
Tactics (Transportation Corps).
Lt. Colonel Donald 0. Markham, Assistant Professor, Military Science
and Tactics (Transportation Corps).
Major Walter L. Miller, Jr., Assistant Professor, Military Science and
Tactics (Infantry).
Major Roy M. Kessler, Assistant Professor, Military Science and Tactics
(Infantry).
Captain John H. Brown, Assistant Professor, Militai-y Science and Tac-
tics (Air).
Captain David M. Chase, Assistant Professor, Military Science and
Tactics (Infantry).
Captain Lee R. Cox, Assistant Professor, Military Science and Tactics
(Infantry).
Captain Omer L. Cox, Assistant Professor, Military Science and Tactics
(Air).
Captain Earl L. Harper, Assistant Professor, Military Science and Tac-,
tics (Infantry).
430 STAFF
Captain Roland P. Lee, Assistant Professor, Military Science and Tac-
tics (Signal Corps).
Captain Phil M. Patton, Assistant Professor, Military Science and Tac-
tics (Air).
First Lieutenant Kenneth W. Kagy, Assistant Professor, Military
Science and Tactics (Air).
First Lieutenant Troy H. Middleton, Jr., Assistant Professor, Military
Science and Tactics (Infantry).
First Lieutenant Myron S. Myers. Assistant Professor, Military Science
and Tactics (Signal Corps).
Master Sergeant James J. Aylward, Jr., Administrative Assistant.
Master Sergeant William Buckley, Instructor (Signal Corps).
Master Sergeant Paul W. Cunzeman, Instructor (Infantry).
Master Sergeant Charles N. Dodson, Instructor (Infantry).
Master Sergeant Stephen Felber, Instructor (Infantry).
Master Sergeant Everett B. Heins, Instructor (Transportation Corps).
Master Sergeant Leo Hirsch, Administrative Assistant (Dental Corps)
(Baltimore College of Dental Surgery).
Master Sergeant Norbert S. Kuchman, Administrative Assistant.
Master Sergeant Robert J. McFarland, Instructor (Air).
Master Sergeant William E. Attick, Instructor (Infantry).
Master Sergeant Billy Gray, Instructor (Infantry).
Master Sergeant Thomas H. Laughren, Instructor (Infantry).
Master Sergeant Earl E. Musgrove, Instructor (Infantry).
Master Sergeant Hubert W. Secrest, Instructor (Infantry).
Master Sergeant Fay J. Norris, Instructor (Infantry).
First Sergeant Charles Lightner, Administrative Assistant (Air).
Sergeant First Class John C. Crouse, Jr., Instructor (Infantry)-
Sergeant First Class Salvatore Gagliemo, Instructor (Infantry).
Sergeant First Class Harry H. Peirce, Instructor (Signal Corps).
Sergeant First Class Edward W Moss, Instructor (Infantry).
Staff Sergeant George A. Foelker, Administrative Assistant (Air).
Staff Sergeant Joseph J. Swicarz, Instructor (Air).
Sergeant Vern M. Hostbjor, Administrative Assistant.
Sergeant Donald E. Winter, Instructor (Infantry).
Corporal Marrion E. Frost, Jr., Administrative Assistant (Transportation
Corps) .
Private First Class Edward E. Welborn, Administrative Assistant
(Transportation Corps).
McKinley L. Fuller, Military Property Custodian.
Mrs. Anita J. O'Connor, Secretary.
Mrs. Vivien D. Edwards, Assistant Secretary.
Frank Sykora, Assistant Professor, Bandmaster.
STAFF
431
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, HEALTH AND RECREATION STAFF
Ruth Alexander, M.A., Assistant Professor of Physical Education.
Samuel J. Arbes, Instructor in Physical Education.
Harry Bonk, B.S., Instructor in Physical Education.
Louis R. Burnett, M.D., Professor of Physical Education, Head of Depart-
ment.
Frank H. Cronin, B.S., Assistant Professor of Physical Education.
John H. Cudmore, B.S., Instructor in Physical Education.
Dorothy F. Deach, M.S., Professor of Physical Education, Head of Depart-
ment for Women.
David A. Field, B.S., Assistant Professor of Physical Education.
Elizabeth I. Flinchbaugh, M.A., Instructor in Physical Education.
Warren K. Giese. B.S., Instructor in Physical Education.
George M. Gloss, Ed.D., Professor of Physical Education.
Louis E. Hutto, Ph.D., Professor of Physical Education.
James H. Kehoe, B.S., Associate Professor of Physical Education.
William E. Krouse, B.S., Instructor in Physical Education.
Dorothy G. Madden, M.A., Instructor in Physical Education.
Harvey L. Miller. Colonel, U.S.M.C. (Ret.), Associate Professor of
Physical Education.
Viola Mitchell, M.A., Assistant Professor of Physical Education.
Doris M. Neyendorf, B.S., Instructor in Physical Education.
Jacqueline M. Richards, B.S., Instructor in Physical Education.
Adelaide Ross, M.A., Assistant Professor of Physical Education.
H. Burton Shipley, B.S., Associate Professor of Physical Education.
Edward J. Schwarz, B.S., Instructor in Physical Education
Catherine Snell, M.A., Assistant Professor of Physical Education.
Alfred L. Stewart, M.S., Associate Professor of Physical Education.
Theron A. Tompkins, M.A., Associate Professor of Physical Education.
Albert W. Woods, B.S., Associate Professor of Physical Education.
Alfred J. Wyre, Assistant Professor of Physical Education.
R. Yvonne Zenn, M.A., Assistant Professor of Physical Education.
4:j2 UNIVERSITY OF MARY LAM)
COLLEGE OF
MILITARY SCIENCE, PHYSICAL EDUCATION,
AND RECREATION
Col. Harland C. Griswold, U. S. Army, Retired, Acting Dean
The College of Military Science, Physical Education and Recreation, has
been established to provide leaders for the Nation and State in the fields
of Military Science, Physical Education. Recreation and Health Education.
Work is given in each of these four fields leading to a Bachelor's Degree
and students with majors in other colleges may elect to take minors in these
subjects. The length of the normal curriculum for each area of study is
four years.
The college is divided into three main departments, as follows: Military
Science; Reserve Officers' Training Corps; and Physical Education, Recre-
ation and Health Education. The work of each of these departments is
described in detail under the appropriate heading.
MILITARY SCIENCE
The primary purpose of the curriculum in Military Science is to train
men who desire to follow a military career. It leads to a commission in
the Officers' Reserve Corps with an opportunity for a subsequent active
duty tour in a competitive status for a Regular Army commission. Leaders
of the Armed Services have indicated that civilian colleges are expected to
furnish about two-thirds of the junior officers needed each year as attrition
replacements. This means that 1,000 to 1,500 graduates of civilian colleges
each year will have the opportunity to secure commissions as regular offi-
cers in the Armed Services.
Students must be able to meet the physical standards established for the
Officers' Reserve Corps and must maintain a scholastic average of not less
than 2.0 in order to qualify for admission to the Advanced ROTC Course.
It will be noted that this curriculum provides for a minor in a field
selected by the student. The number of hours in this minor is 24, of which at
least 6 hours must be in courses No. 100 and above and must be approved
by the department in which the work is given as well as by the Dean of
this college.
Military Science Curriculum r— Semester— ^
Freshman Year j //
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and Reading in American Literature 3 3
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 3
G. & P. 1 — American Government 3
Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking 2 2
Math. 10. 11 — Algebra, Trigonometry, Analytic Geometry 3 3
Modern Language (one language for two years' study) 3 3
*M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T, C 3 3
•Physical Activities 1 1
Total !g jg
* Credit allowed for equivalent service in the Armed Forces.
RESERVE OFFICERS' TRAINING CORPS 433
— Semcstd—-
Sophomore Year I H
Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6 — Composition and Reading in World Literature 3 3
Hist. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3
Speech 5, 6— Advanced Public Speaking 2 2
Physics 1. 2— Elements of Physics 3 3
Modern Language 3 3
*M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C 3 3
•Physical Activities 1 ]
Total 18 18
Junior Year
f Speech 127, 128 — Military Speech and Command 2 2
Agr. Eng. 102 — Gas Engines, Tractors and Automobiles .... 3
Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 3 ....
ifSurv. 1, 2 — Plane Surveying 2 2
+)Dr. 1— Engineering Drawing 2 ....
tM. S. 101, 102— Advanced R. O. T. C 3 3
Minor Sequence 6 6
Total
Students entered in Advanced R.O.T.C. are required to attend six weeks
summer camp between Junior and Senior years.
Senior Year
G. & P. 101 — International Political Relations, or ]
G. & P. 102 — International Law, or
G. & P. 106 — American Foreign Relations
M. S. 151 — Military Logistics .... 3
tM. S. 152 — Military Leadership .... 3
M. S. 153 — Policy of the United States 3
tM. S. 103, 104— Advanced R. O. T. C 3 3
Minor Sequence 6 6
Total -. 15 15
THE RESERVE OFFICERS' TRAINING CORPS
Instruction in military science and tactics has been an important phase of
the College Park division of the University of Maryland since 1856. In
1864 the General Assembly of Maryland accepted the provision of the Act
of Congress of 1862 whereby public lands were donated to the States pro-
viding colleges in which a course of military training was maintained.
Until 1916 the institution was a military school. After the first World War
the military training was reorganized and given as specified in the Acts of
Congress of 1916 and 1920, as amended, which are commonly known as the
* Credit allowed for equivalent service in the Armed Forces.
t Credit allowed to those holding Regular, Reserve or National Guard commissions.
i Officers experienced in terrain evaluation and sketching may elect other appropriate
subjects by arrangement in lieu of Surv. 1, 2. and Dr. 1.
434 RESERVE OFFICERS' TRAINING CORPS
National Defense Acts. Under these laws the Reserve Officer Training Corps
is organized to provide basic training and to offer advanced training lead-
ing to a commission in the Officer Reserve Corps on a selective basis. All
male students, unless specifically exempted, under University rules are
required to take basic military training for a period of two years. This
is a prerequisite for graduation and must be taken by all eligible students
in their first two years of attendance whether they intend to graduate or
not. Students of the University, regardless of the college in which regis-
tered, who successfully complete the Basic Course Reserve Officers Training
Corps may be considered as candidates for the Advanced Course.
The mission of the Senior Division, Reserve Officers' Training Corps is
to produce junior officers who have the qualities and attributes essential
to their progressive and continued development as officers in a component
of the Army and Air Force of the United States. The major mission is the
training of officers to serve with the Reserve Components of the Army and
Air Force of the United States, i.e., the Organized Reserve Corps or the
National Guard. In addition, the Senior Reserve Officers Training Corps
will provide the principal source of procurement of junior officers for the
Regular Army and Air Force through selection of a required number
of Distinguished Military Graduates of the Senior Division for direct
appointment, and through extended active duty tours of volunteer officers
from which will be selected additional personnel for Regular Army appoint-
ment. The hundreds of Maryland graduates who received their commis-
sions through this unit were found ready and capable when the national
crisis arose, and they have achieved an inspiring and enviable record of
which the State may well be proud.
Army and Air Force personnel, approved by the President of the Uni-
versity, are detailed by the Departments of the Army and Air Force to
administer the course. Officers serve under appointment by the University
as Professor or Assistant Professor and selected non-commissioned officers
as Instructors.
The required course of two years is known as the First and Second Year
Basic Course. This is a thorough, comprehensive course designed to
prepare men for any branch of the service. The elective two-year Ad-
vanced Course in Air Force, Infantry, Signal Corps, Transportation Corps
and Dental Corps specifically trains students in their selected specialization.
Applicants for the Advanced Course Signal Corps must be registered for
Mechanical or Electrical Engineering. Electronics, or a course leading to
a major in physics; however, students enrolled in courses other than these
may be admitted as a second priority.
The necessary training equipment including uniforms, weapons, and tech-
nical material, is loaned to the University by the Departments of the Army
and Air Force. Students in the basic courses are loaned uniforms without
cost.
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 435
The New Armory located East of the Administration Building has been
declared by a Department of the Army inspector to be one of the finest
buildings used for Military instruction in the country. It contains clothing
and ordnance storerooms, class rooms, offices, projection room, a ten firing
point small bore range, and a drill floor 240 feet long by 120 feet wide.
Drill field, parade grounds and other outdoor training activities are nearby.
Advanced Course
The primary object of the Advanced Course is to provide military instruc-
tion and systematic training to selected eligible students through the agency
of educational institutions, to the end that they may qualify as reserve
officers in the Military forces of the United States. It is intended to attain
this objective in accordance with the terms of the contract during the time
the students are pursuing their academic studies at the University.
A student prior to enrollment in the course must have satisfactorily com-
pleted the Basic Course or have been honorably discharged after at
least one year active service in one of the armed forces. The student must
have indicated in writing his desire to undertake the course. Selection of
students in the advanced course will be made by the President of the Uni-
versity and the Professor of Military Science and Tactics, as provided in
Section 47c, National Defense Act. No applicant will be admitted to the
advanced course who is less than eighteen or more than twenty-six years
of age at the time of admission or who is not able to pass physical standards
set forth in AR 40-105 and 40-110 and the Army General Classification Test
with a qualifying score. Opportunities for students interested in the Regu-
lar Army and Air Force as a career have been augmented by recent legis-
lation authorizing increased numbers of regular commissions to distin-
guished Reserve Officers' Training Corps graduates, and one-year active
duty competitive tours to all Advanced Course graduates.
Program of Instruction
For first and second years, basic course, and the advanced course the
instruction will consist of five hours per week, of which at least three
hours are utilized for theoretical instruction.
Uniforms
All members must appear in proper uniforms at all Military drill forma-
tions and at such other times as the Military Department may designate.
Uniforms for students in the elementary course are furnished by the
Government. The uniforms are the regulation uniforms of the United
States Army and Air Force, with certain distinguishing features. Such
uniforms must be kept in good condition by the students. They remain the
property of the Army or Air Force, and though intended primarily for use
in connection with military instruction they may be worn at other times
unless the Military Department instructs otherwise. The uniforms will not
t M r T. I TION— CREDITS BA NDS
be worn in part nor used while the w< ; ajed in athletic sports. A
basic uniform will be returned to the Military Department at the end of
the year; or before, if a student severs his connection with the Department.
The Advanced Course students will wear an officer-type uniform, purchased
on a Federal Government allowance.
Commutation
All members of the Advanced Course will receive a monetary allowance in
lieu of subsistence, equivalent to the current value of the garrison ration,
to be paid monthly during the periods of enrollment in the Advanced Course
less the period of the Advanced Camp of six weeks. During this Camp the
student will receive the pay of the seventh enlisted grade and travel pay.
The total period of receiving commutation will not exceed 570 days for any
student. This allowance will be paid in addition to benefits authorized by
the GI Bill of Rights.
Credits
Military instruction at this Institution is on a par with other university
work, and the requirements of this department as to proficiency are the
same as those of other departments.
Students who have received Military Training at any educational institu-
tion under the direction of officers detailed as Professor of Military Science
and Tactics, may receive such credit as the P. M. S. & T. and the President
may jointly determine.
University and Reserve Officers' Training Corps Bands
The University of Maryland Student Band and the Reserve Officers'
Training Corps Band are two separate musical organizations at the Uni-
versity, existing for the purpose of furthering the musical knowledge of
interested students. The Reserve Officers' Training Corps Band functions
under the Military Department. The Student Band is under the direction
of the Music Department and is assisted by the Military Department. The
instruction of both bands is conducted by an experienced bandmaster.
The Reserve Officers' Training Corps Band is composed of Reserve Offi-
cers' Training Corps students. It practices during drill periods and plays
for drills and military formations. Uniforms and instruments are fur-
nished by the Federal Government. Members of the Reserve Officers' Train-
ing Corps Band are eligible for enrollment in the Student Band.
The University of Maryland Student Band is one of the most important
and most active undergraduate organizations on the Maryland Campus.
Membership in the Student Band is open to all interested men and women
students of the University. The Band furnishes music for athletic events
and special occasions during the School Y<ar. The Fall practice sessions
are devoted to the support of the football season, with the band accompany-
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, HEALTH, RECREATION 437
ing the football team on some of its trips away from home. During the
Winter season the Band plays for basketball games and for boxing matches.
The practice hours during the Winter are devoted to concert music which
culminates in an Annual Spring Concert.
Band is a regular scheduled course of instruction. One credit per semes-
ter, not to exceed a total of eight (8) credits, may be earned by the student
participating in this activity. Uniforms and certain instruments are fur-
nished by the University. Band rehearsals are conducted in the Band Room
in the New Armory. A band letter may be earned each year by faithful
attendance. A gold award is presented to the student who earns a letter
for four successive years. Students may be elected to positions of honor
and responsibility within this student organization which operates under
its own constitution.
Men or women, applying for admission to the University who play musi-
cal instruments and who desire to be considered for the Student Band,
should indicate their experience and ability on their application form, and
should contact the bandmaster at the earliest opportunity for enrollment
in the Student Band, after being accepted for admission to the University.
The Varsity Rifle Team
The Varsity Rifle Team is under the supervision of the Military Depart-
ment. Rifle competition at the University of Maryland is rated as a major
sport activity, and the varsity letters and sweaters are awarded each year
to team members. The rifle teams representing this institution have a high
national standing as they have consistently placed in the top brackets in the
National Intercollegiate Rifle Match. The Varsity Rifle Team won the
National Intercollegiate Championship in 1947 with a new record score.
They have been consistent winners in the William Randolph Hearst Trophy
Match and the Third Service Command Reserve Officers' Training Corp?
Match as well as winning a very high percentage of the regular schedule of
postal and shoulder matches. Rifle and amunition are furnished by the
State and Federal Governments and the rifle range in the New Armory used
by the team has been pronounced by officials of the National Rifle Associa-
tion to be one of the finest in the country.
Both a Varsity Team and a Freshman Team are placed in competition,
with members of the latter team being awarded class numerals.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, HEALTH AND RECREATION
The weakening influence of our modern machine civilization makes essen-
tial a progressive course, especially designed to condition and develop the
human body to the point where it can retain normal responses to stimuli
in spite of fatigue and exhaustion and continue to function effectively in
the routine and emergency tasks of life.
The primary purposes of the offerings in Physical Education, Health
and Recreation are: (a) conducting the required classes in physical edu-
438 FACILITIES, REQUIREMENTS. ACTIVITIES
cation taken three periods weekly by freshmen and sophomores; (b)
organizing and conducting the intramural program of individual and team
sports; (c) organizing and conducting pageants, dances, and gymnastic ex-
hibitions; (d) conducting adaptive or corrective exercises for physically
handicapped students; (e) promoting the proper use of leisure time by
organizing wholesome recreation for the students and faculty; (f) con-
ducting major courses for the education of teachers and leaders in Physical
Education, Health, Recreation, and Pre-Physical Therapy.
The curricula in Physical Education, Health, Recreation, and Pre-Physical
Therapy function through a cooperative arrangement among the following:
(1) The College of Military Science, Physical Education, and Recreation —
required class work including adaptive courses for freshmen and sophomores,
intramurals, and major and minor curricula; (2) College of Education —
professional preparation of teachers; (3) Graduate School — graduate pro-
fessional preparation.
Facilities
The University of Maryland has several athletic fields, a large armory
which is also used for recreation purposes, a gymnasium for men and a
gymnasium for women, also a large building, the Coliseum, in which
athletic events are held. The State Legislature has authorized the con-
struction of two swimming pools which will be built as soon as materials
become available.
Required Physical Education and Health
All undergraduate students classified academically as freshmen and
sophomores who are registered for more than six semester hours are
required to complete four prescribed courses in physical education. In
addition, all freshmen women, except those majoring in physical education,
must register for the two prescribed courses in hygiene. These courses
must be taken by all eligible students during the first two years of attend-
ance at the University, whether they intend to graduate or not. Transfer
students who do not have credit in these courses must complete them or
take them until graduation, whichever occurs first.
A student having a physical handicap which prevents participation in
the regular activities program will be given a prescription of adaptive
work suitable to his physical capacity.
Exemptions from required physical activities are given only for severe
physical disabilities. A statement from the University physician certify-
ing complete physical disqualification is necessary.
Students majoring in Physical Education, Health, or Recreation meet
these requirements by special professional courses.
Elective Activities
Sophomore students who have met minimal requirements in the fresh-
man course may elect from a variety of activities such as the following:
PROFESSIONAL CURRICULUA 439
Men — Badminton, basketball, boxing, fencing, gymnastics, horseshoes,
judo, soccer, softball, tennis, touch football, track, tumbling, volleyball,
weight lifting, wrestling, and others.
Women — Archery, badminton, basketball, body mechanics, bowling, dance,
golf, softball, tennis, volleyball, and others.
Uniforms for Required Courses
Men — White cotton T-shirt, black shorts, supporters, and all-white tennis
shoes.
Woiyieii — One-piece blue uniform, white ankle socks, sandals, and all-
white tennis shoes.
Intramurals
The facilities of the department are available to all students when the
time does not interfere with scheduled activities.
Men — An adequate program of intramural sports is conducted. Among
activities in this program are touchball, badminton, wrestling, swimming,
boxing, handball, and volleyball in the winter; softball, tennis, golf, and
track in the spring. Plaques, medals and other appropriate awards in all
tournaments of the program are provided for the winning teams and
individual members.
Women — Recreational games; team sports, including hockey, soccer,
fieldball, Baltimore ball, speedball, basketball, volleyball, softball; individual
sports, including tennis, badminton, fencing, golf, archery, and table tennis
are offered.
The Women's Recreation Association under the supervision of the
Department sponsors and conducts the intramural tournaments in these
activities and arranges sports days with neighboring colleges.
PROFESSIONAL CURRICULA
Physical Education
The professional work in Physical Education is intended to develop leaders
to teach and to supervise such work in public school systems, in private
schools, and colleges.
Health Education
The student majoring in this field is preparing to teach individual and
community hygiene in school situations. This includes instruction in safety
and first aid. There is increasing demand for properly trained people in
these fields.
Recreation
The rapidly growing field of Recreation utilizes the resources of school,
community, industry, camps, and other agencies to enrich the greatly in-
440 CURRICULA
creased leisure of modern life. Through a broad and varied program
students are prepared for leadership in this field.
Pre-physical Therapy
Each student in this special curriculum will, with his adviser, prepare
an individual program to meet the requirements for the institution in
which he plans to enroll for Physical Therapy training.
Graduate Curricula
Candidates for advanced degrees in Education with areas of emphasis
in Physical Education, Health, or Recreation are accepted in accordance
with the procedure and requirements of the Graduate School. (See Graduate
School catalog.)
Undergraduate Curricula
Professional curricula are offered leading to the degree of Bachelor
of Science with a major in Physical Education, in Health, in Recreation,
or in Pre-Physical Therapy. A total of 120 semester hours in addition to
the University requirement in military and physical education is required
for graduation. In no case shall the total number of semester hours be
less than 128 for women and 136 for men.
The freshman and sophomore curricula are essentially the same for all
majors, consisting of basic cultural courses and introductory professional
courses, except as follows:
(1) Majors in Health Education and Pre-physical Therapy may select
such physical activities as well meet minimal departmental require-
ments, allowing additional electives.
(2) Majors in Recreation are not required to register for P.E. 56 and
P.E. 58.
The junior and senior curricula provide four areas of major specializa-
tion and the opportunity to develop one or more minors as desired.
All applicants must be free of handicapping physical defects and be
approved by the Medical Director and the Director of the major depart-
ment.
Suitable uniforms are required in the major activity classes.
Men — White cotton T-shirt, full-length black pants with gold braid on
side, supporters, and all-white tennis shoes.
Women — All-white shorts, shirt, ankle socks, sandals, and all-white tennis
shoes. In addition, a white one-piece suit is required for practice teaching.
All of these must be of the style prescribed.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION HEALTH, RECREATION 441
Curricula in Physical Education, Health, and Recreation
Freshman Year Sem. Cr. Scm. Cr.
Eng. 1 — Composition and American Eng. 2 — Composition and American
Literature 3 Literature 3
Zoo]. 1 — General Zoology 4 G. & P. 1 — American Government. . . '■'
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life. . 3 Sp. 10 — Group Discussion 2
Sp. 4 — Voice and Diction 3 Ed. 2 — Introduction to Education.... 2
*P. E. 10— Basic Body Controls 1 P. E. 30— Introduction to Physical
*P. E. 61, 62 — Elementary Techniques Education, Health, and Recreation 3
of Sports and Gymnastics 2 P. E. 20 — Basic Body Controls 1
P. E. 52— Dance Techniques 1 P. E. 54 — Dance Techniques 1
M. S. 1— Basic R. O. T. C 3 P. E. 63, 64— Elementary Techniques
of Sports and Gymnastics 2
Total M 19 WIT M. S. 2-Basic R. O. T. C ^8
Total M 19 WIT
i — Semester — -^
Sophomore Year I II
Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and Reading World Literature 3 3
Hist. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3
Zool. 14, 15 — Human Anatomy and Physiology 4 4
Hea. 40 — -Personal and Community Hygiene 3 ....
Hea. 50 — First Aid and Safety 2
P. E. 65, 67 — Intermediate Techniques of Sports and Gymnastics 2 2
P. E. 66, 68 — Sports, Folk Dances and Recreational Activities 2 2
P. E. 56, 58 — Dance Techniques 1 1
M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C 3 3
Electives (M) 2
Total M 18 WIG M 19 W 15
Physical Education Curriculum
Junior Year
Zool. 53 — Physiology of Exercise .... 2
Ed. 147 — Audio-Visual Education 2 ....
P. E. 100— Kinesiology 3
P. E. 101, 103 — Organization and Officiating in Intramurals 2 2
Ed. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation .... 3
P. E. 180 — Measurement in Physical Education and Health .... 3
P. E. 170 — Principles of Physical Education 3
P. E. 113, 115 — Methods and Materials for Secondary Schools 2 2
P. E. 114, 116 — Methods and Materials for Secondary Schools 2 2
P. E. 124, 126— Methods and Materials in Team Sports 2 2
Electives 4-5 4-5
Total M IT W 10 M 17 W 1G
* Odd numbered P. E. courses are for men ; even numbered P. E. courses for women
P. E. courses ending in zero are for both. M — men ; W — women.
442
HEALTH, RECREATION
i — Semester — ->
Senior Year I II
Ed. 149 — Methods and Practice Teaching (see note below) 9 ....
Pysch. 110 — Educational Psychology 3
P. E. 190 — Administration and Supervision of Physical Education,
Health, and Recreation 3 ....
P. E. 140— Therapeutics 3
Electives 13
Total 15 16
NOTE: When Ed. 149 is taken, Psych. 110 and P. E. 190 must also be scheduled;
all other required senior courses must be taken in the other semester.
Health Curriculum
Junior Year
Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology
P. E. 100— Kinesiology
P. E. 180 — Measurement in Physical Education and Health.
Hea. 110 — Health Service and Supervision
Ed. 147 — Audio-Visual Education
Bact. 5 — Advanced General Bacteriology
Ed. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction and Observation
H. Ec. Ed. 110— Child Development
Psych. 5 — Mental Hygiene
Hea. 120— Teaching Health
Electives
1-2
2
1-2
Total M 17 W 16 M 17 W 16
Senior Year
Ed. 149 — Methods and Practice Teaching (see note below)
Pysch. 110 — Educational Psychology
P. E. 190 — Administration and Supervision of Physical Education,
Health, and Recreation
P. E. 140— Therapeutics
Electives ■ •
Total 15 16
NOTE: When Ed. 149 is taken, Psych. 110 and P. E. 190 must also be scheduled;
all other required senior courses must be taken in the other semester.
Recreation Curriculum
Junior Year
Soc. 2 — Principles of Sociology
Rec. 30 — History and Introduction to Recreation .
Music 1 — Music Appreciation
Soc. 118 — Community Organization
Sp. 113 — Play Production
Crafts 2— Simple Crafts
Rec. 120 — Camp Administration and Leadership.
Rec. 130 — Principles and Practice of Recreation.
Electives
8-9
3
3
2
3
3
2-3
Total M 17 W 16 M 17 W 16
PRE-PHYSICAL THERAPY 443
i — Semester — ■»
Senior Year I II
Rec. 100 — Co-recreational Games and Programs ....
Rec. 110 — Nature Lore 1-3
Rec. 140 — Observation and Service in Recreation (see note below) .... 5 ....
Rec. 160 — Recreational Golf • • • • 1
Rec. 170 — Organization and Administration of Recreation .... 3
P. E. 101 — Organization and Officiating in Intramurals 2 ....
P. E. 124, 126 — Methods and Materials in Team Sports 2 2
Electives 8 5-7
Total 15 16
NOTE: Students desiring certification as teachers must plan their courses to meet
College of Education requirements in practice teaching.
Minor Electives
Any student may develop a minor in Physical Education, Health, or
Recreation by completing twenty (20) semester hours of work in that
field and four (4) hours from other fields in this Department.
Pre-physical Therapy Curriculum
Each student majoring in this field will be required to take the basic
courses required in this Department for the freshman and sophomore years,
except that Physics 1, 2 will replace the physical activity courses in excess of
minimal requirements. A curriculum for the junior and senior years must
include the following courses with electives agreed upon by his adviser.
A curriculum for the junior and senior years must include the following
courses with electives agreed upon by his adviser.
Junior Year
P. E. 100— Kinesiology 3
Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 4 4
Soc. 131 — Introduction to Social Service 3 ....
Cr. 2, 3— Simple Crafts 2 2
Psych. 5 — Mental Hygiene .... 3
Electives 5 8
Total 17 17
Senior Year
Psych. 125— Child Psychology 3
Soc. 153 — Juvenile Delinquency 3 ....
Psych. 126 — Developmental Psychology .... 3
P. E. . 140— Therapeutics 3
Electives 11 11
Total 17 17
444 COURSES OFFERED
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
The University reserves the right to withdraw or discontinue any course
for which an insufficient number of students have registered to warrant
giving the course. In such an event, no fee will be charged for transfer to
another course.
Courses are designated by numbers as follows:
1 to 99: courses for undergraduates.
100 to 199: courses for advanced undei'graduates and graduates. (Not
all courses numbered 100 to 199 may be taken for graduate credit.)
200 to 299: courses for graduates only.
A course with a single number extends through one semester. A course
with a double number extends through two semesters.
Courses not otherwise designated are lecture courses. The number of
hours' credit is shown by the arabic numeral in parentheses after the title
of the course.
A separate schedule of courses is issued each semester, giving the hours,
places of meeting, and other information required by the student in making
out his program. Subjects of courses in Military Science and Tactics are
subject to changes necessitated by changes in R. C\ T. C. programs pre-
scribed by the armed forces. Students obtain these schedules when they
register.
MILITARY SCIENCE AND TACTICS
M. S. 1, 2. Basic R. O. T. C. (3)— Each semester.
Two one-hour periods of Leadership, Drill and Exercise of Command
Three one-hour classroom periods. Subjects: National Defense Act, Indi-
vidual Weapons, Rifle Marksmanship, Hygiene and First Aid, Maps and
Aerial Photographs, Military Organization.
M. S. 3, 4. Basic R. O. T. C. (3)— Each semester.
Two one-hour periods of Leadership, Drill and Exercise of Command,
and three one-hour classroom periods. Subjects: Browning Automatic
Rifle, Evolution of Warfare, Military Administration, Physical Development
Methods, Machine Guns, Maps, Aerial Photographs and Sketching, Military
Law and Boards.
M. S. 1011, 1021. First Year Advanced (Infantry) (3)— Each semester.
Two one-hour periods of Leadership, Drill and Exercise of Command,
and three one-hour classroom periods. Subjects: Tactics and Technique
of Infantry to include, Communications, Gunnery, Technique of Fire and
Fire Control, Motors, and Transportation, Geographical Foundation of
National Power, Military Leadership, Psychology and Personnel Manage-
ment, Military Law and Boards, Organization, the Military Team and Troop
Movement.
COURSES OFFERED 445
M. S. 101A, 102A. First Ye^r Advanced (Air Force) (3) — Each semester.
Two one-hour periods of Leadership, Drill and Exercise of Command,
and three one-hour classroom periods. Subjects: Tactics and Technique
of Air Force to include, History of U. S. Air Force, Navigation, Aero-
nautics, Guided Missiles, Military Problems of the United States, Military
Leadership, Psychology and Personnel Management, Geographical Founda-
tion of National Power, Military Law and Boards.
M. S. 101S, 102S. First Year Advanced (Signal) (3)— Each semester.
Two one-hour periods of Leadership, Drill and Exercise of Command,
and three one-hour classroom periods. Subjects: Tactics and Technique
of Signal Corps to include, Organization of the Signal Corps, Signal Com-
munications for all Arms and Services, Field Wire Communications, Field
Radio Communications, Message Center and Signal Center Procedure, Com-
munication Security, Signal Corps Photography, Military Law and Boards,
Geographical Foundation of National Power.
M. S. 101T, 102T. First Year Advanced (Transportation Corps) (3)—
Each Semester.
Two one-hour periods of Leadership, Drill and Exercise of Command,
and three one-hour classroom periods. Subjects: Geographical Founda-
tions of National Power, Military Lav/ and Boards, Military Leadership
and Psychology and Personnel Management. Tactics and Techniques of
the Transportation Corps to include: Organizations and Functions of
the Transportation Corps, Transportation Services, Transportation Con-
trol Agencies, Zone of the Interior, Military Freight Movements and
Military Passenger Movements in the Zone of the Interior, Military Motor
Transport, Ports, Zone of the Interior, Amphibian Trucks (DUKWS) and
Harbor Craft, Stevedore Operations, the Place of the Transportation Corps
in the Military Team, and Transportation Services, Theater of Operations.
M. S. 1031, 1041. Second Year Advanced (Infantry) (3) — Each semester.
Two one-hour periods of Leadership, Drill and Exercise of Command,
and three one-hour classroom periods. Subjects: Command and Staff,
Military Teaching Methods, Phychological Warfare, Military Problems of
the United States Military Mobilization and Demobilization, Combat Intelli-
gence, Tactics and Technique of Infantry to include: Supply and Mainte-
nance, Technique of Fire, Fire Control, New Developments, Troop Move-
ments, and Communications.
M. S. 103A, 104A. Second Year Advanced (Air Force) (3)— Each
semester.
Two one-hour periods of Leadership, Drill and Exercise of Command,
and three one-hour classroom periods. Subjects: Command and Staff,
Military Teaching Methods, Psychological Warfare, Geographical Founda-
tion of National Power, Military Mobilization and Demobilization, Combat
Intelligence, Tactics and Technique of Air Force (this will be a major
446 COURSES OFFERED
subject in Aircraft Maintenance Engineering or Air Force Supply, which-
ever field is more closely related to the student's college).
M. S. 103S, 104S. Second Year Advanced (Signal) (3)— Each semester.
Two one-hour periods of Leadership, Drill and Exercise of Command,
and three one-hour classroom periods. Subjects: Command and Staff,
Military Teaching Methods, Psychological Warfare, U. S. Military Problems,
Combined and Joint Operations, Military Mobilization and Demobilization,
Combat Intelligence, Tactics and Technique of Signal Corps, Wire Com-
munication, Signal Supply and Repair, Higher Echelon Communications
including: Fixed Station Radio, Radar, VHF, Direction Finding Equip-
ment and Television.
M. S. 103T, 104T. Second Year Advanced (Transportation Corps) (3)—
Each semester.
Two one-hour periods of Leadership, Drill and Exercise of Command,
and three one-hour classroom periods. Subjects: Command and Staff.
Military Teaching Methods, Psychological Warfare, Military Problems
of the United States, Military Mobilization and Demobilization, Combat
Intelligence, and Tactics and Techniques of the Transportation Corps to
include: Ports, Zone of the Interior, Ports, Theater of Operations, High-
way Transport Service, Theater of Operations, Military Railway Service,
Theater of Operations, Inland Waterways, Theater of Operations, Trans-
portation Logistics, Transportation Corps Supply, and Movement Control,
Theater of Operations.
M. S. 151. Military Logistics (3) — Second semester.
Three one-hour classroom periods. A study of organization, troop move-
ments by Motor, Rail, Air, Water. Evacuation replacements and prisoner
of war, characteristics of materiel, supply. Staff, procedure to include
organization, duties and actions.
M. S. 152. Military Leadership (3) — Second semester.
Three one-hour classroom periods. The study of the great leaders of
history and an analysis of qualities which attributed to their success.
M. S. 153. Military Policy of the United States (3)— First semester.
Three one-hour classroom periods. A study of our military history and
our military policy and the effects of the latter on the former.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, HEALTH, AND RECREATION
P.E. courses open only to Men are given odd numbers.
P.E. courses open only to Women have even numbers.
P.E. courses ending in zero are open to both men and women.
A. Physical Education
*P. E. 1, 3. Conditioning and Fitness Exercises (1, 1) — Three hours a
week.
COURSES OFFERED 447
Basic exercises to promote skill, speed, stamina and strength by calis-
thenics, running, jumping, tumbling, grass drills and mass combative
fundamentals. Men not physically qualified must substitute Adaptive
Activities.
*P. E. 2, 4. Basic Skills of Sports and Rhythms (1, 1)— Three hours a
week.
Required of all freshmen. Instruction and practice in fundamentals of
sports, rhythms, and body mechanics.
*P. E. 5, 7. Conditioning and Fitness Exercises (1, 1) — Three hours a
week.
Prerequisite at least two semesters of required exercises.
Required of men not yet having a Physical Fitness Rating (PFR) of 300.
*P. E. 6, 8. Selected Sports and Dance (1, 1) — Three hours a week.
Sophomores may elect from the following: Archery, badminton, basket-
ball, bowling, fencing, folk and square dance, modern dance, social dance,
golf, hockey, rifle, softball, speedball, tennis, and volleyball.
*P. E. 9, 11; 13, 15. Adaptive Activities (1, 1; 1, 1)— Three hours a week.
Required modified activities and exercises are prescribed individually
for men not physically qualified to take the Conditioning and Fitness
Exercises.
P. E. 10, 20. Basic Body Controls (1, 1) — Three hours a week.
This is designed to acquaint the student with the fundamental princi-
ples and techniques of body movement and to provide for practical applica-
tion in sports, rhythmic and gymnastic activities.
*P. E. 12, 14; 16, 18. Adaptive Activities (1, 1; 1, 1)— Three hours a
week.
To be taken successively by those women not physically qualified to take
P.E. 2, 4. 6, 8. Modified activities and exercises are prescribed individually.
*P. E. 17. Touch Football, Wrestling (1) — First and second semesters.
Three hours a week. Prerequisite, two semesters of required exercises and
a PFR of 300.
Instruction and practice in the skills of touch football and wrestling.
*P. E. 19. Soccer, Boxing (1) — First and second semesters. Three hours
a week.
Prerequisite two semesters of required exercises and a PFR of 300.
Instruction and practice in the conditioning exercises and skills used
in soccer and boxing.
* Physical activities required by freshmen and sophomores in all colleges except those
majoring in physical education, health, and recreation. Sophomore courses are selective
as indicated.
448 COURSES OFFERED
*P. E. 21. Gymnastics (1) — First and second semesters. Three hours a
week. Prerequisite, two semesters of required exercises and a PFR of 300.
Instruction and practice in the skills using apparatus such as mats,
rings, parallel and horizontal bars, ropes, horse, springboard, and trampo-
line.
*P. E. 23. Basketball, Track and Field (1) — First and second semesters.
Three hours a week. Prerequisite, two semesters of required exercises and
a PFR of 300.
Instruction and practice in the skills of basketball and the events
included in track and field athletics.
*P. E. 25. Net Games (1) — First and second semesters. Three hours a
week. Prerequisite, two semesters of required exercises and a PFR of 300.
Instruction and practice in the skills of volleyball, tennis, and badminton.
Each student must furnish own rackets.
*P. E. 27. Tumbling, Softball (1) — First and second semesters. Three
hours a week. Prerequisite, two semesters of required exercises and a
PFR of 300.
Instruction and practice in the skills of tumbling and softball.
*P. E. 29. Special Individual Skills (1) — First and second semesters.
Three hours a week. Prerequisite, two semesters of required exercises and
a PFR of 300.
Instruction and practice in the skills of unicycle, slack wire, hand bal-
ancing, juggling, accuracy stunts, etc.
P. E. 30. Introduction to Physical Education, Health and Recreation (3) —
First and second semesters.
Orientation course in the professional fields.
*P. E. 31. Weight Lifting (1) — First and second semesters. Three hours
a week. Prerequisite, two semesters of required exercises and a PFR
of 300.
Instruction and practice in exercises designed to develop the skill, speed,
strength and stamina needed to lift barbell weights.
P. E. 52, 54. Dance Techniques (1, 1) — Three hours a week.
A basic course which includes movement techniques of modern dance
and analysis of form and composition.
P. E. 56, 58. Dance Techniques (1, 1) — Three hours a week.
A continuation of P.E. 52, 54. More advanced movements of the modern
techniques ai'e studied. Students are given the opportunity to create and
participate in simple group dances. Theory in teaching methods.
* Physical activities required by freshmen and sophomores in all colleges except those
majoring in physical education, health, and recreation. Sophomore courses are selective
as indicated.
COURSES OFFERED 449
P. E. 60. Advanced Gymnastics (2) — Second semester. Four laboratory
hours a week.
Practice and theory in gymnastics, pyramids, trampoline, springboard,
and exhibition activities appropriate for secondary school pupils.
P. E. 61, 63. Elementary Techniques of Sports and Gymnastics (2, 2)—
Six hours a week.
Progressve techniques and practice of seasonal sports and games, stunts
and introductory skills of gymnastic exercises.
P. E. 62, 64. Elementary Techniques of Sports and Gymnastics (2, 2) —
Six hours a week.
Progressive techniques and practice of seasonal sports, stunts, tumbling,
self-testing activities and gymnastic exercises.
P. E. 65, 67. Intermediate Techniques of Sports and Gymnastics (2, 2) —
Techniques and practice of sports and gymnastics.
P. E. 66, 68. Sports, Folk Dance and Recreational Activities (2, 2) —
Six hours a week.
Techniques of selected sports, experience in folk and square dance, and
recreational activities.
P. E. 70. Advanced Modern Dance (2) — Second semester. Four labora-
tory periods a week. Prerequisites, P. E. 52, 54, 56, 58, or permission of
instructor.
Advanced techniques and practice in teaching dance.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
P. E. 100. Kinesiology (3) — First and second semesters.
A study and analysis of human motion conforming to the laws of
mechanics and principles of physiology and anatomy.
P. E. 101, 103. Organization and Officiating in Intramurals (2, 2) — Six
hours a week.
Organization, administration, and promotion of intramurals at various
school levels. Types of tournaments, units of competition, handling of
student leader personnel, etc.
P. E. 112. History of Dance (3) — First semester. Prerequisites, P. E.
52, 54, 56, 58, or permission of instructor.
Designed to give an overview of the development of dance from primi-
tive to modern times. Students have experience in planning dances for
specific historic periods.
* Physical activities required by freshmen and sophomores in all colleges except those
majoring in physical education, health, and recreation. Sophomore courses are selective
as indicated.
450 COURSES OFFERED
P. E. 113, 115. Methods and Materials for Secondary Schools I (2, 2)—
Two lectures and two laboratories a week.
Theory and practice: class organization, analysis and teaching tech-
niques of sports, gymnastics, self-testing activities, and rhythms for Junior
and Senior High School programs.
P. E. 114, 116. Methods and Materials for Secondary Schools II (2, 2) —
Two lecture and two laboratory periods a week.
Theory and practice: class organization, analysis, and teaching tech-
niques of sports, gymnastics, self-testing activities, and rhythms for
Junior and Senior High School programs.
P. E. 123, 125. Coaching Athletics (3, 3)— Two lecture and two labora-
tory hours a week.
Methods of coaching the various competitive sports commonly found in
high school and college programs.
P. E. 124, 126. Methods and Materials in Team Sports (2, 2)— Four
laboratory hours a week. Prerequisites, P. E. 62, 64, 66, 68.
Theory in coaching and officiating sports for women. Opportunity for
National Officials' Ratings.
P. E. 140. Therapeutics (3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite,
P. E. 100.
A study of common structural abnormalities, corrective (adaptive)
exercises, and massage. Causes, prevention and correction of postural
defects. Testing methods. Theory and practice.
P. E. 150. History and Philosophy of Physical Education (2) — Second
semster.
A study of the origins and derivations of modern physical education and
the implications of the modern program for human welfare.
P. E. 170. Principles of Physical Education (3) — First and second
semesters.
An integrative resume of the basic and specialized sciences pertinent to
this .field and their application in developing the modern physical education
curriculum.
P. E. 180. Measurement in Physical Education and Health (3) — First and
second semesters. Two lecture and two laboratory periods a week.
The application of measurement to physical and health education.
P. E. 181. Training and Conditioning (3) — Second semester. Two lec-
ture and two laboratory hours a week.
The training and physical conditioning of athletes. Treatment of ath-
letic injuries by taping, massage, hydro-therapy, physical therapy, and
electro-therapy. Remedial and conditioning exercises. Theory and practice.
COURSES OFFERED 451
P. E. 190. Administration and Supervision of Physical Education, Health,
and Recreation (3) — First and second semesters.
The application of the principles of administration and supervision to
physical education, health, and recreation.
For Graduates
P. E. 200. Departmental Seminar (1-2) — First and second semesters
and summer.
Each candidate for the Master's Degree will present to the group, includ-
ing departmental and invited authorities, a mimeographed outline of his
thesis topic; a verbally delivered digest of the main thesis problem, sub-
problems and the tentative solutions. This must be presented, and defended
as to criticism in a manner satisfactory to the fellow students, faculty
and/or authorities present. (Gloss and Deach.)
P. E. 201. Foundations in Physical Education, Health, and Recreation
(3) — First and second semesters.
An overall view of the total fields with their inter-relations and places
in education. (Deach and Field.)
P. E. 203. Supervisory Techniques in Physical Education, Health, and
Recreation (3) — First and second semesters and alternate summers.
Principles and practice of supervision applied to the special fields indi-
cated. Includes evaluation of facilities, program, personnel, and processes,
using either survey or guidance techniques. (Hutto.)
P. E. 205. Administration of Athletics (2) — First and second semesters
and summer.
Problems and procedures in the administration of school and college
athletic competition, the installation and maintenance of indoor and out-
door athletic equipment, special problems of surveys, legislation, property
acquisition, finances, inventories, and the selection of personnel.
(Burnett.)
P. E. 210. Comparative Problems in Physical Education (2) — First and
second semesters.
A comparative international survey of the present-day and possible
future programs of physical education, health and recreation. (Gloss.)
P. E. 230. Contemporary Physical Education (3) — First and second
semesters and alternate summers.
The present-day status and possible future developments of community,
state, federal (including military), physical fitness, and physical education
programs. (Gloss.)
P. E. 250. Survey in the Area of Physical Education, Health, and Recre-
ation (6) — First and second semesters and summer.
452 COURSES OFFERED
A library survey course, covering the total areas of physical education,
health, and recreation, plus intensive research on one specific limited
problem of which a digest, including a bibliography, is to be submitted.
(Gloss.)
P. E. 260. Research (1-6) — First and second semesters and summer.
For advanced students capable of doing individual research on some
topic other than the Thesis (Ed. 289) or the digest chosen in P. E. 250.
Approval of the instructor is required. (Gloss and Burnett.)
B. Health Education
Hea. 2. Hygiene (2) — First and second semesters.
Required of all Freshmen women except those majoring in the physical
education department. A course designed to acquaint women with health
principles as applied to the individual.
Hea. 4. Hygiene (2) — First and second semesters.
Required of all Freshmen women except those majoring in the physical
education department. A course concerned with health of people as a
group and with organizations, both private and governmental, which
attempt to improve health conditions.
Hea. 40. Personal and Community Hygiene (3) — First and second
semesters.
A study of personal and community hygiene for major students. Em-
phasis on causative factors of various diseases, means of transmission,
and prevention.
Hea. 50. First Aid and Safety (2) — First and second semesters.
Standard American Red Cross course in first aid; safety in the home,
school and community.
Hea. 60. Advanced First Aid (2) — First and second semesters.
Opportunity to secure Red Cross advanced and instructor's certificate.
Hea. 70. Safety Education (3) — First and second semesters.
A study of the causes of accidents and methods of prevention, including
principles of traffic and industrial safety.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Hea. 110. Health Service and Supervision (3) — First and second semes-
ters.
The supervision of health inspection and physical examinations of
students, including the sanitary inspection of the school plant.
Hea. 112. Home Nursing (2) — First semester.
COURSES OFFERED 453
A study of the use of household remedies and the care of house patients,
bed making, preparation of invalid's food, use of thermometer, and care
before the physician arrives.
Hea. 114. Health Education for Elementary Schools (2) — First and
second semesters.
Materials and methods in health education for the classroom teacher.
Hea. 120. Teaching- Health (2) — First and second semseters. Prerequi-
site, Hea. 40 or equivalent.
A study of materials and methods in health education. Planning the
health education curriculum.
Hea. 130. Organization and Administration of Health Education (3) —
First and second semesters.
The planning of graded school curriculum and the presentation of courses
of study in hygiene to the classroom teacher.
Hea. 160. Problems in School Health Education (4-6) — Arranged.
A workshop type course for experienced teachers, administrators, nurses
and other active health personnel dealing with the practical problems of
educating children in healthful living.
For Graduates
Hea. 220. Principles and Practice of Health Education (3) — First and
second semesters and alternate summers.
Health education and health in public schools and colleges as supported
by endowed funds or by public taxation. (Burnett.)
Hea. 240. Advancements in Modern Health (3) — First and second
semesters and summer.
Latest knowledge of the fundamental principles involved in personal,
community, state and national health; functions and relationships of the
various health agencies cooperating with the educational faculties and
their contributions to health; present status of preventive medicine and
sanitation. (Burnett.)
C. Recreation
Rec. 30. History and Introduction to Recreation (2) — First and second
semesters.
The beginnings and expansion of community recreation as fostered by
individuals and organizations. Emphasis is placed on history, aims, lead-
ership, areas, facilities, and programs.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Rec. 100. Co-recreational Games and Programs (2) — First and second
semesters. Four laboratory hours a week.
454 COURSES OFFERED
Activities for social recreation in playgrounds, industries, camps, churches,
and gymnasiums.
Rec. 102. Recreational Games for the Elementary Schools (2) — First
semester.
Materials and methods, theory and practice in teaching games.
Rec. 110. Nature Lore (1-3) — Second semester.
An evening course and six Saturdays and Sundays during April and
May; given in Washington. The conduct of nature trips for study and
appreciation of plant, insect and animal life, and astronomy.
Rec. 120. Camp Administration and Leadership (3) — First and second
semesters.
The observation and practice in the conduct of summer camps for chil-
dren and adults. The management of boating and overnight trips, including
the study of woodcraft and outdoor cookery.
Rec. 130. Principles and Practice of Recreation (3) — First and second
semesters.
Theories of recreation and methods of conducting individual and group
recreation put into practice with college students.
Rec. 140. Observation and Service in Recreation (5) — First and second
semesters.
Observation of recreation centers, city playgrounds, community and night
centers. Leadership practice in these areas and written reports. Students
who desire to be certified as teachers must plan their courses to meet
College of Education requirements in practice teaching.
Rec. 160. Recreational Golf (1) — Second semester.
The game treated as a social pastime with practice in the etiquette and
psychology of team play.
Rec. 170. Organization and Administration of Recreation (3) — First
and second semesters.
A consideration of the management and the personnel required to con-
duct recreation activity programs by municipal, industrial, school, club,
and social agencies.
For Graduates
Rec. 210. Philosophy of Recreation (2) — First and second semesters
and alternate summers.
The possible implications for social betterment by proper use of leisure
time in a democratic civilization which is constantly increasing the free
time of the common man. (Gloss.)
Rec. 220. Contemporary Recreation (3) — First and second semesters
and alternate summers.
The present-day status and the possible future developments of private,
public, and industrial recreation. (Gloss.)
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 455
THE GRADUATE SCHOOL
ANNOUNCEMENTS
THE GRADUATE COUNCIL
H. C. Byrd, LL.D., President of the University
C. 0. Appleman, Ph.D., Dean of the Graduate School, Chairman
Harold Benjamin, Ph.D., Professor of Education
Guy A. Cardwell, Ph.D., Professor of English
E. N. Cory, Ph.D., Professor of Entomology
H. F. Cotterman, Ph.D., Professor of Agricultural Education
N. L. Drake, Ph.D., Professor of Organic Chemistry
Wilbert J. Huff, Ph.D., D.Sc, Professor of Chemical Engineering
Harold C. Hoffsommer, Ph.D., Professor of Sociology
W. B. Kemp, Ph.D., Director of Experiment Station
M. Marie Mouunt, M.A., Professor of Home and Institution Management
J. Freeman Pyle, Ph.D., Professor of Economics and Marketing
A. E. Zucker, Ph.D., Professor of Foreign Languages
Eduard Uhlenhuth, Ph.D., Professor of Gross Anatomy (Baltimore)
GRADUATE FACULTY
C. O. Appleman, Ph.D., Dean
The faculty of the Graduate School includes all members of the various
faculties who give instruction in approved graduate courses. The general
administrative functions of the graduate faculty are delegated to the
Graduate Council.
GENERAL INFORMATION
HISTORY AND ORGANIZATION
In the earlier years of the institution the Master's degree was frequently
conferred, but the work of the graduate students was in charge of the
departments concerned, under the supervision of the general faculty. The
Graduate School of the University of Maryland was established in 1918, and
organized graduate instruction leading to both the Master's and the Doctor's
degree was undertaken. The faculty of the Graduate School includes all
members of the various faculties who give instruction in approved graduate
courses. The general administrative functions of the graduate faculty are
delegated to a Graduate Council, of which the Dean of the Graduate School
iS chairman- LOCATION
The University of Maryland is located at College Park, in Prince George's
County, Maryland, on the Baltimore and Ohio Railroad, eight miles from
Washington and thirty-two miles from Baltimore. Washington, with its
wealth of resources, is easily accessible by train, street car and bus.
The professional schools of Medicine, Nursing, Pharmacy, Dentistry and
Law are located in Baltimore, at the corner of Lombard and Greene Streets.
Headquarters of the Graduate School
College Park, Md.
GRADUATE SCHOOL 457
LIBRARIES
In addition to the resources of the University libraries the great libraries
of the national capital are easily available for reference work. Because of
the proximity of these libraries to College Park they are a valuable asset
to research and graduate work at the University of Maryland.
GENERAL REGULATIONS
ADMISSION
An applicant for admission to the Graduate School must hold a bachelor's
or a master's degree from a college or university of recognized standing.
The applicant shall furnish an official transcript of his collegiate record
which for unconditional admission must show creditable completion of an
adequate amount of undergraduate preparation for graduate work in his
chosen field. Application for admission to the Graduate School should be
made prior to dates of registration on blanks obtained from the office of
the Dean.
After appi'oval of the application a matriculation card, signed by the
Dean, is issued to the student. This card permits one to register in the
Graduate School. After payment of the fee, the matriculation card is
stamped and returned to the student. It is his certificate of membership
in the Graduate School and should be retained by the student to present at
each succeeding registration.
Admission to the Graduate School does not necessarily imply admission
to candidacy for an advanced degree.
REGISTRATION
All students pursuing graduate work in the University, even though they
are not candidates for higher degrees, are required to register in the
Graduate School at the beginning of each session. In no case will graduate
credit be given unless the student matricidates and registers in the Graduate
School. The program of work for each session is arranged by the student
with the major department and entered upon two course cards, which are
signed first by the professor in charge of the student's major subject and
then by the Dean of the Graduate School. One card is retained by the Dean.
The student takes the other card, and in case of a new student, also the
matriculation card, to the Registrar's office, where the registration is com-
pleted. Students will not be admitted to graduate courses until the Regis-
trar has certified to the instructor that registration has been completed.
Course cards may be obtained at the Registrar's office or at the Dean's
office. The heads of departments usually keep a supply of these cards in
their respective offices.
GRADUATE COURSES
Graduate students must elect for credit in partial fulfillment of the
requirements for higher degrees only courses designated For Graduates or
458 GRADUATE SCHOOL
For Graduates and Advanced Graduates. Students who are inade-
quately prepared for graduate work in their chosen fields or who lack pre-
requisites for minor courses may elect a limited number of courses num-
bered from 1 to 99 in the general catalogue, but graduate credit will not be
allowed for these courses. Courses that are audited are registered for in
the same way as other courses, and the fees are the same.
PROGRAM OF WORK
The professor who is selected to direct a student's thesis work is the
student's adviser in the formulation of a graduate program, including suit-
able minor work, which is arranged in cooperation with the instructors.
To encourage thoroughness in scholarship through intensive application,
graduate students in the regular sessions are limited to a program of
fifteen credit hours per semester. If a student is preparing a theses during
the minimum residence for the master's degree, the registration in graduate
courses should not exceed twelve hours for the semester.
SUMMER SESSION
The University conducts a six weeks' summer session at College Park,
with a comprehensive undergraduate and graduate program. The Uni-
versity publishes a separate bulletin giving full information on this sum-
mer session. This bulletin is available upon application to the Director of
the Summer Session, University of Maryland, College Park.
GRADUATE WORK IN PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS AT BALTIMORE
Graduate courses and opportunities for research are offered in the
professional schools at Baltimore. Students pursuing graduate work in
the professional schools must register in the Graduate School, and meet
the same requirements and proceed in the same way, as do graduate stu-
dents in other departments of the University. The graduate courses in the
professional schools are listed on pages 84-91.
GRADUATE WORK BY SENIORS IN THIS UNIVERSITY
A senior of this University who has nearly completed the requirements
for the undergraduate degree may, with the approval of his undergraduate
dean and the Dean of the Graduate School, register in the undergraduate
college for graduate courses, which may later be transferred for graduate
credit toward an advanced degree at this University, but the total of under-
graduate and graduate courses must not exceed fifteen credits for the
semester. Excess credits in the senior year cannot later be used for
graduate credit unless such pre-arrangement is made. Seniors who wish to
register for graduate credit should apply to the Dean of the Graduate
School for information about procedure.
ADMISSION TO CANDIDACY FOR ADVANCED DEGREES
Application for admission to candidacy for the Master's and for the
Doctor's degree is made on application blanks which are obtained at the
REQUIREMENTS 459
office of the Dean of the Graduate School. These are filled out in duplicate
by the student and submitted to his major department for further action
and transmission to the Dean of the Graduate School. All applications for
admission to candidacy must be approved by the Graduate Council.
Admission to candidacy in no case assures the student of a degree, but
merely signifies he has met all the formal requirements and is considered
by his instructors sufficiently prepared and able to pursue such graduate
study and research as are demanded by the requirements of the degree
sought. The candidate must show superior scholarship in graduate work
already completed.
Application for admission to candidacy is made at the time stated in the
sections dealing with the requirements for the degree sought.
REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREES OF MASTER OF ARTS
AND MASTER OF SCIENCE
Advancement to Candidacy. Each prospective candidate for the Master's
degree is required to make application for admission to candidacy not later
than the date when instruction begins for the semester in which the degree
is sought. He must have completed at least twelve semester hours of
graduate work at the University of Maryland. An average grade of "B"
in all major and minor subjects is required.
Minimum Residence. A residence of at least two semesters, or equiva-
lent, at this institution, is required.
Course Requirements. A minimum of twenty-four semester hours, exclu-
sive of thesis and registration for research, with an average grade of "B"
in courses approved for graduate credit, is required for the degrees of
Master of Arts and Master of Science. At the option of the major depart-
ment concerned the student may be required also to register for a maximum
of six semester hours for research and thesis work. The total number of
credit hours required for the degree would then be thirty. If the student
is inadequately prepared for the required graduate courses, either in the
major or minor subjects, additional courses may be required to supplement
the undergraduate work. Of the twenty-four hours required in graduate
courses, not less than twelve hours and not more than sixteen semester
hours must be earned in the major subject. The remaining credits must be
outside the major subject and must comprise a group of coherent courses
intended to supplement and support the major work. Not less than one-
half of the total required course credits for the degree, or a minimum of
twelve, must be selected from courses numbered 200 or above. No credit
for the degree of Master of Arts or Master of Science may be obtained
for correspondence courses. The entire course of study must constitute a
unified program approved by the student's major adviser and by the Dean
of the Graduate School.
Transfer of Credit. Credit not to exceed six semester hours, obtained
at other recognized institutions, may be transferred and applied to the
460 FINAL EXAMINATIONS
course requirements of the Master's degree, provided that the work was
of graduate character, and provided that it is approved for inclusion in the
student's graduate program at the University of Maryland. This transfer
of credit is submitted to the Graduate Council for approval when the stu-
dent applies for admission to candidacy for the degree. Acceptance of the
transferred credits does not reduce the minimum residence requirement.
The candidate is subject to final examination by this institution in all work
offered for the degree.
Thesis. In addition to the twenty-four semester hours in graduate courses
a satisfactory thesis is required of all candidates for the degrees of Master
of Arts and Master of Science. (Exceptions may be made in the cases of
candidates for the degree of Master of Arts in American Civilization. See
page 11.) The thesis must demonstrate the student's ability to do inde-
pendent work and it must be acceptable in literary style and composition.
With the approval of the student's major professor and the Dean of the
Graduate School, the thesis in certain cases may be prepared in absentia
under direction and supervision of a member of the faculty of this
institution.
The original copy of the thesis must be deposited in the office of the
Graduate School not later than two weeks before the convocation at which
the degree is sought. The thesis should not be bound by the student, as
the University later binds all theses uniformly. An abstract of the contents
of the thesis, 200 to 500 words in length, must accompany it . A manual
giving full directions for the physical make-up of the thesis is in the hands
of each professor who directs thesis work, and should be consulted by the
student before the typing of the manuscript is begun. Individual copies of
this manual may be obtained by the student at the Dean's office, at nominal
cost.
Final Examination. The final oral examination is conducted by a com-
mittee appointed by the Dean of the Graduate School. The student's adviser
acts as the chairman of the committee. The other members of the com-
mittee are persons under whom the student has taken most of his major
and minor courses. The chairman and the candidate are notified of the
personnel of the examining committee at least one week prior to the period
set for oral examinations. The chairman of the committee selects the exact
time and place for the examination and notifies the other members of the
committee and the candidate. The examination should be conducted within
the dates specified by the Dean of the Graduate School at the end of the
semester, but upon recommendation of the student's adviser, an examining
committee may be appointed by the Dean of the Graduate School at any
time when all other requirements for the degree have been completed. A
report of the committee is sent to the Dean as soon as possible after the
examination. A special form for this purpose is supplied to the chairman
of the committee. Such report is the basis upon which recommendation is
made to the faculty that the candidate be granted the degree sought. The
AMERICAN CIVILIZATION 461
period for the oral examination is usually about one hour, but the time
should be long enough to insure an adequate examination.
The examining committee also approves the thesis, and it is the candi-
date's obligation to see that each member of the committee has ample
opportunity to examine a copy of the thesis prior to the date of the
examination.
A student will not be admitted to final examination until all other require-
ments for the degree have been met. In addition to the oral examination
a comprehensive written examination may be required at the option of the
major department.
REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF ARTS IN
AMERICAN CIVILIZATION
Studies in American Civilization are intended to prepare the student for
teaching, for further study, and for research in the general field of Ameri-
can Civilization, but with emphasis on one of two disciplines: history,
including European backgrounds; or literature, including European litera-
ture, particularly English. All students will be expected to understand the
development of American institutions and to demonstrate proficiency in the
literary, social, economic, and political history of the United States.
With the approval of his adviser, a candidate for the Master of Arts
degree with a major in American Civilization may elect in lieu of the thesis
six additional hours of course work, to include at least two substantial
seminar papers. The total number of credit hours required for the degree
would then be thirty semester hours.
Each candidate must present credits for at least fifteen semester hours
of work in American literature and American history, and credits for at
least fifteen semester hours in supporting courses (nine hours if a thesis
is elected). Supporting courses will normally be in such fields as European
or Latin-American history, English literature, comparative literature, phil-
osophy, art, education, sociology, economics, and politics and government.
Each candidate must demonstrate in a written examination that he pos-
sesses a reading knowledge of one foreign language.
All other requirements are the same as for the degrees of Master of
Arts and Master of Science in other fields.
REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF EDUCATION
Thirty semester hours of course work are required, which may include
courses in departments other than Education not to exceed one-half of
the total thirty hours, such courses to be selected in conformity with the
student's special needs as agreed upon by the student and his adviser. Of
the thirty hours, not less than one-half must be on the 200 level.
At least four of the thirty semester hours must be in seminar work in
connection with which two seminar papers will be prepared in specially
462 GRADUATE YEAR ABROAD
prescribed form, approved in writing by the instructor in charge of the
seminar and the Dean of the College of Education, and filed in the College
of Education. One of these papers shall deal with a topic in the student's
major field of concentration.
Included in the program must be courses in educational statistics and in
procedure of educational research.
The requirements in regard to advancement to candidacy, transfer of
credits, and final oral examination are the same as for the degrees of
Master of Arts and Master of Science.
REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
The degree of Master of Business Administration represents a minimum
of two semesters of graduate work in addition to the satisfaction of all
undergraduate requirements for the Bachelor's degree. Graduate work
will normally include a minimum of twenty-four semester course hours
and the completion of a satisfactory thesis. An average grade of "B"
must be obtained in the twenty-four hours offered for graduate credit.
The undergraduate prerequisites for graduate work leading to the
degree of Master of Business Administration may be satisfied by com-
pletion of work for the degree of Bachelor of Science in Business Admin-
istration at the University of Maryland, or by equivalent work leading to
a corresponding degree at another accredited institution, providing this
work is acceptable.
Candidates with Bachelor's degrees who have not taken the core group
courses required for the degree of B.A. in Business Administration at this
institution must do so in preparation for the degree of M.B.A. The list
of core group courses includes principles of economics and accounting,
the equivalent of six semester hours in business law, and introductory
courses in labor economics, labor management, money and banking, finan-
cial management, marketing principles, marketing administration, and sta-
tistics (see Bulletin of College of Business and Public Adminstraton for
detailed list of coi-e group courses).
Candidates for the M.B.A. degree may register in the Graduate School
for any of these courses, but credit may not count as a part of the
required twenty-four course hours in graduate work. Those who hold the
Bachelor's degree in Business Administration may normally expect to
complete the work for the M.B.A. in one year, while those who hold a B.A.
or B.S. degree, other than in Business Administration, would normally
require longer, but usually not to exceed two years.
GRADUATE YEAR ABROAD
Realizing the value for American students of study abroad, the Uni-
versity of Maryland has set up Foreign Study Centers to coordinate and
direct work of graduate students in Paris, France, and Zurich, Switzerland.
DOCTOR OF E DUCAT I ON 463
Furthermore, the University has established the degree of Master of
Foreign Study which will serve to give an American evaluation of work
done abroad by the graduate students. The student attends courses at the
University of Paris or at the University of Zurich and returns to the
University of Maryland to submit his thesis and take an examination.
Since the system in European universities is quite different from that in
American institutions, the registrants for Foreign Study participate in an
orientation period in Paris or Zurich which serves to improve their knowl-
edge of the language and to familiarize them with European customs and
institutions.
Two kinds of awards are offered: the Certificate, for the successful com-
pletion of an approved program of thirty semester hours; and the Master
of Foreign Study degree. The requirements for this degree are the same
as those for a Master of Arts — twenty-four semestr hours divided between
a major and a minor and completion of a thesis.
The Foreign Study Office is directed locally by Dr. A. E. Zucker, chair-
man, Division of Humanities, while Dr. Edmund E. Miller is resident di-
rector abroad with his offices in Zurich. For the year 1948-49 Dr. William
R. Quynn and Professor F. C. A. Koelln are acting as resident deans in
Paris and Zurich, respectively, and Dr. Dorothy M. Quynn is serving as
non-resident professor of history in Paris. All communications concerning
this program should be directed to the Foreign Study Office, University of
Maryland, College Park, Maryland.
REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF EDUCATION
The Doctor of Education degree is offered for students who expect to
hold teaching or administrative positions in education and who desire to
develop exceptional competence in special areas. The ability to explore and
solve practical educational problems is emphasized. The requirements are
the same as for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy except as specified
below.
Foreign Languages. The requirement of foreign languages may be
waived for candidates for this degree when the program of study arid
research does not involve the use of foreign languages.
Major and Minor Subjects. The candidate must select one major area
in which he expects to develop exceptional competence. The amount of
required course work in the major subject will vary with the individual
candidate.
In addition to the major, the candidate must select approximately five
other areas in which he intends to develop a high degree of competence.
One or two of these areas may be designated as minor fields.
The candidate must register for a minimum of six hours of research.
Project. Instead of completing a thesis as required for a candidate for
the degree of Doctor of Philosophy a candidate for this degree must dem-
464 DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY
onstrate exceptional competence to work through field problems by com-
pleting a project in the major area. A Committee on Doctoral Research is
appointed for each candidate. The committee is composed of three mem-
bers, at least two of whom are from the faculty of the College of Educa-
tion. The committee passes upon the student's plans for research, deter-
mines the amount of course credit to be allowed for the doctoral study.
The specialist in the student's major area serves as sponsor and provides
detailed guidance for the project.
The regulations governing submission and form of copies of the project
are the same as for the Ph. D. thesis.
Comprehensive Examination. A comprehensive examination must be
passed before the candidate may take the final oral examination. The com-
prehensive examination may be oral or written, or both; it will cover the
general field of major and minor study.
Final Oral Examination. The final examination covers the project and
its relationship to the general field in which it lies and the candidate's
attainments in related areas.
REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY
Advancement to Candidacy. Candidates for the Doctor's degree must be
admitted to candidacy at least one academic year before the final examina-
tion. Applications for admission to candidacy for the Doctor's degree are
made in duplicate by the student and submitted to his major department for
further action and transmission to the Dean of the Graduate School. Blanks
may be obtained at the office of the Graduate School.
The applicant must have demonstrated to the head of the Foreign Lan-
guage Department that he possesses a reading knowledge of French and
German. With the approval of the major department and the Graduate
Council, in special cases another Foreign language may be substituted for
either French or German. Preliminary examinations or such other sub-
stantial tests as the departments may elect are also required for admission
to candidacy.
Residence. The equivalent of three years of full-time graduate study and
research is the minimum required. Of the three years the equivalent of at
least one year must be spent in residence at the University. On a part-time
basis the time needed will be correspondingly increased. All work at other
institutions offered in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the Ph.D.
degree is submitted to the Graduate Council for approval, upon recommen-
dation of the department concei-ned, when the student applies for admission
to candidacy for the degree.
The Doctor's degree is not given merely as a certificate of residence and
work, but is granted only upon sufficient evidence of high attainments in
scholarship, and ability to carry on independent research in the special field
in which the major work is done.
LANGUAGE EXAMINATIONS 465
Major and Minor Subjects. The candidate must select a major and one
or two closely related minor subjects. At least twenty-four semester hours,
exclusive of research, are required in minor work. The remainder of the
required residence is devoted to intensive study and research in the major
field. The amount of required course work in the major subject will vary
with the department and the individual candidate. The candidate must
register for a minimum of twelve semester hours of research.
Thesis. The ability to do independent research must be shown by a dis-
sertation on some topic connected with the major subject. An original type-
written copy and two clear, plain carbon copies of the thesis, together with
an abstract of the contents, 250 to 500 words in length, must be deposited
in the office of the Dean at least three weeks befoi'e the convocation at
which the degree is sought. It is the responsibility of the student also to
provide copies of the thesis for the use of the members of the examining
committee prior to the date of the final examination.
The original copy should not be bound by the student, as the University
later binds uniformly all theses for the general University library. The
carbon copies are bound by the student in cardboard covers which may be
obtained at the Student's Supply Store. The abstracts are published bien-
nially by the University in a special bulletin.
A manual giving full directions for the physical make-up of the thesis
is in the hands of each professor who directs thesis work, and should be
consulted by the student before typing of the thesis is begun. Students
may obtain copies of this manual at the Dean's office, at nominal cost.
Final Examination. The final oral examination is held before a com-
mittee appointed by the Dean. One member of this committee is a repre-
sentative of the graduate faculty who is not directly concerned with the
sudent's graduate work. One or more members of the committee may be
persons from other institutions who are distinguished scholars in the stu-
dent's major field.
The duration of the examination is approximately three hours, and covers
the research work of the candidate as embodied in his thesis, and his
attainments in the fields of his major and minor subjects. The other detailed
procedures are the same as those stated for the Master's examination.
RULES GOVERNING LANGUAGE EXAMINATIONS FOR CANDIDATES
FOR THE DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY
1. A candidate for the Doctor's degree must show in a written examina-
tion that he possesses a reading knowledge of French and German. With
the approval of the major department and the Graduate Council, in special
cases another foreign language may be substituted for either French or
German. The passages to be translated will be taken from books and
articles in his specialized field. Some 300 pages of text from which the
applicant wishes to have his examination chosen should be submitted to
the head of the Department of Foreign Languages at least three days
466 FEES
before the examination. The examination aims to test ability to use the
foreign language for research purposes. It is presumed that the candidate
will know sufficient grammar to distinguish inflectional forms and that he
will be able to translate readily in two hours about 500 words of text, with
the aid of a dictionary.
2. Application for admission to these tests must be filed in the office of
the Department of Foreign Languages at least three days in advance of
the tests.
3. No penalty is attached to failure in the examination, and an unsuc-
cessful candidate is free to try again at the next date set for these tests.
4. Examinations are held near the office of the Department of Foreign
Languages, on the first Wednesday of October, February and June, at 2 p.m.
GRADUATE FEES
The fees paid by graduate students are as follows:
A matriculation fee of $10.00. This is paid once only, upon admission to
the Graduate School.
A diploma fee (Master's degree), $10.00.
A graduate fee, including hood (Doctor's degree), $25.00.
College Park:
A fixed charge, each semester, of $8.00 per semester credit hour for
students carrying eight hours or less; for students carrying more than
eight hours, $65.00 for the semester.
Laboratory fees, where charged, range from $1.00 to $10.00 per course
per semester.
Living Expenses and Self Help:
Board and lodging are available in many private homes in College Park
and vicinity. The cost of board and room changes from about $50.00 to
$55.00 a month, depending on the desires of the individual. A list of accom-
modations is maintained in the offices of the Dean of Women and the Dean
of Men.
Application for student employment, aside from fellowships and assist-
antships, may be made through the offices of the Dean of Men and the Dean
of Women, or to department heads.
FELLOWSHIPS AND ASSISTANTSHIPS
Fellowships. A number of fellowships have been established by the
University. The stipend for the University fellows is $600 for nine months
and the remission of all graduate fees except the diploma fee. Several
industrial and special fellowships, with varying stipends, are also available
in certain departments.
. COMMENCEMENT 467
Fellows are required to render minor services prescribed by their major
departments. The usual amount of service required does not exceed twelve
clock hours per week. Fellows are permitted to carry a full graduate pro-
gram, and they may satisfy the residence requirement for higher degrees
in the normal time.
Applications for fellowships are made on blanks which may be obtained
from the office of the Graduate School. The application, with the necessary
credentials, is sent by the applicant directly to the Dean of the Graduate
School. Applications which are approved by the Dean are forwarded to the
departments, where final selection of the fellows is made. The awards of
University fellowships are on a competitive basis.
Graduate Assistantships. A number of teaching and research assistant-
ships are available in several departments. The compensation is $100 per
month unless otherwise specified and varies with the nature and amount
of service required and with the terms of appointment. The amount of
credit allowed toward a degree likewise varies with the amount of time
available for graduate study. The research assistants, especially those in
the Experiment Station, usually participate in research that meets the
requirements for a Master's or a Doctor's degree.
Applications for graduate assistantships are made directly to the depart-
ments concerned and appointments are made through the regular channels
for staff appointments. Further information regarding these assistantships
may be obtained from the department or college concerned.
COMMENCEMENT
Attendance is required at the commencement at which the degree is
conferred.
Application for diploma must be filed in the office of the Registrar eight
weeks before the convocation at which the candidate expects to obtain a
degree.
Academic costume is required of all candidates at commencement. Those
who so desire may purchase or rent caps and gowns at the Student's Supply
Store. Order must be filed eight weeks before the date of convocation but
may be cancelled later if the student finds himself unable to complete his
work for the degree.
A time schedule, supplementing this catalog, is issued shortly before the
beginning of each semester, showing the hours and location of class meet-
ings. This schedule is available at the office of the Graduate School, or the
office of the Registrar.
The provisions of this bulletin are not to be regarded as an irrevocable
contract between the student and the University. The University reserves
the right to change any provision or requirement at any time within the
student's term of residence.
468 GRADUATE SCHOOL
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
For the convenience of students in making out schedules of studies, the
subjects in the following Description of Courses are arranged alphabetically :
Agricultural Economics 469
Agricultural Education and Rural Life - 471
Agronomy 472
Anatomy 537, 538
Animal Husbandry 472
Bacteriology 473, 539, 541
Biochemistry 538
Botany 474, 542
Business and Public Administration 476
Chemistry 484
Comparative Literature - 487
Dairy Husbandry 488
Dentistry ~ 537
Economics 479
Education _ 490
Engineering 498
English Language and Literature 506
Entomology 508
Foreign Languages and Literature 509
Geography 480
Government and Politics 482
History 512
Home Economics 515
Horticulture 519
Journalism 520
Mathematics 521
Medicine 538
Pharmaceutical Chemistry 542
Pharmacognosy 542
Pharmacology 540, 543
Pharmacy 541, 544
Philosophy 524
Physical Education, Health, Recreation 525
Physics 527, 544
Physiology 541
Poultry Husbandry 529
Psychology 529
Sociology 532
Speech 534
Veterinary Science 536
Zoology 536
GRADUATE SCHOOL 469
METHOD OF NUMBERING COURSES AND COUNTING
CREDIT HOURS
Courses for Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates are numbered 100
to 199; courses for Graduates only are numbered 200 and upward.
A course with a single number extends through one semester.
A course with a double number extends through two semesters.
The number of semester hour credits is shown by the arabic numerals
in parentheses after the title of the course. Examples:
Course 101. Title (3). First semester.
If a laboratory course:
Course 101. Title (3). One lecture and two laboratory pei'iods a week,
first semester.
(This is a semester course: offered once a year.)
Course 101. Title (3). First and second semesters.
(This is a semester course, repeated each semester, and except for
research, seminar, and certain problem courses, must be taken only
one semester.)
Course 103, 104. Title (3, 3). Three hours a week, first and second
semesters.
If a laboratory course:
Course 103, 104. Title (3, 3). One lecture and two laboratory periods
a week, first and second semesters.
(This is a course extending through two semesters and carrying three
semester credits each semester.)
Course 103, 104. Title (3, 3). Three hours a week, second and first
semesters.
(This is a course extending through two semesters, but it begins with
the second semester.)
Course 105, f, s. Title (3, 3). Three hours a week, first and second
semesters.
(This is alternate way of listing a two-semester course.)
AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
A. E. 100. Farm Economics (3). First semester. Prerequisites, Econ. 31,
32, or Econ. 37. Shull.
A. E. 101. Marketing of Farm Products (3). Second semester. Pre-
requisites, Econ. 31, 32, or Econ. 37. Shull.
470 COURSE OFFERINGS
A. E. 103. Cooperation in Agriculture (3). First semester. Poffenberger.
A. E. 104. Farm Finance (3). Second semester. Poffenberger.
A. E. 105. Food Products Inspection (2). One lecture and one laboratory
period a week, second semester. Staff.
A. E. 106. Prices of Farm Products (3). Second semester. Poffenberger.
A. E. 107. Analysis of the Farm Business (3). One lecture and two lab-
oratory periods a week, first semester. Hamilton.
A. E. 108. Farm Management (3). Second semester. Hamilton.
A. E. 109. Research Problems (1-2). First and second semesters.
DeVault.
A. E. 110. Seminar (1, 1). First and second semesters. Hamilton.
A. E. 111. Land Economics (3). First semester. .
A. E. 114. Foreign Trade in Farm Products (3). Second semester. Shull.
A. E. 115. Marketing of Dairy Products (3). First semester. Beal.
A. E. 116. Marketing of Fruits and Vegetables (3). Second semester.
Hoecker.
Poultry Marketing Problems. See Poultry Husbandry, P. H. 104.
Egg Marketing Problems. See Poultry Husbandry, P. H. 105.
Poultry Industrial and Economic Problems. See Poultry Husbandry,
P. H. 107.
Market Milk. See Dairy Husbandry, D. H. 113.
Livestock Markets and Marketing. See Animal Husbandry, A. H. 150.
Meat and Livestock Products. See Animal Husbandry, A. H. 160.
Economics of Consumption. See Economics, Econ. 130.
Economics of Cooperatives. See Economics, Econ. 151.
Advertising Programs and Campaigns. See Business Administration,
B. A. 151.
Retail Store Management. See Business Administration, B. A. 154.
For Graduates
A. E. 200, 201. Special Problems in Farm Economics (2, 2). First and
second semesters. DeVault.
A. E. 202. Seminar (1). First and second semesters.. DeVault.
A. E. 203. Research. Credit according to work accomplished. Staff.
A. E. 208. Agricultural Policy (3). Second semester. Beal.
COURSE OFFERINGS 471
A. E. 210. Taxation in Relation to Agriculture (2). Second semester.
Walker.
A. E. 211. Agricultural Taxation in Theory and Practice (3). Two lec-
tures and one laboratory period a week, first semester. Walker.
A. E. 212, 213. Land Utilization and Agricultural Production (3, 3). Three
hours a week, first and second semesters. Baker.
A. E. 214. Consumption of Farm Products and Levels of Living (3),
Second semester. Baker.
A. E. 215. Advanced Agricultural Cooperation (3). First semester.
Poffenberger.
A. E. 216. Advanced Farm Management (3). Second semester. .
A. E. 217. Agricultural Economics Research Techniques (2). First and
second semesters. Hoecker.
AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION AND RURAL LIFE
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
R. Ed. 107. Observation and Analysis of Teaching for Agricultural Stu-
dents (3). Two lectures and one laboratory period a week, second
semester. Ahalt.
R. Ed. 109. Teaching Secondary Vocational Agriculture (3). First semes-
ter. Ahalt.
R. Ed. 111.. Teaching Young and Adult Farmer Groups (1). First semes-
ter. Ahalt.
R. Ed. 112. Departmental Management (1). One laboratory period a
week, second sesemter. Prerequisites, R. Ed. 107, 109. Ahalt.
R. Ed. 114. Rural Life and Education (3). .Second semester. Ahalt.
For Graduates
R. Ed. 201, 202. Rural Life and Education (3, 3). Three hours a week,
first and second semesters. Prerequisite, R. Ed. 114, or equivalent.
Ahalt.
R. Ed. 207, 208. Problems in Vocational Agriculture (2, 2). Two hours a
week, first and second semesters. Ahalt.
R. Ed. 220. Field Problems in Rural Education (1-3). First and second
semesters. Prerequisite, six semester hours of graduate study.
R. Ed. 250. Seminar in Rural Education (1-2). First and second semes-
ters. Ahalt.
R. Ed. 251. Research. Credit according to work done. Ahalt.
472 COURSE OFFERINGS
AGRONOMY
A. Crops
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Agron. 103. Crop Breeding (2). First semester. Prerequisite, Zool. 104.
Ronningen.
Agron. 151. Cropping Systems (2). Second semester. Kuhn.
Agron. 152. Seed Production and Distribution (2). Second semester.
Liden.
Agron. 153. Selected Crop Studies (2-4). First and second semesters.
Staff.
For Graduates
Agron. 201. Crop Breeding (2-4). Two hours a week in addition to con-
ference and assignments, second semester. Prerequisite, consent of
instructor. Ronningen.
Agron. 203. Seminar (1). First and second semesters. Staff.
Agron. 204. Technique in Field Crop Research (2). First semester.
Kuhn.
Agron. 209. Research (4-8). Arranged. Staff.
B. Soils
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Soils 103. Soil Geography (3). Two lectures and one laboratory period
a week, second semester. Prerequisites, Soils 1 and Geology.
Thomas and Gross.
Soils 112. Soil Conservation (3). Two lectures and one discussion period
a week, first semester. Prerequisite, Soils 1. Thomas.
Soils 120. Soil Management (3). Two lectures and one laboratory period
a week, second semester. Prerequisites, Soils 1 and 2.
Thomas and Gross.
For Graduates
Soils 201. Special Problems and Research (10-12). Arranged. Thomas.
Soils 202, 203. Soil Science (3, 3). Three hours a week, first and second
semesters. Prerequisites, Soils 1 and 2, or equivalent.
Thomas and Axley.
Soils 212, 213. Soil Research Technique (2, 2). Two three-hour laboratory
periods a week, first and second semesters. Thomas and Axley.
ANIMAL HUSBANDRY
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
A. H. 111. Animal Nutrition (3). First semester. Prerequisites, Chem.
31, 32, 33, 34; A. H. 110.
COURSE OFFERINGS 473
A. H. 150. Livestock Markets and Marketing (2). First semester. Pre-
requisite, A. H. 1.
For Graduates
A. H. 120. Principles of Breeding (3). Second semester. Two lectures
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Zool. 104. Graduate
credit with permission of instructor.
A. H. 201. Special Problems in Animal Husbandry (2-4). Credit in pro-
portion to work accomplished. First or second semester. Staff.
A. H. 202, 203. Seminar (1, 1). First and second semesters. Staff.
A. H. 204. Research. Credit in proportion to work accomplished. Staff.
A. H. 205. Advanced Breeding (2). Second semester. Prerequisite, Zool.
104; A. H. 120; one course in biological statistics.
A. H. 206, 207. Advanced Livestock Management (3, 3). Two lectures
and one laboratory period a week. First and second semesters.
BACTERIOLOGY
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Laboratory fees in Bacteriology are $10.00 per course per semester.
Bact. 101. Pathogenic Bacteriology (4). Two lecture and two laboratory
periods a week, first semester. Prequisite, Bact. 5. Faber.
Bact. 103. Serology (4). Two lecture and two laboratory periods a week,
second semester. Prerequisite, Bact. 101. Faber.
Bact. 104. History of Bacteriology (1). One lecture period a week, first
semester. Prerequisite, a major or minor in bacteriology. Doetsch.
Bact. 105. Clinical Methods (4). Two lecture and two laboratory periods
a week, first semester. Prerequisite, Bact. 103. Faber.
Bact. 108. Epidemiology and Public Health (3). Three lecture periods a
week, second semester. Prerequisite, Bact. 101. Faber.
Bact. 131. Food Bacteriology (4). Two lecture and two laboratory periods
a week, first semester. Prerequisite, Bact. 5. Laffer.
Bact. 133. Dairy Bacteriology (4). Two lecture and two laboratory periods
a week, first semester. Prerequisite, Bact. 5. Doetsch.
Bact. 135. Soil Bacteriology (4). Two lecture and two laboratory periods
a week, second semester. Prerequisite, Bact. 5. Hansen.
Bact. 161. Systematic Bacteriology (4). Two lecture and two laboratory
periods a week, first semester. Prerequisite, 16 credits in bacteriology.
Hansen.
Bact. 181. Bacteriological Problems (3). First and second semesters.
Prerequisite, 16 credits in bacteriology. Registration only upon the
consent of the instructor. Staff.
474 COURSE OFFERINGS
For Graduates
Bact. 201. Advanced Pathogenic Bacteriology (4). Two lecture and two
laboratory periods a week, first semester. Prerequisite, 30 credits in
bacteriology and allied fields, including Bact. 103. Laffer.
Bact. 204. Bacterial Metabolism (2). Two lecture periods a week, first
semester. Prerequisite, 30 credits in bacteriology and allied fields, in-
cluding. Chem. 161 and 162. Pelczar.
Bast. 206, .208. Special Topics (1, 1). One lecture period a week, first and
second semesters. Prerequisite, 20 credits in bacteriology. Staff.
Bact. 231. Advanced Food Bacteriology (4). Two lecture and two labora-
tory periods a week, first semester. Prerequisite, 30 credits in bacteri-
ology, including Bact. 131. Laffer.
Bact. 280. Seminar (1). First and second semesters. Prerequisite, 30
credits in bacteriology. Staff.
Bact. 291. Research. First and second semesters. Prerequisite, 30 credits
in bacteriology. Staff.
BOTANY
A. Plant Physiology
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Bot. 101. Plant Physiology (4). Two lectures and two laboratory periods
a week, first semester. Prerequisites, Bot. 1, and general chemistry.
Laboratory fee, $5.00. Gauch.
Bot. 102. Blant Ecology (3). Two lectures and one laboratory period a
week, second semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 11, or equivalent. Brown.
For Graduates
Bot. 201. Plant Biochemistry (2 or 4). First semester. Prerequisites,
Bot. 101, and elementary organic chemistry, or equivalent. (Labora-
tory only [2 credits] given 1949-1950.) Lectures prerequisite. Labora-
tory fee, $5.00. Gauch.
Bot. 202. Plant Biophysics (2). First semester. Prerequisites, Bot. 101,
and elementary physics, or equivalent. Gauch.
Bot. 203. Biophysical Methods (2). First semester. To accompany Bot.
202. Same prerequisites. Laboratory fee, $5.00.
Bot. 204. Growth and Development (2). Second semester. Prerequisite,
12 semester hours of plant science.
Bot. 205. Salt Nutrition Seminar (1). Second semester. (Not given 1949-
1950.) Gauch.
Bot. 206. Research in Plant Physiology. Credit according to work done.
Gauch.
COURSE OFFERINGS 475
B. General Botany and Morphology
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Bot. 111. Plant Anatomy (3). One lecture and two laboratory periods a
week, first semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 110, or equivalent. Laboratory
fee, $5.00. Rappleye.
Bot. 113. Plant Geography (2). First semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 1, or
equivalent. Brown.
Bot. 114. Advanced Plant Taxonomy (3). One lecture and two laboratory
periods a week, first semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 11, or equivalent.
Laboratory fee, $5.00. Brown.
Bot. 115. Structure of Economic Plants (2). Two laboratory periods a
week, second semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 111. Laboratory fee, $5.00.
Rappleye.
Bot. 116. History and Philosophy of Botany (1). First semester. Pre-
requisite, 15 semester hours of botany. Bamford.
Bot. 117. Plant Breeding (2). Second semester. Prerequisites. Zool. 104,
or equivalent. Morgan.
For Graduates
Bot. 211. Cytology (4). Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week,
second semester. Prerequisites, Bot. 110, Zool. 104. Laboratory fee,
$5.00. Bamford, Morgan.
Bot. 212. Plant Morphology (2). Two laboratory periods a week, first
semester. Prerequisites, Bot. 11, Bot. Ill, or equivalent. Laboratory
fee, $5.00. Rappleye.
Bot. 213. Seminar (1). First and second semesters. Prerequisite, per-
mission of instructor. Bamford.
Bot. 214. Research. Credit according to work done. Bamford, Morgan.
Bot. 215. Plant Cytogenetics (3). First semester. Prerequisites, Zool.
104, Bot. 211. Laboratory fee, $5.00. Morgan.
C. Plant Pathology
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Bot. 122. Research Methods in Plant Pathology (2). Two laboratory
periods a week, first and second semesters. Prerequisite, Bot. 20, or
equivalent. Laboratory fee, $5.00. Cox.
Bot. 123. Diseases of Ornamental Plants (2). Second semester. Pre-
requisite, Bot. 20, or equivelant. Jeffers.
Bot. 124. Diseases of Tobacco and Agronomic Crops (2). (Not offered
1949-1950.) Prerequisite, Bot. 20, or equivalent.
476 COURSE OFFERINGS
Bot. 125. Diseases of Fruit Crops (2). First semester. Prerequisite,
Bot. 20, or equivalent. Weaver.
Bot. 126. Diseases of Vegetable Crops (2). (Not offered 1949-1950.)
Prerequsite, Bot. 20, or equivalent. Cox.
Bot. 128. Mycology (4). Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week,
first semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 2, or equivalent. Laboratory fee,
$5.00. Jeffers.
For Graduates
Bot. 221. Virus Diseases (3). Two lectures and one laboratory period a
week, second semester. Prerequisites, Bot. 20, Bot. 101. Laboratory
fee, $5.00. Brierley.
Bot. 222. Plant Nematology (2). Second semester. Two lectures. Pre-
requisite, Bot. 20, or equivalent. Steiner.
Bot. 225. Research, Pathology. Credit according to work done. Staff.
Bot. 226. Plant Disease Control (3). First semester. Prerequisite, Bot.
20, or equivalent. Cox.
Bot. 229. Seminar, Pathology (1). First and second semester. Jeffers.
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
A. Business Administration
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
B. A. 110, 111. Intermediate Accounting (3, 3). First and second semes-
ters. Prerequisite, a grade of B or better in B. A. 21, or consent of
instructor.
B. A. 116. Public Budgeting (3). Prerequisites, B. A. 21 and Econ. 32.
B. A. 118. Governmental Accounting (3). Prerequisite, B. A. 111.
B. A. 121. Cost Accounting (4). Second semester. Prerequisite, a grade
of B or better in B. A. 21, or consent of instructor.
B. A. 122. Auditing Theory and Practice (3). First semester. Prerequi-
site, B. A. 111.
B. A. 123. Income Tax Accounting (4). First semester. Prerequisite, a
grade of B or better in B. A. 21, or consent of instructor.
B. A. 124, 126. Advanced Accounting (3, 3). First and second semesters.
Prerequisite, B. A. 111.
B. A. 125. C. P. A. Problems (3). Second semester. Prerequisite, B. A.
124, or consent of instructor.
B. A. 127. Advanced Auditing Theory and Practice (3). Second semester.
Prerequisite, B. A. 122.
COURSE OFFERINGS 477
B. A. 129. Apprenticeship in Accounting (0).
B. A. 130. Elements of Business Statistics (3). First semester.
B. A. 131. Statistics Laboratory.
B A. 132, 133. Advanced Business Statistics (3, 3). Three hours a week,
first and second semesters. Prerequisite, B. A. 130.
B. A. 140. Financial Management (3). Second semester. Prerequisite,
Econ. 140.
B. A. 141. Investment Management (3). First semester. Prerequisite,
B. A. 140.
B. A. 142. Banking Policies and Practices (3). Second semester. Pre-
requisite, Econ. 140.
B. A. 143. Credit Management (3). Second semester. Prerequisite, B. A.
140.
B. A. 144. Life, Group and Social Insurance (2). First semester. Pre-
requisite, Econ. 32 or 37.
B. A. 145. Property, Casualty, and Liability Insurance (2). First semes-
ter. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37.
B. A. 146. Real Estate Financing and Appraisals (2). Second semester.
Prerequisites, Econ. 32 or 37, B. A. 156.
B. A. 147. Business Cycles (3). Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 140.
B. A. 150. Marketing Management (3). Second semester. Prerequisite,
Econ. 150.
B. A. 151. Advertising Programs and Campaigns (2). First semester.
Prerequisite, B. A. 150.
B. A. 152. Advertising Copy Writing and Layout (2). Second semester.
Prerequisite, B. A. 151.
B. A. 153. Purchasing Management (3). First semester. Prerequisite,
B. A. 150.
B. A. 154. Retail Store Management (3). Second semester. Prerequisite,
Econ. 150.
B. A. 156. Real Estate Principles and Practice (2). First semester. Pre-
requisite, Econ. 32 or 37.
B. A. 157. Foreign Trade Procedure (3). Prerequisite, B. A. 150.
B. A. 160. Personnel Management (3). Second semester. Prerequisite,
Econ. 160.
B. A. 162. Contemporary Trends in Labor Relations (3). First semester.
Prerequisite, B. A. 160.
478 COURSE OFFERINGS
B. A. 163. Industrial Relations (3). Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ.
160.
B. A. 164. Recent Labor Legislation and Court Decisions (3). Second
semester. Prerequisite, Econ 160. B. A. 160 recommended.
B. A. 165. Office Management (3). First semester. Prerequisite, B. A. 11
or junior standing.
B. A. 166. Business Communications (3). Second semester. Prerequisite,
junior standing.
B. A. 167. Job Evaluation and Merit Rating (2). Prerequisite, B. A. 160.
B. A. 169. Industrial Management (3). Second semester. Prerequisite,
B. A. (11) and 160.
B. A. 170. Transportation I, Regulation of Transportation Services (3).
First semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37
B. A. 171. Transportation II, Services, Rules, and Practices (3). Pre-
requisite, B. A. 170.
B. A. 172. Transportation III, Motor Transportation (3). Prerequisite,
B. A. 171.
Transportation IV, Overseas Shipping (3). Prerequisite, B. A.
Commercial Air Transportation (3). Prerequisite, B. A. 170.
Airline Administration (3). Prerequisite, B. A. 174.
Problems in Airport Management (3). Prerequisite. B. A. 174.
B. A. 177. Motion Economy and Time Study (3). Prerequisite, B. A. 169.
B. A. 178. Production Planning and Control (2). Prerequisite, B. A. 169.
B. A. 179. Problems in Supervision (3). Prerequisite, B. A. 169.
B. A. 180. 181. Business Law (4, 4). First and second semesters. Pre-
requisite, senior standing. Required in all Bus. Adm. curn'culums.
B. A. 183. Law for Accountants (2). Prerequisite, B. A. 181.
B. A. 184. Public Utilities (3). Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 32
or 37 and senior standing.
B. A. 186. Real Estate Law and Conveyancing (2). Prerequisite, B. A.
156 and 180.
B. A. 189. Government and Business (3). First semester. Prerequisite,
Econ. 32 or 37. Senior standing.
For Graduates
B. A. 220. Managerial Accounting (3).
B. A. 221, 222. Seminar in Accounting. Arranged.
B.
A. 173.
170.
15.
A. 174.
B.
A. 175.
B.
A. 176.
COURSE OFFERINGS 479
B. A. 226. Accounting Systems (3).
B. A. 228. Research in Accounting.
B. A. 229. Studies of Special Problems in the Fields of Control and
Organization.
B. A. 240. Seminar in Financial Management (1-3).
B. A. 260. Problems in Sales Management (3).
B. A. 251. Problems in Advertising (3).
B. A. 252. Problems in Retail Store Management (3).
B. A. 257. Seminar in Marketing Management.
B. A. 258. Research in Marketing.
B. A. 262. Seminar in Contemporary Trends in Labor Relations.
B. A. 265. Development and Trends in Modern Industrial Management (3).
B. A. 266. Research in Personnel Management.
B. A. 267. Research in Industrial Relations.
B. A. 270. Seminar in Air Transportation (3).
B. A. 271. Theory of Organization (3).
B. A. 277. Seminar in Transportation (3).
B. A. 280. Seminar in Business and Government Relationships.
B. A. 284. Seminar in Public Utilities (3).
B. A. 299. Thesis.
B. Economics
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Econ. 131. Comparative Economic Systems (3). Second semester. Pre-
requisite, Econ. 32 or 37.
Econ. 132. Advanced Economic Principles (3). First semester. Prerequi-
site, Econ. 32.
Econ. 134. Contemporary Ecnomic Thought (3). Second semester. Pre-
requisite, Econ. 32.
Econ. 136. International Economic Policies and Relations (3). First semes-
ter. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. Econ. 131 recommended.
Econ. 137. Economic Planning and Post-war Problems (3). Second semes-
ter. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. Econ. 131 recommended.
Econ. 140. Money and Banking (3). First semester. Prerequisite, Econ.
32 or 37.
Econ. 141. Theory of Money, Credit, and Prices (3). Second semester.
Prerequisites, Econ. 32 and 140.
480 COURSE OFFERINGS
Econ. 142. Public Finance and Taxation (3). First semester. Prerequi-
site, Econ. 32 or 37.
Econ. 149. International Finance and Exchange (3). Second semester.
Prerequisite, Econ. 140. Econ. 141 recommended.
Econ. 150. Marketing Principles and Organization (3). First semester.
Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37.
Econ. 160. Labor Economics (3). First semester Prerequisite, Econ. 32
or 37.
Econ. 161. Government and Social Security (3). Second semester. Pre-
requisites, G. & P. 4, Econ. 32.
Econ. 170. Monoply and Competition (3). Second semester. Prerequi-
site, Econ. 32 or 37.
Econ. 171. Economics of American Industry (3). Second semester. Pre-
requisite, Econ. 32 or 37.
For Graduates
Econ. 230. History of Economic Thought (3). First semester. Prerequi-
site, Econ. 132.
Econ. 231. Economic Theory in the Nineteenth Century (3). Second
semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 230 or consent of instructor.
Econ. 235. Seminar in International Economic Relations (3).
Econ. 237, 238. Seminar in Economic Investigation (3, 3). Three hours a
week, first and second semesters.
Econ. 240. Comparative Banking Systems (3). Second semester.
Econ. 242. Research in Governmental Fiscal Policies and Practices (3).
Econ. 270. Seminar in Economics and Geography of American Industries
(3).
Econ. 299. Thesis. Arranged
C. Geography
Geog. 100, 102. Regional Georgraphy of the United States and Canada
(3, 3.) First and second semesters. Prerequisites, Geog. 1, 2 or Geo.
60, 61, or permission of instructor. Baker.
Geog. 102. The Geography of Manufacturing in the United States and
Canada (3). First semester. Clemens.
Geog. 110, 111. Latin America (3, 3). First and second semesters.
Crist.
Geog. 115. The Peoples of Latin America (2). Second semester. Crist.
COURSE OFFERINGS 481
Geog. 120. Economic Geography of Europe (3). First semester.
Van Royen.
Soc. 120, 121. Population. See Sociology.
Geog. 122. Economic Resources and Development of Africa (3). Second
semester. Van Royen.
Geog. 123. Problems of Colonial Geography (3). First or second semes-
ter. Van Royen.
Geog. 130, 131. Economic and Political Geography of Southern and Eastern
Asia (3, 3). First and second semesters. Hu.
Geog. 140, 141. Soviet Lands (3, 3). First and second semesters.
Geog. 150. Problems of Map Evaluation I, Topographic Maps (3). First
semester. Davies (Army Map Service).
Geog. 151. Problems of Map Evaluation II, Non-topographic Special-use
Maps (3). Second semester. Prerequisite, Geog. 150.
Brierly (Army Map Service).
Geog. 152. Problems and Practices of Photo Interpretation (3). Off-
campus. First or second semester. Prerequisite, Geog. 31, or equiva-
lent
Geog. 160. Elementary Toponymy (3). First and second semesters. Pre-
requisite, Geog. 30 and one foreign language.
Aiken (Army Map Service).
Geog. 162. Fundamentals of Climatology (3). First semester. Baum.
Geog. 170. Field Studies in Geography (3). First semester and approxi-
mately three weeks in the field immediately preceding the academic
year. Staff.
Geog. 180, 181. History, Nature and Methodology of Geography (3, 3).
First and second semesters. Hu.
Geog. 190, 191. Proseminar in Geography (3, 3). Staff.
For Graduates
Geog. 210. Seminar in Cartography (3). Karinen.
Geog. 220. Advanced Geomorphology (3). Second semester. Van Royen.
Geog. 230. Micro-Climatology (3). First semester. Prerequisite, Geog.
162 or consent of instructor. Baum.
Geog. 231. Advanced General Climatology (3). Second semester. Pre-
requisite, Geog. 162 or consent of instructor. Baum.
Geog. 248, 249. Special Studies in Meteorology and Climatology (3, 3).
Baum.
482 COURSE OFFERINGS
Geog. 250, 251. Recent Economic Trends in Latin America (3, 3). First
and second semester Crist.
Geog. 260, 261. Problems in the Geography of Europe and Africa (3, 3).
First and second semesters. Van Royen.
Geog. 270, 271. Special Studies in the Geography of China (3, 3). First
and second semesters. Hu.
Geog. 290, 291. Seminar in Geography. Credit to be arranged. First
and second semesters. Staff.
Geog. 292, 293. Research Work. (Credit to be arranged.) First and second
semesters and summer.
A. E. 212, 213. Land Utilization and Agricultural Production. See Agri-
cultural Economics. Baker.
In addition to individual research projects, the preparation of the "Atlas
of the World's Agricultural and Mineral Resources," a joint project of the
University of Maryland, the United States Department of Agriculture, and
the Department of the Interior, as well as cooperative projects with other
government departments, provide facilities for graduate students to study
under the guidance of experts in government service. The University of
Maryland is cooperating also with the National Central University, in
Nanking, China, in the preparation of an "Atlas of China." These atlases
and other projects in preparation, may provide a vehicle of publication for
parts of students' research work.
D. Government and Politics
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
G. and P. 101. International Political Relations (3). First semester.
Prerequisite, G. and P. 1. Plischke.
G. and P. 102. International Law (3). Second semester. Prerequisite,
G. and P. 1. Plischke.
G. and P. 105. Recent Far Eastern Politics (3). First semester. Pre-
quisite, G. and P. 1. Steinmeyer.
G. and P. 106. American Foreign Relations (3). First semester. Pre-
requisite, G. and P. 1. Plischke.
G. and P. 110. Principles of Public Administration (3). First semester.
Prerequisite, G. and P. 1. Ray.
G. and P. 111. Public Personnel Administration (3). Second semester.
Prerequisite, G. and P. 1. Mauck.
G. and P. 112. Public Financial Administration (3). Second semester.
Prerequisite, G. and P. 110 or Econ. 142. Mauck.
COURSE OFFERINGS 483
G. and P. 124. Legislatures and Legislation (3). Second semester. Pre-
quisite, G. and P. 1. Burdette.
G. and P. 131, 132. Constitutional Law (3, 3). First and second semes-
ters. Prerequisite, G. and P. 1. Dixon.
G. and P. 133. Administration of Justice (3). Second semester. Pre-
requisite, G. and P. 1. Dixon.
G. and P. 141. History of Political Theory (3). First semester. Pre-
requisite, G. and P. 1. Dixon.
G. and P. 142. Recent Political Theory (3). Second semester. Prerequi-
site, G. and P. 1. Dixon.
G. and P. 144. American Political Theory (3). First semester. Prerequi-
site, G. and P. 1. LaFuze.
G. and P. 154. Problems of World Politics (3). Second semester. Pre-
requisite, G. and P. 1. Steinmeyer.
G. and P. 174. Political Parties (4). First semester. Prerequisite, G. and
P. 1. Burdette.
G. and P. 178. Public Opinion (3). First semester. Prerequisite, G. and
P. 1. Burdette.
G. and P. 181. Administrative Law (3). Second semester. Prerequisite,
G. and P. 1. Ray.
For Graduates
G. and P. 201. Seminar in International Political Organization (3).
Steinmeyer.
G. and P. 211. Seminar in Federal-State Relations (3). Ray.
G. and P. 213. Problems of Public Administration (3). Ray.
G. and P. 214. Problems of Public Personnel Administration (3). Mauck.
G. and P. 216. Seminar in Government Administrative Planning and Man-
agement (3). Mauck.
G. and P. 217. Government Corporations and Special Purpose Authorities
(3). Mauck.
G. and P. 221. Seminar in Public Opinion (3). Burdette.
G. and P. 224. Seminar in Political Parties and Politics (3). Burdette.
G. and P. 225. Man and the State (3). Dixon.
G. and P. 231. Seminar in Public Law (3). Ray.
G. and P. 251. Bibliography of Government and Politics (3). Staff.
G. and P. 261. Research in Government and Politics (3). Staff.
484 COURSE OFFERINGS
G. and P. 281. Departmental Seminar (No Credit). Registration for two
semesters required for doctoral candidates. Staff.
G. and P. 299. Thesis Course. Arranged. Staff.
CHEMISTRY
Laboratory fees in Chemistry are $10.00 per course per semester.
A. Analytical Chemistry
For Graduates
Chem. 206, 208. Spectographic Analysis (1, 1). One three-hour labora-
tory a week. Prerequisite, Chem. 188, 190 and consent of the instructor.
Registration limited. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. White.
Chem. 221, 223. Chemical Microscopy (2, 2). One lecture and three one-
hour laboratory period a week, first and second semesters. Registration
limited. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Stuntz.
Chem. 225. Polarography (2). Two lectures a week.
Chem. 226, 228. Advanced Quantitative Analysis (2, 2). Two three-hour
laboratory periods a week, first and second semesters. Prerequisite,
consent of instructor. Stuntz.
Chem. 266. Biological Analysis (2). Two three-hour laboratory periods a
week, second semester. Prerequisites, Chem. 19, 31, 32, 33, 34. Wiley.
B. Biochemistry
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Chem. 161, 163. Biochemistry (2, 2). Two lectures a week, first and
second semesters. Prerequisites, Chem. 31, 33, or Chem. 35, 37.
Chem. 162, 164. Biochemistry Laboratory (2, 2). Two three-hour labora-
tory periods a week, first and second semesters. Prerequisites, Chem.
32, 34, or Chem. 36, 38.
For Graduates
Chem. 261, 263. Advanced Biochemistry (2, 2). Two lectures a week, first
and second semesters. Prerequisites, Chem. 141, 143, or consent of
instructor. Veitch.
Chem. 262, 264. Advanced Biochemistry Laboratory (2, 2). Two three-
hour laboatory periods a week, first and second semesters. Prerequi-
site, consent of the instructor. Veitch.
Chem. 268. Special Problems in Biochemistry (2-4). Two to four three-
hour laboratory periods a week, first and second semesters. Prerequi-
sites, Chem. 161, 162, 163, 164 and consent of the instructor. Veitch.
COURSE OFFERINGS 485
C. Inorganic Chemistry
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Chem. 101. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (2). Two lectures a week,
second semester. Prerequisites, Chem. 23 and 37, 38.
For Graduates
Chem. 201, 203. The Chemistry of Rarer Elements (2, 2). Two lectures a
week, first and second semesters. White.
Chem. 202, 204. Advanced Inorganic Laboratory (2, 2). Two three-hour
laboratory periods a week, first and second semesters.
Chem. 205. Radiochemistry (2). Two lectures a week. Rollinson.
Chem. 207. Chemistry of Inorganic Complex Compounds (2). Two lec-
tures a week.
Chem. 210. Radiochemistry Laboratory (1 or 2). One or two three-hour
laboratory periods a week. Registration limited. Prerequisites, Chem.
205 (or concurrent registration therein) and consent of instructor.
Rollinson.
Chem. 239. Physical Techniques in Chemistry (2). A survey of the tools
available for the solution of chemical problems by means of physical
techniques.
D. Organic Chemistry
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Chem. 141, 143. Advanced Organic Chemistry (2, 2). Two lectures a week,
first and second semesters. Prerequisites, Chem. 37, 38.
Chem. 142, 144. Advanced Organic Laboratory (2, 2). Two three-hour
laboratory periods a week, first and second semesters. Prerequisites,
Chem. 19 or 23, and Chem. 37, 38.
Chem. 146. 148. The Identification of Organic Compounds (2, 2). Two
three-hour laboratory periods a week, first and second semesters.
Prerequisites, Chem. 141, 143, or concurrent registration therein.
Chem. 150. Organic Quantitative Analysis (2). Two three-hour laboratory
periods per week. The semi-micro determination of carbon, hydrogen,
nitrogen, halogen and certain functional groups. First and second
semesters.
(One or more courses from the following group 241-257 will customarily
be offered each semester. Two of these courses will be presented in the
academic year (1949-1950).
Chem. 241. Stereochemistry (2). Two lectures a week. Woods.
Chem. 245. The Chemistry of the Steroids (2). Two lectures a week.
Pratt.
486 COURSE OFFERINGS
Chem. 249. Physical Aspects of Organic Chemistry (2). Two lectures a
week. Woods.
Chem. 251. The Heterocylics (2). Two lectures a week. Pratt.
Chem. 253. Organic Sulfur Compounds (2). Two lectures a wTeek. Dewey.
Chem. 254. Advanced Organic Preparations (2 to 4). Two to four three-
hour laboratory pei'iods a week, first and second semesters.
Chem. 257. Organic Laboratory Methods (2). Two lectures a week.
Pratt.
Chem. 258. The Identification of Organic Compounds, an Advanced Course
(2 to 4). Two to four three-hour laboratory periods a week, first and
second semesters. Pratt.
Chem. 260. Advanced Organic Laboratory (1 or 2). One or two three-
hour laboratory periods per week, first and second semesters. Pratt.
Chem. 271. Glassblowing Laboratory (1). A practical course designed to
teach the student elementary glassblowing. First and second semes-
ters. Carruthers.
E. Physical Chemistry
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Chem. 181, 183. Elements of Physical Chemistry (2, 2). Two lectures a
week, first and second semesters. Prerequisites, Chem. 19; Phys. 1, 2;
Math. 10, 11.
Chem. 182, 184. Elements of Physical Chemistry Laboratory (1, 1). One
three-hour laboratory period a week, first and second semesters. May
be taken ONLY when accompanied by Chem. 181, 183.
Chem. 187, 189. Physical Chemistry (3, 3). Three lectures a week, first
and second semesters. Prerequisites, Chem. 19 or 21; Phys. 20, 21;
Math. 20, 21.
Chem. 188, 190. Physical Chemistry Laboratory (2, 2). Two three-hour
laboratory periods a week, first and second semesters. A laboratory
course for students taking Chem. 187, 189.
For Graduates
The common prerequisites for the following courses are Chem. 187, 189,
and 188, 190, or their equivalent.
One or more courses of the group, 281-307, will be offered each semester,
depending on demand.
Chem. 281, 283. Theory of Solutions (2, 2). Two lectures a week, first
and second semesters. Prerequisite, Chem. 307. Svirbely.
Chem. 285. Colloid Chemistry (2). Two lectures a week. Pickard.
COURSE OFFERINGS 487
Chem. 295. Heterogenous Equilibria (2). Two lectures a week. Pickard.
Chem. 299. Reaction Kinetics (3). Three lectures per week. Svirbely.
Chem. 303. Electrochemistry (3). Three lectures a week. Pickard.
Chem. 304. Electrochemistry Laboratory (2). Two three-hour laboratory
periods a week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Staff.
Chem. 307 Chemical Thermodynamics (3). Three lectures a week.
Svirbely.
Chem. 311. Physicochemical Calculations (2). Two lectures per week.
Pickard.
Chem. 313 Molecular Structure (2). Two lectures per week. Brown.
Chem. 321. Quantum Chemistry (3). Three lectures a week. Brown.
Chem. 323. Statistical Mechanics and Chemistry (3) Three lectures a
week. Brown.
F. Seminar and Research
Chem. 351. Seminar (1). First and second semesters. Staff.
Chem. 360. Research. First and second semesters, summer session. Staff.
COMPARATIVE LITERATURE
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Comp. Lit. 101. Introductory Survey of Comparative Literature (3). First
semester. Zucker.
Comp. Lit. 102. Introductory Survey of Comparative Literature (3).
Second semester. Zucker.
Comp. Lit. 103. The Old Testament as Literature (3). Second semester.
Zucker.
Copm. Lit. 104. Chaucer (3). First semester. Same as Eng. 104.
Harman.
Comp. Lit. 105. Romanticism in France (3). First semester. Staff.
Comp. Lit. 106. Romantisicm in Germany (3). Second semester. Prahl.
Comp. Lit. 107. The Faust Legend in English and German Literature (3).
First semester. Prahl.
Comp. Lit. 108. Some Non-English Influences on American Literature (3).
Second semester. Zucker.
Comp. Lit. 109. Cervantes (3). Second semester. Staff.
Comp. Lit. 112. Ibsen (3) First semester. Zucker.
Comp. Lit. 113. Prose of the Renaissance (3). Second semester. Same
as Eng. 113. (Not offered in 1949-1950). Zeerveld.
488 COURSE OFFERINGS
Comp. Lit. 114. The Greek Drama (3). First semester. Prahl.
Comp. Lit. 121. Milton (3). Same as Eng. 121. Murphy.
Comp. Lit. 129, 130 Literature of the Romantic Period (3, 3) Three
hours a week, first and second semesters. Same as Eng. 129, 130.
Weber.
Comp. Lit. 144. Modern Drama (3). First semester. Same as Eng. 144.
Weber.
Comp. Lit. 145. The Modern Novel (3). Second semester. Same as Eng.
145. Cardwell.
Comp. Lit. 155, 156. Four Major American Writers (3, 3). Three hours
a week, first and second semesters. Same as Eng. 155, 156. Gravely.
For Graduates
Comp. Lit. 201. Bibliography and Methods (3). First semester. Same as
Eng. 201. Mooney.
Comp. Lit. 202. The History of the Theatre (3) Second semester.
Zucker.
Comp. Lit. 203. Schiller (3). Same as German 204. Prahl.
Comp. Lit. 204. Medieval Romances (3). First semester. Same as Eng.
204. (Not offered in 1949-1950.)
Comp. Lit. 205. Georges Duhamel, Poet, Dramatist, Novelist (3). First
semester. Same as French 204. Falls.
Comp. Lit. 206, 207. Seminar in Sixteenth Century Literature (3, 3). First
and second semesters. Same as Eng. 206 and 207. McManaway.
Comp. Lit. 208. The Philosophy of Goethe's Faust (3). Same as German
208. Zucker.
Comp. Lit. 216, 217. Literary Criticism (3, 3). Three hours a week, first
and second semesters. Same as Eng. 216, 217. Staff.
Comp. Lit. 227, 228. Problems in American Literature (3, 3). Same as
Eng. 227, 228. (Not offered in 1949-1950.)
DAIRY
Dairy 100. Dairy Cattle Management (1). One laboratory period a week,
first semester. Prerequisite, Dairy 1. Cairns.
Dairy 101. Dairy Production (3). Two lectures and one laboratory period
a week, second semester. Prerequisites, Dairy 1, and A. H. 110.
Cairns.
Dairy 105. Dairy Breeds and Breeding (2). First semester. Prerequi-
sites, Dairy 1, Zool. 104, A. H. 120. Cairns.
COURSE OFFERINGS 489
Dairy 108. Dairy Technology (4). Two lectures and two laboratory
periods a week, first semester. Prerequisites, Dairy 1, Bact. 133, Chem.
1, 3. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Gould, Johnson.
Dairy 109. Market Milk (4). Two lectures and two laboratory periods a
week, second semester. Prerequisites, Dairy 1, Bact. 1, 133, Chem.
1, 3. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Gould, Johnson.
Dairy 110. Butter and Cheese Making (4). Two lectures and two labora-
tory periods a week, second semester. Prerequisites, Dairy 1, Bact. 1,
Chem. 1, 3. (Alternate years, not given in 1949-1950.) Warren.
Dairy 111. Concentrated Milk Products (2). One lecture and one labora-
tory period a week, second semester. Prerequisites, Dairy 1, 108, 114.
(Alternate years, not given in 1949-1950.) Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Warren.
Dairy 112. Ice Cream Making (4). Two lectures and two laboratory
periods a week, first semester. Prerequisites, Dairy 1, 108, 114.
Warren.
Dairy 114. Special Laboratory Methods (4). Two lectures and two labora-
tory periods a week, second semester. Prerequisites, Dairy 1, 108,
Bact. 1, 133, Chem. 1, 3, 19, 31, 32, 33, 34. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Gould, Johnson.
Dairy 120, 121. Dairy Seminar (1, 1). One hour a week, first and second
semesters. Prerequisites, students majoring in Dairy Husbandry, Dairy
1, 101; students majoring in Dairy Products Technology, Dairy 1, 108.
Cairns.
Dairy 124. Special Problems in Dairying (2-4). First and second semes-
ters. Prerequisites, students majoring in Dairy Husbandry, Dairy 1,
101; students majoring in Dairy Products Technology, Dairy 1, 108, 109.
Credit in accordance with the amount and character of work done.
Staff.
Dairy 201. Advanced Dairy Production (3). First semester. Prerequi-
site, Dairy 101, or equivalent. Cairns.
Dairy 202. Advanced Dairy Technology (3). First semester. Prerequi-
sites, Dairy 108, 114, or equivalent. Gould.
Dairy 204. Methods of Dairy Research (1-5). First and second semes-
ters. Prerequisite, permission of professor in charge of work. Staff.
Dairy 205. Seminar (1). First and second semesters. Staff.
Dairy 208. Research (3-8). Credit to be determined by amount and quality
of work done. Staff.
490 COURSE OFFERINGS
EDUCATION
A student in Education has the option of qualifying for the degree of
Master of Arts or for the degree of Master of Education.
Special Departmental Requirements and Information
Master of Arts and Master of Education
Students who do not complete the requirements for the Master's degree
in Education within six years of the date of matriculation may be required
to take supplementary course work at the rate of two semester hours for
each year the completion of the course requirements is deferred beyond
six years, or to take special examinations based upon up-to-date materials
in courses more than six years old.
A qualifying written examination is required of all candidates for a
degree, to be taken after the student has successfully completed ten semes-
ter hours, and before he has completed nineteen hours (Master of Arts), or
twenty-five hours (Master of Education). This examination covers the
general information a student should have in the field of education. To
assist in the choice of reading in preparation for the examination, a reading
list has been prepared and is available in the office of the College of Educa-
tion. The examination is usually given on the third Saturday of January
and May and on the fourth Saturday on July, simultaneously at College
Park and Baltimore.
Candidates for the degree of Master of Education who are high school
teachers not preparing for administrative positions are advised to take at
least twelve semester hours in their subject fields.
In addition to the general requirements for admission, applicants for
unconditional admission with a major in Education must have had sixteen
semester hours of undergraduate work in Education of acceptable quality,
equivalent in character to the eighteen hours required in the junior and
senior years of the University of Maryland.
DOCTORAL DEGREES
The Department of Education offers work towards degrees of Doctor
of Philosophy and Doctor of Education.
Each candidate is required to achieve exceptional ability in at least one
major area of competence. For the Ph.D., he must, in addition, achieve
competence in at least one minor area outside the field of education. For
both degrees, the candidate is required to develop competence in approxi-
mately six areas, including the major and minor. The choice of specific
areas is optional with the student and his faculty adviser.
The areas of specialization in education from which a student may select
his major, his minor, and approximately four other areas of competence,
are as follows:
COURSE OFFERINGS 491
Adult Education Home Economics Education
Curriculum and Instruction Human Growth and Development
Educational Administration and Industrial Arts Education
Supervision Nursery School Education
Elementary Education Research Principles and Techniques
Guidance and Personnel Secondary Education
Health and Physical Education Vocational-Industrial Education
Higher Education
History, Philosophy, and
Comparative Education
In addition to the general University requirements for a doctor's degree
the following additional requirements must be met by students proposing
to major in one of the above fields.
1. Qualifying examination, oral or written, or both, at the discretion
of the department, covering student's undergraduate and first year of
graduate preparation, in education and related fields, to be taken as soon
as possible after completion of the first year of graduate work and in
any event required before receiving the department's official permission
to take work beyond the Master's degree with the purpose of applying for
candidacy for the doctorate.
2. The preliminary examination for admission to candidacy for the
doctor's degree will include a written examination covering the student's
preparation in major and minor fields, and an oral examination covering
his plan of research for the doctoral dissertations or project.
In general the requirements for the Doctor of Education degree are the
same as those for the degree Doctor of Philosophy. The most important
difference between the two degrees are as follows:
1. The purpose of the Doctor of Education degree is to prepare persons
of exceptional competence to work in the field. The emphasis for this
degree is placed on broad understanding, whei-eas that for the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy is placed on specialized research.
2. A reading knowledge of foreign languages is required for the degree
of Doctor of Education only when needed for research and study in the
doctoral program.
3. In meeting residence requirements, a candidate for the Ed.D. degree
may substitute two summers of residence for one semester of residence or
four summers for two semesters.
4. The doctoral study for the Ed. D. consists of a project rather than a
dissertation. The project requires research to meet a practical field problem.
Credit of six to nine hours is allowed for a project as compared with twelve
to eighteen hours for a Ph.D. dissertation.
492 COURSE OFFERINGS
A. History, Principles, Curriculum, and Administration
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Ed. 100. History of Education I (2). First semester Wiggin.
Ed. 101. History of Education II (2).
Ed. 102. History of Education in the United States (2). Second semester.
Wiggin.
Ed. 105. Comparative Education— European (2). First semester.
Benjamin.
Ed. 106. Comparative Education — Latin America (2). Second semester.
Benjamin.
Ed. 107. Philosophy of Education I (2).
Ed. 108. Philosophy of Education II (2).
Ed. 110. The Teacher and School Administration (2).
Ed. 114. Educational Foundations (2).
Ed. 121. The Language Arts in the Elementary School (2).
Ed. 122. The Social Studies in the Elementary School (2).
Ed. 123. The Child and the Curriculum (2).
Ed. 124. Creative Expression in the Elementary School (2).
Ed. 125. Creative Expression in the Elementary School II (2). Prerequi-
site, Ed. 124 or taken concurrently.
Ed. 126. The Elementary School Curriculum (2).
*Ed. 130. Theory of the Junior High School (2). Newell.
*Ed. 131. Theory of the Senior High School (2). Newell.
Ed. 133. Methods of Teaching the Social Studies (2). Offered in Balti-
more.
Ed. 134. Materials and Procedures for the Senior High School Core Cur-
riculum (2).
Ed. 140. Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation (3). Second semester.
Staff.
Graduate credit is allowed only by special permission. Separate sec-
tions are offered in the following subject-matter areas: English, Social
Studies, Foreign Languages, Science, Mathematics, Art Education,
Business Education, Industrial Education, Music Education, Nursing
Education, Physical Education for Men, and Physical Education for
Women.
* Credit is accepted for Ed. 130 or for Ed. 131, but not for both courses.
COURSE OFFERINGS 493
Ed. 141. High School Course of Study— English (2). Bryan.
Ed. 142. High School Course for Study — Literature (2). Bryan.
Ed. 144. Materials and Procedure for the Junior High School Core Cur-
riculum (2).
Ed. 145. Principles of High School Teaching (2). First and second semes-
ters. Brechbill.
Ed. 146. The Teaching of Physics (3). Second semester. Laboratory
fee, $6.00. R. Morgan
Ed. 147. Audio- Visual Education (2). First semester. Laboratory fee,
$1.00. Brechbill.
Ed. 150. Educational Measurement (2). First and second semesters.
Brechbill.
Ed. 151. Remedial Reading Instruction (2). Schindler.
Ed. 152. The Adolescent: Characteristics and Problems (2).
Ed. 153. The Improvement of Reading (2). Schindler.
Ed. 160. Educational Sociology — Introductory (2). First and second
semesters. Schindler.
Ed. 161. Guidance in Secondary Schools (2). Sievers.
Ed. 162. Mental Hygiene in the Classroom (2).
Ed. 170. Introduction to Special Education (2).
Ed. 171. Education of Retarded and Slow-Learning Children (2).
Ed. 183. Recent Trends in Curriculum and Methods in Elementary School
(2).
Ed. 184. Outdoor Education (6).
in summer.
Ed. 191. Principles of Adult Education (2). Wiggin.
Ed. 195. Teaching Traffic Safety and Automobile Operation (2). Offered
in Summer School.
For Graduates
Ed. 203. Problems in Higher Education (2). Benjamin.
Ed. 205. Seminar in Comparative Education (2). Benjamin.
Ed. 207. Seminar in Philosophy of Education (2).
Ed. 209. Seminar in History of Education (2). Wiggin.
Ed. 210. The Organization and Administration of Public Education (2).
First semester. Newell.
494 COURSE OFFERINGS
Ed. 211. The Organization, Administration, and Supervision of Secondary
Schools (2). Second semester. Newell.
Ed. 212. School Finance and Business Administration (2). VanZwoll
Ed. 213. Administration and Teaching in Junior High School (2).
Ed. 214. School Buildings and Equipment (2). VanZwoll.
Ed. 215. Public Education in Maryland (2). Newell.
Ed. 216. High School Supervision (2). Newell.
Ed. 217. Administration and Supervision in Elementary Schools (2).
Ed. 218. School Surveys (2-6). Newell.
Ed. 219. Seminar in School Administration (2). VanZwoll.
Ed. 220. Pupil Transportation (2).
Ed. 221. Functional School Plant Planning (2). VanZwoll.
Ed. 222. Seminar in Supervision (2). Newell.
Ed. 223. Practicum in Personnel Relationships (2-6). Newell.
Ed. 224. Internship in School Administration (12-16). Newell.
Ed. 225. School Public Relations (2). VanZwoll.
Ed. 226. Child Accounting (2). VanZwoll.
Ed. 227. Public School Personnel Administration (2). VanZwoll.
Ed. 229. Seminar in Elementary Education (2). Schmdler.
Ed. 232. Student Activities in the High School (2).
Ed. 236. Curriculum Development in the Secondary School (2).
Ed. 239. Seminar in Secondary Education (2).
Ed. 242. Coordination in Work-Experience Programs (2). Brown.
Ed. 243. Application of Theory and Research to Arithmetic in Elementary
Schools (2). Schindler.
Ed. 244. Application of Theory and Research to the Language Arts in
Elementary Schools (2). Schindler.
Ed. 245. Applications of Theory and Research to High School Teaching
(2). Brechbill.
Ed. 247. Seminar in Science Education (2).
Ed. 248. Seminar in Vocational Education (2). Hornbake.
Ed. 250. Analysis of the Individual (2). Second semester. Sievers.
Ed. 261. Counseling Techniques (2). Sievers.
Ed. 262. Occupational Information (2). Second semester. Sievers.
COURSE OFFERINGS 495
Ed. 263, 264. Aptitudes and Aptitude Testing (2, 2). Offered in Balti-
more.
Ed. 268. Seminar in Educational Sociology (2). Schindler.
Ed. 269. Seminar in Guidance (2). Sievers.
Ed. 278. Seminar in Special Education (2).
Ed. 279. Seminar in Adult Education (2). Wiggin.
Ed. 280. Research Methods and Materials in Education (2).
Ed. 281. Source Materials in Education (2).
Ed. 289. Research (1-6). First and second semesters.
B. Business Education
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
B. Ed. 100. Techniques of Teaching Office Skills (2). Patrick.
B. Ed. 101. Methods and Materials in Teaching Office Skills (2).
B. Ed. 102. Methods and Materials in Teaching Bookkeeping and Related
Subjects (2).
B. Ed. 103. Basic Business Subjects in the Junior High School (2).
B. Ed. 104. Basic Business Education in the Secondary Schools (2).
For Graduates
B. Ed. 200. Administration and Supervision of Business Education (2).
B. Ed. 255. Principles and Problems of Business Education (2). Patrick.
C. Home Economics Education
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
H. E. Ed. 102. Problems in Teaching Home Economics (3). First semes-
ter.
H. E. Ed. 140 Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation (3) Second
semester.
For Graduates
H. E. Ed. 200. Seminar in Home Economics Education (2).
II. E. Ed. 202. Trends in the Teaching and Supervision of Home Economics
(2-4)
D. Human Development Education
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
H. D. Ed. 100, 101. Principles of Human Development I and II (2, 2).
Prescott and Staff.
496 COURSE OFFERINGS
H. E. Ed. 102, 103, 104. Child Development Laboratory I, II, and III
(2, 2, 2). Prescott and Staff.
H. D. Ed. 112. Scientific Concepts in Human Development (3).
Prescott and Staff.
H. D. Ed. 113. Laboratory in Behavior Analysis (3). Prescott and Staff .
For Graduates
H. D. Ed. 200. Organic Processes and Factors in Human Development (2).
First semester. Prescott and Staff.
H. D. Ed. 201. Affectional Relationships and Processes in Human De-
velopment (2). Second semester. Prescott and Staff .
H. D. Ed. 202. Socialization Processes in Human Development (2).
Prescott and Staff.
H. D. Ed. 203. Peer-culture and Group Processes in Human Development
(2). Prescott and Staff .
H. D. Ed. 210. "Self-developmental Processes in Human Behavior (2).
Prescott and Staff.
H. D. Ed. 211. "Self-adjustment Processes in Human Development (2).
Prescott and Staff.
H. D. Ed. 212. Advanced Scientific Concepts in Human Development (3).
Prescott and Staff.
H. D. Ed. 213. Advanced Laboratory in Behavior Analysis (3).
Prescott and Staff.
H. D. Ed. 220, 221. Educational Implications of Human Development Re-
search (2, 2). Prescott and Staff .
H. D. Ed. 230, 231. Field Program in Child Study I and II (2, 2).
Prescott and Staff.
E. Industrial Education
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Ind. Ed. 105. General Shop (2). Second semester.
Ind. Ed. 140. Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation (3). First semes-
ter. Hornbake.
Ind. Ed. 150. Training Aids Development (2). Second semester. Wall.
Ind. Ed. 164. Shop Organization and Management (2) Second semes-
ter. Wall.
Ind. Ed. 165. Modern Industry (2). Summer session
Ind. Ed. 166. Educational Foundations of Industrial Arts (2). First semes-
ter. Brown and Hornbake.
COURSE OFFERINGS 497
End. Ed. 167. Problems in Occupational Education (2). Offered in Balti-
more.
Ind. Ed. 168. Trade or Occupational Analysis (2). First semester.
Ind. Ed. 169. Construction of Vocational and Occupational Courses of
Study (2).
Ind. Ed. 170. Principles and Practices of Vocational Education (2). Sum-
mer session.
Ind. Ed. 171. History of Vocational Education (2). Summer session.
For Graduates
Ind. Ed. 207. Philosophy of Industrial Arts Education (2). First semes-
ter. Hornbake.
Ind. Ed. 214. School Shop Planning and Equipment Selection (2). Second
semester. Hornbake.
Ind. Ed. 216. Supervision of Industrial Arts (2). Second semester.
Hornbake.
Ind. Ed. 220. Organization, Administration, and Supervision of Vocational
Education (2).
Ind. Ed. 240. Research in Industrial Arts and Vocational Education (2).
First and second semesters. Staff.
Ind. Ed. 241. Content and Method of Industrial Arts (2). Second semes-
ter. Hornbake.
Ind. Ed. 248. Seminar in Industrial Arts and Vocational Education (2).
F. Nursery School-Kindergarten Education
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
C. Ed. 100. Child Development I — Infancy (3). First semester.
McNaughton.
C. Ed. 101. Child Development II— Early Childhood (3). Second semes-
ter. McNaughton.
C. Ed. 102. Child Development III— The Child from 5 to 10 (2). First
and second semesters.
C. Ed. 110. Child Development IV (3). First and second semesters.
Laboratory fee, $1.00.
C. Ed. 112. Play and Play Materials (2). Flannery.
C. Ed. 113. Education of the Young Child I (2). McNaughton.
C. Ed. 114. Education of the Young Child II — The Social and and Emo-
tional Needs of the Young Child (2). McNaughton.
498 COURSE OFFERINGS
C. Ed. 115. Children's Activities and Activities Materials (3). Second
semester.
C, Ed. 116, 117. Creative Expressions; Art, Music, Dance (2-3. 2-3).
C. Ed. 119. Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation — Cooperative Nur-
sery School (2-3).
C. Ed. 140. Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation — Nursery School (3).
First and second semesters. Whitney.
C. Ed. 145. Guidance in Behavior Problems (2). First semester. Whitney.
C. Ed. 150. Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation — Kindergarten (2-3).
Second semester.
C. Ed. 160. Speech Problems in Child Development (2).
C. Ed. 161. Behavior Problems of Childhood and Adolescence (2).
C. Ed. 165. Leadership Training (2).
G. Nursing Education
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
N. Ed. 112. School of Nursing Finance and Administration (3). Offered
in Baltimore.
N. Ed. 115, 116. Ward Management and Clinical Teaching (2, 2). Offered
in Baltimore.
N. Ed. 190. Principles of Pediatric Nursing (3). Offered in Baltimore.
ENGINEERING
A. Aeronautical Engineering
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Aero. E. 101, 102. Aerodynamics (3, 2). Two lectures and one laboratory
period a week, first and second semesters. Prerequisites, Math. 20, 21;
Phys. 20, 21.
Aero. E. 103. Airplane Detail Drafting (1). One laboratory period a
week, first semester. Prerequisite, Dr. 1, 2, 3.
Aero. E. 104. Airplane Layout Drafting (1). Two laboratory periods a
week, second semester. Prerequisite, Aero. E. 103.
Aero. E. 105, 106. Airplane Fabrication Shop (1,2). One laboratory period
a week, first and second semesters. Prerequisite, Shop 3.
Aero. E. 107, 108. Airplane Design (4, 4). Two lectures and two labora-
tory periods a week, first and second semesters. Prerequisites, Mech. 50;
Aero. E. 102, 104.
COURSE OFFERINGS 499
Aero. E. 109, 110. Aircraft Power Plants (4, 4). Three lectures and one
laboratory period a week, first and second semesters. Prerequisites,
Mech. 50; M. E. 100, 101.
Aero. E. Ill, 112. Aeronautical Laboratory (2, 2). One lecture and one
laboratory period a week, first and second semesters.
Aero. E. 113, 114. Mechanics of Aircraft Structures (3, 3). Three hours
a week. Prerequisites, Mech. 50 and Math. 64.
For Graduates
Aero. E. 200, 201. Advanced Aerodynamics (3, 3). Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week, first and second semesters. Prerequisites,
Aero. E. 101, 102; Math. 64.
Aero. E. 202, 203. Advanced Aircraft Structures (3, 3). Two lectures
and one laboratory period a week, first and second semesters. Prerequi-
sites, Aero. E. 115, 116.
Aero. E. 204, 205. Aircraft Dynamics (3, 3). Two lectures and one labora-
tory period a week, first and second semesters. Prerequisites, Mech.
50; Math. 64.
Aero. E. 206, 207. Advanced Aircraft Power Plants (3, 3). Two lectures
and one laboratory period a week, first and second semesters. Pre-
requisites, M. E. 100, 101; Aero. E. 109, 110.
Aero. E. 208, 209. Advanced Aircraft Design and Construction (3, 3).
One lecture and two laboratory periods a week, first and second semes-
ters. Prerequisites, Aero. E. 107, 108; Math. 64.
Aero. E. 210. Aerodynamic Theory (3). Three lectures a week. A study
of the application of hydrodynamic theory to engineering problems.
Circulation theory of lift, induced effects, velocity potential and stream
function, conformal transformation.
Aero. E. 211. The Design and Use of Wind Tunnels (Supersonic) (3).
Three lectures a week. Application of aerodynamic theory to nozzle
design and power computation for supersonic tunnels; design of dryers,
balances and optical equipment.
Aero. E. 212. Bodies at Supersonic Speeds (3). Three lectures a week.
Brief review of gas dynamics, drag, lift, stability, and damping on a
body in a supersonic stream. Special aerodynamics problems in the
design of supersonic missiles. Methods for obtaining accurate test
data on the aerodynamic characteristics of supersonic missiles.
B. Chemical Engineering
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Ch. E. 103 f,s. Elements of Chemical Engineering (3, 3). Three hours a
week, both semesters. Prerequisites, Chem. 1, 3; Phys. 20, 21. Huff.
500 COURSE OFFERINGS
*Ch. E. 104. Chemical Engineering Seminar (1). One hour a week, both
semesters, Prerequisite, permission of department. Bonney.
Ch. E. 105 f,s. Advanced Unit Operations (5, 5). Two lectures and one
all-day laboratory a week, both semesters. Prerequisites, Ch. E. 103 f,s;
Chem. 187, 188, 189, 190. Laboratory fee, $8.00 per semester. Bonney.
Ch. E. 106 f,s. Minor Problems (6, 6). Six hours a week, both semesters.
Prerequisites, Ch. E. 105 or simultaneous registration therein. (Not
offered 1949-1950.) Huff, Bonney and Staff.
Ch. E. 107. Fuels and Their Utilization (3). Three hours a week, second
semester. Prerequisite, Ch. E. 103 f,s, or permission of the depart-
ment. Huff.
Ch. E. 108 f,s. Chemical Technology (2, 2). Two hours a week, both
semesters. Prerequisite, Ch. E. 103, or simultaneous registration there-
in or permission of the department. Bonney.
Ch. E. 109 f,s. Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics (2, 2). Two hours
a week, both semesters. Prerequisites, Ch. E. 103, f,s; Chem. 187, 188,
189, 190, or permission of the department. Bonney.
Ch. E. 110. Advanced Chemical Engineering Calculations (3). Three
hours a week, first semester. Prerequisites, Math. 20, 21; Ch. E. 103 f.s.
Bilbrey.
Ch. E. 114. Applications of Electrochemistry (4). First semester. Three
lecture hours and three laboratory hours a week. Prerequisite, consent
of instructor. Laboratory fee, $8.00. Smatko.
Ch. E. 160. 161. Metallurgical Technology (2, 2). First and second semes-
ters. Two hours a week. Prerequisites, Ch. E. 60, 61 and Ch. E. 103
f,s, or permission of the instructor Gottschalk.
Ch. E. 180, 181. Unit Operations in Metallurgy (5, 5). First and second
semeters. Two lectures and one all -day laboratory period a week. Pre-
requisites, Ch. E. 103 f,s; Ch. E. 21; Chem. 187, 188, 189, 190, or per-
mission of the instructor. Laboratory fee, $8.00 per semester.
Gottschalk.
For Graduates
Ch. E. 201 f,s. Graduate Unit Operations and Processes (5, 5 or more).
One hour conference, three or more three-hour laboratory periods a
week, both semesters. Prerequisite, permission of the department.
Laboratory fee, $8.00 per semester. Bonney.
Ch. E. 202, f,s. Gas Analysis. (3). One lecture and two three-hour labora-
tory periods a week, one semester, to be arranged. Prerequisite, permis-
sion of the department. Laboratory fee, $8.00 per semester. Bonney.
* The contents of this course are constantly changing so a student may receive a number
of credits by re-registering.
COURSE OFFERINGS 501
Ch. E. 203. Graduate Seminar (1). One hour a week, each semester. The
content of this work is constantly changing, so a student may receive
a number of credits by re-registering. Prerequisite, permission of the
department. Bonney.
Ch. E. 205. Research and Chemical Engineering. Prerequisites and credits
to be arranged for individuals. Laboratory fee, $8.00 per semester.
Huff, Bonney.
Ch. E. 207 f,s. Plant Design Studies (3, 3). Three hours a week, both
semesters. Prerequisite, permission of the department. Huff.
Ch. E. 209 f,s. Plant Design Studies Laboratory (3, 3). Three laboratory
periods a week, both semesters. Prerequisite, permission of the de-
partment. Laboratory fee, $8.00 per semester. Bonney.
Ch. E. 210 f,s. Gaseous Fuels (2, 2). Two hours a week, both semesters.
Prerequisite, permission of the department. Huff.
Ch. E. 214. Corrosion and Metal Protection (4). Second semester. Four
lecture hours a week. Prerequisites, Ch. E. 114 or Chem. 187, 189 or
Chem. 188, 190, or consent of the instructor. Smatko.
C. Civil Engineering
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
C. E. 100. Theory of Structures (4). Three lectures and one laboratory
period a week, second semester. Prerequisite, Mech. 50.
C. E. 101. Soil Mechanics (3). Two lectures and one laboratory period a
week, second semester. Prerequisites, Mech. 50 and Mech. 53.
C. E. 102. Structural Design (6). Four lectures and two laboratory
periods a week, first semester. Prerequisite, C. E. 100.
C. E. 103. Concrete Design (6). Four lectures and two laboratory periods
a week, second semester.
C. E. 104. Water Supply (3). Two lectures and one laboratory period a
week, first semester. Prerequisite, C. E. 50.
C. E. 105 Sewerage (3). Two lectures and one laboratory period a week,
second semester. Prerequisite, C. E. 50.
C. E. 106. Elements of Highways (3). Two lectures and one laboratory
period a week, first semester. Prerequisite, C. E. 101.
For Graduates
C. E. 200. Advanced Properties of Materials (3). First or second semes-
ter. Prerequisite, Mech. 52 or equivalent.
C. E. 201. Advanced Strength of Materials (3). First or second semester.
Prerequisites, Mech. 50, 51 or equivalent.
502 CO I ' RSE OFFERINGS
C. E. 202. Applied Elasticity (3). First or second semester. Prerequi-
site, Math. 64 or equivalent.
C. E. 203. Soils Mechanics (3). First or second semester. Prerequisite,
C. E. 106 or equivalent.
C. E. 204. Advanced Foundations (3). First or second semester. Pre-
requisites, C. E. 102, 103, 106 or equivalent.
C. E. 205. Highway Engineering (3). First or second semester. Prerequi-
site, C. E. 101 or equivalent.
C. E. 206. Theory of Concrete Mixtures (3). First and second semester.
Prerequisite, Mech. 52 or equivalent.
C. E. 207. Advanced Structures (4). Three lectures and one laboratory
period a week. Prerequisites, C. E. 102, 103.
C. E. 208. Advanced Sanitation (3). First or second semester. Prerequi-
site, graduate standing in civil engineering.
C. E. 209. Advanced Water Supply (3). First or second semester. Pre-
requisite, C. E. 104 or equivalent.
C. E. 210. Advanced Sewerage (3). First or second semester. Prerequi-
site, C. E. 105 or equivalent.
C. E. 211. Sanitary Engineering Design (3). First or second semester.
Prerequisites, C. E. 104, C. E. 105 or equivalent.
C. E. 212. Research. Credit in accordance with work done. First and
second semesters.
C. E. 213. Seminar. Credit in accordance with work outlined by the civil
engineering staff. P2-erequisite, graduate standing in civil engineering.
D. Electrical Engineering
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
E. E. 100. Alternating-Current Circuits (6). Five lectures and one labora-
tory period a week, first semester. Prerequisites, Math. 21, Phys. 21
and E. E. 1.
E. E. 101. Engineering Electronics (6). Five lectures and one laboratory
period a week, second semester. Prerequisite, E. E. 100.
E. E. 102, 103. Alternating-Current Machinery (4, 4). Three lectures and
one laboratory period a week, first and second semesters. Prerequi-
sites, E. E. 65 and E. E. 100.
E. E. 104. Communication Circuits (3). Three lectures a week, second
semester. Prerequisites, E. E. 60 and E. E. 100.
E E. 105, 106 Radio Engineering (4, 4). Three lectures and one labora-
tory period a week, first and second semesters. Prerequisite, E. E. 101.
COURSE OFFERINGS 503
E. E. 108. Electric Transients (3). Three lectures a week, first semester.
Prerequisite, E. E. 101.
E. E. 109. Principles of Radar (3). Three lectures a week, second semes-
ter. Prerequisite, E. E. 105.
E. E. 114. Applied Electronics (3). Three lectures a week (including
demonstration lectures), first semester. Prerequisite, E. E. 101.
E. E. 116. Alternating-Current Machinery Design (3). Two lectures and
one calculation period a week, second semester. Prerequisite, concur-
rent registration in E. E. 103.
E. E. 117. Power Transmission and Distribution (3). Three lectures a
week, first semester. Prerequisite, concurrent registration in E. E. 102.
E. E. 120. Electromagnetic Waves (3). Three lectures a week, first
semester. Prerequisites, senior standing in electrical engineering or
physics and B average in mathematics.
E. E. 160, 161. Vacuum Tubes (3, 3). Three lectures a week, first and
second semesters. Prerequisites, senior standing in electrical engineer-
ing or physics and B average in mathematics.
For Graduates
E. E. 200. Symmetrical Components (3). Three lectures a week, first
semester. Prerequisite, E. E. 103. (Not offered in 1949-1950.)
E. E. 201. Electromagnetic Theory (3). Three lectures a week, second
semester. Prerequisite, E. E. 120.
E. E. 202, 203. Transients in Linear Systems (3, 3). Three lectures a
week, first and second semesters. Prerequisite, undergraduate major
in electrical or mechanical engineering or physics.
E. E. 204, 205. Advanced Circuit Analysis (3, 3^. Three lectures a week,
first and second semesters. Prerequisite, undergraduate major in
electrical engineering or physics. (Not offered in 1949-1950.)
E. E. 206. 207. Ultra-High-Frequency Techniques (3, 3). Three lectures
a week, first semester; two lectures and one laboratory period a week,
second semester. Prerequisite, E. E. 201.
E. E. 209. Stability in Power Systems (3). Three lectures a week, second
semester. Prerequisite, E. E. 200. (Not offered in 1949-1950.)
E. E. 210, 211. Advanced Radio Engineering (3, 3). Three lectures a
week, first and second semesters. Prerequisite, E. E. 106. (Not offered
in 1949-1950.)
E. E. 212, 213. Automatic Regulation (3, 3). Three lectures a week, first
and second semesters. Prerequisite, undergraduate major in electrical
or mechanical engineering or physics.
504 COURSE OFFERINGS
E. E. 215, 216. Radio Wave Propagation (3, 3). Three lectures a week,
first and second semesters. Prerequisite, E. E. 120.
E. E. 222 Graduate Seminar (1). First semester. Prerequisite, approved
application for candidacy to the degree of Master of Science or Doctor
of Philosophy in electrical engineering.
E. E. 232. Active Network Analysis (3). Three lectures a week, first
semester. Prerequisite, E. E. 202 or E. E. 204.
E E. 233. Network Synthesis (3). Three lectures a week, second semes-
ter Prerequisite, E. E. 232.
E. E. 235. Applications of Tensor Analysis (3). Three lectures a week,
second semester. Prerequisite, E. E. 202. (Not offered in 1949-1950.)
E. E. 250 Electrical Engineering Research. Prerequisite, approved appli-
cation for candidacy to the degree of Master of Science or Doctor of
Philosophy in electrical engineering. Six semester hours are required
of M.S. degree candidates and a minimum of 12 semester hours are
required of Ph.D. candidates.
E. Mechanical Engineering
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
M. E. 100. Thermodynamics (3). Two lectures and one laboratory period
a week, first and second semesters. Prerequisites, Math. 20, 21; Phys.
20, 21.
M. E. 101. Heat Transfer (2). First semester. Two lectures a week.
Prerequisites, M. E. 54 and M. E. 100.
M. E. 102. Heating and Air Conditioning (3). First semester. Two lec-
tures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, M. E. 100, 101.
M. E. 103. Refrigeration (3). Second semester. Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, M. E. 100, 101.
M. E. 104, 105. Prime Movers (4, 4). Two lectures and two laboratory
periods a week, first and second semesters. Prerequisites, Mech. 101;
M. E. 50, 51.
M. E. 106, 107. Mechanical Engineering Design (4, 4). Two lectures and
two laboratory periods a week, first and second semesters. Prerequi-
sites, Mech. 50; M. E. 100, 101.
M. E. 108, 109. Mechanical Laboratory (2, 2). One lecture and one labora-
tory period a week, first and second semesters.
For Graduates
M. E. 200, 201. Advanced Dynamics (3, 3). Three hours a week, first
and second semesters. Prerequisites, Mech. 2, 50; Math. 64; M. E. 106,
107; M. E. 108, 109.
COURSE OFFERINGS 505
M. E. 202, 203. Applied Elasticity (3, 3). Three hours a week, first and
second semesters. Prerequisites, Mech. 2, 50; Math. 64; M. E. 106, 107.
M. E. 204, 205. Advanced Thermodynamics and Heat Transfer (3, 3).
Three hours a week, first and second semesters. Prerequisites, M. E.
100, 101; M. E. 108, 109; Math. 64.
M. E. 206, 207. Advanced Machine Design (3, 3). One lecture and two
laboratory periods a week, first and second semesters. Prerequisites,
M. E. 106, 107.
M. E. 208, 209. Steam Power Plant Design (3. 3). One lecture and two
laboratory periods a week, first and second semesters. Prerequisites,
M. E. 108, 109.
M. E. 210, 211. Advanced Fluid Mechanics (3, 3). Three hours a week,
first and second semesters. Prerequisites, M. E. 54; Math. 64.
M. E. 212, 213. Advanced Steam Power Laboratory (2, 2). One lecture
and one laboratory period a week, first and second semesters. Pre-
requisite, concurrent registration in M. E. 204, 205.
M. E. 214, 215. Advanced Applied Mechanics Laboratory (2, 2). One lec-
ture and one laboratory period a week, first and second semesters.
Prerequisite, concurrent registration in M. E. 200, 201 and M. E. 202,
203.
M. E. 216, 217. Advanced Internal Combustion Engine Design (3, 3). One
lecture and two laboratory periods a week, first and second semesters.
Prerequisites, M. E. 106, 107; M. E. 108, 109; and concurrent registra-
tion in M. E. 200, 201 and M. E. 204, 205.
M. E. 218, 219. Advanced Internal Combustion Engine Laboratory (2, 2).
One lecture and one laboratory period a week, first and second semes-
ters. Prerequisite, concurrent registration in M. E. 216, 217.
M. E. 220. Seminar. Credit in accordance with work outlined by Mechani-
cal Engineering staff.
M. E. 221. Research. Credit in accordance with work outlined by Mechani-
cal Engineering staff.
M. E. 222. Advanced Metallography (3). First or second semester. Two
lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Mech. 50;
M. E. 533.
M. E. 223, 224. Steam and Gas Turbine Design (3, 3). First and second
semesters. Prerequisites, M. E. 100, M. E. 101, M. E. 106-107, and
Math. 64.
M. E. 225, 226. Advanced Properties of Metals and Alloys (2, 2). First
and second semesters. Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, Mech. 52;
M. E. 53, M. E. 106, M. E. 107.
506 COURSE OFFERINGS
M. E. 227, 228. Theory of Elasticity (3, 3). First and second semesters.
Three lectures per week. Prerequisites, Mech. 52; M. E. 53, M. E. 106,
M. E. 107; Math. 64.
M. E. 229, 230, 231. Jet Propulsion (2, 2, 2). First and second semesters.
Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, M. E. 101, M. E. 104, M. E. 105.
ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Special Departmental Requirements
Master of Arts
1. Candidates for the degree of Master of Arts in the Department of
English must demonstrate a reading knowledge of a foreign language at
the time of admission, or not later than three months before taking the
degree. Choice of French or German is recommended.
2. A final written examination will be based in part upon the courses
pursued and in part upon general familiarity with English and American
literature. The examination will test the candidate's powers of analysis
and criticism.
Doctor of Philosophy
1. Candidates for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy in the Department
of English must demonstrate a reading knowledge of German and one other
approved modern foreign language.
2. Candidates must pass a comprehensive written examination at least
three months before they expect to be awarded degrees. This examination
will include linguistics (morphology and phonology) and each of the major
literary fields.
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Eng. 101. History of the English Language (3). Second semester.
Harman.
Eng. 102. Old English (3). First semester. Ball.
Eng. 103. Beowolf (3). Second semester. Ball.
Eng. 104. Chaucer (3). First semester. Harman.
Eng. 106. English and Scottish Ballads (3). Second semester. Cooley.
Eng. 110, 111. Elizabethan and Jacobean Drama (3, 3). Three hours a
week, first and second semesters. (Not ofFered in 1949-1950.) Zeeveld.
Eng. 112. Poetry of the Rennaissance (3). First semester. Zeeveld.
Eng. 113. Prose of the Rennaissance (3). Second semester. Zeeveld.
Eng. 115, 116. Shakespeare (3, 3). Three hours a week, first and second
semesters. Zeeveld.
COURSE OFFERINGS 507
Eng. 120. English Drama from 1660 to 1800 (3). Second semester.
Weber.
Eng. 121. Milton (3). Second semester. Murphy.
Eng. 122. Literature of the Seventeenth Century, 1600-1660 (3). First
semester. Murphy.
Eng. 123. Literature of the Seventeenth Century, 1660-1700 (3). Second
semester. (Not offered in 1949-1950.) Aldridgc.
Eng. 125, 126. Literature of the Eighteenth Century (3, 3). First and
second semesters. Aldridge.
Eng. 129, 130. Literature of the Romatic Period (3, 3). Three hours a
week, first and second semesters. Weber.
Eng. 134, 135. Literature of the Victorian Period (3, 3). Three hours a
week, first and second semesters. Cooley, Mooney.
Eng. 139, 140. The English Novel (3, 3). Three hours a week, first and
second semesters. Aldridge, Mooney.
Eng. 143. Modern Poetry (3). First semester. Murphy.
Eng. 144. Modern Drama (3). First semester. Weber.
Eng. 145. The Modern Novel (3). Second semester. Manning.
Eng. 148. The Literature of American Democracy (3). First semester.
Bode.
Eng. 150, 151. American Literature to 1900 (3, 3). Three hours a week,
first and second semesters. Gravely, Manning.
Eng. 155, 156. Four Major American Writers (3, 3). Three hours a week
throughout the year. Bode, Manning.
Eng. 170. Creative Writing (2). First semester. Prerequisite, permission
of the instructor. R. Fleming
Eng. 171. Advanced Creative Waiting (2). Second semester. Prerequi-
site, permission of the instructor. R. Fleming.
Eng. 172. Play writing (2). Second semester. Prerequisite, permission of
the instructor. R. Fleming.
For Graduates
Eng. 200. Research (3-6). Arranged.
Eng. 201. Bibliography and Methods (3). First semester. Mooney.
Eng. 202. Middle English (3). First semester. Harman.
Eng. 203. Gothic (3). Second semester. (Not offered in 1949-1950.)
Harman.
Eng. 204. Medieval Romances (3). First semester. (Not offered in
1949-1950.) Cooley.
508 COURSE OFFERINGS
Eng. 206, 207. Seminar in Renaissance Literature (3, 3). First and sceond
semesters. McManaway.
Eng. 210. Seminar in Seventeenth Century Literature (3). Second semes-
ter. Murphy.
Eng. 212, 213. Seminar in Eighteenth Century Literature (3, 3). First
and second semesters. Aldridge.
Eng. 214, 215. Seminar in Nineteenth Century Literature (3, 3). First and
second semesters. Cooley, Mooney, Weber.
Eng. 216, 217. Literary Criticism (3, 3). Three hours a week, first and
second semesters. (Not offered in 1949-1950.) Cardwell.
Eng. 225, 226. Seminar in American Literature (3, 3).. Three hours a
week, first and second semesters. Bode.
Eng. 227, 228. Problems in American Literature (3, 3). Cardwell.
Eng. 230. Studies in American Language (3). (Not offered in 1949-1950.)
Eng. 257. Problems in Folklore (3). Second semester. (Not offered in
1949-1950.)
ENTOMOLOGY
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Ent. 100. Advanced Apiculture (3). Second semester. One lecture and
two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ent. 4. Labo-
ratory fee, $3.00. Abrams.
Ent. 101. Economic Entomology (3). (Not offered in 1949-1950.) Cory.
Ent. 103, 104. Insect Pests (3, 3). Two lectures and one three-hour labora-
tory period a week, first and second semesters. Prerequisite, Ent. 1 or
consent of the department. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Cory.
Ent. 105. Medical Entomology (3). Two lectures and one three-hour
laboratory period a week, first semester. Prerequisite, Ent. 1 or con-
sent of the department. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Vogt.
Ent. 106. Advanced Insect Taxonomy (3). First semester. Two three-
hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ent. 3. Laboratory fee,
$3.00. Vogt.
Ent. 107. Insecticides (2). Second semester. Prerequisites, Ent. 1 and
elementary Organic Chemistry. Shepard.
Ent. 109. Insect Physiology (2). Two lectures and occasional demon-
strations, second semester. Prerequisite, consent of the department.
Munson.
Ent. 110, 111. Special Problems (1, 1). First and second semesters. Pre-
requisites, to be determined by the department. Cory.
Ent. 112. Seminar (1). First and second semesters. Cory.
COURSE OFFERINGS .r,(i!)
Ent. 114. Insect Pests of Greenhouses (3). Second semester. Two lec-
tures and one three-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Ent. 1
or consent of the department. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Haviland.
For Graduates
Ent. 201. Advanced Entomology. Credit and prerequisites to be deter-
mined by the department. First and second semesters. Cory.
Ent. 202. Research. Cory.
Ent. 203. Advanced Insect Morphology (2-4). Two lectures a week; addi-
tional laboratory work and credit by special arrangement with the
department. First semester. Snodgrass.
Ent. 205. Insect Ecology (2). One lecture and one three-hour laboratory
period a week, second semester. Prerequisite, consent of the depart-
ment. Vogt.
FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURE
A. French
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
French 100. French Literature of the Sixteenth Century (3). First
semester.
French 101, 102. French Literature of the Seventeenth Century (3, 3).
Three hours a week, first and second semesters.
French 103, 104. French Literature of the Eighteenth Century (3, 3).
Three hours a week, first and second semesters. Falls.
French 105, 106. French Literature of the Nineteenth Century (3, 3).
Three hours a week, first and second semesters.
French 121, 122. Advanced Composition (3, 3). Three hours a week, first
and second semesters. Falls.
French 161, 162. French Life and Culture (3, 3). Three hours a week,
first and second semesters. Falls.
For Graduates
The requirements of students will determine which courses will be offered.
French 201. Research. Credits determined by work accomplished.
French 203, 204. George Duhamel, Poet, Dramatist, Novelist (2, 2). Two
hours a week, first and second semesters. Falls.
French 205, 206. French Literature of the Middle Ages (2, 2). Two hours
a week, first and second semesters.
French 207, 208. The French Novel in the First Half of the Nineteenth
Century (2, 2). Two hours a week, first and second semesters. Falls.
510 COURSE OFFERINGS
French 209, 210. The French Novel in the Second Half of the Nineteenth
Century (2, 2). Two hours a week, first and second semesters. Falls.
French 211. Introduction to Old French (3). Second semester.
French 213, 214. Seminar (2, 2). Two hours a week, first and second
semesters. Required of all graduate majors in French.
French 215, 216. Moliere (2, 2). First and second semesters. Quynn.
French 221, 222. Reading Course (2, 2). One conference a week, first and
second semesters.
B. German
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
German 101, 102. German Literature of the Eighteenth Century (3, 3).
Three hours a week, first and second semesters. Prahl.
German 103, 104. German Literature of the Nineteenth Century (3, 3).
Three hours a week, first and second semesters. Prahl.
German 105, 106. Contemporary German Literature (3, 3). Three hours
a week, first and second semesters. Prahl.
German 107, 108. Goethe's Faust (2, 2). Two hours a week, first and
second semesters. Zucker.
Attention is called to Comp. Lit. 106, Romanticism in Germany, and Comp.
Lit. 107, The Faust Legend in English and German Literature.
German 121, 122. Advanced Composition (3, 3). Three hours a week,
first and second semesters. Prerequisites, German 71, 80, or consent
of instructor.
German 161, 162. German Life and Culture (3, 3). Three hours a week,
first and second semesters. Cunz.
For Graduates
The requirements of students will determine which courses will be offered.
German 201. Research. Credits determined by work accomplished.
German 202, 203. The Modern German Drama (3, 3). Three hours a
week ,first and second semesters. Zucker.
German 204. Schiller (3). Prahl.
German 205. Goethe's Works Outside of Faust (2). Second semester.
Zucker.
German 206. The Romantic Movement (3). Prahl.
German 208. The Philosophy of Goethe's Faust (3). First semester .
Zucker.
COURSE OFFERINGS 511
German 210. Seminar (3). Three hours a week, first and second semes-
ters. Required of all graduate majors in German.
German 220, 221. Reading Course (2, 2). One conference a week, first
and second semesters.
German 230. Introduction to European Linguistics (3).
German 231. Middle High German (3).
C. Spanish
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Spanish 101. Epic and Ballad (3). First semester.
Spanish 104. The Drama of the Golden Age (3). First semester.
Spanish 105. The Spanish Novel of the Golden Age (3). Second semester.
Spanish 106. The Poetry of the Golden Age (3). First semester.
Spanish 107. The Spanish Mystics (3). Second semester.
Spanish 108. Lope de Vega (3). First semester.
Spanish 109. Cervantes (3). Second semester.
Spanish 110. The Poetry of the Nineteenth Century (3). First semester.
Spanish 111. The Novel of the Nineteenth Century (3). Second semester.
Spanish 112. The Drama of the Nineteenth Century (3). Second semester.
Spanish 113. The Novel of the Twentieth Century (3). First semester.
Spanish 114. The Poetry of the Twentieth Century (3). First semester.
Spanish 115. Spanish Thought in the Twentieth Century (3). First
semester.
Spanish 116. The Drama of the Twentieth Century (3). Second semester.
Spanish 121, 122. Advanced Composition (3, 3). Three hours a week, first
and second semesters.
Spanish 151. Latin-American Novel (3). First semester.
Spanish 152. Latin- American Poetry (3). Second semester.
Spanish 153. Latin-American Essay (3). First semester.
Spanish 161, 162. Spanish Life and Culture (3, 3). Three hours a week,
first and second semesters.
Spanish 163, 164. Latin-American Civilization (3, 3). Three hours a week,
first and second semesters.
For Graduates
Spanish 201. Research. Credits determined by work accomplished.
512 COURSE OFFERINGS
Spanish 202. The Golden Age in Spanish Literature (3). First semester.
Spanish 203, 204. Spanish Poetry (3, 3). Three hours a week, first and
second semesters.
Spanish 210. Seminar. Arranged.
Spanish 213. Introduction to Old Spanish (3). Second semester.
Spanish 221, 222. Reading Course. Arranged.
HISTORY
Special Departmental Requirements
Eight to ten hours of the total major course requirements of all candi-
dates for this degree must be acquired in the general field of thesis, i. e.,
either American or European history .
Doctor of Philosophy
1. At least thirty hours of the total major course requirements must be
acquired in the general field of the thesis, i. e., American history or Euro-
pean history.
2. At least ten hours of the thirty required for a minor in history must
be taken at the University of Maryland.
3. Prospective candidates must pass preliminary written and oral exami-
nations covering various fields of their major and minor subjects before
admission to candidacy. Consult the head of the department for details.
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
A. American History
H. 5, 6 or H. 3, 4, are prerequisites for courses H. 101 to H. 142, inclusive.
H. 101. American Colonial History (3). First semester. Ferguson.
II. 102. The American Revolution (3). Second semester. Ferguson.
II. 105, 106. Social and Economic History of the United States to 1860
(3, 3). Three hours a week, first and second semesters. (Not offered
in 1949-1950.) Chatelain.
H. 107. Social and Economic History of the United States, 1860-1900 (3).
First semester. Chatelain.
H. 108. Social and Economic History of the United States, Since 1900 (3).
Second semester. Chatelain.
H. 115. The Old South (3). First semester. Merrill.
H. 116. The Civil War and Reconstruction (3). Second semester. Merrill.
H. 118, 119. Recent American History (3, 3). First and second semesters.
Merrill.
COURSE OFFERINGS 513
H. 121, 122. History of the American Frontier (3, 3). Three hours a
week, first and second semesters. Gewehr.
H. 127, 128. Diplomatic History of the United States (3, 3). Three hours
a week, first and second semesters. Wellborn.
H. 129. The United States and World Affairs (3). First semester.
Wellborn.
H. 130. Territorial Dependencies of the United States (3). Wellborn.
H. 133, 134. The History of American Ideas (3, 3). Three hours a week,
first and second semesters. Johnson.
H. 135, 136. Constitutional History of the United States (3, 3). Three
hours a week, first and second semesters. Gewehr.
H. 141, 142. History of Maryland (3, 3). Three hours a week, first and
second semesters. (Not offered in 1949-1950.) Chatelain.
H. 145, 146. Latin-American History (3, 3). Three hours a week, first
and second semesters. Crosman.
H. 147. History of Mexico (3). First semester. Crosman.
B. European History
H. 151. History of the Ancient Orient and Greece (3). First semester.
Jashemski.
H. 153. History of Rome (3). Second semester. Jashemski.
H. 155. Medieval Civilization (3). First semester. Prerequisites, H. 1, 2,
or H. 3, 4. Jashemski.
H. 161. The Renaissance and Reformation (3). Second semester. Pre-
requisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 3, 4. Jashemski.
H. 166. Revolutionary and Napoleonic Europe (3). Second semester. Pre-
requisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 3, 4. Bauer.
H. 171, 172. Europe in the Nineteenth Century, 1815-1919 (3, 3). Three
hours a week, first and second semesters. Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or
H. 3, 4. Bauer.
H. 175, 176. Europe in the World Setting of the Twentieth Century (3, 3).
Three hours a week, first and second semesters. Prerequisites, H. 1, 2,
or H. 3, 4. Prange.
H. 179, 180. Diplomatic History of Europe Since 1871 (3, 3). Three hours
a week, first and second semesters. Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 3, 4.
Prange.
H. 181, 182. History of Central Europe (3, 3). Three hours a week, first
and second semesters. Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 3, 4. Prange.
514 COURSE OFFERINGS
H. 185, 186. History of the British Empire (3, 3). Three hours a week,
first and second semesters. Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 3, 4, or
equivalent. Gordon.
H. 187. History of Canada (3). First semester. Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or
H. 3, 4. Gordon.
H. 191. History of Russia (3). First semester. Prerequisites, H, 1, 2,
or H. 3, 4. Bauer.
H. 192. Foreign Policy of the USSR (3). Second semester. Prerequisites,
H. 1, 2 and H. 191. Bauer.
H. 193. History of the Near East (3). First semester. Prerequisites,
H. 1, 2, or equivalent. (Not offered in 1949-1950.) Gewehr.
H. 195. The Far East (3). Second semester. (Not offered in 1949-1950.)
Gewehr.
H. 199. Proseminar in Historical Writing (3). Second semester. Staff.
For Graduates
H. 200. Research (3-6). Credit apportioned to amount of research. First
and second semesters. Staff.
H. 201. Seminar in American History (3). First and second semesters.
Chatelain.
H. 205, 206. Topics in American Economic and Social History (3, 3).
Arranged. First and second semesters. Chatelain.
H. 208. Topics in Recent American History (3). First and second semes-
ters. Merrill.
H. 211. The Colonial Period in American History (3). Arranged. First
semester. Ferguson.
H. 212. Period of the American Revolution (3). Arranged. Second semes-
ter. Ferguson.
H. 215. The Old South (3). Merrill.
H. 216. The American Civil War (3). Merrill.
H. 221, 222. History of the West (3, 3). Gewehr.
H. 233, 234. Topics in American Intellectual History (3, 3). Johnson
H. 235. Problems in American Constitutional History (3). First and
second semesters. Gewehr.
H. 250. Seminar in European History (3). First and second semesters.
Bauer.
H. 255. Medieval Culture and Society (3). Jashemski.
H. 281. Topics in the History of Central Europe (3). Prange.
COURSE OFFERINGS 515
H. 285, 286. Topics in the History of Modern England and Great Britain
(3, 3). Three hours a week, first and second semesters. Gordon.
H. 287. Historiography (3). Sparks.
HOME ECONOMICS
A. Textiles and Clothing
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Laboratory fees in Textiles and Clothing for graduate students are
$3.00 per course per semester.
Tex. 101. Problems in Textiles (3). One lecture and three laboratory
periods a week, first semester. Prerequisites, Tex. 100; Organic
Chemistry. Akin.
Tex. 102. Textile Testing (3). Three laboratory periods a week, first
semester. Prerequisite, Tex. 100.
Tex. 103. Textile Microscopy (3). Three laboratory periods a week, sec-
ond semester. Prerequisite, Tex. 101.
Tex. 105. Consumer Problems in Textiles (3). Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week, first and second semesters. Prerequisite,
Tex. 1, or equivalent. Akin.
Tex. 106. Household Textiles (3). Three laboratory periods a week, first
semester. Prerequisite, Tex. 1.
Tex. 108. Decorative Fabrics (2). One lecture and one laboratory period
a week, first semester.
Clo. 120. Draping (3). Three laboratory periods a week, first and second
semesters. Prerequisite, Clo. 22. Wilbur.
Clo. 121. Pattern Designs (2). Two laboratory periods a week, second
semester. Prerequisite, Clo. 22. Wilbur.
Clo. 122, 125. Tailoring (2, 2). Two laboratory periods a week. Pre-
requisite, Clo. 22. Mitchell.
Clo. 123. Children's Clothing (2). One lecture and one laboratory period
a week, first and second semesters. Prerequisite, Clo. 20A or 20B,' or
equivalent. Wilbur.
Clo. 124. Projects and Readings in Textiles and Clothing (2). Second
semester.
Clo. 126. Fundamentals of Fashion (2-3). First semester. Prerequisite,
senior standing.
Clo. 127. Apparel Design (3). Second semester. Prerequisites, Clo. 120;
senior standing. Wilbur.
516 COURSE OFFERINGS
Clo. 128. Home Furnishings (3). Three laboratory periods a week, second
semester. Prerequisites, Tex. 1, Clo. 20A or B, or consent of instructor.
For Graduates
Tex. 200. Special Studies in Textiles (2-4).
Clo. 220. Special Studies in Clothing (2-4). First and second semesters.
Mitchell.
Tex. and Clo. 230. Seminar (1). First and second semesters.
Tex. and Clo. 231. Research. First and second semesters.
Tex. and Clo. 232. Economics of Clothing and Textiles (3). Second semes-
ter.
B. Practical Art and Crafts
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Laboratory fees in Practical Arts for graduate students are
$3.00 per course per semester.
Pr. Art 100, 101. Mural Design (2, 2). Two laboratory periods a week,
first semester. Prerequisites, Pr. Art 1, 2, 3, 21, and consent of the
instructor. Cuneo.
Pr. Art 102, 103. Advanced Mural Design (2, 2). Two laboratory periods
a week, first semester. Prerequisites, Pr. Art 1, 2, 3, 21, 100, 101.
Cuneo.
Pr. Art 120, 121. Costume Illustration (2, 2). Two laboratory periods a
week, first and second semesters. Prerequisites, Pr. Art 1, 20, 21, 22,
and consent of instructor. Cassels.
Pr. Art 124, 125. Individual Problems in Costume (2, 2). Two laboratory
periods a week, first and second semesters. Prerequisites, Pr. Art 1,
20, 120, 121, and consent of instructor. Cassels.
Pr. Art 132. Advertising Layout (2). Two laboratory periods a week,
first and second semesters. Prerequisites, Pr. Art 1, 20, 21, 22, 30, and
consent of instructor. Cuneo.
Pr. Art 134, 135. Individual Problems in Advertising (2, 2). Two labora-
tory periods a week, second semester. Prerequisite, Pr. Art 1, 20, 30,
120, 132, or equivalent, and consent of instructor. Cuneo.
Pr. Art 136. Merchandise Display (2). Two laboratory periods a week,
first and second semesters. Prerequisites, Pr. Art 1, 20, 30; 120, 132 to
precede or parallel. Cassels.
Pr. Art 137. Advanced Merchandise Display (2). Two laboratory periods
a week, first and second semesters. Prerequisites, Pr. Art 1, 20, 30,
120, 132, 136, and consent of instructor. Cassels.
COURSE OFFERINGS 517
Pr. Art 138, 139. Advanced Photography (2, 2). Three laboratory periods
a week, first and second semesters. Prerequisites, Pr. Art 1, 38, 39.
Cuneo.
Pr. Art 140, 141. Interior Design (1, 3). One laboratory period a week,
first semester; three laboratory periods a week, second semester. Pre-
requisites, Pr. Art 1 and Pr. Art 2. Brown.
Pr. Art 142, 143. Advanced Interior Design (2, 2). Two laboratory
periods a week, first and second semesters. Prerequisites, Pr. Art 1,
140, 141, or equivalent. Brown.
Pr. Art 144, 145. Individual Problems in Interior Design (2, 2). Two
laboratory periods a week, first and second semesters. Prerequisites,
Pr. Art 1, 140, 141, 142, 143, and consent of instructor. Brown.
Cr. 120, 121. Advanced Ceramics (2, 2). Three laboratory periods a week,
first and second semesters. Prerequisites, Cr. 20, 21. Lawson.
Cr. 124, 125. Individual Problems in Ceramics (2, 2). Two laboratory
periods a week, first and second semesters. Prerequisites, Cr. 20, 21,
120, 121, and consent of instructor. Lawson.
Cr. 130, 131. Advanced Metalry (2, 2). Three laboratory periods a week,
first and second semesters. Prerequisites, Cr. 30, 31. Lawson.
Cr. 134, 135. Individual Problems in Metalry (2, 2). Three laboratory
periods a week, first and second semesters. Prerequisites, Cr. 30, 31,
130, 131, and consent of instructor. Lawson.
Cr. 140, 141. Advanced Weaving (2, 2). Three laboratory periods a week,
first and second semesters. Prerequisites, Cr. 40, 41. Lawson.
Cr. 144, 145. Individual Problems in Weaving (2, 2). Three laboratory
periods a week, first and second semesters. Prerequisites, Cr. 40, 41,
140, 141, and consent of instructor. Lawson.
Cr. 198. Crafts in Therapy (2). Second semester. Prerequisites, three
courses in various crafts or art construction and consent of instructor.
Curtiss.
C. Home and Institution Management
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Home Mgt. 150, 151. Management of Home (3, 3). Three hours a week,
first and second semesters. Crow and Burke.
Home Mgt. 152. Experience in Management of Home (3). First and
second semesters. Prerequisites, Home Mgt. 150, 151. Laboratory fee
for graduate students, $7.00. Crow and Burke.
Inst. Mgt. 160. Institution Organization and Management (3). Two lec-
tures and one laboratory period a week, first semester. Prerequisites,
Foods 2, 3; Nut. 110; Home Mgt. 150, 151.
518 COURSE OFFERINGS
Inst. Mgt. 161. Institution Purchasing and Accounting (3). Two lectures
and one laboratory period a week, second semester. Prerequisite, Inst.
Mgt. 160.
Inst. Mgt. 162. Institution Foods (3). One lecture and two laboratory
periods a week, second semester. Prerequisites, Inst. Mgt. 160, 161.
Inst. Mgt. 163. Practice in Institution Management (3). Arranged. Three
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Inst. Mgt. 160, 161.
Inst. Mgt. 164. Advanced Institution Management (2). One lecture and
one laboratory period a week, second semester. Prerequisites, Inst.
Mgt. 160, 161, 162.
Inst. Mgt. 165. School Lunch (3). Two lectures and one laboratory period
a week, second semester and summer session. Prerequisites, Foods 2,
3; Nut. 110, or equivalent.
Inst. Mgt. 181. Purchasing and Accounting for Housekeeping Administra-
tion (3). Second semester. Prerequisite, Inst. Mgt. 160.
Inst. Mgt. 182. Housekeeping Management (3). First semester. Pre-
requisite, Inst. Mgt. 160.
Inst. Mgt. 183. Problems in Housekeeping Management (3). Second semes-
ter. Prerequisites, Inst. Mgt. 160 and Inst. Mgt. 182.
D. Foods and Nutrition
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Laboratory fees in Foods, for graduate students, are $7.00
per course per semester.
Foods 100. Food Economics (2). One lecture and one laboratory period
a week, first and second semesters. Prerequisite, Foods 1 or 2, 3.
LeGrand.
Foods 101. Meal Service (2). Two laboratory periods a week, first and
second semesters. Prerequisite, Foods 1 or 2, 3. Cornell and Spencer.
Foods 102. Experimental Foods (3). One lecture and two laboratory
periods a week, first semester. Prerequisites, Foods 2, 3; Organic
Chemistry, Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34. Peers.
Foods 103. Demonstrations (2). Two laboratory periods a week, first and
second semesters. Prerequisites, Clo. 20; Foods 1 or 2, 3; Pr. Art 20;
Tex. 1. Neylan.
Foods 104. Advanced Foods (2). Two laboratory periods a week, second
semester. Prerequisite, Foods 1 or 2, 3. Peers.
Foods 105. Foods of Other Countries (3). One lecture and two laboratory
periods a week, second semester. Prerequisite, Foods 1 or 2, 3, or
equivalent. Neylan.
COURSE OFFERINGS 519
Nut. 110. Nutrition (3). First semester. Prerequisites, Foods 2, 3; Or-
ganic Chemistry, Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34. LeGrand.
Nut. 111. Child Nutrition (2). One lecture and one laboratory period a
week, second semester. Prerequisite, Foods 1 or 2, 3; Nut. 110 or 10.
Spencer.
Nut. 112. Dietetics (3). One lecture and two laboratory periods an week,
first semester. Prerequisite, Nut. 110. LeGrand.
Nut. 113. Diet in Disease (2). Two periods a week, first semester. Pre-
requisite, Nut. 110. Hagel.
For Graduates
Foods 200. Advanced Experimental Foods (3-5). Second semester.
Nut. 210. Readings in Nutrition (3). First semester.
Nut. 211. Problems in Nutrition (3-5). Second semester.
Nut. 212. Nutrition for Community Service (3). First semester.
Foods and Nut. 220. Seminar (1). First and second semesters.
Foods and Nut. 221. Research. First and second semesters.
E. Home Economics Extension
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
H. E. Ext. 100. Methods in Home Economics Extension (3). Second
semester
HORTICULTURE
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Hort. 101, 102. Technology of Fruits (2, 2). Two hours a week, first and
second semesters. Prerequisite, Bot. 101. Haut.
Hort. 103, 104. Technology of Vegetables (2, 2). Two hours a week, first
and second semesters. Prerequisite, Bot. 101.
Hort. 105. Technology of Ornamentals (2). Two hours a week, first or
second semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 101. Link.
Hort. 106. World Fruits and Nuts (2). Second semester. Haut.
Hort. 107, 108. Plant Materials (3, 3). Two lectures and one laboratory
period a week, first and second semesters. Prerequisite, Bot. 1.
Cornell.
Hort. 114. Systematic Pomology (3). Two lectures and one laboratory
period a week, first semester. Given in alternate years. Haut.
Hort. 116. Systematic Olericulture (3). Two lectures and one laboratory
period a week, first semester. Given in alternate years. Walls.
520 COURSE OFFERINGS
Hort. 126. Nutritional Analyses of Processed Crops (3). One lecture and
two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Chem. 33 and 34, Bot.
101.
Hort. 159. Nursery Management (3). Second semester. Two lectures and
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites or concurrently, Hort. 62;
107; 108.
For Graduates
Hort. 201, 202. Experimental Pomology (3, 3). Three hours a week, first
and second semesters. Prerequisite, Bot. 101. Schrader.
Hort. 203, 204. Experimental Olericulture (2, 2). Two hours a week, first
and second semesters. Prerequisite, Bot. 101.
Hort. 205. Experimental Pomology (3). Second semester. This course
is a continuation of Hort. 201, 202. Schrader.
Hort. 206. Horticulture Cyto-Genetics (3). Second semester. Prerequi-
sites, Zool. 104, Bot. 101, Bot. 201, or equivalents. A course dealing
with the field of cyto-genetics in relation to horticulture. .
Hort. 207. Methods of Horticultural Research (3). Second semester. One
lecture and one four-hour laboratory period a week. A critical study
of research methods which are or may be used in horticulture.
Scott and Staff.
Hort. 208. Advanced Horticultural Research (2 to 12). First and second
semesters. Credit granted according to work done. Staff.
Hort. 209. Advanced Seminar (1). First and second semesters. Five
credit hours for five semesters can be obtained. Oral reports with
illustrative material are required on special topics or recent research
publications in horticulture. Haut and Staff.
JOURNALISM
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Journ. 160. News Editing, I (3). Two lectures and one laboratory period
a week, first semester. Wood.
Journ. 161. News Editing, II (3). Two lectures and one laboratory period
a week, second semester. Wood.
Journ. 164. Magazine Writing (3). Two lectures and one laboratory period
a week, first semester. Bryan.
Journ. 165. Feature Writing (3). Two lectures and one laboratory period
a week, second semester. Bryan.
Journ. 174. Editorial Writing (3). Two lectures and one laboratory
period a week, first semester. Estabrook.
COURSE OFFERINGS 621
Journ. 175. Reporting of Public Affairs (3). Two lectures and one labora-
tory period a week, second semester. Prerequisite, Journ. 11. Wood.
Journ. 176. Evaluation of Current Journalistic Practice (3). Two lectures
and one laboratory period a week, second semester. Bryan.
MATHEMATICS
Special Departmental Requirements
Master of Arts
Before a candidate will be recommended for admission to candidacy tbe
candidate will be required to:
1. Demonstrate a reading knowledge of a foreign language of scientific
importance.
2. Pass a preliminary examination. The examination covers the candi-
date's mastery of undergraduate and graduate studies in both major and
minor fields. Ordinarily only one re-examination, to be held not before a
semester has lapsed, may be given.
Doctor of Philosophy
Before submitting himself for the preliminary examination required for
admission to candidacy the student is expected to have acquired a background
of mathematical knowledge represented by the following group of graduate
studies: Analysis, four semesters; Algebra, two semesters; Geometry or
Topology, two semesters; Applied Mathematics or Physics, two semesters.
A. Algebra
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Math. 100, 101. Higher Algebra (3, 3). (Not offered 1949-1950.) Pre-
requisites, Math. 20, 21, or equivalent. Good.
Math. 102. Theory of Equations (3). First semester. Prerequisites,
Math. 20, 21, or equivalent. Good.
Math. 103. Introduction to Modern Algebra (3). Prerequisites, Math. 20,
21, or equivalent. (Not offered 1949-1950.) Good.
For Graduates
Math. 200, 201. Modern Algebra (3, 3). (Not offered 1949-1950.) Pre-
requisite, Math. 103, or consent of instructor. Good.
Math. 202. Matrix Theory (3). Second semester. Prerequisite, Math. 103,
or consent of instructor. Good.
Math. 204, 205. Topological Groups (3, 3). First and second semesters.
Prerequisite, consent of instructors. Good, Hall.
Math. 271. Selected Topics in Algebra (3). Arranged.
522 COURSE OFFERINGS
B. Analysis
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Math. 110, 111. Advanced Calculus (3, 3). First and second semesters.
Prerequisites, Math. 20, 21, or equivalent.
Math. 114, 115. Differential Equations (3, 3). Math. 114 will be given
second semester. Math. 115 not offered 1949-150. Prerequisite, Math.
20, 21, or equivalent. Leutert.
Math. 116. Introduction to Complex Variable Theory (3). (Not offered
1949-1950.) Prerequisites, Math. 20, 21, or equivalent. Open to students
of engineering and the physical sciences. Graduate students to mathe-
matics should enroll in Math. 210, 211.
Math. 117. Fourier Series (3). (Not offered 1949-1950.) Prerequisite,
Math. 114, or equivalent.
For Graduates
Math. 210, 211. Functions of a Complex Variable (3, 3). First and second
semesters. Prerequisites, advanced calculus.
Math. 213, 214. Functions of a Real Variable (3, 3). (Not offered 1949-
1950.) Prerequisite, advanced calculus.
Math. 215, 216. Analysis (3, 3). First and second semesters. Prerequi-
site, advanced calculus, and a course in complex variable theory.
Truesdell.
Math. 272. Selected Topics in Analysis. To be arranged.. Weinstein.
C. Geometry and Topology
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Math. 122, 123. Elementary Topology (3, 3). First and second semesters.
Prerequisites, Math. 20, 21, or equivalent. Hall.
Math. 124, 125. Introduction to Projective Geometry (3, 3). (Not offered
1949-1950.) Prerequisites, Math. 20, 21, or equivalent. Jackson.
Math. 126. Introduction to Differential Geometry (3). (Not offered 1949-
1950). Prerequisite, Math. 20, 21, or equivelent. Vanderslice.
Math. 128, 129. Higher Geometry (3, 3). First and second semesters.
Prerequisite, two years of college mathematics. Open to students in
the College of Education.
For Graduates
Math. 220, 221. Differential Geometry (3, 3). (Not offered 1949-1950.)
Prerequisite, Math. 126, or equivalent. Jackson.
Math. 223, 224. Combinatorial Topology (3, 3). (Not offered 1949-1950.)
COURSE OFFERINGS 523
Math. 225, 226. Set-theoretic Topology (3, 3). First and second semes-
ters. Prerequisite, advanced calculus. (Not offered 1949-1950.) Hall.
Math. 227. Tensor Analysis (3). Second semester. Prerequisites. Math.
110, 111, 134, or equivalent.
Math. 273. Selected Topics in Geometry and Topology (3). Arranged.
D. Applied Mathematics
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Math. 130, 131. Analytic Mechanics (3, 3). Prerequisites, Math. 20, 21,
or equivalent. (Not offered 1949-1950.)
Math. 132, 133. Advanced Mathematics for Engineers and Physicists (3,
3). First and second semesters. Prerequisites, Math. 20, 21, or equiva-
lent. Vanderslice.
Math. 134. Vector Analysis (3). First and second semester. Prerequi-
sites, Math. 20, 21, or equivalent. Vanderslice.
Math. 135. Numerical Analysis (3). (Not offered 1949-1950.) Prerequi-
site, Math. 114, or equivalent.
Math. 139. Operational Calculus (3). (Not offered 1949-1950.) Prequi-
site, Math. 64, or equivalent. Intended for students of engineering and
physics.
For Graduates
Math. 230, 231. Applied Mathematics (3, 3). First and second semesters.
Prerequisite, advanced calculus and differential equations. Martin.
Math. 232, 233. Partial Differential Equations of Mathematical Physics
(3, 3). First and second semesters. Prerequisites, advanced calculus
and differential equations. Martin.
Math. 234. Potential Theory (3). Prerequisites, Math. 110, 111, or equiva-
lent. (Not offered 1949-1950.) Weinstein.
Math. 235. Advanced Numerical Analysis (3). Second semester. Pre-
requisites, Math. 115, 135, or equivalent. (Not offered 1949-1950.)
Math. 236. Mathematical Theory of Hydrodynamics (3). (Not offered
1949-1950.) Prerequisite, a course in complex variable theory.
Weinstein.
Math. 237. Mathematical Theory of Elasticity (3). (Not offered 1949-
1950.) Prerequisites, Math. 110, 111, or equivalent. Weinstein.
Math. 238. Mathematical Theory of Continuous Media (3). (Not offered
1949-1950.) Prerequisites, vector or tensor analysis and consent of in-
structor. Truesdell.
Math. 274. Selected Topics in Applied Mathematics (2). Arranged.
524 COURSE OFFERINGS
E. Statistics
Math. 150, 151. Probability (3, 3). (Not offered 1949-1950.) Prerequi-
site, differential and intergral calculus.
Math. 152, 153. Mathematical Statistics (2, 2). First and second semes-
ters. Prerequisite, differential and integral calculus.
Math. 154, 155. Applications of Statistics (3, 3). First and second semes-
ters. Two lectures and one two-hour laboratory period per week. Pre-
requisites, Math. 20, 21, or equivalent.
Math. 156. Biological Statistics (2). Second semester. Prerequisite,
consent of instructor.
F. Colloquium and Research
For Graduates
Math. 290. Colloquium. First and second semesters.
Math. 300. Research. Arranged.
PHILOSOPHY
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Phil. 101. Ancient Philosophy (3). First semester.
Phil. 102. Modern Philosophy (3). Second semester. Prerequisite, Phil.
101.
Phil. 111. Medieval Philosophy (3). First semester. Prerequisite, Phil.
101. (Not offered in 1949-1950; to be offered in 1950-1951.)
Phil. 112. Recent and Contemporary Philosophy (3). Second semester.
Prerequisite, Phil. 101.
Phil. 121. American Philosophy (3). First semester.
Phil. 151. Ethics (3). First semester. Prerequisite (after June, 1950),
Phil. 2 or one year of philosophy. Baylis.
Phil. 191. Topical Investigations (3). Each semester. Staff.
For Graduates
Graduate instruction in the Department of Philosophy is carried on mainly
by independent investigation of special topics under individual supervision.
Any of the courses listed below may be elected more than once. Course
selections require the approval of the department chairman.
Phil. 201. Research in Philosophy (3). Each semester. Staff.
Phil. 203. Selected Problems in Philosophy (3). Each semester. Staff.
Phil. 205. Seminar in the History of Philosophy (3). First semester.
Staff.
COURSE OFFERINGS 525
Phil. 206. Seminar in the Problems of Philosophy (3). Second semester.
Staff.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, HEALTH AND RECREATION
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
P. E. 100. Kinesiology (3). First and second semesters.
P. E. 101, 103. Organization and Officiating in Intramurals (2, 2). First
and second semesters.
P. E. 112. History of Dance (3). First semester. Prerequisite, P. E. 52,
54, 56, 58.
P. E. 113, 115. Methods and Materials for Secondary Schools, I (2, 2).
Two lectures and two laboratories a week.
P. E. 114, 116. Methods and Materials for Secondary Schools, II (2, 2).
Two lectures and two laboratory hours a week.
P. E. 140. Therapeutics (3). First and second semesters. Prerequisite,
P. E. 100.
P. E. 150. History and Philosophy of Physical Education (2). Second
semester.
P. E. 170. Principles of Physical Education (3). First and second semes-
ters.
P. E. 180. Measurements in Health and Physical Education (3). First and
second semesters.
P. E. 181. Training and Conditioning (3). Second semester.
P. E. 190. Health Administration and and Supervision of Physical Educa-
tion and Recreation (3). First and second semesters.
For Graduates
P. E. 200. Departmental Seminar (1-2). First and second semesters and
summer. Gloss and Deach.
P. E. 201. Foundations in Physical Education, Health and Recreation (3).
First and second semesters. Deach and Field.
P. E. 203. Supervisory Techniques in Physical Education, Health and
Recreation (3). First and second semesters and alternate summers.
Hutto.
P. E. 205. Administration of Athletics (2). First and second semesters
and summer. Burnett.
P. E. 210. Comparative Problems in Physical Education (2). First and
second semesters. Gloss.
P. E. 230. Contemporary Physical Education (3). First and second semes-
ters and alternate summers. Gloss.
526 COURSE OFFERINGS
P. E. 250. Survey in the Area of Physical Education, Health and Recrea-
tion (6). First and second semesters and summers. Gloss.
P. E. 260. Research (1-6). First and second semesters and summers.
Gloss and Burnett.
A. Health Education
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Hea. 110. Health Service and Supervision (3). First and second semesters.
Hea. 112. Home Nursing (2). First semester.
Hea. 114. Health Education for Elementary Schools (2). First and second
semesters.
Hea. 120. Teaching Health (2). First and second semesters. Prerequisite,
Hea. 40, or equivalent.
Hea. 130. Organization and Administration of Health Education (3). First
and second semesters. Elective.
For Graduates
Hea. 220. Principles and Practices of Health Education (3). First and
second semesters and alternate summers. Burnett.
Hea. 240. Advancements in Modern Health (3). First and second semes-
ters and summer. Burnett.
B. Recreation Education
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Rec. 100. Co-Recreational Games and Programs (2). First and second
semesters.
Rec. 102. Recreational Games for the Elementary School (2). First semes-
ter.
Rec. 110. Nature Lore (1-3). Second semester. (An evening course and
six Saturdays and Sundays during April and May given in Washington.)
Rec. 120. Camp Administration and Leadership (3). First and second
semesters.
Rec. 130. Principles and Practice of Recreation (3). First and second
semesters.
Rec. 140. Observation and Service in Recreation (5). First and second
semesters.
Rec. 170. Organization and Administration of Recreation (3). First and
second semesters.
For Graduates
Rec. 210. Philosophy of Recreation (2). First and second semesters and
alternate summers. Gloss.
COL USE OFFERINGS 527
Rec. 220. Contemporary Recreation (3). First and second semesters and
alternate summers. Gloss.
PHYSICS
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Phys. 100. Advanced Experiments. Three hours' laboratory work for each
credit hour. One or more credits may be taken concurrently. Pre-
requisites, Phys. 52 or 54 and four credits in Phys. 60. Laboratory fee,
$6.00 per credit hour. Staff.
Phys. 101. Laboratory Arts (1). Four hours laboratory a week, second
semester. Prerequisite, two credits Phys. 100. Laboratory fee, $6.00.
Staff.
Phys. 102. Optics (3). Three lectures a week, first semester. Prerequi-
sites, Phys. 11 or 21; Math. 21. Cooper.
Phys. 104, 105. Electricity and Magnetism (3, 3). Three lectures a week,
first and second semesters. Prerequisites, Phys. 11 or 21; Math. 21.
Cooper.
Phys. 106, 107. Theoretical Mechanics (3, 3). Two lectures a week, first
and second semesters. Prerequisites, Phys. 11 or 21; Math. 21. Morgan.
Phys. 112, 113. Modern Physics (2, 2). Two lectures a week. Prerequi-
site, advanced standing in physics and mathematics. Cooper.
Phys. 116, 117. Fundamental Hydrodynamics (3, 3). Three lectures a
week, first and second semesters. Prerequisites, Phys. 107 and Math. 21.
Kennard.
Phys. 120, 121. Experimental Nuclear Physics (3, 3). Two lectures and
one laboratory period a week, first and second semesters. Prerequi-
sites, Phys. 113 and two credits in Phys. 100. Johnson.
Phys. 126. Kinetic Theory of Gases (3). Prerequisites, Phys. 107 and
Math. 21, or equivalent. Kennard.
For Graduates
Of the following courses, 200, 201, 212 and 213 are given every year;
all others will be given according to the demand.
Phys. 200, 201. Introduction to Theoretical Physics (5, 5). Five lectures
a week, first and second semesters. Myers.
Phys 202, 203. Advanced Dynamics (2, 2). Two lectures a week. Pre-
quisite, Phys. 200.
Phys. 204. Electrodynamics (4). Four lectures a week. Prerequisite,
Phys. 201. Iskraut.
Phys. 206. Physical Optics (3). Prerequisite, Phys. 201. Myers.
528 COURSE OFFERINGS
Phys. 208, 209. Thermodynamics (2, 2). Prerequisite, Phys. 201 or equiva-
lent. Cooper.
Phys. 210, 211. Statistical Mechanics and the Kinetic Theory of Gases
(2, 2). Two lectures a week. Prerequisites, Phys. 112 and 201.
McMillen.
Phys. 212, 213. Introduction to Quantum Mechanics (2, 2). Two lectures
a week, first and second semesters. Prerequisites, Phys. 201.
Brickwedde.
Phys. 214, 215. Theory of Atomic Structure and Spectral Lines (2, 2).
Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 213. McMillen.
Phys. 216, 217. Molecular Structure (2, 2). Two lectures a week. Pre-
requisite, Phys. 213. Brickwedde.
Phys. 218, 219. X-Rays and Crystal Structure (3, 3). Three lectures a
week, first and second semesters. Morgan.
Phys. 220. Application of X-Ray and Electron Diffraction Methods (2).
Two laboratory periods a week. Morgan.
Phys. 222, 223. Boundary-Value Problems of Theoretical Physics (2, 2).
Prerequisite, Phys. 201.
Phys. 224, 225. Supersonic Aerodynamics and Compressible Flow (2, 2).
Prerequisite, Phys. 201. McMillen.
Phys. 226, 227. Theoretical Hydrodynamics (3, 3). Prerequisite, elemen-
tary hydrodynamics. Kennard.
Phys. 228, 229. The Electron (2, 2). Prerequisites, Phys. 204 and Phys.
213. Johnson.
Phys. 230. Seminar (1). First and second semesters.
Phys. 232, 233. Hydromechanics Seminar (1, 1). Kennard.
Phys. 234, 235. Nuclear Physics (2, 2). Prerequisite, Phys. 213. Johnson.
Phys. 236. Theory of Relativity (3). Prerequisite, Phys. 200. Iskraut.
Phys. 238. Quantum Theory — selected topics (3). Prerequisite, Phys. 236.
Iskraut.
Phys. 240, 241. Theory of Sound and Vibrations (2, 2). Prerequisite,
Phys. 201. McMillen.
Phys. 242, 243. Theory of Solids (2, 2). Two lectures a week, first and
second semesters. Prerequisite, Phys. 213. Myers.
Phys. 250. Research. Credit according to work done. Laboratory fee,
$6.00 per credit hour.
COURSE OFFERINGS 529
POULTRY HUSBANDRY
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
P. H. 104. Poultry Marketing Problems (3). Two lectures and one labora-
tory period a week, first semester. Gwin.
P. H. 105. Egg Marketing Problems (3). Two lectures and one labora-
tory period a week, second semester. Gwin.
P. H. 107. Poultry Industrial and Economic Problems (2). First semes-
ter. Staff.
P. H. 108. Special Poultry Problems (1-2). Assigned problems, first and
second semesters. Staff.
Poultry Hygiene. See V. S. 107.
Avian Anatomy. See V. S. 108.
Preservation of Poultry Products. See F. Tech. 108.
For Graduates
P. H. 201. Advanced Poultry Genetics (3). First semester. Prerequisite,
P. H. 100, or equivalent. Jull.
P. H. 202. Advanced Poultry Nutrition (3). Two lectures and one labora-
tory period a week, second semester. Prerequisite, P. H. 101, or equiva-
lent.
P. H. 203. Physiology of Reproduction of Poultry (3). Two lectures and
one laboratory period a week, first semester. Prerequisite, P. H. 102,
or equivalent. Shaffner.
P. H. 204. Poultry Seminar (1). First and second semesters. Staff.
P. H. 205. Poultry Literature (1-4). First and second semesters. Staff.
P. H. 206. Poultry Research. Credit in accordance with work done. Staff.
P. H. 207. Poultry Research Techniques (2). One lecture and one labora-
tory period a week, first semester. Staff.
PSYCHOLOGY
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Graduate credit will be assigned only for students certified by the Depart-
ment of Psychology as qualified for graduate standing.
Psych. 106. Statistical Methods in Psychology (3). First and second
semesters. Schaefer.
Psych. 110. Educational Psychology (3). First and second semesters.
Schaefer.
Psych. 121. Social Psychology (3). First and second semesters.
530 COURSE OFFERINGS
Psych. 122. Advanced Social Psychology (3). Second semester.
Psych. 125. Child Psychology (3). First semester. Schaefer.
Psych. 126. Developmental Psychology (3). Second semester. Schaefer.
Psych. 127. Psychology of Early Man (3). Second semester. Sprowls.
Psych. 128. Human Motivation (3). First semester. Cofer.
Psych. 131. Abnormal Psychology (3). Second semester. Sprowls.
Psych. 136. Applied Experimental Psychology (3). Second semester.
Walker.
Psych. 140. Psychological Problems in Advertising (3). First semester.
Psych. 142. Techniques of Interrogation (3). Second semester. Hackman.
Psych. 145. Introduction to Experimental Psychology (3). First and
second semesters. Laboratory fee, $4.00. Walker.
Psych. 150. Tests and Measurements (3). First semester. Laboratory
fee, $4.00. Smith.
Psych. 155. Phychological Techniques in Vocational Counseling (3). Sec-
ond semester. Smith.
Psych. 161. Psychological Techniques in Personnel Administration (3).
Second semester. Schaefer.
Psych. 167. Psychological Problems in Aviation (3). Second semester.
Walker.
Psych. 191, 192. General Experimental Psychology (3, 3). First and'
second semesters. Hackman.
Psych. 194. Independent Study in Psychology (3). First and second
semesters. Staff.
Psych. 195. Minor Problems in Psychotechnology (3). First and second
semesters. Staff.
Psych. 198. Proseminar: Current Research in Psychotechnology (3).
Second semester. Staff.
For Graduates
Psych. 203, 204. Seminar: Review of Current Technological Researches
(3, 3). First and second semesters. Staff.
Psych. 205, 206. Historical Viewpoints and Current Theories in Psychology
(3, 3). First and second semesters. Hackman, Cofer.
Psych. 210. Occupational Information (3). Second semester. Prerequi-
site, Psych. 150.
COURSE OFFERINGS 531
Psych. 211. Job Analysis and Description (3). First semester. Prerequi-
site, Psych. 210.
Psych. 220, 221. Counseling Techniques (3, 3). First and second semes-
ters. Prerequisite, Psych. 210. Smith.
Psych. 222. Rehabilitation Techniques (3). Second semester. Prerequi-
site, Psych. 220.
Psych. 223. Diagnosis and Correction of Reading Difficulties (3). First
semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 221.
Psych. 224. Counseling for Marital Problems (3). Second semester. Pre-
requisite, Psych. 221.
Psych. 225. Participation in Counseling Clinic (3). First semester. Pre-
requisite, Psych. 221. Smith.
Psych. 230. Determinants of Human Efficiency (3). First semester. Pre-
requisite, Psych. 128. Walker.
Psych. 231. Training Procedures in Industry (3). First semester. Pre-
requisite, Psych. 230.
Psych. 233. Social Organization in Industry (3). First semester. Pre-
requisite, Psych. 230.
Psych. 241. Controlled Publicity (3). First semester. Prerequisite, con-
sent of instructor. Hackman.
Psych. 242. Measurement of Group Reaction (3). Second semester. Pre-
requisite, Psych. 241. Hackman.
Psych. 250, 251. Development and Validation of Predictors (3, 3). First
and second semesters. Prerequisite, Psych. 150. Schaefer.
Psych. 252, 253. Advanced Statistics (3, 3). First and second semesters.
Prerequisite, Psych. 106. Hackman.
Psych. 260, 261. Individual Tests (3, 3). First and second semesters.
Laboratory fee, $4.00. Prerequisite, Psych. 150. Cofer.
Psych. 263. Appraisal of Interests (3). Second semester. Prerequisite.
Psych. 262. Schaefer.
Psych. 264, 265. Projective Tests (3, 3). First and second semesters.
Laboratory fee, $4.00. Prerequisite, Psych. 261. Cofer.
Psych. 266, 267. Theories of Personality and Motivation (3, 3). First and
second semesters. Cofer.
Psych. 270. Advanced Abnormal Psychology (3). First semester. Pre-
requisite, Psych. 131. Sprowls.
Psych. 271. Special Testing of Disabilities (3). Second semester. Pre-
requisite, Psych. 270.
532 COURSE OFFERINGS
Psych. 272, 273. Individual Clinical Diagnosis (3, 3). First and second
semesters. Prerequisite, Psych. 261. Cofer.
Psych. 274. Individual Therapy (3). First semester. Prerequistie, Psych.
261.
Psych. 275. Group Therapy (3). Second semester. Prerequisite, Psych.
274.
Psych. 278. Seminar in Clinical Psychology for Teachers (3). First
semester. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Sprowls.
Psych. 280. Physiological Psychology (3). First semester. Prerequisite,
consent of instructor. Walker.
Psych. 290, 291. Research for Thesis (3, 3). First and second semesters.
Staff.
SOCIOLOGY
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Soc. 113. The Rural Community (3). Second semester. Prerequisite, Soc.
1, or its equivalent. Hoffsommer.
Soc. 114. The City (3). First semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 1, or its
equivalent. Houser.
Soc. 115. Industrial Sociology (3). Second semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 1,
or its equivalent. Imse.
Soc. 118. Community Organization (3). Second semester. Prerequisite,
Soc. 1, or its equivalent. Bailey.
Soc 121, 122. Population (3, 3). Three hours a week, first and second
semesters. Prerequisite, Soc. 1, or its equivalent. Baker.
Soc. 123. Ethnic Minorities (3). First semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 1,
or its equivalent. Ebersole.
Soc. 124. The Culture of the American Indian (3). Second semester.
Prerequisite, Soc. 1, or its equivalent. Hutchinson.
Soc. 131. Introduction to Social Service (3). First semester. Prerequisite,
Soc. 1, or its equivalent. L. Houser
Soc. 141. Sociology of Personality (3). First semester. Prerequisite,
Soc. 1, or its equivalent. Ebersole.
Soc 144. Collective Behavior (3). Second semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 1,
or its equivalent. Ebersole.
Soc. 145. Social Control (3). First semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 1, or its
equivalent. Ebersole.
Soc 147. Sociology of Law (3). First semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 1, or
its equivalent. Lejins.
COURSE OFFERINGS 533
Soc. 153. Juvenile Delinquency (3). First semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 1,
or its equivalent. Lejins.
Soc. 154. Crime and Delinquency Prevention (3). Second semester. Pre-
requisites, Soc. 1, or its equivalent; Soc. 52, Soc. 153, or consent of
instructor. Lejins.
Soc. 156. Institutional Treatment of Criminals and Delinquents (3). Sec-
ond semester. Prerequisites, Soc. 1, or its equivalent; Soc. 52, Soc. 153,
or consent of instructor. Lejins.
Soc. 171. Family and Child Welfare (3). First semester. Prerequisite.
Soc. 1, or its equivalent. Shankweiler.
Soc. 173. Social Security (3). First semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 1, or its
equivalent. Hutchinson.
Soc. 174. Public Welfare (3). Second semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 1, or
its equivalent. L. Houser.
Soc. 183. Social Statistics (3). Second semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 1,
or its equivalent. Imse.
Soc. 186. Sociological Theory (3). Second semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 1,
or its equivalent. Bailey.
Soc. 196. Senior Seminar (3). Second semester. Prerequisite, senior
standing with major in Sociology. Hoffsommer.
For Graduates
Soc. 201. Methods of Social Research (3). First semester. Hoffsommer.
Soc. 215. Community Studies (3). First semester. Hoffsommer.
Soc. 221. Population and Society (3). Second semester. Staff.
Soc. 224. Race and Culture (3). Second semester. Staff.
Soc. 241. Personality and Social Structure (3). Second semester. Staff.
Soc. 246. Public Opinion and Propaganda (3). Second semester. Staff.
Soc. 253. Advanced Criminology (3). First semester. Lejins.
Soc. 255. Seminar: Juvenile Delinquency (3). First semester. Lejins.
Soc. 257. Social Change and Social Policy (3). First semester. Staff.
Soc. 262. Family Studies (3). Second semester. Shankweiler.
Soc. 282. Sociological Methodology (3). Second semester. Staff.
Soc. 285. Seminar: Socoiogical Theory (3). First semester. Bailey.
Soc. 290. Research in Sociology. Credit to be determined. Staff.
Soc. 291. Special Social Problems. First and second semesters. Credit to
be determined. Staff.
534 COURSE OFFERINGS
SPEECH AND DRAMATIC ART
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Speech 101. Radio Speech (3). First semester. Prerequisite, Speech 4,
Laboratory fee, $2.00. Batka.
Speech 102. Radio Production (3). Second semester. Consent of in-
structor. Laboratory fee, $2.00. Batka.
Speech 103, 104. Speech Composition and Rhetoric (3, 3). First and
second semesters. Golden.
Speech 105. Pathology (3). First semester. . Ansberry.
Speech 106. Clinic (3). Second semester. Prerequisite, Speech 105.
Ansberry.
Speech 107. Advanced Oral Interpretation (3). Second semester. Pre-
requisite, Speech 13. Provenson.
Speech 110. Teacher Problems in Speech (3). Second semester. For stu-
dents who intend to teach. Hendricks.
Speech 111. Seminar (3). Second semester. Ehrensberger.
Speech 112. Phonetics (3). Second semester. Ansberry.
Speech 113. Play Production (3). Second semester. Harris.
Speech 114. Costuming (3). First semester. One lecture and two labora-
tories a week.
Speech 115. Radio in Retailing (3). First semester. Prerequisites, Speech
1, 2; English 1, 2. Laboratory fee, $2.00. Batka.
Speech 116. Radio Announcing (3). Second semester. Prerequisite,
Speech 101. Laboratory fee, $2.00. Batka.
Speech 117. Radio Continuity Writing (3). First semester. A study of
the principles and methods of writing for broadcasting. Application
will be made in the writing of the general types of continuity. Ad-
mission by consent of instructor. Coppinger.
Speech 118. Advanced Radio Writing (3). Second semester. Prerequisite,
Speech 117. Advanced work with emphasis upon the dramatic form.
Admission by consent of instructor. Coppinger.
Speech 119. Radio Acting (3). Second semester. A workshop course
designed to give the student practice in radio acting. Admission by
consent of the instructor.. Batka.
Speech 120. Advanced Speech Pathology (3). Second semester. Pre-
requisite, Speech 105. A continuation of Speech 105. Ansberry.
Speech 121. Stage Design (3). Second semester. Prerequisites, Speech
14, 15. The planning of stage settings and the application of the
principles of design to the dramatic production. Admission by consent
of the instructor. Harris.
COURSE OFFERINGS 535
Speech 122, 123. Radio Workship (3, 3). First and second semesters. A
laboratory course dealing with all phases of producing a radio program.
Admission by consent of instructor. Laboratory fee, $2.00. Batka.
Speech 124, 125. American Public Address (3, 3). First and second semes-
ters. The first semester covers the period from Colonial times to the
Civil War period. The second semester covers from the Civil War
period through the contemporary period. Golden.
Speech 126. Semantic Aspects of Speech Behavior (3). First semester.
An analysis of speech and language habits from the standpoint of
General Semantics. Hendricks.
Speech 129, 130. Play Directing (2, 2). A lecture-laboratory course deal-
ing with the fundamentals of script cutting, pacing, movement, blocking
and rehearsal routine as applied to the directing, of plays. Mayer.
For Graduates
The Department maintains a reciprocal agreement with Walter Reed
General Hospital whereby clinical practice may be obtained at the Army
Audiology and Speech Correction Center, Forest Glen, Maryland.
Speech 200. Thesis (3-6). Credit in proportion to work done and results
accomplished. Staff.
Speech 201. Special Problems (2-4). Arranged. Staff.
Speech 210. Anatomy and Physiology of Speech and Hearing (3). A study
of the anatomy and physiology of the auditory and speech mechanisms.
Glorig.
Speech 211. Advanced Clinical Practice (3). A comprehensive survey of
the entire field of present-day clinical practice. Glorig.
Speech 212. Advanced Speech Pathology (3). Etiology and therapy for
organic and functional speech disorders. Ansberry.
Speech 213. Speech Problems of the Hard of Hearing (3). Correction of
abnormal speech habits and instruction in speech conservation. Baltzer.
Speech 214. Clinical Audiometry (3). Testing of auditory acuity with
pure tones and speech. Sonday.
Speech 215. Auditory Training (3). Orientation and adjustment of
patients in the use of hearing aids. Staff.
Speech 216. Speech Reading (3). A course of training designed to pre-
sent the fundamentals of speech reading. Baughman.
Speech 217. Clinical Practice in the Selection of Prosthetic Appliances (3).
A laboratory course in modern methods of utilizing electronic hearing
aids. Staff.
536 COURSE OFFERINGS
Speech 218. Problems of Hearing and Deafness (3). The adjustment of
the individual with a hearing impairment socially, emotionally and
vocationally. Staff.
VETERINARY SCIENCE
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
V. S. 101. Comparative Anatomy (3). Two lectures and one laboratory
period a week, first semester Coffin.
V. S. 102. Animal Hygiene (3). Two lectures and one laboratory period
a week, second semester. Coffin.
V. S. 103. Regional Comparative Anatomy (3). One lecture and one
laboratory period a week, first semester. Coffin.
V. S. 108. Avian Anatomy (3). Two lectures and one laboratory period
a week, first semester. DeVolt.
V. S. 107. Poultry Hygiene (3). Two lectures and one laboratory period
a week, second semester. DeVolt.
For Graduates
V. S. Animal Disease Problems (2-6). Arranged. Staff.
V. S. 202. Animal Disease Research (2-6). Arranged. Staff.
V. S. 203. Electron Microscopy (2). One lecture and one laboratory period
a week. Arranged. Staff.
ZOOLOGY
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Laboratory fees in Zoology are $6.00 per semester.
Zool. 101. Mammalian Anatomy (3). Three laboratory periods a week,
second semester. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Stringer,
Zool. 102. General Animal Physiology (4). Two lectures and two labora-
tory periods a week, second semester. Prerequisites, one year of Chem-
istry, one course in Zoology. Phillips.
Zool. 104. Genetics (3). First semester. Three lecture periods a week.
Prerequisite, one course in Zoology or Botany. Burhoe.
Zool. 108. Animal Histology (4). Two lecture and two laboratory periods
a week, first semester. Prerequisite, one year of Zoology. Stringer.
Zool. 110. Parasitology (4). First semester. Two lectures and two labo-
ratory periods a week. Prerequisite, one year of Zoology. Negherbon.
Zool. 116. Protozoology (4). Second semester. Two lectures and two
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Histology; Bacteriology de-
sirable. Negherbon.
COURSE OFFERINGS 537
Zool. 121. Principles of Animal Ecology (3). Two lectures and one labo-
ratory period a week, second semester. Prerequisites, one course in
Zoology and one course in Chemistry. Littleford.
Zool. 125. Fisheries Biology (3). Two lectures and one laboratory period
a week, first semester. Prerequisites, Zool. 5, 102. Littleford.
Zool. 130. Aviation Physiology (3). Three lectures a week, second semes-
ter. Prerequisite, permission of the instructor. Reynolds.
For Graduates
Zool. 200. Ichthyology and Marine Zoology (4). Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week, first semester. Littleford.
Zool. 201. Microscopical Anatomy (4). Two lectures and two laboratory
periods a week, second semester.
Zool. 202. Animal Cytology (4). Two lecture and two laboratory periods
a week, first semester. Negherbon.
Zool. 203. Advanced Embryology (4). Two lectures and two laboratory
periods a week, second semester. Burhoe.
Zool. 204. Advanced Animal Physiology (4). Two lectures and two labora-
tory periods a week, first semester. Phillips.
Zool. 205. Hydrobiology (4). Two lectures and two laboratory periods a
week, second semester. Littleford.
Zool. 206. Research. Credit to be arranged. First and second semesters.
Staff.
Zool. 207. Zoology Seminar (1). First and second semesters. One lecture
a week. Staff.
Zool. 208. Special Problems in General Physiology. Hours and credits
arranged. Second semester. Phillips.
Zool. 220. Advanced Genetics (3). Two lectures and one laboratory period
a week, second semester. Prerequisite, Zool. 104. Burhoe.
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY
DEPARTMENT OF ANATOMY
Minors
Anatomy 111. Humam Gross Anatomy (8). Two lectures and two labora-
tory periods per week throughout the dental school academic year.
Hahn, Thompson, and Pollack.
Anatomy 113. Human Neuroanatomy (4). Three lectures and twTo labora-
tory periods for approximately eight week.
Hahn, Thompson, and Pollack.
538 COURSE OFFERINGS
Majors
Anatomy 211. Human Gross Anatomy. Credits to be arranged. Same as
course 111 but with additional instruction. Hahn, Thompson.
Anatomy 213. Human Neuroanatomy. Credits to be arranged. Same as
course 113 but with additional instruction. Hahn, Thompson.
Anatomy 216. Research. Time and credit by arrangement. Staff.
DEPARTMENT OF BIOCHEMISTRY
Minors
Biochemistry 111. Principles of Biochemistry (6). Two lectures, one con-
ference and one laboratory period per week throughout the dental
school academic year. Vanden Bosche.
Majors
Biochemistry 211. Advanced Biochemistry. Time and credits by arrange-
ment. Vanden Bosche.
Biochemistry 212. Research in Biochemistry. Time and credits by arrange-
ment. Prerequisite, 211. Vanden Bosche.
DEPARTMENT OF HISTOLOGY AND EMBRYOLOGY
Minors
Histology 112. Mammalian Histology and Embryology (6). Two lectures
and two laboratory periods per week throughout the dental school
academic year. McCrea.
Majors
Histology 212. Mammalian Histology and Embryology. Number of credits
by arrangement. Same as course 112 but with additional work and
instruction of a more advanced nature. McCrea.
Research in Histology 214. Number of hours and credit by arrangement.
Prerequisite, 112 or 212. McCrea.
Research in Embryology 215. Number of hours and credit by arrange-
ment. Prerequisites by arrangement. McCrea.
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE
GROSS ANATOMY
Minors
Anat. 101. Human Gross Anatomy (10). Total number of hours, approxi-
mately 350. Six conferences and lectures, eighteen laboratory hours
per week throughout the first semester of every medical school year.
Uhlenhuth, Figge, Krahl and Smith.
COURSE OFFERINGS 530
Majors
Anat. 201. Human Gross Anatomy. Number of credits by arrangement.
Same course as Anat. 101, but with additional work of a more advanced
nature. Uhlenhuth, Figge, Krahl and Smith.
Anat. 202. Advanced Anatomy. Number of hours and credits by arrange-
ment. Prerequisite, Anat. 101 or 201. Uhlenhuth and Staff.
Anat. 203. Research in Gross Anatomy. Number of hours and credits by
arrangement. Prerequisite, Anat. 202. Uhlenhuth and Staff.
Anat. 204. Problems in Physiological Anatomy. Number of hours and
credits by arrangement. Prerequisites, Anat. 201, 202, and either
Anat. 207 or 208. Uhlenhuth and Staff.
BACTERIOLOGY
Minors
Bact. 101. General Bacteriology (5). Sixteen hours and 104 laboratory
hours. Drs. Hachtel, McAlpine, and Levin.
Bact. 102. Immunology (4). Sixteen lectures and 56 laboratory hours.
Drs. Hachtel, McAlpine, and Levin.
Majors
Bact. 201. Special Problems. Time and credit by arrangement.
Bact. 202. Research. Time and credit by arrangement.
BIOCHEMISTRY
Minors
Biochem. 101. Principles of Biochemistry (8). Seven lectures and confer-
ences and two three-hour laboratory periods a week for sixteen weeks.
Prerequisites, inorganic, organic, and quantitative or physical chemistry.
Schmidt and Staff.
Majors
Biochem. 201. Prerequisite, Biochem. 101. Credit proportioned to extent
and quality of work accomplished. Schmidt and Weiland.
Biochem. 202. Research. Credit proportioned to extent and quality of
work accomplished. Schmidt and Weiland.
HISTOLOGY, EMBRYOLOGY AND NEURO-ANATOMY
Minors
Hist. 101. Mammalian Histology (6). Two lectures, ten laboratory hours
per week, throughout the first semester of every medical school year.
Lutz, Harne.
540 COURSE OFFERINGS
Hist. 102. Human Neurology (4). Three lectures and six laboratory hours
per week for ten weeks of the second semester of every medical school
year. Prerequisite, Hist. 101, or equivalent. Lutz, Harne.
Majors
Hist. 201. Mammalian Histology. Number of credits by arrangement.
Same course as Hist. 101, but with additional work of a more advanced
nature. Harne.
Hist. 202. Human Neurology. Number of credits by arrangement. Same
course as Hist. 102, but with additional work of a more advanced
nature. Prerequisite, Hist. 101 or 201.
Hist. 203. Research in Embryology, Histology or Neuro-Anatomy. Credit
by arrangement. Open to students majoring in Prerequisites, Anat.
201; Hist. 201, 202. Harne.
PHARxMACOLOGY
All students majoring in pharmacology with a view to obtaining the
degree of Master of Science of Doctor of Philosophy should secure special
training in anatomy, mammalian physiology, organic chemistry, and physi-
cal chemistry.
Minors
Pharmacology 101, f,s. General Pharmacology (8). Three lectures and
one laboratory. This course consists of 90 lectures and 30 laboratory
periods of three hours each, offered each year.
Krantz, Carr, Iwamoto, Musser, Harne.
Majors
Pharmacology 202, f,s. General Pharmacology. Same as 101 for students
majoring in pharmacology. Additional instruction and collateral read-
ing are required. Krantz, Carr, Iwamoto, Musser, Harne.
Pharmacology 203. Chemotherapy. Credit in accordance with the amount
of work accomplished. Krantz.
Pharmacology 204. Carbohydrate Metabolism. Credit in accordance with
the amount of work accomplished. Krantz, Carr.
Pharmacology 205. Research. Credit in accordance with the amount of
work accomplished. Krantz, Carr.
Pharmacology 206. Special Problems in Toxicology. Credit in accordance
with the amount of work accomplished. Carr.
Pharmacology 207. Anesthesia. Credit in accordance with the work
accomplished. Krantz, Carr.
COURSE OFFERINGS 541
PHYSIOLOGY
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Physiology 101. Neurophysiology (3). Two lectures a week, for fifteen
weeks; ten three-hour laboratory periods; second semester. This course
covers the physiology of muscle, peripheral nerve, central nervous sys-
tem and sense organs. Amberson and Staff.
Physiology 102. The Principles of Physiology (7). Four lectures, one
conference a week, for fifteen weeks; twenty-five four-hour laboratory
periods; first semester. This course covers the physiology of circu-
lation, respiration, digestion, the endocrines (including reproduction)
and the kidney. Amberson and Staff.
For Graduates
Physiology 201. Experimental Mammalian Physiology. Time and credit
by arrangement. Amberson and Smith.
Physiology 202. Blood and Tissue Proteins (2). One lecture a week, for
thirty weeks. Amberson.
Physiology 203. Physiology of Reproduction (2). Two hours a week,
lectures, conferences and seminars, for twenty weeks. Smith.
Physiology 204. Electrophysiology (1). One lecture a week, for fifteen
weeks. Oster.
Physiology 205. Seminar. Credit according to work done.
Amberson and Staff.
Physiology 206. Research. By arrangement with the head of the depart-
ment. Staff.
SCHOOL OF PHARMACY
BACTERIOLOGY
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Bact. 115. Serology and Immunology (3). Three lectures and three labora-
tory periods a week, first semester. Shay.
For Graduates
Bact. 200, 201. Chemotherapy (1, 1). One lecture a week, first and second
semesters. Offered in alternate years. Shay.
Bact. 210. Special Problems in Bacteriology. Laboratory course. Credit
determined by amount and quality of work. Shay.
Bact. 211. Public Health (2). One lecture. Shay.
Bact. 221. Research. Credit determined by amount and quality of work.
Shay.
542 COURSE OFFERINGS
BOTANY AND PHARMACOGNOSY
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Bot. 101, 102. Taxonomy of the Higher Plants (2-4). One lecture and one
laboratory period a week. Given in alternate years. Slama.
Bot. Ill, 113. PlantAnatomy (2-4). Two lectures a week. Slama.
Bot. 112, 114. Plant Anatomy (2-4). Two laboratory periods a week. Pre-
requisites, Bot. Ill, 113. Slama.
For Graduates
Pharmacoknosy 201, 202. Advanced Study of Vegetable Powders (4-8).
Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisties, Bot.
Ill, 113, 112, 114. Slama.
Pharmacognosy 211, 212. Advanced Pharmacognosy (4-8). Two lectures
and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Bot. Ill, 113, 112,
114. Slama.
Pharmacognosy. 220. Research. Credit according to amount and quality
of work performed. Slama.
PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Pharm. Chem. Ill, 113. Chemistry of Medicinal Products (2, 2). Three
Pharm. Chem. Ill, 113. Chemistry of Medicinal Products (2, 2). Two
lectures a week, first and second semesters. Prerequisites, Chem. 35,
37, 53. Hager.
Pharm. Chem. 112, 114.— Chemistry of Medicinal Products (2, 2). Two
laboratory periods a week, either or both semesters. Prerequisites,
Pharm. Chem. Ill, 113, or may be taken simultaneously with Pharm.
Chem. Ill, 113. Hager.
Chem. 142, 144. Advanced Organic Laboratory (2, 2). Two laboratroy
periods a week, any one or both semesters. Prerequisites, Chem. 19
or 23, and Chem. 37, 38. Staff.
Chem. 146, 148. Identification of Organic Compounds (2, 2). One lecture
and two laboratory periods a week, any one or both semesters. Pre-
requisites, Pharm. Chem. Ill, 113, or Chem. 141, 143. Staff.
Chem. 151, 153. Physiological Chemistry (2, 2). Two lectures a week,
first and second semesters. Prerequisites, Chem. 35, 37 and Physiology
22. Chapman.
Chem. 152, 154. Physiological Chemistry (2, 2). Two laboratory periods a
week, first and second semesters. Prerequisites, Chem. 35, 37, 151, 153,
or may be taken simultaneously with Chem. 151, 153. Chapman.
COURSE OFFERINGS 543
For Graduates
Pharm. Chem. 201, 203. Survey of Pharmaceutical Chemistry (2, 2). Two
lectures a week, first and second semesters. Prerequisites, Pharm.
Chem. Ill, 113. Hager.
Pharm. Chem. 211, 213. Chemistry of the Alkaloids (2, 2). Two lectures
a week, first and second semesters. Prerequisites, Pharm. Chem. Ill,
113. Hager.
Pharm. Chem. 220. Advanced Pharmaceutical Syntheses (2-6). Labora-
tory and conferences, either or both semesters. Prerequisites, Chem.
142, 144. Hager.
Pharm. Chem. 222. Advanced Pharmaceutical Analyses (1-4). Labora-
tory and conferences, either or both semesters. Prerequisites, Chem.
146, 148. Hager.
Pharm. Chem. 230. Pharmaceutical Chemistry Seminar (1). Required of
students majoring in pharmaceutical chemistry. Hager.
Pharm. Chem. 235. Research. Credit determined by amount and quality
of work performed. Hager and Staff.
Chem. 258. The Identification of Organic Compounds. An advanced course.
Two to four laboratory periods a week, either semester. Prerequisites,
Chem. 146, 148, or equivalent. Staff.
PHARMACOLOGY
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Pharmacology 111. Official Methods of Biological Assay (4). Two lectures
and two laboratory periods a week, first semester. Prerequisite, Phar-
macology 51, 52. Chapman.
For Graduates
Pharmacology 201, 202. Methods of Biological Assay (8). Two lectures
and two laboratory periods a week, first and second semesters. Pre-
requisite, Pharmacology 111. Offered in alternate years. Chapman.
Pharmacology 211, 212. Special Studies in Pharmacodynamics (8). Two
lectures and two laboratory periods a week, first and second semesters.
Prerequisites, Pharmacology 51 and 52 and the approval of the
instructor. Chapman.
Pharmacology 221, 222. Special Studies in Biological Assay Methods (4-8).
Credit according to amount of work undertaken after consultation with
the instructor. Laboratory work and conferences, first and second
semesters. Prerequistes, Pharmacology 111, 201, 202. Offered in alter-
nate years. Chapman.
Pharmacology 250. Research Pharmacology. Properly qualified students
may arrange semester hours' credit with the instructor. Chapman.
544 COURSE OFFERINGS
PHARMACY
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Pharmacy 101, 102. (3, 3.) Two lectures and one laboratory a week.
Prerequisite, consent of the instructor. Allen, Balassone.
Pharmacy 111, 112. Advanced Prescription Compounding (3, 3). Two
laboratory periods a week. Allen, Meyers.
Pharmacy 120. Hospital Management (2). Two lectures a week. Purdum.
For Graduates
Pharmacy 201, 202. Advanced Pharmaceutical Technology (4, 4). Two
lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Purdum, Allen.
Pharmacy 211, 212. Survey of Pharmaceutical Literature (1, 1). One lec-
ture a week. Purdum.
Pharmacy 221, 222. History of Pharmacy (2, 2). Two lectures a week.
Given in alternate years. Purdum.
Pharmacy 235. Research in Pharmacy. Credit and hours to be arranged.
Purdum.
PHYSICS AND PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
Chem. 187, 189. Physical Chemistry (3, 3). Three lectures a week, first
and second semesters. Prerequisites, Phys. 10, 11; Chem. 15, 35, 37.
Estabrook.
Chem. 188, 190. Physical Chemistry (2, 2). Two laboratory periods a
week, first and second semesters. Prerequisite, Chem. 187, 189, or
may be taken simultaneously with these courses. Estabrook.
Phys. 121, 122. Electricity and Magnetism (3, 3). Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week, first and second semesters. Given in alter-
nate years. Prerequisites, Phys. 10, 11; Math. 20, 21. Estabrook.
Phys. 208. Thermodynamics (2, 2). Two lectures a week, first and second
semesters. Prerequisites, Phys. Chem. 187, 189, 188, 190. Given in
alternate years. Estabrook.
COLLEGE OF SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 545
College of
SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES
ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF
George J. Kabat, Director
Stanley J. Drazek, Instructor-in-Charge, Baltimore Center
George J. Weigand, Guidance Counselor
Jean A. Garrett, Assistant to Director
INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF, ALL CENTERS
George Abraham, M.S., Instructor in Physics.
Martha L. Adams, B.S., Assistant in Chemistry.
William R. Ahrendt, M.S., Lecturer in Electrical Engineering.
James R. Anderson, M.A., Instructor in Geography.
Merle Ansberry, Ph.D., Acoustic Audiologist, Lecturer in Audiology.
William Bailey, Ph.D., Visiting Professor in Sociology.
Adele B. Ballman, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English.
Harry Bard, M.A., Lecturer in Education.
Charles B. Barker, II, Ph.D., Lecturer in Mathematics.
James L. Bates, B.A., Instructor in History.
George F. Batka, M.A., Assistant Professor of Speech.
Richard H. Bauer, Ph.D., Associate Professor of History.
David W. Beecher, M.S., Lecturer in Engineering Electronics.
Harold J. Benjamin, Ph.D., Dean of College of Education.
Ann Johnston Berry, M.A., Instructor, College of Education.
Warren B. Bezanson, M.A., Instructor in English.
Walter Blake, A.B., Study Assistant.
Henry H. Brechbill, Ph.D., Professor of Education; Assistant Dean.
Leo P. Brophy, Ph.D., Lecturer in History.
Glen D. Brown, M.A., Professor and Head of Industrial Education.
Mary K. Carl, B.S., Appraiser in Psychology.
William C. Carter, Ph.D., Lecturer in Mathematics.
George Charlesworth, M.A., Study Assistant.
Verne E. Chatelain, Ph.D., Professor of History.
Wilson R. Cherry, M.S., Assistant Professor, Marine Engineering.
Charles Clark, Ph.D., Lecturer in History.
Hannah Colm, Ph.D., Lecturer in Education.
Densil Cooper, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Physics.
John L. Coulter, Jr., M.A., Assistant Professor of English.
Herbert A. Crosman, M.A., Assistant Professor of History.
Jane H. Crow, M.S., Assistant Professor of Home Economics.
Henry P. Dantzig, B.S., Instructor in Mathematics.
William E. Davies, Ph.D., Lecturer in Geography.
Kathryn Dean, B.S., Laboratory Assistant.
546 INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF
Stephen R. Deane, M.A., Counselor, Department of Psychology.
Lois W. DeBrule, A.B., R.N., Director, School of Nursing and Nursing
Service, Instructor in Nursing Education.
Leah K. Dice, Ph.D., Lecturer in Psychology.
Robert G. Dixon, Ph.D., Assistant Professor in Government and Politics.
Linden S. Dodson, Ph.D., Lecturer in Education.
Stanley J. Drazek, M.A., Instructor, College of Special and Continuation
Studies.
Charles W. Dudderar, M.A., Lecturer in Business Education.
P. Whitfield Durkee, M.S., Visiting Professor of Physics.
John C. Eakens, B.S., Instructor in Mathematics.
Luke E. Ebersole, M.A., Instructor in Sociology and Education.
Ray Ehrensberger, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Speech and Dramatic
Art.
Gaylord B. Estabrook, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physics and Physical
Chemistry.
Rufus G. Fellers, Ph.D., Lecturer in Electrical Engineering.
E. James Ferguson, M.A., Instructor in History.
Warren R. Ferris, Ph.D., Lecturer in Electrical Engineering.
John G. Fischer, M.A., Instructor in English.
Mae Therese Fisher, Instructor in Speech.
Rosemary Flannery, B.S., Instructor in Nursery School Education.
George E. Fletcher, Lt. Col., Assistant Professor of Military Science.
Sister Mary Florence, R.N., B.S., Ph.G., Lecturer in Nursing Education.
John H. Frederick, Ph.D., Professor of Transportation and Foreign Trade.
Wesley M. Gewehr, Ph.D., Professor of History.
Florence M. Gipe, M.S., Director of Nursing Education and Nursing
Service.
Carl W. Gohr, B.S., Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering.
James L. Golden, M.A., Instructor in Speech.
Donald C. Gordon, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of History.
Arthur Grad, Ph.D., Instructor in Mathematics.
Joseph W. Greenwood, Ph.D., Lecturer in Mathematics.
Allan G. Gruchy, Ph.D., Professor of Economics.
Ray C. Hackman, Ph.D., Assistant Professor in Psychology.
Ludwig Hammerschlag, Ph.D., Assistant Professor in Foreign Languages.
Duncan C. Harkin, Ph.D., Lecturer in Mathematics.
John E. Hart, B.S., Lecturer in Electrical Engineering.
Thomas M. Harwell, Jr., M.A., Instructor in English.
Charles A. Haslup, M.Ed., Instructor in Music.
Richard Hendricks, M.A., Instructor in Speech.
R. A. Herring, M.S., Lecturer in Electrical Engineering.
J. Ross Heverly, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physics.
Willis D. Holland, B.S., Instructor in Mathematics.
R. Lee Hornbake, Ph.D., Professor of Industrial Education.
Harry B. Hoshall, M.E., Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering.
INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF 547
John R. Howe, M.A., Instructor in Foreign Languages.
Edgar D. Hoyt, B.S., Lecturer in Mechanical Engineering.
William J. Hucksoll, M.Ed., Lecturer in Industrial Education.
Charles E. Hutchinson, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Sociology.
Louis C. Hutson, Vocational Mining Instructor.
Louis E. Hutto, Ph.D., Professor, Physical Education, Health and
Recreation.
Robert T. Hyde, B.S., Instructor in English.
Thomas P. Imse, M.A., Instructor in Sociology.
Richard W. Iskraut, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Physics.
Montgomery H. Johnson, Ph.D., Professor of Physics.
George J. Kabat, Ph.D., Director of College of Special and Continuation
Studies.
Morris L. Kales, Ph.D., Lecturer in Mathematics.
Chester H. Katenkamp, Ed.D., Lecturer in Education.
Martin Katzin, M.S.E., Lecturer in Electrical Engineering.
Gilbert F. Kinney, Ph.D., Associate Professor, U. S. Naval Postgraduate
School, Lecturer in Chemistry.
Franz N. D. Kurie, Ph.D., Lecturer in Physics.
Hermann H. Kurzweg, Ph.D., Lecturer in Mechanical Engineering.
Otis E. Lancaster, Ph.D., Lecturer in Mechanical Engineering.
Alcott J. Larsson, A.B., Assistant Instructor in Physics.
Neal G. LeBert, M.A., Instructor in English.
Dorothy L. LeGrand, M.S., Instructor in Foods and Nutrition.
Peter P. Lejins, Ph.D., Professor of Sociology.
Eugene B. Link, B.S., Lecturer in Industrial Education.
B. A. Lippman, Ph.D., Lecturer in Physics.
Edward M. Little, Ph.D., Lecturer in Physics.
Edward L. Longley, M.Ed., Lecturer in Industrial Education.
Blake M. Loring, Ph.D., Lecturer in Mechanical Engineering.
Benjamin Lucas, M.A., Instructor in Sociology.
Laura P. MacCarteney, Director of Music, National Child Research Center.
Jerry Magner, M. A., Instructor in Government and Politics.
George N. Manqurian, M.S., Lecturer in Aeronautical Engineering.
F. David Marschka, A.B., Study Assistant.
Arthur E. Marston, Ph.D., Lecturer in Mathematics.
Lyle V. Mayer, M.A., Instructor in Speech.
William J. McLarney, M.A., Associate Professor of Industrial Manage-
ment.
Hugh B. McLean, B.S., Instructor in Mathematics.
Edna B. McNaughton, M.A., Professor of Nursery School Education.
L. Kenton Meals, M.A., Instructor in Mathematics.
Jessie W. Menneken, M.S., Instructor in Mathematics.
A. Burton Metzger, B.E.E., Lecturer in Industrial Safety Engineering.
Donald E. Minnegan, Ed.D., Lecturer in Physical Education.
H. Gerthon Morgan, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education.
548 INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF
Martin W. Moser, M.A., Instructor in Government and Politics.
Earl W. Mounce, M.A., LL.M., Associate Professor of Law and Labor.
H. Townsend Muhly, Ph.D., Associate Professor, U. S. Naval Academy,
Lecturer in Mathematics.
David S. Muzzey, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Physics.
Ralph D. Myers, Ph.D., Professor of Physics.
Paul F. Nemenyi, Ph.D., Lecturer in Mathematics.
Ann E. Norton, M.A., Instructor in Foreign Languages.
Lawrence E. Olewine, M.A., Instructor in Industrial Education.
Albert G. Packard, M.A., Lecturer in Education.
Arthur S. Patrick, M.A., Assistant Professor of Secretarial Training.
Stanley Pawelek, Ed.D., Lecturer in Industrial Education.
G. J. Perlow, Ph.D., Lecturer in Physics.
Frederick Pistor, Ph.D., Lecturer in Educational Psychology.
Aubrey O. Pittenger, Ph.D., Lecturer in Education.
Elmer Plischke, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Government and Politics.
Harry Polachek, Ph.D., Lecturer in Mathematics.
John Portz, M.A., Instructor in English.
Daniel A. Prescott, Ph.D., Professor of Education, Director of Institute
for Child Study.
Rudy Pugliese, M.A., Instructor in Speech.
Herman Pusin, M.S., Lecturer in Aeronautical Engineering.
Colin C. Rae, B.S., Laboratory Instructor in Electrical Engineering.
Joseph M. Ray, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Government and Politics.
Henry R. Reed, Ph.D., Professor of Electrical Engineering.
James H. Reid, M.A., Professor of Economics.
A. W. Richeson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Mathematics.
Fred D. Rigby, Ph.D., Instructor in Mathematics.
Herbert L. Rooney, M.S.S.W., Chief Psychiatric Social Worker.
Willis C. Schaefer, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Psychology.
James Schaefle, A.B., Study Assistant.
Alvin W. Schindler, Ph.D., Professor of Education.
Mark Schweizer, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages.
B. Frank Sedwick, M.A., Instructor in Foreign Languages.
Nathan Seeman, M.S., Laboratory Instructor in Physics.
Paul J. Selgin, Ph.D., Lecturer in Electrical Engineering.
Paul W. Shankweiler, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Sociology.
Solomon Shapiro, M.A., Graduate Assistant in Psychology.
Donald E. Shay, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Bacteriology.
John R. Shoemaker, B.S., Lecturer in Electrical Engineering.
Frank L. Sievers, M.A., Associate Professor of Education.
Frank J. Slama, Ph.G., Ph.C, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Botany and
Pharmacognosy.
Zaka I. Slawsky, Ph.D., Lecturer in Physics.
Charles V. L. Smith, Ph.D., Lecturer in Electrical Engineering.
David S. Sparks, M.A., Instructor in History.
INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF
549
Reuben G. Steinmeyer, Ph.D., Professor of Government and Politics.
Charles T. Stewart, B.A., Lecturer in Education.
Warren L. Strausbaugh, M.A., Assistant Professor of Speech.
William J. Svirbely, D.Sc, Professor of Chemistry.
Glendon L. Swarthout, M.A., Instructor in English.
Harold F. Sylvester, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Personnel Adminis-
tration.
John K. Sylvester, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Economics.
Corwin H. Taylor, Ed.D., Lecturer in Education, Department of School
Music, Peabody Conservatory.
Lionel W. Tharcher, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Business Organization
and Administration.
F. Theilheimer, Ph.D., Lecturer in Mathematics.
Horace M. Trent, Ph.D., Lecturer in Operational Circuit Analysis.
Clifford A. Truesdell, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics.
Gilbert W. Tuck, M.A., Instructor in Foreign Languages.
Mary L. Van Bebber, B.A., Instructor in Speech.
E. G. Vandenbosche, Ph.D., Professor of Biochemistry.
William VanRoyen, Ph.D., Professor of Geography.
Andrew VanTuyl, Ph.D., Lecturer in Mathematics.
James A. VanZwoll, Ph.D., Professor of Education.
Irvin F. Wagner, M.S., Instructor in Mathematics.
Gustave S. Wall, M.A., Associate Professor of Industrial Education.
Kenichi Watanabe, Ph.D., Lecturer in Mathematics.
John V. Wehausen, Ph.D., Lecturer in Mathematics.
Fred W. Wellborn, Ph.D., Professor of History.
Gladys A. Wiggin, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education.
Maynard W. Woodbury, M.A., Instructor in Business Organization.
Howard W. Wright, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Business Administration.
George Yates, B.A., Study Assistant.
R. Yvonne Zenn, M.A., Assistant Professor of Physical Education.
Howard E. Ziefle, M.A., Lecturer in Industrial Education.
Ralph Zirkind, M.S., Assistant Instructor of Physics.
Rossborough Inn
The oldest building on the Maryland Campus
CO
a:
i-s
CO
o
ID
t5
< h-
CO °
>■ M
(J 25,
LLJ
ID O
o
COLLEGE OF SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 551
SECTION I
GENERAL
For some years employed men and women have asked for educational
service on a part-time basis from their state university. In response to these
requests, individual colleges undertook to provide class work off-campus in
the evening hours in government agencies, industrial establishments, and
university and public buildings.
It was the consensus of deans and other administrative officers that a
single administrative unit prepared to handle all types of requests might
provide a more comprehensive program and at the same time avoid duplica-
tion among colleges. On recommendation of the Administrative Board and
the President of the University, the Board of Kegents established in July,
1947, the College of Special and Continuation Studies.*
This College is charged with the responsibility of administering all off-
campus instruction for part-time students, except that already adequately
organized through agricultural extension.
There is also maintained a Division of General Studies, which is the on-
campus branch of the College of Special and Continuation Studies.
DIVISION OF GENERAL STUDIES
The General Studies Division admits students who wish to pursue special
curricula and students who wish to enter one of the other colleges but do
not meet one or more of the special requirements of the University.
These special students pursue regular University courses in combina-
tions which are especially adapted to their own requirements but which may
not meet the specific requirements of any authorized curriculum.
The remaining students who may wish to enter other colleges but do
not satisfy the specific requirements are provided special study supervision
and vocational and educational guidance. Effective study techniques are
taught and individual assistance in English, science, mathematics, and the
social sciences is given in one-hour conferences adjusted to the needs of the
students.
ESTABLISHMENT OF OFF-CAMPUS CENTERS
The College is prepared to establish credit courses and institutes, and
non-credit short courses for groups of adults who are qualified to do uni-
versity work and who need assistance on a part-time basis. If facilities
permit and demand is sufficient, courses or institutes may be set up in any
community requesting this service.
* Main Office : University of Maryland, College Park. Warfield 3800, extension 425.
Branch Office: Administration Building, University of Maryland, Lombard and Greene
Streets, Baltimore. PLaza 1100, extension 48.
552 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
The readiness of officials of the College of Special and Continuation Studies
to meet all requests for off-campus courses is limited however by three
factors. In order to assure the same instruction as that given on the cam-
pus and to protect the students' credit, officials prefer to call on regular
university staff for the courses. With increased enrollments in full-time
college programs, staff members are occasionally not free for off-campus
assignments.
A second limiting factor is the type of service requested. Certain courses
can be given only where there are adequate reference library materials or
laboratories, or when students are free to give considerable time to their
studies. Requests for selected courses may therefore be refused if in the
judgment of department heads such courses cannot be successfully con-
ducted off-campus.
A third limiting factor is student enrollment. The Director reserves the
right to cancel a course for which there is insufficient enrollment.
TYPES OF COURSES AND INSTITUTES
The College of Special and Continuation Studies offered during the
1948-1949 school term a total of 413 courses for university credit. While
credit courses comprise the largest proportion of off -campus offerings of the
College, certificate programs, in-service training programs, and current
affairs institutes have and will be given wherever there is need for study
series of these types.
Credit Courses
At present the College of Special and Continuation Studies is offering
primarily credit courses in the social and natural sciences, the humanities,
mathematics, engineering, and education. There are limited offerings in
other technical courses.
In off-campus centers, such as Baltimore and Army and Navy establish-
ments, it is planned to develop sequences of courses which will be offered
over a several year period. Students working for degrees can therefore
anticipate what courses may be secured through the off-campus program.
There will be little attempt, however, to provide on a part-time basis a
complete sequence of courses leading to any one degree. Off-campus credit
courses are a special service to those adults who because of employment
are temporarily prevented from attending college full-time during the day.
Those adults who plan to pursue work toward degrees should also plan for
periods of full-time work on the College Park or Baltimore campuses during
the summer or during the regular academic year.
Certificate Programs
Single courses leading to a certificate may be set up where residence
credit cannot be offered or where university credit is not desired. The Col-
lege of Special and Continuation Studies will also arrange series of credit
or non-credit courses in a given field leading to a certificate.
IN-SERVICE TRAINING 553
In the past, in cooperation with the College of Home Economics, a five-
month certificate course in principles of nutrition has been given for military
personnel at the Food Service School at Fort George G. Meade.
In Baltimore, a series of university credit courses in the fields of labor,
industry, commerce, and personnel work will be given over a period of years.
Certificates will be issued to students on the completion of the required
courses in the series. The purpose of this sequence of courses is to acquaint
persons in labor, industrial, and commercial organizations with basic trends
in these spheres.
Credit courses in mathematics and electrical engineering, leading to a
certificate on completion of the series, are being offered at the United States
Naval Air Station at Patuxent River, Maryland.
In-Service Training Programs
In recent years, a number of in-service training programs involving
credit or non-credit courses or workshops have been offered in the fields
of labor-management, supervisory training, health and welfare, and social
service. Among these have been a program for recreation leaders in the
Bureau of Recreation, Department of Recreation and Parks, Baltimore, and,
in cooperation with the State Bureau of Mines, night mining classes at the
mine heads in Garrett and Allegany counties.
At each of its plants throughout the country, the Calvert Distilling Com-
pany maintains an in-service training program through cooperation with
a nearby university. The University of Maryland gives courses for this
program at the Elkridge plant, offering each semester one course related
to job training and another which is of general cultural interest.
Courses in aeronautical and mechanical engineering and in mathematics
have been given for employees of the Glenn L. Martin Company.
In-service needs of teachers are regularly supplied by this College in
cooperation with the College of Education. Graduate and undergraduate
level courses are given in any community where a sufficient number of
teachers have indicated an interest in a particular course. In addition, the
staff of the Institute for Child Study of the College of Education offers
a series of courses on human development and on the techniques of child
study for members of the educational profession. The sequence of three
courses, Child Development Laboratory I, II, and III, involve the direct
year-long study of children as individuals and in groups, and is offered to
teachers in the field through the College of Special and Continuation Studies.
A series of community study courses offered in Baltimore supplement the
child development work by presenting the social environment of the child.
College officials are most desirous of cooperating with organizations or
groups interested in developing in-service training programs. Inquiries
regarding this type program should be addressed to the Director, College
of Special and Continuation Studies.
554
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Current Affairs Institutes
Many adults not interested in college credit may still wish to avail
themselves of the assistance of the various subject-matter experts which
the University has available.
Short courses or institutes in local, national, and international problems
may be provided in communities where there is sufficient demand.
SPEAKERS BUREAU
The College maintains a list of professors and instructors who are pre-
pared to give lectures on their specialties to high school and adult groups.
When college duties permit, professional staff members are available free
of charge for single talks to Maryland groups.
Proposed New Chapel — University of Maryland
COLLEGE OF SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 555
SECTION II
UNIVERSITY REGULATIONS REGARDING ADMISSION,
REGISTRATION, WITHDRAWALS, AND FEES
CREDIT COURSES
Regular Admission
The admission requirements for those part-time students who desire to
become candidates for degrees are the same as for full-time day students
at the University. Before registering, a candidate for a degree must be
admitted to the University. For admission to undergraduate colleges, the
candidate should write Dr. Edgar F. Long, Director of Admissions, Balti-
more or College Park. Those who seek graduate degrees should write Dr.
Ronald Bamford, Acting Dean of the Graduate School, College Park.
Probationary Admission
Students who are taking work for transmittal to other colleges and
universities, or who are not sure that they wish to matriculate for degrees,
may be admitted to the University on a provisional basis. Matriculation
on the basis of this application is an expedient only and for the purpose
of facilitating enrollment of part-time students. Students wishing to be
admitted to the University of Maryland to work for a degree should make
application for admission to the regular authorities as early as possible.
Classification of Students
Regular Students. Students who prior to their registration for work in
the College of Special and Continuation Studies have been admitted to degree
granting colleges will be considered as students in good standing subject
only to academic regulations of the University.
Special Students. Applicants who are at least twenty-one years of age,
and who have not completed the usual preparatory course, may be admitted
to such courses as they seem fitted to take. Special students are ineligible to
matriculate for a degree until entrance requirements have been satisfied.
Unclassified Students. Applicants who meet entrance requirements but
who do not wish to pursue a program of study leading to a degree are
eligible for provisional admission as mentioned above. They may pursue
courses for which they have met prerequisites.
Guidance in Registration
The student who wishes to pursue work towards a degree in a program
administered by the College of Special and Continuation Studies must
secure guidance and permission to take off-campus courses from an adviser
in the college where he wishes to obtain his degree. Officials of the College
656 FEES
of Special and Continuation Studies will not take responsibility for advising
students matriculated in degree granting colleges.
Degrees
Credit courses taken through the College of Special and Continuation
Studies may be counted towards any of the degrees granted by the colleges
of the University, provided such courses have been approved by appropriate
advisers as meeting degree requirements.
Quality of Credit Courses
Both instructors and courses in the College of Special and Continuation
Studies are approved by appropriate department heads and deans. Courses
carry residence credit and are identical in quality and content with courses
given in the day programs of the University. However, students who
pursue a large portion of their work off -campus may miss the advantages of
continuous guidance and campus contacts with professional staff which are
an invaluable part of their college work. Students should be very careful,
therefore, to consult with their advisers regarding how much work they
may profitably pursue in the part-time off-campus program.
Course Load
A student employed full-time will be limited to six credit hours per
semester in off -campus courses, unless he is given permission by his adviser
to carry a heavier course load.
NON-CREDIT COURSES AND INSTITUTES
Admission and registration requirements will be adjusted to fit the
clientele of each non-credit short course or institute.
FEES
Credit Courses
Matriculation Fee (Payable at once at time of first registration by all stu-
dents, full-time and part-time; candidates for degrees and non-candidates.
Only one matriculation fee need be paid for each degree.)
For Undergraduates $10.00
For Graduates 10.00
Tuition Charge (same for all students) per credit hour 8.00*
* Part-time graduate students enrolled in the College of Special and Continuation Studies
must pay the fee of $8.00 per semester credit hour even though they may be carrying more
than 8 semester credit hours.
FEES AND CHARGES 567
Laboratory Fees Per Semester Course
Bacteriology $10.00 Education $1.00
Botany 5.00 Industrial Education 3.00
Chemical Engineering 8.00 Physics —
Chemistry 10.00 Introductory 3.00
Dairy 3.00 All Other 6.00
Electrical Engineering 4.00 Psychology 4.00
Entomology 3.00 (Psych. 150, 151, 152)
Home Economics— Secretarial Training 7.50
(Non-Home Students) Speech-
Art Textiles and Clothing.. 3.00 Radio and Stagecraft 2.00
Foods and Practice House All Other 1.00
(each) 7.00 Zoology 6.00
Miscellaneous Fees and Charges
Late Registration Fee
All students are expected to complete their registration, includ-
ing the filing of class cards and payment of bills, on the regular
registration days. Those who do not complete their registration
during the prescribed days will be charged a fee of $5.00
Fee for Change in Registration 3.00
Special Examination Fee — to establish college credit — per semester
hour 5.00
Makeup Examination Fee
For students who are absent during any class period when tests
or examinations are given 1.00
Transcript of Record Fee
No charge is made for first copy
Each additional copy 1.00
Property Damage Charge
Students will be charged for damage to property or equipment.
Where responsibility for the damage can be fixed, the individual
student will be billed for it; where responsibility cannot be fixed,
the cost of repairing the damage or replacing equipment will be
pro-rated.
Diploma (undergraduate) 10.00
Payment of Fees
All checks, money orders, or postal notes should be made payable to the
University of Maryland.
558 FEES, WITHDRAWAL
Non-Credit Short Courses and Institutes
Fees for short courses and institutes will be determined in terms of cost
of each such short course or institute.
WITHDRAWAL AND REFUND OF FEES
Any student compelled to leave the University at any time during the
academic year should file, in person or by letter of request for withdrawal.
The Director of the College of Special and Continuation Studies will initiate
and sign the necessary withdrawal forms and forward them to the office
of the Registrar. If this is not done, the student will not be entitled, as a
matter of course, to a certificate of honorable dismissal, and will forfeit
his right to any refund to which he would otherwise be entitled. The date
used in computing refunds is the date the application for withdrawal is
filed in the office of the Registrar.
Students withdrawing from the University will receive a refund of all
charges, less the matriculation fee, in accordance with the following
schedule :
Period from Date Instruction Begins
2 weeks or less 80%
between 2 and 3 weeks 60%
between 3 and 4 weeks 40%
between 4 and 5 weeks 20%
over 5 weeks 0
Agriculture Building — University of Maryland
COLLEGE OF SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 559
SECTION III
PROPOSED OFFERINGS, 1949-1950
The College of Special and Continuation Studies plans to offer the courses
as listed for each center in the 1949-1950 school term. This is a proposed
schedule and is subject to change prior to registration according to needs
and demands of students.
The student, in planning his program for 1949-1950, should, if he is work-
ing towards a degree, consult with the head of the department in which he
is studying whenever necessary. He should also take into consideration
the course prerequisites, which are given in Section IV, "Course Descrip-
tions."
Calendar for 1949-1950
The Calendar for 1949-1950, College Park, will be followed as closely as
possible in the off-campus centers. Classes must meet for sixteen weeks,
making a total of 48 class hours for three-credit courses and 32 class hours
for two-credit courses.
The holidays shown on the Calendar for 1949-1950, College Park, will be
observed in the off-campus centers.
Army and Navy Centers
Centers in the Army and Navy establishments are operated in coopera-
tion with the education and training sections and students in these centers
may communicate either with the training officer at the establishment or
with this College, for any additional information needed.
ABERDEEN
Courses at Aberdeen are given at the Aberdeen Proving Ground in coop-
eration with the Army Information and Education Office. The course offer-
ings attempt to meet the needs of the Aberdeen-Edgewood population.
(Consult page ? ? ? for Edgewood courses.)
Proposed Program, 1949-1950
Fall, 1949-1950— Registration, September 16, 1949
Eng. B3. Composition and World Literature (3).
French Bl. Elementary French (3).
H. B5. History of American Civilization (3).
Math. B17a. Analytic Geometry (2).
M. S. B151. Military Logistics (3).
Psych. B161. Psychological Techniques of Personnel Administration (3).
Soc. B115. Industrial Sociology (3).
Speech B103. Speech Composition and Rhetoric (3).
560 PROPOSED OFFERINGS
Spring, 1950 — Registration, February 3, 1950
Econ. B160. Labor Economics (3).
Eng. B4. Composition and World Literature (3).
French B2. Elementary French (3).
H. B6. History of American Civilization (3).
Math. B17b. Analytic Geometry (2).
M. S. B153. Military Policy of the United States (3).
Speech B104. Speech Composition and Rhetoric (3).
ANNAPOLIS
The courses at Annapolis are offered in conjunction with the Post-
graduate School of the United States Naval Academy.
Proposed Program, 1949-1950
Fall, 1949-1950— Registration, September 19, 1949
Chem. B5. Introductory Qualitative Analysis (3).
Dr. Bl. Engineering Drawing (2).
Eng. Bl. Composition and American Literature (3).
Eng. B7. Technical Writing (2).
H. B186. History of the British Empire: The Commonwealth (3).
Math. B17a. Analytic Geometry (2).
Math. B116. Introduction to Complex Variable Theory (3).
Phys. Bl. Elements of Physics: Mechanics, Heat and Sound (3).
Phys. B212. Introduction to Quantum Mechanics (2).
Spring, 1950 — Registration, February 6, 1950
Chem. B19. Quantitative Analysis.
Dr. B2. Engineering Drawing (2).
Eng. B2. Composition and American Literature (3).
H. B191. History of Russia (3).
Math. B17b. Analytic Geometry (2).
Math. B139. Operational Calculus (3).
Phys. B2. Elements of Physics: Magnetism, Electricity and Optics (3).
Phys. B213. Introduction to Quantum Mechanics (2).
S. T. Bl. Principles of Typewriting (2).
BALTIMORE
A branch office of the College of Special and Continuation Studies is
maintained in the Administration Building, University of Maryland, Balti-
more, to serve as headquarters for the largest permanent center of the
College.
During the academic year 1948-1949 over fifteen hundred students coming
from Baltimore City and surrounding counties were enrolled in some 100
different courses. Students are currently working on degrees in several
undergraduate colleges and in the Graduate School of the University.
PROPOSED OFFERINGS 561
Special Course Sequences
Although this center is maintained to serve all types of students, special
course sequences in chemistry and various phases of education have been
included in the schedule at the request of certain groups.
Chemistry
To accommodate men from industry and government agencies who are in-
terested in work toward a master's degree in chemistry, a sequence of
courses was worked out for three academic years, in cooperation with the
Department of Chemistry.
Academic Year, 1948-1949
Chem. 201, 203. The Chemistry of Rarer Elements (2, 2).
Chem. 285. Colloid Chemistry (2).
Phys. 208, 209. Thermodynamics (2, 2).
Academic Year, 1949-1950
Chem. 142, 144. Advanced Organic Laboratory (2, 2).
Chem. 146, 148. The Identification of Organic Compounds (2, 2).
Chem. 261, 263. Advanced Biochemistry (2, 2).
Phys. 112, 113. Modern Physics (2, 2).
Academic Year, 1950-1951
Chem. 35, 37. Elementary Organic Chemistry (2, 2) (Undergrad. credit
only.)
Chem. 36, 38. Elementary Organic Laboratory (2, 2) (Undergrad. credit
only).
Chem. 141, 143. Advanced Organic Chemistry (2, 2).
Phar. Chem. 201, 203. Survey (2, 2).
Phar. Chem. 211, 213. Alkaloids (2, 2).
In addition, there will be made available pertinent and supplementary
courses in scientific French and German, physics, mathematics, and such
general fields as history of science.
Education
The College of Education has for some years been active in promoting
courses for educators in Baltimore. Although the Baltimore program is now
being administered by the College of Special and Continuation Studies,
officials of the College of Education are continuing to give active assistance
and guidance in promoting a steadily expanding offering for teachers and
school officials in Baltimore city and county, and in surrounding counties.
Industrial Education
With the advice of the Head of the Department of Industrial Education,
the College of Special and Continuation Studies will offer over a two-year
562 PROPOSED OFFERINGS
period, if demand warrants, a complete sequence of courses required by the
Baltimore Department of Education to qualify vocational, occupational, and
shop center teachers for appointment.
Each year there will be different offerings in shop subjects and in graduate
courses in vocational education and industrial arts education.
Elementary and Secondary School Education
Since January, 1948, officials of universities in the metropolitan area, of
Baltimore city and county schools, and of the State Department of Educa-
tion have been holding conferences to plan in-service programs for city and
county teachers and administrators. University representatives have in-
cluded members of education and off -campus staffs of New York University,
Johns Hopkins University, Loyola College, Western Maryland College,
Towson State Teachers College, and the University of Maryland.
With the advice of the Dean, College of Education, the College of Special
and Continuation Studies plans to offer such credit courses as will supple-
ment and enrich the regular professional growth programs of the schools.
There will be offered a four- or five-year sequence of courses which teachers
may use for credit toward bachelor's degrees in elementary education and
master's degrees in education. These courses will lie in the general areas
of community and child study and a variety of educational activities related
to improved core teaching.
Child Study
The staff of the Institute for Child Study, College of Education, will offer
a series of courses on human development and on the techniques of child
study for members of the educational profession. The sequences of three
courses called Child Development Laboratory I, II, and III, which involve
the direct year-long study of children as individuals and in groups, will be
offered to teachers in the field through the College of Special and Continua-
tion Studies.
Nursing Education
With the advice of the Director of the School of Nursing, the College of
Education has approved a limited number of courses in nursing education
to be given in Baltimore in the late afternoons and evenings. These are
planned for registered nurses who are working for bachelor's degrees in
nursing education or for master's degrees in education. Candidates in
nursing education are also eligible for registration in regular education and
arts and science courses.
Industrial Safety Engineering
A standard course in industrial safety engineering was offered at the
Baltimore Center. This course is given at the request of the Baltimore
Safety Council, which assists with arrangements and publicity concerning
the course.
PROPOSED OFFERINGS 663
Proposed Program, 1949-1950
Fall, 1949-1950— Registration, September 20-24, 1949
B. A. B144. Life, Group, and Social Insurance (2).
B. A. B162. Contemporary Trends in Labor Relations (3).
B. A. B169. Industrial Management (3).
B. ED. Work-Experience Course (2) (to be announced).
Chem. B142. Advanced Organic Laboratory (2).
Chem. B146. The Identification of Organic Compounds (2).
Chem. B261. Advanced Biochemistry (2).
Econ. B31. Principles of Economics (3).
Econ. B131. Comparative Economic Systems (3).
Ed. B102. History of Education in the United States (2).
Ed. B130. Theory of the Junior High School (2).
Ed. B144. Materials and Procedure for the Junior High School Core
Curriculum (2).
Ed. B151. Remedial Reading Instruction (2).
Ed. B162. Mental Hygiene in the Classroom (2).
Ed. B163, 164, 165. Community Study Laboratory I, II and II (2, 2, 2)
(full year).
Ed. B210. The Organization and Administration of Public Education (2).
Ed. B219. Seminar in School Administration (2).
Ed. B250. Analysis of the Individual (2).
Eng. Bl, 2. Composition and American Literature (3, 3).
Eng. B3, 4. Composition and World Literature (3, 3).
Eng. B140. The English Novel: Victorian Period (3).
French Bl. Elementary French (3).
Geog. B130. Economic and Political Geography of Southern and Eastern
Asia (3).
G. &. P. Bl. American Government (3).
G. & P. B110. Principles of Public Administration (3).
H. B5. History of American Civilization (3).
H. B141. History of Maryland (3).
H. B191. History of Russia (3).
H. D. Ed. B102, 103, 104. Child Development Laboratory I, II, and III
(2, 2, 2) (full year).
H. D. Ed. Course in the 200 series to be announced (full year).
Ind. Ed. B10. Art Crafts II (2).
Ind. Ed. B108. Electricity III (2).
Ind. Ed. B150. Teaching Aids Development (2).
Math. B154. Application of Statistics (2).
N. Ed. B115. Ward Management and Clinical Teaching (2).
P. E. B140. Therapeutics (3).
P. E. B190. Organization and Supervision of Physical Education, Health
and Recreation (3).
Phys. Bl. Elements of Physics (3).
Phys. B112. Modern Physics (2).
564 PROPOSED OFFERINGS
Psych. Bl. Introduction to Psychology (3).
Pysch. BllOa. Educational Psychology (3).
Soc. Bl. Sociology of American Life (3).
Soc. B118. Community Organization (3).
Speech Bl. Public Speaking (2).
Speech B105. Speech Pathology (3).
Zool. Bla. General Zoology (2).
Spring, 1950 — Registration, February 7-11, 1950
B. A. B164. Recent Labor Legislation and Court Decisions (3).
B. A. B167. Job Evaluation and Merit Rating (2).
B. Ed. Work-Experience Course (to be announced) (2).
Chem. B144. Advanced Organic Laboratory (2).
Chem. B148. The Identification of Organic Compounds (2).
Chem. B262. Advanced Biochemistry (2).
Econ. B32. Principles of Economics (3).
Econ. B134. Contemporary Economic Thought (3).
Ed. B131. Theory of the Senior High School (2).
Ed. B160. Educational Sociology (2).
Ed. B203. Problems in Higher Education (2).
Ed. B223. Practicum in Personnel Administration (2-6).
Ed. B225. School Public Relations (2).
Ed. B269. Seminar in Guidance (2).
Eng. Bl, 2. Composition and American Literature (3, 3).
Eng. B3, 4. Composition and World Literature (3, 3).
Eng. 145. The Modern Novel (3).
French B2. Elementary French (3).
Geog. B131. Economic and Political Geography of Southern and Eastern
Asia (3).
G. & P. Bl. American Government (3).
G. & P. B142. Recent Political Theory (3).
H. B6. History of American Civilization (3).
H. B142. History of Maryland (3).
H. B193. History of the Near East (3).
Ind. Ed. B164. Shop Organization and Management (2).
Ind. Ed. B168. Trade or Occupational Analysis (2).
Ind. Ed. B216. Supervision of Industrial Arts (2).
Math. B155. Application of Statistics (2).
N. Ed. B116. Ward Management and Clinical Teaching (2).
P. E. B150. History and Philosophy of Physical Education (2).
Phys. B2. Elements of Physics (3).
Phys. B113. Modern Physics (2).
Psych. B2. Applied Psychology (3).
Soc. Bl. Sociology of American Life (3).
Soc. B123. Ethnic Minorities (3).
Speech B2. Public Speaking (2).
Zool. Bib. General Zoology (2).
PROPOSED OFFERINGS 666
BOLLING AIR FORCE BASE
The Boiling Field Center is operated in cooperation with the Troop In-
formation and Education Office there.
Proposed Program, 1949-1950
Summer, 1949 — Registration May 31, 10:00 a. m. to 6:00 p. m.
Classes Begin June 6, End July 30
French 2. Elementary French (3).
Spanish 2. Elementary Spanish (3).
G. & P. 106. American Foreign Relations (3).
H. 6. History of American Civilization (3).
Math. 11. Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry (3). (To be given at
The Pentagon.)
M. S. 151. Military Logistics (3).
Speech 103. Speech Composition and Rhetoric (2).
Fall, 1949-1950— Registration, September 12, 1949
Spanish 4. Intermediate Spanish (3).
G. & P. 101. International Political Relations (3).
H. 5. History of American Civilization (3).
H. 176. Europe in the World Setting of the Twentieth Century (3).
Math. 10. Algebra (3).
Soc. 144. Collective Behavior (3).
Speech 103. Speech Composition and Rhetoric (2).
Spring, 1950 — Registration, January 30, 1950
Spanish 6. Intermediate Spanish (3).
G. & P. 154. Problems of World Politics (3).
H. 6. History of American Civilization (3).
H. 176. Europe in the World Setting of the Twentieth Century (3).
Math. 11. Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry (3).
M. S. 153. Military Policy of the United States (3).
Speech 104. Speech Composition and Rhetoric (2).
BUREAU OF SHIPS— DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY
The program here is designed for Navy scientists wishing to do advanced
work in engineering, physics, and mathematics, and is offered in cooperation
with training divisions in the Navy bureaus.
Proposed Program, 1949-1950
Fall Registration, Week of September 12, 1949
Spring Registration, Week of January 30, 1950
E. E. 200. Symmetrical Components (3).
E. E. 201. Electromagnetic Theory (3).
566 PROPOSED OFFERINGS
E. E. 206, 207. Ultra-High-Frequency Techniques (3, 3).
Math. 132, 133. Advanced Mathematics for Engineers and Physicists
(3,3).
M. E. 200. Advanced Dynamics (3).
Phys. 106, 107. Theoretical Mechanics (3, 3).
Phys. 208, 209. Thermodynamics (2, 2).
Phys. 212, 213. Introduction to Quantum Mechanics (2, 2).
CALVERT DISTILLING COMPANY
Proposed Program, 1949-1950
Summer, 1949
B. A. B20. Principles of Accounting (4).
B. A. B140. Financial Management (3).
Fall, 1949-1950— Registration, Week of September 12, 1949
Bact. Bl. General Bacteriology (4).
Econ. B150. Marketing Principles and Organization (3).
Spring, 1950 — Registration, Week of January 30, 1950.
Art B9. Historical Survey of Painting, Sculpture and Architecture (3).
B. A. B130. Elements of Business Statistics (2).
Speech Bl. Public Speaking (2).
CAMBRIDGE
Proposed Program, 1949-1950
Fall Registration, September 17, 1949
Spring Registration, February 4, 1950
Speech 105. Pathology (3). (First semester.)
Speech 106. Clinic (3). (Second semester.)
CUMBERLAND
Proposed Program, 1949-1950
Fall, 1949-1950— Registration, First Class Meeting
Ed. 110. The Teacher and School Administration (2).
Ed. 126. The Elementary School Curriculum (2).
Spring, 1950 — Registration, First Class Meeting
Ed. 102. History of Education in the United States (2).
Ed. 106. Comparative Education — Latin American (2).
DAVID TAYLOR MODEL BASIN
The courses offered at this Center are primarily advanced engineering,
mathematics, and physics courses. The program is operated in conjunction
with the Education Committee of the Model Basin.
PROPOSED OFFERINGS 567
Proposed Program, 1949-1950
Fall Registration, Week of September 12, 1949
Spring Registration, Week of January 30, 1950
Math. 132, 133. Advanced Mathematics for Engineers and Physicists
(3, 3).
Physics 104, 105. Electricity and Magnetism (3, 3).
EDGEWOOD
The program at Edgewood is given in cooperation with the Troop In-
formation and Education Office of the Army Chemical Center, and attempts
to meet the needs of the Edgewood- Aberdeen area. (Consult page — for
Aberdeen courses.)
Proposed Program, 1949-1950
Summer, 1949
H. B6. History of American Civilization (3).
Psych. Bl. Introduction to Psychology (3).
Fall, 1949-1950— Registration, September 15, 1949
B. A. B160. Personnel Management (3).
Econ. B37. Fundamentals of Economics (3).
Eng. Bl. Composition and American Literature (3).
Math. B10. Algebra (3).
Spring, 1950 — Registration, February 2, 1950
B. A. B169. Industrial Management (3').
Eng. B2. Composition and American Literature (3).
Math. Bll. Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry (3).
Soc. Bl. Sociology of American Life (3).
FOREST GLEN
SPEECH PROGRAM FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS
A reciprocal agreement exists between the Department of Speech and
Dramatic Art, University of Maryland, College Park, and the Army Audi-
ology and Speech Correction Center of the Walter Reed General Hospital,
Forest Glen, Maryland, whereby graduate credit will be granted by the
University of Maryland for the successful completion of the courses listed
below. Students desiring credit for the courses will follow the usual
registration procedure in effect at the University and will register in the
College of Special and Continuation Studies. The Dean of the Graduate
School will accept candidates for the M.A. degree in Speech subject to the
approval of the Speech Department. Any credits earned in the courses listed
below will carry full graduate credit and may be transferred to other
schools for credit toward the MA. or Ph.D. degree.
568
PROPOSED OFFERINGS
Speech 200. Thesis (3-6).
Speech 201. Special Problems (2-4).
Speech 210. Anatomy and Physiology of Speech and Hearing (3).
Speech 211. Advanced Clinical Practice (3).
Speech 212. Advanced Speech Pathology (3).
Speech 213. Speech Problems of the Hard of Hearing (3).
Speech 214. Clinical Audiometry (3).
Speech 215. Auditory Training (3).
Speech 216. Speech Reading (3).
Speech 217. Clinical Practice in the Selection of Hearing Aids (3).
Speech 218. Problems of Hearing and Deafness (3).
Proposed Program, 1949-1950
Fall, 1949-1950
Speech 200. Thesis
Speech 201. Special Problems.
Speech 213. Speech Problems of the Hard of Hearing.
Speech 214. Clinical Audiometry.
Speech 216. Speech Reading.
Spring, 1950
Speech 200. Thesis
Speech 201. Special Problems.
Speech 212. Advanced Speech Pathology.
Speech 215. Auditory Training.
Speech 217. Clinical Practice in the Selection of Prosthetic Appliances.
FORT GEORGE G. MEADE
Courses are given at Fort Meade in cooperation with the Troop Informa-
tion and Education Office at the post.
Summer, 1949
B. A. 160. Personnel Management (3).
Econ. 37. Fundamentals of Economics (3).
H. 6. History of American Civilization (3).
Math. 0. Basic Mathematics (0).
Fall, 1949-1950— Registration, Week of September 12, 1949
Spanish 1. Elementary Spanish (3).
G. & P. 106. American Foreign Relations (3).
Math. 10. Algebra (3).
M. S. 151. Military Logistics (3).
Psych. 121. Social Psychology (2).
PROPOSED OFFERINGS 569
Spring, 1950 — Registration, Week of January 30, 1950
B. A. 179. Problems in Supervision (3).
Spanish 2. Elementary Spanish (3).
Geol. 2. Engineering Geology (2).
G. & P. 154. Problems of World Politics (3).
Math. 11. Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry (3).
Soc. 115. Industrial Sociology (3).
GARRETT AND ALLEGANY COUNTIES, NIGHT MINING CLASSES
It is planned to continue the offering of night mining classes in various
localities in Garrett and Allegany Counties in 1949-1950, in cooperation with
the State Bureau of Mines.
HAGERSTOWN
Proposed Program, 1949-1950
Fall, 1949-1950 — Registration, First Class Meeting
Psych. 110. Educational Psychology (2).
Spring, 1950 — Registration, First Class Meeting
Ed. 215. Public Education in Maryland (2).
LA PLATA
Proposed Program, 1949-1950
Fall, 1949-1950 — Registration, First Class Meeting
Ed. 160. Educational Sociology — Introductory (2).
Spring, 1950 — Registration, First Class Meeting
H. 129. The United States and World Affairs (3).
THE PENTAGON
The Pentagon Center is operated in cooperation with the Army and Army
Air Force, Military District of Washington. Further information is avail-
able from either the Information and Education Branch in The Pentagon or
this College.
Proposed Program, 1949-1950
Summer, 1949 — Registration, June 1 and 2, 10 :00 a. m. to 6 :00 p. m.
Classes Begin June 6, End July 30
B. A. 160. Personnel Management (3).
B. A. 180. Business Law (4).
Econ. 37. Fundamentals of Economics (3).
G. & P. 101. International Political Relations (3).
H. 5. History of American Civilization (3).
H. 195. The Far East (3).
570 PROPOSED OFFERINGS
Math. 11. Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry (3).
Psych. 161. Psychological Techniques in Personnel Administration (2).
Soc. 114. The City (3).
Speech 101. Radio Speech (3).
Speech 102. Radio Production (3).
Speech 103, 104. Speech Composition and Rhetoric (2, 2).
Fall, 1949-1950— Registration, September 13-14, 1949
B. A. 179. Problems in Supervision (4).
B. A. 181. Business Law (4).
Dr. 1. Engineering Drawing (2). (On Campus.)
Eng. 3. Composition and World Literature (3).
French 1. Elementary French (3).
French 4. Intermediate Literary French (3).
Spanish 4. Intermediate Spanish (3).
Geog. 100. Regional Geography of the United States and Canada (3).
G. & P. 106. American Foreign Relations (3).
G. & P. 110. Public Administration (3).
H. 5, 6. History of American Civilization (3, 3).
H. 135. Constitutional History of the United States (3).
H. 145. Latin-American History (3).
Math. 0. Basic Mathematics (0).
Math. 10. Algebra (3).
M. S. 153. Military Policy of the United States (3).
Soc. 52. Criminology (3).
Speech 101. Radio Speech (3).
Speech 103, 104. Speech Compostion and Rhetoric (2, 2).
Surv. 1. Plane Surveying (2).
Spring, 1950 — Registration, January 31 and February 1, 1950
Agr. Eng. 102. Gas Engines, Tractors and Automobiles (3). (On
Campus.)
B. A. 160. Personnel Management (3).
Eng. 4. Composition and World Literature (3).
French 2. Elementary French (3).
French 5. Intermediate Literary French (3).
Spanish 5. Intermediate Spanish (3).
G. & P. 101. International Political Relations (3).
G. & P. 102. International Law (3).
H. 6. History of American Civilization (3).
H. 108. Social and Economic History of the United States Since 1900 (3).
H. 146. Latin- American History (3).
Math. 10. Algebra (3).
Math. 11. Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry (3).
M. S. 151. Military Logistics (3).
Soc. 121. Population (3).
PROPOSED OFFERINGS 671
Soc. 147. Sociology of Law (3).
Speech 101. Radio Speech (3).
Speech 103, 104. Speech Composition and Rhetoric (2, 2).
Surv. 2. Plane Surveying (2).
UNITED STATES NAVAL AIR BASE, PATUXENT RIVER
Course sequences in mathematics and electrical, mechanical, and aero-
nautical engineering for both undergraduates and graduate students have
been planned to cover approximately a three-year period. The sequences
are shown below.
Undergraduates
Math. 19. Mathematics Refresher (0). Spring and Summer, 1949
Math. 20, 21. Calculus (4, 2). Summer and Fall, 1949; Spring, 1950
E. E. 100. Alternating Current Circuits (6). Summer, 1950
E. E. 101. Engineering Electronics (3, 2). Fall, 1950; Spring, 1951
Math. 64. Differential Equations (3). Summer, 1951
For Graduates in Electrical Engineering
E. E. 104. Communication Circuits (3). Summer, 1948
E. E. 108. Electric Transients (3). Fall, 1948
E. E. 120. Electromagnetic Waves (3). Spring, 1949
E. E. 204, 205. Advanced Circuit Analysis (3, 3). Summer, 1949
Math. 132, 133. Advanced Mathematics for Engineers and
Physicists (3, 3). Spring, 1950
For Graduates in Mechanical Engineering
Math. 132, 133. Advanced Mathematics for Engineers and
Physicists (3,3). Spring, 1949; Fall, 1949
Aero. E. 200, 201. Advanced Aerodynamics (3, 3). (To follow Math.
133.)
M. E. 204, 205. Advanced Thermodynamics (3, 3). (To follow Aero.
E. 201.)
Aero. E. Aircraft Structures (3, 3). (To follow M. E. 205.)
Proposed Program, 1949-1950
Fall Registration, Week of September 12, 1949
Spring Registration, Week of January 30, 1949
Aero. E. 200, 201. Advanced Aerodynamics (3, 3).
Math. 20, 21. Calculus (2, 2).
Math. 132, 133. Advanced Mathematics for Engineers and Physicists
(3,3).
UNITED STATES NAVAL ORDNANCE LABORATORY
The Center at the Naval Ordnance Laboratory is set up for Navy Depart-
ment personnel in the Washington area. For the most part, courses at
572 PROPOSED OFFERINGS
this Center are of Graduate level. Additional information is available
through the Coordinator of Training Activities, whose office is at N. O. L.,
or this College.
Proposed Program, 1949-1950
Fall Registration, Week of September 12, 1949
Spring Registration, Week of January 30, 1949
E. E. 120. Electromagnetic Waves (3).
E. E. 201. Electromagnetic Theory (3).
E. E. 202, 203. Transients in Linear Systems (3, 3).
Math. 110, 111. Advanced Calculus (3, 3).
Math. 114. Differential Equations (3).
Math. 117. Fourier Series (3).
Math. 134. Vector Analysis (3).
Phys. 104, 105. Electricity and Magnetism (4, 2).
Phys. 200, 201. Introduction to Theoretical Physics (5, 5).
Phys. 204. Electrodynamics (4).
Phys. 224, 225. Supersonic Aerodynamics and Compressible Flow (2, 2).
Psy. 240, 241. Theory of Sound and Vibrations (2, 2).
UNITED STATES NAVAL RESEARCH LABORATORY
Courses under this program are designed primarily for Navy scientists
doing graduate study in the fields of chemistry, engineering, mathematics,
and physics, and are given in cooperation with the training division of
the Naval Research Laboratory.
Proposed Program, 1949-1950
Fall, 1949-1950— Regstration, Week of September 12, 1949
Chem. 205. Radiochemistry (2).
Chem. 239. Physical Techniques in Chemistry (2).
E. E. 100a. Alternating Current Circuits (3).
E. E. 101a. Electronics (4).
(Or Phys. 105.)
E. E. 201. Electromagnetic Theory (3).
E. E. 202. Operational Circuit Analysis (3).
E. E. 220. Electrical Engineering Research (Credit according to work
done).
Eng. 1. Composition and American Literature (3).
G. & P. 1. American Government (3).
Math. 114. Differential Equations (3).
Math. 132. Advanced Mathematics for Engineers and Physicists (3).
Math. 210. Functions of a Complex Variable (3).
Math. 230. Applied Mathematics (3).
(Or Mathematical Physics under the Physics Department.)
M. E. 200. Advanced Dynamics (3).
M. E. 202. Applied Elasticity (3).
PROPOSED OFFERINGS 573
Phys. 20. General Physics: Mechanics and Heat (5).
Phys. 100. Advanced Experiments.
Phys. 102. Optics (3).
Phys. 105. Vacuum Tubes (4).
Phys. 106. Theoretical Mechanics (3).
Phys. 120. Experimental Nuclear Physics (3).
Phys. 200. Theoretical Physics (5).
Phys. 212. Introduction to Quantum Mechanics (2).
Phys. 228. The Electron (3).
Phys. 230. Seminar (1).
Phys. 236. Theory of Relativity (3).
Phys. 242. Theory of Solids (2).
Phys. 250. Research (Credit according to work done).
Spring, 1950 — Registration Week of January 30, 1950
Chem. 101. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (2).
Chem. 303. Electrochemistry (3).
E. E. 100b. Alternating Current Circuits (4).
E. E. 114. Applied Electronics (4).
(Or Phys. 108.)
E. E. 203. Operational Circuit Analysis (3).
E. E. 206. Ultra High Frequency Techniques (4).
E. E. 220. Electrical Engineering Research (Credit according to work
done).
E. E. 235. Tensor Analysis (3).
(Or Math. 227.)
Eng. 2. Composition and American Literature (3).
Math. 103. Introduction to Modern Algebra (3).
Math. 133. Advanced Mathematics for Engineers and Physicists (3).
Math. 134. Vector Analysis (3).
Math. 211. Functions of a Complex Variable (3).
Math. 22F. Tensor Analysis (3).
(Or E. E. 235.)
Math. 231. Applied Mathematics (3).
(Or Mathematical Physics under Physics Department.)
M. E. 201. Advanced Dynamics (3).
M. E. 203. Applied Elasticity (3).
Phys. 21. General Physics: Sound, Optics, Magnetism and Electricity (5).
Phys. 100. Advanced Experiments.
Phys. 107. Theoretical Mechanics (3).
Phys. 121. Experimental Nuclear Physics (3).
Phys. 201. Theoretical Physics (5).
Phys. 204. Electrodynamics (4).
Phys. 206. Physical Optics (3).
Phys. 213. Introduction to Quantum Mechanics (2).
Phys. 229. The Electron (3).
574 PROPOSED OFFERINGS
Phys. 230. Seminar (1).
Phys. 238. Quantum Theory— Selected Topics (3).
Phys. 243. Theory of Solids (2).
Phys. 250. Research (Credit according to work done).
Speech 7. Public Speaking (2).
WILSON TEACHERS COLLEGE
With the permission of officials of the Public School System of the Dis-
trict of Columbia, courses in geography and kindergarten education will
be held at Wilson Teachers College. Registration for both groups of
students will be held concurrently, in the fall on September 22, 1949, and in
the spring, on February 7, 1950.
Geography — Proposed Program, 1949-1950
Fall, 1949-1950
Geog. 30. Principles of Physical Geography (3).
Geog. 90. Problems of Cartographic Procedure (3).
Geog. 150. Problems of Map Evaluation I (3). (Library of Congress.)
Geog. 154. Elementary Toponymy (3). (Fall or spring, 1949-1950.)
Spring, 1950 — Registration, Week of February 7, 1950
Geog. 31. Problems of Cartographic Representation (3).
Geog. 151. Problems of Map Evaluation II (3). (Library of Congress.)
Geog. 210. Seminar in Cartography (Credit to be arranged). (On
Campus.)
Kindergarten Education — Proposed Program, 1949-1950
Fall, 1949-1950
C. Ed. 110. Child Development Laboratory IV (2).
C. Ed. 116. Creative Expression through Music (2).
Spring, 1950
C. Ed. 117. Creative Expression through Art and Literature (2).
C. Ed. 162. The Child in the Home and School (2).
COLLEGE OF SPECIAL AND CONTINUATION STUDIES 575
SECTION IV
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Below are listed by departments or special units, the courses to be offered
in the academic year 1949-1950 through the College of Special and Continua-
tion Studies.
Credit courses are from the regular listings in the 1949-1950 General
Catalog of the University.
Courses are designated by numbers as follows:
1 to 99 : Courses for undergraduates.
100 to 199: Courses for advanced undergraduates and graduates. (Not
all courses numbered 100 to 199 may be taken for graduate credit.)
200 to 299: Courses for graduates only.
A course with a single number extends through one semester. A course
with a double number extends through two semesters.
Courses not otherwise designated are lecture courses. The number of
hours' credit is shown by the arabic numeral in parentheses after the title
of the course.
A separate schedule of courses is issued each semester, giving the hours,
places of meeting, and other information required by the student in making
out his program. Students obtain these schedules when they register or
through prior request to the office of the College of Special and Continuation
Studies.
AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
Aero. E. 200, 201. Advanced Aerodynamics (3, 3). Prerequisites, Aero.
E. 101, 102, Math. 64.
Special problems in performance and stability of aircraft. Design of
aircraft for speeds approaching the velocity of sound. Wind tunnel research.
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING
Agr. Engr. 102. Gas Engines, Tractors and Automobiles (3).
A study of the design, operation, and repair of the internal combustion
engines, tractors, and automobiles used in farm practice.
ART
Art 9. Historical Survey of Painting, Sculpture and Architecture (3).
An understanding of the epochs in the advance of civilization as expressed
through painting, sculpture and architecture. A background to more de-
tailed study.
576 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
BACTERIOLOGY
Bact. 1. General Bacteriology (4).
The physiology, culture and differentiation of bacteria. Fundamental
principles of microbiology in relation to man and his environment. Labora-
tory fee, $10.00.
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
B. A. 20. Principles of Accounting (4). Required in all Business Adminis-
tration curriculums. Prerequisite, Sophomore standing.
The fundamental principles and problems involved in accounting for
proprietorships, corporations and partnerships.
B. A. 130. Elements of Business Statistics (3). Prerequisite, Junior
standing. Required for graduation.
This course is devoted to a study of the fundamentals of statistics.
Emphasis is placed upon the collection of data; hand and machine tabu-
lation; graphic charting; statistical distribution; averages; index numbers;
sampling; elementary tests of reliability; and simple correlations.
B. A. 140. Financial Management (3). Prerequisite, Econ. 140.
This course deals with the principles and practices involved in the organ-
ization, financing, and reconstruction of corporations; the various types of
securities and their use in raising funds, apportioning income, risk, and
control; intercorporate relations; and new developments. Emphasis on
solution of problems of financial policy faced by management.
B. A. 144 Life, Group, and Social Insurance (2). Prerequisite, Econ. 32
or 37.
A study of the types of life insurance and the basic principles underlying
all life insurance relating to reserves, investments, premiums, and regu-
lations.
B. A. 160. Personnel Management (3). Prerequisite, Econ. 160.
This course deals essentially with functional and administrative relation-
ships between management and the labor force. It comprises a survey
of the scientific selection of employees, "in-service" training, job analysis,
classification and rating, motivation of employees, employee adjustment,
wage incentives, employee discipline and techniques of supervision, and
elimination of employment hazards.
B. A. 162. Contemporary Trends in Labor Relations (3). Prerequisite,
B. A. 160.
A study of contemporary trends in society's effort through legislation,
mediation, and other methods to bring about a harmonious relationship
between labor and management. Laws and court decisions affecting labor
relations are given some consideration.
B. A. 164. Labor Legislation and Court Decisions (3). Prerequisite,
B. A. 160 and senior standing.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 577
B. A. 167. Job Evaluation and Merit Rating (2). Prerequisite, B. A. 160.
The investigation of the leading job evaluation plans used in industry,
study of the development and administrative procedures, analyzing jobs and
writing job descriptions, setting up a job evaluation plan, and relating job
evaluation to pay scales. Study of various employee merit rating pro-
grams, the methods of merit rating, and the uses of merit rating.
B. A. 169. Industrial Management (3). Prerequisites, B. A. 11 and 160.
Studies the operation of a manufacturing enterprise. Among the topics
covered are product development, plant location, plant layout, production
planning and control, methods analysis, time study, job analysis, budgetary
control, standard costs, and problems of supervision. An inspection trip
to a large manufacturing plant is made at the latter part of the semester.
B. A. 179. Problems in Supervision (3). Prerequisite, B. A. 169.
A case study course of supervisory problems divided into difficulties with
subordinates, with associates, and with superiors. The purposes of the
course are to apply general principles of industrial management to concrete
cases and to extract principles from a study of cases.
B. A. 180, 181. Business Law (4, 4). Prerequisite, senior standing. Re-
quired in all Business Administration curriculums.
Legal aspects of business relationships, contracts, negotiable instru-
ments, agency, partnerships, corporations, real and personal property, and
sales.
CHEMISTRY
Chem. 5. Introductory Qualitative Analysis (3). Prerequisite, Chem. 3.
Chem. 19. Quantitative Analysis (4). Prerequisites, Chem. 1, 3. Labora-
tory fee, $10.00.
Chem. 101. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (2). Prerequisites, Chem. 23,
37, 38.
Chem. 142, 144. Advanced Organic Laboratory (2, 2). Prerequisites,
Chem. 19 or 23, and Chem. 37, 38.
Syntheses and the quantitative determination of carbon and hydrogen,
halogen, and nitrogen are studied. Laboratory fee, $10.00.
Chem. 146, 148. The Identification of Organic Compounds (2, 2). Pre-
requisites, Chem. 141, 143.
The systematic identification of organic compounds.
Chem. 201, 203. The Chemistry of the Rarer Elements (2, 2). (Offered
1948-1949.)
Chem. 205. Radiochemistry (2).
Chem. 239. Physical Techniques in Chemistry (2).
A survey of the tools available for the solution of chemical problems by
means of physical techniques.
578 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Chem. 261. Advanced Biochemistry (2). Prerequisites, Chem. 141, 143,
or consent of the instructor.
Chem. 262. Advanced Biochemistry Laboratory (2). Prerequisite, con-
sent of the instructor. Laboratory fee, $10.00.
Chem. 285. Colloid Chemistry (2).
Chem. 303. Electrochemistry (3).
CHILD DEVELOPMENT
C. Ed. 110. Child Development IV (3). First and second semesters.
A study of the developmental growth of the child from birth to five
years; observation in the nursery school. Designed for students in other
colleges. Laboratory fee, $1.00.
C. Ed. 116, 117. Creative Expression; Art, Music, Dance (2-3, 2-3).
Creative experience in the arts on the level of the student; correlation
of the arts as related to the abilities of the child in terms of his develop-
ment.
COLLEGE AIMS
C. A. 1, 2. College Aims (1, 1).
This course is primarily aimed at orienting new students in the College
of Special and Continuation Studies toward the practice of efficient study
techniques. It will be concerned with such topics as: 1. How to study and
develop higher level work skills; 2. Diagnosing and remedying skill dis-
abilities; 3. Handling problem area which distracts students from their
studies.
DRAWING
Dr. 1, 2. Engineering Drawing (2, 2). Required of engineering freshmen.
Lettering, use of instruments, orthographic projection, auxiliary views,
revolution, sections, pictorial representation, dimensioning, fasteners, tech-
nical sketching and working drawings.
ECONOMICS
Econ. 31, 32. Principles of Economics (3, 3). Prerequisite, sophomore
standing. Required in the Business Administration Curriculums.
A general analysis of the functioning of the economic system. A con-
siderable portion of the course is devoted to a study of basic concepts and
explanatory principles. The remainder deals with the major problems of
the economic system.
Econ. 37. Fundamentals of Economics (3). Not open to students who
have credit in Econ. 31, and 32. Not open to freshmen.
A survey study of the general principles underlying economic activity.
Designed to meet the needs of special technical groups such as students of
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 579
Engineering, Home Economics, Agriculture and others who are unable to
take the more complete course provided in Economics 31 and 32.
Econ. 131. Comparative Economic Systems (3). Prerequisite, Econ. 32
or 37.
An investigation of the theory and practice of various types of economic
systems. The course begins with an examination and evaluation of the
capitalistic system, and is followed by an analysis of alternative types of
economic systems such as fascism, socialism, and communism.
Econ. 134. Contemporary Economic Thought (3). Prerequisite, Econ. 32.
A survey of recent trends in American, English, and Continental eco-
nomic thought with special attention being given to the work of such
economists as W. C. Mitchell, J. R. Commons, T. Veblen, W. Sombart, J. A.
Hobson, and other contributors to the development of economic thought
since 1900.
Econ. 150. Marketing Principles and Organization (3). Prerequisite,
Econ. 32 or 37.
This is an introductory course in the field of marketing. Its purpose is
to give a general understanding and appreciation of the forces operating,
institutions employed, and methods followed in marketing agricultural prod-
ucts, natural products, services, and manufactured goods.
Econ. 160. Labor Economics (3). Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37.
The historical development and chief characteristics of the American labor
movement are first surveyed. Present-day problems are then examined in
detail: wage theories, unemployment, social security, labor organization,
collective bargaining.
EDUCATION
Ed. 102. History of Education in the United States (2).
A study of the origins and development of the chief features of the
present system of education in the United States.
Ed. 106. Comparative Education — Latin American (2).
This course is a continuation of Ed. 105, with emphasis upon the national
educational systems of the Western Hemisphere.
Ed. 110. The Teacher and School Administration (2).
This course is designed to acquaint the classroom teacher with the general
field of school administration. It considers the relationships of the teacher
to the several administrative and supervisory officials and services in the
system, with emphasis on the teacher's role in the organization.
Ed. 126. The Elementary School Curriculum (2).
A study of important developments in elementary education with par-
ticular attention to methods and materials which may be used to improve
the development of pupils in elementary schools. Problems which are
encountered in day-to-day teaching situations receive much attention.
580 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
*Ed. 130. Theory of the Junior High School (2).
This course gives a general overview of the junior high school. It in-
cludes consideration of the purposes, functions, and characteristics of this
school unit; a study of its population, organization, program of studies,
methods, staff, and other similar topics, together with their implications for
prospective teachers.
*Ed. 131. Theory of the Senior High School (2).
The secondary school population; the school as an instrument of society;
relation of the secondary school to other schools; aims of secondary educa-
tion; curriculum and methods; extra-curricular activities; guidance and
placement; teacher certification and employment in Maryland and the
District of Columbia.
Ed. 144. Materials and Procedure for the Junior High School Core Cur-
riculum (2).
This course is designed to bring practical suggestions to teachers who
are in charge of core classes in junior high schools. Materials and teaching
procedures for specific units of work are stressed.
Ed. 151. Remedial Reading Instruction (2).
Causes for reading disabilities; diagnostic techniques; and corrective
methods are studied. Instructional materials are evaluated. The course
is designed for both elementary and secondary school teachers.
Ed. 160. Educational Sociology — Introductory (2).
This course deals with data of the social sciences which are germane to
the work of teachers. Consideration is given to implications of democratic
ideology for educational endeavor, educational tasks imposed by changes
in population and technological trends, the welfare status of pupils, the
socio-economic attitudes of individuals who control the schools, and other
elements of community background which have significance in relation
to schools.
Ed. 162. Mental Hygiene in the Classroom (2).
The practical application of the principles of mental hygiene to class-
room problems.
Ed. 163, 164, 165. Community Study Laboratory I, II and III (2, 2, 2).
Ed. 203. Problems in Higher Education (2).
A study of present problems in higher education.
Ed. 210. The Organization and Administration of Public Education (2).
The basic course is school administration. The course deals with the
organization and administration of school systems— at the local, state, and
federal levels; and with the administrative relationships involved.
* Credit is accepted for Ed. 130 or Ed. 131, but not for both courses.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 581
Ed. 215. Public Education in Maryland (2).
A study of Maryland Public School system with special reference to
school law.
Ed. 219. Seminar in School Administration (2).
Ed. 223. Practicum in Personnel Relationships (2-6).
Study of personnel relationships. Opportunities are provided for students
to work with groups of laymen or school staff members on local school
problems.
Ed. 225. School Public Relations (2).
A study of the relationships between the public school as a social institu-
tion and the community of which it is a part. This course deals with the
agents who participate in the interpretative process; with propaganda and
the schools; with the P. T. A. and the other lay supervisory groups, and with
such means of publicity as the newspaper, radio, and school publications.
Ed. 250. Analysis of the Individual (2).
This course is concerned with considering policies for adjusting the school
to the pupil; using the school's special services — attendance, health guidance
— and records, reports, tests and inventories to promote a better under-
standing of the individual. Interpretation and use of data are stressed.
Ed. 269. Seminar in Guidance (2).
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
E. E. 100. Alternating-Current Circuits (6). Prerequisites, Phys. 20, 21;
Math. 20, 21; E. E. 1. Required of juniors in electrical engineering.
Single- and polyphase-circuit analysis under sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal
conditions of operation. Harmonic analysis by the Fourier series method.
Theory and operation of mutually-coupled circuits. Elementary symmetrical
components.
E. E. 101. Engineering Electronics (6). Prerequisite, E. E. 100. Re-
quired of juniors in electrical engineering.
Theory and applications of electron tubes and associated circuits with em-
phasis on equivalent circuit analysis of audio amplifiers, reactance tubes,
feedback amplifiers, oscillators, and detectors.
E. E. 104. Communication Circuits (3). Prerequisites, E. E. 60 and 100.
Required of juniors in electrical engineering.
Long-line theory applied to audio-frequency and ultra-high-frequency
systems. Elements of filter theory; impedance matching; Maxwell's equa-
tions in rectangular and cylindrical coordinates and in scalar notation; ele-
ments of rectangular and circular wave guide theory.
E. E. 108. Electric Transients (3). Prerequisite, E. E. 101.
582 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Current, voltage, and power transients in lumped-parameter networks.
Transient phenomena in sweep circuits, multi-vibrators, and inverters. Ele-
ments of square-wave testing.
E. E. 114. Applied Electronics (3). Prerequisite, E. E. 101. Senior
elective.
Detectors and discriminators; oscillators; gas tube characteristics and
associated circuits; photoelectric tubes and associated circuits; vacuum-tube
instruments.
E. E. 120. Electromagnetic Waves (3). Prerequisite, senior standing
in electrical engineering or physics and "B" average in mathematics.
Basic mathematical theory of electromagnetic wave propagation employ-
ing Maxwell's equations in vector form and in generalized coordinates;
application to wave-guide transmission; concept of retarded magnetic vector
potential and its application to dipole radiation. Required of M.S. degree
candidates in electrical engineering.
E. E. 200. Symmetrical Components (3). Prerequisite, E. E. 103.
Application of the method of symmetrical components to synchronous
generators, transmission lines, transformers, static loads possessing mutual
coupling, and induction motor loads. Methods of calculating positive, nega-
tive, and zero sequence reactances of transmission lines. Complete network
solution in terms of symmetrical components and comparison of these solu-
tions with that obtained by classical methods. Methods of measuring posi-
tive, negative, and zero sequence reactances of synchronous generators.
E. E. 201. Electromagnetic Theory (3). Prerequisite, E. E. 120.
Theoretical analysis and engineering applications of Laplace's, Poisson's,
Maxwell's equations. Required of M.S. degree candidates in electrical
engineering.
E. E. 202, 203. Transients in Linear Systems (3, 3). Prerequisite, under-
graduate major in electrical engineering, mechanical engineering, or physics.
Operational circuit analysis; the Fourier integral, transient analysis of
electrical and mechanical systems and vacuum tube circuits by the Laplace
transformer method. Required of M.S. degree candidates in electrical en-
gineering.
E. E. 204, 205. Advanced Circuit Analysis (3, 3). Prerequisites, under-
graduate major in either physics or electrical engineering.
The wave character of the steady-state, long-line solutions; attenuation
and phase characteristics; phase and group velocities; four-terminal net-
work theory matrix algebra applied to network theory; conventional filter
theory.
E. E. 206, 207. Ultra High-Frequency Techniques (3, 3). Prerequisite,
E. E. 201.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 583
Basic consideration in solving field problems by differential equations;
circuit concepts and their validity at high frequency; propagation and re-
flection of electromagnetic waves; guided electromagnetic waves; high-
frequency oscillators and tubes; radiation engineering.
E. E. 235. Applications of Tensor Analysis (3). Prerequisite, E. E. 202.
The mathematical background of tensor notation which is applicable to
electrical engineering problems. Applications of tensor analysis to electric
circuit theory and to field theory.
E. E. 250. Electrical Engineering Research. Prerequisite, approved
application for candidacy to the degree of Master of Science or Doctor of
Philosophy in electrical engineering. Six semester hours of credit in E. E.
250 are required of M.S. degree candidates and a minimum of twelve semes-
ter hours are required of Ph.D. candidates.
A thesis covering an approved research problem and written in con-
formity with the regulations of the Graduate School is a partial requirement
for either the degree of Master of Science or the degree of Doctor of
Philosophy in electrical engineering.
ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Eng. 1, 2. Composition and American Literature (3, 3). Required of
freshmen. Prerequisite, three units of high school English.
Grammar, rhetoric, and the mechanics of writing; frequent themes. Read-
ings will be in American literature.
Eng. 3, 4. Composition and World Literature (3, 3). Prerequisite, Eng.
1, 2. Eng 3, 4, or Eng. 5, 6, or some combination of the two required of
sophomores.
Practice in composition. An introduction to world literature, foreign
classics being read in translation.
Eng. 7. Technical Writing (2). Prerequisite, Eng. 1, 2.
For students desiring practice in writing reports, technical essays, or
popular essays on technical subjects.
Eng. 140. The English Novel — Victorian Period (3).
The development of the novel; readings in the major novelists of the
period.
Eng. 145. The Modern Novel (3).
Major English and American novelists of the twentieth century.
FOREIGN LANGUAGES
French
French 1, 2. Elementary French (3, 3). Students who offer two units
in French for entrance, but whose preparation is not adequate for second-
year French, receive half credit for this course.
584 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Elements of grammar; pronunciation and conversation; exercises in com-
position and translation.
French 4, 5. Intermediate Literary French (3, 3). Prerequisite, French
1 and 2 or equivalent. Second-year French for students interested in litera-
ture or in fields related to literature. Students who expect to do major
or minor work in French are required, however, to take French 17 in place
of the second semester of this course.
Translation; conversation; exercises in pronunciation. Reading of texts
designed to give some knowledge of French life, thought, and culture.
Spanish
Spanish 1, 2. Elementary Spanish (3, 3).
Students who offer two units in Spanish for entrance, but whose prepara-
tion is not adequate for second-year Spanish, receive half credit for this
course.
Spanish 4, 5. Intermediate Spanish (3, 3). Prerequisite, Spanish 1, 2, or
equivalent. Students who do major or minor work in Spanish are advised
to take Spanish 17 in place of the second semester of this course.
Translation, grammar review, exercise in pronunciation. Reading of
texts designed to give some knowledge of Spanish and Latin-American
life, thought, and culture.
GEOGRAPHY
Geog. 30. Principles of Physical Geography (3).
A systematic study of the physical features of the earth's surface, in-
cluding subordinate land forms. The course is designed to give an under-
standing of major physiographic processes and of the genesis of various
types of land forms.
Geog. 31. Problems of Cartographic Representation (3). Two hours lec-
ture and two hours laboratory a week. Prerequisite, Geog. 20 and 30, or
equivalent.
Introduction to theory of projections. Study of principles and problems
of representation of natural features according to map scales, and of gen-
eralization and symbolization; also of classification, representation, and
generalization of cultural features, including place-name selection.
Geog. 90. Problems of Cartographic Procedure (3). Two hours lecture
and two hours laboratory a week. Prerequisite, Geog. 30.
Study of compilation methods and their relationship to drafting and
reproduction methods, including basic concepts of compilation, criteria used
in the selection of methods of transfer, relationships of reproduction methods
to the degree of accuracy, drafting methods in compilation and in color-
separation work, and analysis of type styles and their uses.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 585
Geog. 100. Regional Geography of the United States and Canada (3).
Prerequisites, Geog. 1, 2, or Geog. 60, 61, or permission of instructor.
The climate, land forms, soils and minerals, forests, agriculture, indus-
tries, and commerce; the people and their occupations, by regions. Several
all-day field trips are required.
Geog. 130, 131. Economic and Political Geography of Southern and
Eastern Asia (3, 3).
A study of China, Japan, India, Burma, Indo-China and the Dutch East
Indies; natural resources, population, and economic activities. Compari-
sons of physical and human potentialities or major regions and of their
economic, social, and political development.
Geog. 150. Problems of Map Evaluation I — Topographic Maps (3). Two
hours lecture and two hours laboratory a week. Prerequisite, Geog. 30.
Review of status of topographic mapping with consideration of important
schools of topographic concepts and practices. Theoretical and practical
means of determining map reliability and utility, including studies of map
coverage. Emphasis on methods of preparation of data for compilation
purposes, including a study of types of source materials. Methods of map
cataloging and bibliography are given brief consideration.
Geog. 151. Problems of Map Evaluation II — Non-topographic Special-use
Maps (3). Two hours lecture and two hours laboratory a week. Prerequi-
site, Geog. 150.
Deals exclusively with non-topographic special-use types of maps such
as military-geographic, military-geologic, climatic, pedologic, isogonic, eco-
nomic, water supply, terrain appreciaton maps, etc.
Geog. 160. Elementary Toponymy (3). Prerequisite, Geog. 30 and one
foreign language.
Problems of place-name analysis as related to cartography, especially
those involved in making and interpreting foreign maps, the language as-
pects of gazeteers and the problems of compilation of cartographic diction-
aries. The course will close with a review of the linguistic aspects of air
charts, hydrographic charts, and the International Map of the World.
Geog. 210. Seminar in Cartography (Credit to be arranged). (On
Campus.)
The historical and mathematical background of cartographic concepts,
practices and problems, and the various philosophical and practical ap-
proaches to cartography. Discussions will be supplemented by the pre-
sentation of specific cartographic problems investigated by the students.
GEOLOGY
Geol. 2. Engineering Geology (2).
The fundamentals of geology with engineering applications.
586 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS
G. & P. 1. American Government (3).
This course is designed as the basic course in government for the Ameri-
can Civilization program, and it or its equivalent is a prerequisite to all
other courses in the Department. It is a comprehensive study of govern-
ments in the United States and of their adjustment to changing social and
economic conditions.
G. & P. 101. International Political Relations (3). Prerequisite, G. & P. 1.
A study of the principles governing international intercourse in times of
influence of geography, climate, nationalism, and imperialism, and the
development of international organization, with emphasis on the United
Nations.
G. & P. 102. International Law (3). Prerequisite, G. & P. 1.
A study of the major factors underlying international relations, the
peace and war, as illustrated in texts and cases.
G. & P. 106. American Foreign Relations (3). Prerequisite, G. & P. 1.
The principles and machinery of the conduct of American foreign rela-
tions, with emphasis on the Department of State and the Foreign Service,
and analysis of the major foreign policies of the United States.
G. & P. 110. Principles of Public Administration (3). Prerequisite,
G. & P. 1.
A study of public administration in the United Stales, giving special
attention to the principles of organization and management and to fiscal,
personnel, planning, and public relations practices.
G. & P. 142. Recent Political Theory (3). Prerequisite, G. & P. 1.
A study of nineteenth and twentieth century political thought, with special
emphasis on recent theories of socialism, .communism, fascism.
G. & P. 154. Problems of World Politics (3). Prerequisite, G. & P. 1.
A study of governmental problems of international scope, such as causes
of war, problems of neutrality, and propaganda. Students are required
to report on readings from current literature.
HISTORY
H. 5, 6. History of American Civilization (3, 3). Required for gradua-
tion of all students who enter the University after 1944-45. Normally to be
taken in the sophomore year.
H. 108. Social and Economic History of the United States Since 1900 (3).
Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent.
A study of the outstanding social and economic problems and of the cul-
tural changes of twentieth century America.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 587
H. 129 The United States and World Affairs (3). Prerequisites, H. 5, 6,
or the equivalent.
A consideration of the changed position of the United States with refer-
ence to the rest of the world since 1917.
H. 135, 136. Constitutional History of the United States (3, 3). Prerequi-
sites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent.
A study of the historical forces resulting in the formation of the Con-
stitution, and the development of American constitutionalism in theory and
practice thereafter.
(If the demand is sufficient, H. 136 will be offered in the Summer of
1950.)
H. 141, 142. History of Maryland (3, 3). Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the
equivalent.
First semester, a survey of the political, social and economic history of
colonial Maryland. Second semester, Maryland's historical development and
role as a state in the American Union.
H. 145, 146 Latin- American History (3, 3). Prerequisites, 6 hours of
fundamental courses.
A survey of the history of Latin America from colonial origins to the
present, covering political, cultural, economic, and social development, with
special emphasis upon relations with the United States.
H. 175, 176. Europe in the World Setting of the Twentieth Century (3, 3).
Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 3, 4.
A study of political, economic, and cultural developments in twentieth
century Europe with special emphasis on the factors involved in the two
World Wars and their global impacts and significance.
H. 186. History of the British Empire (3). Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or
H. 3, 4.
The rise of the Second British Empire and the solution of the problem of
responsible self-government, 1783-1867; the evolution of the British Empire
into a Commonwealth of Nations, and the development and problems of the
dependent Empire.
H. 191. History of Russia (3). Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or the equivalent.
A history of Russia from the earliest times to the present day.
H. 193. History of the Near East (3). Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 3, 4.
A study of the Balkans and of Turkey from earliest times to the present.
H. 195. The Far East (3).
A survey of the institutional, cultural and political aspects of the history
of China and Japan, and a consideration of present-day problems of the
Pacific area.
588 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
HUMAN DEVELOPMENT
H. D. Ed. 102, 103, 104. Child Development Laboratory I, II and HI
(2, 2, 2). Prerequisite, General or Educational Psychology or any course in
Human Development.
This course involves the direct study of children throughout the school
year. Each participant gathers a wide body of information about an indi-
vidual; presents the accumulating data from time to time to the study
group for criticism and group analysis, and writes an interpretation of the
dynamics underlying the child's learning, behavior and development.
INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION
Ind. Ed. 10. Art Crafts II (2).
Art Crafts II offers work experiences in model building, ceramics, graphic
arts, and paper construction. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Ind. Ed. 108. Electricity III (2). Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 28, or equivalent,
principles of electricity.
Experimental development of apparatus and equipment for teaching the
principles of electricity.
Ind. Ed. 150. Training Aids Development (2).
Study of the aids in common use as to their source and application.
Special Emphasis is placed on principles to be observed in making aids
useful to shop teachers. Actual making and application of such an aid
will be required.
Ind. Ed. 164. Shop Organization and Management (2).
This course covers the basic elements of organizing and managing an
Industrial Education program including the selection of equipment and the
arrangement of the shop.
Ind. Ed. 168. Trade or Occupational Analysis (2).
Provides a working knowledge of occupational and job analysis which
is basic in organizing Industrial Education courses of study. This course
should precede Ind. Ed. 169.
Ind. Ed. 214. School Shop Planning and Equipment Selection (2).
This course deals with principles involved in planning a school shop and
provides opportunities for applying these principles. Facilities required
in the operation of a satisfactory shop program are catalogued and appraised.
Ind. Ed. 216. Supervision of Industrial Arts (2).
MATHEMATICS
Math. 0. Basic Mathematics (0). Required of students who fail the
qualifying examination for Math. 5 or 10.
The fundamental principles of algebra.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 589
Math. 10. Algebra (3). Prerequisite, one unit each of algebra and plane
geometry. Open to biological, premedical, predental, and general Arts and
Science students.
Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions, linear equations, exponents
and radicals, logarithms, quadratic equations, variation, binominal theorem,
theory of equations.
Math. 11. Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry (3). Prerequisite, Math.
10, or equivalent. Open to biological, premedical, predental, and general
Arts and Science students. This course not recommended for students plan-
ning to enroll in Math. 20.
Trigonometric functions, identities, addition formulas, solution of tri-
angles, coordinates, locus problems, the straight line and circle, conic sec-
tions, graphs.
Math. 17. Analytic Geometry (4). Prerequisite, Math. 14 and 15, or
equivalent. Open to students in engineering, education, and the physical
sciences.
Coordinates, locus problems, the straight line and circle, graphs, trans-
formation of coordinates, conic sections, parametric equations, transcen-
dental equations, solid analytic geometry.
Math. 19. Mathematics Refresher (0). (Equivalent of 4 credits.)
Review of trigonometric functions, identities, the radian, graphs, addition
formulas, solution of triangles, trigonometric equations; and, review of co-
ordinates, locus problems, the straight line and circle, graphs, transforma-
tion of coordinates, conic sections, parametric equations, transcendental equa-
tions, solid analytic geometry.
Math. 20, 21. Calculus (4, 4). Prerequisite, Math. 17, or equivalent. Open
to students in engineering, education and the physical sciences.
Limits, derivatives, differentials, maxima and minima, curve sketching,
rates, curvature, kinematics, integration with geometric and physical appli-
cations, partial derivatives, space geometry, multiple integrals, infinite
series.
Math. 64. Differential Equations for Engineers (3). Prerequisite, Math.
21, or equivalent. Required of students in mechanical and electrical engi-
neering.
Ordinary and partial differential equations of the first and second order
with emphasis on their engineering applications.
Math. 103. Introduction to Modern Algebra (3). Prerequisite, Math. 20,
21, or equivalent.
Linear dependence, matrices, groups, vector spaces.
Math. 110, 111. Advanced Calculus (3, 3). Prerequisite, Math. 20, 21,
or equivalent.
590 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Limits, continuous functions, differentiation and integration with appli-
cation to mechanics, infinite series, Fourier series, functions of several
variables, differential equations with applications to mechanics and physics,
multiple integrals, the theorems of Gauss and Stokes, the calculus of
variations.
Math. 114, 115. Differential Equations (3, 3). Prerequisite, Math. 20, 21,
or equivalent.
Ordinary differential equations, symbolic methods, successive approxi-
mations, solutions in series, orthogonal functions, Bessel functions, Stur-
mian theory. Partial differential equations of first and second order,
characteristics, boundary value problems, Pfaffians, systems of equations,
applications.
Math. 116. Introduction to Complex Variable Theory (3). Prerequisite,
Math. 20, 21, or equivalent. Open to students of engineering and the physical
sciences. Graduate students of mathematics should enroll in Math 210, 211.
Fundamental operations in complex numbers, differentiation and inte-
gration, analytic functions, conformal mapping, residue theory, power
series.
Math. 117. Fourier Series (3). Prerequisite, Math. 114, or equivalent.
Representation of functions by series of orthogonal functions. Applica-
tions to the solution of boundary value problems of some partial differential
equations of physics and engineering.
Math. 132, 133. Advanced Mathematics for Engineers and Physicists (3,
3). Prerequisite, Math. 64, or equivalent.
Designed to introduce the student to advanced mathematical methods and
their applications to problems arising in the fields of aeronautical, elec-
trical and mechanical engineering, and in the physical sciences.
Math. 134. Vector Analysis (3). Prerequisite, Math. 20, 21, or equivalent.
Vector algebra with applications to geometry and mechanics.
Math. 139. Operational Calculus (3). Prerequisite, Math. 64, or equiva-
lent. Intended for students of engineering and physics.
Operational solutions of ordinary and partial differential equations.
Fourier and Laplace transforms.
Math. 154, 155. Applications of Statistics (3, 3). Prerequisites, Math. 20,
21, or equivalent.
This course is intended for those who desire a working knowledge of
statistical methods without going into the finer points of the mathematical
theory. Tools of probability theory, testing hypotheses, power of tests,
tests of goodness of fit, estimation, design of experiments, moments, curve
fitting, regression, and correlation.
Math. 210, 211. Functions of a Complex Variable (3, 3). Prerequisite,
advanced calculus.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 591
Complex numbers, infinite series, Cauchy-Riemann equations, conformal
mapping, complex integral, the Cauchy theory, the Weierstrass theory,
Riemann surfaces, algebraic functions, periodic and elliptic functions, the
theorems of Weierstrass and Mittag-Leffler.
Math. 227. Tensor Analysis (3). Prerequisites, advanced calculus and
differential equations.
Algebra and calculus of tensors, Riemannian Geometry and its extensions,
differential invariants, applications to physics and engineering, the theory
of relativity.
Math. 230, 231. Applied Mathematics (3, 3). Prerequisite, advanced
calculus and differential equations.
The subject material for this course will be chosen from the fields of
dynamics, elasticity, hydro-dynamics.
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
M. E. 200, 201. Advanced Dynamics (3, 3). Prerequisites, Mech. 52;
Math. 64; M. E. 107; M. E. 109
Mechanics of machinery. Dynamic forces. Balancing of rotating parts.
Vibrations and vibration damping. Critical speeds.
M. E. 202, 203. Applied Elasticity (3, 3). Prerequisite, Mech. 52; Math.
64; M. E. 107.
Advanced methods in structural and experimental stress analysis. Ad-
vanced strength of materials involving beam problems, curved bars, thin
plates and shells, buckling of bars, plates and shells, etc. Advanced work
in stress concentrations, plastic deformations, etc., and problems involving
instability of structures.
M. E. 204, 205. Advanced Thermodynamics and Heat Transfer (3, 3).
Prerequisites, M. E. 101, 104, 105; Math. 64.
Advanced problems in thermodynamics on compression of gases and
liquids, combustion and equilibrium, humidification and refrigeration and
availibility. Problems in advanced heat transfer covering the effect of
radiation, conduction, and convection, steady and unsteady flow, evapora-
tion and condensation.
MILITARY SCIENCE AND TACTICS
M. S. 151. Military Logistics (3).
A study of organization, troop movements by Motor, Rail, Air, Water.
Evacuation replacements and prisoner of war, characteristics of materiel,
supply. Staff, procedure to include organization, duties, and actions.
M. S. 153. Military Policy of the United States (3).
A study of our military history and our military policy and the effects
of the latter on the former.
592 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
NURSING EDUCATION
N. Ed. 115, 116. Ward Management and Clinical Teaching (2, 2).
This course covers the administrative phase of a hospital unit or ward,
especially the assigning of duties according to the level of ability of the
worker. Emphasis is placed on hospital economics and the budgeting of
supplies. A program for clinical bedside teaching is stressed through the
entire course.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Courses open only to men are given odd numbers.
Courses open only to women have even numbers.
Courses for men and women have numbers ending with zero.
P. E. 140. Therapeutics (3). Prerequisite, P. E. 100.
A study of common structural abnormalities, corrective (adaptive) exer-
cises, and massage. Causes, prevention and correction of postural defects.
Testing methods. Theory and practice.
P. E. 150. History and Philosophy of Physical Education (2).
The study of the origins and derivations of modern physical education
and the implications of the modern program for human welfare.
P. E. 190. Administration and Supervision of Physical Education, Health,
and Recreation (3). First and second semesters.
The application of the principles of administration and supervision to
physical education, health, and recreation.
PHYSICS
Phys. 1. Elements of Physics: Mechanics, Heat, and Sound (3). The
first half of a survey course in general physics. This course is for the
general student and does not satisfy the requirements of the professional
schools. Prerequisite, successful passing of the qualifying examination in
elementary mathematics. Lecture demonstration fee, $3.00.
Phys. 2. Elements of Physics: Magnetism, Electricity, and Optics (3).
The second half of a survey course in general physics. This course is for
the general student and does not satisfy the requirements of the professional
schools. Prerequisite, Phys. 1. Lecture demonstration fee, $3.00.
Phys. 20. General Physics: Mechanics and Heat (5). The first half of
a course in general physics. Required of all students in the engineering
curricula. Math. 20 is to be taken concurrently. Lecture demonstration
and laboratory fee, $6.00.
Phys. 21. General Physics: Sound, Optics, Magnetism, and Electricity (5).
The second half of a course in general physics. Required of all students
in the engineering curricula. Prerequisite, Phys. 20. Math. 21 is to be taken
concurrently. Lecture demonstration and laboratory fee, $6.00.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 593
Phys. 100. Advanced Experiments. Three hours' laboratory work for
each credit hour. One or more credits may be taken concurrently. Pre-
requisites, Phys. 52 or 54 and four credits in Phys. 60. Laboratory fee,
$6.00 per credit hour.
Phys. 102. Optics (3). Prerequisites, Phys. 11 or 21 and Math. 21.
Phys. 104, 105. Electricity and Magnetism (3, 3). Prerequisites, Phys. 11
or 21 and Math. 21.
Phys. 106, 107. Theoretical Mechanics (3, 3). Prerequisites, Phys. 11 or
21 and Math. 21.
Phys. 112, 113. Modern Physics (2, 2). Prerequisites, Phys. 102 or 104.
Phys. 120, 121. Experimental Nuclear Physics (3, 3). Prerequisite, Phys.
115, and two credits of Phys. 100.
Phys. 200, 201. Introduction to Theoretical Physics primarily for students
planning to do graduate work (5, 5). Prerequisite, advanced standing in
physics and mathematics.
Phys. 204. Electrodynamics (4). Prerequisite, Phys. 201.
Phys. 206. Physical Optics (3). Prerequisite, Phys. 201.
Phys. 208, 209. Thermodynamics (2, 2). Prerequisite, Phys. 201, or
equivalent.
Phys. 212, 213. Introduction to Quantum Mechanics (2, 2). Prerequisite,
Phys. 201.
Phys. 224, 225. Supersonic Aerodynamics and Compressible Flow (2, 2).
Prerequisite, Phys. 201.
Phys. 228, 229. The Electron (2, 2). Prerequisite, Phys. 204 and Phys.
213.
Phys. 230. Seminar (1).
Phys. 236. Theory of Relativity (3). Prerequisite, Phys. 200.
Phys. 238. Quantum Theory — selected topics (3). Prerequisite, Phys.
236.
Phys. 242, 243. Theory of Solids (2, 2). Prerequisite, Phys. 213.
Phys. 240, 241. Theory of Sound and Vibrations (2, 2). Prerequisite,
Phys. 201.
Phys. 250. Research. (Credit according to work done).
PSYCHOLOGY
Psych. 1. Introduction to Psychology (3). Not open to Freshmen.
A basic introductory course, intended to bring the student into contact
with the major problems confronting psychology and the more important
attempts at their solution.
594 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Psych. 2. Applied Psychology (3). Prerequisite, Psych. 1 or 3.
Application of research methods to basic human problems in business
and industry, in the professions, and in other practical concerns of every-
day life.
Psych. 110. Educational Psychology (3). Prerequisite, Psych. 1 or 3.
Researches on fundamental psychological problems encountered in educa-
tion; measurement and significance of individual differences, learning, moti-
vation, transfer of training.
Psych. 121. Social Psychology (3). Prerequisite, Psych. 1 or 3.
Psychological study of human behavior in social situations; influence of
others on individual behavior, social conflict and individual adjustment,
communication and its influences on normal social activity.
Psych. 161. Psychological Techniques in Personnel Administration (3).
Prerequisite, Psych. 128.
A survey course, intended for those who plan to enter some phase of
personnel work, but who do not plan to undertake graduate study.
OFFICE TECHNIQUES AND MANAGEMENT
O. T. 1. Principles of Typewriting (2). Laboratory fee, $7.50.
The goal of this course is the attainment of the ability to operate the
typewriter continuously with reasonable speed and accuracy by the use of
the "touch" system. This course should be completed prior to enrollment
in O. T. 12, Principles of Shorthand.
SOCIOLOGY
Sociology 1 or its equivalent is prerequisite to all other courses in
Sociology.
Sociology 1; 2, 183, 186, and 196 or their equivalents are required for an
undergraduate major in Sociology.
Soc. 1. Sociology of American Life (3).
Sociological analysis of the American social structure; metropolitan,
small town, and rural communities; population distribution, composition
and change; social organization.
Soc. 52. Criminology (3). Prerequisite, Soc. 1 and sophomore standing.
Criminal behavior and the methods of its study; causation; typologies
of criminal acts and offenders; punishment, correction, and incapacitation;
prevention of crime.
Soc. 114. The City (3).
The rise of urban civilization and metropolitan regions; ecological process
and structure; the city as a center of dominance; social problems, control,
and planning.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 695
Soc. 115. Industrial Sociology (3). Social organization of American in-
dustry; functions of members of industrial organization, status, social
structure, patterns of interaction and relations of industry and society.
Soc. 118. Community Organization (3).
Community organization and its relation to social welfare; analysis of
community needs and resources; health, housing, recreation; community
centers; neighborhood projects.
Soc. 121, 122. Population (3, 3).
Population distribution, composition and growth in North America and
Eurasia; trends in fertility and mortality; migrations; population prospects
and policies.
Soc. 123. Ethnic Minorities (3).
Basic social processes in the relations of ethnic groups within the state;
immigration groups and the Negro in the United States; ethnic minorities
in Europe.
Soc. 144. Collective Behavior (3).
Social interaction in mass behavior; communication processes; structure
and functioning of crowds, strikes, audiences, mass movements, and the
public.
Soc. 147. Sociology of Law (3).
Law as a form of social control; interrelation between legal and other
conduct norms as to their content, sanctions and methods of securing con-
formity; law as an integral part of the culture of the group; factors and
processes operative in the formation of legal norms; legal norms as de-
terminants of human behavior.
SPEECH AND DRAMATIC ART
Speech 1, 2. Public Speaking (2, 2). Prerequisite for advanced speech
courses. Speech I prerequisite for Speech II.
The preparation and delivery of short original speeches; outside readings;
reports, etc. It is recommended that this course be taken during the fresh-
man year. Laboratory fee, $1.00 for each course.
Speech 4. Voice and Diction (3).
Emphasis upon the improvement of voice, articulation, and phonation.
May be taken concurrently with Speech 1, 2.
Speech 7. Public Speaking (2). For science students.
The preparation and delivery of speeches, reports, etc., on technical and
general subjects. Laboratory fee, $1.00.
Speech 101. Radio Speech (3). Prerequisite, Speech 4.
The theory and application of microphone techniques. Practice in all
types of radio speaking. Laboratory fee, $2.00.
596
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Speech 102. Radio Production (3).
A study of the multiple problems facing the producer. Special emphasis
is given to acoustic setup, casting, "miking," timing, cutting, and the co-
ordination of personnel factors involved in the production of radio pro-
grams. Admission by consent of instructor. Laboratory fee, $2.00.
Speech 103, 104. Speech Composition and Rhetoric (3, 3).
A study of rhetorical principles and models of speech composition in
conjunction with the preparation and presentation of specific forms of
public address.
Speech 105. Pathology (3).
The causes, nature, symptoms, and treatment of common speech disorders.
Speech 106. Clinic (3). Prerequisite, Speech 105.
A laboratory course dealing with the various methods of correction plus
actual work in the clinic both on and off the campus.
SURVEYING
Surv. 1, 2. Plane Surveying (2, 2). Prerequisite, Math. 14. Surv. 1
required of sophomores in Aeronautical, Chemical, Electrical, and Mechan-
ical Engineering. Surv. 1, 2 required of sophomores in Civil Engineering.
Theory and practice in the use of tape, compass, transit, and level.
General survey methods, traversing, area, coordinates, profiles, cross-
sections, volume, stadia.
ZOOLOGY
Zool. la, lb. General Zoology (2, 2).
This course, which is cultural and practical in its aim, deals with the
basic principles of animal life. Typical invertebrates and a mammalian
form are studied. Laboratory fee, $6.00.
At College Park; Engineering and Bureau of Mines Buildings
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 663
BALTIMORE COLLEGE OF DENTAL
SURGERY, DENTAL SCHOOL
OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION
H. C. Byrd, B.S., LL.D., D.Sc, President of the University
J. Ben Robinson, D.D.S., D.Sc, Dean
Katharine Toomey, Administrative Assistant
Edgar F. Long, Ph.D., Director of Admissions
Alma H. Preinkert, M.A., Registrar
OFFICERS OF INSTRUCTION
1948-1949 SESSION
Emeritus
Burt B. Ide, D.D.S 2010 E. Thirty-first Street
Professor of Operative Dentistry
Professors
♦Myron S. Aisenberg, D.D.S 3619 Rosedale Road
Professor of Pathology
♦Joseph C. Biddix, Jr., D.D.S 72 Dunkirk Road
Professor of Oral Diagnosis
*Edward C. Dobbs, D.D.S 605 N. Chapelgate Lane
Professor of Pharmacology
$Brice M. Dorsey, D.D.S 1622 E. Cold Spring Lane
Professor of Oral Surgery and Anesthesiology
♦Grayson W. Gaver, D.D.S 218 Midhurst Road
Professor of Dental Prosthesis
♦William E. Hahn, D.D.S., A.B., M.S... 47 Holmehurst Avenue, Catonsville
Professor of Anatomy
*Harry B. McCarthy, D.D.S., B.S., M.A 5821 Bellona Avenue
Director of Clinics
♦Marion W. McCrea, D.D.S., MS 1200 St. Paul Street
Professor of Embryology and Histology
♦Ernest B. Nuttall, D.D.S 5811 Clear Spring Road
Professor of Fixed Partial Prosthesis
♦Robert H. Oster, Ph.D 694 Gladstone Avenue
Professor of Physiology
Kyrle W. Preis, D.D.S Mt. Vista Road, Glen Arm, Md.
Professor of Orthodontics
♦Kenneth V. Randolph, D.D.S 4500 Pen Lucy Road
Professor of Operative Dentistry
♦J. Ben Robinson, D.D.S., D.Sc Roland Park Apartments
Professor of Dental History and Dental Ethics
♦E. G. Vanden Bosche, Ph.D 7 Burnbrae Road, Towson
Professor of Biochemistry
* Full time. t Half time.
G64 SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY
Associate Professors
*Stanley H. Dosh, D.D.S 216 Rosewood Avenue, Catonsville
Associate Professor of Fixed Partial Prosthesis
Harold Golton, D.D.S 3728 Winterbourne Road
Associate Professor of Oral Diagnosis
Karl F. Grempler, D.D.S 2311 Garrison Boulevard
Associate Professor of Operative Dentistry
Hugh T. Hicks, D.D.S 5214 Springlake Way
Associate Professor of Periodontology
George C. Karn, D.D.S 3101 Belair Road
Associate Professor of Oral Roentgenology
George McLean, M.D 5507 St. Albans Way
Associate Professor of Physical Diagnosis and Principles of Medicine
IRobert G. Miller, D.D.S 6603 Edmondson Avenue, Ext., Catonsville
Associate Professor of Dental Anatomy and Instructor in Clinical Oral Roentgenology
JNathan B. Scherr, D.D.S 2426 Eutaw Place
Associate Professor of Dentistry for Children
♦Donald E. Shay, Ph.D Serverna Park, Md.
Associate Professor of Bacteriology
*Guy P. Thompson, AM 3024 Ailsa Avenue
Associate Professor of Anatomy
f L. Edward Warner, D.D.S Northwood Apartments
Associate Professor of Dental Prosthesis
Assistant Professors
JBenjamin A. Dabrowski, A.B., D.D.S 5410 Springlake Way
Assistant Professor of Clinical Oral Roentgenology
A. Bernard Eskow, D.D.S 3611 Copley Road
Assistant Professor of Periodontology
♦Josephine V. Ezekiel 5600 Carville Avenue
Director of Visual Aids
♦Gardner P. H. Foley, M.A 4824 Keswick Road
Assistant Professor of Dental History and Dental Literature
♦Leon M. Mazzotta, D.D.S 36 S. Athol Avenue
Assistant Professor of Periodontology
♦Wilbur O. Ramsey, D.D.S Seminary Avenue, Lutherville
Assistant Professor of Clinical Dental Prosthesis
A. Allen Sussman, A.B., D.D.S., M.D 4022 Brookhill Road
Assistant Professor of Anatomy
JLewis C. Toomey, Jr., D.D.S 5608 Loch Raven Boulevard
Assistant Professor of Oral Surgery and Anesthesiology
B. Sargent Wells, D.D.S 3704 Cedardale Road
Assistant Professor of Fixed Partial Prosthesis
Riley S. Williamson, Jr., D.D.S 3803 Lochearn Drive
Assistant Professor of Fixed Partial Prosthesis
* Full time. t Approximately full time. t Half time.
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 665
Special Lecturers
Alfred T. Nelson, M.D 152 Oaklee Village
Assistant Professor of Anesthesiology (School of Medicine)
Harry M. Robinson, M.D 106 E. Chase Street
Professor of Dermatology (School of Medicine)
Arthur G. Siwinski, A.B., M.D 603 Edgevale Road
Associate in Surgery (School of Medicine)
F. Noel Smith, D.D.S 321 Broxton Road
Special Lecturer in Dental Prosthesis
John S. Strahorn, Jr., A.B., LL.B., S.J.D., J.S.D 3936 Cloverhill Road
Professor of Law (School of Law)
Grant E. Ward, A.B., M.D 602 W. University Parkway
Associate Professor of Surgery and Oral Surgery (School of Medicine)
George H. Yeager, B.S., M.D 212 Ridgewood Road
Associate Professor of Surgery (School of Medicine)
Instructors
|Alvin D. Aisenberg, D.D.S 3619 Rosedale Road
Instructor in Pathology
Carl E. Bailey, D.D.S 1308 E. Belvedere Avenue
Instructor in Dental Materials and Dental Prosthesis
tSTERRETT P. Beaven, D.D.S 736 West Hills Parkway, Catonsville
Instructor in Clinical Operative Dentistry
Douglas A. Browning, D.D.S 425 Nottingham Road
Instructor in Fixed Partial Prosthesis
Samuel H. Bryant, A.B., D.D.S 522 Old Orchard Road
Instructor in Diagnosis
*Joseph P. Cappuccio, B.S., D.D.S 807 Park Avenue
Instructor in Oral Surgery
Morris E. Coberth, D.D.S 209 Goodale Road
Instructor in Clinical Dentistry for Children
$Harry W. F. Dressel, Jr., D.D.S 115 Symington Avenue, Catonsville
Instructor in Clinical Operative Dentistry
^Russell Gigliotti, D.D.S 800 N. Patterson Park Avenue
Instructor in Clinical Diagnosis
♦William D. Hartsock, A.B., D.D.S 1210 St. Paul Street
Instructor in Oral Surgery
Conrad L. Inman, D.D.S 3504 Grantley Road
Instructor in Anesthesiology
*Nancy W. Kiehne, A.B 5709 Chinquapin Parkway
Instructor in Visual Aids
Stanley M. Kotula, D.D.S 533 S. Luzerne Avenue
Instructor in Dental Prosthesis
Algert P. Lazauskas, D.D.S 801 Braeside Road, Catonsville
Instructor in Clinical Operative Dentistry
'Full time. X Half time.
CG6 SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY
Lester Lebo, B.S., M.D 3409 Walbrook Avenue
Instructor in Physical Diagnosis
Richard C. Leonard, D.DS., M.S.P.H 8 E. Burke Avenue, Towson
Instructor in Public Health Dentistry
*Jose E. Medina, D.DS 3019 St. Paul Street
Instructor in Clinical Operative Dentistry
Frank N. Ogden, M.D 2701 N. Calvert Street
Instructor in First Aid and in Charge of Medical Care of Students
JBurton R. Pollack, D.DS 5427 Jonquil Avenue
Instructor in Anatomy
Leonard Rapoport, BS., D.DS 836 W. 36th Street
Instructor in Pharmacology
E. Roderick Shipley, A.B., M.D 6206 Blackburn Lane
Instructor in Physiology
D. Robert Swinehart, B.A., D.DS 103 Edgevale Road
Instructor in Clinical Orthodontics
R. Kent Tongue, Jr., D.DS 4006 Round Top Road
Instructor in Clinical Orthodontics
Earle H. Watson, D.DS 1334 Sulphur Spring Road, Arbutus
Instructor in Dental Materials and Dental Prosthesis
*Margaret W. Wood, R.N 823 Park Avenue
Insttuctor in Visual Aids
*Millicent L. Yamin, BS 1714 E. 33rd Street
Instructor in Embryology and Histology
Graduate Assistants
♦Lawrence J. Edberg, BS 623 Milford Mill Road, Pikesville
Graduate Assistant in Biochemistry
*George W. Schmersahl, 5.5" 2838 Clifton Park Terrace
Graduate Assistant in Bacteriology
♦Charles I. Smith, BS 2435 E. Preston Street
Graduate Assistant in Biochemistry
Library Staff
Ida Marian Robinson, A.B., BS.LS 2100 Mt. Royal Terrace
Librarian
Beatrice Marriott, A.B 709 Reservoir Street
Assistant Librarian
Elizabeth Crouse 313 S. Elwood Street
Assistant Librarian
Rebecca Elam, A.B., BS.LS 2121 St. Paul Street
Cataloguer
Charlotte Wilson 5719 Edge Park Road
Assistant to the Cataloguer
* Full time. \ Half time.
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND G67
Assisting Staff
Louise O. Bentley 327 Cornwall Street
Stenographer
June G. Bingen, R.N 604 Hastings Road, Towson
Assistant in Oral Surgery
L. Lorraine Cook Marley Neck Road
Stenographer
Ruth E. Cooke 600 Cooks Lane
Secretary, Diagnostic Clinic
Mary Katherine Cross 3821 Dolfield Avenue
Information and Case Record Clerk
Mary A. Hagan 2804 E. Baltimore Street
Secretary, Orthodontic Clinic
Claire V. Herbert 5812 Gwynn Oak Avenue
Secretary, Prosthetic Clinic
Sylvia Stande Heiser 1816 Harford Road
Secretary, Roentgenology Clinic
Dorothy McLaughlin 509 N. Loudon Avenue
Stenographer
Katherine Miller 1806 E. 30th Street
Secretary, Oral Surgery Clinic
Bette E. Muhl Riverside Drive, High Point
Stenographer
Mary C. Reed 215 N. Linwood Avenue
Accountant, Clinics
Katherine L. Underwood 124 Newburg Avenue, Catonsville
Stenographer
668 SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY
HISTORY
The Baltimore College of Dental Surgery occupies an important and inter-
esting place in the history of dentistry. At the end of the regular session 1939-
40 it completed its one hundredth year of service to dental education. The
Baltimore College of Dental Surgery represents the first effort in history to
offer institutional dental education to those anticipating the practice of dentistry.
The first lectures on dentistry in America were delivered by Dr. Horace
H. Hayden in the University of Maryland, School of Medicine, between the
years 1823-25. These lectures were interrupted in 1825 by internal dissensions
in the School of Medicine and were discontinued. It was Dr. Hayden's idea
that dental education merited greater attention than had been given it by
medicine or could be given it by the preceptorial plan of dental teaching then
in vogue. It was also his opinion that dental education should be developed as
a special branch of medical teaching. The unfortunate circumstances of in-
ternal strife in the Medical School defeated the purpose of Dr. Hayden to
engraft dental education upon medical education.
Dr. Horace H. Hayden began the practice of dentistry in Baltimore m 1800.
From that time he made a zealous attempt to lay the foundation for a scientific,
serviceable dental profession. In 1831 Dr. Chapin A. Harris came to Baltimore
to study under Hayden. Dr. Harris was a man of unusual ability and possessed
special qualifications to aid in establishing and promoting formal dental educa-
tion. Since Dr. Hayden's lectures had been interrupted at the University of
Maryland and there was an apparent unsurmountable difficulty confronting the
creation of dental departments in medical schools, an independent college was
decided upon. A charter was applied for and granted by the Maryland Legis-
lature February 1, 1840. The first Faculty meeting was held February 3, 1840,
at which time Dr. Horace H. Hayden was elected President and Dr. Chapin
A. Harris, Dean. The introductory lecture was delivered by Dr. Hayden on
November 3, 1840, to the five students matriculating in the first class. Thus
was created as the foundation of the present dental profession the Baltimore
College of Dental Surgery, the first dental school in the world.
Hayden and Harris, the admitted founders of the dental profession, con-
tributed, in addition to the factor of dental education, other opportunities for
professional growth and development. In 1839 the American Journal of Dental
Science was founded, with Chapin A. Harris as its editor. Dr. Harris con-
tinued fully responsible for dentistry's initial venture into periodic dental
literature to the time of his death. The files of the old American Journal of
Dental Science testify to the fine contributions made by Dr. Harris. In 1840
the American Society of Dental Surgeons was founded, with Dr. Horace H.
Hayden as its President and Dr. Chapin A. Harris as its Corresponding Secre-
tary. This was the beginning of dental organization in America, and was the
forerunner of the American Dental Association, which now numbers approxi-
mately sixty-eight thousand in its present membership. The foregoing suggests
the unusual influence Baltimore dentists and the Baltimore College of Dental
Surgery have exercised on professional ideals and policies.
In 1873, the Maryland Dental College, an offspring of the Baltimore College
of Dental Surgery, was organized. It continued instruction until 1879, at which
time it was consolidated with the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery. A
department of dentistry was organized at the University of Maryland in the
year 1882, graduating a class each year from 1883 to 1923. This school was
chartered as a corporation and continued as a privately owned and directed
institution until 1920, when it became a State institution. The Dental Depart-
ment of the Baltimore Medical College was established in 1895, continuing
until 1913, when it merged with the Dental Department of the University of
Maryland.
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND G69
The final combining of the dental educational interests of Baltimore was
effected June 15, 1923, by the amalgamation of the student bodies of the Balti-
more College of Dental Surgery and the University of Maryland, School of
Dentistry; the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery becoming a distinct de-
partment of the University under State supervision and control. Thus we
find in the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, Dental School, University
of Maryland, a merging of the various efforts at dental education in Maryland.
From these component elements have radiated developments of the art and
science of dentistry until the strength of its alumni is second to none, either
in number or degree of service to the profession.
The University of Maryland Medical School was organized December 28,
1807, as the College of Medicine of Maryland. On December 28, 1812, the
University of Maryland charter was issued to the College of Medicine of
Maryland. There were at that period but four other medical schools in Amer-
ica— the University of Pennsylvania, founded in 1765; the College of Physi-
cians and Surgeons of New York, in 1767; Harvard University, in 1782; and
Dartmouth College, in 1797.
It is of interest to note that the University of Maryland as it now exists is
the youngest State University in America, but that its various schools rank
among the oldest in existence. The School of Medicine at its beginning was
the fifth oldest existent medical school in America; the Law School was
organized in 1823 ; the Dental School, 1840, is the oldest dental school in the
world ; the Pharmacy School was founded in 1841 ; the College of Agriculture,
1856, is the second oldest land grant college in America. While the present
form of the University of Maryland is young, its substance and character
date back to the earliest period in education in the various professions.
BUILDING
The School of Dentistry is located at the northwest corner of Lombard and
Greene Streets, adjoining the University Hospital. The building occupied by
the Dental School provides approximately fifty thousand square feet of floor
space, is fireproof, splendidly lighted and ventilated, and is ideally arranged
for efficient use. It contains a sufficient number of large lecture rooms, class-
rooms, a library and reading room, science laboratories, technic laboratories,
clinic rooms, and locker rooms. It is furnished with new equipment through-
out and provides every accommodation necessary for satisfactory instruction
under comfortable arrangements and pleasant surroundings.
Special attention has been given to the facilities in clinic instruction. The
large clinic wing contains 145 operating spaces; each space contains a chair,
operating table and unit equipped with an electric engine, compressed air, gas,
running water, etc. Clinic instruction is segregated, and the following depart-
ments have been arranged for effective teaching: Operative, Prosthesis (in-
cluding Fixed Partial Prosthesis and Ceramics), Anesthetics and Surgery,
Orthodontics, Diagnosis, Pathology, Pedodontics, Roentgenology, and Visual
Aids. All technic laboratories are equipped with every modern facility to
promote efficiency in instruction.
LIBRARY
The Dental School is fortunate in having one of the better equipped and or-
ganized dental libraries among the dental schools of the country. The Library
is located in the main building and consists of a stack room, offices and a read-
ing room accommodating ninety-six students. About 14,000 books and bound
journals on dentistry and the collateral sciences, together with numerous pam-
phlets, reprints and unbound journals, are available for the student's use. More
than 200 journals are regularly received by the Library. An adequate staff
promotes the growth of the Library and assists the student body in the use of
the Library's resources. The Library is financed by direct appropriations from
670 SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY
the State, by the income from an endowment established by the Maryland State
Dental Association and by the proceeds of the sale of books to students. One
of the most important factors of the dental student's education is to teach him
the value and the use of dental literature in his formal education and in pro-
moting his usefulness and value to the profession during practice. The Balti-
more College of Dental Surgery is ideally equipped to achieve this aim of den-
tal instruction.
COURSE OF INSTRUCTION
The Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, Dental School, University of
Maryland, offers a course in dentistry devoted to instruction in the medical
sciences, the dental sciences, and clinical practice. Instruction consists of
didactic lectures, laboratory instruction, demonstrations, conferences, and
quizzes. Topics are assigned for collateral reading to train the student in the
value and use of dental literature. The curriculum for the complete course is
found on pages 19 and 20.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION
Applicants for admission must present evidence of having successfully
completed two full years of work in an accredited college of arts and
sciences based upon the completion of a four-year high-school course. No
applicant will be considered who has not completed all requirements for
advancement to the Junior year. Although a minimum of 60 semester credits,
exclusive of Physical Education and Military Science, is required for ad-
mission, additional work is desirable. The scholastic attainments of the
applicant must be of such quality as to insure a high standard of achievement
in the dental course.
The college courses must include at least a year's credit in English, in
biology, in physics, in inorganic chemistry, and in organic chemistry. All
required science courses shall include both classroom and laboratory instruc-
tion. Formal credit in biology and physics, and a half year's credit in organic
chemistry, but not in English and inorganic chemistry, may be waived in
part or in whole in the case of exceptional students with three years or more
of college credit earned in an accredited college or university. The credentials
of all students admitted to the Dental School, University of Maryland, under
the foregoing permissive regulation will be submitted for approval to the
Council on Education of the American Dental Association.
REQUIREMENTS FOR MATRICULATION AND ENROLLMENT
In the selection of students to begin the study of dentistry the School con-
siders particularly a candidate's proved ability in secondary education and his
successful completion of prescribed courses in predental collegiate training.
The requirements for admission and the academic regulations of the College
of Arts and Sciences, University of Maryland, are strictly adhered to by the
School of Dentistry.
A student is not regarded as having matriculated in the School of Dentistry
until such time as he shall have paid the matriculation fee of $10.00, and is
not enrolled until he shall have paid a deposit of $100.00 to insure registration
in the class.
APPLICATION PROCEDURE
Application blanks may be obtained from the office of the Dean. Each appli-
cant should fill in this blank completely and mail it, together with the applica-
tion fee and photographs, to the Director of Admissions, University of Mary-
land, Baltimore. The notes on the blank must be observed carefully.
A certificate of entrance will be issued to each qualified applicant, which will
permit him to matriculate and to register in the class to which he has applied.
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 671
ADMISSION WITH ADVANCED STANDING
(a) Graduates in medicine or students in medicine who have completed two
or more years in a medical school, acceptable to standards in the School of
Medicine, University of Maryland, may be given advanced standing to the
Sophomore year provided the applicant shall complete under competent regular
instruction the courses in dental technology regularly scheduled in the first
year.
(b) Applicant for transfer must (1) meet fully the requirements for admis-
sion to the first year of the dental course; (2) be eligible for promotion to the
next higher class in the school from which he seeks to transfer; (3) show an
average grade of five per cent above the passing mark in the school where
transfer credits were earned; (4) show evidence of scholastic attainments,
character and personality; (5) present letter of honorable dismissal and recom-
mendation from the dean of the school from which he transfers.
(c) All applicants for transfer must present themselves in person for an
interview before qualifying certificate can be issued.
ATTENDANCE REQUIREMENTS
In order to receive credit for a full session, each student must have entered
and be in attendance on the day the regular session opens, at which time lec-
tures to all classes begin, and remain until the close of the session, the dates
for which are announced in the calendar of the annual catalogue.
Regular attendance is demanded. A student whose attendance in any course
is unsatisfactory to the head of the department will be denied the privilege of
final examination in any and all such courses. In certain unavoidable circum-
stances of absence the Dean may honor excuses, but a student with indif-
ferent attendance will not be promoted to the next succeeding class.
GRADING AND PROMOTION
The following symbols are used as marks for final grades: A (100-91),
B (90-84), C (83-77), and D (76-70), passing; F (below 70), Failure;
I, Incomplete. Progress grades in courses are indicated as "Satisfactory"
and "Unsatisfactory."
A Failure in any subject may be removed only by repeating the subject
in full. Students who have done work of acceptable quality in their com-
pleted assignments but who, because of circumstances beyond their control,
have been unable to finish all assignments, will be given an Incomplete. A
student shall not carry an Incomplete into the next succeeding year. When
he has completed the requirements for the removal of an Incomplete, the
student shall be given the actual grade earned in the course.
Scholastic averages are computed on the basis of trimester credits assigned
to each course and numerical values for grades. The numerical values are :
A-4 ; B-3 ; C-2 ; D-l ; F-0. The grade point average is the sum of the
products of trimester credits and grade values, divided by the total number
of trimester credits.
Students who attain a grade point average of 1.5 in the Freshman year will
be promoted. At the end of the Sophomore year an over-all grade point aver-
age of 1.75 is required for promotion. A grade point average of 2.0 is required
for promotion to the Senior year and for graduation.
672 SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY
EQUIPMENT
A complete list of necessary instruments and materials for technic and
clinic courses and textbooks for lecture courses will be announced for the
various classes. Each student will be required to provide himself with what-
ever is necessary to meet the needs of his course and present same to an
assigned instructor for inspection. No student who does not meet this require-
ment will be permitted to go on with his class.
DEPORTMENT
The profession of dentistry demands, and the School of Dentistry requires,
of its students, evidence of their good moral character. The conduct of the
student in relation to his work and fellow students will indicate his fitness
to be taken into the confidence of the community as a professional man. In-
tegrity, sobriety, temperate habits, truthfulness, respect for authority and
associates, and honesty in the transaction of business affairs as a student will
be considered as evidence of good moral character necessary to the granting
of a degree.
REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION
The degree of Doctor of Dental Surgery is conferred upon a candidate who
has met the following conditions :
1. A candidate must furnish documentary evidence that he has attained the
age of 21 years.
2. A candidate for graduation shall have attended the full scheduled course
of four academic years.
3. He will be required to show a grade point average of 2.0 for the full
course of study.
4. He shall have satisfied all technic and clinic requirements of the various
departments.
5. He shall have paid all indebtedness to the college prior to the beginning
of final examinations, and must have adjusted his financial obligations in the
community satisfactorily to those to whom he may be indebted.
FEES
Freshmen :
Matriculation fee (required of all entering students) $ 10.00
Tuition * 375.00
Laboratory fee 30.00
Student health service fee 20.00
Anatomy fee 15.00
Laboratory breakage deposit 5.00
Locker fee 5.00
Total amount of fees for freshman year $460.00
Sophomores :
Tuition *375.00
Laboratory fee 30.00
Student health service fee . 20.00
Laboratory breakage deposit 5.00
Locker fee 5.00
Total amount of fees for sophomore year $435.00
• See footnote on page IS.
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 073
Juniors:
Tuition *375.00
Laboratory fee 30.00
Student health service fee 20.00
Locker fee 5.00
Total amount of fees for junior year $430.00
Seniors :
Tuition *375.00
Laboratory fee 30.00
Student health service fee 20.00
Locker fee 5.00
Graduation fee 15.00
Total amount of fees for senior year $445.00
In addition to fees itemized in the above schedule, the following assessments
are made by the University:
Application fee (paid at time of filing formal application for
admission) $ 5.00
Penalty for late registration 5.00
Examinations taken out of class and re-examinations 5.00
One certified transcript of record is issued free of charge.
Each additional copy is issued only upon payment of 1.00
Student Activity Fee — Special
For the purpose of administering and disciplining various student activities
the student body has voted a fee of $12.00 to be paid at the opening of the
school year to the treasurer of the Student Activity Committee.
Refunds
According to the policy of the University no fees will be returned. In case
the student discontinues his courses, any fees paid will be credited to a sub-
sequent course, but are not transferable.
REGISTRATION
The registration of a student in any school or college of the University shall
be regarded as a registration in the University of Maryland, but when such
student transfers to a professional school of the University or from one pro-
fessional school to another, he must pay the usual matriculation fee required
by each professional school.
A student who neglects or fails to register prior to or within the day or
days specified for his school, will be called upon to pay a fine of $5.00. The
last day of registration with fine added to regular fees is Saturday at noon
of the week in which instruction begins, following the specified registration
period. (This rule may be waived only on written recommendation of the
Dean.)
Each student is required to fill in a registration card for the office of the
Registrar, and pay to the Comptroller one-half of the tuition fee in addition
to all other fees noted as payable before being admitted to classwork at the
opening of the session. The remainder of tuition and fees must be in the hands
of the Comptroller during registration period for the second half of the
academic year.
The above requirements will be rigidly enforced.
• This fee is fixed for students not resident in Maryland. All Maryland students ire
given the benefit of a one hundred dollar reduction per year.
074 SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY
DEFINITION OF RESIDENT STATUS OF STUDENT
Students who are minors are considered to be resident students if, at the
time of their registration, their parents* have been residents of this State for
at least one year.
Adult students are considered to be resident students if, at the time of their
registration, they have been residents of this State for at least one year; pro-
vided such residence has not been acquired while attending any school or
college in Maryland.
The status of the residence of a student is determined at the time of his
first registration in the University, and may not thereafter be changed by
him unless, in the case of a minor, his parents* move to and become legal
residents of this State by maintaining such residence for at least one full
calendar year. However, the right of the student (minor) to change from a
nonresident to a resident status must be established by him prior to registra-
tion for a semester in any academic year.
DEPARTMENT OF STUDENT HEALTH
The School undertakes to supply medical care for its students through the
Department of Student Health. This care includes requisite diagnostic studies,
medical attention, surgical procedures and hospitalization judged to be necessary
by the Department.
It is not within the scope of the Department to provide medical care for
conditions antedating each annual registration in the University; nor is it the
function of this service to treat chronic conditions contracted by students before
admission or to extend treatment to acute conditions developing in the period
between academic years or during authorized school vacations. The cost of
orthopedic appliances, the correction of visual defects, the services of special
nurses, and special medication must be paid for by the student. The School
does not accept responsibility for illness or accident occurring away from the
community, or for expenses incurred for hospitalization or medical services in
institutions other than the University Hospital, or, in any case, for medical
expense not authorized by the Department of Student Health.
Every new student is required to undergo a complete physical examination,
which includes oral diagnosis. Any defects noted must be corrected within the
first school year. The passing of this examination is a requirement for the
final acceptance of any student.
Each matriculant must present, on the day of his enrollment, a statement
from his ophthalmologist regarding the condition of his eyes, and where defects
in vision exist he shall show evidence that corrections have been made.
Students who need medical attention are expected to report at the office of
the Department of Student Health. Under circumstances requiring home treat-
ment, the students will be visited at their College residences.
If a student should enter the hospital during the academic year, the Depart-
ment will arrange for the payment of part or all of the hospital expenses,
depending on the length of stay and the special expenses incurred. This arrange-
ment applies only to students admitted through the office of the School physician.
Prospective students are advised to have any known physical defects corrected
before entering the School in order to prevent loss of time which later correc-
tion might involve.
THE GORGAS ODONTOLOGICAL SOCIETY
The Gorgas Odontological Society was organized in 1916 as an honorary
student dental society with scholarship as a basis for admission. The society
• The term "parents" includes persons who, by reason of death or other unusual cir-
cumstances, have been legally constituted the guardians of and stand in loco parentis to
such minor students.
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND G75
is named after Dr. Ferdinand J. S. Gorgas, a pioneer in dental education, a
teacher of many years' experience, and during his life a great contributor
to dental literature. It was with the idea of perpetuating his name that the
society adopted it.
Students become eligible for membership at the beginning of their Junior
year if, during the preceding years of their dental course, they have attained
a minimum grade point average of 2.90. No more than 30% of a class will be
considered for membership. The meetings, held once each month, are ad-
dressed by prominent dental and medical men, an effort being made to obtain
speakers not connected with the University. The members have an opportunity,
even while students, to hear men associated with other educational institutions.
OMICRON KAPPA UPSILON
Phi Chapter of Omicron Kappa Upsilon honorary dental fraternity was
chartered at the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, Dental School, Univer-
sity of Maryland, during the session of 1928-29. Membership in the fraternity
is awarded to a number not exceeding twelve per cent of the graduating class.
This honor is conferred upon students who through their professional course
of study creditably fulfill all obligations as students, and whose conduct,
earnestness, evidence of good character and high scholarship recommend them
to election.
The following graduates of the 1948 Class were elected to membership:
Norman Dwight Allen Medie B. Guerrieri
William Reeed Allen Ernest Henry Hinrichs, Jr.
William Robert Biddington Jose Enrique Medina
William Percv Gillette Dodson James Claude Page, Jr.
Sterling Edwin Zimmerman
The following graduates of the 1949 Class were elected to membership :
Norton Joseph Bloch Mitchell Joseph Burcin
Viron LeRoy Diefenbach
SCHOLARSHIP LOANS
A number of scholarship loans from various organizations and educational
foundations are available to students in the School of Dentistry. These loans
are offered on the basis of excellence in scholastic attainment and the need
on the part of students for assistance in completing their course in dentistry.
It has been the policy of the Faculty to recommend only students in the last
two years for such privileges.
The Henry Strong Educational Foundation — From this fund, established
under the will of General Henry Strong of Chicago, an annual allotment is
made to the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, Dental School, University
of Maryland, for scholarship loans available for the use of young men and
women students under the age of twenty-five. Recommendations for the privi-
leges of these loans are limited to students in the Junior and Senior years.
Only students who through stress of circumstances require financial aid and
who have demonstrated excellence in educational progress are considered in
making nominations to the secretary of this fund.
The Edward S. Gaylord Educational Endowment Fund — Under a provision
of the will of the late Dr. Edward S. Gaylord, of New Haven, Connecticut,
an amount approximating $16,000 was left to the Baltimore College of Dental
Surgery, Dental School, University of Maryland, the proceeds of which are
to be devoted to aiding worthy young men in securing dental education.
The W. K. Kellogg Foundation — During World War II the Foundation
recognized the burden that the accelerated course imposed upon many dental
students who under normal circumstances would earn money for their edu-
cation by employment during the summer vacation. The Foundation granted to
this School a fund to provide rotating loans to deserving dental students.
676 SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY
ALUMNI ASSOCIATION
The first annual meeting of the Society of the Alumni of the Baltimore
College of Dental Surgery was held in Baltimore, March 1, 1849. This organi-
zation has continued in existence to the present, its name having been changed
to The National Alumni Association of the Baltimore College of Dental
Surgery, Dental School, University of Maryland.
The officers of the Alumni Association for 1949-1950 are as follows :
Conrad L. Inman, Sr., President Harry B. McCarthy, President-Elect
Medical Arts Building 5821 Bellona Avenue
Baltimore 1, Maryland Baltimore 12, Maryland
Philip W. Winchester, Vice-President
Morgantown, North Carolina
Riley S. Williamson, Jr., Secretary Howard Van Natta, Treasurer
3803 Lochearn Drive Medical Arts Building
Baltimore 7, Maryland Baltimore 1, Maryland
Albert C. Eskin, Historian Joseph C. Biddix, Editor
63 Greene Street 72 Dunkirk Road
Cumberland, Maryland Baltimore 12, Maryland
Executive Council
B. Sargent Wells, Chairman, 1950 George J. Phillips, 1950
Medical Arts Building Professional Building
Baltimore 1, Maryland Baltimore 1, Maryland
Harry Levin, 1951 Arthur A. Tetu, 1951
3429 Park Heights Avenue 4th & D Streets
Baltimore 15, Maryland Cparrows Point, Maryland
Lawrence W. Bimestefer, 1952 Albert C. Cook, 1952
1 Kinship Road 72 Pershing Street
Dundalk, Maryland Cumberland, Maryland
Arthur L. Davenport, Ex-Officio
Baltimore Life Building
Baltimore 1, Maryland
TRUSTEES FOR NATIONAL ALUMNI FUND
Trustees Ex-Officio
Conrad L. Inman, Sr., President
Harry B. McCarthy, President-Elect
B. Sargent Wells, Chairman of Executive Council
J. Ben Robinson, Dean
Three Year Term
Arthur I. Bell James J. McCormick
Medical Arts Building 53 Third Avenue
Baltimore 1, Maryland Troy, New York
Two Year Term
George E. Hardy, Jr. Gerard A. Devlin
Medical Arts Building 49 Bleeker Street
Baltimore 1, Maryland Newark 2, New Jersey
One Year Term
Irving B. Golboro Edward C. Morin
1547 N. Gay Street 156 Broadway
Baltimore 13, Maryland Pawtucket, Rhode Island
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
677
4joj O^hOCNOOCMiO
fOClOrH
O Ov t^ O (\i N
oo oo eg I Tf
^ ^H | t^
<-■ CM — '
H j
P
D
U
u
Ed
o
<
Oh
ONN N • O
u
<
2
2
Ed
&
Q
& >
> rt o
W
£ p.
2 &
&SS
to rt en "o °
O J3
3 O
c e
(U <u
O
U
o
a
o
CO
<L>
Hi
u
c .5
■t: ^
« .2
43
h«) in
to o o
O J-1 'ZJ -T3 ni i> .— p-
o
H
678
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY
s
w
3
o
■g £ to f*5 CM 00 t^ fO u") CM t^ C5 CO
SI
rHNr- I i-H r— IVO"— 1<— I NlflrHfjHrtrtHnH • C} |r-l
fi ClOOOro • rf CO
U CM
"rt J
H *J
v J
.It) (V) (VJ • (M (N • (V) (VJ tKN)
H |_1
• (VI Cv) • (VI • (VI • 00 CM
VI
s ~
'C °
<
0
«
O
s
la
Ph
en
(L>
P4-S
2 y
n .S2*3
Ph S C
— °.2
ill
;Dh
o
> rt
•-SPh
oo
u
PS
<U u o o o
^o <» o
_ o £ u -g.g
rt'C rt.S iJ S
u uX u o ;;
O Ph Ph Ph K CO
' T-H ^H • O
o
H
'w' O +-> c
. -m en s a;
« m o ™ u
g B w. „\n
• (V] (V) (V) (V] (V)
'§S£j
boss's...
11 B3.8-8
§ S.sS^-S *
QQQWWS
a.ti rt o
j= 3 a, u u u
^oooo
u >>d cu.5 w 6 U
Ph Ph Ph Ph Ph K CO H
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 679
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
GROSS ANATOMY
Professor Hahn, Associate Professor Thompson, Assistant Professor Sussman
and Dr. Pollack
This course consists of dissection and lectures, supplemented by frequent
conferences, oral and written quizzes, and practical demonstrations. Each
student is required to dissect the lateral half of the human body. The
osteology of a given region is studied at the time of the dissection of that
region so that the value of learning this phase of anatomy may be better
demonstrated.
The subject is taught with the purpose of emphasizing the principles of
structure of the body, the knowledge of which is derived from a study of its
development, its organs and tissues, and the action of its parts.
Arrangements can be made to accommodate qualified students and dentists
interested in research or in making special dissections or topographical
studies.
NEUROANATOMY
Professor Hahn, Associate Professor Thompson, Assistant Professor Sussman
and Dr. Pollack
Neuroanatomy is offered in the Freshman year following Gross Anatomy.
The work consists of a study of the whole brain and spinal cord by gross
dissections and microscopic methods. Function is taught with structure;
correlation is made, whenever possible, with the student's work in the
histology and physiology of the central nervous system.
HISTOLOGY AND EMBRYOLOGY
Professor McCrea and Miss Yamin
Histology, general and special dental, is given during the Freshman year
and is presented by lectures and laboratory instruction. It embraces the
thorough study of the cells, elementary tissues, and the organs of the various
systems of the body. Special dental histology includes the gross and micro-
scopic study of the oral cavity, teeth and their investing tissues. At all times
correlations are made with the other phases of the curriculum. The use of
fresh tissues in the laboratory is included to associate further the structure
with function.
The course in Embryology is given by means of lectures and laboratory
classes. It covers the fundamentals of the development of the human body,
particular emphasis being given to the head and facial regions, oral cavity and
teeth with their surrounding structures. At all times emphasis is placed on the
association of embryology to histology and anatomy.
Students are trained in the proper use of the microscope and its accessories,
and in staining, mounting and properly manipulating sections made for micro-
scopic study. All sections are prepared for class.
680 SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY
ORAL ANATOMY
Associate Professors Miller and Thompson
The course in Oral Anatomy is designed to teach the form and structure
of the teeth, and includes a study of the nomenclature of surfaces, divisions,
and relations of the teeth. In the laboratory the student is trained in the
carving of the various teeth and in the dissection of extracted teeth through
their various dimensions. These lecture and laboratory exercises provide the
student with a thorough knowledge of tooth form and structure.
The second part of the course includes a study of the supporting structures
of the teeth and the relation of the teeth to these structures. The periods of
beginning calcification, eruption, complete calcification, and shedding of the
deciduous teeth; followed by the beginning calcification, eruption, and com-
plete calcification of the permanent teeth are studied and correlated with the
growth in size of the jaws and the face.
The third part of the course treats the evolutionary development of denti-
tion as a necessary factor in the study of human oral anatomy. It includes a
comparative study of the teeth of the animal kingdom, both vertebrates and
invertebrates, with a comparative study of the number, position and form
of the teeth.
BIOCHEMISTRY
Professor Vanden Bosche, Mr. Edberg and Mr. Smith
The course is given in the Freshman year. The prerequisite subjects are
inorganic and organic chemistry. Additional training in analytical and physical
chemistry is desirable.
Instruction is presented in the form of lectures, demonstrations and labora-
tory experience. The chemistry of living matter, its constituents and processes,
forms the basis of the course. The detailed subject matter includes the chem-
istry of carbohydrates, fats, proteins, enzymes, vitamins, and hormones; the
processes of respiration, digestion, metabolism, secretion and excretion are
considered.
Instruction in qualitative and quantitative blood and urine examination^ is
included. These procedures are given clinical application during the Junior
and Senior years.
PHYSIOLOGY
Professor Oster and Dr. Shipley
The purpose of the course in Physiology is to equip the student of dentistry
with a knowledge of the fundamental physiological functions of the human
body. The basic physical and chemical properties and processes in living
tissues and organisms are analyzed.
The material of the lectures is divided into sections concerned with nerve
and muscle function, the central nervous system and its integrative role, res-
piration, digestion, metabolism, circulation, humoral control of function, water
balance, kidney function, and the special senses.
Laboratory work is given in the second and third trimesters. Simple experi-
ments performed on frogs and turtles are followed by more advanced work on
cats and dogs and on the students themselves. Principles illustrating the appli-
cation of physiology to medicine and dentistry are given special attention.
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 681
Throughout the course, emphasis is placed upon the experimental and ob-
jective approach to problems as the basis of the scientific method. Effort is
made to present modern physiological developments and evaluate them in terms
of their clinical significance.
PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS
Professor Dobbs and Dr. Rapoport
The course is designed to provide a general survey of pharmacology, affording
the students the necessary knowledge for the practice of rational therapeutics.
The course is taught during the second and third trimesters of the junior
year by lectures, laboratories and demonstrations. The second trimester con-
sists of twenty-four (24) hours of didactic and twenty-four (24) hours of
laboratory work including instruction in pharmacognosy, pharmaceutical
chemistry, pharmacy, prescription writing, and the pharmacodynamics of the
local-acting drugs.
The third trimester consists of thirty-six (36) hours of didactic and
thirty-six (36) hours of laboratory instruction. The subject material con-
sists of the pharmacodynamics of the systemic-acting drugs.
In therapeutics the students are instructed in the use of drugs for the preven-
tion, treatment, and correction of general and oral diseases.
NUTRITIONAL THERAPEUTICS
Professor Dobbs
The course presented in the Senior year consists of twelve (12) hours of
lectures and demonstrations devoted to the principles and practices of nutri-
tional therapeutics. The presentation includes a study of the dietary require-
ments of essential food substances in health and disease. The vitamin and
mineral deficiency states with their pathology and symptomatology are pre-
sented with suggestions for dietary and drug therapy. Metabolic diseases are
discussed, and their effects on the nutritional states are considered. Diets are
planned for patients with various nutritional problems, such as those resulting
from loss of teeth, the use of new appliances, dental caries, stomatitis,
cellulitis, osteomyelitis, and bone fractures.
A term paper is required for the purpose of acquainting the students with the
current literature. A project study is made by each student which includes
analyses of his basal metabolic requirement, his total energy requirement, and
his dietary intake in relation to his daily needs.
ORAL THERAPEUTICS
Professor Dobbs
Oral therapeutics is presented in the Senior year and consists of twelve (12)
hours of lectures and demonstrations. The course is designed to acquaint
the students with the practical applications of pharmacology in the treatment
of dental and oral diseases. Particular emphasis is given to the newer drugs
and the more recent advances in therapeutics. Patients from the dental clinic
and hospital will be used for demonstrations whenever possible.
BACTERIOLOGY
Associate Professor Shay and Mr. Schmersahl
The course in Bacteriology is given in the Sophomore year. It embraces
lectures, demonstrations, recitations, and conferences, augmented by guided
reading.
Practical and theoretical consideration is given to bacteria, both pathogenic
and nonpathogenic, viruses, protozoa, and some of the yeasts and fungi.
682 SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY
Special attention is given to those organisms which cause lesions in and about
the oral cavity, particularly primary focal infection about the teeth, tonsils,
pharynx, nose, accessory sinuses, adenoids and nasopharynx, and the types of
systemic disease which result from the establishment of secondary foci.
Immunity and serology are also dealt with, as well as antitoxins, antisera,
bacterins, vaccines and other antigens.
Laboratory teaching includes the methods of staining and the preparation of
media; cultural characteristics of bacteria are studied, their reaction to disin-
fectants, antiseptics, germicides and various methods of sterilization; animal
inoculation, preparation of sera, vaccines, etc. ; the various laboratory tests
and reactions ; and a study of the antibiotics.
GENERAL PATHOLOGY
Professor Aisenberg and Dr. A. D. Aisenberg
General pathology is taught in the Sophomore year by means of lectures,
demonstrations, quizzes and laboratory work.
The general principles of disease processes and tissue reactions, both gross
and microscopic, are taught with the objectives of training the student to
recognize and be familiar with the abnormal and of creating a foundation for
further study in the allied sciences.
Emphasis is placed upon those diseases in the treatment of which medico-
dental relationships are to be encountered.
SPECIAL ORAL PATHOLOGY
Professor Aisenberg and Dr. A. D. Aisenberg
Special Oral Pathology is taught in the first trimester of the Junior year.
It includes a study of the etiology, the gross and microscopic manifestations,
and the treatment of diseases of the teeth and their investing structures :
namely, pathologic dentition, tooth malformations, dental anomalies, peri-
odontal diseases, tissue changes in orthodontic movement of teeth, calcific
deposits, dental caries, pulp diseases, focal infection, and oral manifestations
of systemic diseases.
Instruction includes lectures, demonstrations, lantern slides, prepared slides,
miscroscopic study of macroscopic specimens and models.
In an endeavor to correlate the scientific laboratories with clinical practice,
the Department of Oral Pathology also carries on in the clinic the work of
examination, diagnosis and treatment of Vincent's infection and periodontal
diseases, and the filling of root canals.
ORAL DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT PLANNING
Professor Biddix, Associate Professor Golton, Drs. Bryant and Gigliotti
The Department of Oral Diagnosis emphasizes the study of fundamental
principles and procedures in the diagnosis of oral and related diseases.^ The
Junior and Senior students, in seminar groups, receive instruction by intimate
clinical observation and discussion of interesting cases. An intelligent and
scientific approach to each case is the prime teaching principle of this depart-
ment.
Abundant clinic material is available so that the student may observe every
type of disease to which the oral cavity is susceptible. Emphasis is placed
upon the fact that one must approach a study of the oral cavity through an
understanding of its relationship to other parts of the body. To this end the
department is singularly fortunate in having easy access for consultation with
the medical service of the University Hospital.
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 683
Treatment planning is given the great importance it deserves. Students are
permitted to give their impressions of plans of treatment, which are care-
fully discussed in this department. Consultations with other departments are
always available so that the practice of thorough diagnosis is developed.
Much time is given to the study of the relationship of mouth infection to
systemic disease. The theory of focal infection is emphasized and properly
evaluated so that the student may interpret clinical, roentgenologic, and
laboratory findings in an intelligent and competent manner. A large collec-
tion of color slides serves to make lectures in oral diagnosis interesting and
instructive.
OPERATIVE DENTISTRY
Professor Randolph; Associate Professors Grempler and Scherr;
Drs. Beaven, Dressel, Lazauskas and Medina
Operative Dentistry is the treatment of diseases and injuries of the teeth
to restore the normal tooth forms and provide for the better health and func-
tion of the oral mechanism. The course of instruction is given during the
Sophomore, Junior and Senior years.
In the Sophomore year, the student is trained in the technical procedures
of instrumentation, cavity preparation and manipulation of restorative mate-
rials. The variables which must be observed in preparing cavities to receive
different types of filling materials are carefully outlined. These modifications
are carried out by the student in a series of cavity preparations made in
composition teeth, arranged in normal proximal relation on forms especially
designed for the purpose. These fundamental principles are then applied to
extracted teeth in order that the student might study the characteristic
resistance of tooth structure to instrumentation. The management of gold
foil, amalgam, gold inlay and cement is given in detail and the student restores
the prepared cavities with these materials. This course of instruction consists
of twenty-four lectures and forty-eight laboratory periods. Demonstration
lectures, visual aids and conferences are used to augment the student's
training.
Operative Dentistry as taught in the Junior and Senior years is a con-
tinuing development of the principles presented in the Sophomore year. The
student is trained to render a satisfactory Oral Health service by restoring
pathologic teeth to their normal form and function and to evaluate new
procedures suggested by experience and research as improvements in opera-
tive practice. These objectives are pursued through a combination of didactic
and clinical instruction.
The didactic instruction includes twenty-four one-hour lectures offered
during the Junior year, and twenty-four lectures during the Senior year. The
student is instructed in the treatment of the pathology of the hard tissues of
the teeth ; he is taught how to apply the principles of idealism to unorthodox
conditions; and he is directed in the professional treatment of his patients in
terms of what they expect of him and what he can expect of them. A certain
amount of time is devoted to conferences which provide the student an
opportunity to bring his individual problems to the instructor for intimate
discussion.
Clinical instruction includes the practical application of the principles under-
lying rational operative procedures. During the Junior and the Senior years
the student treats the dental pathologies of several cases under the supervision
of the Operative Instruction Staff.
084 SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY
DENTISTRY FOR CHILDREN
Associate Professor Scherr and Dr. Coberth
This course consists of lectures, clinics and technic laboratory instruction
which cover the technical aspects of treatment of children's teeth. Instruction
is offered in the fundamentals and modification required in the preparation
of all classes of cavities in the temporary teeth for the proper reception of
different filling materials, emphasizing conservation of tooth structure. The
proper manipulation and insertion of various metallic and plastic filling mate-
rials are carefully taught. The proper care of the first permanent molars
is particularly emphasized. Various methods and procedures indicated in the
restoration of broken and fractured central incisors in children are demon-
strated. For the purpose of rational tooth conservation the technic of partial
pulpotomy is taught, together with its indications and contraindications. The
problem of the premature loss of deciduous teeth which necessitates proper
space maintenance is carefully considered. Methods of constructing various
types of space retainers in the treatment of such spaces are demonstrated.
Prophylaxis is emphasized as a factor in prevention.
A children's clinic, separate from the general operative clinic, equipped with
sixteen chairs and supervised by a special pedodontia staff, offers an op-
portunity for clinical demonstration of the practices stressed in the lectures.
PREVENTIVE AND PUBLIC HEALTH DENTISTRY
Dr. Leonard
The objectives of this course are to emphasize those measures other than
remedial operations that will tend to minimize the occurrence or the extension
of oral pathology, and to outline the status of dentistry in the field of general
public health. The relationships of dentistry with other phases of public health
are discussed, as are the problems affecting the administration of dental health
programs. Special effort is made to demonstrate methods and materials suit-
able for use in dental health education programs.
DENTAL MATERIALS
Professor Gaver, Assistant Professor Williamson, Drs. Bailey and Watson
This course is designed to provide the Freshman student with a scientific
background in the nomenclature, composition, physical properties, practical
application, and proper manipulation of the important materials used in the
practice of Dentistry, excluding all drugs and medicinals.
The theoretical aspect of the course is presented by the instructors in the
form of lectures, demonstrations, informal group discussions, and directed
supplemental reading. From the practical standpoint, the student manipulates
and tests the various materials in the laboratory, being guided by prepared
project sheets. At the completion of each project, the student prepares and
presents for grading a laboratory report on the material he has investigated.
At the termination of the course, the student will have developed an under-
standing of the following factors: the importance of scientific testing of a
material before it is used by the profession at large ; the realization of the fact
that every material has its limitations, which can be compensated for only by
intelligent application and manipulation; and an appreciation of the vast field
of research open to those who wish to help improve the materials that are
available at the present time.
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 685
DENTAL PROSTHESIS
Professor Gaver; Associate Professor Warner;
Assistant Professors Ramsey and Williamson;
Drs. Bailey, Kotula, Smith and Watson
This course is carried through four years of study and includes lectures,
clinics, and demonstrations. It embraces lectures and technic work in the first
and second years, and lectures and clinics in the third and fourth years.
The work of the first year is devoted to a study of materials used in denture
construction. A series of lecture-demonstrations is given, explaining the prop-
erties and manipulation of all the materials used. Experiments and exercises
are arranged to give the student practical knowledge of the materials demon-
strated and are designed to impress the student with the importance of the
essential fundamentals in all the various steps in full denture construction.
During the second year the instruction embraces a study of materials used
in partial denture construction. Lecture-demonstrations, experiments, exer-
cises, and technical demonstrations are given, using the same method of pre-
sentation as followed in the first year.
The course in the third year includes a study of the practical application in
the Infirmary of the fundamentals taught in the preceding years. Demonstra-
tions are offered of the various technics of impression and bite-taking to
provide the student with additional knowledge necessary for practical work in
the Infirmary.
The last year is given to the application in the' Infirmary of the funda-
mentals taught in the previous year, particular attention being given to a
standard method of denture construction by the clinical instructors to equip
the student with a basic technic. The didactic course of this year includes
all the various methods employed in advanced prosthesis.
FIXED PARTIAL PROSTHESIS
Professor Nuttall; Associate Professor Dosh; Assistant Professor Wells;
and Dr. Browning
Instruction in this department includes a laboratory course during the Sopho-
more and Junior years which embraces the teaching of the procedures neces-
sary in abutment preparations, the construction of fundamental retainers
and the assemblage of fixed partial dentures. The technics include wax
manipulation, pattern carving, investing and casting, also the construction of
pontics.
The didactic work in the Junior year includes a study of the biological
factors, the mechanical requirements and the indications and contraindications
of fixed partial prosthesis. During the Junior and Senior years excellent
opportunities are offered students to fulfill practical requirements in the
Prosthetic Clinic.
CERAMICS
Professor Nuttall and Associate Professor Dosh
Instruction is given in the history and development of porcelain as a restor-
ative material in the treatment of mouth conditions and in the properties and
manipulation of the porcelain elements. A study is made of the electric furnace
and its usage, with technical demonstrations in baking crowns, inlays, pontics,
porcelain-tipped pontics, and in glazing and staining. The work in lecture
room, technic laboratory, and clinic is harmonized.
686 SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY
ORAL HYGIENE AND PERIODONTIA
Associate Professor Hicks; Assistant Professors Eskow and Mazzotta;
and Dr. A. D. Aisenberg
Oral Hygiene
Oral Hygiene is taught by a combined lecture and laboratory course.
Prevention, or care of the mouth, is stressed in lectures. Emphasis is placed
on the functions and limitations of dentifrices and mouth washes, toothbrushes,
and brushing methods ; the role of diet in dental health and development and
the relation of dental_ foci to systemic disease. Causes, results, treatment, and
eradication of unhygienic conditions of the oral cavity are fully considered.
Demonstrations are given in the prophylactic treatment and in the home care
of the mouth, and in the methods of brushing teeth.
The student is taught in laboratory the fundamental use of scalers upon
special mannikins. By progressive exercises and drills he is carried through
the basic principles of good operating procedure and is taught the methods of
a thorough prophylactic treatment. The class is divided into two sections,
one as operators, the other as patients, to perform the actual clinical prophy-
lactic treatment. The sections are then alternated.
Periodontia
The lecture course presents the pathology, etiology, clinical symptoms,
diagnosis, prognosis, and methods of treatment, of the various forms of perio-
dontal disease. The recognition of periodontal disease in its incipient forms and
the importance of early treatment are stressed. The various methods of treat-
ment are considered and evaluated.
The lectures are well illustrated with color slides and moving pictures.
Demonstrations, using patients, are correlated with the lecture course to
show conditions of actual practice.
Infirmary practice is required of both Junior and Senior students. Individual
cases are managed according to systematized procedure. Diagnosis is based
on the study of radiographs, clinical signs and symptoms, models, and history,
and each case is rated according to its own particular needs.
ORTHODONTICS
Professor Preis; Drs. Swinehart and Tongue
The orthodontic course consists of lectures to the Senior students through-
out three trimesters. The subject matter includes the history of orthodontics;
the study of growth and development of human dental occlusion; forces of
occlusion ; etiology of malocclusion ; aberrations of the maxilla and mandible
which affect occlusion.
The lectures are supplemented with clinical facilities which correlate the
didactic instruction with the practical application of corrective measures.
The Junior students are scheduled for Orthodontic seminars that provide
an opportunity for suitable introduction to the field of orthodontics.
ORAL SURGERY
Professor Dorsey; Associate Professors Ward and Y eager ; Assistant
Professor Toomey; Drs. Cappuccio, Hartsock, H. M. Robinson, and Siwinski
Oral Surgery is given in the Junior and Senior years and consists of lectures,
clinical assignments, and practical demonstrations on the etiology, pathology,
diagnosis and treatment of all classes of tumors, infections, deformities, anom-
alies, impacted teeth, fractures and of minor oral surgical conditions asso-
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 687
dated with the practice of dentistry. Special group hospital clinics, demon-
strations and ward rounds are given to familiarize the student with abnormal
conditions incident to the field of his future operations and to train him
thoroughly in the diagnosis of benign and malignant tumors.
Weekly seminars are held in the hospital and each senior student is required
to prepare and present an oral surgery case report according to the require-
ments of The American Board of Oral Surgery.
Instruction is given in the classification of teeth for extraction, in the re-
moval of teeth, and in the pre- and postoperative treatment of patients, both
ambulatory and hospitalized.
Students are required to produce anesthesia and to extract teeth under the
direction and supervision of an instructor.
Clinics are held to demonstrate the removal of impacted and imbedded teeth
and cysts, and the treatment of fractures and other oral conditions requiring
surgery. Abundant clinical material and adequate facilities enable the student
to receive exceptional training and practice.
ANESTHETICS
Professor Dorsey; Assistant Professors Nelson and Toomey; Dr. Inman
Local anesthesia is taught both in principle and in practice. All types of
intraoral, extraoral, conduction and infiltration injections ; the anatomical rela-
tionship of muscles and nerves ; the theory of action of anesthetic agents, the
dangers involved, and toxic manifestations and their treatment, are taught in
lectures and clinics. Demonstrations are given in conduction and infiltration
technics, and students are required to give similar injections under direct
supervision of the instructor.
General anesthesia is taught in both lecture and clinic, including the action
of the anesthetic agents, methods of administration, indications and contra-
indications, dangers and the treatment of toxic manifestations. Demonstrations
are given in the preparation of the patient, the administration of all general
anesthetics (inhalant, rectal, spinal, and intravenous), and the technic for oral
operations, with clinics being held in the Infirmary and in the Hospital.
ORAL ROENTGENOLOGY
Associate Professor Karn, Assistant Professor Dabrowski and Dr. Miller
The advances made in dental science and in the art of practice have estab-
lished Roentgenology as one of the most important departments of dental edu-
cation. The course offered is based on the universal utility of the x-ray in oral
diagnosis and is consistent with the modern concept of preventive dentistry.
In the lectures are included a study of the physical principles involved in the
production of Roentgen rays, a thorough discussion of their nature as to prop-
erties and effects, and the background of information necessary to their prac-
tical application.
In the clinic, students of the Junior and Senior years are in constant associa-
tion with the routine practical use of the x-ray. They are required to master
thoroughly the fundamental scientific principles thereof and to acquire a rea-
sonable degree of technical skill, under supervision. It is the design of the
course to equip students to take, process, and interpret all types of intraoral
and extraoral films. Abundant clinical material is available as the result of a
policy calling for the routine use of the x-ray in all oral diagnoses.
688 SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY
PRINCIPLES OF MEDICINE
Associate Professor McLean and Dr. Lebo
Principles of Medicine is taught by lecture, visual education, and clinical
demonstrations. The course is given to the Junior and Senior classes for
one hour a week during the entire year. The course is supplemented by
comprehensive lectures in Physical Diagnosis given to the Senior class for
one hour each week during the first trimester.
The purpose of the course is to give the dental student a general under-
standing of medical problems, especially of diagnostic and therapeutic pro-
cedures, and to show the close relationship between oral diseases and general
systemic disturbances.
In the Junior year, the course is largely didactic, and the signs and symp-
toms of the more common diseases are discussed. In the Senior year,
importance is placed on the close application of medical knowledge, with
the emphasis on organic and psychosomatic diseases ; the second half of the
Senior year is devoted to medical clinics and seminars.
Available clinical material is used and free discussion is encouraged, in
order to show the art of practice in history taking, diagnosis, laboratory
examinations, and the modern concepts of treatment.
Guest lecturers present specific scientific papers relating to medical-dental
topics.
PRACTICE MANAGEMENT
Professor McCarthy
The chief objective of this course is to prepare the students to assume
intelligently the social, economic and professional responsibilities of dental
practice. Training in practice management is a continuous growth with the
student during his entire clinical experience.
In preparation for the course the students are given introductory lectures
and demonstrations relative to the conduct of practice at the beginning of
their Junior year when they come into the clinics for formal practice training.
The training they receive in handling patients, keeping records, etc., serves
as an introduction to the problems they will experience in practice.
The formal Senior lectures stress the selection of the proper office location,
the purchasing of equipment, the reception and handling of patients, the
establishing of fees, the methods of collecting accounts, the various types of
insurance, and the selection of investments. A comprehensive bookkeeping
system for a dental office is fully outlined and explained. The relationships
of the dentist to his fellow practitioners, his supply dealers, his laboratories,
and his community are fully discussed.
DENTAL HISTORY
Professor Robinson and Assistant Professor Foley
Dentistry occupies an important position in the present social structure be-
cause of its important relationship to the health of the individual and of the
community. From its crude beginnings in ancient times the dental art has
been improved down through the ages to the present by various educative
processes and has gradually and firmly advanced in scientific quality and
technological excellence. An appreciation of the true objectives of dentistry
will be greatly enhanced by the practitioner's knowledge of its philosophy as
revealed through an understanding of its development to its present state of
usefulness. A knowledge of the history of dentistry is a necessary part of
the education of the modern dentist. Lectures in Dental History portray the
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 689
beginning of the art of dental practice among ancient civilizations, its ad-
vancement in relation to the development of the so-called medical sciences in
early civilizations, its struggle through the Middle Ages and, finally, its attain-
ment of recognized professional status in modern times. Special attention
will be given to the forces and stresses that have brought about the evolution-
ary progress from a primitive dental art to a scientific health service profession.
DENTAL ETHICS
Professor Robinson and Assistant Professor Foley
The course in Dental Ethics includes a series of lectures on the history of
general ethics and its basic teachings, which is followed by an interpretation
of philosophical principles in terms of a code of professional ethics and its
application to the present-day needs of the dental profession. Emphasis is
placed upon the importance of right conduct in the dentist's relation with the
public, the profession, the patient, the physician, the specialist and his fellow
dentist.
JURISPRUDENCE
Dr. Strahorn
The special aim in the course in Jurisprudence is to ground the student in
the fundamentals of law as they relate themselves to the dentist and his patient.
The rights and limitations of each are pointed out through lecture work and
class conference. A series of practical cases in which suits have been threat-
ened or entered by patients against the dentist will be reviewed in the light of
trial table outcome or basis on which compromise adjustments have been made.
ORAL AND WRITTEN EXPRESSION
Professor Robinson and Assistant Professor Foley
A formal course of lectures is given in the second year. Many aspects of
the instruction are given practical application in the third and fourth years.
The course has many purposes, all of them contributing to the training of the
students for effective participation in the extra-practice activities of the pro-
fession. Particular attention is given to instruction in the functioning of the
agencies of communication in dentistry: the dental societies and the dental
periodicals. The practical phases of the course include a thorough study of
the preparation and uses of oral and written composition by the dental student
and the dentist ; the use of libraries ; the compilation of bibliographies ; the
collection, the organization, and the use of information ; the management of
dental meetings ; the oral presentation of papers ; and professional corre-
spondence.
VISUAL AIDS IN TEACHING
Assistant Professor Ezekiel, Mrs. Kiehne, and Miss Wood
Visual aids are essential to instruction in all the courses of the dental curric-
ulum. From his first class to his graduation day the student's learning is
assisted by the use of visual materials.
Through photography the School retains for teaching purposes many inter-
esting cases that appear in the clinics, preserves evidence of unusual patholog-
ical cases, and records anatomical anomalies, facial disharmonies and mal-
occlusions of the teeth. In addition the student, through his contacts with
photographic uses, becomes acquainted with the value of photography in clin-
ical practice and acquires a working knowledge of black and white and color
photography, still and motion pictures, photomicrography, and the making of
transparencies. Students are advised as to the use of visual aids in the prepara-
tion of lectures and theses, the arrangement and co-ordination of materials,
and the organization and maintenance of records and histories.
690 SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY
Moulage and art are used to supplement the photographic services where
applicable. Drawings of anatomical, pathological, surgical and operative cases
are used to teach the student detailed technics. In moulage, rubber master
molds are made of gross and embryological specimens and from these are cast
both plaster and wax positives. Through the use of agar molds, facial and oral
masks are made of unusual and interesting clinical subjects. This work is
particularly valuable in courses in which it is not possible to use actual speci-
mens for instructional purposes.
By the combination and correlation of these various types of visual education,
all departments of instruction in the School are provided with an unlimited
supply of valuable and often irreplaceable materials for lectures, clinics and
exhibits.
FIRST AID
Dr. Ogden
This course is offered in the Junior year for the purpose of acquainting the
student with the basic principles of First Aid. Instruction consists of lectures
combined with practical demonstrations.
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 691
SCHOOL OF LAW
OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION
H. C. Byrd, B.S., LL.D., D. Sc, President of the University
Roger Howell, LL.B., Ph.D., Dean
Bridgewater M. Arnold, LL.B., Assistant Dean
Edgar F. Long, Ph.D., Director of Admissions
Alma H. Preinkert, M.A., Registrar
THE FACULTY COUNCIL
Bridgewater M. Arnold Roger Howell
Randolph Barton, Jr. Hon. Emory H. Niles
Hon. W. Calvin Chesnut Edwin G. W. Ruge
Hon. Edwin T. Dickerson John S. Strahorn, Jr,
THE FACULTY OF LAW (1948-1949)
Bridgewater M. Arnold Assistant Dean and Professor of Law
A.B. (1923), Princeton University; LL.B. (1931), University of Maryland.
George 0. Blome Director of Practice Court
LL.B. (1914), University of Maryland.
J. Wallace Bryan Lecturer on Pleading
A.B. (1903), Ph.D. (1908), Johns Hopkins University; LL.B. (1905), University
of Maryland.
James T. Carter Lecturer on Contracts
A.B. (1914), Oberlin College; LL.B. (1918), University of Maryland; Ph. D. (1919),
Johns Hopkins University.
Richard W. Case Lecturer on Taxation
A.B. (1941), LL.B. (1942), University of Maryland.
L. Whiting Farinholt, Jr Associate Professor of Law
A.B. (1932), John9 Hopkins University; LL.B. (1940), University of Maryland;
LL.M. (1947), Harvard University.
Hon. Eli Frank Professor Emeritus
A.B. (1894), Johns Hopkins University; LL.B. (1896), University of Maryland.
George Gump Lecturer on Taxation
A.B. (1930), Johns Hopkins University; LL.B. (1933), University of Maryland.
Roger Howell Dean and Professor of Law
A.B. (1914), Ph.D. (1917), Johns Hopkins University; LL.B. (1917), University
of Maryland.
Frederick William Invernizzi Associate Professor of Law
A.B. (1932), LL.B. (1935), University of Maryland.
Laurence M. Jones Professor of Law
A.B. (1930), J.D. (1932), State University of Iowa; LL.M. (1933), S.J.D. (1934),
Harvard University.
Joseph 0. Kaiser Lecturer on Pleading
A.B. (1933), Johns Hopkins University; LL.B. (1936), University of Maryland.
G92 SCHOOL OF LAW
John H. Lewin Lecturer on Administrative Law
A.B. (1920), Johns Hopkins University; LL.B. (1923), Harvard University.
John M. McFall Lecturer on Mortgages
A.B. (1904), College of Charleston; M.A. (1906), Columbia University; LL.B. (1916),
George Washington University.
Gerald Monsman Supervisor Legal Aid Clinic
A.B. (1926), Calvin College; LL.B. (1933), University of Maryland; J.D. (1935),
Georgetown University.
Hon. Emory H. Niles Lecturer on Admiralty and Evidence
A.B. (1912), Johns Hopkins University; B.A. (1915), B.C.L. (1916), M.A. (1930),
Oxford University; LL.B. (1917), University of Maryland.
Reuben Oppenheimer Lecturer on Administrative Law
A.B. (1917), Johns Hopkins University; LL.B. (1921), Harvard University.
Russell R. Reno Professor of Law
A.B. (1931), LL.B. (1927), University of Illinois; LL.M. (1940), Columbia University.
Edwin G, W. Ruge Professor of Law
A.B. (1912), Yale University; LL.B. (1915), Harvard University.
*G. Ridgely Sappington Lecturer on Practice
LL.B. (1904), Baltimore Law School.
John S. Strahorn, Jr Professor of Law
A.B. (1922), St. John's College; LL.B. (1925), Washington and Lee University;
S.J.D. (1926), Harvard University; J.S.D. (1931), Yale University.
R. Dorsey Watkins Lecturer on Torts and Mortgages
A.B. (1922), Ph.D. (1925), Johns Hopkins University; LL.B. (1925), University of
Maryland.
Gertrude M. Anderton Secretary
Anne C. Bagby Law Librarian
A.B. (1922), Goucher College; B.L.S. (1927), Pratt Institute School of Library Science.
Ethel Louise Brockman Editorial Secretary, Maryland Law Review
A.B. (1938), LL.B. (1940), University of Maryland.
Nettie G. Abrahams Stenographer
* Deceased, November 9, 1948.
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 693
SCHOOL OF LAW
Introductory Statement
The Law School of the University of Maryland is rated as an
"Approved School" by the Council on Legal Education of the American
Bar Association. It is also a member of the Association of American Law
Schools, an organization whose purpose is the advancement of legal
education, membership in which is dependent upon meeting and main-
taining certain standards as to entrance requirements, faculty, library
and curriculum.
It is the only school in Maryland which has been so recognized and
which offers what is regarded by the bodies named as proper prepara-
tion for the practice of law or whose standards of admission and in-
struction are those recommended by them. In 41 jurisdictions, graduates
of schools not substantially complying with those standards are not
eligible to take the bar examinations; and in a substantial number of juris-
dictions, recognition is now refused to law study in a school not fully
approved by the American Bar Association.
The American Bar Association standards are set forth in the fol-
lowing resolutions, adopted in 1921, with the exception of 1 (f), which
was adopted in 1938:
"(1) The American Bar Association is of the opinion that every
candidate for admission to the Bar should give evidence of graduation
from a law school complying with the following standards:
(a) It shall require as a condition of admission at least
two years of study in a college.
(b) It shall require its students to pursue a course of three
years' duration if they devote substantially all of their work-
ing time to their studies, and a longer course, equivalent to
the number of working hours, if they devote only part of their
working time to their studies.
(c) It shall provide an adequate library available for the
use of the students.
(d) It shall have among its teachers a sufficient number
giving their entire time to the school to insure actual personal
acquaintance with the whole student body.
(e) It shall not be operated as a commercial enterprise and
the compensation of any officer or member of its teaching staff
shall not depend on the number of students or on the fees
received.
(f ) It shall be a school which in the judgment of the Coun-
cil on Legal Education and Admissions to the Bar possesses
reasonably adequate facilities and maintains a sound educa-
tional policy; provided, however, that any decision of the
Council in these respects shall be subject to review by the
House of Delegates on the petition of any school adversely
affected.
694 SCHOOL OF LAW
"(2) The American Bar Association is of the opinion that gradu-
ation from a law school should not confer the right of admission to the
Bar, and that every candidate should be subjected to an examination by
public authority to determine his fitness.
"(3) The Council on Legal Education and Admission to the Bar
is directed to publish from time to time the names of those law schools
which comply with the above standards and those which do not, and
to make such publications available so far as possible to intending law
students."
The policy set forth in these resolutions has been consistently and
vigorously adhered to in subsequent meetings of the American Bar
Association.
The standards of the Association of American Law Schools are sub-
stantially the same, being somewhat more exacting in some instances.
HISTORICAL SKETCH
The General Assembly of Maryland in 1812 authorized the College
of Medicine of Maryland, founded in 1807, "to constitute, appoint and
annex to itself three other colleges or faculties, viz., the Faculty of
Divinity, the Faculty of Law, and the Faculty of Arts and Sciences,"
and declared that "the four colleges or faculties thus united should be
constituted an University by the same and under the title of the Univer-
sity of Maryland." In pursuance of this authority the University was
organized in 1813, and is thus one of the oldest chartered universities in
America.
The first faculty of law was chosen in 1813, when David Hoffman
was elected Professor of law. He published in 1817 "A Course of Legal
Study Addressed to Students and the Profession Generally," which
Justice Story in an article in the North American Review pronounced to
be "by far the most perfect system for the study of law which has
ever been offered to the public," and which recommended a course of
study so comprehensive as to require for its completion six or seven
years. Regular instruction in law was begun in 1823, but was suspended
in 1836 for lack of proper pecuniary support. Hoffman's ideals of legal
education were far in advance of his times and in consequence there were
but few students able or willing to spend the time required by his course.
In 1869 the Law School was reorganized, and in 1870 regular instruction
therein was resumed. Its graduates now number more than thirty-five
hundred, and include a large proportion of the past and present leaders
of the bench and bar in the State, as well as many who have attained
prominence in the profession elsewhere.
Two other schools, the Baltimore Law School and the Baltimore
University of Law, were organized under charters granted by the State
of Maryland. These two schools were subsequently consolidated under
the name of the Baltimore Law School in 1911 and in 1913 the Baltimore
Law School was in turn merged into the Law School of the University
of Maryland. On July 1, 1920, the University of Maryland at Baltimore
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 695
and the Maryland State College at College Park were consolidated under
the name of the University of Maryland.
BUILDING AND EQUIPMENT
The buildings of the Schools of Law, Medicine, Dentistry and
Pharmacy of the University of Maryland are located in the vicinity of
Lombard and Greene Streets, in the City of Baltimore, the Law School
building being at the southeast corner of Redwood and Greene Streets.
This building was erected in 1931 and is a three-story building of colonial
design, devoted exclusively to law-school purposes. The first floor con-
tains a large auditorium, students' lounge, the administrative offices and
the women's locker room; on the second floor are four large class-rooms;
the third floor is devoted to the practice court, a large reading-room, and
offices and reading-room for the law faculty and Law Review staff; in
the basement is the men's locker room. The entire west wing of the
building is devoted to stack space, affording room for more than 50,000
volumes.
The Law Library now contains some 22,000 volumes. Included
therein are several complete sets of the Maryland and Baltimore City
reports; all the editions, official and unofficial, of the Supreme Court
reports and inferior Federal courts; the National Reporter System and
the reports of the Courts of last resort of all states prior thereto, as well
as the published decisions of the more important inferior state Courts;
the English Law Reports since 1865 and the English Reprint and English
Common Law and Chancery Reports covering the period prior to that
time; the various selected case series of annotated reports; the statute
law of the United States, the several states, and Great Britain, as well
as multiple sets of all Maryland codes and session laws; the American
Digest System, the English and Empire Digest, and multiple sets of all
Maryland Digests; a large collection of carefully selected textbooks and
treatises; all of the leading legal periodicals, encyclopedias, citators and
other search books. The library is open on weekdays for the use of the
students from 9:00 A. M. to 10:30 P. M.
ARRANGEMENT OF HOURS
The Law School is divided into two divisions, the Day School and
the Evening School. The same curriculum is offered in each school, and
the standards of work and graduation requirements are the same.
The normal Day School course covers a period of three years of
thirty-two weeks each, exclusive of holidays.
The normal Evening School course covers a period of four years
of thirty-six weeks each, exclusive of holidays. The class sessions are
held on Monday, Wednesday and Friday evenings of each week from
6:30 to 9:40 o'clock, leaving the alternate evenings for study and prepa-
ration by the student.
696 SCHOOL OF LAW
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION
Candidates for Degree — The requirements for admission are those
of the Association of American Law Schools. Applicants for admission
as candidates for a degree are required to produce evidence of the com-
pletion of at least one-half of the work acceptable for a bachelor's degree
granted on the basis of a four-year period of study by the State Uni-
versity of the State in which the prelaw work is taken, or if there is no
State University, then at a principal college or university located therein;
not more than ten per cent of the credit presented for admission may
include credit earned in nontheory courses in military science, hygiene,
domestic arts, physical education, vocal or instrumental music, or other
courses without intellectual content of substantial value. All prelegal
work must have been passed with a scholastic average at least equal to
the average required for graduation in the institution attended.
The right is reserved to refuse admission to applicants with suffi-
cient scholastic credit, whose presence in the School would, in the judg-
ment of the Faculty Council, be detrimental to the best interests of the
School.
Special Students. Candidates for Certificate of the School — A lim-
ited number of students, not exceeding ten per cent of the average
number of students admitted as beginning regular law students during
the two preceding years, applying for entrance with less than the aca-
demic credit required of candidates for the law degree, may be admitted
as candidates for the certificate of the school, but not for the degree,
where, in the opinion of the Faulty Council, special circumstances, such
as the maturity and the apparent ability of the student, seem to justify
a deviation from the rule requiring at least two years of college work.
Applicants for admission as special students must be at least twenty-
three years of age and must be specially equipped by training and experi-
ence for the study of law.
Application for admittance as a special student should be made as
early as possible by letter, showing the age of the applicant, together
with a detailed statement of attendance at educational institutions, and
of the work therein completed and the work pursued by the applicant
since leaving such educational institutions.
ADVANCED STANDING
Students complying with the requirements for admission to the school
who have, in addition, successfully pursued the study of law elsewhere
in a law school which, at the time of such student's attendance, was
either a member of the Association of American Law Schools or approved
by the Council on Legal Education of the American Bar Association may,
in the discretion of the Faculty Council, upon presentation of a certificate
from such accredited law school showing honorable dismissal therefrom,
and the successful completion of equivalent courses therein, receive
credit for such courses and be admitted to advanced standing. No
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 697
student transferring from another law school will be admitted who is not
in good scholastic standing at the school from vjhich he transfers. No
degree will be conferred until after at least one year of residence and
study at this school.
COMBINED PROGRAM OF STUDIES LEADING TO THE DEGREES
OF BACHELOR OF ARTS OR BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
AND BACHELOR OF LAWS
The University of Maryland offers combined programs in arts or
business administration and law leading to the degrees of bachelor of
arts or bachelor of science and bachelor of laws.
Students pursuing such combined programs in college and prelegal
subjects will spend the first three years in either the College of Arts and
Sciences or in the College of Business and Public Administration at
College Park. They will then register in the Law School, and upon the
successful completion of the work of the first year in the Day School,
or the equivalent work in the Evening School, the degree of bachelor of
arts or bachelor of science will be awarded. The degree of bachelor of
laws will be awarded upon the completion of the work prescribed for
graduation in the School of Law.
Details of the combined courses may be had upon application to
the University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland.
REGISTRATION
All students are required, when entering for each session, to report
in person at the office of the Secretary of the Law School and enroll.
The attention of all students is called to the fact that no registration
will be allowed except by special action of the Dean after the last day
for registration as designated in the calendar.
Students who fail to pay the tuition and other fees required on or
before the day of registration, for each term or semester, as stated in
the catalogue, will be required to pay in addition to the fees required,
a fine of five ($5.00) dollars. The last permissible day for registration,
with the fine included, is Saturday at noon of the week in which instruc-
tion begins following the specified registration period. This rule may
be waived only by action of the Dean.
VETERANS' EDUCATIONAL BENEFITS
The University is approved by the Veterans Administration for
participation in the program of educational benefits provided for veterans
under Public Laws 346 (the Servicemen's Readjustment Act of 1944
or "GI Bill") and 16 (the Vocational Rehabilitation Act).
A veteran planning to enter law school under either of these laws
should file his application with the Veterans Administration as early as
possible, in order that this may be approved before the veteran begins
his law studies.
698 SCHOOL OF LAW
FEES AND EXPENSES
The charges for instruction for resident students are as follows:
Application fee, to accompany application $ 5.00
Matriculation fee, payable on first registration 10.00
Diploma fee, payable upon graduation 15.00
Tuition fee, per semester (Day School) 100.00
Tuition fee, per semester (Evening School) 75.00
The tuition fee for each semseter is payable at the time of registra-
tion therefor. For students unable to pay such charges in full when
due, arrangements for installment payments may be made with the Secre-
tary at the time of registration. Students carrying less than ten credit
hours in the Day division or less than six credit hours in the Evening
division will be charged on the basis of $7.50 per semester hour carried.
NON-RESIDENT STUDENTS
An additional tuition fee of $25.00 per semester must be paid by
students who are non-residents of the State of Maryland.
Students who are minors are considered to be resident students if,
at the time of their registration, their parents* have been residents of
this State for at least one year.
Adult students are considered to be resident students if, at the time
of their registration, they have been residents of this State for at least
one year, provided that such residence has not been acquired while
attending any school or college in Maryland.
The status of the residence of a student is determined at the time
of his first registration in the University and may not thereafter be
changed by him unless, in the case of a minor, his parents* move to
and become legal residents of this State by maintaining such residence
for at least one full calendar year. However, the right of the student
(minor) to change from a non-resident to a resident status must be
established by him prior to registration for a semester in any academic
year.
REBATES
The matriculation fee is not subject to rebate. Other tuition charges
will be rebated in case of withdrawal of a student during the course of
a semester, in accordance with the following schedule:
Period From Date Instruction Begins
2 weeks or less 80%
Between 2 and 3 weeks 60%
Between 3 and 4 weeks 40%
Between 4 and 5 weeks 20%
Over 5 weeks No rebate
In all cases of withdrawals from school, immediate notice in writing
must be given to the Dean.
* The term "parents" includes persons who, by reason of death or other unusual cir-
cumstances, have been legally constituted the guardians of or stand in loco parentis to
such minor students.
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 699
SCHOLARSHIPS
In 1922, Mr. Louis S. Ashman, of the Baltimore Bar and an alumnus
of the Law School, assigned to the Regents all royalties to be received
from the publication of his book, "Prayers and Instructions" in order
to provide a fund for the establishment of a scholarship or scholarships
to be known as "The Louis S. Ashman Scholarship," for a student or
students recommended annually by the Faculty Council as worthy to
receive the same by reason of scholarly attainments and the need of
financial assistance in pursuing the study of law. The value of each
scholarship is about $150.00.
At least one such scholarship has been awarded each year since,
except that during the war, the Faculty Council reserved the right to
withhold award of these scholarships for the benefit of students returning
from service during the postwar period. Beginning with the school year
1946-1947, two of such scholarships will be awarded annually; in accord-
ance with the donor's wishes, preference will be given to former service-
men in making such awards.
For the purpose of continuing these scholarships, Mr. Ashman in
1939 also assigned the royalties from his book on "Directed Prayers and
Instructions" to the Regents; and for the same purpose has currently
under preparation a book on "Maryland Court and Office Forms, Anno-
tated."
Applications for this scholarship must be filed on or before Septem-
ber 1 of the school year for which the scholarship is to be awarded.
Scholarships will be awarded for one year only, but the same person may
receive more than one award, provided his scholastic work and influence
in the School are such as to merit this.
REGISTRATION WITH THE COURT OF APPEALS AND ADMISSION
TO THE BAR
Under the rules governing admission to the Bar in the State of
Maryland, each applicant is required to register with the State Board
of Law Examiners as a law student before beginning the study of law.
Applicants for such registration must have completed, in addition to a
high-school education or the equivalent, two years of work in a college
approved by the Board of Law Examiners, or the equivalent. Appli-
cation blanks for such registration may be procured from the Secretary
by the student at the time of his registration in the Law School. A fee
of $15.00, payable to the State Board of Law Examiners must accompany
each application. Such registration as a law student with the State Board
of Law Examiners does not automatically qualify an applicant for ad-
mission to the Law School, for which compliance with the requirements
set forth on page 9 is essential.
Admission to the Bar is upon examination by the State Board of Law
Examiners. The examinations are held in July and March each year,
and embrace the following subjects: Agency, Conflict of Laws, Constitu-
tional Law, Contracts, Corporations, Criminal Law, Domestic Relations,
Equity, Evidence, Negotiable Instruments, Personal Property, Pleading
700 SCHOOL OF LAW
and Practice at Law and in Equity, Administrative Law Including Public
Service Companies, Real Property, Torts, and Testamentary Law. All
of the required courses are included in the curriculum offered by the
Law School.
Applicants for admission to the bar must have studied law in the
office of a member of the bar of this State, or in a law school of the
United States and must file a petition with the State Board of Law
Examiners at least twenty days before the day fixed for the examination
they wish to take. A fee of $25.00, payable to the State Board of Law
Examiners, must accompany each application.
Further information concerning the examination or matters relating
to admission to the bar may be had upon application to Mr. Wilson K.
Barnes, Secretary, State Board of Law Examiners, 900 Maryland Trust
Building, Baltimore 2, Maryland.
EXAMINATIONS AND GRADES
Written examinations are held at the end of the course in all subjects
except Practice Court and the Legal Aid Clinic. Unless excused by the
Dean, all students must present themselves for examination in each sub-
ject for which they are registered at the first regular examination held
therein in order to receive credit for such course. No student will
will be permitted to take the examination in any course unless he has
attended at least 85 per cent of the lectures therein, except upon the
recommendation of the instructor in such course and by permission of the
Dean; nor may any student, without special permission from the Dean,
carry in the Day School less than 12 nor more than 16 hours per week
and, in the Evening School, less than 6 nor more than 10 hours per week.
A student failing to present himself for examination in any course
must report to the Dean as soon as the circumstances which caused the
absence will permit. If the Dean is satisfied that the absence was justi-
fiable (as if due to sickness or other exceptional circumstances) he will
give permission for a deferred examination in place of the one missed.
A fee of $5.00 will be charged for every deferred examination, except
that one fee will cover all deferred examinations due to the same cause.
The following grade symbols are used: A, signifying "excellent";
B, signifying "very good"; C, signifying "good"; D, signifying "passed";
F, signifying "failure"; I, signifying "incomplete." Of these, A, B, C,
and D, are passing grades, but a grade of D can be counted toward
graduation only as hereinafter stated. For the purpose of computing
the average grade of a student, the following values are assigned to
the grades received: A equals 4; B equals 3; C equals 2; D equals 1;
F equals 0.
The grade of I (incomplete) is given only to those students who
have a proper excuse for failure to present themselves for examinations
or to complete any other work that may be required by the instructor
in any course. It is not used to signify work of inferior quality. It may
be replaced later by a definite grade for the course, when the instructor
therein is prepared to report it.
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 701
A student receiving a grade of less than C in any course, may, in
the discretion of the instructor, take a re-examination therein, for the
purpose of raising such grade, the grade received on such re-examination
to be substituted for the original grade received, except with respect
to eligibility for scholarship honors. Such re-examination, unless special
permission is obtained from the Dean to the contrary, must be taken
either at the next regular examination given in such course, or at the
next deficiency examination period. Deficiency examinations are held
prior to the opening of the school session in September of each year.
Not more than one re-examination may be taken in any one course; if a
student is not successful in raising his grade thereon, he may do so
thereafter only by repeating such course.
In determining the eligibility of a student to continue in attendance
at the school, a grade of F in a course of three or more semester hours
shall constitute one failure, and a grade of F in a course of less than
three semester hours shall constitute a half-failure. A student having
three or more failures, so computed, is permanently excluded from the
School and is not permitted to take re-examinations in the courses failed.
A student having less than three failures, so computed, and a
weighted average below C, will be required to take deficiency examina-
tions in the subjects failed; if on such deficiency examinations, he shall
remove all failures and half-failures, he may continue with his class,
subject to the conditions as to number of hours of D grades stated here-
after. If, after taking such deficiency examinations, he still is not
eligible to continue with his class, he must elect either (1) to withdraw
from the School; or (2) to remain as an unclassified student taking
assigned work only. A student with a weighted average of at least C,
who has a mark of F in not more than one subject, shall be entitled to
continue with his class without removing such failure by re-examination.
Except in the case of a student whose weighted average is at least
C, students with the number of hours of D grades following on their
records shall be ineligible to continue into the succeeding class, except
after reducing such hours of D grades sufficiently by taking deficiency
examinations: a first-year day student with more than nine semester
hours; a second-year day student with more than fifteen semester hours;
a first-year evening student with more than eight semester hours; a
second-year evening student with more than twelve semester hours; a
third-year evening student with more than sixteen semester hours. If,
after taking such deficiency examinations, such a student is still not
eligible to continue with his class, he must elect either (1) to withdraw
from the School; or (2) to remain as an unclassified student taking
assigned work only.
The Faculty Council reserves the right to require the withdrawal of
any student whose continued presence would not, in the judgment of the
Council, either because of low scholastic standing or other reasons, be
of benefit to himself or would be detrimental to the best interests of
the School.
702 SCHOOL OF LAW
REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION
To be eligible for either the degree or the certificate, a student must
have successfully completed courses totaling at least 80 semester hours,
in at least three-fourths of which he must have received a grade of C or
higher; provided, however, that a student who has failed in not more
than one subject, may be allowed to graduate if his general weighted
average, including such failure, is at least C.
HONORS AND PRIZES
A student who complies with the requirements for graduation and
who attains in all work done in courses offered in the school, and pre-
sented for the degree, an average grade of not less than 3.15, may be
recommended by the Faculty Council for Graduation with Honor.
Under the will of Mrs. W. Calvin Chesnut, the sum of $1,000.00 was
paid to the Regents of the University as an endowment, the annual in-
come to be used for the purpose of giving a prize for good scholarship in
a broad sense, to be determined by the Dean of the School of Law annu-
ally, to be known as the Elizabeth Maxwell Carroll Chesnut Prize.
The G. Ridgely Sappington Prize, established in memory of G.
Ridgely Sappington, for many years a member of the Faculty of the
School of Law, is awarded annually to the student doing the best work
in the day division course in Practice, in which Mr. Sappington was the
instructor at the time of his death.
The editors of the United States Law Week offer a prize of a year's
subscription to the student who, in the judgment of the faculty, makes
the most satisfactory scholastic progress during his final school year.
ORDER OF THE COIF
The Order of the Coif is a national law-school honor society, founded
to encourage scholarship and to advance the ethical standards of the
legal profession, membership in which depends upon high scholastic
attainments. Only those students standing among the first tenth of the
senior class are eligible for membership. Elections of seniors to the
Maryland Chapter of the Order are held during the last semester of the
school year.
CURRICULUM
Explanation of Abbreviations — In the list of courses given below,
the credit value of each course is indicated in semester units by a
numeral per week, or its equivalent, throughout one term of the academic
year, in parentheses following the title. A unit is one hour of classroom
work based on the length of the day-school course. The session during
which a course is given is shown as follows: I, Fall Semester; II, Spring
Semester; Yr., throughout the year. Courses starred are elective; all
others required.
The Faculty Council reserves the right to make such changes in
the curriculum as may be found necessary or desirable. Books listed as
used in any course are also subject to change as decided by the instructor.
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 703
DAY SCHOOL
First Year
Agency (2) I — Seavey's Cases on Agency. Mr. Ruge.
Contracts (6) Yr. — Williston's Cases on Contracts (4th ed.) Mr. Ruge.
Criminal Law (3) I — Hall and Glueck's Cases and Materials on Criminal
Law. Mr. Strahorn.
Domestic Relations (2) II — Madden and Compton's Cases on Domestic
Relations. Mr. Strahorn.
Legal Bibliography (1) II — Brandt, How to Find the Law (3rd ed.).
Mr. Reno.
Personal Property (2) I — Fraser's Cases on Property, Vol. II (2nd ed).
Mr. Reno.
Pleading (3) II — Common law pleading with special reference to Mary-
land procedure. Keigwin's Cases on Common Law Pleading (2nd
ed.) ; mimeographed material. Mr. Bryan.
Real Property I (3) II — Bigelow, Introduction to the Law of Real
Property; Fraser's Cases on Property, Vol. I and Vol. II (2nd ed.).
Mr. Reno.
Torts (6) Yr. — Thurston and Seavey's Cases on Torts. Mr. Jones.
Second Year
*Admiralty (2) II — Robinson on Admiralty. Judge Niles.
Corporations (4) Yr. — Richard's Cases on Corporations (Rev. 3rd ed.).
Mr. Ruge.
Equity (4) II — Cook's Cases on Equity (4th ed.). Mr. Howell.
Equity Pleading (2) II — Selected Material. Mr. Invernizzi.
Evidence (4) II — McCormick's Cases on Evidence (2nd ed.). Mr. Strahorn.
*Insurance (2) I — Vance's Cases on Insurance (3rd ed.). Mr. Jones.
Negotiable Instruments (3) I — Britton's Cases on Bills and Notes (3rd
ed.). Mr. Invernizzi.
* Partnership (2) I — Crane and Magruder's Cases on Partnership (Shorter
Selection). Mr. Arnold.
Practice (2) I — Trial and appellate practice and procedure with special
reference to Maryland procedure. McBaine's Cases on Civil Pro-
cedure (2nd ed.). Mr. Invernizzi.
Real Property II (4) I — Kirkwood's Cases on Conveyances (2nd ed.).
Mr. Reno.
Sales (3) I — Williston and McCurdy's Cases on Sales. Mr. Arnold.
Testamentary Law (2) II — Mechem and Atkinson's Cases on Wills and
Administration (3rd ed.). Mr. Invernezzi.
704 SCHOOL OF LAW
Third Year
*Admiralty (2 ) II — Robinson on Admiralty. Judge Niles.
*Administrative Law (3) II — Stason's Cases on Administrative Tri-
bunals (2nd ed.). Mr. Oppenheimer.
*Conflict of Laws (4) I — Cheatham, Dowling, Goodrich and Griswold's
Cases on Conflict of Laws (2nd ed.) and Supplement. Mr. Farinholt.
* Constitutional Law (4) I — Dodd's Cases on Constitutional Law (3rd ed.)
and Supplement. Mr. Howell.
*Creditor's Rights (4) II — Hanna and McLaughlin's Cases on Creditors'
Rights (3rd ed.). Mr. Arnold.
* Federal Jurisdiction and Procedure (2) I — McCormick & Chadbourn's
Cases on Federal Courts. Mr. Farinholt.
insurance (2) I — Vance's Cases on Insurance (3rd ed.). Mr. Jones.
*Labor Law (3) II — Cox's Cases on Labor Law. Mr. Farinholt.
* Legal Aid Clinic (2) — Students registering for this course work two
afternoons a week during one semester at the Baltimore Legal Aid
Bureau. Limited to eight students in each semester. Mr. Monsman.
*Mortgages (2) II — Walsh and Simpson's Cases on Security, Vol. II
Mr. Arnold.
* Partnership (2) I — Crane and Magruder's Cases on Partnership (Shorter
Selection). Mr. Arnold.
Practice Court and Legal Ethics (4) Yr. — Selected material. Mr. Blome.
*Real Property III (3) I — Simes' Cases on Future Interests. Mr. Jones.
*Taxation (4) I — Griswold's Cases on Federal Taxation (2nd ed.).
Mr. Gump.
♦Trusts (3) II— Scott's Cases on Trusts (3rd ed.). Mr. Farinholt.
EVENING SCHOOL
First Year
Contracts (5) Yr. — Shepherd's Cases on Contracts (2nd ed.). Mr. Carter.
Criminal Law (3) I — Hall and Glueck's Cases and Materials on Criminal
Law. Mr. Strahorn.
Domestic Relations (2) II — Madden and Compton's Cases on Domestic
Relations. Mr. Strahorn.
Legal Bibliography (1) II — Brandt, How to Find the Law (3rd ed.).
Mr. Jones.
Personal Property (2) I — Fraser's Cases on Property, Vol. II (2nd ed.)
Mr. Reno.
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 705
Real Property I (3) II — Bigelow, Introduction to the Law of Real
Property; Fraser's Cases on Property, Vol. I and Vol. II (2nd ed.).
Mr. Reno.
Torts (5) Yr. — Thurston and Seavey's Cases on Torts. Mr. Watkins.
Second Year
Agency (2) I — Seavey's Cases on Agency. Mr. Ruge.
Equity (4) II — Cook's Cases on Equity (4th ed.). Mr. Howell.
Negotiable Instruments (3) I — Britton's Cases on Bills and Notes (3rd
ed.). Mr. Invernizzi.
Pleading (3) II — Common law pleading with special reference to Mary-
land procedure. Keigwin's Cases on Common Law Pleading (2nd
ed.); mimeographed material. Mr. Kaiser.
Real Property II (4) Yr. — Kirkwood's Cases on Conveyances (2nd ed.).
Mr. Reno.
Sales (3) I — Williston and McCurdy's Cases on Sales. Mr. Arnold.
Testamentary Law (2) II — Mechem and Atkinson's Cases on Wills and
Administration (3rd ed.). Mr. Invernizzi.
Third Year
*Admiralty (2) II — Robinson on Admiralty. Judge Niles.
Corporations (4) II — Richard's Cases on Corporations (Rev. 3rd ed.).
Mr. Ruge.
*Creditors' Rights (4) II — Hanna and McLaughlin's Cases on Creditors'
Rights (3rd ed.). Mr. Arnold.
Equity Pleading (2) II — Selected material. Mr. Invernizzi.
Evidence (4) I — McCormick's Cases on Evidence (2nd ed.). Judge Niles.
insurance (2) II — Vance's Cases on Insurance (3rd ed.). Mr. Jones.
*Mortgages (2) I — Walsh and Simpson's Cases on Security, Vol. II.
Mr. McFall.
Practice (2) I — Trial and appellate practice and procedure with special
reference to Maryland procedure. McBaine's Cases on Civil Pro-
cedure (2nd ed.). Mr. Invernizzi.
*Real Property III (3) I — Simes' Cases on Future Interests. Mr. Jones.
Fourth Year
♦Administrative Law (3) II — Stason's Cases on Administrative Tri-
bunals (2nd ed.). Mr. Lewin.
♦Admiralty (2) II — Robinson on Admiralty. Judge Niles.
♦Conflict of Laws (4) I — Cheatham, Dowling, Goodrich and Griswold's
Cases on Conflict of Laws (2nd ed.) and Supplement. Mr. Farinholt.
706 SCHOOL OF LAW
•"Constitutional Law (4) I — Dodd's Cases on Constitutional Law (3rd ed.)
and Supplement. Mr. Howell.
insurance (2) II — Vance's Cases on Insurance (3rd ed.). Mr. Jones.
Practice Court and Legal Ethics (4) Yr. — Selected material. Mr. Blome.
♦Taxation (4) Yr. — Griswold's Cases on Federal Taxation (2nd ed.).
Mr. Case.
♦Trusts (3) II— Scott's Cases on Trusts (3rd ed.). Mr. Farinholt.
PRACTICE COURT
The Law School endeavors not only to equip its students with an
accurate knowledge of legal principles, but also to train them in the
application of that knowledge and to fit them for the practice of the law.
To that end special care and thought are devoted to the conduct of the
Practice Court, which is in session throughout the scholastic year.
The work of the Practice Court is designed to afford opportunity not
only for the argument of law questions, but also for preparation and
conduct of a case through all its stages, as nearly as possible in accord-
ance with the procedure in actual trial work. Three features are espe-
cially emphasized, viz.: the drawing of pleadings, the writing of briefs,
and the oral argument of questions of law.
A set of Court Rules has been adopted in accordance with which the
students are required to prepare and file their pleadings and conduct
their cases. Students are furnished with statements of facts, involving
debatable principles of law, supposed to represent the claims of the
respective parties to the litigation, from which they draft the necessary
pleadings and prepare their cases for trial. They are also required to
prepare and file trial briefs and appeal briefs.
The course is given in the third year of the Day School and the
fourth year of the Evening School. In connection with the course in-
struction in Legal Ethics is offered. Except as herein otherwise provided,
the course is required for graduation and attendance at all sessions of
the Court by members of those classes is compulsory. Except by per-
mission of the Dean, no student will receive credit for work in the
Practice Court unless he has attended at least 85 per cent of the sessions
each year. There is no examination in this course, the grade of the
student being based upon the work done in the Court. The grade thus
attained by the student is treated in the same manner as the grade given
on examination in other subjects, and the successful completion of the
course gives the student credit toward his degree.
LEGAL AID CLINIC
By arrangement with the Baltimore Legal Aid Bureau, selected senior
students, not exceeding eight in any one semester, may substitute one
semester's work at the Legal Aid Bureau for one semester of the Prac-
tice Court. Students taking clinic work are required to spend two after-
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 707
noons a week at the Legal Aid Bureau, working under the supervision
of a member of the Bureau staff. The work includes consultation with
clients, interviews with witnesses, preparation of memoranda, examination
of records of various kinds, and in general such work as a clerk in a
general law office would be called upon to perform.
MARYLAND LAW REVIEW
The Maryland Law Review, appearing quarterly, is published • by
the Law School with the support and cooperation of the Maryland State
Bar Association, the Bar Association of Baltimore City, and the Junior
Bar Association of Baltimore City. The Review is devoted primarily to
the discussion of Maryland law and of questions regarded as of particu-
lar interest to Maryland lawyers. Members of the Law School faculty
serve as Faculty Editor and Assistant Editor and Business Manager;
there is also a Student Editorial Board composed of students selected on
the basis of scholarship. Members of the Student Editorial Board may,
upon the recommendation of the Faculty Editor of the Law Review,
receive semester hour credit toward the degree of Bachelor of Laws,
not to exceed a total of 4 semester hours and not to exceed 2 semester
hours in any one year. Such credit may be substituted, pro tanto, for
work in Practice Court. Selection for the Student Editorial Board
is an honor, and an opportunity for training of high value in legal
research. The governing Board of Trustees consists of a representative
from the State Judiciary, representatives of the Bar Associations, the
Dean of the Law School, and the Faculty Editor and Business Manager.
STUDENT COUNCIL
The Student Council is a student organization functioning as a co-
ordinating agency between the student body, the school administration
and the faculty. Members are elected by vote of their respecitve classes;
there is also a factulty advisor appointed by the Dean.
SCHOOL ^/MEDICINE
FACULTY OF MEDICINE
EMERITI
J. Frank Crouch, M.D Professor of Clinical Ophthalmology and Otology, Emeritus
Harry Friedenwald, A.B., M.D., D.H.L., D.Sc. .Professor of Ophthalmology, Emeritus
J. M. H. Rowland, M.D., D.Sc, LL.D.
Professor of Obstetrics, Emeritus; Dean, Emeritus
J. Dawson Reeder, M.D Professor of Proctology, Emeritus8
Henry J. Walton, M.D Professor of Roentgenology, Emeritus
Page Edmunds, M.D Professor of Traumatic Surgery, Emeritus
Ruth Lee Briscoe Librarian, Emeritus
Albertus Cotton, M.A., M.D.. Professor of Orthopaedic Surgery, and Roentgenology,
Emeritus
Joseph E. Gichner, M.D Professor of Clinical Medicine and Physical Therapeutics,
Emeritus5"
Harvey G. Beck, M.D., D.Sc Professor of Clinical Medicine, Emeritus
Irving J. Spear, M.D Professor of Neurology, Emeritus
Carl L. Davis, M.D Professor of Anatomy, Emeritus
Arthur M. Shipley, M.D., D.Sc Professor of Surgery, Emeritus
Clyde A. Clapp, M.D Professor of Ophthalmology, Emeritus
Andrew C. Gillis, M.A., M.D., LL.D Professor of Neurology, Emeritus
FACULTY BOARD
Dean H. Boyd Wylte, Chairman
William R. Amberson
Franklin B. Anderson
James G. Arnold, Jr.
Walter A. Baetjer
Charles Bagley, Jr.
J. Edmund Bradley
Otto C. Brantigan
Howard M. Bubert
T. Nelson Carey
C. Jelleff Carr
Thomas R. Chambers
Carl Dame Clarke
Paul W. Clough
Richard G. Coblentz
Beverley C. Compton
Charles N. Davidson
Louis H. Douglass
C. Reid Edwards
Monte Edwards
Frederick P. Ferguson
Frank H. J. Figge
O. G. Harne, Secretary
Jacob E. Finesinger
A. H. FlNKELSTEIN
Leon Freedom
Edgar B. Friedenwald
Thomas K. Galvin
Moses Gellman
Frank W. Hachtel
Edward J. Herbst
Cyrus F. Horine
J. Mason Hundley, Jr.
Elliott H. Hutchins
Edward S. Johnson
F. L. Jennings
C. Loring Joslin
Walter L. Kilby
Edward A. Kitlowski
Vernon E. Krahl
John C. Krantz, Jr.
Louis A. M. Krause
Kenneth D. Legge
R. W. Locher
Edward A. Looper
William S. Love, Jr.
John F. Lutz
Stanley H. Macht
Charles W. Maxson
Zachariah Morgan
Theodore H. Morrison
Alfred T. Nelson
Emil Novak
Thomas R. O'Rourk
C. W. Peake
D. J. Pessagno
H. R. Peters
Maurice C. Pincoffs
J. Morris Reese
Charles A.
Reifschneider
Dexter L. Reimann
Harry M. Robinson, Sr.
Harry L. Rogers
8 Died Nov. 18, 1948.
5a Died March 8, 1049.
708
FACULTY OF MEDICINE
709
Milton S. Sacks
Emil G. Schmidt
Andrew G. Smith
Dietrich C. Smith
R. Dale Smith
William H. Smith
Hugh R. Spencer
Thomas J*. Sprunt
Edward Steers
VV. Houston Toulson
Eduard Uhlenhuth
Henry F. Ullrich
Allen F. Voshell
John A. Wagner
Grant E. Ward
C. Gardner Warner
Huntington Williams
Walter D. Wise
Theodore E. Woodward
Thomas C. Wolff
Robert B. Wright
George H. Yeager
Waitman F. Zinn
EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE OF THE FACULTY
Dean H. Boyd Wylie, Chairman
O. G. Harne, Secretary
J. Edmund Bradley
T. Nelson Carey
Louis H. Douglass
Charles Reid Edwards
Jacob E. Finesinger
Frank W. Hachtel
J. Mason Hundley, Jr.
Emtl G. Schmidt
Hugh R. Spencer
FACULTY OF MEDICINE
PROFESSORS
Myron S. Aisenberg, D.D.S., Professor of Pathology, School of Dentistry.
William R. Amberson, Ph.D., Professor of Physiology, and Head of the Department.
Charles Bagley, Jr., M.A., M.D., Professor of Neurological Surgery.
Joseph C. Biddix, Jr., D.D.S., Professor of Oral Diagnosis, School of Dentistry.2
J. Edmund Bradley, M.D., Professor of Pediatrics, and Head of the Department.2
Otto C. Brantigan, B.S., M.D., Professor of Surgical Anatomy, and Professor of Clinical
Surgery.
T. Nelson Carey, M.D., Professor of Clinical Medicine and Chairman of the Department
of Medicine.
Ross McC. Chapman, M.D., Professor of Psychiatry.6
Richard G. Coblentz, M.A., M.D., Professor of Clinical Surgery.
Edward C. Dobbs, D.D.S., Professor of Pharmacology, School of Dentistry.2
Brice M. Dorsey, D.D.S., Professor of Oral Surgery, School of Dentistry.
Louis H. Douglass, M.D., Professor of Obstetrics, and Head of the Department.
Charles Reid Edwards, M.D., Professor of Surgery, and Acting Head of the Department.
Monte Edwards, M.D., Clinical Professor of Surgery and Professor of Proctology.
It Is to be noted that for convenience of reference the names of the mem-
bers of the Faculty are listed in the forepart of this catalogue in alphabetical
order. The names are listed in order of seniority under each preclinical and
clinical department of the school on subsequent pages.
On the lists of the Faculty of Medicine and Fellows and the Hospital and Dispensary
staffs are given the names and positions assigned during the period July 1, 1948 to June 30,
1949 unless otherwise indicated. Changes are noted as follows:
1 Appointments effective July 1, 1949.
2 Promotion effective July 1, 1949.
3 Resigned.
* Retired.
6 Died Sept. 24, 1948.
8 On leave.
710 THE SCHOOL OF MEDICINE, UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Ray Ehrensberger, Ph.D., Professor of Speech, College of Arts and Sciences.1
Frank H. J. Figge, Ph.D., Professor of Anatomy.6
Jacob E. Finesinger, M.D., Professor of Psychiatry, and Head of the Department.113
H. K. Fleck, M.D., Clinical Professor of Ophthalmology.4
Edgar B. Friedenwald, M.D., Professor of Clinical Pediatrics.
Thomas K. Galvin, M.D., Clinical Professor of Gynecology.
Grason W. Gaver, D.D.S., Professor of Dental Prosthetics, School of Dentistry.
Andrew C. Gillis, M.A., M.D., LL.D., Professor of Neurology.48
Frank W. Hachtel, M.D., Professor of Bacteriology, and Head of the Department.
Harry C. Hull, M.D., Professor of Clinical Surgery.
J. Mason Hundley, Jr., M.A., M.D., Professor of Gynecology, and Head of the Department.
Elliott H. Hutchins, M.A., M.D., Professor of Surgery.
F. L. Jennings, M.D., Professor of Clinical Surgery.
C. Loring Joslin, M.D., Professor of Pediatrics.
Walter L. Kilby, M.D., Professor of Roentgenology, and Head of the Department.
Edward A. Kitlowski, A.B., M.D., Clinical Professor of Plastic Surgery.
John C. Krantz, Jr., Ph.D., D.Sc, Professor of Pharmocology, and Head of the Depart-
ment.
Louis A. M. Krause, M.D., Professor of Clinical Medicine.
Kenneth D. Legge, M.D., Professor of Clinical Genito-Urinary Surgery.
G. Carroll Lockard, M.D., Professor of Clinical Medicine.6
Edward A. Looper, M.D., D.Oph., Professor of Rhinology and Laryngology.
Theodore H. Morrison, M.D., Clinical Professor of Gastro-Enterology.
Ernest B. Nuttall, D.D.S., Professor of Crown and Bridge, School of Dentistry.
Thomas R. O'Rourk, M.D., Clinical Professor of Otology, Associate Professor of Rhinology
and Laryngology.
D. J. Pessagno, A.B., M.D., Professor of Clinical Surgery.
H. Raymond Peters, A.B., M.D., Professor of Clinical Medicine
Maurice C. Pincoffs, B.S., M.D., Professor of Medicine, and Head of the Department.
Kyrle W. Preis, D.D.S., Professor of Orthodontics, School of Dentistry.1
Kenneth V. Randolph, D.D.S., Professor of Operative Dentistry, School of Dentistry.
Charles A. Reifschneider, M.D., Clinical Professor of Traumatic Surgery.
Harry L. Rogers, M.D., Clinical Professor of Orthopaedic Surgery.
Harry M. Robinson, St., M.D., Professor of Dermatology.
Emil G. Schmidt, Ph.D., LL.B., Professor of Biological Chemistry, and Head of the De-
partment.
Dietrich Conrad Smith, Ph.D., Professor of Physiology.2
Hugh R. Spencer, M.D., Professor of Pathology, and Head of the Department.
Thomas P. Sprunt, A.B., M.D., Professor of Clinical Medicine.
VV. Houston Toulson, M.Sc, M.D., Professor of Genito-Urinary Surgery.
Ralph P. Truitt, M.D., Professor of Clinical Psychiatry, andla Chairman of the Depart-
ment.3
Eduard Uhlenhuth, Ph.D., Professor of Anatomy, and Head of the Department.
la Appointment effective Oct. 21, 1948.
lb Appointment effective May 10, 1949.
lc Appointment effective Sept. 1, 1949.
3 Resignation effective July 1, 1949.
4 Retired Oct. 2, 1948.
5 Died August 7, 1949.
6 On leave (part time) Feb. 1, to May 31, 1949.
FACULTY OF MEDICINE 711
Allen Fiske Voshell, A.B., M.D., Professor of Orthopaedic Surgery.
Huntington Williams, M.D., Dr. P.H., Professor of Hygiene and Public Health.
Walter D. Wise, M.D., Professor of Surgery.
George H. Yeager, B.S., M.D., Professor of Clinical Surgery.
Waitman F. Zinn, M.D., Clinical Professor of Rhinology and Laryngology
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
Franklin B. Anderson, M.D., Associate Professor of Rhinology and Laryngology, and
Otology.
Merle Ansberry, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Speech, College of Arts and Sciences.1
James G. Arnold, Jr., M.D., Associate Professor of Neurological Surgery.
Walter A. Baetjer, A.B., M.D., Associate Professor of Medicine.
H. M. Bubert, M.D., Associate Professor of Medicine.
C. Jelleff Carr, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Pharmacology.
Thomas R. Chambers, A.B., M.D., Associate Professor of Surgery.
Carl Dame Clarke, Associate Professor of Art as Applied to Medicine.
Paul W. Clough, B.S., M.D., Associate Professor of Medicine.
Charles N. Davidson, M.D., Associate Professor of Roentgenology.
Ross Davies, M.D., Associate Professor of Hygiene and Public Health.
J. S. Eastland, M.D., Associate Professor of Medicine.
A. H. Finkelstein, M.D., Associate Professor of Pediatrics.
Leon Freedom, M.D., Associate Professor of Neurology, and Associate in Pathology.
Moses Gellman, B.S., M.D., Associate Professor of Orthopaedic Surgery.
Lewis P. Gundry, M.D., Associate Professor of Medicine.2
O. G. Harne, Associate Professor of Anatomy, and Asst. to the Dean.
Hugh H. Hicks, D.D.S., Associate Professor of Periodontology,2 School of Dentistry.
Horace Hodes, M.D., Associate Professor of Hygiene and Public Health.
Cyrus F. Horine, M.D., Associate Professor of Surgery.
Albert Jaffe, M.D., Associate Clinical Professor of Pediatrics.
Edward S. Johnson, M.D., Associate Professor of Surgery.
Vernon E. Krahl, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Anatomy.
Frederick T. Kyper, M.D., D.Sc, Associate Professor of Rhinology, Laryngology and
Bronchoscopy. Instructor in Otology.2
R. W. Locher, M.D., Associate Professor of Clinical Surgery.
William S. Love, Jr., A.B., M.D., Associate Professor of Medicine.
Howard J. Maldeis, M.D., Associate Professor of Legal Medicine and Associate in Path-
ology.5
Charles W. Maxson, M.D., Associate Professor of Surgery.
Walter C. Merkel, A.B., M.D., Associate Professor of Pathology.
Samuel Morrison, A.B., M.D., Associate Professor of Medicine2, Associate Professor of
Gastro-enterology.1
James W. Nelson, M.D., Associate Professor of Surgery.2
H. Whitman Newell, M.D., Associate Professor of Psychiatry.
Emil Novak, A.B., M.D., D.Sc, Associate Professor of Obstetrics.
C. W. Peake, M.D., Associate Professor of Surgery.
J. Morris Reese, M.D., Associate Professor of Obstetrics.
Dexter L. Reimann, B. S., M.D., Associate Professor of Pathology.1
Benjamin S. Rich, A.B., M.D., Associate Professor of Rhinology and Laryngology,
Associate in Otology.
5 Died January 15, 1949.
712 THE SCHOOL OF MEDICINE, UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Milton S. Sacks, M.D., Associate Professor of Medicine and Head of Clinical Pathology,
Associate in Pathology.
Frederick B. Smith, M.D., Associate Clinical Professor of Pediatrics.
R. Dale Smith, Ph. D., Associate Professor of Anatomy.8
Edward Steers, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Bacteriology.1
Lewis C. Toomey, D.D.S., Associate Professor of Oral Surgery, School of Dentistry.1
I. Ridgeway Trimble, M.D., Associate Professor of Surgery.2
William H. Smith, M.D., Associate Professor of Clinical Medicine.
Henry F. Ullrich, M.D., D.Sc, Associate Professor of Orthopaedic Surgery.
John A. Wagner, B.S., M.D., Associate Professor of Pathology.2
W. Wallace Walker, M.D., Associate Professor of Surgery and Surgical Anatomy.2
Grant E. Ward, A.B., M.D., Associate Professor of Surgery and Oral Surgery.
C. Gardner Warner, A.B., M.D., Associate Professor of Pathology.
William H. F. Warthen, A.B., M.D., Associate Professor of Hygiene & Public Health.
Glenn S. Weiland, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Biochemistry.3
Thomas C. Wolff, M.D., Associate Professor of Medicine, and Head of Physical Diagnosis.
Theodore E. Woodward, M.D., Associate Professor of Medicine
Robert B. Wright, B.S., M.D., Associate Professor of Pathology.
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
Thurston R. Adams, M.D., Assistant Professor of Surgery and Proctology.
Donald J. Barnett, M.D., Assistant Professor of Roentgenology.1
H. F. Bongardt, M.D., Assistant Professor of Surgery.
Leo Brady, A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor of Gynecology.
Simon H. Brager, M.D., Assistant Professor of Surgery and Proctology.
Beverley C. Compton, A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor of Gynecology'.2
Ernest I. Cornbrooks, Jr., A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor of Gynecology.2
Edward F. Cotter, M.D., Assistant Professor of Medicine, Associate in Neurology
J. G. N. Cushing, M.D., Assistant Professor of Psychiatry.
William K. Diehl, M.D., Assistant Professor of Gynecology.2
Everett S. Diggs, B.S., M.D., Assistant Professor of Gynecology.2
John S. Dumler, B.S., M.D., Assistant Professor of Gynecology.2
William W. Elgin, M.D., Assistant Professor of Psychiatry.
Francis A. Ellis, A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor of Dermatology.
Maurice Feldman, M.D., Assistant Professor of Gastro-Enterology.
Frederick P. Ferguson, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physiology.1
Jerome Fineman, M.D., Assistant Professor of Pediatrics.2
Wetherbee Fort, M.D., Assistant Professor of Medicine.
Frank J. Geraghty, M.D., Assistant Professor of Medicine.
Francis W. Gillis, M.D., Assistant Professor of Genito-Urinary Surgery.
Samuel S. Glick, M.D., Assistant Professor of Pediatrics.
Harry Goldsmith, M.D., Assistant Professor of Psychiatry.
Albert E. Goldstein, M.D., Assistant Professor of Pathology.
George Govatos, A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor of Surgery.2
Edward J. Herbst, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Biological Chemistry.1
John F. Hogan, M.D., Assistant Professor of Genito-Urinary Surgery.2
Harry K. Iwamota, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Pharmacology.
D. Frank Kaltreider, A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor of Obstetrics.1
Fayne A. Kayser, M.D., Assistant Professor of Rhinology and Laryngology.'
FACULTY OF MEDICINE 713
F. Edwin Knowles, Jr., M.D., Assistant Professor of Ophthalmology and Chairman
of the Department.2
H. Vernon Langeluttig, M.D., Assistant Professor of Medicine.
Philip L. Lerner, M.D., Assistant Professor of Neurology.
Hans W. Loewald, M.D., Assistant Professor of Psychiatry.
John F. Lutz, A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor of Anatomy.
Stanley H. Macht, B.S., M.D., Assistant Professor of Roentgenology.
Howard B. Mays, M.D., Assistant Professor of Genito-Urinary Surgery and Instructor in
Pathology.
VV. Raymond McKinsey, M.D., Assistant Professor of Rhinology and Laryngology.2
Zachariah Morgan, M.D., Assistant Professor of Gastro-Enterology.
Harry M. Murdock, B.S., M.D., Assistant Professor of Psychiatry.
George McLean, M.D., Assistant Professor of Medicine.
Alfred T. Nelson, M.D., Assistant Professor of Anesthesiology, and Chairman of the
Department.
M. Alexander Novey, A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor of Obstetrics.6
Wilber O. Ramsey, D.D.S., Assistant Professor of Clinical Dental Prosthesis, School of
Dentistry.1
I. 0. Ridgely, M.S., M.D., Assistant Professor of Surgery.
William F. Rienhoff, M.D., Assistant Professor of Surgery.2
Harry M. Robinson, Jr., B.S., M.D., Assistant Professor of Dermatology, Associate in
Medicine.
Irving Rothchild, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physiology.20
John E. Savage, B.S., M.D., Assistant Professor of Obstetrics.
Kathyrn L. Schultz, M.D., Assistant Professor of Psychiatry.2
Theodore A. Schwartz, M.D., Assistant Professor of Rhinology and Laryngology.2
William M. Seabold, M.D., Assistant Professor of Pediatrics.26
William B. Settle, M.D., Assistant Professor of Surgical Anatomy2 and Associate in Surgery.1
Isadore A. Siegel, A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor of Obstetrics.
Andrew G. Smith, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Bacteriology.215
Edward P. Smith, M.D., Ph.G., Assistant Professor of Gynecology.
Sol Smith, M.D., Assistant Professor of Medicine.
Philip S. Wagner, M.D., Assistant Professor of Psychiatry.
Gibson J. Wells, M.D., Assistant Professor of Pediatrics.2
Milton J. Wilder, M.D., Assistant Professor of Orthopedic Surgery.2
Asa D. Young, M.D., Assistant Professor of Roentgenology.
ASSOCIATES
Conrad B. Acton, M.D., Associate in Medicine.
Marie A. Andersch, Ph.D., Associate in Medicine.
Margaret B. Ballard, M.D., Associate in Obstetrics.
Eugene S. Bereston, A.B., M.D., Associate in Dermatology.
Kenneth B. Boyd, A.B., M.D., Associate in Gynecology and Assistant in Obstetrics.
la Appointment effective November 1, 1948 to June 30, 1949.
2ft Effective Oct. 15, 1948.
2b Appointment effective Feb. 1, 1950.
20 Appointment effective Nov. 1, 1948 to June 30, 1949.
5 Died July 16, 1949.
714 THE SCHOOL OF MEDICINE, UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
V. V. Brunst, Sc.D., Research Associate in Anatomy.18
Harold H. Burns, M.D., Associate in Surgery.2
M. Paul Byerly, M.D., Associate in Medicine.
Osborne D. Christensen, M.D., Associate in Obstetrics.1
W. A. H. Councill, M.D., Associate in Genito-Urinary Surgery.6
Kathryn Dice, Ed.D., Associate in Clinical Psychology .lb
Francis G. Dickey, M.D., Associate in Medicine.
D. McClelland Dixon, M.D., Associate in Obstetrics and Instructor in Pathology
J. J. Ervvin, M.D., Associate in Gynecology.
L. K. Fargo, M.D., Associate in Genito-Urinary Surgery.
William L. Fearing, M.D., Associate in Neurology.
Samuel L. Fox, M.D., Associate in Rhinology, Laryngology and Otology.
Irving Freeman, M.D., Associate in Medicine.
William L. Garlick, A.B., M.D., Associate in Surgery.2
Raymond F. Helfrich, A.B., M.D., Associate in Surgery.
W. Grafton Herspberger, M.D., Associate in Medicine.
John T. Hibbitts, M.D., Associate in Gynecology.
Henry W. D. Holljes, M.D., Associate in Medicine.
Z. Vance Hooper, M.D., Associate in Gastro-Enterology.
Clewell Howell, B.S., M.D., Associate in Pediatrics.
Benjamin H. Isaacs, A.B., M.D., Associate in Rhinology and Laryngology.2
Meyer W. Jacobson, M.D., Associate in Medicine.
Joseph V. Jerardi, B.S., M.D., Associate in Surgery.
Hugh J. Jewett, M.D., Associate in Genito-Urinary Surgery.2
Arthur Karfgin, B.S., M.D., Associate in Medicine.
Joseph I. Kemler, M.D., Associate in Ophthalmology.
Elizabeth LaForge, M.S.S., Associate in Psychiatric Social Work.lb
C. Edward Leach, M.D., Associate in Medicine.
Samuel Legum, M.D., Associate in Medicine.
Kurt Levy, M.D., Associate in Medicine.2
Ephraim T. Lisansky, M.D., Associate in Medicine.
G. Bowers Mansdorfer, B.S., M.D., Associate in Pediatrics.
Henry J. L. Marriott, M.A., B.M., Associate in Medicine.2
I. H. Maseritz, M.D., Associate in Orthopaedic Surgery.
Karl F. Mech, B.S., M.D., Associate in Anatomy2 and Instructor in Pathology.
Lyle J. Millan, M.D., Associate in Genito-Urinary Surgery.
Frank K. Morris, A.B., M.D., Associate in Gynecology.
Hugh B. McNally, B.S., M.D., Associate in Obstetrics.
S. Edwin Muller, M.D., Associate in Medicine.
Herbert E. Reifschneider, A.B., M.D., Associate in Surgery and Surgical Anatomy.
Robert A. Reiter, M.D., Associate in Medicine.
Samuel T. R. Revell, M.D., Associate in Medicine.
Henry L. Rigdon, M.D., Associate in Surgery and Surgical Anatomy.
R. C. V. Robinson, M.D., Associate in Dermatology.
Sidney Scherlis, M.D., Associate in Medicine.10
lft Appointment effective Sept. 1, 1948.
lb Appointment effective Jan. 1, 1950.
10 Appointment effective Nov. 1, 1948.
6 Died March 26, 1949.
FACULTY OF MEDICINE 715
William M. Seabold, A.B., M.D., Associate in Pediatrics.
Lawrence M. Serra, M.D., Associate in Medicine.
A. Albert Shapiro, B.S., M.D., Associate in Dermatology.
Arthur G. Siwinski, A.B., M.D., Associate in Surgery.
Benedict Skitarclic, A.B., M.D., Associate in Pathology.
Harry A. Teitlebaum, B.S., M.D., Ph.D., Associate in Neurology.
Isadore Tuerk, M.D., Associate in Psychiatry.
William K. Waller, M.D., Associate in Medicine.
Austin H. Wood, M.D., Associate in Genito- Urinary Surgery.
Israel Zeligman, A.B., M.D., Associate in Dermatology.
LECTURERS
Jonas Friedenwald, M.A., M.D., Lecturer in Ophthalmic Pathology.
Amedeo S. Marrazzi, M.D., Lecturer in Pharmacology.1*
Joseph M. Miller, M.D., Lecturer in Surgery.
William H. Summerson, Ph.D., Lecturer in Biological Chemistry
INSTRUCTORS
A. Russell Anderson, M.D., Instructor in Psychiatry.
Leon Ashman, M.D., Instructor in Medicine.
Charles P. Barnett, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Pathology.1
Edmund G. Beacham, M.D., Instructor in Medicine.
Harry McB. Beck, M.D., Instructor in Gynecology.2
Robert Z. Berry, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Rhinology and Laryngology.2
John Z. Bowers, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Medicine.
Harry C. Bowie, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Surgery and Surgical Anatomy.
Thomas S. Bowyer, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Gynecology and Assistant in Obstetrics.
George H. Brouillet, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Surgery.
Ann Virginia Brown, A.B., Instructor in Biological Chemistry.
J. E. Brumback, Jr., B.S., M.D., Instructor in Ophthalmology.2
Samuel H. Bryant, A.B., D.D.S., Instructor in Oral Diagnosis, School of Dentistry.
William J. Bryson, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Pathology.
Lucile J. Caldwell, M.D., Instructor in Dermatology
Joseph P. Cappuccio, D.D.S., Instructor in Oral Surgery, School of Dentistry.1
Thomas A. Christensen, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Pediatrics.lb
Richard J. Colfer, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Pathology
Joseph M. Cordi, M.D., Instructor in Pediatrics.
Stuart G. Coughlan, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Surgery.
Richard J. Cross, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Ophthalmology.1
Raymond M. Cunningham, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Proctology2 and Assistant in
Surgery.
John R. Davis, M.D., Instructor in Medicine.
W. Allen Deckert, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Gynecology and Assistant in Surgery.
William A. Dodd, M.D., Instructor in Gynecology.2
Charles H. Doeller, Jr., A.B., M.D., Instructor in Gynecology,2 and Assistant in Obstetrics.
William C. Duffy, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Gynecology.2
la Appointment effective April 1, 1949.
lb Appointment effective July 1, 1948 to June 30, 1949.
716 THE SCHOOL OF MEDICINE, UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Martha C. Eaton, A.B., Sc.M., Instructor in Hygiene and Public Health.38
Ernest S. Edlow, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Gynecology.
Donald E. Fisher, M.D., Instructor in Pathology.2
Philip D. Flynn, M.D., Instructor in Medicine.
Paul N. Friedman, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Ophthalmology.
Gerald A. Galvin, M.D., Instructor in Gynecology.1*
L. Calvin Gareis, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Pathology.1
Jason H. Gaskel, M.D., Instructor in Orthopaedic Surgery.
Russell Gigliotti, D.D.S., Instructor in Oral Diagnosis School of Dentistry.
H. L. Granoff, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Gynecology.2
John S. Haines, M.D., Instructor in Genito-Urinary Surgery.2
Samuel J. Hankin, M.D. Instructor in Medicine.
Alvin J. Hartz, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Medicine.
Mary L. Hayleck, M.D., Instructor in Pediatrics.
Robert F. Healy, M.D., Instructor in Surgery.
Donald B. Hebb, M.D., Instructor in Proctology2 and Assistant in Surgery.
William G. Helfrich, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Medicine.
Benjamin Highstein, M.D., Instructor in Dermatology.
Mark B. Hollander, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Dermatology and Syphilology.
Calvin Hyman, M.D., Instructor in Surgery.
Conrad L. Inman, D.D.S., Instructor in Anesthesiology, School of Dentistry.1
Edward S. Kallins, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Medicine.
William H. Kammer, Jr., A.B., M.D., Instructor in Medicine.
Harry F. Kane, M.D., Instructor in Gynecology.2
Theodore Kardash, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Gynecology2 and Pathology.1
Clyde F. Karns, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Surgery.
A. Kremen, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Ophthalmology.
Louis J. Kroll, A.B.. M.D., Instructor in Medicine.
Arnold F. Lavenstein, Instructor in Pediatrics.
F. Ford Loker, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Surgery.2
Helen I. Maginnis, M.D., Instructor in Gynecology'.2
Charles B. Marek, M.D., Instructor in Gynecology.2
Joseph H. Marshall, M.D.. Instructor in Psychiatry.
D. J. McHenry, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Ophthalmology.2
Margaret E. Mellott, B.S., Instructor in Biochemistry.1
Israel P. Meranski, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Pediatrics.
J. Duer Moores, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Surgery.
J. Huff Morrison, M.D., Instructor in Obstetrics.
S. Edwin Muller, M.D., Instructor in Medicine.
Joseph E. Muse, Jr., B.S., M.D., Instructor in Medicine.
Ruth Musser, M.S., Instructor in Pharmacology.
John A. Myers, M.E.E., M.D., Instructor in Medicine, Assistant in Gastro-Enterology.
Francis J. McLaughlin, M.D., Instructor in Psychiatry.
Samuel Novey, M.D., Instructor in Psychiatry.
M. Paul Padget, M.D., Instructor in Medicine.
Richard H. Pembroke, Jr., A.B., M.D., Instructor in Psychiatry.
Patrick C. Phelan, Jr., Instructor in Surgery.2
Ross Z. Pierpont, M.D., Instructor in Surgical Anatomy.
Samuel E. Proctor, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Surgery.
la Appointment effective Oct. 1, 1948, to June 30, 1949.
3a Resigned December 23, 1948.
FACULTY OF MEDICINE 717
Phoebe Rich, M.S.S., Instructor in Psychiatric Social Work.la
Daniel R. Robinson, M.D., Instructor in Surgery.
Seymour W. Rubin, M.D., Instructor in Pathology.
William J. Rysanek, Jr., M.D., Instructor in Gynecology.2
Clarence P. Scarborough, M.D., Instructor in Surgery.
John F. Schaefer, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Surgery.
Joseph C. Sheehan, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Gynecology.2
Robert C. Sheppard, M.D., Instructor in Surgery.
E. Roderick Shipley, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Surgery.2
Albert J. Shochat, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Gastro-Enterology.
Ruby A. Smith, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Ophthalmology.
Melchijah Spragins, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Pediatrics. lb
Edwin H. Stewart, Jr., M.D., Instructor in Surgery.2
Cleo D. Stiles, M.D., instructor in Ophthalmology.
William T. Supik, M.D., Insrtuctor in Proctology.2
David Tenner, M.D., Instructor in Medicine.
Raymond K. Thompson, B.S., M.D., Instructor and Director of Research in Neurological
Surgery.2
Wilfred H. Townshend, Jr., A.B., M.D., Instructor in Medicine.
Robert B. Tunney, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Gynecology.2
William D. VandeGrift, M.D., Instructor in Pathology.
Harold L. Vyner, M.D., Instructor in Psychiatry.
Frederick J. Vollmer, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Medicine.
Daniel Wilfson, Jr., A.B., M.D., Instructor in Medicine.
ASSISTANTS
A. Maynard Bacon, Jr., B.S., M.D., Assistant in Pediatrics.1
Ernest E. Banfield, Jr., A.B., M.D., Assistant in Surgery.10
Jane L. Bleakley, Assistant in Art as Applied to Medicine.1
Ross C. Brooks, M.D., Assistant in Rhinology and Laryngology.1
Frances C. Brown, A.B., Assistant in Physiology.
Joseph G. Bird, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Pharmacology.
A. V. Buchness, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Surgery.
John W. Chambers, M.D., Assistant in Surgery, and Neurological Surgery.
L. T. Chance, M.D., Assistant in Surgery.
Jerome Cohn, M.D., Assistant in Medicine.
Jonas Cohen, M.D., Assistant in Medicine.
Morris M. Cohen, M.D., Assistant in Dermatology.
Sara Cook, M.D., Assistant in Post Graduate Medicine.1"1
Donald D. Cooper, M.D., Assistant in Pediatrics.
Samuel H. Culver, M.D., Assistant in Surgery.
E. Hollister Davis, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Anaesthesia.
George H. Davis, M.D., Assistant in Obstetrics.
John B. DeHoff, M.D., Assistant in Medicine.
Michael L. DeVincentis, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Surgery.2
William C. Dunnigan, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Surgery.
la Appointment effective Jan. 1, 1950.
lb Appointment effective September 24, 1948.
10 Appointment effective January 1, 1949.
,d Appointment effective September 9, 1949.
718 THE SCHOOL OF MEDICINE, UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Morris A. Fine, M.D., Assistant in Medicine and Genito-Urinary Surgery.
Audrey M. Funk, A.B., Assistant in Medicine.
William H. Fusting, M.D., Assistant in Medicine.
L. Calvin Gareis, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Obstetrics.
William R. Geraghty, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Surgery.
Louis F. Goodman, M.D., Assistant in Surgery.1
Richard D. Grill, Assistant in Art as Applied to Medicine.
Joseph B. Gross, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Medicine.
Charles W. Hawkins, M.D., Assistant in Genito-Urinary Surgery.1
L. Ann Hellen, B.S., Assistant in Medicine.
Sylvia Himmelfarb, A.B., Assistant in Physiology.
John H. Hirschfeld, M.A., Assistant in Laryngology and Medicine.1*
William A. Holbrook, Jr., M.D., Assistant in Medicine.lb
John V. Hopkins, M.D., Assistant in Orthopaedic Surgery.
Rollin C. Hudson, M.D., Assistant in Medicine.
Robert W. Johnson, III, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Plastic Surgery.10
James R. Karns, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Medicine, and Physician in charge of Medical
care of Students.
Schuyler G. Kohn, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Obstetrics.
Alfred S. Lederman, Assistant in Gastro-Enterology.
Frank E. Leslie, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Medicine.
Lorman L. Levinson, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Obstetrics.16
V. Hanvood Link, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Dermatology.
W. Kenneth Mansfield, Jr., M.D., Assistant in Obstetrics.
Howard B. McElwain, M.D., Assistant in Surgery.
John C. Osborne, M.D., Assistant in Medicine.
Frank J. Otanasek, M.D., Assistant in Neurological Surgery.
Ross Z. Pierpont, M.D., Assistant in Surgery.1
Susan R. Pincoffs, R.N., Assistant in Medicine.1
Hazel Y. Pruitt, Assistant in Bacteriology.
Frederick M. Reese, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Ophthalmology.
William F. Renner, M.D., Assistant in Medicine.ld
James Russo, M.D., Assistant in Anaesthesiology.
J. King B. E. Seegar, Jr., A.B., M.D., Assistant in Obstetrics.
Jerome Sherman, M.D., Assistant in Medicine.10
E. Roderick Shipley, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Surgery.
Elizabeth Smith, M.S.S., Assistant in Psychiatric Social Work.1'
Samuel Snyder, M.D., Assistant in Medicine.
O. Walter Spurrier, M.D., Assistant in Pediatrics.
Carl Christian Stein, Assistant in Art as Applied to Medicine.1
Stuart D. Sunday, M.D., Assistant in Medicine.
Adam Swiss, M.D., Assistant in Medicine.
T. J. Touhey, M.D., Assistant in Surgery.
Stephen J. Van Lill, III, A.B.. M.D., Assistant in Medicine.
William Earl Weeks, M.D., Assistant in Pediatrics.
la Appointment effective Oct. 7, 1948.
lb Appointment effective Sept. 13, 1948 to June 30, 1949.
10 Appointment effective Sept. 1, 1948.
ld Appointment effective Jan. 24, to May 28, 1949.
le Appointment effective June 1, 1949.
u Appointment effective Jan. 1, 1950.
FACULTY OF MEDICINE 719
J. Carlton Wich, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Pediatrics.
Marcella Wiseman, M.S.S., Assistant in Psychiatric Social Work.lk
Thomas L. Worsley, M.D., Assistant in Medicine.
Howard L. Zupnik, M.D., Assistant in Surgery.
FELLOWS
Phillip R. Apffel, M.D., Fellow in Psychiatry.1*
Ruth W. Baldwin, A.B., M.D., Fellow in Pediatrics.lb
Frederick K. Bell, Ph.D., U. S. Pharmacopoeia Fellow.
Harold P. Biehl, National Cancer Research Trainee.1
Joseph G. Bird, A.B., M.D., Fellow in Pharmacology.
George W. Bradford, M.D., Baltimore Rh Laboratory, Fellow in Medicine.8
Raymond M. Burgison, M.S., Fellow in Pharmacology.1'
Robert G. Chambers, M.D., National Cancer Research Trainee.
Russell Lee Christopher, Weaver Fellow in Anatomy.le
Sarah Cook, M.D., Fellow in Pediatrics.115
Robert M. N. Crosby, M.D., Hitchcock Fellow in Neurological Surgery.1
John M. Dennis, B.S., M.D., Fellow in Roentgenology.
Mary S. Fassel, A.B., Emerson Fellow in Pharmacology.111
Joseph A. Guilbeau, Jr., M.D., Baltimore Rh Laboratory Fellow in Obstetrics3
John B. Harman, B.S., Emerson Fellow in Pharmacology.111
Dorothy H. Hubbard, Weaver Fellow in Biological Chemistry.1
Dewitt T. Hunter, Weaver Fellow in Anatomy.le
Frederick Go-Kiatsu, B.S., M.D., Fellow in Pediatrics.111
Raymond F. Kline, B.S., M.S., Porter Fellow in Physiology.
Chi Chan Ling, Ph.C, M.S., Ohio Chemical Co. Fellow in Pharmacology.111
William E. Loechel, Fellow in Anatomy.1*
Arlie R. Mansberger, Jr., M.D., Research Fellow in Surgery.lb
Marion A. Marfy, M.A., Fellow in Clinical Psychology.111
Suzanne Mohler, B.S., Fellow in Psychiatry.13
J. Pomeroy Nichols, M.D., Hoffberger Fellow in Neurological Surgery.1
John C. Ozazewski, M.D., Fellow in Neuro-Surgery.ld
John W. Pence, Fellow in Pharmacology. lf,3b
Aaron Podolnick, B.S., M.D., Fellow in Psychiatry.
Ruth Rabinovitch, A.B., M.D., Fellow in Psychiatry.1*
C. L. Spurling, M.D., Baltimore Rh Laboratory Fellow in Medicine.1
Wm. Stark, M.D., Fellow in Psychiatry.13
Edward B. Truitt, B.S., Markle Fellow in Pharmacology.
Robert T. Walker, M.D., Fellow in Medicine.1
Geraldine F. Wolfe, B.S., U.S.P.H. Fellow in Anatomy.1
ls Appointment effective September 16, 1948.
lb Appointment effective July 1, 1949 to June 30, 1950.
ld Appointment effective January 1, 1949 to June 30, 1949.
le Appointment effective June 1, to August 31, 1949.
lf Appointment effective October 1, 1948 to July 31, 1949.
lg Appointment effective October 1, 1948 to September 30, 1949.
lh Appointment effective September 1, 1949 to August 31, 1950
11 Appointment effective October 1, 1949 to September 30, 1950.
lj Appointment effective July 1, to Aug. 31, 1949.
lk Appointment effective Jan. 1, 1950.
3b Resigned June 30, 1949.
720 THE SCHOOL OF MEDICINE, UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
RESEARCH ASSISTANTS
Jane F. Beardsley, B.S., Research Assistant in Biological Chemistry.10
Norma F. McElvain, Research Assistant in Biological Chemistry .3a
EXTRAMURAL ASSISTANT RESIDENTS IN MEDICINE
John F. Benson, M.D., Assistant Resident in Medicine.1
Howard E. Hall, M.D., Assistant Resident in Medicine.1
William Roemmich, M.D., Assistant Resident in Medicine.ld
Sidney J. Venable, M.D., Assistant Resident in Medicine.1
UNIVERSITY HOSPITAL
EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE OF THE STAFF
John E. Savage, Chairman
Theodore E. Woodward, Secretary
Charles Redd Edwards Alfred T. Nelson
T. Nelson Carey Milton S. Sacks
J. Mason Hundley, Jr. J. Edmund Bradley
Louis H. Douglass George H. Yeager
Walter L. Kilby F. Edwin Knowles
Elected Members Term Expires
Ephraim T. Lisansky 1949
A. H. FlNKELSTEIN 1949
Howard B. Mays 1949
Harry C. Hull 1949
Samuel T. H. Revell, Jr 1950
Henry F. Ullrich 1950
Maurice C. Pincoffs. Assistant to the President
H. Boyd Wylie, Dean \ Ex officio members
George H. Buck, Director of the University Hospital)
UNIVERSITY HOSPITAL STAFF
George H. Buck, Director
Physkians-in-Chief (Maurice C. Pincoffs
\T. Nelson Carey
[Thomas P. Sprunt
Physicians \ Louis A. M. Krause
[Williams S. Love, Jr.
Gastro-Enterologist (Francis Dickey
\ Samuel Morrison
lc Appointment effective September 1, 1949 to June 30, 1950.
ld Appointment effective Jan. 1, 1949 to June 30, 1949.
3a Resigned, February 1, 1949.
Neurologists ,
UNIVERSITY HOSPITAL STAFF 721
Irving J. Spear4
Leon Freedom
William Fearing
Edward F. Cotter
Psychiairist-in-Chief Jacob E. Finesinger
Psychiatrists (Ralph P. Truitt
[H. Whitman Newell
Pediatrician-in-Chief J. Edmund Bradley
C. LORING JOSLIN
Pediatricians Albert Jaefe
A. H. FlNKELSTEIN
L William M. Seabold
Dermalologist-in-Chief Harry M. Robinson, Sr.
Dermatologists (Francis A. Ellis
[Harry M. Robinson, jr.
Pathologist-in-Chief Hugh R. Spencer
Pathologists (Dexter L. Reimann
[John A. Wagner
Surgeon-in-Chief Charles Reid Edwards
[George H. Yeager
Surgeons Otto C. Brantigan
Charles A. Reifschneider
[Harry C. Hull
Neurological Surgeon-in-Chief Charles Bagley, Jr.
Neurological Surgeons /Richard G. Coblentz
[James G. Arnold, Jr.
Laryngologist-in-Chief Edward A. Looper
Laryngologisls (Franklin B. Anderson
\ Thomas R. O'Rocrr
Proctologist-in-Chief Monte Edwards
Proctologist Thurston R. Adams
Orthopedic Surgeon-in-Chief Allen F. Voshell
[Moses Gellman
Orthopedic Surgeons i Henry F. Ullrich
[Milton J. Wilder
Genito-Urinary Surgeon-in-Chief W. Houston Toulson
Genito-Urinary Surgeons /Lyle J- MlLAN
[Howard B. Mays
Denial Surgeon-in-Chief Brice M. Dorsey
4 Retired.
722
THE SCHOOL OF MEDICINE, UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Myron S. Aisenberg
Joseph C. Biddix
Samuel H. Bryant
Joseph P. Cappuccio
Edward C. Dobbs
Grayson W. Gaver
{ Russell Gigliotti
Hugh T. Hicks
Conrad L. Inman
Ernest B. Nuttall
Kenneth V. Randolph
Wilbur O. Ramsey
Lewis C. Toomey
Roentgenologist-in-Chief Walter L. Kilby
Roentgenologists f Charles N. Davidson
\ Donald J. Barnett
Bronchoscopist-in-Chief Edward A. Looper
Bronchoscopists (Frederick T. Kyper
[John H. Hirschfeld
Otologist-in-Chief Thomas R. O'Rourk
A nesthesiologist-in-Chief Alfred T. Nelson
Obstetrician-in-Chief Louis H. Douglass
(j. Morris Reese
Obstetricians JIsadore A. Siegel
| John E. Savage
[Hugh B. McNally
Ophthalmologist-in-Chief F. Edwin Knowles, Jr.
Gynecologist-in-Chief J. Mason Hundley, Jr.
Leo Brady
Beverly C. Compton
Gynecologists I John C. Dumler
William K. Diehl
Everett S. Diggs
Ernest I. Cornbrooks, Jr.
Oncologist-in-Chief Grant E. Ward
Oncologist J. Mason Hundley, Jr.
Physical Therapist Grace E. Shaw
UNIVERSITY HOSPITAL RESIDENT AND INTERN STAFF
July 1, 1949 to June 30, 1950
Jose A. Alvarez, B.S., M.D., Assistant Resident in Neurosurgery
Robert C. Arrants, B.A., M.D., Assistant Resident in Obstetrics
Joseph W. Baggett, A.B., M.D., Assistant Resident in Gynecology
Thomas G. Barnes, A.B., M.D., Assistant Resident in Surgery
Robert E. Bauer, A.B., M.D., Resident in Medicine
Raymond G. Berggreen, A.B., M.D., Assistant Resident in Pediatrics
Frank J. Brady, B.S., M.D., Resident in Anesthesiology
UNIVERSITY HOSPITAL STAFF 723
Frank E. Brumback, M.D., Assistant Resident in Surgery
Robert E. Cato, A.B., M.D., Assistant Resident in Roentgenology1
Rowell, C. Cloninger, A.B., M.D., Assistant Resident in Surgery
William C. Covey, M.D., Assistant Resident in Obstetrics (assigned to Gynecology)
Garrett, E. Deane, A.B., M.D., Assistant Resident in Pediatrics
John M. Dennis, B.S., M.D., Fellow in Roentgenology
John E. Evans, Jr., B.S., M.D., Assistant Resident in Surgery
Joseph B. Ganey, A.B., M.D., Assistant Resident in Surgery
Richard A. Gilbert, M.D., Assistant Resident in Gynecology
Benjamin M. Gold, B.S., M.D., Assistant Resident in Obstetrics
Davld B. Gray, B.S., M.D., Assistant Resident in Surgery
F. Robert Haase, B.S., M.D., Resident in Otorhinolaryngology and Ophthalmology
Robert C. Hagan, B.S., M.D., Assistant Resident in Medicine
Robert R. Hahn, M.D., Assistant Resident in Medicine
Charles W. Hawkins, M.D., Resident in Urology
John A. Hightower, M.D., Assistant Resident in Medicine
Mark E. Holt, Jr., B.S., M.D., Assistant Resident in Medicine
Richard D. Hoover, B.S., M.D., Assistant Resident in Surgery
Ann Howard, B.S., M.D., Assistant Resident in Pediatrics
Jerome Imburg, B.S., M.D., Assistant Resident in Pediatrics
Blackburn S. Joslin, M.D., Resident in Pediatrics
H. James Lambert, B.S., M.D., Assistant Resident in Surgery
William D. Lynn, A.B., M.D., Resident in Surgery
Eugene R. McNinch, M.D., Assistant Resident in Roentgenology
James R. McNinch, Jr., A.B., M.D., Assistant Resident in Surgery
Louis Manganiello, A.B., M.D., Resident in Neurosurgery
Gerald A. Martin, B.S., M.D., Assistant Resident in Medicine
James V. Minor, Jr., A.B., M.D., Assistant Resident in Pediatrics
John C. Ozazewski, M.D., Resident in Ophthalmology
S. Malone Parham, A.B., M.D., Assistant Resident in Obstetrics
W. Stuart Patterson, M.D., Assistant Resident in Obstetrics
Benson C. Schwartz, M.D., Intern in Obstetrics
James H. Shell, B.S., M.D., Assistant Resident in Gynecology
George W. Smith, M.D., Assistant Resident in Neurological Surgery — Assigned to Bal-
timore City Hospitals.
F. X. Paul Tinker, B.S., M.D., Resident in Gynecology
John P. White, III, M.D., Assistant Resident in Surgery
Davld R. Will, M.D., Assistant Resident in Surgery
James R. Winterringer, B.S., M.D., Resident in Obstetrics
Isaac C. Wright, B.S., M.D., Assistant Resident in Medicine2
Latimer G. Young, A.B., M.D., Assistant Resident in Pediatrics
SENIOR INTERNS
David Auld, A.B., M.D. Nicholas Mallis, M.D.
James M. Bisanar, M.D. Fred R. McCrumb, M.D.
John R. Hankins, B.A., M.D. William A. Niermann, M.D.
Frederick J. Heldrich, Jr., M.D. Kyle L. Swisher, Jr., M.D.
William J. Holloway, M.D. Frank J. Theuerkauf, Jr., M.D.
H. Patterson Mack, M.D.
1 Until October 31, 1949.
2 Until September 30, 1949.
724 THE SCHOOL OF MEDICINE, UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
JUNIOR INTERNS
Robert A. Abraham, B.S., M.D.
Leonard Bachman, B.S., M.D.
Edward J. Broaddus, M.D.
Charles T. Henderson, M.D.
Arthur F. Hoge, Jr., B.S., M.D.
Edwin M. Hubbard, M.D.
Edmund B. Mlddleton, M.D.
Herbert K. Speers, M.D.
John W. Stover, M.D.
John F. Strahan, M.D.
DENTAL INTERN
Pedro H. Hernandez-Paralitici, D.D.S.
UNIVERSITY HOSPITAL DISPENSARY STAFF
Emma Winship, R.N.
Dispensary Director
DISPENSARY COMMITTEE
George H. Yeager, Chairman
Emma Winship, R.N., Secretary
Allen Fiske Voshell
Beverley C. Compton
A. H. FlNKELSTEIN
Lewis P. Gundry
Howard B. Mays
J. Huff Morrison
Chief of Medical Clinic .
Physicians .
T. Nelson Carey
Milton S. Sacks
Frank J. Geraghty
Edward F. Cotter
Irving Freeman
M. Paul Byerly
William K. Waller
E. T. Lisansky
Walter Karfgin
Kurt Levy
Joseph E. Muse, Jr.
Samuel J. Hankin
Morris Fine
James R. Karns
John B. DeHoff
Charles H. Williams
Jonas Cohen
Stephen Van Lill, III
Chief of Gastro-Enterology Clinic Francis G. Dickey
Assistant Gastro-Enterologist |z- Vance Hooper
\ Albert J. Shochat
Chief of Neurology Clinic Leon Freedom
UNIVERSITY HOSPITAL DISPENSARY STAFF
725
Assistant Cardiologists .
Assistant Neurologists (William L. Fearing
[Harry A. Teitelbaum
Chief of Psychiatric Clinic Ralph P. Truitt
Clinic Director H. Whitman Newell
[Hans W. Leowald
Assistant Psychiatrists I Kathryn L. Schultz
[Richard Pembroke
Chief of Chest Clinic Meyer D. Jacobson
Assistant, Diseases of the Lungs Manuel Levin
Chief of Diabetic Clinic Samuel T. R. Revell
Chief of Cardiovascular Clinic C. Edward Leach
Wilfred H. Townshend
Rollin C. Hudson
Sidney Scherlis
Stephen J. Van Lill, III
Fred B. Agee, Jr.
James J. Nolan
Chief of Allergy Clinic Jerome Sherman
(Edward S. Kallins
J. Carlton Wich
Irvin Bernard Kemick
JSelma R. Goldsmith
Allergy Clinic Technicians \ Shirley W. Correl
Director, Pediatric Clinic A. H. Finkelstein
Chief of Pediatric Clinic Samuel S. Glick
Louis V. Blum
Arnold F. Lavenstein
Thomas E. Weeks
J. Carlton Wich
Howard Goodman
Melvin N. Borden
Lester Caplan
Ruth B. Baldwin
Director, Pediatric Cardiac Clinic Sidney Scherlis
Assistant Director, Pediatric Cardiac Clinic Gibson J. Wells
Chief of Endocrinology Clinic Conrad B. Acton
Assistant in Endocrinology Clinic Daniel E. Bogorad
Chief of Surgical Clinic Robert C. Sheppard
Assistant Pediatricians.
A ssistant Surgeons .
E. Roderick Shipley
Samuel E. Proctor
William B. Settle
Karl F. Mech
726 TEE SCHOOL OF MEDICINE, UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Chief of Plastic Surgery Edward A. Kitlowski
Professor of Speech Ray Ehrensberger, Ph.D.
Associate Professor of Speech, University of
Maryland at College Park Merle Ansberry, Ph.D.
Chief of Orthopedic Surgery Clinic Allen Fiske Voshell
Assistant Orthopedic Surgeons.
Moses Gellman
Henry F. Ullrich
Milton J. Wilder
James P. Miller
Robert P. Abrams
A. Wesley Johnson
Francis Soholt
Chief of Genito-Urinary Clinic W. Houston Toulson
Assistant Genito-Urinary Surgeons.
Dermatologists and Syphilologists .
John F. Hogan
Lyle J. Millan
Morris A. Fine
Howard B. Mays
Director of Dermatology and Syphilis Clinic Harry M. Robinson, Sr.
Chief of Dermatology and Syphilis Clinic Harry M. Robinson, Jr.
Francis A. Ellis
Israel Zeligman
A. Albert Shapiro
R. C. V. Robinson
Eugene S. Bereston
Benjamin Highstein
Lucile Caldwell
V. Harwood Link
Morris M. Cohen
Mark B. Hollander
Alfred H. Dann
Chief of Rhinology and Laryngology Clink Benjamin S. Rich
Thomas R. O'Rourk
Samuel L. Fox
Albert Steiner
Richard J. Cross
Ross C. Brooks
Chief of Proctology Clinic Monte Edwards
Assistant Dermatologists and Syphilologists.
Assistant Rhinologists and Laryngologists .
Assistant Proctologists .
Thurston R. Adams
Donald B. Hebb
William J. Supik
Raymond Cunningham
Chief of Gynecology Clinic J. Mason Hundley, Jr.
Assistant Chief of Gynecology Clinic Beverly C. Compton
UNIVERSITY HOSPITAL DISPENSARY STAFF
727
Assistant Gynecologists .
Female Cystoscopists.
Chief of Denial Clinic
Assistant Chief of Dental Clinic.
John C. Dumler
William K. Diehl
Everett S. Diggs
Ernest I. Cornbrooks, Jr.
John T. Hibbitts
Kenneth B. Boyd
W. Allen Deckert
Helen I. Maginnis
Charles B. Marek
Stuart Rizika
Theodore Kardash
J. Mason Hundley, Jr.
Beverly C. Compton
• William K. Diehl
Ernest I. Cornbrooks, Jr.
Everett S. Diggs
. Brice M. Dorsey
.Lewis C. Toomey
Assistant Dentists .
Chief of Obstetrical Clinic
Assistant Chief of Obstetrical Clinic.
William O. Ramsey
Russell Gigliotti
Samuel H. Bryant
Edward C. Dobbs
Joseph P. Cappuccio
J. Huff Morrison
Margaret B. Ballard
Assistant Obstetricians .
Chief of Oncology Clinic, Gynecological Division
Assistants in Gynecological Division.
John E. Savage
Kenneth B. Boyd
W. Kenneth Mansfield
L. Calvin Gareis
J. K. B. E. Seegar
Charles H. Doeller, Jr.
George H. Davis
Schuyler G. Kohn
Theodore Kardash
lorman l. levinson
J. Mason Hundley, Jr.
John C. Dumler
William K. Diehl
Ernest I. Cornbrooks, Jr.
Everett S. Diggs
Chief of Oncology Clinic, Surgical Division Grant E. Ward
A ssislants in Surgical Division .
Arthur G. Siwinski
E. Eugene Covington
J. Duer Moores
Edwin H. Stewart, Jr.
Louis E. Goodman
Assistant Ophthalmologists.
728 THE SCHOOL OF MEDICINE, UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Chief of Vascular Clinic George H. Yeager
Assistant Chief of Vascular Clinic Raymond Cunningham
Medical Consultant — Vascular Clinic Lewis P. Gundry
Chief of Ophthalmology Clinic F. Edwin Knowles, Jr.
Paul N. Friedman
Cleo D. Stiles
Ruby A. Smith
Frederick M. Reese
D. J. McHenry
J. E. Bromback, Jr.
Richard J. Cross
Occupational Therapist Miss Lora E. Dunetz
Directress, Social Service Miss Mary Fitzpatrice
MEDICAL CARE CLINIC
Director Henry W. D. Holljes
A ssistant Director Susan R. Pincoffs
The Medical Care Clinic of the University of Maryland is the result of a study
by the Medical and Chirurgical Faculty of Maryland in cooperation with the
State Planning Commission. The present Clinic, located on the third floor of
the Dispensary Building, is the first of its kind in this country. Public assistance
clients are referred to the Clinic by the Baltimore City Health Department and
are scheduled for an initial physical examination by physicians affiliated with the
University of Maryland. A family physician is chosen by the patient from a list
available at the Clinic. Copies of the individual's medical history and examina-
tions are sent to the physician selected, who then becomes responsible for the
medical care of the patient.
The Medical Care Program is, in this way, an entirely new approach to the
problem of the indigent patient. For the first time, he becomes the responsibility
of a private physician. This places the practice of medicine to the indigent on a
par with the practice of private medicine.
After the initial examination, the Clinic functions as a diagnostic center to
serve the needs of the neighborhood practitioner. Consultants working in the
Medical Care Clinic are available and at present represent Medicine, Surgery,
Gynecology and Otolaryngology. Others will be added as required.
The Clinic functions between 8:30 and 4:30 daily. Registrations and referrals
are conducted in the morning. Clinical examinations and consultations are held
during the afternoon. Approximately eighty neighborhood physicians have
agreed to work with the Medical Care Program. Twenty-five members of the
Out-patient Department and University Hospital Staff will conduct examinations
in the Clinic.
UNIVERSITY HOSPITAL DISPENSARY STAFF
729
The Faculty Committee on Post Graduate Education has also undertaken plans
to provide instruction to all affiliated physicians.
5,550 public assistance clients have been assigned to this Clinic.
DISPENSARY REPORT FOR YEAR BEGINNING
JULY 1, 1947 AND ENDING JUNE 30, 1948
Departments New Cases Old Cases Total.
\Uergy I"1 4,916 5>087
Cardiology 112 1,379 1,491
Cystoscopy &7 618 705
Dermatology U,435 12,560 23,995
Diabetic 68 873 941
Ear, Nose and Throat 1,112 2,244 3,356
Endocrine 60 230 290
Eye 972 2,924 3,896
Gastro-Intestinal 157 840 997
Genito-Urinary 373 970 1,343
Gynecology 1,624 5,931 7,555
Hematology 7 127 134
Medicine 2,347 5,468 7,815
Neurology 178 609 787
Neuro-Surgerv 235 435 670
Obstetrics 1,917 16,032 17,949
Occupational Therapy 117 1,324 1,441
Oncology 204 1,319 1,523
Oral Surgery 624 1,125 1,749
Orthopedic 1,440 3,915 5,355
Pediatric 2,003 6,523 8,526
Physiotherapy 108 706 814
Plastic Surgery 27 31 58
Proctology 146 307 453
Psychiatry 382 486 868
Surgery 3,288 8,252 11,540
Tuberculosis 127 730 857
Vascular 112 597 709
Total 29,433 81,471 110,904
MERCY HOSPITAL
BOARD OF GOVERNORS
Walter D. Wise, Chairman
Mother M. Bernadette Henry F. Bongardt
Sister M. Veronica H. Raymond Peters
Sister M. Carmel Maurice C. Pincoffs
Sister M. Cornelia Waitman F. Zinn
Sister M. Vincent Thomas K. Galvin
Sister M. Joseph Edward P. Smith
Elliott H. Hutchins
President of Visiting Staff
730 THE SCHOOL OF MEDICINE, UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
MERCY HOSPITAL STAFF
Surgeon-in-Chief Walter D. Wise
Elliott H. Hutchtns
F. L. Jennings
R. W. Locher
Thomas R. Chambers
D. J. Pessagno
William F. Rjenhoff
Henry F. Bongardt
Surgeons .
Neurological Surgeons
Associate Surgeons.
A ssistant Surgeons .
Plastic Surgeon .
Consulting Ophthalmologist and Otologist.
Ophthalmologist ,
Associate Ophthalmologist
Charles Baglev, Jr.
Richard B. Coblentz
James D. Arnold, Jr.
Frank J. Otenasek
John W. Chambers
Raymond K. Thompson
I. 0. Ridgely
James W. Nelson
Howard B. McElwain
Simon H. Brager
John A. O'Connor
Charles W. Maxson
I. Rddgeway Trimble
Raymond F. Helfrich
Julius Goodman
S. Demarco, Jr.
T. J. Touhey
William N. McFaul, Jr.
Meyer H. Zc ravin
Howard L. Zupnik
Daniel R. Robinson
Joseph V. Jerardi
Wm. C. Dunnigan
Harold H. Burns
William L. Garlick
John F. Schaeffer
F. Ford Loker
Patrick C. Phelan, Jr.
Michael L. DeVincentis
f Edward A. Kitlowski
\ Clarence P. Scarborough
. Harry Friedenwald
Associate Ophthalmologists and Otologists .
F. Edwin Knowles, Jr.
Joseph V. Jeppi
M. Raskin
Joseph I. Kemler
[F. A. Pacienza
MERCY HOSPITAL STAFF 731
~ ,..„,.,., , , , . , (W. Raymond McKenzie
Consulting Rlnnologtsts and Laryngologtsts |Geqrge w Mitchell
Rhinologisl and Laryngologist Waitman F. Zinn
Fayne A. Kayser
Benjamin S. Rich
Associate Rhinologisls and Laryngologists s Theodore A. Schwartz
Bdrkhead Macgowan
Benjamin H. Isaacs
Assistant Rhinologist and Laryngologist Joseph V. Jeppi
Bronchoscopisl Waitman F. Zinn
Associate Bronchoscopist Fayne A. Kayser
Assistant Bronchoscopist Theodore A. Schwartz
Consulting Orthopaedic Surgeon Aibertus C. Cotton
Orthopaedic Surgeon H. L. Rogers
Associate Orthopaedic Surgeon Henry F. Ullrich
I. H. Maseritz
Assistant Orthopaedic Surgeons. . .
{]. H. Gaskel
Proctologist Simon P. Brager
Urologist Kenneth D. Legge
. , TT . . , ILeon K. Fargo
Associate Urologists
\ Francis VV. Gillis
{]. S. Haines
Dermatologists f Francis A. Ellis
\ Eugene S. Bereston
Dentist J. D. Fusco
Consulting Dentist Conrad L. Inman
Consulting Physician Maurice C. Pincoffs
Physician-in-Chief H. Raymond Peters
Harvey G. Beck
Thomas P. Sprunt
George McLean
J. Sheldon Eastland
Louis A. M. Krause
Thomas C. Wolff
Hubert C. Knapp
Bartus T. Baggott
Wetherbee Fort
T. Nelson Carey
Sol Smith
Hugh J. Welch
Physicians .
Associate Physicians •
732 TEE SCHOOL OF MEDICINE, UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Assistant Physicians.
Associate Gastro-Enterologists .
S. A. TUMMINELLO
J. Howard Burns
Earl L. Chambers
K. W. Golley
William H. Kammer
S. Edwin Muller
John R. Davis, Jr.
J. Emmett Queen
Frederick J. Vollmer
John C. Osborne
(R. Frederick Leitz
Theodore H. Morrison
Maurice Feldman
Assistant Gastro-Enterologist .
Pediatricians
Associate Pediatrician
Assistant Pediatricians .
Associate Neurologists and Psychiatrists .
Anesthesiologist
Obstelrician-in-Chief .
Phild? D. Flynn
f Edgar B. Friedenwald
{Frederick B. Smith
G. Bowers Mansdorfer
Jerome Fineman
O. Walter Spurrier
Israel P. Meranskt
Edward L. Frey, Jr.
( Harry Goldsmith
■\Phtlip F. Lerner
. . James Russo
. Edward P. Smith
Obstetricians .
Associate Obstetricians.
Assistant Obstetricians.
Gynecologist-in-Chiej '.
Gynecologists
[ J. J. Erwtn
I Thomas K. Galvtn
A Frank K. Morris
Ernest S. Edlow
[Hugh B. McNally
("William C. Duffy
\ Charles H. Doeller, Jr.
J. Howard Burns
Harry F. Kane
William A. Dodd
{ Harry McB. Beck
Joseph C. Sheehan
William J. Rysanek, Jr.
Robert B. Tunney
. Thomas K. Galvtn
1 Edward P. Smith
J. J. Erwtn
Frank K. Morris
MERCY HOSPITAL STAFF
733
Associate Gynecologists .
Assistant Gynecologists .
Pathologists .
Clinical Pathologist . .
Clinical Uematologist .
Clinical Biochemist . . .
Ernest S. Edlow
George A. Strauss, Jr.
H. L. Granoff
Gerald Galvtn
Charles H. Doeller, Jr.
William A. Dodd
Harry McB. Beck
William C. Duffy
Joseph C. Sheehan
William J. Rysanek, Jr.
Harry F. Kane
Robert B. Tunney
Walter C. Merkel
Hugh R. Spencer
H. T. COLLENBERG
,H. Raymond Peters
Technicians .
Consulting Radiologist
Radiologist
Assistant Radiologist. .
Charles E. Brambel
(Sister Paula Marie
Eleanor Behr
Elisabeth Johnson
Carmela E. Minnick
Constance Chapman
Theresa Ringrose
Rita Berry
Albertus Cotton
Asa D. Young
E. Eugene Covington
Sister Paula Marie
Eleanor Behr
Elizabeth Johnson
Carmela E. Miceli
Lillian Butler
Betty Wolfram
Virginia Schwarz
Jultetta Perez
{Ruth L. Gephardt
Henrietta McCaffrey
Frances Muth
ANNUAL HOSPITAL APPOINTMENTS
The following annual appointments are made to the Mercy Hospital :
Six Residents in Surgery Resident in Pediatrics
Five Residents in Medicine Resident in Pathllogy
Resident in Rhinology
Four Residents in Gynecology and Obstetrics
Fourteen Interns on Rotating Service
Technicians .
Technicians (X-ray) .
734 THE SCHOOL OF MEDICINE, UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
MERCY HOSPITAL RESIDENT AND INTERN STAFF
JULY 1, 1949— JUNE 30, 1950
RESIDENT STAFF
James G. Stegmaier, B.S., M.D., Resident Surgeon
Elden H. Pertz, B.S., M.D., Associate Resident Surgeon
Karl A. Dillinger, M.D., Senior Assistant Resident Surgeon
August Kiel, Jr., M.D., Senior Assistant Resident Surgeon
Rennert M. Smelser, M.D., Junior Assistant Resident Surgeon
Clyde D. Thomas, Jr., M.D., Junior Assistant Resident Surgeon
John F. Ullsperger, A.B., M.D., Resident Gynecologist
Vincent dePaul Fitzpatrick, Jr., A.B., M.D., Resident Obstetrician
Claude F. Bailey, A.B., M.D., Assistant Resident Gynecologist and Obstetrician
John A. Ferris, B.S., M.D., Assistant Resident Gynecologist and Obstetrician
Joseph F. LiPira, B.S., M.D., Resident Physician
Thomas P. Connor, A.B., M.D., Assistant Resident Physician
Allyn F. Judd, A.B., M.D., Assistant Resident Physician
Albert M. Powell, Jr., M.D., Assistant Resident Physician
James A. Roberts, B.S., M.D., Assistant Resident Physician
David Josephs, Jr., A.B., M.D., Resident Pediatrician
INTERNS
James A. Cline, III, M.D.
Charles R. Fravel, M.D.
Burton V. Lock, M.D.
Mary E. Matthews, B.S., M.S., M.D.
Homer W. May, B.S., M.D.
John H. Panzarella, M.D.
Howard F. Raskin, B.A., M.D.
Clifford T. Rtddel, B.A., M.A., M.D.
Margaret L. Sherrard, B.A., M.D.
John A. Spittel, Jr., B.S., M.D.
Gene D. Trettin, B.S., M.D.
MERCY HOSPITAL DISPENSARY STAFF
Dispensary Director
Supervisor of Surgical Clinic .
.Sister M. Scholastica
Harold H. Burns
Dispensary Surgeons .
I. Ridgway Trimble
Simon H. Brager
Howard L. Zupnik
Danlel R. Robinson
Joseph V. Jerardi
William C. Dunnigan
William L. Garlick
John F. Schaefer
F. Ford Loker
Patrick C. Phelan
Arthur G. Siwinski
Melvin F. Polek
Clarence P. Scarborough
Michael L. DeVincentis
MERCY HOSPITAL DISPENSARY STAFF 735
Supervisor of Genilo-Urinary Clinic Kenneth D. Legge
[L. K. Fargo
Assistant Genilo-Urinary Surgeons j Francis VV. Gillis
[John S. Haines
Supervisor of Orthopaedic Clinic Harry L. Rogers
( Henry F. Ullrich
_ M, ,. _ JlSAAcGUTMAN
Orthopaedtc Surgeons I. H. Maseritz
[Jason H. Gaskel
Supervisor of Medical Clinic H. Raymond Peters
Chiefs of Medical Clinic \!°Ed3muller
Frederick J. Vollmer
William H. Kammer
John R. Davis
J. Emmett Queen
Charles F. O'Donnell
Arthur Karfgin
John C. Osborne
Chief of Allergy Clinic S. Edwin Muller
Chief of Cardiovascular Clinic Thomas C. Wolff
Assistant Cardiologist Leon Ashman
Chief of Metabolism Clinic J. Sheldon Eastland
Assistant in Metabolism Clinic J. E. Queen
Gastro-Enterologist Maurice Feldman
Assistant Gastro-Enterologist Philip Flynn
Chief of Pediatric Clinic Edgar B. Frdzdenwald
Jerome Fineman
Israel T. Meranski
O. Walter Spurrier
Assistant Physicians.
Pediatricians.
Edward L. Frey, Sr.
J. Carlton Wich
Donald Cooper
Earl Weeks
Joseph Cordi
at 7 • , at, i ■ , • , /Philip F. Lerner
N eurologists and Psychiatrists < TT T „,
[Henry J. Marriott
Supervisor of Dermatology Clinic Francis A. Ellis
_. , . . . [Eugene S. Bereston
ZW'0/0^ \R. C. V. ROBINSON
Oncologist James W. Nelson
736 THE SCHOOL OF MEDICINE, UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Chief of Gynecology Clinic , Thomas K. Galvin
Edward P. Smith
J. J. Erwin
Frank K. Morris
Ernest S. Edlow
Charles H. Doeller, Jr.
Gynecologists { William A. Dodd
Harry McB. Beck
William C. Duffy
Joseph C. Sheehan
Harry F. Kane
Robert B. Tunney
Gerald A. Galvin
Chief of Obstetrical Clinic Edward P. Smith
Harry F. Kane
Charles H. Doeller, Jr.
William A. Dodd
Obstetricians { Harry McB. Beck
William C. Duffy
Joseph C. Sheehan
Robert B. Tunney
Esophagoscopist Waitman F. Zinn
Associate Esophagoscopist Fayne A. Kayser
' Waitman F. Zinn
I Theodore A. Schwartz
Benjamin H. Isaacs
I Arthur Ward
Rkinolo gists and Laryngologists.
f M. Raskin
Ophthalmologists and Otologists \ F. A. Pacienza
[Joseph V. Jeppi
Proctologist Simon H. Brager
Assistant Proctologist William T. Supik
Supervisor of Dental Clinic J. D. Fusco
Consulting Dentist Conrad L. Inman
Supervisor of Physiotherapy Clinic Leon Hannan
Assistant Physiotherapist Alice R. Hannan
fSlSTER M. VlNCENJ
■[Anna Shawbaker
Social Workers
Secretary Eva Applegarth
MERCY HOSPITAL DISPENSARY STAFF 737
MERCY HOSPITAL DISPENSARY REPORT
Year of 1948
Deportment New Cases Old Cases Total
Allergy 17 179 196
Bronchoscopic 332 584 916
Cardiology 12 178 190
Dental 80 71 151
Dermatology 241 663 904
Diabetic 19 405 424
Gastro-Intestinal 22 113 135
Genito-Urinary 47 144 191
Gynecology 261 545 806
Medicine 454 2,242 2,696
Neurology 51 367 438
Ophthalmology 245 428 673
Orthopaedics 96 314 410
Pediatrics 384 904 1 , 288
Physiotherapy 173 1 , 733 1 ,906
Plastic Surgery 0 2 2
Postnatal 213 4 217
Prenatal 387 2,474 2,861
Proctology 40 59 99
Rhinolaryngology 402 702 1 , 104
Surgery 830 2,690 3,520
Surgical Follow-Up 189 351 540
Well Baby Clinic 15 15 30
Totals 4,510 15,167 19,677
THE BALTIMORE CITY HOSPITALS
STAFF, 1949-1950
Parker J. McMillin, Superintendent
Surgeon-in-Chief Otto C. Brantigan, M.D.
Physician-in-Chief , Acting C. Holmes Boyd, M.D.
Physician-in-Chief, Radiology Stanley H. Macht, M.D.
Physician-in-Chief, Tuberculosis H. Vernon Langeluttig, M.D.
Obstetrician-in-Chief Louis H. Douglass, M.D.
Pedialrician-in-Chief Harold E. Harrison, M.D.
Pathologist-in-Chief C. Gardner Warner, M.D.
Dental Surgeon-in-Chief, Acting H. Glenn Waring, D.D.S.
Consultant in Psychiatry Esther L. Richards, M.D.
Consultant in Peripheral Vascular Diseases George H. Yeager, M.D.
738 THE SCHOOL OF MEDICINE, UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
(James C. Owings, M.D.
I. Ridgeway Trimble, M.D.
Amos Koontz, M.D.
Thurston R. Adams, M.D.
Consultant in Traumatic Surgery C. A. Reifschneider, M.D.
Visiting Hand Surgeon Raymond M. Curtis, M.D.
[Harry C. Bowie, M.D.
Assistant Visiting Surgeons I Donald B. Hebb, M.D.
[Henry L. Rigdon, M.D.
[Charles Bagley, M.D.
Visiting Neurosurgeons < Richard G. Coblentz, M.D.
; [James G. Arnold, M.D.
Assistant Visiting N euro -Surgeon R. K. Thompson, M.D.
, .'+>,.,, / Edward A. Kitlowski, M.D.
Consultants in Plastic burgery < „ ,, TI T A, ^
6 J [Edward M. Hanrahan, Jr., M.D.
Assistant Visiting Plastic Surgeon Clarence P. Scarborough, M.D.
, . f W. Houston Toulson, M.D.
Visiting urologists <TT , , , ,-,
6 6 [Hugh Jewett, M.D.
Assistant Visiting Urologist Howard B. Mays, M.D.
(j. Mason Hundley, Jr., M.D.
_ , . Beverley C. Compton, M.D.
Visiting Gynecologists , _ „ ~ Mri
6 J I John C. Dumler, M.D.
[John T. Hibbitts, M.D.
[ Ernest I. Cornbrooks, Jr.. M.D.
Assistant Visiting Gynecologists j William K. Diehl, M.D.
[Everett S. Diggs, M.D.
Visiting Proctologist Monte Edwards, M.D.
f Allen F. Voshell, M.D.
Visiting Orthopaedic Surgeons \ Henry F. Ullrich, M.D.
[ Milton J. Wilder, M.D.
[jOHN BORDLEY, M.D.
Visiting Laryngologisls I Thomas R. O'Rourk, M.D.
[Fred T. Kyper, M.D.
_,. . . T , . fjOHN H. HlRSCHFELD, M.D.
Assistant Visiting Laryngologisls ' ^ T ,, ^.
6 J s 6 [Alfred T. Lieberman, M.D.
Visiting Ophthalmologist Charles E. Iliff, Jr., M.D.
. „ , . (Grant E. Ward, M.D.
Vtsitmg Oncologists |Arthur q Siwinski> MJ)
[Leonard Abramovitz, M.D.
Visiting Anesthetists I Alfred T. Nelson, M.D.
[Theodore Stacy, M.D.
Visiting Neuropathologist John A. Wagner, M.D.
Assistant Chief Physician Howard K. Rathbun, M.D.
THE BALTIMORE CITY HOSPITALS STAFF
739
Visiting Physicians.
Assistant Visiting Physicians.
Assistant Visiting Physicians (USPIIS).
[ Louis A. M. Krause, M.D.
J Charles W. Judd, M.D.
' ■ William G. Speed, III, M.D.
[Crawford N. Kirkpatrick, M.D.
j James R. McShane, M.D.
' \ George G. Schlesinger, M.D.
i Roger K. MacDonald, M.D.
John H. Miller, M.D.
David Solomon, M.D.
Leroy E. Duncan, Jr., M.D.
Cardiologist (USPIIS) Benjamin Manchester, M.D.
Physiologist (USPHS) Nathan W. Shock, Ph.D.
Visiting Neurologist J. W. Magladery, M.D.
Assistant Visiting Neurologist George G. Merrill, M.D.
Visiting Dermatologist, Acting Raymond C. V. Robinson, M.D.
Visiting Laboratory Physician Julius Waghelstein, M.D.
Visiting Pediatrician Hans Brx, M.D.
Assistant Physician-in-Chief, Tuberculosis Edmund G. Beacham, M.D.
Visiting Physician, Tuberculosis Alvin S. Hartz, M.D.
Assistant Visiting Physician, Tuberculosis John H. Hirschfeld, M.D.
Visiting Obstetrician J. Morris Reese, M.D.
D. Frank Kaltreider, M.D.
John E. Savage, M.D.
. , ....... „,,,.. J. William Dorman, M.D.
Assistant Visiting Obstetricians ;,, ,. T T - , _
W. Newton Long, Jr., M.D.
George W. Anderson, M.D.
Louis C. Gareis, M.D.
Orthodontist R. Kent Tongue, D.D.S.
(L. W. BlMESTEFER, D.D.S.
Michael Varlpatis, D.D.S.
B. W. Misinski, D.D.S.
THE JAMES LAWRENCE KERNAN HOSPITAL AND
INDUSTRIAL SCHOOL OF MARYLAND FOR
CRIPPLED CHILDREN
STAFF, 1149-1950
Surgeon-in-Chief and Medical Director Allen Fiske Voshell, A.B., M.D.
Consultant in Orthopaedic Surgery and Roentgenology Albertus Cotton, A.M., M.D.
Moses Gellman, B.S., M.D.
Harry Rogers, M.D.
Associate Orthopaedic Surgeons { Henry F. Ullrich, M.D.
| Wi.xthrop M. Phelps, A.B., M.D.
( Milton J. Wilder, M.D.
740 THE SCHOOL OF MEDICINE, UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Roentgenologist Charles N. Davidson, M.D.
Plastic Surgeon Edward A. Kitlowski, A.B., M.D.
Anrist and Laryngologist Benjamin S. Rich, A.B., M.D.
Dentist M. E. Coberth, D.D.S.
Cardiologist Helen M. Taussig, M.D.
Pedialrists Melchijah Spragins, M.D.
Consulting Surgeon Charles Reid Edwards, A.B., M.D.
„ ,,. . , T , . , f Franklin B. Anderson, M.D.
Consulting Aurists and Laryngologists -,„ , x »,.U n~ i
' s s [Edward A. Looper, M.D., D.Oph.
Consulting Neurological Surgeon Charles Bagley, Jr., M.A., M.D.
Consulting Physician Thomas R. Brown, A.B., M.D.
„ .,. _. , , ., [ Harry M. Robinson, Sr., M.D.
Consulting Dermatologists <T „ , , '
\Leon Ginsberg, M.D.
„ „. ,T , . „ (Irving J. Spear, M.D.
Consulting A eurologists {„ ,, „ , , ^
\R. V. Seliger, M.D.
„ ,,. _ ,. M . J [Benjamin Tappan, A.B., M.D.
Consulting Pediatrists < _ _ _, '_
[J. Edmund Bradley, M.D.
Consulting Dentist Harry B. McCarthy, D.D.S.
Consulting Pathologist Hugh R. Spencer, M.D.
Consulting Roentgenologist Henry J. Walton, M.D.
[Robert Abrams, M.D.
Resident Orthopaedic Surgeons < A. Wesley Johnson. M.D.
[Francis Scholt, M.D.
Superintendent Miss Maud M. Gardner, R.N.
Dispensary and Social Service Nurse Mrs. Evelyn Byrd Zapf, R.N.
(Miss Elizabeth Lane
Miss Margaret Kennedy
Mrs. Georgiana Wisong
Occupational Therapist Miss Muriel Zimmerman, O.T.
Instructor in Grammar School Miss Bertha Sendelback
HISTORY OF THE SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 741
HISTORY OF THE SCHOOL OF MEDICINE
The present School of Medicine, with the title University of Maryland School
of Medicine and College of Physicians and Surgeons, is the result of a consolida-
tion and merger of the University of Maryland School of Medicine with the
Baltimore Medical College (1913) and the College of Physicians and Surgeons of
Baltimore (1915).
Through the merger with the Baltimore Medical College, an institution of
thirty-two years' growth, the facilities of the School of Medicine were enlarged in
faculty, equipment and hospital connection.
The College of Physicians and Surgeons was incorporated in 1872, and estab-
lished on Hanover Street in a building afterward known as the Matemite, the
first obstetrical hospital in Maryland. In 1878 union was effected with the
Washington University School of Medicine, in existence since 1827, and the college
was removed to Calvert and Saratoga Streets. Through the consolidation with
the College of Physicians and Surgeons, medical control of the teaching beds in
the Mercy Hospital was obtained.
The School of Medicine of the University of Maryland is one of the oldest foun-
dations for medical education in America, ranking fifth in point of age among the
medical colleges of the United States. It was organized in 1807 and chartered
in 1808 under the name of the College of Medicine of Maryland, and its first
class was graduated in 1810. In 1812 the College was empowered by the Legisla-
ture to annex three other colleges or faculties: Divinity, Law, and Arts and
Sciences; and the four colleges thus united were "constituted an University by the
name and under the title of the University of Maryland."
The original building of the Medical School at the N. E. corner of Lombard and
Greene Streets was erected in 1812. It is the oldest structure in this country
from which the degree of doctor of medicine has been granted annually since its
erection. In this building were founded one of the first medical libraries and one
of the first medical school libraries in the United States.
At this Medical School dissection was made a compulsory part of the curriculum,
and independent chairs for the teaching of gynecology and pediatrics (1867), and
of ophthalmology and otology (1873), were installed for the first time in America.
This School of Medicine was one of the first to provide for adequate clinical
instruction by the erection of its own hospital in 1823. In this hospital intramural
residency for senior students was established for the first time.
The School of Medicine has been co-educational since 1918.
BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES
The original medical building at the N. E. corner of Lombard and Greene
Streets houses the office of the Dean, Room 101, the office of the Committee on
Admissions, Room 102, two lecture halls, the faculty room and office of the assist-
ant business manager.
The Administration Building, to the east of the original building, contains the
Baltimore offices of the Registrar and two lecture halls.
742 THE SCHOOL OF MEDICINE, UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
The laboratory building at 31 South Greene Street is occupied by the depart-
ments of Pathology, Bacteriology and Biochemistry.
The Frank C. Bressler Research Laboratory provides the departments of
Anatomy, Histology and Embryology, Pharmacology, Physiology and Clinical
Pathology with facilities for teaching and research. It also houses the research
laboratories of the clinical departments, animal quarters, a laboratory for teaching
Operative Surgery, a lecture hall and the Bressler Memorial Room.
This building was erected in 1939-1940 at 29 South Greene Street opposite the
University Hospital. It was built with funds left to the School of Medicine by
the late Frank C. Bressler, an alumnus, supplemented by a grant from the Federal
government. The structure, in the shape of an I, extends east from Greene
Street, just north of the original building.
MEDICAL LIBRARY
Howard Rovelstad, A.B., M.A., B.S.L.S Acting Director of Libraries
Ida Marian Robinson, A.B., B.S.L.S Librarian
Hilda E. Moore, A.B., A.B.L.S Assistant Librarian
Florence R. Kirk Assistant Librarian
Edith R. McIntosh, A.M., A.B.L.S Cataloguer
Charlotte Wilson Assistant to the Cataloguer
The Medical Library of the University of Maryland, founded in 1813 by the
purchase of the collection of Dr. John Crawford, now numbers 31,000 volumes and
several thousand pamphlets and reprints. Over four hundred of the leading
medical journals, both foreign and domestic, are received regularly. The library
is housed in Davidge Hall, a comfortable and commodious building in close prox-
imity to classrooms and laboratories, and is open daily for the use of members of
the faculty, the student body and the profession generally. Libraries pertaining
to particular phases of medicine are maintained by several departments of the
medical school.
The library of the Medical and Chirurgical Faculty of Maryland and the Welch
Medical Library are open to students of the medical school without charge.
Other libraries of Baltimore are the Peabody Library and the Enoch Pratt Free
Library.
DISPENSARY BUILDING
The old hospital building has been remodeled and is occupied by the Out-patient
Department. Thus the students have been provided with a splendidly appointed
group of clinics for their training in out-patient work. All departments of clinical
training are represented in this remodeled building and all changes have been
predicated on the teaching function for which this department is intended.
The office of the Medical School Physician is located in this building.
The Department of Art also occupies quarters here.
UNIVERSITY HOSPITAL
The University Hospital, which is the property of the University of Maryland,
is the oldest institution for the care of the sick in the state of Maryland. It was
HISTORY OF THE SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 743
opened in September 1823, under the name of the Baltimore Infirmary, and at
that time consisted of but four wards, one of which was reserved for patients with
diseases of the eye.
In 1933-1934 the new University Hospital was erected and patients were
admitted to this building in November 1934. The new hospital is situated at the
southwest corner of Redwood and Greene Streets, and is consequently opposite
the medical school buildings. The students, therefore, are in close proximity
and little time is lost in passing from the lecture halls and laboratories to the
clinical facilities of the new building.
This new building, with its modern planning, makes a particularly attractive
teaching hospital and is a very valuable addition to the clinical facilities of the
medical school.
The new hospital has a capacity of 435 beds and 65 bassinets devoted to general
medicine, surgery, obstetrics, pediatrics, and the various medical and surgical
specialties.
The teaching zone extends from the second to the eighth floor and comprises
wards for surgery, medicine, obstetrics, pediatrics, and a large clinical lecture hall.
There are approximately 270 beds available for teaching.
The space of the whole north wing of the second floor is occupied by the de-
partment of roentgenology. The east wing houses clinical pathology and special
laboratories for clinical microscopy, biochemistry, bacteriology, and an especially
well appointed laboratory for students' training. The south wing provides space
for electro-cardiographic and basal metabolism departments, with new and very
attractive air-conditioned or oxygen therapy cubicles. The west wing contains
the departments of rhinolaryngology and bronchoscopy, industrial surgery, oph-
thalmology, and male and female cystoscopy.
The third and fourth floors each provide two medical and two surgical wards.
The fifth floor contains two wards for pediatrics, and on the sixth floor there are
two wards for obstetrics. Each ward occupies the space of one wing of the
hospital.
On the seventh floor is the general operating suite, the delivery suite, and the
central supply station. The eighth floor is essentially a students' floor and affords
a mezzanine over the operating and delivery suites, and a students' entrance to
the clinical lecture hall.
In the basement there is a very well appointed pathological department with a
large teaching autopsy room and its adjunct service of instruction of students in
pathological anatomy.
The hospital receives a large number of accident patients because of its prox-
imity to the largest manufacturing and shipping districts of the city.
The obstetrical service is particularly well arranged and provides accommoda-
tion for forty ward patients. This service, combined with an extensive home
service, assures the student abundant obstetrical training.
During the year ending December 31. 1948, 2427 cases were delivered in the
hospital and 632 cases in the outdoor department. Students in the graduating
class observed at least thirty-five cases, each student being required to deliver at
least eight patients in their homes.
The dispensaries associated with the University Hospital and the Mercy Hospi-
744 THE SCHOOL OF MEDICINE, UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
tal are organized upon a uniform plan in order that the teaching may be the same
in each. Each dispensary has the following departments: medicine, surgery,
pediatrics, ophthalmology, otology, genito-urinary, gynecology, gastroenterology,
neurology, orthopaedics, proctology, dermatology, laryngology, rhinology, car-
diology, tuberculosis, psychiatry, oral surgery and oncology.
All students in their junior year work each day during one-third of the year
in the departments of medicine and surgery of the dispensaries. In their senior
year, all students work one hour each day in the special departments.
MERCY HOSPITAL
The Sisters of Mercy first assumed charge of the Hospital at the corner of Cal-
vert and Saratoga Streets, then owned by the Washington University, in 1874.
By the merger of 1878 the Hospital came under the control of the College of
Physicians and Surgeons, but the Sisters continued their work of ministering to the
patients.
In a very few years it became apparent that the City Hospital, as it was then
called, was much too small to accommodate the rapidly growing demands upon it.
However, it was not until 1888 that the Sisters of Mercy, with the assistance of
the Faculty of the College of Physicians and Surgeons, were able to lay the corner-
stone of the present hospital. This building was completed and occupied late in
1889. Since then the growing demands for more space have compelled the erec-
tion of additions, until now there are accommodations for 348 patients.
In 1909 the name was changed from The Baltimore City Hospital to Mercy
Hospital.
The clinical material in the free wards is under the exclusive control of the
Faculty of the University of Maryland School of Medicine and College of Physi-
cians and Surgeons.
THE BALTIMORE CITY HOSPITALS
The clinical facilities of the School of Medicine have been largely increased by
the liberal decision of the Department of Public Welfare to allow the use of the
wards of these hospitals for medical education. The autopsy material also is
available for student instruction.
Members of the junior class make daily visits to these hospitals for clinical
instruction in medicine, surgery, and the specialties.
The Baltimore City Hospitals consist of the following separate divisions:
The General Hospital, 400 beds, 90 bassinets.
The Hospital for Chronic Cases, 575 beds.
The Hospital for Tuberculosis, 280 beds.
Infirmary (Home for Aged) 700 beds.
THE JAMES LAWRENCE KERN AN HOSPITAL AND INDUSTRIAL SCHOOL OF
MARYLAND FOR CRIPPLED CHILDREN
This institution is situated on an estate of 75 acres at Dickeyville. The site
is within the northwestern city limits and of easy access to the city proper.
HISTORY OF THE SCEOOL OF MEDICINE 745
The location is ideal for the treatment of children, in that it affords all the ad-
vantages of sunshine and country air.
A hospital unit, complete in every respect, offers all modern facilities for the
care of any orthopaedic condition in children.
The hospital is equipped with 80 beds — endowed, and city and state supported.
The orthopaedic dispensary at the University Hospital is maintained in closest
affiliation and cares for the cases discharged from the Kernan Hospital. The
physical therapy department is very well equipped with modern apparatus
and trained personnel. Occupational therapy has been fully established and
developed under trained technicians.
THE BALTIMORE EYE, EAR, AND THROAT HOSPITAL
This institution was first organized and operated in 1882 as an outgrowth of the
Baltimore Eye and Ear Dispensary, which closed on June 14, 1882. The name
then given to the new hospital was The Baltimore Eye and Ear Charity Hospital.
It was located at the address row known as 625 W. Franklin St. The out-patient
department was opened on September 18, 1882 and the hospital proper on
November 1 of the same year. In 1898 a new building afforded 24 free beds
and 8 private rooms; by 1907 the beds numbered 47; at present there are 60 beds,
29 of which are free. In 1922 the present hospital building at 1214 Eutaw Place
was secured and in 1926 the dispensary was opened. In 1928 a clinical laboratory
was installed. During 1948 the out-patient visits numbered 22,058.
Through the kindness of the Hospital Board and Staff, our junior students
have access to the dispensary which they visit in small groups 'or instruction in
ophthalmology.
746 THE SCHOOL OF MEDICINE, UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION
METHOD OF MAKING APPLICATION
Requests for application forms should be filed not earlier than September 15th
preceding by one year the desired date of admission. These forms may be secured
from the Committee on Admissions, School of Medicine, University of Maryland,
Baltimore 1, Maryland.
APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION TO THE FIRST YEAR
Application for admission is made by filing the required form and by having all
pertinent data sent directly to the Committee on Admissions, in accordance with
the instructions accompanying the application.
Consideration will be given applications received after December 1st provided
the class is not complete.
APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION TO ADVANCED STANDING
Students who have attended approved medical schools are eligible to file ap-
plications for admission to the second- and third-year classes only. These ap-
plicants must be prepared to meet the current first-year entrance requirements in
addition to presenting acceptable medical school credentials, and a medical school
record based on courses which are quantitatively and qualitatively equivalent to
similar courses in this school.
Application to advanced standing is made in accordance with the instructions
accompanying the application form.
Persons who already hold the degree of Doctor of Medicine will not be admit-
ted to the Medical School as a candidate for that degree from this university.
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION
The minimum requirements for admission to the School of Medicine are:
(a) Graduation from an approved secondary school, or the equivalent in
entrance examinations, and
(b) Three academic years of acceptable college credit, exclusive of physical edu-
cation and military sciences, earned in colleges of arts and sciences which
are currently approved by the Council on Medical Education and Hos-
pitals of the American Medical Association. The quantity and quality
of this course of study shall be equivalent to that required for recommen-
dation by the institution where the college courses are being, or have
been, pursued.
(c) The following courses and credits in basic required subjects must be com-
pleted by June of the year the applicant desires to be admitted:
Semester hours Quarter hour*
General biology or zoology 8 12
Inorganic chemistry 8 12
Organic chemistry 6-8 9-12
General physics 8 12
English 6 9
Modern language (German, French, Spanish) .... 6 9
STANDARD REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION
747
(d) The total semester-hour or quarter-hour credits presented must be equiv-
alent in quantity and quality to three-fourths of the credit requirement
for graduation by the recommending institution, exclusive of courses in
physical education and military sciences.
Applicants who are unable to complete these requirements by June of the
year admission is desired, will be considered contingent on places being
available, provided all basic required courses and credits shall have been
absolved by June as indicated in (c) above.
(e) Students who are conditioned in college courses are not accepted.
Elective courses should be selected from the following three groups:
Natural Sciences
Vertebrate Embryology
Comparative Vertebrate
Anatomy
Quantitative Analysis
Physical Chemistry
Mathematics
Social Sciences
Economics
History
Political Science
Psychology (a basic
course is desirable)
Sociology, etc.
Humanities
English (an advanced
course in English
composition should
be taken, if possible)
Scientific German or
French (A reading
knowledge of either
language is desirable,
although German is
preferred)
Philosophy
Careful attention should be given to the selection of elective courses in the
natural sciences. Accordingly, it is suggested that the elective list given above
be a guide in this connection and that the remainder of the college credits be
accumulated from courses designed to promote a broad cultural development.
Students should avoid the inclusion of college courses in subjects that occur in the
medical curriculum, for example, histology, histological technique, human anat-
omy, bacteriology, physiology, neurology, physiological chemistry.
It is not intended that these suggestions be interpreted to restrict the education
of students who exhibit an aptitude for the natural sciences or to limit the de-
velopment of students who plan to follow research work in the field of medicine.
In accepting candidates for admission, preference will be given to those appli-
cants who have acceptable scholastic records in secondary school and college,
satisfactory scores in the Medical College Admission Test, favorable letters of
recommendation from their premedical committees, or from one instructor in
each of the departments of biology, chemistry, and physics, and who in all other
respects give every promise of becoming successful students and physicians of high
standing.
Those candidates for admission who are unconditionally accepted will receive
a certificate of matriculation from the office of the Dean.
COMBINED COURSE IN ARTS AND SCIENCES AND MEDICINE
A combined seven years' curriculum leading to the degrees of Bachelor of
Science and Doctor of Medicine is offered by the University of Maryland. The
first three years are taken in residence in the College of Arts and Sciences at Col-
748 THE SCHOOL OF MEDICINE, UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
lege Park, and the last four years in the School of Medicine in Baltimore. (See
University catalogue for details of quantitative and qualitative college course
requirements.)
If a candidate for the combined degree completes the work of the first year in
the School of Medicine with an average of "C" without failures, and if he has ab-
solved the quantitative and qualitative college requirements set up by the Uni-
versity, he is eligible to recommendation by the Dean of the School of Medicine
that the degree of Bachelor of Science be conferred.
Because the general commencement usually takes place before the School of
Medicine is prepared to release grades of the first-year class, this combined degree
of Bachelor of Science is conferred at the commencement following the candidate's
second year of residence in the School of Medicine.
STATE MEDICAL STUDENT QUALIFYING CERTIFICATES
Candidates for admission who live in or expect to practice medicine in Pennsyl-
vania, New Jersey or New York, should apply to their respective state boards of
education for medical student qualifying certificates (Pennsylvania and New
Jersey) or approval of applications for medical student qualifying certificates
(New York).
Those students who are accepted must file satisfactory State certificates in the
office of the Committee on Admissions, School of Medicine, before registration.
No exceptions will be made to this requirement.
Addresses of the State Certifying Offices
Director of Credentials Section, Pennsylvania Department of Public In-
struction, Harrisburg, Pa.
Chief of the Bureau of Credentials, New Jersey Department of Public In-
struction, Trenton, N. J.
Supervisor of Qualifying Certificates, The State Education Department,
Examinations and Inspections Division, Albany, N. Y.
DEFINITION OF RESIDENCE STATUS OF STUDENTS*
Students who are minors are considered to be resident students if, at the time
of their registration, the parents* have been residents of this State for at least
one year.
Adult students are considered to be resident students if, at the time of their
registration, they have been residents of this State for at least one year, provided
such residence has not been acquired while attending any school or college in
Maryland.
The status of the residence of a student is determined at the time of his first
registration in the university and may not thereafter be changed by him unless,
in the case of a minor, his parents* move to and become legal residents of this
state by maintaining such residence for at least one full calendar year. However,
the right of the student (minor) to change from a non-resident to a resident status
must be established by him prior to registration for a semester in any academic
year.
* The term "parents" includes persons who have been legally constituted the guardians
of or stand in loco parentis to such minor students.
FEES AND PERSONAL EXPENSES 749
CURRENT FEES
Matriculation fee (paid once) $10.00
Tuition fee (each year) — Residents of Maryland 450.00
Tuition fee (each year) — Non-Residents 600.00
Laboratory fee (each year) 25. 00
Student health service fee (each year) 20.00
Student activities and service fee (each year) 15 . 00
* Lodging and meals fee 6. 75
Graduation fee 15 . 00
Re-examination fee (each subject) 5 .00
Transcript fee to graduates. First copy gratis, each copy thereafter. . 1.00
RULES FOR PAYMENT OF FEES
No fees are returnable.
Make all checks or money orders payable to the "University of Maryland".
When offering checks or money orders in payment of tuition and other fees,
students are requested to have them drawn in the exact amount of such fees.
Personal checks whose face value is in excess of the fees due will be accepted for
collection only.
Acceptance. — Payment of the matriculation fee of S10.00 and of a deposit on
tuition of S50.00 is required of accepted applicants before the expiration date
specified in the offer of acceptance. This $60.00 deposit is not returnable and
will be forfeited if the applicant fails to register, or it will be applied to the appli-
cant's first semester's charges on registration.
Registration. — All students, after proper certification, are required to register
at the business office, Gray Laboratory. (See calendar page 5 of this bulletin
for dates for the payments of fees, and the note regarding late registration fee.)
One-half of the tuition fee, the laboratory fee, the student health fee, the mainte-
nance and service fee and the student activities fee are payable on the date specified
for registration for the first semester.
The remainder of the tuition fee shall be paid on the date designated for the
payment of fees for the second semester. Fourth year students shall pay the
graduation fee, in addition, at this time.
PENALTY FOR NON-PAYMENT OF FEES
If semester fees are not paid in full on the specified registration dates, a penalty
of S5.00 will be added.
If a satisfactory settlement, or an agreement for settlement, is not made with
the business office within ten days after a payment is due, the student automatically
is debarred from attendance on classes and will forfeit the other privileges of the
School of Medicine.
* Junior Students will be billed for this fee, covering lodging and meals while on obstet-
rical service at Baltimore City Hospitals. Accordingly, Section B. on Schedule 2 will be
billed for the first semester; Section A on Schedule 2 for the second semester.
750 TEE SCHOOL OF MEDICINE, UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
REEXAMINATION FEE
A student who is eligible to reexaminations must pay the business office $5.00 for
each subject in which he is to be examined, and he must present the receipt to the
faculty member giving the examination before he will be permitted to take the
examination.
STUDENT ACTIVITIES AND SERVICE FEE
This fee pays for the use of clothing lockers, provides library privileges, main-
tains student loan collections, a student lounge and cafeteria. It supports a rec-
reational program for students of all classes, provides photographs for all school
purposes, including state boards, and furnishes graduates with invitations and
tickets to the Pre-commencement Exercises. It supports the activities of the
Student Council.
STUDENT HEALTH SERVICE
James R. Karns, M.D Director, Student Health Service.
The Medical School has made provision for the systematic care of students ac-
cording to the following plan:
1. Preliminary Examination — All new students will be examined during the
first week of the semester. Notice of the date, time, and place of the examination
will be announced to the classes and on the bulletin board. The passing of this
physical examination is necessary before final acceptance of any student.
2. Medical Attention — Students in need of medical attention will be seen by
the school physician, Dr. James R. Karns, in his office at the medical school, at
9 A.M. daily, except Saturday and Sunday. In case of necessity, students will be
seen at their homes.
3. Hospitalization — If it becomes necessary for any student to enter the hospital
during the school year, the school has arranged for the payment of part or all of his
hospital expenses, depending on the length of his stay and special expenses incur-
red. This applies only to students admitted through the school physician's office.
4. Physical Defects — Prospective students are advised to have any known
physical defects corrected before entering school in order to prevent loss of time
which later correction might incur.
5. Eye Examination — Each new matriculate is required to undergo an eye
examination at the hands of an oculist (Doctor of Medicine) within three months
before entering the School of Medicine. Long study hours bring out unsuspected
eye defects which cause much loss of time and inefficiency in study if not
corrected until after school work is under way.
6. Limitations — It is not the function of this service to treat chronic conditions
contracted by students before admission, nor to extend treatment to acute condi-
tions arising in the period between academic years, unless the school physician
.recommends this service.
GENERAL RULES 751
GENERAL RULES
The right is reserved to make changes in the curriculum, the requirements for
graduation, the fees and in any of the regulations whenever the university
authorities deem it expedient. Students are urged, therefore, to read the latest
issue of the catalogue and follow the rules set forth therein.
GRADING SYSTEM
Official grades are designated by these symbols: '■■■■.■
Symbol
Scholarship
Numerical Equivalent
A
Superior
93-100
B
Good
87- 92
C
Fair
80- 86
D
Passing
75- 79
F
Failure
Below 75
I
Incomplete
— :
WF
Withdrew, failing
—
The class standing of seniors only will be released. This standing will appear
on senior grade reports sent out from the Registrar's office.
ADVANCEMENT AND GRADUATION
1. No medical student will be permitted to begin work for credit in any semester
of any year who reports for classes later than one week after classes begin, except
by permission of the Dean.
2. No student will be permitted to advance with unabsolved failures
3. A general scholastic average of C is required for advancement to junior and
senior standing and for graduation.
4. A student who in any one year has one failure together with grades of D
in all other subjects, will be dropped from the rolls.
5. A student who has failures in two completed major subjects will be dropped
from the rolls.
6. All students are required to attend 85% of scheduled classes and take spring
examinations unless excused by the Dean.
7. Should a student be required to repeat any year in any course, he must pay
regular fees.
8. A student failing his final examinations for graduation at the end of the fourth
year will be required to repeat the entire course of the fourth year and take exam-
inations in such other branches as may be required, provided he is permitted to
enter the school as a candidate for graduation.
9. The general fitness of a candidate for graduation as well as the results of his
examinations will be taken into consideration by the faculty.
EQUIPMENT
10. At the beginning of the first year, all students must be prepared to provide
microscopes of a satisfactory type equipped with a mechanical stage and a sub-
stage lamp.
752 THE SCHOOL OF MEDICINE, UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
A standard microscope of either Bausch & Lomb, Leitz, Spencer, or Zeiss make,
fitted with the following attachments, will meet the requirements:
16 mm., 10x, 0.25 N.A. — 4.9 mm. working distance.
4 mm., 43x, 0.65 N.A. — 0.6 mm. working distance.
1.8 mm., 97x, oil immersion, 1.25 N.A. — 0.13 mm. working distance.
Oculars: lOx and 5x. Huygenian eyepieces.
Triple nose pieces with 16 mm., 4 mm., and 1.9 mm. 125 N.A. oil immersion lens.
Wide aperture stage with quick screw condenser and built on, but detachable,
ungraduated mechanical stage. Substage condenser, variable focusing type 1.25
N.A. with iris diaphragm. A rack and pinion focusing device is preferred. Mir-
ror plane on one side, concave on the other. A carrying case is recommended.
Students are cautioned with respect to the purchase of used microscopes since
some older instruments were equipped with a 4 mm. (high dry) objective whose
N.A. is marked as 0.85 N.A. This objective has such a short working distance
(0.3 mm.) that it is difficult or impossible to focus through thick cover glasses or
the standard haemocytometer cover glass without breakage. All used microscopes
are subject to inspection and approval by the department.
11. Students in the second year class are required to provide stethoscopes.
12. Third- and fourth-year students are required to provide haemocytometers,
opthalmoscopes and otoscopes.
STATE QUALIFYING CERTIFICATES
13. Candidates for admission who live in or expect to practice medicine in
Pennsylvania, New Jersey or New York must file State qualifying certificates in
the office of the Committee on Admissions, School of Medicine, before registration.
No exception will be made to this rule.
EYE EXAMINATION BEFORE ADMISSION
14. Each new matriculate in each class is required to present to the Committee
on Admissions a certificate from an oculist, (a graduate in medicine) that the
matriculate's eyes have been examined and are in condition, with or without
glasses as the case may be, to endure the strain of close and intensive reading.
It is required that this examination be completed within three months prior to
registration and that the certificate be mailed to the Committee on Admissions
not later than one month before registration.
AWARDING OF COMBINED DEGREES
15. Students entering the School of Medicine on a three-year requirement basis
from colleges which usually grant a degree on the successful completion of the first
year of medicine, are restricted by the following regulations:
a — The candidate must present a certificate from his college or university that
he has absolved the quantitative and qualitative premedical requirements
for this degree.
b— The candidate must acquire an average of "C" without failures for the
work of his first year in the School of Medicine.
c — The Dean of the School of Medicine reserves the right to withhold his
recommendation that a bachelor's degree be conferred at a commencement
which occurs before the official release of first-year medical grades.
GENERAL RULES 753
COST OF TRANSCRIPTS
16. Graduates will receive the first transcript of record without charge. Subse-
quent copies will cost one dollar each. Requests for transcripts must be filed
with the Registrar's Office, University of Maryland, Lombard and Greene
Streets, Baltimore-1, Maryland.
HOUSING
There are no housing or living accommodations on the campus of the medical
school.
PARKING
Because of lack of space on the university parking lots no parking facilities
are provided thereon for students.
LIBRARY REGULATIONS
Loan Regulations
Loan periods have been worked out according to demand for and protection of
different types of material.
Two-Week Loans: All books except those on reserve.
Three-Day Loans: All journals except the latest number (which does not
circulate), and those on reserve.
Overnight Loans: Books and journals on reserve.
(4p.m.-10a.m.)
Special Rules or Books on Reserve:
Students whose names appear on the check-list for the Mercy Hospital section
will be granted the necessary hours to return reserve books.
Overnight books may be reserved in advance only within the week in which they
will be used. Books may be reserved on Saturday for the following Monday.
Overnight books may not be reserved two successive nights by the same person.
Advance reserves will be held until one hour before closing.
Fines
Fines are imposed not to acquire money, but to assure equal access to books.
Two-Week Loans: 5 jf per day.
Three-Day Loans: 5*f per day.
Overnight Loans: 5jf per hour.
Lost Books: List price of the book. (Lost books should be reported at once)
All books must be returned, lost books replaced or paid for, and fines paid before
a student can finish the year in good standing.
In fairness to all concerned, these rules must be enforced without exception.
CERTIFICATION FOR STATE BOARD AND NATIONAL BOARD
EXAMINATIONS
No student will be certified to State Board or National Board examiners who
has unabsolved failures in subjects taken during the academic period covered
by these examinations.
754 THE SCHOOL OF MEDICINE, UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
WITHDRAWALS AND REFUNDS
Formal Withdrawal Procedures
Students over 21 years of age desiring to leave the School of Medicine at any
time during the academic year are required to file with the Dean a written applica
tion for withdrawal. In addition, the student must secure an "honorable dismissal
release" form from the Dean's secretary, and return this to the Dean's office
appropriately signed by representatives of the departments listed thereon, together
with his "matriculation certificate."
If these procedures are not completed, the student will not be entitled to honor-
able dismissal nor to refund of fees.
Students under 21 years of age, must supplement the procedures previously
described with the written consent of their parents or guardians.
A cademic Standing On Withdrawal
Students who voluntarily withdraw during an academic semester will be given
no credit.
Students are not permitted to resort to withdrawal in order to preclude current
or impending failures. Their standing on withdrawal will be recorded in the
registrar's office.
Students who withdraw from the School of Medicine, must apply to the Com-
mittee on Admissions for readmission, unless other arrangements have been con-
summated with the Dean's written consent.
Refunds on Withdrawal
Students who are eligible to honorable dismissal will receive a refund of current
charges, after the matriculation fee has been deducted, according to the following
schedule:
Period elapsed afler instruction begins. Percentage refundable
Two weeks or less 80%
Between two and three weeks 60%
Between three and four weeks 40%
Between four and five weeks 20%
After five weeks 0
PRIZES
THE FACULTY PRIZE
The faculty will award the gold medal and certificate and five certificates of
honor to those six of the first ten highest ranking candidates for graduation who,
during the four academic years, have exhibited outstanding qualifications for the
practice of medicine.
THE DR. A. BRADLEY GAITHER MEMORIAL PRIZE
A prize of $25.00 is given each year by Mrs. A. Bradley Gaither as a memorial
to the late Dr. A. Bradley Gaither, to the student in the senior class doing the best
work in genito-urinary surgery.
SCHOLARSHIPS 755
THE WILLIAM D. WOLFE MEMORIAL PRIZE
(Value $100.00 each)
A certificate of proficiency and a prize of $100.00 will be awarded each year
until the fund is dissipated, to the graduate selected by the Faculty Board show-
ing greatest proficiency in Dermatology.
SCHOLARSHIPS
All scholarships are assigned for one academic year, unless specifically reawarded
on consideration of an application.
Official application forms are obtainable at the Dean's office, where they should
be filed four months before the ensuing academic year.
THE DR. SAMUEL LEON FRANK SCHOLARSHIP
(Value $100.00)
This scholarship was established by Mrs. Bertha Rayner Frank as a memorial
to the late Dr. Samuel Leon Frank, an alumnus of this university.
It is awarded by the Trustees of the Endowment Fund of the University each
year upon nomination by the Faculty Board "to a medical student of the Uni-
versity of Maryland, who in the judgment of said Council, is of good character
and in need of pecuniary assistance to continue his medical course."
This scholarship is awarded to a second, third or fourth year student who has
successfully completed one year's work in this school. No student may hold
this scholarship for more than two years.
THE CHARLES M. HITCHCOCK SCHOLARSHIPS
(Value $100.00 each)
Two scholarships were established from a bequest to the School of Medicine
by the late Charles M. Hitchcock, M.D., an alumnus of the university.
These scholarships are awarded annually by the Trustees of the Endowment
Fund of the University, upon nomination by the Faculty Board, to students
who have meritoriously completed the work of at least the first year of the course
in medicine, and who present to the Board satisfactory evidence of a good moral
character and of inability to continue the course without pecuniary assistance.
THE RANDOLPH WINSLOW SCHOLARSHIP
(Value $100.00)
This scholarship was established by the late Randolph Winslow, M.D., LL.D.
It is awarded annually by the Trustees of the Endowment Fund of the Univer-
sity, upon nomination by the Faculty Board, to a "needy student of the Senior,
Junior, or Sophomore Class of the Medical School."
"He must have maintained an average grade of 85% in all his work up to the
time of awarding the scholarship."
"He must be a person of good character and must satisfy the Faculty Board
that he is worthy of and in need of assistance."
756 THE SCHOOL OF MEDICINE, UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
THE DR. LEO KARLINSKY MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP
(Value $125.00)
This scholarship was established by Mrs. Ray Mintz Karlinsky as a memorial
to her husband, the late Dr. Leo Karlinsky, an alumnus of the university.
It is awarded annually by the Trustees of the Endowment Fund of the Univer-
sity, upon the nomination of the Faculty Board, to "a needy student of the
Senior, Junior or Sophomore Class of the Medical School."
He must have maintained in all his work up to the time of awarding the scholar-
ship a satisfactory grade of scholarship.
He must be a person of good character and must satisfy the Faculty Board
that he is worthy of and in need of assistance.
THE UNIVERSITY SCHOLARSHIP
A scholarship which entitles the holder to exemption from payment of tuition
fee for the year, is awarded annually by the Faculty Board to a student of the
senior class in need of assistance who presents to the Faculty Board satisfactory
evidence of good character and scholarship.
THE FRED ERICA GEHRMANN SCHOLARSHIP
(Value $200.00)
(Not open to holders of Warfield and Cohen Scholarships)
This scholarship was established by the bequest of the late Mrs. Frederica
Gehrmann and is awarded to a third-year student who at the end of the second
year has passed the best practical examinations in physiology, pharmacology,
pathology, bacteriology, immunology, serology, surgical anatomy and neuro-
anatomy.
THE CLARENCE AND GENEVRA WARFIELD SCHOLARSHIPS
(Value $300.00 ;each)
There are five scholarships established by the regents from the income of the
fund bequeathed by the will of Dr. Clarence Warfield.
Terms and Conditions: These scholarships are available to students of any of
the classes of the course in medicine. Preference is given to students from the
counties of the state of Maryland which the Faculty Board may from time to
time determine to be most in need of medical practitioners.
Any student receiving one of these scholarships must agree, after graduation
and a year's internship, to undertake the practice of medicine, for a term of two
years, in the county to which the student is accredited, or in a county selected by
the Board. In the event that a student is not able to comply with the condition
requiring him to practice in the county to which he is accredited by the Board,
the money advanced by the regents shall be refunded by the student.
THE ISRAEL AND CECELIA E. COHEN SCHOLARSHIP
(Value $150.00)
This scholarship was established by the late Eleanor S. Cohen in memory of
her parents, Israel and Cecelia E. Cohen. Terms and conditions: This scholarship
SCHOLARSHIPS 757
will be available to students of any one of the classes of the course in medicine;
preference is given to students of the counties in the state of Maryland which the
Faculty Board may from time to time determine to be most in need of medical
practitioners. Any student receiving one of these scholarships must, after gradua-
tion and a year's internship, agree to undertake the practice of medicine for a term
of two years in the county to which the student is accredited, or in a county se-
lected by the council. In the event that a student is not able to comply with
the condition requiring him to practice in the county to which he is accredited by
the Board, the money advanced by the regents shall be refunded.
THE DR. HORACE BRUCE HETRICK SCHOLARSHIP
(Value $125.00)
This scholarship was established by Dr. Horace Bruce Hetrick as a memorial
to his sons, Bruce Hayward Hetrick and Augustus Christian Hetrick. It is to
be awarded by the Faculty Board to a student of the senior class.
THE HENRY ROLANDO SCHOLARSHIP
(Value approximately $250.00)
The Henry Rolando Scholarship was established by the Board of Regents of
the University of Maryland from a bequest to the Board by the late Anne H.
Rolando for the use of the Faculty of Medicine.
This scholarship will be awarded each academic year on the recommendation
of the Faculty Board to a "poor and deserving student."
THE READ SCHOLARSHIPS
The sum of $500.00 is now available to cover two (2) scholarships in the
amount of $250.00 each for the scholastic year, beginning in 1945, as a dona-
tion from the Read Drug and Chemical Company of Baltimore, Maryland.
Two students are to be selected by the Dean of the School in collaboration
with the Scholarship and Loan Committee of the Medical School with the pro-
vision that the students selected shall be worthy, deserving students, residents
of the State of Maryland.
LOAN FUNDS
W. K. KELLOGG FUND
This loan fund was established in the academic year 1942 with money granted
by the W. K. Kellogg Foundation. The interest paid on the loans, together with
the principal of the fund as repaid, will be used to found a rotating loan fund.
Loans will be made on the basis of need, character and scholastic attainment.
FACULTY OF MEDICINE LOAN FUND
A Faculty of Medicine Loan Fund was established with money derived from
the bequest of Dr. William R. Sanderson, Class 1882, and the gift of Dr. Albert
Stein, Class 1907. Loans will be made on the basis of need, character, and
scholastic ability.
758 THE SCHOOL OF MEDICINE, UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
THE JAY W. EATON LOAN FUND
This fund was established by the local chapter of the Nu Sigma Nu Fraternity
in memory of Jay W. Eaton of the class of 1946.
Beginning in 1946 an interest-free loan of $100.00 will be made to some worthy
member of the senior class, on recommendation of the Scholarship Committee of
the School of Medicine. This loan is to be credited to the tuition fee of the ap-
pointed student and is to be repaid by the student within four years following his
graduation.
THE SENIOR CLASS LOAN FUND
The senior class of 1945 originated this fund which will accumulate by subscrip-
tion from among members of each senior class.
The conditions of the agreement provide that the dean of the School of Medicine
award a loan of $100.00 to a needy member of the senior class on the recommenda-
tion of a self-perpetuating committee of two members of the faculty.
Loans from this fund are to be credited to the tuition fee of the appointed
student and are to be repaid within five years from the date of graduation.
THE STUDENT AID FUND FOR SENIORS
This fund was originated by the class of 1950 and is sponsored by the senior
class of each succeeding year. The purpose of the fund is to provide financial
aid for any deserving member of the senior class. All members of the senior
class are eligible to apply for a loan. Applications may be filed at the office of the
dean.
The conditions of the agreement provide that the Scholarship and Loan Com-
mittee award loans to members of the senior class on recommendation of a self-
perpetuating committee of two members of the faculty who may call on the
president of the senior class for assistance, if desired.
Loans from this fund are made on a non-interest bearing basis and are payable
within five years. A signed note is required. No co-signers are necessary.
ORGANIZATION OF THE CURRICULUM
The curriculum is organized under thirteen departments.
1. Anatomy.
2. Physiology.
3. Bacteriology and Immunology.
4. Biological Chemistry.
5. Pharmacology and Materia Medica.
6. Pathology.
7. Medicine (including Medical Specialties).
8. Surgery (including Surgical Specialties).
9. Obstetrics.
10. Gynecology.
11. Ophthalmology.
12. Roentgenology.
ORGANIZATION OF THE CURRICULUM 759
13. Anaesthesiology.
14. Psychiatry.
15. Pediatrics.
The instruction is given in four academic years of graded work.
Several courses of study extend through two years or more, but in no case are
the students of different years thrown together in the same course of teaching.
The first and second years are devoted largely to the study of the structures,
functions and chemistry of the normal body. Laboratory work occupies most of
the student's time during these two years.
Some introductory instruction in medicine and surgery is given in the second
year. The third and fourth years are almost entirely clinical.
A special feature of instruction in the school is the attempt to bring together
teacher and student in close personal relationship. In many courses of instruc-
tion the classes are divided into small groups and a large number of instructors
insures attention to the requirements of each student.
In most courses the final examination as the sole test of proficiency has dis-
appeared and the student's final grade is determined largely by partial examina-
tions, recitations and assigned work carried on throughout the course.
DEPARTMENT OF ANATOMY
Eduard Uhlenhuth Professor of Anatomy, and Head of the Department
Frank H. J. Figge Professor of Anatomy
O. G. Harne Associate Professor of Anatomy
Vernon E. Krahl Associate Professor of Anatomy
R. Dale Smith Associate Professor of Anatomy
John F. Lutz Assistant Professor of Anatomy
Karl F. Mech Associate in Anatomy
V. V. Brunst Research Associate
Geraldine F. Wolfe U.S.P.H. Fellow
Russell L. Christopher Weaver Fellow in Anatomy1
Dewitt T. Hunter W'eaver Fellow in Anatomy1
William E. Loechel Fellow in Anatomyla
Otto C. Brantigan Professor of Surgical Anatomy
W. Wallace Walker Associate Professor of Surgical Anatomy
William B . Settle Assistant Professor of Surgical Anatomy
Herbert E. Reifschnelder Associate in Surgical Anatomy
Henry L. Rigdon Associate in Surgical Anatomy
Harry C. Bowie Instructor in Surgical Anatomy
Ross Z. Pierpont Instructor in Surgical Anatomy
Gross Anatomy. First Year. First semester. The gross structure of the
human body, studied by dissection of the human cadaver. The entire human
body is dissected. Approximately 390 hours; of these 88 hours are devoted to
lectures and conferences, the rest to laboratory work and demonstrations. Drs.
Uhlenhuth, Krahl, Smith and Mech.
First Year. First Semester. Peripheral Nervous System. A lecture course
1 June 1st to August 31st, 1949.
la July 1 to Aug. 31, 1949.
760 THE SCHOOL OF MEDICINE, UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
of approximately 32 hours, in two-hour periods each Saturday morning. Dr.
Uhlenhuth.
First Year. First Semester. The Microscopic Structure of the Organs, Tis-
sues and Cells of the Human Body.
This course will present an integrated study of the histology and embryology
of the human body. While much of the time is devoted to the study of fixed and
stained non-living tissues and organs, the development of a concept of the dynamic
and functional aspects of living cells and organs is the primary goal of the course.
150 hours. Dr. Figge, Prof. Harne and Dr. Lutz.
First Year. Second Semester. The Central Nervous System. The study of
the detailed anatomy of the central nervous system will be coordinated with the
structure and function of the entire nervous system. This study will require the
dissection of a human brain and the examination of stained microscopic sections
of various levels pf the brain stem. 100 hours. Dr. Figge, Prof. Harne, Dr.
Lutz.
Second Year. Second Semester. Topographic and Surgical Anatomy. The
course is designed to bridge the gap between abstract anatomy and clinical anatomy
as applied to the study and practice of medicine and surgery. Students are re-
quired to dissect and demonstrate all points, outlines and regions of the cadaver.
Underlying regions are dissected to bring out outlines and relations of structures.
Dr. Brantigan and staff.
Total hours: 96
Graduate and Postgraduate Courses. Consult the general catalog of the
University of Maryland for descriptions of these courses.
DEPARTMENT OF PHYSIOLOGY
William R. Amberson Professor of Physiology, and Head of the Department
Ddxtrich Conrad Smith Professor of Physiology
Frederick P. Ferguson Assistant Professor of Physiology
Sylvia Himmelfarb Assistant in Physiology
Frances C. Brown Assistant in Physiology
Raymond F. Kline Porter Fellow in Physiology
The work in physiology is given in two separate courses:
First Year. Second Semester. A course in neuro-muscular physiology is
presented in two lectures a week, without laboratory work.
Second Year. First Semester. The remainder of the subject is presented in
four lectures, one conference, and two laboratory periods a week.
The fundamental concepts of physiology are presented with special reference
to mammalian problems.
Total hours: 224.
Graduate Courses. Consult the catalogue of the Graduate School for descrip-
tions of the graduate courses offered by members of the staff.
DEPARTMENT OF BACTERIOLOGY AND IMMUNOLOGY
Frank W. Hachtel Professor of Bacteriology and Head of the Department
Edward Steers Associate Professor of Bacteriology
ORGANIZATION OF THE CURRICULUM 761
Andrew G. Smith Assistant Professor of Bacteriology
H. Edmund Levin Associate in Bacteriology
Hazel Y. Pruitt Assistant in Bacteriology
Second Year. First Semester. The principles of general bacteriology are
taught by quiz, conference, and lecture.
Instruction given in the laboratory includes the methods of preparation of
culture media, the study of pathogenic bacteria, and the bacteriological examina-
tion of water and milk. The bacteriological diagnosis of communicable diseases
is also included.
Second Year. Second Semester. The principles of immunology are presented
by means of quizzes, conferences and lectures.
The course includes a consideration of infection and immunity, the nature and
action of the various antibodies, complement fixation and flocculation tests, hyper-
sensitiveness, and the preparation of bacterial vaccines.
Experiments are carried out by the class in the laboratory. During the latter
half of the semester the class is divided into sections.
Total hours: Bacteriology 120.
Immunology 72.
Graduate Courses. Consult the catalogue of the Graduate School for descrip-
tions of the graduate courses offered by members of the staff.
DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY
Emil G. Schmidt Professor of Biological Chemistry and Head of the Department
Edward J. Herbst Assistant Professor of Biological Chemistry
William H. Summerson Lecturer in Biological Chemistry
Ann Virginia Brown Instructor in Biological Chemistry
Margaret E. Mellott Instructor in Biological Chemistry
Jane F. Beardsi.ey Research Assistant in Biological Chemistry
Dorothy D. Hubbard Weaver Fellow in Biological Chemistry
First Year. Second Semester. This course is designed to present the prin-
ciples of biological chemistry and to indicate their applications to the clinical
aspects of medicine. The phenomena of living matter and its chief ingredients,
secretions and excretions are discussed in lectures and conferences and examined
experimentally. Training is given in biochemical methods of investigation. Total
hours: 208.
Graduate Courses. Consult the catalogue of the Graduate School for descrip-
tions of the graduate courses offered by members of the staff.
DEPARTMENT OF PHARMACOLOGY
John C. Krantz, Jr Professor of Pharmacology and Head of the Department
C. Jelleff Carr Associate Professor of Pharmacology
Harry K. Iwamoto Assistant Professor of Pharmacology
Ruth Musser Instructor in Pharmacology
Joseph G. Bird Assistant and Fellow in Pharmacology
Amedeo S. Marrazzi Lecturer in Pharmacology
William G. Harne Demonstrator in Pharmacology
Frederick K. Bell U. S. Pharmacopoeia Fellow
762 THE SCHOOL OF MEDICINE, UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Mary S. Fassel Emerson Fellow in Pharmacology
John B. Harmon Emerson Fellow in Pharmacology
Edward B. Truitt, Jr Markle Fellow in Pharmacology
Raymond M. Burgison Fellow in Pharmacology
Chi Chan Ling Ohio Chemical Co., Fellow in Pharmacology
This course is designed to include those phases of pharmacology necessary for
an intelligent use of drugs in the treatment of disease. The didactic instruction
includes materia medica, pharmacy, prescription-writing, toxicology, posology,
pharmacodynamics, and experimental therapeutics. The laboratory exercises
parallel the course of lectures.
In addition, optional conference periods and lectures are available for students
desiring further instruction or advice.
Total hours: 216.
Graduate Courses. Consult the catalogue of the Graduate School for descrip-
tions of the graduate courses offered by members of the staff.
DEPARTMENT OF PATHOLOGY
Hugh R. Spencer Professor of Pathology and Head of the Department
Robert B. Wright Associate Professor of Pathology
C. Gardner Warner Associate Professor of Pathology
Walter C. Merkel Associate Professor of Pathology
Dexter L. Reimann Associate Professor of Pathology
John A. Wagner Associate Professor of Pathology
Albert E. Goldstein Assistant Professor of Pathology
Milton S. Sacks Associate in Pathology
Benedict Skitarelic Associate in Pathology
Leon Freedom Associate in Pathology
Conrad B. Acton Instructor in Pathology
Howard B. Mays Instructor in Pathology
Ephraim T. Lisansky Instructor in Pathology
D. McClelland Dixon Instructor in Pathology
William B. VandeGreft Instructor in Pathology
William J. Bryson Instructor in Pathology
Karl F. Mech Instructor in Pathology
Seymour W. Rubin Instructor in Pathology
Richard J. Colfer Instructor in Pathology
Donald E. Fisher Instructor in Pathology
Charles P. Barnett Instructor in Pathology
Theodore Kardash Instructor in Pathology
L. Calvin Gareis Instructor in Pathology
Courses of instruction in pathology are given during the second and third years.
The courses are based on the previous study of normal structure and function and
aim to outline the history of disease. The relationship between clinical symptoms
and anatomical lesions is constantly stressed.
General Pathology. Second Semester, Second Year. This course includes
the study of disturbances of the body fluids; disturbances of structure, nutrition
and metabolism of cells; disturbances of fat, carbohydrate and protein metab-
olism; disturbances of pigment metabolism; inflammation and tumors.
ORGANIZATION OF THE CURRICULUM 763
Laboratory instruction is based on the study of prepared slides (loan collection)
and corresponding gross material.
Applied Pathology, Including Gross Morbid Anatomy and Morbid
Physiology. Third Year. The laboratory instruction in this course is carried
out in small teaching museums where prepared specimens and material from au-
topsies with clinical histories and sections are available for study. For this work
the class is divided into small groups. Clinical correlation is stressed.
Autopsies. Third Year. Students in small groups attend autopsies at the
morgues of the University Hospital and the Baltimore City Hospitals.
Clinical-Pathological Conference. {Fourth Year.) These exercises are
held in collaboration with the Department of Medicine. Selected cases are dis-
cussed and autopsy findings are presented.
Second year 184 hours
Third year 160 hours
Fourth year 30 hours
Total 374 hours
DEPARTMENT OF MEDICINE
Maurice C. Pincoffs Professor of Medicine and Head of the Department
T. Nelson Carey. . . .Professor of Clinical Medicine and Chairman of the Department
of Medicine
G. Carroll Lockard ... Professor of Clinical Medicine
Thomas P. Sprunt Professor of Clinical Medicine
H. Raymond Peters Professor of Clinical Medicine
Louis A. M. Krause Professor of Clinical Medicine
Paul VV. Clough Associate Professor of Medicine
Walter A. Baetjer Associate Professor of Medicine
William S. Love, Jr Associate Professor of Medicine
Thomas C. Wolff Associate Professor of Medicine
Howard M. Bubert Associate Professor of Medicine
J. Sheldon Eastland Associate Professor of Medicine
Milton S. Sacks Associate Professor of Medicine
Lewis P. Gundry Associate Professor of Medicine
Samuel Morrison Associate Professor of Medicine
Theodore E. Woodward Associate Professor of Medicine
William H. Smith Associate Professor of Clinical Medicine
George McLean Assistant Professor of Medicine
Wetherbee Fort Assistant Professor of Medicine
Frank J. Geraghty Assistant Professor of Medicine
H. Vernon Langeluttig Assistant Professor of Medicine
Sol Smith Assistant Professor of Medicine
Edward F. Cotter Assistant Professor of Medicine
Samcel Legum Associate in Medicine
Robert A. Reiter Associate in Medicine
W. Grafton Herspberger Associate in Medicine
Meyer W. Jacobson Associate in Medicine
Coxrad B. Acton Associate in Medicine
Irving Freeman Associate in Medicine
Francis G. Dickey Associate in Medicine
C. Edward Leach Associate in Medicine
764 THE SCHOOL OF MEDICINE, UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Lawrence M. Serra Associate
Marie A. Andersch Associate
Harry M. Robinson, Jr Associate
William K. Waller Associate
Ephraim T. Lisansky Associate
Samuel T. R. Revell Associate
Arthur Karfgin .'Associate
M. Paul Byerly Associate
Henry W. D. Holljes Associate
S. Edwin Muller Associate
Sidney Scherlis Associate
Henry J. Marriott Associate
Kurt Levy Associate
David Tenner Instructor
Philip D. Flynn Instructor
Edward S. Kallins Instructor
John A. Myers Instructor
William G. Helfrich Instructor
M. Paul Padget Instructor
Leon Ashman Instructor
Joseph E. Muse, Jr Instructor
Daniel Wilfson, Jr Instructor
William H. Kammer, Jr Instructor
Samuel J. Hankin Instructor
Frederick J. Vollmer Instructor
Louis J. Kroll Instructor
John R. Davis Instructor
John Z. Bowers Instructor
Wilfred H. Townshend Instructor
Alvin J. Hartz Instructor
James R. Karns Instructor
Ernest Guy Instructor
John B. DeHoff Instructor
Edmund G. Beacham Instructor
Jonas Cohen Instructor
Charles E. Brambel Instructor
Walter Karfgin Instructor
L. Ann Hellen Instructor
Audry M. Funk Instructor
Morris Fine Assistant
Samuel Snyder Assistant
Rollin C. Hudson Assistant
Stephen J. Van Lill, 3rd Assistant
Franklin E. Leslie Assistant
Thomas L. Worsley Assistant
Adam Swiss Assistant
John C. Osborne Assistant
William G. Fusttng Assistant
Stuart D. Sunday Assistant
Jonas Cohen Assistant
Medicine
Medicine
Medicine
Medicine
Medicine
Medicine
Medicine
Medicine
Medicine
Medicine
Medicine
Medicine
Medicine
Medicine
Medicine
Medicine
Medicine
Medicine
Medicine
Medicine
Medicine
Medicine
Medicine
Medicine
Medicine
Medicine
Medicine
Medicine
Medicine
Medicine
Medicine
Medicine
Medicine
Medicine
Medicine
Medicine
Medicine
Medicine
Medicine
Medicine
Medicine
Medicine
Medicine
Medicine
Medicine
Medicine
Medicine
Medicine
Medicine
Medicine
ORGANIZATION OF THE CURRICULUM 765
GENERAL OUTLINE
Second Yeab
Introduction to clinical medicine.
(a) Introductory physical diagnosis. (1 hour a week, first semester; 2 hours a week,
second semester.)
(b) Medical clinics. (1 hour a week, second semester.)
Third Year
I. The methods of examination (13 hours a week), (a) History taking, (b) Physical
diagnosis, (c) Clinical pathology.
These subjects are taught and practiced in the hospital out-patient department
and in the clinical laboratory.
II. The principles of medicine (200 hours).
(a) Lectures, clinics and demonstrations in general medicine, neurology, pediatrics
psychiatry and preventive medicine.
Fourth Year
The practice of medicine.
I. Clinical clerkship on the medical wards. (26 hours a week for ten weeks.)
(a) Responsibility, under supervision, for the history, physical examination,
laboratory examinations and progress notes of assigned cases.
(b) Ward classes in general medicine, the medical specialties, and therapeutics.
II. Clinics in general medicine and the medical specialties.
(6 hours a week.)
III. Dispensary work in the medical specialties.
IV. Clinical-pathological conferences (1 hour a week).
MEDICAL DISPENSARY WORK
The medical dispensaries of both the Mercy and the University Hospitals are
utilized for teaching in the third year. Each student spends two hours daily for
ten weeks in dispensary work. The work is done in groups of four to six students
under an instructor. Systematic history-taking is especially stressed. Physical
findings are demonstrated. The student becomes familiar with the commoner
acute and chronic disease processes.
PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS
T. Conrad Wolff
Associate Professor of Medicine, and Head of the Department of Physical Diagnosis
Robert A. Reiter. . . .Associate in Medicine, in charge of Lower Respiratory Disease
Samuel Legum Associate in Medicine, in charge of Cardiovascular Disease
Irving Freeman Associate in Medicine
Grafton Hersperger Associate in Medicine
Kurt Levy Associate in Medicine
Louis Kroll Instructor in Medicine
Daniel Wilfson Instructor in Medicine
Leon Ashman Instructor in Medicine
Joseph Muse Instructor in Medicine
Samuel Hankin Instructor in Medicine
766 THE SCHOOL OF MEDICINE, UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
John B. DeHoff Instructor in Medicine
Alvin Hartz Instructor in Medicine
William G. Helfrich Instructor in Medicine
Stuart D. Sunday Assistant in Medicine
Thomas L. Worsley, Jr Assistant in Medicine
Elizabeth D. Sherrill Assistant in Medicine
William H. Fusting Assistant in Medicine
The course in physical diagnosis starts with the first semester of the Sophomore
year and ends with the termination of the second semester of the Junior year.
First Semester — Second Year — Lecture, one hour weekly covering the technique
of history writing in the normal person and the mechanics of the physical signs
elicited in the normal person through inspection, palpation, percussion and aus-
cultation.
Second Semester — Second Year — Lecture, one hour weekly, covering the tech-
nique of history writing in cases involving disease, and the mechanics of patho-
logical physical signs on inspection, palpation, percussion and auscultation.
In the third and fourth quarters small tutorial groups are formed, each under
the direction of an instructor. Experience in physical examination of normal indi-
viduals is given in the third quarter for one afternoon weekly. In the fourth
quarter the students become acquainted with abnormal signs through examination
of hospital patients.
Third Year — a. The class is divided into four sections. Each section receives
bedside instruction in physical diagnosis for seven weeks (2 hrs. daily). For this
purpose small groups under an instructor are formed. The instruction is carried
on in the Baltimore City Hospitals but in addition advantage is occasionally taken
of the clinical opportunities in other institutions.
b. Lecture course (1 hr. weekly) covering the mechanisms of abnormal signs.
THERAPEUTICS
Third Year. General therapeutics and materia medica are taken up and an
effort is made to familiarize the student with the practical treatment of disease.
The special therapy of the chief diseases is then reviewed.
Fourth Year. Special consideration is given to the practical application of
therapeutic principles in bedside teaching and the chief therapeutic methods are
demonstrated.
Students attend therapeutic ward rounds once a week throughout their medical
trimester.
TROPICAL MEDICINE
Certain phases of tropical medicine are considered in the course on clinical
pathology. In addition, a course of lectures and demonstrations is given to the
entire fourth year class.
TUBERCULOSIS
During the third year in connection with the instruction in physical diagnosis
a practical course is given at the Municipal Tuberculosis Hospital. Stress is laid
ORGANIZATION OF THE CURRICULUM 767
upon the recognition of the physical signs of the disease, as well as upon its symp-
tomatology and gross pathology.
CARDIOLOGY
In the third year a series of lectures and clinics correlated with pathological
studies is given the entire class.
During the fourth year an elective course in cardiology is offered at the Mercy
Hospital. The course occupies one and one-half hours weekly. Physical diag-
nosis, electocardiography and the therapeutic management of cardiac cases
are stressed.
Elective out-patient work is available also to members of the fourth year class
in the cardiac clinic of the University Hospital.
SYPHILIS
Third Year. During the third year the subject of syphilis is dealt with in the
lecture course.
Fourth Year. An elective course in the therapeutic management of syphilis is
offered in the dispensary.
CLINICAL PATHOLOGY
Milton S. Sacks Associate Professor of Medicine and Head of
the Department of Clinical Pathology
Sol Smith Assistant Professor of Medicine
Marie A. Andersch Biochemist, University Hospital, Associate in Medicine
S. Edwin Muller Associate in Medicine
John A. Wagner Assistant in Medicine
L. Ann Hellen Instructor in Medicine
Audrey M. Funk Instructor in Medicine
C. L. Spurling Baltimore RH Laboratory Fellow in Medicine
Joseph A. Guilbeau, Jr Baltimore Rh Laboratory Fellow in Obstetrics
Third Year. First and second semesters. The course in Clinical Pathology is
designed to train the student in the third year in the performance and interpretation
of fundamental diagnostic laboratory procedures used in clinical medicine.
During the first semester the work is devoted to a thorough consideration of dis-
eases of the hematopoietic system. In the second semester, in connection with
laboratory woik in urinalysis, gastric analysis, hepatic, pancreatic and renal func-
tions, thorough discussion of underlying biochemical and physiological mecha-
nisms is undertaken. During this semester examination of cerebrospinal fluid,
transudates and exudates is also included. Elements of clinical parasitology
round out the work in this semester.
Each student provides his own microscope and blood counting equipment. A
completely equipped locker is assigned to every student.
Total Hours: 128.
Fourth Year. During the fourth year the student applies in the laboratories of
the various affiliated hospitals the knowledge acquired during the preceding year.
A completely equipped locker is assigned enabling him to work independently of
768 TEE SCHOOL OF MEDICINE, UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
the general laboratories. Instructors are available during certain hours to give
necessary assistance and advice.
GASTROENTEROLOGY
Theodore H. Morrison Clinical Professor of Gastro-Enterology
Samuel Morrison Associate Professor of Gastro-Enterology
Maurice Feldman Assistant Professor of Gastro-Enterology
Zachariah Morgan Assistant Professor of Gastro-Enterology
Francis G. Dickey Associate in Medicine
Z. Vance Hooper Associate in Gastro-Enterology
Albert J. Shochat Instructor in Gastro-Enterology
Alfred S. Lederman Assistant in Gastro-Enterology
Third Year. A series of six lectures is given on the diseases of the digestive
tract.
Fourth Year. Clinics and demonstrations are given to the class for one hour a
week; dispensary instruction to small groups throughout the entire session. Prac-
tical instruction is given in the use of modern methods of study of the diseases of
the gastro-intestinal tract.
DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHIATRY
Jacob E. Finesinger Professor of Psychiatry and Head of the Department
H. Whitman Newell Associate Professor of Psychiatry
Harry M. Murdoch Assistant Professor of Psychiatry
Pbillp S. Wagner Assistant Professor of Psychiatry
Hans W. Loewald Assistant Professor of Psychiatry
William W. Elgin Assistant Professor of Psychiatry
J. G. N. Cushing Assistant Professor of Psychiatry
Kathryn L. Schultz Assistant Professor of Psychiatry
Isadore Tuerk Associate in Psychiatry
Kathryn Dice Associate in Clinical Psychology
Elizabeth LaForge Associate in Psychiatric Social Work
A. Russell Anderson Instructor in Psychiatry
Francis J. McLaughlin Instructor in Psychiatry
Samuel Novey Instructor in Psychiatry
Richard H. Pembroke, Jr Instructor in Psychiatry
Phoebe Rich Instructor in Psychiatric Social Work
Marcella Weisman Assistant in Psychiatric Social Work
Elizabeth Smith Assistant in Psychiatric Social Work
Ruth Rabinovitch Fellow in Psychiatry
Suzanne Mohler Fellow in Clinical Psychology
William Stark Fellow in Psychiatry
Marion A. Marfy Fellow in Clinical Psychology
First Year. The 16 lecture hours will be devoted largely to a discussion of
factors influencing the formation of character and the deviations in personality
falling within the range of "normal." The usual endogenous and environmental
experiences which provide critical periods during the life of an individual will be
ORGANIZATION OF THE CURRICULUM 769
chronologically presented. Basic psychological concepts and psycho-dynamics
will be reviewed. The methods of psychiatry with reference to the life history,
mental status examination, and psychometric testing will be outlined and
demonstrated.
Second Year. Fourteen 2-hour lecture demonstrations on psychopathology will
introduce the student to personality deviations considered "abnormal." The
mental status examination will be demonstrated in detail. The major and minor
psychoses will be presented in terms of the psycho-dynamics of symptoms and re-
action types. The student will be expected, at the conclusion of the year, to be
familiar with the psychopathology and clinical characteristics of the usual psy-
chiatric problems.
Third Year. The 16 lecture hours will be devoted to further considerations of
special psychopathology and the principles of psychotherapy. Specialized forms
of treatment will be reviewed, but the main emphasis will be toward familiarizing
the student with forms of therapy feasible in routine medical practice. During
the 36 clinic hours the student will be supervised in history-taking, mental status
and psychometric examination, and follow-up studies of patients.
Fourth Year. A series of 10 lecture demonstrations will serve to summarize
previous instruction and to appraise the student's insight into psychopathology,
the recognition of clinical syndromes, and their management. Characteristic
reaction types will be demonstrated and discussed largely as concerns probable
etiology and possible preventive measures. The relationship of mental illness to
the major problems of social upheaval, economic, and other sources of insecurity
will be considered.
DEPARTMENT OF PEDIATRICS
J. Edmund Bradley Professor of Pediatrics and Head of the Department
C. Loring Joslln Professor of Pediatrics
Edgar B. Friedenwald Professor of Clinical Pediatrics
A. H. Finkelstein Associate Professor of Pediatrics
Frederick B. Smith Associate Clinical Professor of Pediatrics
Albert Japfe Associate Clinical Professor of Pediatrics
Samuel S. Glick Assistant Professor of Pediatrics
Jerome Fineman Assistant Professor of Pediatrics
Gibson J. Wells Assistant Professor of Pediatrics
William M. Seabold Assistant Professor of Pediatrics
Clewell Howell Associate in Pediatrics
G. Bowers Mansdorfer Associate in Pediatrics
Arnold F. Lavenstein Instructor in Pediatrics
Mary L. Hayleck Instructor in Pediatrics
Israel P. Meranski Instructor in Pediatrics
Melchijah Spragins Instructor in Pediatrics
Thomas A. Christensen Instructor in Pediatrics
Joseph M. Cordi Instructor in Pediatrics
William Earl Weeks Assistant in Pediatrics
J. Carlton Wich Assistant in Pediatrics
0. Walter Spurrier Assistant in Pediatrics
Joseph M. Cordi Assistant in Pediatrics
770 TEE SCHOOL OF MEDICINE, UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
A. Maynard Bacon, Jr Assistant in Pediatrics
Donald D. Cooper Assistant in Pediatrics
Sarah Cook Fellow in Pediatrics
Third Year. The course is presented as follows:
Lectures on infant feeding and the fundamentals of diseases of infants and
children. (15 hours.)
Lectures on contagious diseases in conjunction with the Department of
Hygiene and Preventive Medicine. (14 hours.)
A special course in physical diagnosis is given at City Hospitals. (20 hours.)
Clinical conferences demonstrating diseases of the new-born. (6 hours.)
Fourth Year. An amphitheatre clinic is given at which patients are shown
to demonstrate the features of the diseases discussed. (30 hours.)
Conferences and demonstrations are given in problems concerning diagnosis,
care, treatment and clinical pathology of the diseases of infants and children.
(30 hours.)
Students are assigned subjects for the preparation of theses.
Clinical clerkships are assigned on the pediatric wards, where experience is
gained in taking histories, making physical examinations, doing routine laboratory
work, and following up the patients'' progress. This is under the supervision of the
visiting staff. (140 hours.)
Instruction is given in the pediatric clinic of the out-patient department of
the University Hospital. This consists of \\ hours daily for five weeks — 30
minutes each day being devoted to a clinical demonstration of some interesting
case by a member of the staff; one hour daily to taking histories and making
physical examinations under supervision of one of the staff instructors. (45 hours.)
Total hours: 300.
NEUROLOGY
Leon Freedom Associate Professor of Neurology
Philip F. Lerner Assistant Professor of Neurology
William L. Fearing Associate in Neurology
Edward F. Cotter Associate in Neurology
Harry Teitelbaum Associate in Neurology
Second Year. Fifteen one-hour lectures are given to correlate the anatomy
and physiology of the nervous system with clinical neurology.
Third Year. Twenty hours of instruction are given to the whole class in neuro-
pathology supplemented with pathological demonstrations. Sixteen lecture-
demonstrations are given in which the major types of the diseases of the nervous
system are discussed. A course is also given at the Baltimore City Hospitals,
comprising eight periods of two hours each, in which the students in small groups
carry out complete neurological examinations of selected cases which illustrate
the chief neurological syndromes.
Fourth Year. A clinical conference one hour each week is given to the whole
class at the University and Mercy Hospitals. All patients presented at these
clinics are carefully examined. Complete written records are made by the stu-
ORGANIZATION OF THE CURRICULUM 771
dents who demonstrate the patients before the class. The patients are usually
assigned one or two weeks before they are presented, and each student in the class
must study and present one or more patients during the year.
Ward Class Instruction. Nine hours of instruction are given to each student
in small sections at the University and Mercy Hospitals. In these classes the
students come in close personal contact with the patients in the wards under the
supervision of the instructor.
Dispensary Instruction. Small sections are instructed in the dispensaries of
the University and Mercy Hospitals five afternoons each week. In this way
students are brought into contact with nervous diseases in their early and late
manifestations.
HYGIENE AND PUBLIC HEALTH
Huntington Williams Professor of Hygiene and Public Health
William H. F. Waethen Associate Professor of Hygiene and Public Health
Ross Davies Associate Professor of Hygiene and Public Health
Horace Hodes Associate Professor of Hygiene and Public Health
Third Year. A one-hour lecture is given to the whole class each Tuesday during
both semesters. Basic instruction is afforded in the clinical and public health
aspects of the communicable diseases including syphilis and tuberculosis. The
lectures are under the auspices of the Department of Medicine and are given by
staff members of that department, including physicians representing pediatrics,
hygiene and public health, and by staff members of the Baltimore City Health
Department.
Fourth Year. Elective work is also assigned at Sydenham Hospital, the one-
hundred bed communicable disease hospital of the City Health Department, and
at its Western Health District, 617 West Lombard Street, where the District
Health Officer arranges for home visiting and the student prepares and presents
a Home Survey Report.
The course deals with the fundamentals of public health and supplements the
work in the third year. The major emphasis in both years is on the practice of
preventive medicine and the relation of prevention to diagnosis and treatment,
and on the civic and social implications of the medical services.
LEGAL MEDICINE
Third Year. This course embraces a summary of some of the following: Pro-
ceedings in criminal and civil prosecution, medical evidence and testimony, identity
and its general relations, rape, criminal abortions, signs of death, wounds in their
medico-legal relations, natural and homicidal death, malpractice, insanity, and
medico-legal autopsies, including poisoning.
Total hours: 4.
DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHILOLOGY
Harry M. Robinson, Sr Professor of Dermatology
Francis A. Ellis Assistant Professor of Dermatology
772 THE SCHOOL OF MEDICINE, UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Harry M. Robinson, Jr Assistant Professor of Dermatology
Eugene S. Bereston Associate in Dermatology
A. Albert Shapiro Associate in Dermatology
Israel Zeligman Associate in Dermatology
R. C. V. Robinson Associate in Dermatology
LuriLE J. Caldwell Instructor in Dermatology
Benjamin Highstein Instructor in Dermatology
Mark B. Hollander. Instructor in Dermatology
V. Harwood Link Assistant in Dermatology
Morris M. Cohen Assistant in Dermatology
The third year class receives six lecture-demonstrations on the principles of
dermatology by Dr. Robinson.
The senior course consists of demonstrations of the common skin diseases and
venereal diseases given throughout the year by Dr. Robinson and stafT. A weekly
lecture-demonstration is given to the whole senior class by Dr. Robinson and
Dr. Ellis.
Daily demonstrations and conferences are carried on by the out-patient staff in
the dermatologic clinic involving both skin diseases and venereal diseases.
Third year 15 hours
Fourth Year 49 hours
Total 64 hours
DEPARTMENT OF SURGERY
Charles Reid Edwards Professor of Surgery, and Acting Head of the Department
Walter D. Wise Professor of Surgery
Elliott H. Hutchins Professor of Surgery
F. L. Jennings Professor of Clinical Surgery
D. J. Pessac.no Professor of Clinical Surgery
George H. Yeager Professor of Clinical Surgery
Monte Edwards Clinical Professor of Surgery
Otto C. Brantigan Professor of Clinical Surgery
Harry C. Hull Professor of Clinical Surgery
Charles A. Reifschneider Clinical Professor of Traumatic Surgery
Thomas R. Chambers Associate Professor of Surgery
R. W. Locher Associate Professor of Clinical Surgery
Edward S. Johnson Associate Professor of Surgery
Grant E. Ward Associate Professor of Surgery
Cyrus F. Horine Associate Professor of Surgery
Charles W. Maxson Associate Professor of Surgery
C. W. Peake Associate Professor of Surgery
James W. Nelson Associate Professor of Surgery
William F. Reinhoff, Jr Associate Professor of Surgery
I. Ridgeway Trimble Associate Professor of Surgery
W. Wallace Walker Associate Professor of Surgery and Surgical Anatomy
H. F. Bongardt Assistant Professor of Surgery
I. 0. Ridgely Assistant Professor of Surgery
ORGANIZATION OF THE CURRICULUM
773
Simon H. Brager Assistant Professor of Surgery and Proctology
Thurston R. Adams Assistant Professor of Surgery
Raymond F. Helfrich Associate
William B. Settle Associate
Arthur G. Siwinski Associate
George Govatos , Associate
Joseph V. Jerardi Associate
Henry L. Rigdon Associate
Herbert E. Reifschneider Associate
Harold H. Burns Associate
William L. Garlick Associate
Joseph M. Miller Lecturer
J. Doer Moores Instructor
Calvin Hyman Instructor
Clyde F. Karns Instructor
Daniel R. Robinson Instructor
George H. Brouillet Instructor
Harry C. Bowie Instructor
Stuart G. Coughlan Instructor
John F. Schaefer Instructor
Robert F. Healy Instructor
Robert C. Sheppard Instructor
Samuel E. Proctor Instructor
F. Ford Loker Instructor
E. Roderick Shipley Instructor
Edwin H. Stewart, Jr Instructor
Patrick C. Phelan, Jr Instructor
William R. Geraghty Assistant
Howard B. McElwain Assistant
A. V. Buchness Assistant
T. J. Touhey Assistant
Samuel H. Culver Assistant
L. T. Chance Assistant
W. Allen Deckert Assistant
William C. Dunnigan Assistant
Howard L. Zupnik Assistant
Raymond M. Cunningham Assistant
John W. Chambers Assistant
Ross Z. Plerpont Assistant
Michael L. DeVincentis Assistant
Louis E. Goodman .- Assistant
Arlie R. Mansberger, Jr Research Fellow
n Surgery
n Surgery
n Surgery
n Surgery
n Surgery
n Surgery
n Surgery
n Surgery
n Surgery
n Surgery
n Surgery
n Surgery
n Surgery
n Surgery
n Surgery
n Surgery
n Surgery
n Surgery
n Surgery
n Surgery
n Surgery
n Surgery
n Surgery
n Surgery
n Surgery
n Surgery
n Surgery
n Surgery
n Surgery
n Surgery
n Surgery
n Surgery
n Surgery
n Surgery
n Surgery
n Surgery
n Surgery
n Surgery
n Surgery
n Surgery
Instruction is given by means of lectures, laboratory work, recitations, dis-
pensary work, bedside instruction, ward classes, and clinics. The work begins
in the second year and continues throughout the third and fourth years.
The teaching is done in the anatomical laboratory, operative surgery labora-
tory, the dispensaries, wards, laboratories and operating rooms of the University
and Mercy Hospitals, and in the wards and operating rooms of the Baltimore City
Hospitals.
774 THE SCHOOL OF MEDICINE, UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
SECOND YEAR
Topographic and Surgical Anatomy. Second semester. The course is
designed to bridge the gap between anatomy in the abstract and clinical anatomy
as applied to the study and practice of medicine and surgery.
The teaching is done in the anatomical laboratory, and students are required to
dissect and to demonstrate all points, outlines, and regions on the cadaver. Under-
lying regions are dissected to bring out outlines and relations of structures.
Two lectures and two laboratory periods per week. Drs. Brantigan, Walker,
Settle, Bowie, H. E. Reifschneider, Rigdon, Brouillet and Pierpont.
Total hours: 96.
Principles of Surgery. Second semester. This course includes discussions
of irritants, infection, repair of tissue, healing of tissue, relationship of bacteriology
to surgery, modern chemotherapy in surgical diseases, ulcers, wounds, thrombo-
phlebitis, phlebothrombosis, peripheral vascular diseases, thermal burns, injuries
due to cold, surgical shock, diseases of the lymphatics, gangrene of the skin and
extremities, aneurysms, hemorrhage, varicose veins, embolism, sinuses and fistulae,
tetanus, anthrax and actinomycosis.
Lectures, two hours a week for one semester, are given to the whole class. Drs.
Adams and Sheppard.
THIRD YEAR
General and Regional Surgery. Lectures, recitations and clinics on the
principles of surgery, general surgery including fractures and dislocations are
given three hours a week to the whole class. Dr. Hull.
The class is divided into groups and receives instruction in history-taking
and surgical pathology under the supervision of the chief of the pathologic
department of the Baltimore City Hospitals. Instruction is also given in surgi-
cal diagnosis and in general surgery at the bedside and in the classroom at this in-
stitution by Drs. Hull, C. A. Reifschneider, Brantigan and Adams. Two hours
per week are given in orthopaedic surgery by Dr. Voshell, chief of the orthopaedic
service of this institution.
Operative Surgery. Two courses in operative surgery are given under the
supervision of Dr. Yeager assisted by Drs. Brager, Deckert, Govatos, Gutman,
Healy, F. C. Karns, Mech, Joseph Miller, Peake and Rigdon. The class is divided
into sections and each section is given practical and individual work under the
supervision of the instructors.
Surgical Out-patient Department. Under supervision, the student takes
the history, makes the physical examination, attempts the diagnosis and, as far
as possible, carries out the treatment of ambulatory surgical patients in the
University and Mercy Hospitals. Mercy Hospital — Dr. Raymond F. Helfrich
assisted by the out-patient staff. University Hospital — Drs. Settle and Sheppard
assisted by the out-patient staff.
FOURTH YEAR
Clinics. A weekly clinic is given at the Mercy and at the University Hospitals
to one-half the class throughout the year. As far as possible this is a diagnostic
clinic. Mercy Hospital — Dr. Wise. University Hospital — Dr. C. R. Edwards.
ORGANIZATION OF THE CURRICULUM 775
Surgical Pathology. At Mercy Hospital. Specimens from the operating
room and museum are studied in the gross and microscopically in relation to the
case history. 14 hours. Dr. Pessagno.
Surgery of the Chest. At Mercy Hospital. Operations and conferences.
14 hours. Drs. Rienhoff and Garlick.
Traumatic Surgery. This course deals with operative and post-operative
treatment of accident cases and with instructions as to the relationship between the
state, the employee, the employer, and the physician's duty to each. One hour
a week to sections of the class throughout the year. Dr. C. A. Reifschneider.
Clinical Clerkship. This work includes the personal study of assigned
hospital patients, under supervision of the staffs of the University and Mercy
Hospitals, and embraces history-taking, and physical examination of patients,
laboratory examinations, attendance at operations and observation of post-
operative treatment.
Ward Classes. Ward-class instruction in small groups will consist of ward
rounds, surgical diagnosis, treatment and the after-care of operative cases. Mercy
Hospital — Drs. Wise, Hutchins, Blake, Pessagno, Nelson, Trimble, Brager and
Jerardi. University Hospital — Drs. C. Reid Edwards, Veager, Hull and C. A.
Reifschneider.
ORTHOPAEDIC SURGERY
Allen Fiske Voshell. . . Professor of Orthopaedic Surgery
Harky L Rogers Clinical Professor of Orthopaedic Surgery
Moses Gellman Associate Professor of Orthopaedic Surgery
Henry F. Ullrich Associate Professor of Orthopaedic Surgery
Milton J. Wilder Assistant Professor in Orthopaedic Surgery
I. H. Maseritz Associate in Orthopaedic Surgery
Jason H. Gaskel Instructor in Orthopaedic Surgery
Didactic, clinical, bedside and out-patient instruction is given in the fourth
year at the University and Mercy Hospitals and Dispensaries, Kernan Hospital
for Crippled Children at Dickeyville and Baltimore City Hospitals. Instruction
is also given in the third year in small groups at the Baltimore City Hospitals.
Weekly lectures throughout the year present all phases of orthopaedic surgery
except fractures; brief discussions and demonstration of physical and occupational
therapy are included.
Fourth year groups are given more intimate instruction biweekly at one of the
above institutions; fracture cases are included here.
Third year 60 hou rs
Fourth year 90 hours
Total 150 hour?
RHINOLOGY AND LARYNGOLOGY
Edward A. Looper Professor of Rhinology and Laryngology
Waitman F. Zinn Clinical Professor of Rhinology and Laryngology
776 THE SCHOOL OF MEDICINE, UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Franklin B. Anderson Associate Professor of Rhinology and Laryngology
Thomas R. O'Rourk Associate Professor of Rhinology and Laryngology
Benjamin S. Rich Associate Professor of Rhinology and Laryngology
Frederick T. Kyper Associate Professor of Rhinology and Laryngology
\V. Raymond McKenzie Assistant Professor of Rhinology and Laryngology
Fayne A. Kayser Assistant Professor of Rhinology and Laryngology
Theodore Schwartz Assistant Professor of Rhinology and Laryngology
Samuel L. Fox Associate in Rhinology and Laryngology
Benjamin H. Isaacs Associate in Rhinology and Laryngology
Richard J. Cross Instructor in Rhinology and Laryngology
John H. Hirschfeld Assistant in Rhinology and Laryngology
Robert Z. Berry Assistant in Rhinology and Laryngology
Ross C. Brooks Assistant in Rhinology and Laryngology
Third Year. Instruction to whole class is given in the common diseases of the
nose and throat, attention being especially directed to infections of the accessory
sinuses, the importance of focal infections in the etiology of general diseases and
modern methods of diagnosis. Lectures illustrated by lantern slides are given
one hour weekly for seven weeks by Dr. Looper.
Fourth Year. Dispensary instruction is given for one and one-half hours daily,
to small sections at the University and the Mercy Hospitals. The student is
afforded an opportunity to study, diagnose and treat patients under supervision.
Ward classes and clinical demonstrations are given in periods of one and one-half
hours weekly throughout the session in the University and the Mercy Hospitals.
The Looper Clinic for bronchoscopy and esophagoscopy, recently established
in the University Hospital, affords unusual opportunities for students to study
diseases of the larynx, bronchi and esophagus. The clinic is open to students
daily from 2 to 4 P.M. under direction of Dr. Looper.
The Mercy Hospital clinic for bronchoscopy and esophagoscopy is under the
direction of Dr. Zinn. In these two clinics the etiology, symptomatology, diag-
nosis and treatment of foreign bodies in the air and food passages, as well as
bronchoscopy, are taught to students as an aid in the diagnosis and treatment of
diseases of the lungs.
Third year 9 hours
Fourth year 53 hours
Total 62 hours
GENITOURINARY SURGERY
W. Houston Toulson Professor of Genito-Urinary Surgery
Kenneth D. Legge Professor of Clinical Genito-Urinary Surgery
Howard B. Mays Assistant Professor of Genito-Urinary Surgery
Francis W. Gillis Assistant Professor of Genito-Urinary Surgery
John F. Hog an Assistant Professor of Genito-Urinary Surgery
Austin H Wood Associate in Genito-Urinary Surgery
Lyle J. Millan Associate in Genito-Urinary Surgery
L. K. Fargo Associate in Genito-Urinary Surgery
Hugh J. Jewett Associate in Genito-Urinary Surgery
John S. Haines Instructor in Genito-Urinary Surgery
Charles VY. Hawkins Assistant in Genito-Urinary Surgery
Morris A. Fine Assistant in Genito-Urinary Surgery
ORGANIZATION OF THE CURRICULUM 777
Third Year. This course is given for seven hours to the whole class. It con-
sists of lectures and demonstrations, including the use of lantern slides and motion
pictures. Dr. Toulson.
Fourth Year. The course in this year includes explanations and demonstrations
of urethroscopy, cystoscopy, ureteral catheterization, renal function tests, urog-
raphy, urine cultures and the various laboratory procedures. The teaching con-
sists of clinics and ward rounds to small groups, and attendance by members of
the senior class upon the out-patients in the dispensary. The student here is
placed much on his own responsibility in arriving at a diagnosis. These dispensary
classes are conducted at both the Mercy and University Hospitals where practically
every variety of urogenital disease is seen and used for teaching purposes.
Third year 6 hours
Fourth year 39 hours
Total 45 hours
PROCTOLOGY
Monte Edwards Professor of Proctology
Thurston R. Adams Assistant Professor of Proctology
Simon H. Brager Assistant Professor of Proctology
Donald B. Hebb Instructor in Proctology
William T. Supik Instructor in Proctology
Raymond M. Cunningham Instructor in Proctology
Third Year. Seven lectures are given to the whole class. This course is for
instruction in the diseases of the colon, sigmoid flexure, rectum and anus, and
covers the essential features of the anatomy and physiology of the large intestine
as well as the various diseases to which it is subject. Dr. Monte Edwards.
Fourth Year. Ward and dispensary instruction is given in the University and
Mercy Hospitals, where different phases of the various diseases are taught by
direct observation and examination. The use of the proctoscope and sigmoido-
scope in the examination of the rectum and sigmoid is made familiar to each stu-
dent. Mercy Hospital — Drs. Blake and Brager. University Hospital — Drs.
Monte Edwards and Adams.
Third year 7 hours
Fourth year 16 hours
Total 23 hours
OTOLOGY
Thomas R. O'Rourk Clinical Professor of Otology
Franklin B. Anderson Associate Professor of Otology
Benjamin S. Rich Associate in Otology
Frederick T. Kyper Associate in Otology
Samuel L. Fox Associate in Otology
Richard J. Cross Instructor in Otology
The course in otology is planned to give a practical knowledge of the anatomy
and physiology of the ear, and its proximity and relationship to the brain and other
vital structures. The inflammatory diseases, their etiology, diagnosis, treatment
778 THE SCHOOL OF MEDICINE, UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
and complications are particularly stressed, with emphasis upon their relationship
to the diseases of children, head-surgery and neurology.
Third Year. The whole class is given instruction by means of talks, anatomical
specimens and lantern slides.
Fourth Year. Small sections of the class receive instruction and make personal
examinations of patients under the direction of an instructor. The student is
urged to make a routine examination of the ear in his ward work in general medi-
cine and surgery.
Third year 12 hnurs
Fourth year 40 hours
Total 52 hours
NEUROLOGICAL SURGERY
Charles Bagley, Jr Professor of Neurological Surgery
Richard G. Coblentz Professor of Clinical Neurological Surgery
James G. Arnold, Jr Associate Professor of Neurological Surgery
John A. Wagner Associate Professor of Pathology and Neuropathology
Raymond K. Thompson
Instructor in Neurological Surgery, Director of Neurological Surgery Research
Frank J. Otenasek Assistant in Neurological Surgery
John VV. Chambers Assistant in Neurological Surgery
Robert M. N. Crosby. .Hitchcock Felbw in Neurological Surgery Assigned to Research
J. Pomeroy Nichols Hoffberger Fellow, Neurological Surgery
Louis O. J. Manganiello Resident in Neurological Surgery
Jose A. Alvarez Assistant Resident in Neurological Surgery
George W. Smith
Assistant Resident, Baltimore City Hospitals, Assigned to Neurological Surgery
Third year. The course covers instruction in diagnosis and treatment of
surgical conditions of the brain, spinal cord and the peripheral nerves. Drs.
Bagley, Coblentz, Arnold and Thompson.
Fourth year. Weekly ward rounds and conferences are given at the University
Hospital. Drs. Bagley, Coblentz, Arnold and Thompson. Instruction is given
(elective) in the out-patient dispensary by Drs. Louis Manganiello, George Smith
and Jose A. Alvarez.
Third year 12 hours
Fourth year 15 hours
Conference and ward rounds (elective) 32 hours
Neurological Surgery Dispensary (elective) 48 hours
Total 107 hours
ONCOLOGY
J. Mason Hundley, Jr Professor of Gynecology
Grant E. Ward Associate Professor of Surgery
Beverley C. Compton Assistant Professor of Gynecology
John C. Dumler Assistant Professor of Gynecology
ORGANIZATION OF THE CURRICULUM 779
William K. Diehl Assistant Professor of Gynecology
Everett S. Diggs Assistant Professor of Gynecology
Ernest I. Cornbrooks, Jr Assistant Professor of Gynecology
Arthur G. Si winski Associate in Surgery
Edwin H. Stewart Instructor in Surgery
J. Duer Mo-ores Instructor in Surgery
Louis F. Goodman Assistant in Surgery
Robert G. Chambers National Cancer Institute Trainee
Harold P. Bikhl National Cancer Institute Trainee
E. Eugene Covington Assistant Radiologist
The purpose of the courses in Oncology is to give students training in the
diagnosis and treatment of neoplastic diseases not obtained in other departments
and at the same time to correlate this training with that received in surgery,
medicine, roentgenology and other specialties.
Third Year: An out-patient clinic is held once weekly, which affords an op-
portunity for instruction in small groups of students assigned in rotation from
the general surgical and gynecological sections. The gynecological problems are
under the supervision of Dr. Hundley and the general surgical conditions are
under the direction of Dr. Ward.
In addition to dispensary work, five lectures in general oncology are given
by Dr. Ward and staff to the entire class at the end of the year. The increasing im-
portance of the cancer problem throughout the State, Nation and civilized world
is emphasized. The biological aspects of cancer and the relation of hormones,
carcinogenic agents, and etiological factors are reviewed. The histological classifi-
cations and gradation of neoplasms are outlined and the biophysical effects of
irradiation therapy discussed. The diagnosis, surgical and radiological treatment
of neoplasms of the head and neck, oral cavity, skin, breasts, and hemopoietic
system are also discussed. Physics and practical application of radium is given.
The diagnosis and treatment, both surgical and radiological, of neoplasms of the
head and neck, oral cavity, skin, breasts and hemopoietic system are also covere i
Fourth Year: Each ward class meets for one and one-half hours once a week
for five weeks with Dr. Ward and staff for demonstration and discussion of pa-
tients with neoplastic diseases.
Dr. Hundley and staff give instructions in the diagnosis and treatment of
cancer of the generative organs during the regular gynecological courses in ad-
dition to the above mentioned dispensary instruction.
Third year 8 hours
Fourth year 16 hours
Total 24 hours
DENTISTRY
^RICE M. Dorsey Professor of Oral Surgery
xMyron S. Aisenberg Professor of Pathology
1 Faculty Member, School of Dentistry.
780 THE SCHOOL OF MEDICINE, UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
'Joseph C. Biddix, Jr Professor of Oral Diagnosis
'Kyrle W. Preis Professor of Orthodontics
•Harry M. Robinson, Sr Professor of Dermatology
'Grayson W. Gaver Professor of Dental Prosthesis
'Ernest B. Nuttall Professor of Crown and Bridge
'Kenneth V. Randolph Professor of Operative Dentistry
'Edward C Dobbs Professor of Pharmacology
George H. Yeager Professor of Clinical Surgery
Grant E. Ward Associate Professor of Surgery and Oral Surgery
'Hugh H. Hicks Associate Professor of Periodontology
'Lewis C. Toomey Associate Professor of Oral Surgery
George McLean Assistant Professor of Medicine
'Wilbur O. Ramsay Assistant Professor of Clinical Dental Prosthesis
'Samuel H. Bryant Instructor in Oral Diagnosis
'Russell Gigliotti Instructor in Clinical Oral Diagnosis
'Joseph P. Cappuccio Instructor in Oral Surgery
'Conrad L. Inman Instructor in Anesthesiology
This section has been reorganized for the teaching of both medical and dental
students. There has been established a division in the out-patient department,
and beds will be provided in the University Hospital, for the care of patients who
will be available for the teaching of students from both schools.
Senior year: clinics weekly.
Ward instruction and group teaching are given. This includes diagnosis and
treatment of diseases of the face, mouth and jaws.
INDUSTRIAL MEDICINE AND SURGERY
G. Carroll Lockard Professor of Clinical Medicine
Charles A. Reifschneider Clinical Professor of Traumatic Surgery
Thurston R. Adams Assistant Professor of Surgery
This section is under the combined supervision of the medical and surgical
departments. It is a cooperative effort by members of the medical school and
hospital staff to afford means for clinical and laboratory study of the patient who
has been subjected to traumatic or medical industrial hazard, so that adequate
care may be instituted to promote his physical well-being. The facilities of the
laboratories of the medical school and hospital are available as required.
Under direction of this department limited undergraduate instruction is given,
especially in the methods of examination and of keeping records and in the general
medico-legal principles as. they affect the industrial employee, the employer, the
general insurers, the physician and the hospital. There is also instruction on
methods of making life insurance and other physical examinations, whether for
employment or for health purposes. The wards of the University, Mercy and
Baltimore City Hospitals provide for bed-side instruction.
Total hours: 48.
1 Faculty Member, School of Dentistry.
ORGANIZATION OF THE CURRICULUM 781
PLASTIC SURGERY
Edward A. Kitlowski Clinical Professor of Plastic Surgery
Clarence P. Scarborough Instructor in Plastic Surgery
Robert W. Johnson, III Assistant in Plastic Surgery
This course is designed to acquaint students with the problems of reconstruc-
tive and plastic surgery. A subdivision in the dispensary has been established
and beds for patients will be available for instruction in this course at the Univer-
sity and Baltimore City Hospitals and Kernan's Hospital for Crippled Children.
Third Year. Five lectures are given to the whole class. Dispensary instruction
is provided on Mondays and Fridays.
Fourth Year. Ward rounds and operative demonstrations are held at the
hospitals.
SPEECH TRAINING CLINIC
Edward A. Kitlowski Clinical Professor of Plastic Surgery
Ray Ehrensberger Professor of Speech
Merle Ansberry Associate Professor of Speech
This department has been installed in conjunction with the Department of
Speech of the University at College Park to evaluate the speech difficulties in
children with congenital defects. Admission to the Clinic is by appointment only.
The Clinic operates all day Thursdays.
DEPARTMENT OF OBSTETRICS
Louis H. Douglass Professor of Obstetrics, and Head of the Department
Emil Novak Associate Professor of Obstetrics
J. Morris Reese Associate Professor of Obstetrics
Isadore A. Siegel Assistant Professor of Obstetrics
John E. Savage Assistant Professor of Obstetrics
D. Frank Kaltrelder Assistant Professor of Obstetrics
Margaret B. Ballard Associate in Obstetrics
Hcgh B. McNally Associate in Obstetrics
D. McClelland Dixon Associate in Obstetrics
Osborne C. Christensen Associate in Obstetrics
J. Huff Morrison Instructor in Obstetrics
Kenneth B. Boyd Assistant in Obstetrics
W. Kenneth Mansfield, Jr Assistant in Obstetrics
George H. Davis Assistant in Obstetrics
Charles H. Doeller, Jr Assistant in Obstetrics
J. King B. E. Seegar, Jr Assistant in Obstetrics
Schuyler G. Kohn Assistant in Obstetrics
Loruan L. Levinson Assistant in Obstetrics
L. Calvin Gareis Assistant in Obstetrics
Theodore Kardash Assistant in Obstetrics
782 THE SCHOOL OF MEDICINE, UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Third Year. The lectures and recitations consisting of three hours' teaching
weekly are designed to cover the anatomy of the female generative tract and the
bony pelvis, the physiology and development of the ovum and the physiology of
pregnancy and labor. Following this the pathology of pregnancy, labor and the
puerperium are taken up. Drs. Douglass, Reese, Siegel, Savage, and Dixon.
Each student spends time during his junior year at the Baltimore City Hospitals
observing, assisting and finally delivering patients under strict supervision. Each
student sees about twenty deliveries there, and does a considerable amount of the
routine work.
The junior students are assigned as assistants to the seniors in the home delivery
service and accompany them on deliveries.
Each student receives, in small groups, ten hours of instruction in palpation of
patients and mensuration of the pelvis and demonstrations of the mechanism of
labor. Drs. Siegel and McNally.
Fourth Year. At the weekly clinical conference, cases are presented and dis-
cussed and the student body is encouraged to offer opinions and to ask questions.
There is no didactic teaching done, and an earnest effort is made to keep it, in
every sense of the word, a conference. Dr. Douglass and associates.
The ward classes are held twice weekly for five weeks for each group. Various
subjects are assigned and discussed, patients and their histories are presented.
Drs. Reese, Novey, Savage and McNally.
Manikin instruction is given once a week. Drs. Dixon, Kaltreider and Doeller.
During the same five-week period, the students are sent into patients' homes
to conduct deliveries under supervision of a senior member of the house staff and
with the assistance of a graduate nurse. The student is held responsible for the
complete conduct of each assigned case.
Each student spends thirty hours in the prenatal clinic, taking histories and
examining patients under supervision.
Finally, the students are invited to attend the monthly meetings of The Com-
mittee on Maternal Mortality, where all maternal deaths occurring in Baltimore
are openly discussed. Hours — Third year — 148; Fourth year — 102; total — 250.
DEPARTMENT OF GYNECOLOGY
J. Mason Hundley, Jr Professor of Gynecology, and Head of the Department
Thomas K. Galvin Clinical Professor of Gynecology
Leo Brady Assistant Professor of Gynecology
Edward P. Smith Assistant Professor of Gynecology
William K. Diehl Assistant Professor of Gynecology
Everett S. Diggs Assistant Professor of Gynecology
Beverley C. Compton Assistant Professor of Gynecology
John C. Dumler Assistant Professor of Gynecology
Ernest I. Cornbrooks, Jr Assistant Professor of Gynecology
J. J. Erwin Assistant Professor of Gynecology
John T. Hibbitts Associate in Gynecology
Kenneth B. Boyd Associate in Gynecology
Gerald A. Galvin Associate in Gynecology
Thomas S. Bowyer Instructor in Gynecology
Ernest S. Edi ow Instructor in Gynecology
W. Allen Deckert Instructor in Gynecology
ORGANIZATION OF THE CURRICULUM 783
H. L. Granoff Instructor
Theodore Kardash Instructor
Charles B. Marek Instructor
Helen I. Maginnis Instructor
Charles H. Doeller, Jr Instructor
William A. Dodd Instructor
Harry McB. Beck Instructor
William C. Duffy Instructor
Joseph C. Sheehan Instructor
William J. Rysanek Instructor
Harry F. Kane Instructor
Robert B. Tunney Instructor
n Gynecology
n Gynecology
n Gynecology
n Gynecology
n Gynecology
n Gynecology
n Gynecology
n Gynecology
n Gynecology
n Gynecology
n Gynecology
n Gynecology
Thira Year. A course of thirty lectures and recitations is given to the whole
class. In addition, a short course of lecture-demonstrations is given at the Balti-
more City Hospitals, consisting of eight periods of one hour each, in which small
groups of students are instructed in the fundamentals of gynecological diagnosis
and examination.
Fourth Year. Operative clinics — lectures and demonstrations — are given six
hours per week, for five weeks, to sections of the class.
Instruction in female urology is given. A small number of students may at-
tend the cystoscopic dispensary which is held twice weekly.
The course in gynecology also includes instruction in the diagnosis and treat-
ment of cancer of the generative organs. Small groups of students attend the
oncological dispensary for additional work.
Third year 38 hours
Fourth year 74 hours
Total 112 hours
DEPARTMENT OF OPHTHALMOLOGY
F. Edwin Knowles, Jr.
Assistant Professor of Ophthalmology and Chairman of the Department,
Jonas Friedenwald Lecturer in Ophthalmic Pathology
Joseph I. Kemler Associate in Ophthalmology
Paul N. Friedman Instructor in Ophthalmology
A. Kremen Instructor in Ophthalmology
Cleo D. Stiles Instructor in Ophthalmology
Ruby A. Smith Instructor in Ophthalmology
D. J. McHenry Instructor in Ophthalmology
F. E. Brumback Instructor in Ophthalmology
Richard J. Cross Instructor in Ophthalmology
Frederick M. Reese Assistant in Ophthalmology
Third Year. Second semester. Dr. Friedman reviews the anatomy and physi-
ology of the eye and discusses the methods used in making the various exami-
nations. Errors of refraction and their effect upon the general system are explained.
Weekly section work, demonstrating the use of the ophthalmoscope, is carried on
during the entire session at the Baltimore Eye, Ear. and Nose Hospital.
784 THE SCHOOL OF MEDICINE, UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Fourth Year. Clinics and demonstrations are given in diseases of the eye,
weekly, for one year. Dr. Knowles.
This course consists of lectures upon the diseases of the eye, with particular
reference to their diagnosis and relation to general medicine. Special lectures
will be given upon vascular changes in the eye and upon the pathology of the eye.
Some operations will be demonstrated by motion pictures.
Weekly ward classes are held at the University and Mercy Hospitals during
which the eye grounds in the various medical and surgical conditions are demon-
strated. Also daily demonstrations are given in the taking of histories and the
diagnosis and treatment of the various conditions as seen in the dispensary. Drs.
Knowles, Kemler, Kremen, Smith, McHenry, Brumback, Cross, Jeppi and Pacienza.
Third year 20 hours
Fourth year 104 hours
Total 124 hours
DEPARTMENT OF ROENTGENOLOGY
Walter L. Kilby Professor of Roentgenology, and Head of the Department
Charles N. Davidson Associate Professor of Roentgenology
Asa D. Young Assistant Professor of Roentgenology
Stanley H. Macht Assistant Professor of Roentgenology
Donald J. Barnett Assistant Professor of Roentgenology
John M. Dennis Fellow in Roentgenology
During the academic year, small groups of the third and fourth year classes are
given weekly instruction in the diagnostic and therapeutic uses of the Roentgen
rays. An effort is made to familiarize the student with the indications for and the
limitations of the Roentgen ray examinations. The history, physics and practical
therapeutic application of Roentgen rays are given stressing the use of radiation
as a weapon now available in a variety of disorders of the human body ranging from
simple inflammations to malignant neoplastic conditions. Conferences are held
with the various departments during the school year which are also open to mem-
bers of the fourth year class.
Third year S hours
Fourth year 22 hours
Total 30 hours
DEPARTMENT OF ANAESTHESIOLOGY
Alfred T. Nelson Assistant Professor of Anaesthesiology
and Chairman of the Department
James Russo Assistant in Anaesthesiology
THIRD YEAR
Lectures are given on the general physiology and pharmacology of anesthesia,
with consideration of the special physiology and pharmacology of each anaesthetic
agent. The methods of induction and administration of anaesthesia are discussed.
The factors influencing the selection of the anaesthetic are emphasized, and the
preparation and care of the anaesthetized patient are carefully explained.
ORGANIZATION OF THE CURRICULUM 785
These lectures are correlated with practical demonstrations, supplemented by
lantern slides and motion pictures, at the University Hospital.
FOURTH YEAR
Each senior student is required to spend twelve hours per week for two weeks
observing and administering anaesthetics in the operating room.
Third year 10 hours
Fourth year 24 hours
Total 34 hours
HISTORY OF MEDICINE
Louis A. M. Keause Professor of Clinical Medicine
Beginning with the spring of 1942 a group of lectures on the history of medicine
has been presented on selected phases and trends of the development of medical
knowledge and practice. It is planned to avoid duplication of subject matter
for at least four years.
These lectures are offered primarily for our students, but a cordial invitation
is extended to anyone who may wish to attend.
Announcement of the lectures will be made by mail and on the bulletin
board of the School of Medicine.
ART AS APPLIED TO MEDICINE
Carl Dame Clarke Associate Professor of Art as Applied to Medicine
Jane L. Bleakley Assistant in Art as Applied to Medicine
Richard Dowell Grill Assistant in Art as Applied to Medicine
Carl Christian Stein Assistant in Art as Applied to Medicine
This department is maintained for the purpose of supplying pictorial and plastic
illustrations for visual teaching in the classrooms of the medical school and for
publication in scientific periodicals.
Special courses of instruction are given to qualified students.
POSTGRADUATE COURSES
Committee on Postgraduate Studies
Howard M. Bubert, Chairman and Director
Sarah Cook, Assistant Director
Dietrich C. Smith, 1st Vice-chairman John C. Krantz, Jr.
L. A. M. Krause, 2nd Vice-chairman Edtjard Uhlenhuth
Milton S. Sacks, Secretary Allen F. Voshell
John A. Wagner J. Morris Reese
Otto C. Brantigan Wetherbee Fort
Mrs. Elizabeth Carroll, Executive Secretary
The Dean — Ex Officio
786 THE SCHOOL OF MEDICINE, UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Calendar: Postgraduate courses are offered throughout the year.
The activities of the Postgraduate Committee during the past year, were mainly
in the direction of improving its organization and establishing, upon a firm basis,
the projects previously instituted.
Again, three extramural courses were given in different sections of the state;
one in each of the following counties: Prince George's County at Cheverly; Wi-
comico County at Salisbury, and Frederick. County at Frederick. Enrollment
this year was 101 , representing an increase of 3 over last year's 98. The Committee
is of the opinion that it is impractical, with its present resources, to enlarge this
endeavor to embrace the more distant points in the state, but it is considering the
possibility of giving such a course in the Baltimore area, should the demand arise.
The Committee is still intensely interested in assisting in securing and training
the house staffs of smaller hospitals throughout the state. However, this has
proven to be a most complex problem, which has been made even more difficult of
solution by the ever growing shortage of candidates for these positions. In view
of the increasing demands of the armed services and the veterans administration,
it would seem that this problem is going to become more difficult as time goes on,
thus rendering a solution ever more necessary.
The following intramural courses have been continued successfully. However,
it has been necessary in certain instances to make some upward adjustments of
the tuition fees charged:
General Anatomy "A": This course is designed to prepare candidates for the
examination of the American Board of General Surgery and Surgical Specialties.
There is no hard and fast rule about either the content or duration of the course.
Students may dissect a complete cadaver or any particular region in which they
may be interested. Tuition arranged according to course content and duration.
Surgical Anatomy "B": This course is designed to prepare candidates for the
examination in Anatomy of the American Board of Surgery. This is a ninety-hour
course (3 hours a day, 2 days a week) given in conjunction with the regular soph-
omore medical course in surgical anatomy Tuition $150.00.
Pathology "B": This course is designed to prepare candidates for certification
in surgery, surgical specialties and internal medicine. Individuals will receive
training in autopsy and surgical pathology. Minimum duration is full time, six
months. Tuition: $150 00.
Pathology "C": (neurological) This course is designed to aid in meeting the
requirements of the specialty boards in neurological sciences and covers basic
studies in diseases of the central nervous system. Duration is six months, full
time. Tuition: $200.00 plus $10.00 laboratory fee.
Gynecology and Obstetrics "A": This is a review for general practitioners.
Duration is eighteen hours each of gynecology and obstetrics per week for twelve
weeks. Tuition: $150.00.
ORGANIZATION OF THE CURRICULUM 787
Gynecology, Oncology and Female Urology "B": This is a review designed
primarily for the general practitioner. Duration is ten weeks, full time. Tuition:
$125.00.
Basic Sciences as They Apply to Obstetrics and Gynecology: This course
is a review of the fundamentals of the basic sciences as they apply to Gynecology
and Obstetrics and recent advances in these fields. It has been approved by the
Postgraduate Survey Committee of the American Board of Obstetrics and Gy-
necology, and may be presented for six months' credit towards certification by the
Board. Duration is 20 weeks full time, beginning early in October. Tuition:
$375.00
The Committee hopes that it will be able to establish a course in the Basic
Sciences as they apply to Clinical Medicine, in addition to those above mentioned.
Full descriptions of these courses are available. Inquiries should be addressed
to the Post Graduate Committee, University of Maryland School of Medicine.
Baltimore 1, Maryland.
FIRST YEAR SCHEDULE
FIRST SEMESTER, SEPTEMBER 22, 1949 TO JANUARY 28, 1950
Houis
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Saturday
9.00
to
12.00
•Histology and
Embryology
11-12 lecture
Bressler 2
Orientation
(Sept. 28-Oct. 12)
9-10 lecture
Adm. 1
•Histology and
Embryology
11-12 lecture
Bressler 2
Gross Anatomy
A. H. 9-11
12.00
to
1.00
Lunch
1.00
to
5.00
Gross Anatomy
Lectures A.H . (1-2) Daily and Laboratories Bressler 1 (2-5) Daily
• Course ends December 20, 1949.
SECOND SEMESTER, JANUARY 30 TO JUNE 10, 1950
Hours
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Saturday
9.00
to
12.00
Laboratory
Biol. Chem.
Sect. A
Laboratory
Biol. Chem.
Sect. B
Laboratory
Biol. Chem.
Sect. A
Laboratory
Biol. Chem.
Sect. B
12.00
to
1.00
Lunch
Lunch
Lunch
Lunch
Lunch
1.00
to
2.00
Biol. Chem.
Adm. 1
Biol. Chem.
Adm. 1
Biol. Chem.
Adm. 1
Biol. Chem.
Adm. 1
Biol. Chem.
Adm. 1
2.00
to
3.00
Neuro-
physiology
Bressler 2
Neuro-
Anatomy
Lecture (2-3)
Laboratory
(3-5)
Biol. Chem.
Conference
Adm. 1
Neuro-
Anatomy
Lecture (2-3)
Laboratory
(3-5)
Biol. Chem.
Conference
Adm. 1
3.00
to
5.00
Psychiatry
(3-5)
C.E.
Neuro-
physiology
Bressler 2
(3-4)
Locations of Lecture Halls and Laboratories:
Adm. 1 — First Floor, Administration Building, Lombard and Greene Streets.
A. H. — Anatomical Hall — Upper Hall, N. E. Cor. Lombard and Greene Streets.
C. H. — Chemical Hall, Lower Hall, N. E. Cor. Lombard and Greene Streets.
Biological Chemistry Laboratory — Third Floor, 31 South Greene Street.
Bressler Research Laboratory— 29 S. Greene Street.
Gross Anatomy — First Floor.
Histology and Embryology— Second Floor.
Neuro-anatomy — Second Floor.
Mid-Year Examinations— J anuary 22-28, 1950
Final Examinations— Begin May 29, 1950
788
SECOND YEAR SCHEDULE
FIRST SEMESTER, SEPTEMBER 22, 1949 TO JANUARY 28, 1950
t Bacteriology Laboratory — Section work during the last month.
SECOND SEMESTER, JANUARY 30 TO JUNE 10, 1950
Hours
Monday
Physiology
Bressler 2
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Saturday
8.31)
9.30
Physiology
Bressler 2
Medicine
Bressler 2
Physiology
Bressler 2
Physiology
Bressler 2
Psychiatry
9.30
to
10.30
Physiology
Conference
Bressler 2
Bacteriology
Adm. 1
Pharmacology
Bressler 2
Pharmacology
Bressler 2
(10-11)
Adm. 1
10.30
to
12.30
tBacteriology
Laboratory
Neurological
Diagnosis
C.B.
12.30
Lunch
1.00
to
5.00
Pharm. Lect. (1-2) Bressler 2
Pharmacology Laboratory
B | A
Physiology Laboratory
A | B
Pharmacology Laboratory
(1 to 4)
B | A
Physiology Laboratory
A B
Hours
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Saturday
8.30
to
9.30
Surgery
Bressler 2
Surgery
Bressler 2
Surgical
Anatomy
Bressler 2
Medical Clinic
Amp.
Physical
Diagnosis
Adm. 1
9.30
to
10.30
Pharmacology
Bressler 2
Pharmacology
Bressler 2
Surgical
Anatomy
Laboratory
Bressler 1
Pharmacology
Bressler 2
Obstetrics
Bressler 2
10.30
to
11.30
Pathology
C.B.
Pathology
C.B.
Pathology
C.B.
Pathology
C.H.
11.30
Lunch
12.00
to
2.00
Pathology
Laboratory
Pathology
Laboratory
Immunology
Laboratory
Pathology
Laboratory
Pathology
Laboratory
2.00
to
3.00
Surgical
Anatomy
Adm. 1
|| Immunology
Laboratory
Pharmacology
Laboratory
Sect. A
Physical
Diagnosis
Sect. B
(3.00-5.00)
U.B.D
Pharmacology
Laboratory
Sect. B
Physical
Diagnosis
Sect. A
(3.00-5.00)
U. B. D.
3.00
to
5.00
Surgical
Anatomy
Laboratory
Bressler 1
Optional period
Pathology
Immunology
Immunology Laboratory — Section work during last two months.
Locations of Lecture Halls and Laboratories:
Adm. 1— First floor, Administration Building, Lombard and Greene Streets.
C. H. — Chemical Hall, Lower Hall, Lombard and Greene Streets.
Amp. — Wilson Memorial Amphitheatre, New University Hospital, Greene and Redwood Streets, Eighth Floor
U. H. D. — University Hospital Dispensary, Old Hospital Building.
Laboratories:
Physiology, Pharmacology, Surgical Anatomy— Bressler Building.
Bacteriology, Immunology, Pathology, Second Floor, 31 S. Greene Street.
Mid-Year Examinations— January 22-28, 1950
Final Examinations— Begin May 29, 1950
789
790
SCHEDULE 1
THIRD YEAR SCHEDULE
SEPTEMBER 22, 1949 TO JUNE 10, 1950
Hours
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Saturday
8.30
to
9.20
(Whole Class)
Obstetrics
C.B.
fGynecology
Mar. 27 to
May 15
(Whole Class)
Surgery
C.B.
(Whole Class)
Obstetrics
C.B.
fGynecology
Mar. 29 to
May 17
(Whole Class)
Surgery
C B.
(Whole Class)
Pathology
C. B.
(Whole Class)
Surgery
C.B
fAnaesthesiology
Mar. 18 to May 20
Amp.
9.30
to
10.00
Transfer to Baltimore City Hospitals
10.00
to
12.00
Physical Diagnosis, Pathology, and Neurology at B. C. H.
12.00
to
1.00
Transfer
and
Lunch
Transfer
and
Lunch
Lunch
Transfer
and
Lunch
(Whole Class)
Clinical
Pathology
Bressler 2
Lunch
1.00
to
2.00
(Whole Class)
Nose & Throat,
Urology ,
Otology,
Proctology,
Plastic Surgery
C. B.
(Whole Class)
•Gynecology
tEye— 10 wks.
Jan. 31 to
Apr. 11
tOncology
— 5 wks.
Apr. 18 to
May 23
C.B.
Medical
Clinic
B. C. B.
Obstetrical
Clinic
B. C. B.
2.00
to
4.00
(Whole Class)
Pathology Laboratory
31
Surgery
(Whole Class)
Clinical
Pathology
Laboratory
BressUr 5
Surgery
4.00
to
5.00
(Whole Class)
•Physical
Diagnosis,
C.B.
fLegal Medicine
fPsychiatry,
A. B.
(Whole Class)
Hygiene and
Public Health
C.B.
Orthopaedics
Roentgenology
B. C. B.
Orthopaedics
B. C. H.
• First Semester.
t Second Semester.
SCHEDULE 2
Hours
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Saturday
(Whole Class)
(Whole Class)
(Whole Class)
(Whole Class)
(Whole Class)
(Whole Class)
8.30
to
9.20
Obstetrics
Surgery
Obstetrics
Surgery
Pathology
Surgery
C. B.
C.H.
C. B.
C.B.
C. H.
C B.
tGynecology
tGynecology
Anaesthesiology
Mar. 27 to
Mar. 29 to
Mar. 18 to May 20
May 15
May 17
Amp.
9.30
Pediatrics
•Medicine
•Medicine
•Therapeutics
•Medicine
Neurology
to
C. B.
C. B.
C. B.
C. B.
C. B
C B.
10.20
10 30
Operative Surgery — Bressler 6
to
Medical and Surgical Dispensaries — (Univ. and Mercy Sections)
12.30
12.30
1.00
to
2.00
2.00
to
4.00
4.00
to
5.00
Lunch
Same as
Schedule 1
Medical
Clinic
Amp.
Ophthalmoscopy
(5 weeks)
B. E. B.
Obstetrics
(5 weeks)
Univ. Hosp. Disp
Otology (5 wks.)
Univ. Bosp.
3-C
Same as
Schedule 1
Psychiatry
Dermatology
U. H. Disp.
Obstetrics
Br. 2
* Pediatrics, January 17 to 20 and May 16 to 19, 1950.
The Junior Class will be divided into two sections — A and B. Each section reports to classes in keeping with the
following schedule assignment, in which the letters represent the class sections and the numerals indicate the schedules to
be followed for the periods shown.
Schedule Assignment
Periods Sections and Schedules
September 22, 1949 to January 21, 1950 „ A-l, B-2
January 30 to May 20, 1950 B-l, A-?
Locations of Lecture Halls, etc.
A. H. — Anatomical Hall, Upper Hall, N. E. Cor. Lombard and Greene Streets.
Amp. — Wilson Memorial Amphitheatre, New University Hospital, Eighth Floor
B. C. H. — Baltimore City Hosps., 4940 Eastern Ave.
B. E. H— Baltimore Eye, Ear and Throat Hospital, 1214 Eutaw Place.
Bressler— Bressler Building, 29 S. Greene Street.
C H. — Chemical Hall, Lower Hall, N. E. Cor. Lombard and Greene Streets.
Univ. Hosp. — New University Hospital, Greene and Redwood Streets.
U. H. Disp. — Old Hospital Building, S. W. Cor. Lombard and Greene Streets.
31 — 31 South Greene Street.
Clinical Pathology Laboratory — Fifth Floor, Bressler Building
Pathology Laboratory — 31 South Greene Street, Special Rooms, Basement
Hid- Year Examinations— January 22-28, 1950
Final Examinations— Begin May 22, 1950
791
792
FOURTH YEAR SCHEDULE
SEPTEMBER 22, 1949 TO MAY 27, 1950
CLASS DIVISIONS*
Division If
Medicine and Medical
Specialties (8 weeks)
Neurology
Cardiology
Gastro-Enterology
Metabolism
Allergy
Roentgenology
Division 2
Pediatrics
(4 weeks)
Psychiatry
(4 weeks)
Division 3f
Surgery and Surgical
Specialties (8 weeks)
Urology
Neuro Surgery
Otology, Rhinology and
Laryngology
Orthopaedics
Roentgenology
Division 4
Obstetrics
(2 weeks)
Gynecology
Oncology
(2 weeks)
Dermatology & Syphilology
Ophthalmology
Anesthesiology
(4 weeks)
STUDENT GROUP ASSIGNMENTS
1st Quarter
3rd Quarter
Sept. 22, 1949 to Nov. 19, 1949
(8 weeks)
Groups 1, 2, 3, 4 to Division It
Groups 5, 6, 7, 8 to Division 2
Groups 9, 10, 11, 12 to Division 3f
Groups 13, 14, 15, 16 to Division 4
Jan. 30, 1950 to March 25, 1950
(8 weeks)
Groups 1, 2, 3, 4 to Division 3t
Groups 5, 6, 7, 8 to Division 4
Groups 9, 10, 11, 12 to Division It
Groups 13, 14, 15, 16, to Division 2
2nd Quarter
4th Quarter
Nov. 21, 1949 to Jan. 28, 1950
(8 weeks)
Groups 1, 2, 3, 4 to Division 2
Groups 5, 6, 7, 8 to Division 3f
Groups 9, 10, 11, 12 to Division 4
Groups 13, 14, 15, 16 to Division It
March 27, 1950 to May 27, 1950
(8 weeks)
Groups 1, 2, 3, 4 to Division 4
Groups 5, 6, 7, 8 to Division If
Groups 9, 10, 11, 12 to Division 2
Groups 13, 14, 15, 16 to Division 3t
•j,The curriculum is arranged in 4 divisions, and the senior class in 16 groups.
t^The curriculum of Divisions 1 and 3 is given at the University and Mercy Hospitals simultaneously. There are
4 groups (20 students) assigned to each division. Two groups or one half the students of each division are assigned
work for 4 weeks at each hospital. For simplicity students belonging to the 2 groups having the lowest numbers in
these division assignments report to the University Hospital, for the 1st 4 weeks. The 2 groups with the highest num-
bers report to Mercy. At the end of 4 weeks the students at the University Hospital report to Mercy and the groups
at Mercy report to the University Hospital for a similar period, thus completing one division of work.
SCHOOL OF PHARMACY 793
SCHOOL OF PHARMACY
OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION
H. C. Byrd, LL.D., D.Sc, President of the University
Andrew G. DuMez, B.S., Ph.D., Dean1
B. Olive Cole, Phar.D., L.L.B., Acting Dean- and Secretary
Edgar F. Long, Ph.D., Director of Admissions
Alma H. Preinkert, M.A., Registrar
FACULTY COUNCIL
B. Olive Cole, Acting Dean and Secretary
Clifford W. Chapman Donald E. Shay
George P. Hager A. W. Richeson
Frank J. Slama J. Carlton Wolf
FACULTY
Professors
Clifford W. Chapman Emerson Professor of Pharmacology
University of "Western Ontario, B.A. (1922) ; Medical School, London, Ontario, M.Sc.
(1925) ; McGill University, Ph.D. (1934).
B. Olive Cole Professor of Economics and Pharmaceutical Law
University of Maryland, Phar.D. (1913) ; LL.B. (1923).
Andrew G. DuMez1 Professor of Pharmacy
University of Wisconsin, Ph.G. (1904) ; B.S. (1907) ; M.S. (1910) ; Ph.D. (1926).
George P. Hager Professor of Pharmaceutical Chemistry
University of Maryland, B.S. (1938) ; M.S. (1940) ; Ph.D. (1942).
*Norman E. Phillips Professor of Zoology
Allegany College, B.S. (1916). Cornell University, Ph.D. (1931).
W. Arthur Purdum Professor of Hospital Pharmacy
University of Maryland, Ph.G. (1930). B.S. (1932) ; M.S. (1934) ; Ph.D. (1941).
*A. W. Richeson Professor of Mathematics
University of Richmond, B.S. (1918) ; Johns Hopkins University, A.M. (1925) ;
Ph.D. (1928).
J. Carlton Wolf Professor of Dispensing Pharmacy
University of Maryland, Phar.D. (1905) ; American International Academy, Wash-
ington, D. C, B.S. (1921) ; Maryland Academy of Science, Sc.D. (1922) ; (Hon-
orary) .
Associate Professors
*Gaylord B. Estabrook Associate Professor of Physics
Purdue University, B.S. in Ch.E. (1921) ; Ohio State University, M.S. (1922) ;
University of Pittsburgh, Ph.D. (1932).
Donald E. Shay Associate Professor of Bacteriology
Lebanon Valley College, B.S. (1937) ; University of Maryland, M.S. (1938) ; Ph.D.
(1943).
Frank J. Slama Associate Professor of Botany and Pharmacognosy
University of Maryland, Ph.G. (1924) ; Ph.C. (1925) ; B.S. in Phar. (1928) ; M.S.
(1930) ; Ph.D. (1935).
The faculty is listed as constituted during 1948-1949. Changes will be noted in sub-
sequent catalogues.
* Teachers detailed from the College of Arts and Sciences to the Baltimore Branch
of the University.
1 Died September 27, 1948.
2 Appointed October 6, 1948.
F94 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Assistant Professors
*Adele B. Ballman Assistant Professm of English
Goucher College, A.B. (1926) ; Johns Hopkins University, Ph.D. (1935).
*Glenn S. Weiland1 Assistant Professor of Chemistry
University of Maryland, B.S. (1928) ; M.S. (1930) ; Ph.D. (1933).
Instructors
Benjamin Frank Allen Instructor in Pharmacy
University of Maryland, B.S. (1937).
*John H. Applegarth Instructor in Zoology
San Jose State College, A.B. (1935) ; Stanford University, M.A. (1938).
Georgiana S. Gittinger Instructor in Physiological Chemistry
Hood College, A.B. (1912) ; University of Virginia, M.A. (1924).
Margaret Wong Lew2 Instructor in Pharmacy
University of Maryland, B.S. (1944).
Augusta Solodar Neistadt Instructor in Pharmacy
New Jersey College of Pharmacy, Ph.G. (1913).
Harriet R. Noel Instructor in Pharmacy
University of Maryland, Ph.G. (1934) ; B.S. (1935).
*Claire Strube Schradieck Instructor in Languages
Goucher College, A.B. (1916) ; Johns Hopkins University, Ph.D. (1919).
Kenneth H. Stahl Instructor in Chemistry
Carthage College, B.A. (1938) ; University of Iowa, B.S. (1941) ; M.S. (1941).
Assistants
Martha Lovell Adams Assistant in Chemistry
College of William and Mary, B.S. (1946).
Francis S. Balassone Assistant in Pharmacy
University of Maryland, B.S. (1940).
*James F. Battey Assistant in Physics
Brown University, Sc.B. in Physics (1943).
Joseph Paul Boggio Assistant in Pharmacology
Loyola College, B.S. (1943).
Gordon H. Bryan Assistant in Pharmacology
Montana State University, B.S. (1940) ; M.S. (1947).
Robert I. Ellin Assistant in Chemistry
Johns Hopkins University, B.A. (1946).
Jen- Yah Hsie Assistant in Bacteriology
Army Veterinary College, B.S. (1938) ; Michigan State College, M.S. (1947).
John G. Magiros Assistant in Chemistry
University of Maryland, B.S. (1948).
Jacob Sholom Meyers Assistant in Pharmacy
University of Maryland, B.S. (1948).
Paul Allen Pumpian Assistant in Botany and Pharmacognosy
University of Maryland, B.S. (1948).
^Bernhardt H. Reincke3 Assistant in Zoology
University of Maryland, B.S. (1948).
William Charles Rossberg Assistant in Pharmacy
University of Maryland, B.S. (1946).
Shirley Shulman Assistant in Economics
University of Maryland, B.S. (1948).
* Teachers detailed from the College of Arts and Sciences to the Baltimore Branch
of the University.
1 Resigned February 1, 1949.
- Appointed November 1, 1948.
3 Resigned December 3, 1948.
SCHOOL OF PHARMACY 795
Assisting Staff
Ida Marian Robinson, A.B., B.S.L.S Librarian
Hilda E. Moore, A.B., A.B.L.S Assistant Librarian
Rebecca S. Elam, A.B., B.S.L.S Cataloguer
Elizabeth Crouse Library Assistant
Margaret E. Beatty Senior Stenographer
Daisy Lotz Gue Senior Stenographer
796 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
SCHOOL OF PHARMACY
HISTORY
The School of Pharmacy of the University of Maryland, formerly the
Maryland College of Pharmacy, was organized on July 20, 1840, by a
forward-looking group of apothecaries and physicians then practicing in
the State of Maryland, who recognized the necessity for more thoroughly
educated and better-trained pharmacists if this rapidly growing phase of
medical service was to be properly developed. It was incorporated on
January 27, 1841, and the first course of lectures was begun in November
of the same year. The College continued to operate as an independent
institution until 1904, when it was amalgamated with the group of pro-
fessional schools in Baltimore then known as the University of Maryland.
It became a department of the State University when the old University
of Maryland was merged with the Maryland State College in 1920. With
but one short intermission just prior to 1856, it has continuously exer-
cised its functions as a teaching institution.
AIMS AND PURPOSES
The School of Pharmacy provides systematic instruction in pharmacy,
the collateral sciences, and such other subjects as are deemed to be essen-
tial in the education of a pharmacist. Its chief aim is to prepare its
matriculants for the intelligent practice of dispensing pharmacy, but it
also offers the facilities and instruction necessary for the attainment of
proficiency in the practice of the other branches of the profession and in
pharmaceutical research.
BUILDINGS AND EQUIPMENT
The School occupies the building erected for it by the State at the
northwest corner of Lombard and Greene Streets, in Baltimore. This is
a commodious six-story laboratory and classroom building especially
designed to house the work of pharmacy. It is completely equipped
throughout, and offers every facility for the undergraduate student to
carry on the work necessary to acquire a thorough knowledge of phar-
macy, and to the graduate student for the pursuit of research in the vari-
ous fields of pharmacy, and the collateral sciences.
Four lecture rooms seating 116 to 145 students, and four recitation
rooms with a seating capacity of 35 to 40 students are available in this
building. These are equipped with modern tables for lecture demonstra-
tions in the sciences, with lanterns and screens and the other devices
commonly used in lecture and recitation work.
The building provides laboratory space for drug milling and the vari-
ous courses in pharmacy; for the several courses in chemistry; for
instruction in botany and pharmacognosy; for work in the biological
sciences, zoology, bacteriology, physiology, and pharmacology; for the
pursuit of research in any of these departments.
The building also provides library facilities. It contains a well-lighted
reading-room with accommodations for 100 students, and a stack-room
space to accommodate 12,000 volumes. At the present time the library
contains more than 11,000 books and periodicals pertaining to pharmacy
and the collateral sciences. Additional library facilities are available at
the Medical School Library, which is only a few doors away, the Enoch
Pratt Free Library, the Peabody Library, and the libraries of the various
departments of the Johns Hopkins University.
SCHOOL OF PHARMACY 797
RECOGNITION
The school is accredited by the American Council of Pharmaceutical
Education, and holds membership in the American Association of Colleges
of Pharmacy. It is registered with the New York Department of Educa-
tion, and its diploma is recognized by all the states.
COURSES AND DEGREES
A four-year course leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in
Pharmacy (B.S. in Pharm.) is offered. The first three years of the cur-
riculum are the same for all students taking this course, but the work of
the fourth year may be varied within the limits set forth on page 22.
Advanced courses are offered in pharmacy, pharmaceutical chemistry,
pharmacology and pharmacognosy. The degree of Master of Science
(M.S.) is conferred upon graduates of the four-year course who have
completed at least one year of graduate work and have presented a satis-
factory thesis. Candidates for this degree may take all of the work in
the School of Pharmacy. Candidates for the degree of Doctor of Phi-
losophy (Ph.D.) may also take the major portion of the required work
in the School of Pharmacy. All candidates for these degrees, however,
must register in the Graduate School of the University and meet the
requirements of that School. For detailed information concerning regis-
tration requirements for admission, etc., see the catalogue of the Grad-
uate School.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION*
The requirements for admission meet fully those prescribed by the
American Council on Pharmaceutical Education, and the American As-
sociation of Colleges of Pharmacy.
ADMISSION TO FRESHMAN CLASS FROM SECONDARY SCHOOLS
An applicant from a secondary school may be admitted either by cer-
tificate, or by examination, or by a combination of the two methods.
Admission by Certificate: An applicant must be a graduate of a
secondary school which is approved by the State Board of Education of
Maryland or by an accredited agency of at least equal rank, and which
requires for graduation not less than 16 units, grouped as follows:
Distribution of Units between Required and Elective Subjects: Re-
quired subjects 8 units, elective 8 units, total 16 units.
Required Subjects: English (I, II, III, IV), 4 units; algebra to quad-
ratics, 1 unit; plane geometry, 1 unit; history, 1 unit; science, 1 unit.
Total, 8 units.
Elective Subjects: Astronomy, biology, botany, chemistry, civics, eco-
nomics, general science, geology, history, vocational subjects (agricul-
ture, commercial drawing, home economics, shops, etc.), foreign lan-
guages, mathematics, physical geography, physics, zoology, or any subject
offered in a standard high or preparatory school for which graduation
credit is granted toward college or university entrance. Total, 8 units, of
which not more than four shall be vocational units.
A unit represents a year's study in any subject in a secondary school,
and constitutes approximately one-fourth of a full year's work. It pre-
supposes a school year of 36 to 40 weeks, recitation periods of from 40
* The right is reserved to refuse admission to applicants with sufficient scholastic
credit, whose presence in the School would in the judgment of the Faculty Council be
detrimental to the best interests of the School.
798 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
to 60 minutes, and for each study four or five class exercises a week.
Double laboratory periods in any science or vocational study are consid-
ered as equivalent to one class exercise. Normally, not more than three
units are allowed for four years of English. If, however, a fifth course
has been taken, an extra unit will be granted.
A graduate of an approved secondary school in Maryland who meets
the certification requirements of the State Department of Education, or
the Department of Education of Baltimore City, will be admitted upon
presentation of the proper certificate from the principal. A graduate
who does not fully meet these requirements may be required to present
further evidence of ability to undertake college work. At the dis-
cretion of the Director of Admissions, this may include an appropriate
examination. Such examination will be given during the first week of
each of the months of June, July, August and September at College
Park, Md. Applicants concerned will be notified when and where to re-
port.
An applicant for admission by certificate from a secondary school not
located in Maryland must be recommended by the principal, and should
have attained the certification-to-college grade of the school. If the
school does not have such quality grade, then the applicant's school
grades must be at least ten points or one letter higher than the lowest
passing grade of the school.
Admission by Examination: An applicant from a secondary school
who is not eligible for admission by certificate may seek entrance through
either of two types of examination: (1) he may appeal to the Director of
Admissions for permission to report at the University for an examin-
ation, the result of which will be used in conjunction with the secondary
school record to determine whether the applicant should be admitted, or
(2) he may be admitted on presenting evidence of having passed satisfac-
torily other approved examinations in the subjects required for grad-
uation from an accredited secondary school. Such examinations are
offered by the College Entrance Examination Board, 431 West 117th
Street, New Yoi'k City, the Regents of the University of the State of
New York, Albany, and the Department of Public Instruction of the
State of Pennsylvania, Harrisburg.
Applications for admission must be approved, not only by the Director
of Admissions, but also by the Committee on Admissions of the Faculty
Council of the School of Pharmacy.
ADMISSION WITH ADVANCED STANDING
An applicant for admission with advanced standing must present
official transcript of his high school and college records and a certificate
of honorable dismissal from the college from which he is transferring.
If the transcript of his college record shows the average of the grades
received to be at least a "C" or one letter higher than the minimum
passing grade, and if he has satisfied all other admission requirements,
he may be admitted and given advanced standing as follows:
A student transferring from a college of pharmacy accredited by the
American Council on Pharmaceutical Education may be admitted to
advanced standing without examination and be given credit for that por-
tion of the work of the first three years of the pharmacy curriculum
which he may have completed.
A student transferring from a recognized non-pharmacy college may be
admitted to advanced standing without examination and be given credit
for the work completed in the general cultural or foundational subjects
of the pharmacy curriculum.
SCHOOL OF PHARMACY 799
No more than one year of credit in time will be given to any student
applying for advanced standing from any institution other than a col-
lege of pharmacy, unless such credit shall be for graduate work in ap-
plied subjects done in a recognized graduate school or other educational
institution.
In order that the training of the applicant for advanced standing may
be equal to that of the members of the class which he seeks to enter, he
will be required to take those courses, which the class has completed but
which he has not completed and such courses will be given precedence
over the more advanced courses in preparing his schedule of studies.
An applicant for advanced standing will not be given more favorable
classification than he would have received in the college from which he
transfers.
SPECIAL STUDENTS
An applicant who cannot furnish sufficient entrance credit and who
does not desire to make up units in which he is deficient may enter as a
special student and pursue all the branches of the curriculum, but will
not be eligible for graduation and will not receive a diploma. The Fac-
ulty Council reserves the right to decide whether or not the preliminary
training of the applicant is sufficient to permit admission under these
conditions.
APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION
An application blank for admission may be had by applying to the
office of the Director of Admissions of the University of Maryland or the
Dean of Pharmacy. The form must be filled out in full with the names
of all schools attended, signed by the applicant and returned to the office
of the Director of Admissions with the required photographs and the five
dollar investigation fee. Do not send diplomas or certificates. The Di-
rector of Admissions will secure all necessary credentials after the
application has been received. Do not make application unless reason-
ably certain that preparation is sufficient or unless intending to complete
preparation if insufficient. Ample time should be allowed for securing
credentials and investigating schools. If the applicant qualifies for the
study of the profession, a certificate of entrance will be issued.
REGISTRATION WITH THE MARYLAND BOARD OF PHARMACY
The Maryland Pharmacy Law, as amended in 1931, requires all stu-
dents entering upon the study of Pharmacy in the State to file applica-
tion with the Maryland Board of Pharmacy. The law reads as follows:
"Any person enrolling as a student in pharmacy in any school or col-
lege of pharmacy in this state shall, not later than thirty days after en-
rolling, file with the Secretary of the Maryland Board of Pharmacy, an
application for registration as a student of pharmacy in which said appli-
cation he shall be required to furnish such information as the Board may
deem appropriate, and simultaneously with the filing of said application,
shall pay the Board a fee of one dollar; all such students of pharmacy
shall, at the beginning of any subsequent school or college year, submit
to the said Board a sworn statement of any and all actual drugstore ex-
perience acquired during the preceding vacation months."
MATRICULATION AND REGISTRATION
All students are required to report in person for enrollment at the office
of the Secretary of the School of Pharmacy during the registration
period at the beginning of each semester. A student entering for the
first time must matriculate before he will be permitted to register.
All students must complete their registration at the office of the Regis-
trar on the days scheduled in the calendar. Under no condition will a
800 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
student be permitted to enter classes before he has completed registra-
tion. Students who fail to register on the days scheduled are required
to pay a late registration fee of five dollars ($5.00). The last day for
registration with the payment of the late registration fee is Saturday
at noon following the last day scheduled for registration in the calendar.
This rule may be waived only upon the written recommendation of the
Dean.
FEES AND EXPENSES
Application fee (With application) $ 5.00
Matriculation fee (First-year only) 10.00
Tuition fee (per semester) :
Residents of Maryland 115.00
Non-Residents 140.00
Laboratory fee (per semester) 35.00
Graduation fee (Senior year) 15.00
Special fees:
Penalty for late registration or non-payment in full of fees
when due 5.00
Examination for removal of a condition 1.00
Special examination 2.00
A student who is not following the regular schedule, but is taking
courses equivalent to three-fourths or more of a semester's work, will be
charged the full fees. A student taking less than three-fourths of a
semester's work, will be charged on a subject basis at the rate of $9.00
per semester hour plus an additional $1.00 per semester hour for courses
requiring laboratory work. A student given the privilege of taking
more than the regularly scheduled work for a semester will be charged
an additional fee for each extra course.
In addition to the regular fees, there are other expenses. Each student
is required to pay $6.00 each semester (Freshman students $5.00) to the
"Students' Activity Fund" which is used to defray the cost of extra-
curricular activities. The expenditure of approximately $90.00 per aca-
demic year is necessary for the purchase of books, weights, dissecting
instruments, and incidentals.
FEES FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS
Matriculation fee of $10.00.
General fee of $10.00 per semester hour required of all graduate stu-
dents except assistants, who will pay a fee of $5.00 per semester hour in
laboratory courses only.
Non-resident fee — $12.50 per semester hour.
Diploma fee — Master's degree — $15.00.
Doctor's degree— $25.00.
PAYMENTS AND EXPLANATION OF FEES
A fee of $5.00 is charged to cover the cost of examining applicant's
record. This fee should be sent in with the completed application blank.
The Matriculation fee of $10.00 is charged but once. It must be paid at
the time the applicant is accepted for admission. Registration of a stu-
dent in any school or college of the University is regarded as registration
in the University of Maryland, but when such student transfers to a pro-
fessional school of the University or from one professional school to an-
other, he is required to pay the matriculation fee charged by the school
to which he transfers.
SCHOOL OF PHARMACY 801
A tuition fee of $115.00 per semester is charged a student who is a
resident of Maryland (See definition of resident student). A student who
is not a resident of Maryland is charged an additional $25.00 per semes-
ter. The tuition fee must be paid during the registration period at the
beginning of each semester.
A laboratory fee of $35.00 per semester is charged to cover materials
and apparatus used in laboratory work. This fee must be paid during the
registration period at the beginning of each semester.
A graduation fee of $15.00 is charged. This fee must be paid not later
than the registration period for the last semester of the senior year.
Special fees are charged as indicated in the preceding table. The pen-
alty fee for late registration or non-payment of fees in full must be paid
before the end of the semester in which these fees are due. The fee for
an examination to remove a condition or for a special examination must
be paid before the student takes the examination and the receipt for pay-
ment must be presented to the teacher giving the examination.
The foregoing requirements with regard to the payment of fees will be
rigidly adhered to. Failure to meet any of the above conditions will auto-
matically disbar a student from attendance upon classes and all other
privileges of the School.
DEFINITION OF RESIDENT STUDENT
A student who is a minor is considered to be a resident student if, at
the time of his registration, his parents have been residents of this State
for at least one year.
An adult student is considered to be a resident if, at the time of his
registration, he has been a resident of this State for at least one year;
provided such residence has not been acquired while attending any school
or college in Maryland.
The status of the residence of a student is determined at the time of
his first registration in the University and may not thereafter be changed
by. him unless, in the case of a minor, his parents move to and become
legal residents of this State by maintaining such residence for at least
one full calendar year. However, the right of the student (minor) to
change from a non-resident to a resident status must be established by
him prior to registration for a semester in any academic year.
WITHDRAWAL AND RETURN OF FEES
_ If a student desires or is compelled to withdraw from the School at any
time during the academic year, he should file a formal application for
withdrawal, bearing the proper signatures as indicated on the form, with
the Dean. A copy of this withdrawal application form may be obtained
from the office of the Secretary of the School.
In the case of a minor, withdrawal will be permitted only with the
written consent of the student's parents or guardian.
A student who fails to withdraw in the required manner will not be
entitled to an honorable dismissal and will forfeit his right to any refund
to which he might otherwise be entitled.
Students withdrawing from the School within five days after the be-
ginning of instruction for the semester are granted a full refund of all
charges except the matriculation fee and a charge of $5.00 to cover cost
of registration.
Students withdrawing from the School after five days and before the
end of three weeks from the beginning of instruction in any semester
will receive a pro-rata refund of all charges, less a deduction of $10.00
to cover cost of registration. After the expiration of the three-week
802 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
period referred to, refunds will be made only in those cases in which the
circumstances are exceptional and the president of the University has
authorized the making of such refunds.
TRANSCRIPTS OF RECORDS
Any student or alumnus may secure a transcript of his scholastic
record from the Registrar. No charge is made for the first copy so
furnished, but for each additional copy there is a charge of $1.00.
Transcript records are of two kinds:
(a) Informal transcripts which may be obtained by the student or
alumnus for such personal use as he may wish; and
(b) Official transcripts, bearing the University seal, which are for-
warded, on request, to educational institutions, Government
agencies, etc. as attested evidence of the student's record at the
School of Pharmacy and his honorable dismissal therefrom.
No transcript of a student's record will be furnished in the case of any
student or alumnus whose financial obligations to the School of Pharmacy
have not been satisfied.
ATTENDANCE REQUIREMENTS
A student must have entered and be in attendance on the day the regu-
lar session opens and remain until the close of the session, the dates for
which are given in the calendar in this catalogue, to receive credit for a
full session.
A student may register and enter not later than five days after the be-
ginning of the session, but such delinquency will be charged as absence
from class. In case of serious personal illness, as attested by a physi-
cian, a student may register not later than the fifteenth day following
the announced opening of the regular session.
Regular attendance is demanded of all students. No student will be
admitted to the final examination in any subject in which he or she has
not attended at least 85 per cent, of the classes therein. Further ab-
sence will not be excused.
A tardiness of one-half or more of a lecture or laboratory period will
be counted as an absence. Two tardinesses of less than one-half of a lec-
ture or laboratory period will be counted as an absence.
EXAMINATIONS
Written and oral examinations are given at different intervals
throughout the session. Final examinations are held at the close of
each semester. The final grade of a student in each subject is deter-
mined by these examinations.
Examinations for the completion of the courses in which a student
received a grade of "Incomplete" and for the removal of conditions will
be held only on the dates scheduled in this catalogue or on the dates an-
nounced by the Dean. A student who is conditioned in the first semester
must remove the condition during the college year, but will not be per-
mitted to take an examination within thirty days from the date on
on which the conditional rating was received. A condition received in
the second semester must be removed on the dates scheduled during the
week preceding the opening of the subsequent college year. (See page 3
of the catalogue.)
A student failing to present himself for examination in any course
must report to the Dean as soon as practical. If the Dean is satisfied
that the absence was justifiable, he will give permission for a deferred
examination.
SCHOOL OF PHARMACY 803
SCALE OF GRADING
The scholastic standing of a student is recorded in terms of the fol-
lowing symbols:
A, Excellent (93-100) ; B, Good (87-92) ; C, Fair (80-86) ; D, Passed
(75-79) ; E, Conditioned (60-74) ; F, Failed (below 60) ; I, Incomplete.
The following values in "points" are assigned to the following grades:
4 points for each hour of grade A
3 points for each hour of grade B
2 points for each hour of grade C
1 point for each hour of grade D
Grade E, Conditioned, indicates a record below passing, but which may
be raised to a higher grade, without repeating the course, by a subse-
quent examination on the subject-matter.
Grade F, Failed, obtained at the close of a course indicates insufficient
attendance to take the final examination, discontinuance of the course
without the consent of the Dean, or a record so poor that a student is
required to repeat the work in class.
Grade I, Incomplete, is given only to a student who has a proper ex-
cuse for not presenting himself for examination or for not completing
the work of any course. It is not understood to signify work of an in-
ferior quality. It will be replaced by a definite grade when all require-
ments for the course have been met.
SCHOLARSHIP REQUIREMENTS
A student, to be advanced to full standing in the class of the next
succeeding year, must have satisfactorily completed all of the scheduled
work of the preceding year, but, for the purpose of classification, he will
be considered to have attained this rank if he received passing grades
in not less than four-fifths of the scheduled work, except as hereinafter
stated for promotion from the third to the fourth year.
A student, to be promoted to the fourth year, must have completed all
of the scheduled work of the preceding year with a grade point count of
70 for the work of the third year. A grade point count of 70 is also
required for the fourth year.
A student, who fails to obtain passing grades in less than four-fifths of
the scheduled work, will be placed on probation. A student, who fails
to obtain passing grades in less than one-half of the scheduled work, will
be required to withdraw.
A student on probation, who fails to obtain passing grades in all of
the work for which he is scheduled with a grade count of not less than
five points in excess of the number of credit hours represented, will be
required to withdraw.
DEPORTMENT
The profession of pharmacy demands, and the School of Pharmacy
requires, evidence of good moral character of its students. The conduct
of a student in relation to his work and fellow students will be used by
the faculty in determing the fitness of a student to enter into the con-
fidence of the community as a professional man. Integrity, truthfulness,
sobriety, temperate habits, respect for authority and associates, and
honesty in the transaction of business affairs as a student will be con-
sidered as evidence of good moral character necessary to the granting
of a degree.
Any offense against good conduct, in the ordinary meaning of the
term, will render a student liable to disciplinary action, whether or not a
formal rule against the offense has been published.
804 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION
The degree of Bachelor of Science in Pharmacy (B.S. in Pharm.) will
be conferred upon a candidate who has met the following requirements:
1. Completion of the full prescribed curriculum (see page 22). The
work of the last year must have been in courses offered in this
school and must have been done in residence at this school.
2. A total semester credit of not less than 140, with a grade point
count for each of the last two academic years of not less than twice
the total semester hours of credit scheduled for the respective years.
PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE REQUIREMENTS OF THE
MARYLAND PHARMACY LAW
The Pharmacy Law of Maryland requires four years of practical
experience for registration as a pharmacist. The time spent in a recog-
nized school or college of pharmacy is credited toward the practical expe-
rience required to the extent of not more than three years.
In view of this requirement, prospective students are advised to secure
employment, if possible, before entering the School.
EMPLOYMENT
A student should come prepared, if possible, to sustain himself finan-
cially during the entire period of attendance, as all of the time available
may be profitably spent in the completion of the scheduled work and in
the preparation of studies. Those who cannot meet this condition in full
need not be dismayed, however, as Baltimore offers a number of oppor-
tunities to secure suitable employment. A register of positions avail-
able in drug stores is kept in the office of the Secretary of the School
where it may be consulted upon request.
FELLOWSHIPS, SCHOLARSHIPS, AND LOAN FUNDS
The H. A. B. Dunning Research Fellowship
Dr. H. A. B. Dunning, the well-known retail and manufacturing pharm-
acist of Baltimore, who was for a number of years associate professor
of chemistry in the School, and whose interest in his Alma Mater is still
active, has contributed $1,000.00 annually since 1930 to maintain a re-
search fellowship in pharmaceutical chemistry. This fellowship is
awarded annually to a student in pharmacy who has completed four
years of college work, and who gives evidence of a special aptitude for
investigational work in pharmaceutical chemistry.
American Foundation for Pharmaceutical Education Fellowships
The American Foundation for Pharmaceutical Education provides sev-
eral research fellowships for graduate students in pharmacy who have
been admitted to the Graduate School. The stipend varies from $900 to
$1500, with an allowance for tuition, fees and supplies.
The Sterling-Winthrop Research Institute Fellowship
The Sterling-Winthrop Institute for Research has provided a grant
of $400 for the purpose of supporting investigations in synthetic organic
chemistry. This fellowship will be awarded by the faculty to a graduate
student who possesses the qualifications required by the research studies
to be undertaken.
SCHOOL OF PHARMACY 805
Centennial Research Fund Fellowships
The amount of $2,796.50 was collected in connection with the celebra-
tion of the 100th Anniversary of the founding of the School of Pharmacy.
This sum will be used to provide two fellowships for research studies
distributed over the following fields: pharmacy, pharmaceutical chem-
istry, pharmacology, bacteriology and pharmacognosy. The selection of
the recipients of these fellowships will be made by the faculty with the
approval of the Dean.
The Hudnut Sales Co. Fellowship
The Hudnut Sales Co., of New York, has contributed funds sufficient
to provide a fellowship paying $1,000.00 annually for two years for re-
search in pharmaceutical chemistry and the allied sciences. This fellow-
ship will be awarded for research in pharmaceutical chemistry, pharma-
cology or pharmacy.
Research Grant of the Alumni Association of the
School of Pharmacy
The Alumni Association of the School of Pharmacy has agreed to
deposit each year the sum of $100.00 with the School of Pharmacy as a
research grant, to be placed to the credit of a student selected by the
Committee on the Research Grant of the Alumni Association to enable
him to engage in pharmaceutical research in the School of Pharmacy
during the next scholastic year. The research conducted shall be of
general pharmaceutical interest, and shall be submitted for publication in
one of the pharmaceutical journals when completed and accepted.
ASSISTANTSHIPS
A number of assistantships have been established by the School. The
stipend for these is $900.00 for the academic year, and the remission
of all graduate fees except the laboratory fees and the diploma fee.
Assistants are required to render such service in laboratory and di-
dactic work as are prescribed by the heads of the respective depart-
ments in which they are serving. The usual amount of services required
does not exceed 14 clock-hours per week, which enables an assistant to
carry approximately a full graduate program.
Internships in Hospital Pharmacy
Several internships in hospital pharmacy are available annually. These
are offered jointly by the School of Pharmacy and the Graduate School
of the University of Maryland, and the Pharmacy Department of The
Johns Hopkins Hospital. Applicants must be graduates of recognized
schools of pharmacy. Appointments are for a period of two years, be-
ginning each July 1st. Interns devote half time to graduate study and
half time to work in the hospital pharmacy. Upon satisfactory comple-
tion of the internship and the course of study, Master of Science degrees
are conferred by the University of Maryland and certificates of intern-
ship are awarded by The Johns Hopkins Hospital.
A stipend of $100 per month is provided by the Hospital and a reduc-
tion of 25% in tuition fees is allowed by the School of Pharmacy.
Complete information on this program may be secured by addressing
inquiries to the Chief Pharmacist, The Johns Hopkins Hospital, Balti-
more 5, Maryland.
806 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
The Charles Landon Henry Memorial Scholarship
In memory of her husband, Charles Landon Henry, who was for many
years a loyal member of the Maryland Pharmaceutical Association, who
was active in pharmaceutical affairs in Maryland and neighboring states,
and who was especially interested in the welfare and progress of worthy
young people, Mrs. Nora Howard Henry endowed a scholarship to be
awarded annually by the faculty to a fourth-year student who has shown
superior proficiency in his or her work in practical and commercial
pharmacy. The award amounts to approximately $100.00.
American Foundation for Pharmaceutical Education Scholarships
The American Foundation for Pharmaceutical Education will con-
tribute an amount of $400.00 which will be matched with an equal
amount of $400.00 by the School of Pharmacy. The amount provided by
the Foundation is available only to juniors or seniors who rank in the
upper quarter of their class. The amount provided by the School is avail-
able to any undergraduate student who, as high school or college stu-
dents, have maintained a rank in the upper quarter of their class.
Read Drug and Chemical Co. Scholarships
The Read Drug and Chemical Co., of Baltimore, Maryland, has con-
tributed sufficient funds to provide two scholarships paying $250.00 an-
nually and has also contributed through the American Foundation for
Pharmaceutical Education funds sufficient to provide one scholarship of
$250.00 annually for students who meet the qualifications stated under
the American Foundation for Pharmaceutical Education scholarships.
Henry B. Gilpin Co. Scholarships
The Henry B. Gilpin Co., of Baltimore, Maryland, has contributed
sufficient funds through the American Foundation for Pharmaceutical
Education to provide for one scholarship of $100.00 annually for a stu-
dent who meets the qualifications stated under American Foundation for
Pharmaceutical Education scholarships.
The Charles Caspari, Jr., Memorial Loan Fund
In memory of Prof. Charles Caspari, Jr., a former dean of the School
of Pharmacy, and in keeping with the modesty, lack of ostentation, eager-
ness for service and helpfulness to others, which were striking character-
istics of Professor Caspari, a number of friends and alumni have made
contributions to establish a fund in his name. Loans are made from this
fund to members of the fourth-year class upon the recommendation of
the Dean.
L. Manuel Hendler Loan Fund
On March 7, 1932, there was established by Mr. L. Manuel Hendler, of
Baltimore, a fund to be loaned to needy students. This fund is available
to junior and senior students only, and loans therefrom are made upon
the recommendation of the Dean.
HONORS AND AWARDS
School Awards
General — A gold medal will be awarded annually to the candidate for
the degree of Bachelor of Science in Pharmacy, whose deportment is
creditable, and who has attained the highest general average, not below
B. Certificates of Honor will be awarded to the three students having the
SCHOOL OF PHARMACY 807
highest general average, next to the winner of the general prize, provided
this does not fall below B.
Third Year — Honorable Mention will be made of the first three stu-
dents having the highest general average, provided this does not fall
below B.
The William Simon Memorial Prize
In honor of the late Dr. William Simon, for thirty years professor of
chemistry in the School of Pharmacy, a gold medal will be awarded by
the Faculty to a candidate for the degree of Bachelor of Science in Phar-
macy for superior proficiency in the field of practical and analytical
chemistry. The recipient must stand high in all subjects. In recommend-
ing a student for the prize, the professor of chemistry will be guided in
his judgment of the student's ability as much by observation and personal
contact as by grades made in examinations.
The L. S. Williams Practical Pharmacy Prize
The late L. S. Williams (Class of 1909) placed in trust the sum of
approximately $1,000.00, the income therefrom to be awarded annually
by the Faculty of the School of Pharmacy to the senior student having
the highest general average throughout the course in practical and dis-
pensing pharmacy.
The Conrad L. Wich Botany and Pharmacognosy Prize
In appreciation of the assistance which the Maryland College of Phar-
macy extended to him as a young man, Mr. Conrad L. Wich (Class of
1882), placed in trust the sum of $500.00, the income therefrom to be
awarded annually by the Faculty of the School of Pharmacy to the senior
student who has done exceptional work throughout the course in Botany
and Pharmacognosy.
David Fink Memorial Prize
Mr. Samuel I. Raichlen, Class of 1925, offers a new United States
Dispensatory as a prize in memory of David Fink, Class of 1924, to be
awarded annually by the Faculty of the School of Pharmacy to a senior
student for proficiency in the general practice of pharmacy.
Beta Chapter, Phi Alpha Fraternity Cup
The Beta Chapter of the Phi Alpha Fraternity has provided a cup in
memory of Joseph J. Fine, Melvin S. Adalman and Albert Goldberg,
who died in the service of their country. This cup is to be awarded an-
nually to the senior student selected by the Faculty as having exhibited
outstanding qualities of character and leadership.
Kappa Chapter, Alpha Zeta Omega Prize
The Kappa Chapter of the Alpha Zeta Omega Fraternity has provided
a prize to be awarded annually to the senior student chosen by the
Faculty Council for proficiency in pharmacology.
STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS
Student Council
The Student Council is an organization of students established for the
purpose of supervising in a general way the social and extra-curricular
activities of the student body, to assist in maintaining a proper decorum
among students when in attendance upon instruction, and to foster and
808 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
encourage a class spirit which will reflect honor on the splendid tradi-
tions of the School. The council consists of twelve members, three
elected by each of the four classes, four ex-officio members who are the
presidents of the respective classes, and a faculty advisor.
Rho Chi Honorary Pharmaceutical Society
Omicron chapter of the Rho Chi, national honorary pharmaceutical
society, was established at the University of Maryland in 1930. Charters
for chapters of this organization are granted only to groups in schools
or colleges that are members in good standing of the American Associa-
tion of Colleges of Pharmacy. Eligibility for membership in the Society
is based on high attainment in scholarship, character, personality, and
leadership. All candidates selected for membership must have completed
75 credit hours of college work, and must be approved by the Dean of
the School of Pharmacy.
Students' Auxiliary of the Maryland Pharmaceutical
Association
The Students' Auxiliary of the Maryland Pharmaceutical Association
was organized in November, 1935.
The object of the Auxiliary is to provide for the participation of stu-
dents in the activities of the Maryland Pharmaceutical Association to the
end that their interest in pharmaceutical association work may be awak-
ened and guided; and to familiarize them with the conditions existing in
and the problems confronting their profession.
Officers (1948-49)
President — William Hahn, Fourth-Year Class.
First Vice-President — John L. Cunzeman, Third- Year Class.
Second Vice-President — Harry A Santoni, Second- Year Class.
Secretary — Miss LaRue Voshell, Second-Year Class.
Treasurer — Robert F. Wolf, First- Year Class.
Editor — Paul Edwards, Third-Year Class.
Executive Committee
William Hanks, Fourth-Year Class.
Richard J. Williamson, Third- Year Class.
Gordon Crispens, Second-Year Class.
John Clark, First-Year Class.
ALUMNI ASSOCIATION
Alumni Association of the School of Pharmacy
of the University of Maryland
A meeting of the graduates of the School of Pharmacy of the Uni-
versity of Maryland, then the Maryland College of Pharmacy, was held
on May 15, 1871. At this meeting there was organized the Society of
the Alumni of the Maryland College of Pharmacy. This society con-
tinued its separate existence as such or as the Alumni Association of the
Maryland College of Pharmacy until 1907, when the General Alumni
Association of the University of Maryland was formed. Following the
organization of the General Alumni Association, the Society remained
dormant until June 4, 1926, when it was reorganized as the Alumni As-
sociation of the School of Pharmacy of the University of Maryland. The
active membership of the Association is now approximately 600 and is
growing steadily. The following are its officers:
SCHOOL OF PHARMACY 809
Officers (1948-49)
Dr. H. A. B. Dunning, Honorary President
Joseph Cohen, President of the Association
3740 Dolfield Avenue, Baltimore, Md.
Wilmer J. Heer, First Vice-President
1504 East 33rd Street, Baltimore, Md.
Frank Block, Second Vice-President
4007 Liberty Heights Avenue, Baltimore, Md.
B. Olive Cole, Secretary
32 S. Greene Street, Baltimore, Md.
Mrs. Frank M. Budacz, Treasurer
1202 Argonne Drive, Baltimore, Md.
Executive Committee
Joseph Cohen, Chairman
The Honorary President (Ex Officio)
Frank Balassone
William M. Gould
Mathais Palmer
Samuel I. Raichlen
Committee on School of Pharmacy of the Maryland
Pharmaceutical Association
When the School of Pharmacy became a part of the State University
in 1920, the Maryland Pharmaceutical Association in order to assist in
the advancement of pharmaceutical education, appointed a standing com-
mittee, known as the Committee on School of Pharmacy. The duties of
this Committee are to represent the Association in all matters pertain-
ing to the School of Pharmacy and pharmaceutical education. The fol-
lowing are the present members of the Committee:
Harry S. Harrison, Chairman
Marvin J. Andrews L. M. Kantner
John L. Asbill Harry R. Meagher
Joseph Cohen Stephen J. Provenza
Irving Freed Raphael H. Wagner
810
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
CURRICULUM
COURSES. HOURS AND CREDITS
First Semester
Second Semester
Title and Numper of Course
First Year
•Botany 1, Structural
tChemistry 1, 3, Inorganic and Qualitative
Analysis
tEnglish 1, 2, Survey and Composition
fMathematics 10 or 15
•(•Mathematics 11 or 17
{Modern Language 1, 2, or 6, 7, French or
German
tSpeech 1, 2, Reading and Speaking
fZoology 1, General
Second Year
Botany 21, Macroscopical
Botany 22, Microscopical
tChemistry 35, 37, Organic
■(•Chemistry 36, 38, Organic
Pharmacy 1, 2 Galenical
tPhysics 10, 11, General
Physiology 22, General
Third Year
•Bacteriology 1, General
•Bacteriology 115, Serology and Immunology
•Chemistry 15, Quantitative Analysis
Chemistry 53, Pharmaceutical Testing and
Assaying
•Economics 37, Elementary
Pharmacology 51, 52, Pharm., Toxicology
and Therapeutics
Pharmacy 51, 52, Dispensing
Pharmacy 61, History of
Fourth Year (Required)
Chemistry 111, 113, Medicinal Products....
Economics 51, Pharmaceutical
First Aid 1, Standard
Law 62, Pharmacy Laws and Regulations..
Pharmacy 101, 102, Manufacturing
Pharmacy 72, Pharmaceutical Practice
Pharmacology 111, Biological Assaying
ElectivesJ
Fourth Year (Electives) t
Botany 101, 102, Taxonomy
Botany 111, 113, Plant Anatomy
Botany 112, 114, Plant Anatomy
Chemistry 99, Glassworking
Chemistry 112, 114, Medicinal Products
tChemistry 187, 189, Physical
tChemistry 188, 190, Physical
•Chemistry 151, 153, Physiological
•Chemistry 152, 154, Physiological
tEnglish 3, 4, Composition and World
Literature
tLanguage 6, 7, Scientific German or French.
•(•Mathematics 20, 21, Calculus
Pharmacy 111, 112, Advanced Prescription
Compounding
Pharmacy 120, Hospital
Pharmacy Administration
tZoology 5, Comparative Vertebrate Mor-
phology
Hrs. Per Week
Hrs. Per Week
t Instruction in these courses given by the College of Arts and Sciences.
• Additional courses approved for credit in the College of Arts and Sciences.
X The electives must be approved by the Dean,
SCHOOL OF PHARMACY
811
CURRICULUM
SUMMARY OF HOURS AND CREDITS
Course
Didactic
Laboratory
Total
Credit
hours
First Year
Botany 1
Chemistry 1, 3
English 1, 2
Mathematics 10, 15
Mathematics 11, 17
Modern Language 1, 2 or 6, 7.
Speech 1, 2
Zoology 1
Total.,
Second Year
Botany 21
Botany 22
Chemistry 35, 37
Chemistry 36, 38
Pharmacy 1, 2
Physics 10, 11
Physiology 22
Total..
Third Year
Bacteriology 1
Bacteriology 115
Chemistry 15
Chemistry 53
Economics 37
Pharmacology 51, 52
Pharmacy 51, 52
Pharmacy 61
Total..
Fourth Year (Required)
Chemistry 111, 113
Economics 51
First Aid 1
Law 62
Pharmacy 101, 102
Pharmacy 72
Pharmacology 111
Electives
Total..
Fourth Year (Electives)
Botany 101, 102
Botany 111, 113
Botany 112, 114
Chemistry 99
Chemistry 112, 114
Chemistry 187, 189
Chemistry 188, 190
Chemistry 151, 153
Chemistry 152, 154
English 3, 4
Language 6, 7
Mathematics 20, 21
Pharmacy 111, 112
Pharmacy 120
Zoology 5
First Year
Second Year..
Third Year ....
Fourth Year..
Total
Summary
32
64
96
48
48
96
32
32
448
32
>m;
128
96
32
384
32
32
32
32
48
64
64
32
336
96
32
16
48
64
32
32
96t
416
32
64
1)6
64
96
(16
32
32
448
384
336
416
1,584
64
192
96
352
96
96
128
128
64
64
576
64
64
96
96
128
192
640
48
64
48
64
288f
512
64
128
96
128
192
128"
192
"96
352
576
640
512
2,080
96
256
96
48
48
96
32
128
800
128
96
96
128
256
160
96
960
96
96
128
128
48
192
256
32
976
96
80
16
48
128
80
96
384t
928
96
64
128
96
128
96
192
64
128
96
96
96
192
32
128
800
960
976
928
3,664
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
140
t Average.
812 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
BACTERIOLOGY
1. General Bacteriology — (4) Third year, first semester, two lec-
tures, two laboratories. Shay and Hsie.
Introduction to general bacteriology with special emphasis on the
study of pathogenic microorganisms, including the public health aspects
of the prevention and control of communicable diseases.
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
115. Serology and Immunology — (4) Third year, second semester,
two lectures, two laboratories. Shay and Hsie.
A study of the principles of immunity, including the preparation and
use of biological products employed in the prevention and treatment of
infectious diseases.
For Graduates
200, 201. Chemotherapy — (2) One lecture. (Given in alternate
years.) Shay.
A study of the chemistry, toxicity, pharmacology and therapeutic value
of drugs employed in the treatment of parasitic diseases.
202, 203. Reagents and Media — (2) One Lecture. (Given in alter-
nate years.) Shay.
A study of the methods of preparation and use of bacteriological
reagents and media.
210. Special Problems in Bacteriology. Shay.
A laboratory course on selected problems in bacteriology. Credit de-
termined by the amount and quality of work performed.
211. Public Health — (2) One lecture. Shay.
Prerequisites — Bacteriology 1, 115.
Lectures and discussions on the organization and administration of
state and municipal health departments and private health agencies. The
courses will also include a study of laboratory methods.
221. Research in Bacteriology. Shay.
Credit determined by the amount and quality of the work performed.
BOTANY
1. Structural Botany — (3) First year, second semester, two lec-
tures, one laboratory. Slama and Pumpian.
A course in structural botany (organography) including classification
and physiology of the plant structures.
21. Pharmacognosy (Macroscopical) — (4) Second year, first semes-
ter, two lectures, two laboratories. Slama and Pumpian.
Prerequisite — Botany 1.
A study of the cultivation, collection and commerce of crude drugs,
with special emphasis on the physical characteristics used in the identi-
fication and in the detection of adulterations.
* Courses intended primarily for freshmen and sophomores are numbered 1-49 ; for
juniors and seniors 50-99 ; for advanced undergraduates and graduates 100-199 ; and
for graduates only 200-299.
The semester hour, which is the unit of credit, is the equivalent of a subject pur-
sued one period a week for one semester. A laboratory period is equivalent to one
lecture or recitation period.
SCHOOL OF PHARMACY 813
22. Pharmacognosy (MiCROSconcAL) — (2) Second year, second
semester, two laboratories. Slama and Pumpian.
Prerequisite — Botany 1.
A microscopic study of the structure of medicinal plants, including
practice in the examination of the official powdered drugs and adulter-
ants.
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
101, 102. Taxonomy of the Higher Plants — (2-4) Fourth year,
one lecture and one laboratory. Elective for students who contemplate
taking advanced work in pharmacognosy. Given in alternate years.
Slama.
Prerequisite — Botany 1, 21.
A study of the kinds of seed plants and ferns, their classifications, and
field work on local flora. Instruction will be given in the preparation
of an herbarium.
111, 113. Plant Anatomy — (2-4) Fourth year, two lectures. Slama.
Prerequisite — Botany 1, 21, 22.
Lectures covering advanced plant anatomy with special emphasis
placed on the structure of roots, stems and leaves of vascular plants.
112, 114. Plant Anatomy — (2-4) Fourth year, two laboratories.
Slama.
Prerequisites — Botany 1, 21, 22, 111, 113 or may be taken simultane-
ously with 111, 113.
Laboratory work covering Botany 111, 113.
For Graduates
201, 202. Advanced Study of Vegetable Powders — (4-8) Two lec-
tures and two laboratories. Slama.
Prerequisites— Botany 111, 113, 112, 114.
A study of powdered vegetable drugs and spices from the structural
and microchemical standpoints, including practice in identification and
detection of adulterants. Given in alternate years.
211, 212. Advanced Pharmacognosy — (4-8) Two lectures and two
laboratories. Slama.
Prerequisites — Botany 111, 113, 112, 114.
A study of many crude drugs not ordinarily studied in other pharma-
cognosy courses. Special attention will be given to practical problems
and to the identification and detection of adulterants.
220. Research in Pharmacognosy — Credit according to the amount
and quality of work performed. Slama.
CHEMISTRY
1, 3. _ General Inorganic Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis —
(8) First year, two lectures, two laboratories. Hager and Adams.
A study of the metals and non-metals with emphasis on chemical
theory and important generalizations. The laboratory work deals with
fundamental principles, the preparation and purification of compounds,
and the systematic qualitative analysis of the more common metals and
acid radicals.
814 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
35, 37. Elementary Organic Chemistry — (4) Second year, two
lectures. Hager and Stahl.
Prerequisite — Chemistry 1, 3.
A study of the fundamentals of organic chemistry.
36, 38. Elementary Organic Laboratory— (4) Second year, two
laboratories. Hager and Stahl.
Prerequisite — Chemistry 35, 37 or current registration therein.
A study of the general procedures used in organic laboratory.
15. Quantitative Analysis — (4) Third year, first semester, two
lectures and two laboratories. Weiland, Magiros and Ellin.
Prerequisite — Chemistry 35, 37.
A study of the gravimetric and volumetric procedures and theory, and
their application to pharmaceutical analyses.
53. Pharmaceutical Testing and Assaying — (4) Third year, sec-
ond semester, two lectures and two laboratories. Hager, Magiros and
Ellin.
Prerequisites — Chemistry 15, 35, 37.
Quantitative methods applied to the chemical assay of crude drugs and
of official preparations.
99. Glassworking — (1-2) Laboratory, fourth year, either semester.
Hager.
Prerequisite — Consent of the instructor.
Simple operations in the bending, sealing, blowing and grinding of
glass.
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
111, 113. Chemistry of Medicinal Products — (4) Fourth year,
three lectures. Hager.
Prerequisites — Chemistry 35, 37, 53.
A survey of the structural relationships, the synthesis and chemical
properties of medicinal products.
112, 114. Chemistry of Medicinal Products — (2-4) Fourth year,
two laboratories. Hager.
Prerequisite — Chemistry 111, 113, or may be taken simultaneously with
Chemistry 111, 113.
Laboratory exercises dealing with important and characteristic chemi-
cal properties of pharmaceutical and medicinal products.
142, 144. Advanced Organic Laboratory — (2-4) Any one or two
semesters. Hager.
Prerequisite — Chemistry 112, 114, or equivalent.
Laboratory work devoted to more difficult organic preparations and a
study of the quantitative determination of carbon, hydrogen, nitrogen
and halogen in organic compounds.
146, 148. Identification of Organic Compounds — (2-4) One lecture,
two laboratories. Hager.
Prerequisite — Chemistry 112, 114.
The systematic identification of organic compounds.
187, 189. Physical Chemistry — (6) Three lectures. Estabrook.
Prerequisites — Chemistry 15, 35, 37 and Physics 10, 11.
A study of the laws and theories of chemistry, including the gas laws,
kinetic theory, liquids, solutions, elementary thermodynamics, thermo-
chemistry, equilibrium, chemical kinetics and electro-chemistry.
SCHOOL OF PHARMACY 815
188, 190. Physical Chemistry — (4) Two laboratories. Estabrook.
Prerequisites — Chemistry 187, 189 or may be taken simultaneously
with Chemistry 187, 189.
Quantitative experiments are performed which demonstrate physio-
chemical principles, and acquaint the student with precision apparatus.
151, 153. Physiological Chemistry — (4) Two lectures. Chapman.
Prerequisites — Chemistry 35, 37 and Physiology 22.
A general survey of the subject including a discussion of digestion,
metabolism, vitamins, hormones and other topics of pharmaceutical
interest.
152, 154. Physiological Chemistry Laboratory — (4) Two labora-
tories. Chapman, Gittinger, and Bryan.
Prerequisites — Chemistry 35, 37, 151, 153, or may be taken simultan-
eously with Chemistry 151, 153.
Laboratory exercises mostly quantitative, designed to illustrate the
more important procedures in physiological chemistry, urinalysis and
blood analysis.
For Graduates
201, 203. Survey of Pharmaceutical Chemistry — (4) Two lectures.
Hager.
Prerequisite — Chemistry 111, 113.
A study of the terpenes, carotenes, sterols and stereoisomerism.
211, 213. Chemistry of the Alkaloids — (4) Two lectures. Hager.
Prerequisite — Chemistry 111, 113.
A survey of the chemical structure and reactions of pharmacologically
active bases.
220. Advanced Pharmaceutical Synthesis — (2-6) Laboratory and
conferences. Hager.
Prerequisite — Chemistry 142, 144.
Application of synthetic procedures in the preparation of various
medicinal chemicals and their intermediates.
222. Advanced Pharmaceutical Analysis — (1-4) Laboratory and
conferences. Hager.
Prerequisite — Chemistry 146, 148.
A laboratory study of the analytical procedures and methods as applied
to official, proprietary, natural and synthetic drugs, their intermediates
and derivatives.
230. Pharmaceutical Chemistry Seminar — (1) Each semester.
Hager.
Required of students majoring in pharmaceutical chemistry.
Reports of progress and survey of recent developments in pharma-
ceutical chemistry.
235. Research in Pharmaceutical Chemistry — Credit determined
by the amount and quality of work performed. Hager.
258. Organic Qualitative Analysis — (2-4) Either semester. Two
to four laboratories. Hager.
Prerequisite — Chemistry 146, 148 or equivalent.
Laboratory work devoted to the identification of pure organic sub-
stances and mixtures.
810 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
37. Fundamentals of Economics — (3) Third year, second semester,
three lectures. Cole and Shulman.
A study of the general fundamentals of economics — production, ex-
change, distribution and consumption of wealth.
51. Pharmaceutical Economics — (3) Fourth year, first semester,
two lectures and one laboratory. Cole and Shulman.
A study of the marketing of drug products, the management of retail
pharmacies, and the fundamental principles of accounting, including
practice in bookkeeping, banking and financial statements.
62. Pharmacy Laws and Regulations — (3) Fourth year, second
semester, three lectures. Cole.
Fundamentals of law of importance to pharmacists, with special
reference to the regulations of the practice of pharmacy; Federal and
State laws and regulations pertaining to sale of poisons, narcotics, drugs,
cosmetics and pharmaceutical preparations.
ENGLISH
1, 2. Survey and Composition — (6) First year, three lectures. Ball-
man.
Prerequisite — Four units of high school English.
A study of style, syntax, spelling and punctuation, combined with a
historical study of English and American literature of the nineteenth
and twentieth centuries. Written themes, book reviews and exercises.
3, 4. Composition and World Literature — (6) Elective, three lec-
tures. Ballman.
Prerequisite — English 1, 2.
Practice in composition. An introduction to world literature, foreign
classics being read in translation.
SPEECH
1, 2. Public Speaking — (3) First year, one lecture. Ballman.
The principles and techniques of oral expression, visible and audible;
the preparation and delivery of short original speeches; impromptu
speaking; reference readings, short reports, etc.
FIRST AID
I. Standard First Aid Course — (1) Fourth year, second semester,
one lecture, one demonstration.
Given by an instructor from the Baltimore Chapter of the American
Red Cross.
MATHEMATICS
10. Algebra — (3) First year, first semester, three lectures.
Richeson.
Prerequisite — One unit of algebra.
Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions, linear equations, expo-
nents and radicals, logarithms, quadratic equations, variation, binomial
theorem, and theory of equations.
II. Trigonometry and Analytical Geometry— (3) First year, second
semester, three lectures. Richeson.
Prerequisite — Mathematics 10 or 15. Required of those students who
do not offer one-half unit of trigonometry.
SCHOOL OF PHARMACY 817
Trigonometric functions, identities, the radian and mil, graphs, addi-
tion formulas, solution of triangles, coordinates, locus problems, the
straight line and circle, conic sections and graphs.
15. College Algebra — (3) First year, first semester, three lectures.
Richeson.
Prerequisite — High school algebra completed.
Fundamental operations, variation, functions and graphs, quadratic
equations, theory of equations, binomial theorem, complex numbers,
logarithms, determinants and progressions.
17. Analytic Geometry — (3) First year, second semester, three
lectures. Richeson.
Prerequisite — High school trigonometry and mathematics 15.
Coordinates, locus problems, the straight line and circle, graphs, trans-
formation of coordinates, conic sections, parametric equations, transcen-
dental equations, and solid analytic geometry.
Math 20, 21. Calculus — (6) Electives, three lectures. Richeson.
Prerequisite — Mathematics 15 and 17 and approval of instructor.
Limits, derivatives, differentials, maxima and minima, curve sketching,
rates, curvature, kinematics, integration, geometric and physical applica-
tions of integration, partial derivatives, space geometry, multiple inte-
grals, infinite series and differential equations. Given in alternate years.
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Math 152, 153. Mathematical Statistics (2, 2) — Prerequisites,
differential and integral calculus.
Frequency distributions and their parameters, multivariate analysis
and correlation, theory of sampling, analysis of variance, statistical
inference. Illustrations will be drawn from the biological sciences. Given
in alternate years.
MODERN LANGUAGES
1, 2. French — Elementary — (6) First year, three lectures.
Schradieck.
Students who offer two units in French for entrance, but whose prep-
aration is not adequate for second-year French, receive half credit for
this course.
Elements of grammar, composition, pronunciation and translation.
1, 2. German — Elementary — (6) First year, three lectures.
Schradieck.
Students who offer two units in German for entrance, but whose
preparation is not adequate for second-year German receive half credit
for this course.
Elements of grammar, composition, punctuation and translation.
Students will be assigned to one of the two languages by the depart-
ment. The assignment will ordinarily be made on the basis of the stu-
dent's previous training.
Six semester hours credit in Spanish will be accepted as satisfying
the Modern Language requirement.
For Graduates and Undergraduates
6, 7. Intermediate Scientific French — (6) Elective, three lectures.
Schradieck.
Prerequisite — French 1 and 2 or equivalent.
Translation, grammar, exercises in pronunciation. Reading of scien-
tific texts.
818 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
6, 7. Intermediate Scientific German — (6) Elective, three lectures.
Schradieck.
Prerequisite — German 1 and 2 or equivalent.
Reading of technical prose, with grammar review.
PHARMACOLOGY
51, 52. Pharmacology, Toxicology and Therapeutics — (6) Third
year, two lectures and two laboratories. Chapman, Gittinger, Bryan and
Boggio.
Prerequisite — Physiology 22.
A study of the pharmacology, toxicology and therapeutic uses of
medicinal substances with special reference to the drugs and prepara-
tions of the United States Pharmacopoeia and the National Formulary.
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
111. Official Methods of Biological Assay — (4) Fourth year, first
semester, two lectures and two laboratories. Chapman, Gittinger and
Bryan.
Prerequisite — Pharmacology 51, 52.
A study of the methods of biological assay official in the United States
Pharmacopoeia and the National Formulary.
For Graduates
201, 202. Methods of Biological Assay — (8) Two lectures and two
laboratories. Chapman.
Prerequisite — Pharmacology 111.
The application of statistical methods to the problems of biological
assay and a study of the more important unofficial methods for the assay
of therapeutic substances. Given in alternate years.
211, 212. Special Studies in Pharmacodynamics — (8) Two lectures
and two laboratories. Chapman.
Prerequisite — Pharmacology 51, 52 and the approval of the instructor.
The procedures involved in pharmacological analysis and in the deter-
mination of the site of action and the nature of action of drugs. Given in
alternate years.
221, 222. Special Studies in Biological Assay Methods — (4-8)
Credit according to the amount of work undertaken after consultation
with the instructor. Conferences and laboratory work. Chapman.
Prerequisite — Pharmacology 111, 201, 202.
Special problems in the development of biological assay methods and
comparative standards.
250. Research in Pharmacology. Chapman.
Properly qualified students may arrange with the instructor for credit
and hours.
PHARMACY
1, 2. Galenical Pharmacy — (10) Second year, four lectures and
two laboratories. Allen, Rossberg and Meyers.
A study of the theory of pharmaceutical manipulations, including
mathematical calculations, and the practical application of the theory to
the manufacture of galenical preparations.
51, 52. Dispensing Pharmacy — (8) Third year, two lectures and
two laboratories. Wolf, Allen, Rossberg and Balassone.
Prerequisites — Pharmacy 1, 2.
A study of the compounding and dispensing of prescriptions.
SCHOOL OF PHARMACY 819
61. History of Pharmacy — (2) Third year, first semester, two lec-
tures. Balassone.
A study of the history of pharmacy from its beginning with special
emphasis on the history of American pharmacy.
72. Pharmaceutical Practice — (2) Fourth year, second semester,
two lectures and 48 hours of practical work in hospital pharmacy. Wolf,
Allen, Noel, Neistadt and Lew.
Prerequisites — Pharmacy 1, 2, 51, 52.
Practical work in drug store arrangement; the handling of drugs, med-
icines and drug sundries, and dispensing in hospital pharmacies.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
101, 102. Manufacturing Pharmacy — (6) Fourth year, two lectures
and one laboratory. Allen and Balassone.
A continuation of the course given in the second year, with special
reference to the methods employed in the manufacture of pharmaceuti-
cals on a commercial scale.
Ill, 112. Advanced Prescription Compounding — (6) Two labora-
tories. Allen and Meyers.
Prerequisites — Pharmacy 1, 2, 51, 52.
Advanced laboratory study of the various methods of compounding
special prescriptions and galenical preparations.
120. Hospital Pharmacy Administration — (2) Two lectures. Pur-
dum.
A study of hospital pharmacy practice and administration.
For Graduates
201, 202. Advanced Pharmaceutical Technology — (8) Two lec-
tures and two laboratories. Purdum and Allen.
A study of pharmaceutical manufacturing processes, equipment and
physical plant arrangement.
211, 212. Survey of Pharmaceutical Literature — (2) One lecture.
Purdum.
Lectures and topics on the literature pertaining to pharmacy, with
special reference to the original and development of the works of drug
standards and the pharmaceutical periodicals.
221, 222. History of Pharmacy — (4) Two lectures. Purdum.
Lectures and assignments on the development of pharmacy in America
and the principal countries of Europe. Given in alternate years.
230. Pharmaceutical Seminar — (1) Each semester. Purdum.
Required of students majoring in pharmacy.
Reports of progress in research and surveys of recent developments in
pharmacy.
235. Research in Pharmacy — Credit and hours to be arranged. Pur-
dum.
PHYSICS
10, 11. General Physics — (8) Second year, three lectures, one lab-
oratory. Estabrook and Battey.
Prerequisites — Mathematics 10, 11 or 15, 17.
A study of the principles of mechanics, heat, wave motion, sound, light
and electricity.
820 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
121, 122. Electricity and Magnetism — (6) Two lectures, one lab-
oratory. Estabrook.
Prerequisites — Pbysics 10, 11 and Mathematics 20, 21.
Given in alternate years.
For Graduates
200, 201. Introduction to Theoretical Physics — (10) Five lectures.
Estabrook.
Prerequisites — Advanced standing in Physics.
208, 209. Thermodynamics — (4) Two lectures. Estabrook.
Prerequisites — Chemistry 188, 190.
Given in alternate years.
PHYSIOLOGY
22. Physiology — (3) Second year, second semester, two lectures, one
laboratory. Chapman, Gittinger and Boggio.
Prerequisite — Zoology 1.
A short course in the fundamentals of physiology, designed to meet
the requirements of students in pharmacy.
ZOOLOGY
1. General Zoology — (4) First year, first semester, two lectures
and two laboratories. Applegarth and Reincke.
A study with laboratory dissection, of typical invertebrate and verte-
brate animals, with an introductory discourse on basic biological prin-
ciples. This course is intended to be cultural and practical with special
emphasis on a foundation for future related courses.
5. Comparative Vertebrate Morphology — (4) Elective, Second se-
mester, two lectures and two laboratories. Applegarth.
A comparative study of the principal organ system of representative
Chrodates with laboratory dissection and demonstration.
TEXT BOOKS
Each student is required to have his own text books. The books re-
quired in each course will be announced at the beginning of each
semester.
CHANGES IN CURRICULUM
The Faculty Council reserves the right to make, at any time, such
changes in the curriculum as may be found necessary or desirable.
THE SCHOOL OF NURSING
821
.').
THE SCHOOL OF NURSING
MEMBERSHIP AND ACCREDITATION
The University of Maryland, which incorporates the School of Nursing
with all of the other Schools of the University, is a member of the
Association of American Colleges, and is accredited by the Middle States
Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools.
The School of Nursing is accredited by the Maryland State Board of
Examiners of Nurses and other states that reciprocate with the State
of Maryland.
The hospital, which is the teaching laboratory for the students of the
School of Nursing, is approved by the American College of Surgeons, the
American Medical Association-Residents and Interns, the American Hos-
pital Association, and the Maryland Hospital Association. It is also a
participant in the Blue Cross Plan.
The University of Maryland has the following educational organizations:
At Baltimore
The School of Dentistry
The School of Law
The School of Medicine
At College Park
The College of Agriculture
The College of Arts and Sciences
The College of Business and
Public Administration
The College of Commerce
The College of Education
The College of Engineering
Each school has its own Faculty
members of its faculty; each Faculty
of the group it represents.
The School of Nursing
The School of Pharmacy
The College of Special and Con-
tinuation Studies
The College of Home Economics
The Graduate School
The Department of Military
Science and Tactics
The Department of Physical
Education and Recreation
The Summer School
Council, composed of the Dean and
Council controls the internal affairs
PROPOSED CALENDAR FOR 1949-1950
September 6, 1949
Dec. 23-Jan. 2, 1950
February 14
September 6
Tuesday
Friday-Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Admission of fall class
Christmas Holidays
Admission of spring class
Admission of fall class
822 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
FACULTY, DEPARTMENT OF NURSING EDUCATION
Florence Meda Gipe, R.N., M.S., Director of the Department of Nursing
Education and Nursing Service.
Margaret Hayes, R.N., M.S., Associate Director, Director of Student
Guidance.
Marie P. Zec, R.N., B.S., Assistant Director, Nursing Education, Instructor,
Nursing Arts.
Eva Bradley, R.N., B.S., Supervisor, Biological Sciences.
Mary E. Grotefend, R.N., M.S., Instructor, Social Sciences, Coordinator of
Student Experience in Out-Patient Department.
Cecilia Zitkus, A.B., R.N., Instructor, Nursing Arts.
Helen Bahr, R.N., B.S., Clinical Instructor, Medical and Surgical Nursing.
Lois Fraley, B.S., R.N., Clinical Instructor, Medical and Surgical Nursing.
Helen W. Taylor, B.S., R.N., Clinical Instructor, Medical and Surgical
Nursing — Evening.
Kathryn Williams, B.S., R.N., Clinical Instructor, Operating Room
Technique.
Elva Lantz, R.N., Clinical Instructor, Obstetrical Nursing.
Frances T. Reed, R.N., B.S., Clinical Instructor, Nursing of Children.
Anna Holmes, R.N., M.P.H., Supervisor, Public Health Nursing
ASSISTANTS IN ADMINISTRATION
Jeanne Wieman Secretary to Director of Nursing
Jeanne Lowenthal Secretary
Clara McGovern, R.N Supervisor, Records
Simone Hurst Librarian
Edith Mutch, R.N Librarian
Martha Mallon, R.N Director, Nurses' Residence
LECTURERS
James G. Arnold, Jr., M.D., Associate Professor of Neurological Surgery.
A. Maynard Bacon, Jr., B.S., M.D., Lecturer in Pediatrics.
Ruth Baldwin, M.D., Instructor in Pediatrics.
Harry C. Bowie, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Surgery and Surgical Anatomy.
J. Edmund Bradley, M.D., Associate Clinical Professor of Pediatrics.
Otto C. Brantigan, B.S., M.D., Professor of Surgical Anatomy and
Associate Professor of Surgery.
Ruth E. Broadbelt, Instructor in Lettering.
Ann Virginia Brown, A.B., Instructor in Biological Chemistry.
T. Nelson Carey, M.D., Professor of Clinical Medicine.
Beverley C. Compton, A.B., M.D., Associate Professor in Gynecology.
Edward F. Cotter, M.D., Assistant Professor of Medicine, Instructor in
Neurology.
R. Adams Cowley, M.D., Fellow in Surgery.
L. Kathryn Dice, Ed.D., Instructor in Psychology.
THE SCHOOL OF NURSING 823
Francis G. Dickey, M.D., Associate Professor in Medicine.
Everett Diggs, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Gynecology.
William K. Diehl, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Gynecology.
Miles Drake, M.S., M.D., Instructor in Pediatrics.
Jerome Fineman, M.D., Instructor in Pediatrics.
Moses Gellman, B.S., M.D., Associate Professor in Orthopedic Surgery.
Frank W. Hachtel, M.D., Professor of Bacteriology.
Mary L. Hayleck, M.D., Instructor in Pediatrics.
John F. Hogan, M.D., Associate Professor in Genito-Urinary Surgery.
Clewell Howell, B.S., M.D., Associate Professor in Pediatrics.
Harry C. Hull, M.D., Associate Professor of Surgery.
Meyer W. Jacobson, M.D., Associate Professor in Medicine.
F. Edwin Knowles, Jr., M.D., Associate Professor in Ophthalmology.
Vernon E. Krahl, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Gross Anatomy.
Frederick P. Kyper, M.D., D.Sc, Associate Professor in Rhinology,
Laryngology, and Bronchoscopy, Instructor in Otology.
Arnold F. Lavenstein, M.D., Instructor in Pediatrics.
Howard B. Mays, M.D., Associate Professor in Genito-Urinary Surgery,
Instructor in Pathology.
John H. Morrison, B.S., M.D., Associate Professor in Obstetrics.
Ruth Musser, M.S., Instructor in Pharmacology.
Henry L. Rigdon, M.D., Associate Professor in Surgery, Assistant Professor
in Surgical Anatomy.
Harry M. Robinson, Jr., B.S., M.D., Assistant Professor of Dermatology,
Associate Professor in Medicine.
Milton S. Sacks, M.D., Associate Professor of Medicine, Head of Clinical
Pathology, Associate Professor in Pathology.
J. King B. E. Seegar, Jr., A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor in Obstetrics.
Emil G. Schmidt, Ph.D., LL.B., Professor of Biological Chemistry.
Grace Shaw, Instructor in Physical Therapy.
E. Roderick Shipley, A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor in Surgery.
Frank J. Slama, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Head of Botany and Pharmacognosy
Department.
R. Dale Smith, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Gross Anatomy.
Wilfred H. Townshend, Jr., A.B., M.D., Instructor in Medicine.
Myron Tull, A.B., M.D., M.P.H., Lecturer in Hygiene and Public Health.
Eduard Uhlenhuth, Ph.D., Professor of Gross Anatomy.
Henry F. Ullrich, M.D., D.Sc, Associate Professor of Orthopedic Surgery.
Allen F. Voshell, A.B., M.D., Professor of Orthopedic Surgery.
William E. Weeks, M.D., Associate Professor in Pediatrics.
Glenn S. Weiland, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Biological Chemistry.
Gibson J. Wells, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Pediatrics.
J. Carlton Wich, B.S., M.D., Associate Professor in Pediatrics.
George H. Yeager, B.S., M.D., Associate Professor of Surgery.
824 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
FACULTY IN NURSING
Executive Committee of the Faculty
Florence Meda Gipe, Director of the School of Nursing, Chairman
Helen Bahr
Eva F. Darley
Margaret Hayes
Marie P. Zec
Advisory Committee to the School of Nursing
Louis A. M. Krause, Chairman Representative of School of Medicine
Virginia Conley President, Nurses' Alumnae Association
Edgar F. Long Chairman, Committee of Admissions
Mrs. Harry M. Robinson, Jr Representative of General Community
Harold Sayles Acting Superintendent, University Hospital
Mrs. John L. Whitehurst Member, Board of Regents
Robert Riley Director, Baltimore City Health Department
Mrs. Nathan Winslow Member, Woman's Board
Boyd Wylie Dean, School of Medicine
George Yeager Member, Surgical Staff
FACULTY STANDING COMMITTEES
Florence Meda Gipe, Chairman Executive Committee
Marie P. Zec, Chairman Committee on Curriculum
Edgar F. Long, Chairman Committee on Admissions
Margaret Hayes, Chairman Committee on Staff Education
Frank Slama, Chairman Committee on Records and Grading
Margaret Hayes, Chairman Committee on Student Affairs
Harold F. Cotterman, Chairman Committee on Scholarship
and Student Loans
Mrs. Ida Robinson, Chairman Committee on Library Affairs
Marie P. Zec, Chairman Committee on Nursing and Allied Arts
W. H. Townshend, Jr., Chairman Committee on Health Services
Helen Bahr, Chairman Committee on Clinical Instruction
ADVISORY COMMITTEE ON CURRICULUM
Florence M. Gipe, Chairman Director, University of Maryland
School of Nursing
Sister M. Florence Supervisor of Instruction
Mercy Hospital and University of Maryland School of Education
Mary Shearer Director, School of Nursing, Sydenham Hospital
Margaret Newcomb Director, School of Nursing
Sheppard and Enoch Pratt Hospital
Ruth Moubray Guidance Counsellor and Executive Secretary
Maryland State Nurses Association
Anna Perch Supervisor, Baltimore City Public Health Department
THE SCHOOL OF NURSING
825
STAFF, DEPARTMENT OF NURSING SERVICE
Florence Meda Gipe, R.N., M.S., Director of the Divisions of Nursing
Education and Nursing Service.
Eva Darley, R.N., Associate Director, Nursing Service.
Martha Hoffman, R.N., Assistant Director, Nursing Service — Evening.
Armita Taylor, R.N., Assistant Director, Nursing Service — Night.
Ada Hines, R.N., Assistant Director, Nursing Service — Night.
C. Lorraine Neel, R.N., Supervisor, Nursing Service.
Mary Saulsbury, R.N., Supervisor, Nursing Service — Day.
Eleanor Slacum, R.N., Supex-visor, Nursing Service — Afternoon.
Margaret Zell, R.N., Supervisor, Eleventh Floor, Private.
Virginia Stack, R.N., Supervisor, Tenth Floor, Private.
Margaret Riffle, R.N., Supervisor, Ninth Floor, Private.
Elizabeth Aitkenhead, R.N., Supervisor, Operating Rooms.
Elizabeth Gooch, R.N., Supervisor, Central Supply Room.
Flora Streett, R.N., Supervisor, Obstetrical Department.
June Geiser, B.S., R.N., Supervisor, Pediatric Department.
Ruth Ann Young, R.N., Supervisor, Medical and Surgical Nursing,
Fourth Floor.
June S. Mohler, R.N., Supervisor, Medical and Surgical Nursing,
Third Floor.
Florence Wong, R.N., Supervisor, Special Clinics, Second Floor.
Edith R. Lillard, B.S., R.N., Supervisor, Accident Room.
Edith Miller, R.N., Supervisor, Out-Patient Department.
Virginia E. Gubisch, R.N., Head Nurse in Health Office.
Clinical Teaching
826 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
PROGRAM OF STUDY
The present School of Nursing offers a program of study, instituted in
1924, to two groups: to those who desire to complete their work in approxi-
mately thirty-six months, and to those who desire the five year combined
academic study and specialization in nursing. Those who complete the
latter course successfully receive the degree of Bachelor of Science with a
major in nursing as well as a diploma in nursing.
OBJECTIVES OF THE SCHOOL OF NURSING
In attempting to anticipate the future professional needs of its graduates,
the University of Maryland School of Nursing carefully selects young
women to educate them to become professional nurses who will administer
sympathetic and safe nursing care to the sick, and who will teach the
principles of health and prevention of disease needed in an ever-changing
society.
FACILITIES FOR EDUCATION
The University of Maryland Hospital, a general hospital, has a capacity
of 435 beds and 70 bassinets. The wards and Out-patient Department afford
valuable opportunities for the clinical experience of the student nurse as
well as for the study of family and community problems. The classroom,
laboratories, and library of the School of Medicine are available for instruc-
tional purposes. Clinical experience in Psychiatric Nursing is provided at
Sheppard and Enoch Pratt Hospital; in Communicable Disease Nursing at
Sydenham Hospital; and a limited number of affiliations in Public Health
Nursing with the Baltimore City Health Department.
RESIDENT FACILITIES
Student nurses reside in Louisa Parsons Hall. The residence is under
the direction of a graduate registered nurse. Plans for a new Nurses
Residence and Recreational Center have been approved for the near future.
LIBRARY FACILITIES
The School of Nursing Library is an integral part of the University of
Maryland library system, and is under the Director of Libraries of the
University. Both scientific and recreational collections of books are pro-
vided in the library which is conveniently located on the first floor of the
Louisa Parsons Hall.
The facilities of the Medical, Dental, Pharmaceutical, and Law School
Libraries are available to the students in the School of Nursing. Additional
facilities are provided at the main branch of the Enoch Pratt Free Library,
which comprises the public library system for the City of Baltimore; the
Peabody Library, which contains a large collection of non-circulating rare
books; the Maryland Historical Society Library; and the Library of Con-
gress, which conducts an inter-loan service to the major libraries of the
country.
THE SCHOOL OF NURSING 827
FEES AND ESTIMATED EXPENSES FOR THREE YEARS
IN THE SCHOOL OF NURSING
Fixed Fee $50.00
Student Activity Fee 5.00
Textbooks 60.00
Uniforms 70.00
These costs are approximate and may fluctuate because of changing living
costs. Throughout the course students are provided maintenance which in-
cludes room, board, and laundry of uniforms. At the present time a limited
number of students are allowed the privilege of living at home, permission
for which is granted by the Director of Nurses. Students' uniforms will be
obtained after admission to the School of Nursing. Shoes, stockings and
other personal items are furnished by the students. Expenses such as meals,
carfare, and incidentals which the student incurs during periods of affiliation
or field trips are borne by the student.
HEALTH SERVICE
The School of Nursing maintains a Health Service for the students under
the general direction of a Committee on Health Services. Periodic health
examinations are provided for each student.
Vaccination against Typhoid Fever and Smallpox are required of all
students before admission to the School of Nursing. Medical care is pro-
vided for student nurses. Dental case is not provided in the Health Service,
but care is furnished by the Dental School of the University of Maryland at
a minimal fee to the student.
Time which is lost due to illness in excess of fourteen days during the
three year period, is required to be made up.
EXTRA PROFESSIONAL PROGRAM
The student nurses have a student government organization the function
of which is to assist in the government of the school in cooperation with the
faculty, and to plan recreational activities.
Upon her admission each new student is met by one of the older students
who acts as her big sister. This is a helpful relationship in which the older
student assists the new one with advice and suggestions based on her own
experience in the School of Nursing.
Recreational facilities are utilized to the utmost. The "Y" pool is rented
for Tuesday nights. Here the students enjoy the relaxation of a cool swim
or the hilarity of sport in the water after a busy day. During the winter
season, basketball is played in the gym of the church next door. In the
warmer months, badminton in the court is substituted. Parties for tennis
and other sports are made up from time to time and held in the parks or
other surrounding facilities. A dance or a big party is held about once a
month. The nurses dining room is used for informal dances and a downtown
hotel ballroom for formal ones. The adjacent Schools of Medicine, Phar-
macy, and Dentistry cooperate in these dances and add to the general
pleasure.
828 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
Baltimore City is a center of culture and education. It offers much stimu-
lation to the visitor and the inhabitant in the way of drama, music, art,
lectures, libraries, and the like. The Student Government Organization
plans trips to various functions and points of interest. It buys blocks of
tickets for special plays and concerts, and sells them to student nurses at
cost because they may not know until the last minute whether they can go.
In cooperation with the Director and the faculty, the students make rules
and administer them in regard to discipline, house regulations, and con-
ventions. This not only makes for a better spirit of democracy, but prepares
the student for coming leadership and participation in the community.
All of these activities help the students to realize their profession. Inter-
est, relaxation, responsibility, and cooperation are thus fostered and form
a vital part of the student's life.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION
Evidence of personal stability for nursing in relation to physical health,
emotional stability, and general qualifications of personality, cultural de-
velopment and maturity must be submitted, and a personal interview with
the Director of the School of Nursing or one of her assistants is required.
If the student is too far distant from the University the interview is given
by a member of the National League of Nursing Education in that area.
Graduates of accredited secondary schools will be admitted by certificate
upon the recommendation of the principal. In selecting students, more
emphasis will be placed upon good marks and other indications of probable
success in nursing rather than upon a fixed pattern of subject matter.
English 4 units required for all divisions of the University.
Mathematics 2 units — One unit each of algebra and plane
geometry is desirable.
History 1 unit, 2 units are desirable.
Foreign language 1 unit, 2 units are desirable (Latin suggested).
Science
Biology 1 unit
Chemistry 1 unit
Physics (suggested) 1 unit
Psychometric tests, which are given by the National League of Nursing
Education, to determine suitability for nursing are taken by prospective
students. Notice and instructions will be sent to the applicant upon review
of the credentials by the Committee on Admission. A fee of approximately
$5.00 is to be paid by the applicant for these tests. The fee is paid directly
to the League.
Applicants should be 17-35 years of age.
All inquiries concerning admission to the School of Nursing should be
addressed to the Director of the School of Nursing who will furnish you,
upon request, the necessary forms which must be filed with the University
of Maryland.
THE SCHOOL OF NURSING
829
CURRICULUM
BASIC PROFESSIONAL COURSE (Three- Year Course)
The curriculum covers a period of three years after
which time a diploma in Nursing is awarded by the
University of Maryland upon recommendation by the
School of Nursing. The pre-clinical period consists
of the first six months and is devoted primarily to
the study of the sciences basic to nursing, the principles
and practice of nursing, and the supervised practice of
skills learned in the classroom. The students who meet
the requirements both in scholastical and clinical work,
will be accepted into the School of Nursing as clinical
students.
Following the preclinical period students are assigned
within a division for five hours of clinical practice and
two fifty minute periods of class per day, including
meal hours. One free day a week is given, and careful
planning makes it possible to give this day off without
class interference. At the present time plans are being
made to institute a forty hour week.
The Executive Committee may, at any time, termi-
nate a student's course if she fails to meet the stand-
ards of the School of Nursing or the University of
Maryland.
A three-year Graduate Nurse is pictured at upper left.
FIVE-YEAR COMBINED ARTS AND SCIENCES AND NURSING
The first two years of this curriculum comprising
a minimum of 60 semester hours exclusive of hygiene
and physical activities, are taken in the College of
Arts and Sciences at College Park and the professional
training is taken in the School of Nursing of the
University of Maryland in Baltimore.
In addition to the Diploma in Nursing, the degree of
Bachelor of Science in Nursing may, upon the recom-
mendation of the Director of the School of Nursing, be
granted at the end of the professional training.
A student may enter this combined curriculum with
advanced standing but the second year, consisting of a
minimum of 30 credits, exclusive of physical training,
must be completed in College Park. To qualify for the
combined degree the student must complete the re-
quired work at College Park before beginning the pro-
fessional training in Baltimore.
In order to receive the Bachelor of Science degree the
student must fulfill the grade requirements of the
university.
A five-year Graduate Nurse is pictured at lower right.
8M UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
PRE-NURSING CURRICULUM
Arts-Nursing Curriculum 0
i — Semester — >
Freshman Year I //
Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 ....
G. & P. 1 — American Government .... 3
Chem. 11, 13 — General Chemistry 3 3
L. S. 1, 2 — Library Methods 1 1
Modern Language 3 3
Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1
Hea. 2, 4 — Hygiene (Women) 2 2
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 17 17
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature 3 3
H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3
Zool. 1 — General Zoology 4 ....
Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology .... 4
Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology 3 ....
Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics .... 3
Modern Language 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 17 17
ADMISSION PROCEDURE
Undergraduate Schools: Applicants for admission to the College of Arts
and Sciences for Pre-Nursing Course should communicate with the Director
of Admissions, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland.
Applicants from Secondary Schools: Procure an application blank from
the Director of Admissions. Fill in personal data requested and ask your
principal or headmaster to enter your secondary school record and mail
the blank to the Director of Admissions.
To avoid delay, it is suggested that applications be filed not later than
July 1 for the fall semester, and January 1 for the spring semester. Appli-
cations from students completing their last semester of secondary work
are encouraged. If acceptable, supplementary records will be sent upon
graduation.
Applicants from Other Colleges and Universities: Secure an application
blank from the Director of Admissions. Fill in personal data requested
and ask secondary school principal or headmaster to enter secondary school
record and send the blank to the Director of Admissions. Request the
Registrar of the College or University attended to send a transcript to
the Director of Admissions, College Park, Maryland.
Time of Admission : New students should plan to enter the University at
the beginning of the fall semester if possible. Students, however, will
be admitted at the beginning of either semester.
THE SCHOOL OF NURSING 831
Two months credit is allowed by the School of Nursing for every thirty
semester hours in an accredited college or university, depending upon the
scholastic rating of the individual and her ability to adjust in a hospital
environment.
ADMISSION OF FRESHMEN
Admission by Certificate: Graduates of accredited secondary schools of
Maryland or the District of Columbia will be admitted by certificate upon
the recommendation of the principal. Graduates of out-of-state schools
should have attained college certification marks, such marks to be not less
than one letter or ten points higher than the passing mark.
Veterans and other mature persons who are not high school graduates
may qualify for admission to the freshman class by passing prescribed tests
comparable to those employed by state authorities to establish high school
equivalence.
SUBJECT REQUIREMENTS
In selecting students more emphasis will be placed upon good marks and
other indications of probable success in college rather than upon a fixed
pattern of subject matter.
English 4 units required for all divisions of the University.
Mathematics
For all colleges one unit each of Algebra and
Plane Geometry is desirable. Deviation may be
allowed for certain curricula.
Social Science; Natural
and Biological Science. . 1 unit from each group is required; two are
desirable.
Foreign Languages Those who will follow the professions, enter
journalism, foreign trade or service, study the
humanities or do research, should have a good
foundation in one or more, but none is required.
Electives Fine Arts, trade and vocational subjects are
acceptable.
Transfer Students: Only students in good standing as to scholarship
and conduct are eligible to transfer. Advanced standing is assigned to trans-
fer students from accredited institutions under the following conditions:
1. A minimum of one year of resident work of not less than 30 semesters
hours is necessary for a degree.
2. The University reserves the right at any time to revoke advanced
standing if the transfer student's progress is unsatisfactory.
8.32
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
RESIDENTS, NON-RESIDENTS
For Two Years Pre-Nursing at College Park
Fees for Undergraduate Students
Fixed Charges
Athletic Fee
Special Fee
Student Activities Fee
Infirmary Fee
Post Office Fee
Advisory and Testing Fee
Total for Maryland Residents $125.00
First
Second
Semester
Semester
Total
$82.00
$83.00
$165.00
15.00
15.00
10.00
10.00
10.00
10.00
5.00
5.00
2.00
2.00
1.00
1.00
$125.00
$83.00
$208.00
Residents of the District of Columbia,
Other States and Countries
Tuition Fee for Non-Resident Students
$63.00
$62.00
$125.00
Total for Non-Resident Students $188.00
^$145.00
$333.00
Board and Lodging
Board $170.00 $170.00 $340.00
Dormitory Room $40-$45 $40-$45 $80-$90
Total for Room and Board $210-$215 $210-$215 $420-$430
The Fixed Charges Fee is not a charge for tuition. It is a charge to help defray the
cost of operating the University's physical plant and other various services which ordinarily
would not be included as a cost of teaching personnel and teaching supplies. Included in
these costs would be janitorial services, cost of heat, electricity, water, etc., administrative
and clerical cost, maintenance of buildings and grounds, maintenance of libraries, cost of
University publications, Alumni Office, the University Business and Financial Offices, the
Registrar's Office, the Admissions Office, and any other such services as are supplemental
and necessary to teaching and research are supported by this fee.
The Athletic Fee is charged for the support of the Department of Intercollegiate
Athletics. All students are eligible and encouraged to participate in all of the activities of
this department and to attend all contests in which they do not participate.
The Special Fee is used for improving physical training facilities and for other Uni-
versity projects that have direct relationship to student welfare, especially athletics and
recreation. This fee now is allocated to a fund for construction of a stadium, a new
combination coliseum and auditorium, and to constructing a new swimming pool, as soon
as the fund is sufficient and materials are available.
The Students Activities Fee is a mandatory fee included at the request of the Student
Government Association. It covers subscriptions to the Diamondback, student paper, of
$1.50 per year, the Old Line, literary magazine, of $.75 per year, and the yearbook ; class
dues, including financial support for the musical and dramatic clubs.
* Students entering the University for the second semester will pay the following addi-
tional fees : Athletic, $7.50 ; Special, $5.00 ; Student Activities, $8.00 ; Infirmary, $2.50 ;
Post Office Fees, $1.00 ; Advisory and Testing Fee, $.50.
THE SCHOOL OF NURSING 833
LABORATORY AND OTHER FEES FOR FIVE YEAR STUDENTS
Special Fees
Matriculation Fee for undergraduates, payable at first registration
in the University $10.00
Diploma Fee for Bachelor's degree, payable just prior to
graduation 10.00
Cap and Gown Fee, Bachelor's degree 2.50
Laboratory Fees Per Semester Course
Bacteriology $10.00 Speech $1.00
Botany 5.00 Zoology —
Chemistry — Introductory 3.00
Introductory 4.00 All other 6.00
All other 10.00
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION
ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY. 105 Hours
Professor of Anatomy, assisted by a nurse instructor.
The anatomy of the human body is taught by lectures, demonstrations,
and exercises on anatomical material. Nearly every organ, organ system
and region of the body is demonstrated in actual dissections of the human
cadaver. A rich and interesting collection of skeletal material is available;
the muscles are shown in a dissected "muscle man"; the circulatory system
is demonstrated in a dissection of a cadaver in which colored materials have
been injected into the blood vessels. In addition, many beautiful anatomical
preparations made by the curator of the department are shown and studied;
fresh organs of cattle, sheep and pigs, and occasionally of man. Fresh beef
hearts are dissected by the students.
Physiology is taught in combination with anatomy, mostly by lectures
supplemented by drawings, charts, models and some experiments.
CHEMISTRY. 60 Hours
Professor of Chemistry, assisted by a nurse instructor.
The fundamental principles of chemistry which are available both in the
practice of nursing and in the comprehension of other sciences are studied.
The content includes selected topics in general, organic and biological
chemistry. Whenever possible, practical applications and laboratory ex-
periments are integrated with the subject matter.
MICROBIOLOGY. 45 Hours
Professor of Bacteriology, assisted by a nurse instructor.
The lectures and laboratory periods are devoted to the study of the
essential relation of Microbiology to diagnosis, treatment, prevention of
disease, and nursing care. Emphasis is placed upon the important patho-
834 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
genie species. This includes: their mode of entrance into the body, their
portal of exit, their method of transfer, the tests most helpful in determin-
ing their presence, methods of immunization, and a good working knowledge
of the various methods used in their destruction.
NUTRITION, FOODS AND COOKERY. 45 Hours
Teaching Dietitian.
The modern concept regarding the constituents of an adequate diet, the
chemistry and mechanics of digestion, absorption, and metabolism of foods,
food requirements of various ages, food economics, and the latest informa-
tion on the role of vitamins in human nutrition are considered. The labora-
tory work is practical experience, under supervision, in the preparation and
service of typical hospital dietaries based on the fundamental principles
of cookery.
MENTAL HYGIENE. 15 Hours
PSYCHOLOGY. Instructor in Psychology. 30 Hours
This course is designed to give the student some of the basic concepts of
dynamic psychology. How people are related to each other so that the
student will be helped with her own adjustments and with her understanding
of other people are also considered. Interrelationship of mind and body,
principles of study habits and personality development are stressed.
SOCIOLOGY. 45 Hours
Nurse instructor, under the supervision of Sociology Department,
College Park.
Attention is given to an analysis of the American social structure as it
relates to nurses and nursing, and also includes the family; metropolitan,
small town, and rural communities; population distribution, composition and
change; and general social organization.
PROFESSIONAL ADJUSTMENTS. 15 Hours
Director of the School and Guidance Counsellor.
To give the student a general understanding and appreciation of effective
living is the aim of this course. This includes an understanding of pro-
fessional relationships, personal responsibility, and ethical principles in
order to help the student adapt herself to her professional responsibilities.
PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS. 30 Hours
Professor of Pharmacology, assisted by a nurse instructor.
Those phases of pharmacology necessary for the intelligent use of drugs
in the treatment of disease are treated in this course. Methods of adminis-
tration of drugs, their actions and therapeutic effects, and the symptoms
and treatment of poisoning constitute the course of lectures.
THE SCHOOL OF NURSING 835
NURSING ARTS. 225 Hours
Assistant Director of Nursing Education and instructors.
An introduction to the study of the ill patient and his needs by means of
a consideration of the methods of creating and maintaining a desirable
environment for the patient and his family are studied. Personal Hygiene,
Bandaging, and Massage are correlated with basic physical and mental care
which is required by the patient. This study of nursing care is involved by
simple diagnostic procedures. The development of Nursing Care plans by
each student is stressed. Recognition of opportunities for health teaching;
application of scientific principles studied in biological, physical, chemical
and social sciences are related to the nursing care of patients. The develop-
ment of nursing skills is expected by the assignment of students after
classroom demonstration and practice of procedure to care of ill patients.
Lectures, laboratory demonstration, practice and hospital experience are
included.
MEDICAL AND SURGICAL NURSING. 300 Hours
Supervisor of Clinical Instruction and assistants.
This course is a survey of the treating of disease by medical or surgical
methods and of considering the individual in health and in sickness. Clinical
manifestations of disease are emphasized, as well as their relation to social,
economic and psychological control in the hospital and in the community.
Observation and demonstration at the bedside are arranged, and experience
includes related teaching in diet therapy, pharmacology, nursing arts and
public health nursing.
OBSTETRICAL NURSING. 60 Hours
Clinical Instructor, Department of Obstetrics, and associates.
The management and treatment of the normal and the abnormal phases of
pregnancy, parturition and puerperium; and the treatment of the normal
and abnormal conditions of the newborn infant are studied. Clinical con-
ferences are conducted in which the history, diagnosis, treatment and
nursing care of the mother and her infant are presented and discussed.
Consideration is also given to the socio-economic relationship to obstetrical
nursing.
NURSING OF CHILDREN. 90 Hours
Clinical Instructor, Department of Pediatrics, and associates.
The normal child, his behavior and the representative diseases of child-
hood in relation to the socio-economic factors are considered. Nursing
practice, nursing care studies, conferences, and clinics are supplementary
features of the nursing of children.
836 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
NURSING AND HEALTH SERVICE IN THE FAMILY. 45 Hours
Instructor of Public Health Nursing.
This includes the principles of health needs of the community, public
health administration and activities. The principles of public health nursing
in relation to individual, family and community health are emphasized.
SOCIAL FOUNDATIONS OF NURSING. 45 Hours
Associate Director of Nursing and others.
The aim of this course is to develop a knowledge and an appreciation of
the role of the nurse, both personal and professional, in the community, so
that she may more easily adapt herself to it, and become a useful citizen
through active participation in plans and programs for both health and
community welfare.
POLICIES OF THE SCHOOL OF NURSING
1. It is requested that students maintain a satisfactory record in health
(both physical and mental), in clinical, and in theoretical work in order
to remain as a student in the School of Nursing.
2. An annual report of the achievement of the student is given to the
student and a copy is sent to her parents or guardian. The minimum
passing grade for individual course is D, but the student must maintain
a general average of C or above.
3. A fee of $5.00 is charged for reexamination in a course.
4. If a student does not pass a specific clinical service, she is permitted to
repeat that service on her own time. If she has had other difficulties, in
most cases, she may be asked to withdraw from the School of Nursing.
5. When a student is not meeting the standards of the School, both she and
her parents or guardian will be notified. Under circumstances beyond
her control she will be permitted to bring her record to a satisfactory
level of achievement.
6. Students who do not complete satisfactory records with other affiliating
agencies, such as Psychiatry, Contagious Diseases, and Public Health will
not be recommended for State Board Examinations until evidence of
passing these subjects is given in writing by those in charge of these
particular courses.
7. Students may be absent from class only upon approval of the instructor
teaching that particular class. No student should absent herself from
class at any time unless she has at least a "B" average. Instructors and
not the Nursing School Office may grant special privileges for classes,
and are, in turn, responsible for the content of course covered.
860 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
SUMMARY OF STUDENT ENROLLMENT
For the Academic Year, 1948-49, as of July 1, 1949
Resident Collegiate Courses -College Total, Less
Academic Year Park Baltimore Duplications
College of Agriculture 851 . . . 851
College of Arts and Sciences 2,918 ... 2,918
College of Business and Public
Administration 2,234 . . . 2,234
School of Dentistry 321 321
College of Education 1,124 . . . 1,124
College of Engineering 1,581 . . . 1,581
Graduate School 1,756 417 2,151
College of Home Economics 401 ... 401
School of Law 471 471
School of Medicine 357 357
College of Military Science, Physi-
cal Education, and Recreation 44 ... 44
School of Nursing 149 149
School of Pharmacy 290 290
College of Special and Continuation
Studies 1,550 1,338 2,885
Total 12,459 3,343 15,777
Duplications, Baltimore Intercollege. ... 14 14
Duplications, College Park and
Baltimore ... 56
Net Total 12,459 3,329 15,701
Summer School, 1948 3,226 224 3,450
Grand Total 15,685 3,553 19,151
Duplications, Summer and Academic
Year 2,114 112 2,226
Duplications, Summer School, Balti-
more, and College Park ... 222
Total, Less Duplications 13,571 3,441 16,703
* Classified as of first 1948-49 registration.
Mining Courses, Western Maryland 105
Fire Service Extension 1.205
Short Courses and Conferences
Advanced Insurance Agency Management 40
American Cancer Society Workshop 27
American Chemical Society 250
Dairy Herd Improvement Testers Training Course (Feb.) 14
Dairy Herd Improvement Testers Training Course (May) 12
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 861
SUMMARY OF STUDENT ENROLLMENT— Continued
Dairy Technology Conference 244
Design and Control of Concrete Mixtures 79
F.F.A. Judging Contest and Convention 257
F.F.A. Officers Leadership Conference 82
Farmers' Home Administration Field Agents 30
Fertilizer Conference 92
Fifteenth Annual Short Course for Firemen 222
Flock Selecting Agents School 75
Florist Short Course 110
Four-H Club Leaders (July) 80
Four-H Club Leaders Training Conference (Jan.) 80
Future Farmers of America 225
Maryland Agricultural Conference 100
Maryland Congress of Parents and Teachers 218
Maryland Nurserymen's Association 95
Maryland State Grange Leaders School 210
Maryland State Junior Chamber of Commerce Leadership Con-
ference 43
Maryland Y.M.C.A. Pre-Legislative Conference 175
Modern Techniques of Merchandising Fresh Fruits and Vege-
tables (Oct.-Nov.) 41
Modern Techniques of Merchandising Fresh Fruits and Vege-
tables (Feb.-Mar.) 35
Modern Techniques of Merchandising Fresh Fruits and Vege-
tables (Mar.-May) 36
Motor Vehicle Fleet Supervisors 29
Northeast Farm Game Conference 154
Office Management Institute 73
Prince George's Pomona Grange 42
Rural Women's Short Course 977
School Lunch Workshop 38
Seminar in School Buildings 150
Southern States Management Conference 150
State Four-H Club Week 1,132
Summer Conference of Teachers of Vocational Agriculture 50
Trainers Clinic 200
Water and Sewage Treatment Plant Operators 99
Total Short Courses and Conferences 5,966
GRAND TOTAL, All Courses, Baltimore and College Park, less
duplications 23,977
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND'S CATALOGS
At College Park
Individual catalogs of colleges and schools of the University of Mary-
land at College Park may be obtained by addressing the Director of Admis-
sions, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland. These colleges
and schools are:
1. College of Agriculture
2. College of Arts and Sciences
3. College of Business and Public Administration
4. College of Education
5. College of Engineering
6. College of Home Economics
7. College of Military Science, Physical Education and
Recreation
8. College of Special and Continuation Studies
9. Summer School
10. Graduate School
11. The Combined Catalog (a charge of 50 cents is made for
this publication)
At Baltimore
Individual catalogs for the professional schools of the University of
Maryland may be obtained by addressing the Deans of the respective schools
at the University of Maryland, Lombard and Greene Streets, Baltimore 1,
Maryland. These professional schools are:
(1) School of Dentistry
(2) School of Law
(3) School of Medicine
(4) School of Pharmacy
(5) School of Nursing
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11